Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
qxd
8/2/12
4:16 PM
Page i
Nurses
Quick
Check
Diseases
Second Edition
9400 FM.qxd
8/2/12
4:16 PM
Page iv
STAFF
Executive Publisher
Judith A. Schilling McCann, RN, MSN
Editorial Director
H. Nancy Holmes
Clinical Director
Joan M. Robinson, RN, MSN
Art Director
Elaine Kasmer
Editorial Project Manager
Ann E. Houska
Clinical Project Manager
Janet Rader Clark, RN, BSN
Editor
Kimberly A.J. Bilotta
Clinical Editors
Collette Bishop Hendler, RN, BS, MS, CCRN;
Anita Lockhart, RN, MSN; Dorothy P. Terry, RN
Copy Editors
Leslie Dworkin, Jeannine Fielding, Linda Hager
Designer
Joseph John Clark
Digital Composition Services
Diane Paluba (manager), Joyce Rossi Biletz,
Donald G. Knauss, Donna S. Morris
Associate Manufacturing Manager
Beth J. Welsh
Editorial Assistants
Karen J. Kirk, Jeri OShea, Linda K. Ruhf
Indexer
Dianne Schneider
9400 FM.qxd
8/2/12
4:16 PM
Page v
Contents
Contributors and consultants vii
933
9400 FM.qxd
8/2/12
4:16 PM
Page vii
Contributors
and consultants
Beverly Anderson, RN, MSN, MOT
Associate Professor
Malcolm X College
Chicago
Nursing Instructor
Rio Hondo College
Whittier, Calif.
Associate Professor
Baptist College of Health Sciences
Memphis
RN Consultant (traveling)
Britthaven, Inc.
Kinston, N.C.
Instructor
University of Arkansas
Fort Smith
Education Specialist
Berkshire Health Systems
Pittsfield, Mass.
vii
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 1
Nurses
Quick
Check
Diseases
Second edition
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 2
Abortion, spontaneous
Overview
Description
Pathophysiology
H Abortion may result from fetal, placental, or maternal
factors.
Fetal factors
H Fetal factors usually cause abortion to occur between
9 and 12 weeks gestation.
H Spontaneous abortion may result from defective embryologic development.
H Faulty implantation of a fertilized ovum may cause
the ovum to be rejected.
H Abortion may also result from failure of the endometrium to accept the fertilized ovum.
Placental factors
H Placental factors usually cause abortion to occur
around 14 weeks gestation when the placenta takes
over the hormone production necessary to maintain
pregnancy. These factors include:
premature separation of a normally implanted
placenta
abnormal placental implantation
abnormal platelet function.
Maternal factors
H Maternal factors usually cause abortion to occur
between 11 and 19 weeks gestation.
Causes
Spontaneous abortion
H Fetal factors
H Placental factors
H Maternal infection
H Severe malnutrition
H Abnormalities of the reproductive organs
H Thyroid gland dysfunction
H Lowered estriol secretion
H Diabetes mellitus
H Trauma
H Surgery that necessitates manipulation of the pelvic
organs
H Blood group incompatibility and Rh isoimmunization
H Illicit drug use
H Environmental toxins
H Incompetent cervix
Incidence
H Percentage of all pregnancies that end in miscar-
riage: up to 15%
H First pregnancies that end in miscarriage: about 30%
H Miscarriages that occur during the first trimester: at
least 75%
Abortion, spontaneous
Common characteristics
H Pink discharge for several days before cramping
H Scant brown discharge for several weeks before
cramping
H Abdominal cramps
H Vaginal bleeding
Complications
H Infection
H Hemorrhage
H Anemia
H Coagulation defects
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Psychological issues of loss and failure
Assessment
History
H Pink discharge for several days or scant brown dis-
Physical findings
H Vaginal bleeding
H Cervical dilation
H Passage of nonviable products of conception
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum human chorionic gonadotropin levels are
decreased, suggesting spontaneous abortion.
H Cytologic analysis shows evidence of products of
conception.
H Serum hemoglobin level and hematocrit are decreased due to blood loss.
Imaging
H Presence or absence of fetal heart tones or empty
amniotic sac is revealed by ultrasound examination.
Treatment
General
H Accurate evaluation of uterine contents before plan-
ning treatment
H Progression of spontaneous abortion unpreventable,
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 3
Medications
H Transfusion with packed red blood cells or whole
Surgery
H Dilatation and curettage or dilatation and evacuation,
prevent abortion
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit no signs and symptoms of infection
H communicate feelings about the current situation
H express feelings of having greater control over the
current situation
H use available support systems, such as family and
friends, to aid in coping.
Nursing interventions
H Do not allow bathroom privileges because the pa-
material.
H Save all sanitary pads for evaluation.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide perineal care.
H Provide emotional support and counseling.
H Encourage expression of feelings.
H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.
Monitoring
H Amount, color, and odor of vaginal bleeding
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H vaginal bleeding or spotting
H bleeding that lasts longer than 8 days or excessive
bleeding
H importance of reporting signs of bright red blood
immediately
H signs of infection, such as fever and foul-smelling
vaginal discharge
H gradual increase of daily activities
H schedule for returning to work (normally within 1
to 4 weeks)
H abstinence from intercourse for 1 to 2 weeks
H prevention of spontaneous abortion
Threatened abortion
Bloody vaginal discharge occurs during the first half of
pregnancy. About 20% of pregnant women have vaginal
spotting or actual bleeding early in pregnancy; of these,
about 50% abort.
Inevitable abortion
The membranes rupture and the cervix dilates. As labor
continues, the uterus expels the products of conception.
Incomplete abortion
The uterus retains part or all of the placenta. Before 10
weeks gestation, the fetus and placenta are usually expelled together; after the 10th week, theyre expelled separately. Because part of the placenta may adhere to the
uterine wall, bleeding continues. Hemorrhage is possible
because the uterus doesnt contract and seal the large
vessels that feed the placenta.
Complete abortion
The uterus passes all the products of conception. Minimal
bleeding usually accompanies complete abortion because
the uterus contracts and compresses the maternal blood
vessels that feed the placenta.
Missed abortion
The uterus retains the products of conception for 2
months or more after the death of the fetus. Uterine
growth ceases; uterine size may even seem to decrease.
Prolonged retention of the dead products of conception
may cause coagulation defects such as disseminated intravascular coagulation.
Habitual abortion
Spontaneous loss of three or more consecutive pregnancies constitutes habitual abortion.
Septic abortion
Infection accompanies abortion. This may occur with
spontaneous abortion, but usually results from an illegal
abortion or from the presence of an intrauterine device.
H contraceptive information
H avoidance of tampons for 1 to 2 weeks
H follow-up examination.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for professional counseling, if
indicated.
Abortion, spontaneous
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 4
Abruptio placentae
Overview
Description
Assessment
History
ine wall
H Usually occurs after 20 weeks gestation, most commonly during the third trimester
H Common cause of bleeding during the second half of
pregnancy
H Fetal prognosis depending on gestational age and
amount of blood lost
H Good maternal prognosis if hemorrhage can be controlled
H Classified according to degree of placental separation
and severity of maternal and fetal symptoms (see Degrees of placental separation in abruptio placentae)
H Also called placental abruption
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Traumatic injury
H Amniocentesis
H Chronic or gestational hypertension
H Multiparity
H Short umbilical cord
H Dietary deficiency
H Smoking
H Advanced maternal age
H Pressure on the vena cava from an enlarged uterus
H Diabetes mellitus
Test results
Common characteristics
Laboratory
H Serum hemoglobin level and platelet counts are decreased.
H Progression of abruptio placentae and detection of
DIC is shown by fibrin split products.
Imaging
H Pelvic examination under double setup (preparations
for an emergency cesarean delivery) and ultrasonography may rule out placenta previa.
H Vaginal bleeding
H Abdominal discomfort
H Abdominal tenderness
Treatment
Complications
General
H Hemorrhage
H Shock
H Renal failure
Incidence
H Most common in multigravida women older than
Abruptio placentae
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 5
Moderate separation
Severe separation
ALERT
Because of possible fetal blood loss through the placenta, a pediatric team should be ready at delivery
to assess and treat the neonate for shock, blood
loss, and hypoxia.
ALERT
Complications of abruptio placentae require
prompt appropriate treatment. With a complication such as DIC, the patient needs immediate intervention with platelets and whole blood, as ordered, to prevent exsanguination.
H Nothing to eat or drink until delivery of the fetus
H Bed rest until delivery of the fetus
Monitoring
H Maternal vital signs
H Central venous pressure
H Intake and output
H Vaginal bleeding
H Fetal heart rate (electronically)
H Progression of labor
Patient teaching
Nursing considerations
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of placental abruption
H possibility of an emergency cesarean delivery
H possibility of the delivery of a premature neonate
H changes to expect in the postpartum period
H possibility of neonatal death
H factors affecting survival of the neonate
H importance of frequent monitoring and prompt
management to reduce the risk of death.
Key outcomes
Discharge planning
Medications
H I.V. fluid infusion (by large-bore catheter) as
ordered
Surgery
H Cesarean delivery if the fetus is in distress
indicated.
Nursing interventions
H Insert an indwelling urinary catheter.
Abruptio placentae
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 6
Accelerationdeceleration injuries
Physical findings
Overview
Description
Test results
Imaging
H Full cervical spine X-rays rule out cervical fracture.
Pathophysiology
H Unexpected force causes the head to jerk back and
then forward.
H The neck bones snap out of position, causing injury.
H Irritated nerves can interfere with blood flow and
Causes
Treatment
General
H Soft cervical collar (see Applying a cervical collar)
H Ice packs
H Physical therapy
H Limited activity during the first 72 hours after the in-
jury
H Limited neck movement
H Limited strenuous activities, such as lifting and con-
Medications
Risk factors
H Corticosteroids
Surgery
Incidence
H 1,000,000 cases each year in the United States
H Average age of patient with acceleration-deceleration
Common characteristics
H Nuchal rigidity
H Neck muscle asymmetry
Complications
H Temporomandibular disorder
and cyclobenzaprine
acceleration-deceleration injuries
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H identify factors that intensify pain
H modify behavior to limit movement and avoid extended injury
H develop effective coping mechanisms
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible
H state feelings and fears about the injury.
Assessment
Nursing interventions
History
H Mechanism of injury
H Pain initially minimal, but increases 12 to 72 hours
Acceleration-deceleration injuries
Monitoring
H Pain control
H Response to medications
H Complications
H Neurologic status
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 7
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H activity restrictions
H proper application of soft cervical collar
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H instructions regarding driving and the use of alcohol
while taking opioids.
Acceleration-deceleration injuries
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 8
Acne vulgaris
Overview
Description
H Inflammatory disorder of the sebaceous gland con-
(sebaceous follicles)
H Acne lesions: inflammatory (pustules, papules, and
Pathophysiology
H Acne begins with sebum accumulation that obstructs
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Follicular hyperkeratinization
H Excessive sebum production
H Proliferation of P. acnes
H Hormonal dysfunction
Acne vulgaris
H Lithium
H Halothane
Incidence
H Affects nearly 75% of adolescents, although lesions
Common characteristics
H Pustules, papules, nodules
H Closed and open comedones
H Follicles located primarily on face and upper parts of
Complications
H Deep cystic process
H Gross inflammation
H Abscess formation
H Secondary bacterial infection
H Acne scars
Assessment
History
H Presence of one or more predisposing factors
H Seasonal or monthly eruption patterns
H Pain and tenderness around area of infected follicle
Physical findings
H Acne lesions, typically located on the face, neck,
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture and sensitivity of pustules or abscesses shows
causative organism of secondary bacterial infection.
Treatment
General
H Treatment of causative factors
H Well-balanced diet
H Regular exercise
Medications
H Topical
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 9
Surgery
H Comedo extraction
H Intralesional steroids such as triamcinolone
H Cryosurgery
H Dermabrasion
Special populations
Tetracycline is contraindicated during pregnancy
and childhood because it may cause permanent
discoloration of teeth (in children younger than
age 8), enamel defects, and bone growth retardation. Erythromycin is an alternative for these patients.
H Sensitivity reactions
H GI disturbances
H Liver dysfunction
H Response to treatment
H Skin and mucous membranes
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H signs and symptoms of infection
H causative factors associated with acne flare-up
H well-balanced diet
H adequate rest
H stress management.
ALERT
Because oral tretinoin is known to cause birth defects, the manufacturer, with Food and Drug Administration approval, recommends pregnancy
testing before dispensing, dispensing only a 30-day
supply, repeat pregnancy testing throughout the
treatment period, effective contraception during
treatment, and informed consent of the patient or
parents regarding the danger of the drug.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit improved or healed wounds or lesions
H demonstrate the recommended skin care regimen
H verbalize feelings about body image
H verbalize understanding of the condition and treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Assist the patient in identifying and eliminating pre-
disposing factors.
H Encourage good personal hygiene and the use of oil-
Monitoring
H Liver function studies, serum triglyceride levels, and
Acne vulgaris
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 10
Acquired
immunodeficiency
syndrome and human
immunodeficiency virus
Assessment
Overview
Physical findings
Description
Pathophysiology
H HIV strikes helper T cells bearing the CD4 antigen.
H The antigen serves as a receptor for the retrovirus
History
H Mononucleosis-like syndrome after high-risk expo-
sweats, fevers)
H Neurologic symptoms resulting from HIV encepha-
lopathy
H Opportunistic infection or cancer (Kaposis sarco-
ma)
Special populations
Children show a higher incidence of bacterial
infections.
Test results
Laboratory
H CD4+ T-cell count of at least 200 cells/ml confirms
HIV infection.
H Screening test enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
and confirmatory test (Western blot) detect the presence of HIV antibodies, which indicate HIV infection.
Treatment
Causes
General
Risk factors
H I.V. drug users who share needles or syringes
H Unprotected sexual intercourse
H Placental transmission
H History of sexually transmitted disease
H Homosexual lifestyle
H Contact with infected blood
Incidence
H Average time between exposure to the virus and diag-
Common characteristics
H May produce no symptoms for years
H Flulike symptoms
Complications
H Repeated opportunistic infections
H Neoplasms
H Premalignant diseases
H Organ-specific syndrome
10
Medications
H Immunomodulatory agents
H Anti-infectives, as appropriate
H Antineoplastics
H Highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART)
Primary therapy
H Protease inhibitors, such as ritonavir, amprenavir,
and nelfinavir
H Nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, such as
zidovudine and lamivudine
H Nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, such
as delavirdine and nevirapine
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 11
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H achieve management of symptoms of illness
H demonstrate use of protective measures, including
conservation of energy, maintenance of wellbalanced diet, and getting adequate rest
H follow safer sex practices
H use available support systems to help with coping
H express feelings about changes in sexual identity and
social response to disease
H develop no complications of illness
H comply with the treatment regimen.
Nursing interventions
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H medication regimens
H importance of informing potential sexual partners,
caregivers, and health care workers of HIV infection
(see Preventing HIV transmission)
H signs of impending infection and the importance of
seeking immediate medical attention
H symptoms of AIDS dementia and its stages and
progression.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a local support group.
H Refer the patient to hospice care, as indicated.
Monitoring
H Fever, noting any pattern
H Skin integrity
H Signs of illness, such as cough, sore throat, and
diarrhea
H Swollen, tender lymph nodes
H Laboratory values
H Calorie intake
H Progression of lesions in Kaposis sarcoma
H Opportunistic infections or signs of disease
progression
H Compliance with medication regimen
11
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 12
Acute poststreptococcal
glomerulonephritis
Assessment
History
H Untreated respiratory streptococcal infection 1 to
Overview
Description
H Renal disease in which the glomeruli become
inflamed
3 weeks before
H Decreased urination
H Smoky or coffee-colored urine
H Fatigue
H Dyspnea and orthopnea
Physical findings
H Oliguria
H Mild to moderate periorbital edema
H Mild to severe hypertension
H Bibasilar crackles (with heart failure)
Pathophysiology
H Antigen-antibody complexes are produced in re-
Causes
H Untreated group A beta-hemolytic streptococcus in-
Risk factors
H Streptococcal infection
H Impetigo
Incidence
H Occurs most commonly in boys ages 3 to 7; can oc-
Common characteristics
Test results
Laboratory
H Electrolyte imbalances are evident.
H Blood urea nitrogen (BUN) and creatinine levels are
elevated.
H Serum protein levels are decreased.
H The presence of RBCs, white blood cells, mixed cell
casts, and protein in the urine indicates renal failure.
H Fibrin-degradation products and C3 protein levels
are high.
Special populations
Proteinuria in an elderly patient usually isnt as
pronounced.
H Antistreptolysin-O titers (in 80% of patients), strep-
Treatment
General
H Correction of electrolyte imbalances (possible dialy-
H Oliguria
H Fluid overload
H Periorbital edema
H Fluid restriction
H High-calorie, low-protein, low-sodium, low-
Complications
H Bed rest
sis)
potassium diet
Medications
H Antibiotics if appropriate
H Loop diuretics, such as metolazone and furosemide
12
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 13
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid or minimize complications
H maintain fluid balance
H maintain urine specific gravity within the designated
limits
H report increased comfort
H identify risk factors that exacerbate the condition and
modify lifestyle accordingly.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Encourage verbalization.
H Provide support.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Electrolyte values and serum creatinine and BUN
levels
H Urine creatinine clearance test results
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of follow-up examinations to monitor
renal function
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to appropriate resources for infor-
13
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 14
Acute pyelonephritis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the kidney occurring mainly in the
Pathophysiology
H Infection spreads from the bladder to the ureters to
Causes
H Bacterial infection of the kidneys
Risk factors
H Renal procedures that involve instrumentation such
as cystoscopy
H Hematogenic infection such as septicemia
H Sexually active women
H Pregnant women
H Neurogenic bladder
H Obstructive disease
H Renal diseases
Incidence
Assessment
History
H Pain over one or both kidneys
H Urinary urgency and frequency
H Burning during urination
H Dysuria, nocturia, hematuria
H Anorexia, vomiting, diarrhea
H Fatigue
H Symptoms that develop rapidly over a few hours or a
few days
Physical findings
H Pain on flank palpation
H Cloudy urine
H Ammonia-like or fishy odor to urine
H Fever of 102 F (38.9 C) or higher
H Shaking chills
Test results
Laboratory
H Urinalysis and culture and sensitivity testing reveal
pyuria, significant bacteriuria, low specific gravity
and osmolality, slightly alkaline urine pH, or proteinuria, glycosuria, and ketonuria (less frequent).
H White blood cell count, neutrophil count, and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are elevated.
Imaging
H Kidney-ureter-bladder radiography reveals calculi,
tumors, or cysts in the kidneys or urinary tract.
H Excretory urography shows asymmetrical kidneys,
possibly indicating a high frequency of infection.
Treatment
General
H Identification and correction of predisposing factors
annually
H Hospital-acquired cases in 7 per 10,000 annually
Common characteristics
H Antibiotics, as appropriate
H Urinary analgesics such as phenazopyridine
tions
Medications
Nursing considerations
Complications
Key outcomes
H Renal calculi
H Renal failure
H Renal abscess
H Multisystem infection
H Septic shock
H Chronic pyelonephritis
14
Acute pyelonephritis
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 15
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Characteristics of urine
H Pattern of urination
H Daily weight
H Renal function studies
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H avoidance of bacterial contamination by following hygienic toileting practices (wiping the perineum from
front to back after bowel movements for women)
H proper technique for collecting a clean-catch urine
specimen
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H routine checkup with a history of urinary tract
infections
H signs and symptoms of recurrent infection.
Acute pyelonephritis
15
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 16
Life-threatening disorder
Incidence
H Patients with three concurrent causes: 85% probabil-
Acute respiratory
distress syndrome
Common characteristics
Overview
Complications
Description
H Severe form of alveolar injury or acute lung injury
H A form of pulmonary edema; may be difficult to
H Shortness of breath
H Dry cough with thick, frothy sputum
H Bloody, sticky secretions
H Metabolic acidosis
H Respiratory acidosis
H Cardiac arrest
H Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome
recognize
H Hallmark sign: hypoxemia despite increased supple-
mental oxygen
H A four-stage syndrome; can rapidly progress to intractable and fatal hypoxemia
H Little or no permanent lung damage in patients who
recover
H May coexist with disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC)
H Also known as ARDS, adult respiratory distress syndrome and shock, stiff, white, wet, or Da Nang
lung
Pathophysiology
H Increased permeability of the alveolocapillary mem-
branes allows fluid to accumulate in the lung interstitium, alveolar spaces, and small airways, causing the
lung to stiffen.
H Ventilation is impaired, reducing oxygenation of pulmonary capillary blood.
H Elevated capillary pressure increases interstitial and
alveolar edema.
H Alveolar closing pressure then exceeds pulmonary
pressures.
H Closure and collapse of the alveoli occurs.
Causes
H Indirect or direct lung trauma (most common)
H Anaphylaxis
H Aspiration of gastric contents
H Diffuse pneumonia (especially viral)
H Drug overdose
H Idiosyncratic drug reaction
H Inhalation of noxious gases
H Near-drowning
H Oxygen toxicity
H Coronary artery bypass grafting
H Hemodialysis
H Leukemia
H Acute miliary tuberculosis
H Pancreatitis
H Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
H Uremia
H Venous air embolism
16
Assessment
History
H Causative factor (one or more)
H Dyspnea, especially on exertion
Physical findings
Stage I
H Shortness of breath, especially on exertion
H Normal to increased respiratory and pulse rates
H Diminished breath sounds
Stage II
H Respiratory distress
H Use of accessory muscles for respiration
H Pallor, anxiety, and restlessness
H Dry cough with thick, frothy sputum
H Bloody, sticky secretions
H Cool, clammy skin
H Tachycardia and tachypnea
H Elevated blood pressure
H Basilar crackles
Stage III
H Respiratory rate greater than 30 breaths/minute
H Tachycardia with arrhythmias
H Labile blood pressure
H Productive cough
H Pale, cyanotic skin
H Crackles and rhonchi possible
Stage IV
H Acute respiratory failure with severe hypoxia
H Deteriorating mental status (may become comatose)
H Pale, cyanotic skin
H Lack of spontaneous respirations
H Bradycardia with arrhythmias
H Hypotension
H Metabolic and respiratory acidosis
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis initially shows a
reduced partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2)
(less than 60 mm Hg) and a decreased partial pressure of arterial carbon dioxide (PaCO2) (less than
35 mm Hg).
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 17
Treatment
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Correction of electrolyte and acid-base imbalances
Medications
H Humidified oxygen
H Bronchodilators, such as albuterol and theophylline
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and torsemide
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Perform tracheal suctioning, as necessary.
H Ensure adequate humidification.
H Reposition the patient often.
H Consider prone positioning for alveolar recruitment.
H Administer tube feedings or parenteral nutrition, as
ordered.
H Allow periods of uninterrupted sleep.
H Perform passive range-of-motion exercises.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Reposition the endotracheal (ET) tube per facility
policy.
H Provide emotional support.
H Provide alternative communication means.
Monitoring
H Vital signs and pulse oximetry
H Hemodynamics
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status (breath sounds, ABG results)
H Mechanical ventilator settings
H Sputum characteristics
H Level of consciousness
H Daily weight
H Laboratory studies
H Response to treatment
H Complications, such as cardiac arrhythmias, DIC, GI
ALERT
Because PEEP may lower cardiac output, check for
hypotension, tachycardia, and decreased urine
output. To maintain PEEP, suction only as needed.
Surgery
Patient teaching
H Possible tracheostomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain a patent airway
H use effective coping strategies
H maintain skin integrity
H report feelings of increased comfort.
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H complications, such as GI bleeding, infection, and
malnutrition
H recovery time.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a pulmonary rehabilitation
program, if indicated.
17
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 18
Life-threatening disorder
Acute respiratory
failure
Overview
Description
H Inadequate ventilation resulting from the inability of
Pathophysiology
H If respiratory failure is primarily hypercapnic, its the
H Metabolic alkalosis
H Respiratory and cardiac arrest
Assessment
History
Precipitating events
H Infection
H Accumulated pulmonary secretions secondary to
cough suppression
H Trauma
H MI
H Heart failure
H Pulmonary emboli
H Exposure to irritants (smoke or fumes)
H Myxedema
H Metabolic acidosis
Physical findings
Causes
H Any condition that increases the work of breathing
Incidence
H Occurs in patients with hypercapnia and hypoxemia
H Occurs in patients who have an acute deterioration in
Common characteristics
H Rapid breathing
H Restlessness
H Anxiety
H Depression
H Lethargy
H Agitation
H Confusion
Complications
H Tissue hypoxia
H Chronic respiratory acidosis
18
tissue
H Hyperresonance
H Diminished or absent breath sounds
H Wheezes (in asthma)
H Rhonchi (in bronchitis)
H Crackles (in pulmonary edema)
Test results
Laboratory
H ABG analysis reveals hypercapnia and hypoxemia.
H Serum white blood cell count is increased in bacterial infections.
H Serum hemoglobin level and hematocrit show decreased oxygen-carrying capacity.
H Serum electrolyte results reveal hypokalemia and
hypochloremia.
H Blood cultures, Gram stain, and sputum cultures
show the pathogen. (See Identifying respiratory
failure.)
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show underlying pulmonary diseases or conditions, such as emphysema, atelectasis,
lesions, pneumothorax, infiltrates, and effusions.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show arrhythmias, cor pulmonale, and myocardial ischemia.
H Pulse oximetry may show decreased arterial oxygen
saturation.
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 19
Treatment
General
H Mechanical ventilation with an endotracheal (ET) or
a tracheostomy tube
Medications
H Cautious oxygen therapy to increase partial pressure
of arterial oxygen
H Antacids
H Histamine-receptor antagonists, such as cimetidine
and ranitidine
H Antibiotics, as appropriate
H Bronchodilators, such as albuterol and theophylline
H Corticosteroids
H Positive inotropics, such as digoxin and milrinone
H Vasopressors, such as dopamine and dobutamine
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and torsemide
Surgery
H Possible tracheostomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate ventilation
H use a support system to assist with coping
H maintain skin integrity
H express feelings of increased comfort
H modify lifestyle to minimize the risk of decreased
tissue perfusion.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Orient the patient frequently.
H Administer oxygen, as ordered.
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Encourage pursed-lip breathing.
H Encourage the use of an incentive spirometer.
H Reposition the patient every 1 to 2 hours.
H Help clear the patients secretions with postural
exchange.
H Maintain normothermia.
H Schedule care to provide frequent rest periods.
Monitoring
H Vital signs and pulse oximetry
H Intake and output
H Laboratory studies
H Daily weight
H Cardiac rate and rhythm
H Respiratory status (breath sounds and ABG results)
H Chest X-ray results
H Complications
H Sputum quality, consistency, and color
H Signs and symptoms of infection
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H smoking cessation, if appropriate
H communication techniques, if intubated
H signs and symptoms of respiratory infection.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
applicable.
19
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 20
Physical findings
Overview
Description
H Injury to the nephrons tubular segment resulting
Pathophysiology
H In ischemic injury, circulatory collapse, severe hy-
potension, trauma, hemorrhage, dehydration, cardiogenic or septic shock, surgery, anesthetics, and
reactions to transfusions may cause disruption of
blood flow to the kidneys.
H Nephrotoxic injury may follow ingestion of certain
chemical agents, such as contrast medium or antibiotics, or result from a hypersensitive reaction of the
kidneys.
Causes
H Diseased tubular epithelium
H Obstructed urine flow
H Ischemic injury to glomerular epithelial cells or vas-
cular endothelium
Incidence
H Accounts for about 75% of acute renal failure cases
H Most common cause of acute renal failure in critical-
ly ill patients
Common characteristics
H Decreased urine output
H Hyperkalemia
H Uremic syndrome with oliguria or, rarely, anuria
Complications
H Heart failure
H Uremic pericarditis
H Pulmonary edema
H Uremic lung
H Anemia
H Anorexia, intractable vomiting
H Poor wound healing due to debilitation
ALERT
Fever and chills may signal the onset of an infection, the leading cause of death in acute tubular
necrosis.
Assessment
History
H Ischemic or nephrotoxic injury
H Low urine output (less than 400 ml/24 hours)
H Fever and chills
20
ae and ecchymosis
H Dry, pruritic skin
H Dry mucous membranes
H Uremic breath
H Cardiac arrhythmia, if hyperkalemic
H Muscle weakness
Test results
Laboratory
H Urinary sediment contains red blood cells (RBCs)
and casts.
H Urine specific gravity is low (1.010).
H Urine osmolality is low (less than 400 mOsm/kg).
H Urine sodium level is high(40 to 60 mEq/L).
H Potassium, blood urea nitrogen, and serum creatinine levels are elevated.
H Complete blood count shows decreased RBC count,
hemoglobin level, and hematocrit.
H Metabolic acidosis is evident from blood gas and
electrolyte study results.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show arrhythmias and, with
hyperkalemia, a widening QRS complex, disappearing P waves, and tall, peaked T waves.
Treatment
General
Acute phase
H Vigorous supportive measures until normal kidney
function resumes
Long-term management
H Daily replacement of projected and calculated fluid
loss (including insensible loss)
H Peritoneal dialysis or hemodialysis if the patient is
catabolic or if hyperkalemia and fluid volume overload arent controlled by other measures
H Fluid restriction
H Low-sodium, low-potassium diet
H Rest periods when fatigued
Medications
H Diuretics
H Transfusion of packed RBCs
H Epoetin alfa
H Antibiotics, as appropriate
H Emergency I.V. administration of 50% glucose, regu-
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 21
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain fluid balance
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain urine specific gravity within the designated
limits
H have improved kidney function.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs and blood products.
H Restrict foods containing high sodium and potassium
levels.
H Use aseptic technique, particularly when handling
catheters.
H Perform passive range-of-motion exercises.
H Provide good skin care.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Laboratory studies
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of infection and when to report them to the
physician
H dietary restrictions
H how to set goals that are realistic for the patients
prognosis.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to appropriate supportive services
or social service.
21
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 22
Adrenal hypofunction
Overview
Description
H Primary adrenal hypofunction or insufficiency (Addi-
Pathophysiology
H Dysfunction of the adrenal gland results from the
Causes
Primary hypofunction
H Autoimmune process in which circulating antibodies
react specifically against the adrenal tissue
H Tuberculosis (once the chief cause, now responsible
for less than 20% of adult cases)
H Bilateral adrenalectomy
H Hemorrhage into the adrenal gland
H Neoplasms
H Infections (histoplasmosis, cytomegalovirus)
22
Adrenal hypofunction
Incidence
Primary hypofunction
H Relatively uncommon
H Can occur at any age and in both sexes
Autoimmune Addisons disease
H Most common in white females (genetic predisposition likely)
H More common in patients with a familial predisposition to autoimmune endocrine diseases
Special populations
Most people with Addisons disease are diagnosed
in their 20s to 40s.
Common characteristics
Primary hypofunction
H Conspicuous bronze color of the skin
H Darkening of scars, areas of vitiligo (absence of pigmentation), and increased pigmentation of the mucous membranes, especially the buccal mucosa
H Decreased tolerance for even minor stress
H Fasting hypoglycemia
H Craving for salty food
Secondary hypofunction
H Similar to primary hypofunction, but without hyperpigmentation
Addisonian crisis
H Profound weakness and fatigue
H Nausea, vomiting, and dehydration
H Hypotension
H High fever followed by hypothermia (occasionally)
Complications
H Hyperpyrexia
H Psychotic reactions
H Deficient or excessive steroid treatment
H Shock
H Profound hypoglycemia
H Ultimate vascular collapse, renal shutdown, coma,
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 23
Assessment
Nursing considerations
History
Key outcomes
infection
H Muscle weakness
H Fatigue
H Weight loss
H Craving for salty food
H Decreased tolerance for stress
H GI disturbances
H Dehydration
H Amenorrhea (in females)
H Impotence (in males)
Physical findings
H Poor coordination
H Decreased axillary and pubic hair (in females)
H Bronze coloration of the skin, darkening of scars
H Areas of vitiligo
H Increased pigmentation of mucous membranes
H Weak, irregular pulse
H Hypotension
Test results
Laboratory
H Rapid corticotropin stimulation test: low corticotropin level indicates a secondary disorder; elevated
level indicates a primary disorder.
H Plasma cortisol level is decreased (less than 10
mcg/dl in the morning; less in the evening).
H Serum sodium and fasting blood glucose levels are
decreased.
H Serum potassium, calcium, and blood urea nitrogen
levels are increased.
H Hematocrit is elevated and lymphocyte and eosinophil counts are increased.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray shows small heart.
H Computed tomography scan of the abdomen shows
adrenal calcification (if the cause is infectious).
Treatment
General
H I.V. fluids
H Periods of rest
H Small, frequent, high-protein meals
Medications
H Lifelong corticosteroid replacement, usually with
cortisone or hydrocortisone
H Oral fludrocortisone
H Hydrocortisone
H I.V. saline and glucose solutions (for adrenal crisis)
Nursing interventions
H Until onset of mineralocorticoid effect, encourage
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Signs of shock (decreased level of consciousness and
urine output)
H Hyperkalemia before treatment; hypokalemia after
treatment
H Cardiac rhythm
H Blood glucose levels
H Daily weight
H Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H lifelong steroid therapy requirement
H symptoms of steroid overdose (swelling, weight gain)
and steroid underdose (lethargy, weakness)
H risk for developing diabetes
H dosage may need to be increased during times of
stress or illness (when the patient has a cold, for
example)
H infection, injury, or profuse sweating in hot weather
may precipitate adrenal crisis
H importance of carrying a medical identification card
that states the patient is on steroid therapy (name of
the drug and its dosage should be included on the
card)
H how to give a hydrocortisone injection and to keep
an emergency kit containing hydrocortisone in a prepared syringe available for use in times of stress
H stress-management techniques.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the National Adrenal Diseases
Adrenal hypofunction
23
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 24
Adrenogenital
syndrome
Overview
Description
H A group of disorders resulting from hyperplasia of
Pathophysiology
H Deficiencies occur in the enzymes needed for adre-
Causes
H Transmitted as an autosomal recessive trait
Incidence
H Acquired adrenal virilism: rare and affects twice as
Special populations
CAH is the most prevalent adrenal disorder in infants and children; simple virilizing CAH and saltlosing CAH are the most common forms.
Common characteristics
Simple virilizing CAH
H Ambiguous genitalia but normal genital tract and gonads (Female neonates may present with labioscrotal
24
Adrenogenital syndrome
without testes
MALES
H No external genital abnormalities
H Difficult immediate neonatal diagnosis; commonly
Complications
H Hypertension
H Hyperkalemic infertility
H Adrenal tumor
H Adrenal crisis
H Altered growth, external genitalia, and sexual
maturity
Salt-losing CAH
H Cardiovascular collapse
H Cardiac arrest
Assessment
History
Simple virilizing CAH
H Failure to begin menstruation
H Frequent erections at an early age
Salt-losing CAH
H Apathy, failure to eat, and diarrhea (in infants)
H Symptoms of adrenal crisis in the first week of life
(vomiting, dehydration from hyponatremia, hyperkalemia)
Physical findings
H In CAH, pseudohermaphroditism in females or pre-
Test results
Laboratory
H Plasma 17-ketosteroid (17-KS) levels , which can be
suppressed by administering oral dexamethasone,
are elevated.
H Urine levels of hormone metabolites, particularly
pregnanetriol, are elevated.
H Plasma 17-hydroxyprogesterone level is elevated.
H Urine levels of 17-hydroxycorticosteroids are normal
or decreased.
H Plasma aldosterone and cortisol levels are decreased.
H Serum DHEA sulfate levels are high.
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 25
Special populations
Adrenal hypofunction or adrenal crisis in the first
week of life suggests salt-losing CAH. Hyperkalemia, hyponatremia, and hypochloremia with excessive urinary 17-KS and pregnanetriol and decreased urinary aldosterone levels confirm it.
Diagnostic procedures
H Gonadal biopsy and chromosomal studies confirm
hermaphrodism.
Other
H Sex chromatin and karyotype studies determine the
genetic sex of patients with ambiguous external genitalia.
H X-ray evaluates accelerated bone aging.
Treatment
General
H Well-balanced diet
H No activity restriction
Medications
Simple virilizing CAH
H Daily administration of cortisone or hydrocortisone
Salt-losing CAH with patient in adrenal crisis
H Immediate I.V. sodium chloride and glucose infusion
H Desoxycorticosterone I.M. and hydrocortisone I.V.
H Maintenance includes mineralocorticoid (desoxycorticosterone, fludrocortisone, or both) and glucocorticoid (cortisone or hydrocortisone) replacement
Monitoring
H Body weight
H Blood pressure
H Serum electrolyte levels
H Edema, weakness, and hypertension for the patient
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H possible adverse effects (cushingoid symptoms) of
long-term therapy (lifelong maintenance therapy with
hydrocortisone, cortisone, or the mineralocorticoid
fludrocortisone is essential)
H importance of not withdrawing therapeutic drugs
suddenly because potentially fatal adrenal hypofunction will result
H need to report stress and infection, which require increased steroid dosages
H importance of carrying a medical identification card
that states the patient is on steroid therapy (name of
the drug and its dosage should be included on the
card)
H risk of developing diabetes due to long-term
cortisone therapy.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling to help
Surgery
H Reconstructive surgery based on the determined sex
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H have normal laboratory test results
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
modality, as will his family.
Nursing interventions
H Maintain I.V. access, infuse fluids, and give steroids,
as ordered.
H Watch for cyanosis, hypotension, tachycardia, tachyp-
Adrenogenital syndrome
25
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 26
Age-related macular
degeneration
Causes
Overview
H Smoking
H Age
H Race
H High blood pressure
H Vascular disease
H High intake of saturated fat and cholesterol
H Farsightedness
H Exposure to sunlight
Description
H Deterioration of the macular portion of the retina,
Pathophysiology
H Pathologic changes occur primarily in the retinal pig-
ment epithelium, Bruchs membrane, and choriocapillaries in the macular region that result from the
hardening and obstruction of retinal arteries.
H Formation of new blood vessels in the macular area
obscures central vision.
H Vision loss occurs as the retinal pigment epithelium
detaches and becomes atrophic.
H Exudative macular degeneration develops as new
blood vessels in the choroid project through abnormalities in Bruchs membrane, invading the potential
space underneath the retinal pigment epithelium.
H The vessels leak, and fluid in the retinal pigment epithelium increases, resulting in blurry vision.
H Unknown
H Genetic in origin
Risk factors
Incidence
H Affects as many as 15 million Americans
H Leading cause of vision loss in people older than age
elderly people
H Atrophic form in about 85% of patients
H More common in whites, but affects all races
Common characteristics
H Decreased central vision, for near and distance (see
Complications
H Blindness
H Nystagmus
Lens
Visual
axis
Cornea
Iris
Macula
Fovea
Optic nerve
26
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 27
Assessment
History
H Blank spot seen in the center of a page (scotoma)
while reading
Monitoring
H Visual acuity
H Environment (for safety purposes)
Patient teaching
H Central vision that blurs intermittently and has graduH Straight lines appearing distorted
H Letters appearing fragmented
Be sure to cover:
H ways to modify the home environment for safety
H effects on peripheral vision.
Physical findings
Discharge planning
Test results
ally worsened
Diagnostic procedures
H Indirect ophthalmoscopy may show changes in the
macular region of the fundus.
H Fluorescein angiography may show leaking vessels in
subretinal neovascular net.
H Amsler grid test may detect visual distortion.
Treatment
General
H Laser treatment, if leaking blood vessels have devel-
zinc
H Activity restrictions based on visual acuity
Medications
H Copper and zinc supplements
H Lutein, vitamins C and E, and beta-carotene
Surgery
H In exudative form, argon laser photocoagulation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings and concerns over diminishing eyesight
H sustain no harm or injury
H verbalize understanding of the condition and treatment
H maintain optimal visual function or adapt as necessary.
Nursing interventions
H Help the patient obtain optical aids such as magni-
fiers.
H Offer the patient emotional support.
H Encourage expression of fears and concerns.
27
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 28
Alcoholism
Overview
Description
H Chronic disorder of uncontrolled intake of alcoholic
beverages
H Interferes with physical and mental health, social and
Pathophysiology
H Alcohol is soluble in water and lipids and permeates
most severely affected organ; hepatic steatosis followed by hepatic fibrosis is evident days after heavy
drinking.
H Laennecs cirrhosis may develop after inflammatory
response (alcoholic hepatitis) or in absence of inflammation, as a consequence of direct activation of
lipocytes (Ito cells).
H Lactic acidosis and excess uric acid is promoted; gluconeogenesis, B-oxidation of fatty acids, and the
Krebs cycle are opposed; and hypoglycemia and hyperlipidemia develop.
H Toxicity of cells occurs through reduction of mitochondrial oxygenation utilization, depletion of deoxyribonucleic acid, and other actions.
Causes
H Biological factors
H Psychological factors
H Sociocultural factors
Risk factors
H Male gender
H Low socioeconomic status
H Family history
H Depression
H Anxiety
H History of other substance abuse disorders
Incidence
H Affects all social and economic groups
H 10% of the population accounts for 50% of all alco-
hol consumed
H About 13% of all adults older than age 18 have suf-
Special populations
Prevalence of drinking is highest between ages 21
and 34, but current statistics show that up to 19%
28
Alcoholism
of 12- to 17-year-olds have serious drinking problems. Research also suggests that alcoholism affects
2% to 10% of adults older than age 60.
Common characteristics
H Hide or deny addiction
H May temporarily manage to maintain a functional
lifestyle
Complications
H Cardiomyopathy
H Pneumonia
H Cirrhosis
H Esophageal varices
H Pancreatitis
H Alcoholic dementia
H Wernickes encephalopathy
H Seizure disorder
H Depression
H Multiple substance abuse
H Hypoglycemia
H Leg and foot ulcers
H Suicide and homicide
H Death
Assessment
History
H Need for daily or episodic alcohol use for adequate
function
H Inability to discontinue or reduce alcohol intake
H Episodes of anesthesia or amnesia during intoxica-
tion
H Episodes of violence during intoxication
H Interference with social and familial relationships
Physical findings
H Poor personal hygiene
H Unusually high tolerance for sedatives and opioids
H Signs of nutritional deficiency
H Signs of injury
H Withdrawal signs and symptoms
H Major motor seizures
DSM-IV-TR criteria
A diagnosis is confirmed when the patient meets at least
three of these signs and symptoms:
H more alcohol ingested than intended
H persistent desire or efforts to diminish alcohol use
H excessive time spent obtaining alcohol
H frequent intoxication or withdrawal symptoms
H impairment of social, occupational, or recreational
activities
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 29
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood alcohol tests show levels of at least 0.10%
weight/volume (200 mg/dl).
H Serum electrolyte levels are abnormal.
H Serum ammonia levels are increased.
H Serum amylase levels are increased.
H Urine toxicology may show abuses of other drugs.
H Liver function study results are abnormal.
Other
H CAGE screening test: two affirmative responses make
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or family) will:
H report feeling safe in hospital environment
H join gradually in self-care and the decision-making
process
H engage in appropriate social interaction with others
H demonstrate a decrease in negative self-evaluation
verbally and behaviorally
H identify support systems to assist them and participate in mobilizing these systems.
Nursing interventions
H Institute seizure precautions.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Orient the patient to reality.
H Maintain a calm environment, minimizing noise and
shadows.
H Avoid restraints, unless necessary for protection.
H Use a nonthreatening approach.
Monitoring
H Mental status
H Vital signs
H Safety measures
H Nutritional and hydration status
H Intake and output
Treatment
General
Immediate
H Support for respiration
H Prevention of aspiration of vomitus
H Replacement of fluids
H Administration of I.V. glucose
H Correction of hypothermia or acidosis
H Treatment of trauma, infection, or GI bleeding
Long-term
H Total abstinence
H Detoxification, rehabilitation, and aftercare program
H Supportive counseling
H Individual, group, or family psychotherapy
H Ongoing support groups
H Well-balanced diet
H Safety precautions, including preventing aspiration
of vomitus
H Seizure precautions
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H alcohol abstinence
H plan for relapse
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H effects of disorder on significant others.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a rehabilitation program.
H Refer the patient to social services.
H Refer the patient to support services.
H Refer the patient to personal and family counseling.
Medications
H Anticonvulsants
H Antiemetics
H Antidiarrheals
H Tranquilizers, particularly benzodiazepines
H Naltrexone
H Antipsychotics
H Daily oral disulfiram
H Vitamin supplements
Alcoholism
29
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 30
Allergic purpura
Overview
Description
H An acute or chronic vascular inflammation affecting
Pathophysiology
H An autoimmune reaction triggered by a bacterial in-
Causes
H Bacterial infection (particularly streptococcal infec-
tion)
H Allergic reactions to some drugs and vaccines, insect
Henoch-Schnlein syndrome
H Transient or severe colic
H Tenesmus (spasmodic contraction of the anal
sphincter)
H GI bleeding
H Rheumatoid pains and periarticular effusions, usually
affecting the legs and feet
Complications
H Renal disease (renal failure and acute glomeru-
lonephritis)
H Hypertension
Assessment
History
H Bacterial infection or exposure to allergen
H Moderate and irregular fever
H Headache
H Anorexia
H Pruritus and paresthesia in areas of lesions
Physical findings
H Characteristic lesions that usually appear in symmet-
become hemorrhagic
H Possibly scattered petechiae on the legs, buttocks,
and perineum
H Localized edema of the hands, feet, or scalp
Incidence
Test results
Laboratory
H Results of tests for blood in the urine and stool may
be positive.
H Increased blood urea nitrogen and creatinine levels
may indicate renal involvement.
Common characteristics
H Skin lesions that are purple, macular, ecchymotic,
and of varying size and are caused by vascular leakage into the skin and mucous membranes (see Identifying purpuric lesions)
ALERT
No laboratory test clearly identifies allergic purpura (although white blood cell count and erythrocyte
sedimentation rate are elevated).
Imaging
H Small-bowel X-rays may reveal areas of transient
edema.
Treatment
General
H Symptomatic
Medications
H Steroids
H Analgesics
30
Allergic purpura
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 31
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of comfort and relief of pain
H exhibit improved or healed lesions
H identify precipitating factors with appropriate skin
care regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage maintenance of an elimination diet to
priate.
H Provide emotional support and reassurance, espe-
Monitoring
H Condition and number of skin lesions
H Level of pain
H GI and GU complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H need for the patient to immediately report recurrence of symptoms (most common about 6 weeks
after initial symptoms)
H importance of returning for follow-up urinalysis as
scheduled.
Allergic purpura
31
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 32
Allergic rhinitis
Overview
Description
H An immune response of the upper airways triggered
mediated type I hypersensitivity response to an environmental antigen (allergen) in a genetically susceptible person
H Perennial rhinitis: inhaled allergens provoke antigen
responses that produce signs and symptoms
year-round
Pathophysiology
H The bodys immune system overresponds to common
Physical findings
Seasonal allergic rhinitis
H Pale, cyanotic, edematous nasal mucosa
H Red and edematous eyelids and conjunctivae
H Excessive lacrimation
Perennial allergic rhinitis
H Nasal polyps
H Dark circles under the eyes (allergic shiners)
Test results
Laboratory
H Sputum and nasal secretions show a high number of
eosinophils.
H IgE levels are normal or elevated, possibly linked to
seasonal overproduction of interleukin-4 and -5
(involved in the allergic inflammatory process).
Causes
Seasonal allergic rhinitis
H Tree pollens (in spring)
H Grass and weed pollens (in summer)
H Weed pollens (in fall)
H Mold spores (occasionally, in summer and fall)
Perennial allergic rhinitis
H House dust and dust mites
H Molds
H Animal dander
H Tobacco smoke
H Processed materials or industrial chemicals
Incidence
H Affects more than 20 million Americans
H Can affect anyone at any age
H Most prevalent in young children and adolescents
Common characteristics
H Swollen nasal membranes
Complications
Treatment
General
H Elimination of environmental antigens, if possible
H Increased fluid intake to loosen secretions
H Restriction of activities in areas of allergen exposure
Medications
H Antihistamines, such as cetirizine, diphenhydramine,
and loratadine
H Intranasal corticosteroids, such as budesonide and
triamcinolone
H Leukotriene receptor antagonists such as mon-
telukast
H Nasal decongestants, such as oxymetazoline and
pseudoephedrine
Long-term management
H Immunotherapy or desensitization with injections of
allergen extracts administered before or during the
allergy season or perennially
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
Assessment
Nursing interventions
History
Seasonal allergic rhinitis
H Paroxysmal sneezing, profuse watery rhinorrhea
H Nasal obstruction or congestion
H Pruritus of the nose and eyes
H Headache or sinus pain
H Itchy throat, malaise, and fever
32
Allergic rhinitis
tions.
H Elevate the head of the bed and provide humidifica-
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 33
ALERT
Before giving a desensitization injection, assess the
patients symptoms. After giving the injection, observe him for 30 minutes to detect adverse reactions, including anaphylaxis and severe localized
erythema. Make sure epinephrine and emergency
resuscitation equipment are available.
Monitoring
H Compliance with the prescribed drug regimen
H Changes in control of signs and symptoms
H Indications of drug misuse
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H importance of calling the physician if the patient experiences a delayed reaction to the desensitizing injections
H reduction of environmental exposure to airborne allergens
H skin protectant applications
H possible lifestyle changes, such as relocation to a
pollen-free area either seasonally or year-round, in
severe and resistant allergic rhinitis
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Allergic rhinitis
33
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 34
Alopecia
Overview
Description
H More commonly known as hair loss, typically occurs
Pathophysiology
H In male-pattern alopecia, a genetically predisposed
Causes
Nonscarring alopecia
H Genetic predisposition
H Androgen response
H Aging
H Radiation
H Chemotherapy
H Drugs (see Cancer drugs that cause alopecia)
H Bacterial and fungal infections
H Psoriasis
H Seborrhea
H Endocrine disorders
H Excess vitamin A
Scarring alopecia
H Physical or chemical trauma
H Radiation
H Chemotherapy
H Chronic tension on a hair shaft
H Destructive skin tumors
H Granulomas
H Lupus erythematosus
H Scleroderma
34
Alopecia
Incidence
H Affects males more than females
H Occurs most commonly in males older than age 50
in male-pattern alopecia
H Rises with increasing age in male-pattern alopecia
H Occurs to some degree in 37% of postmenopausal
women
Common characteristics
H Hair loss
Complications
H Impaired self-image
Assessment
History
Male-pattern alopecia
H Presence of predisposing factors
H Family history of hair loss
H Gradual onset of hair loss
H Typically describes hairline as receding and his
crown becoming bald
Female-pattern alopecia
H Typically describes a widening of her part and increasing visibility of her front scalp or crown
Telogen effluvium
H Loss of about 400 hairs per day, which is four to five
times greater than the normal daily hair loss
Alopecia areata
H Sudden loss of hair
Physical findings
H Small patches of visible scalp or entire scalp visible
Test results
Laboratory
H Direct microscopic examination shows structural
abnormalities or signs of infection.
Diagnostic procedures
TELOGEN EFFLUVIUM
H Pluck or pull test reveals positive results if more than
infection.
H Trichogram shows abnormal ratio of anagen to
telogen hairs.
H Scalp biopsy shows hair phase and the extent of
structural damage.
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 35
Mild alopecia
H bleomycin
H carmustine
H fluorouracil
H hydroxyurea
H melphalan
Moderate alopecia
Severe alopecia
H busulfan
H etoposide
H floxuridine
H methotrexate
H mitomycin
Treatment
General
H Identification and treatment of underlying cause
H Cosmetic interventions, such as hairpieces, weaving,
or bonding
H cyclophosphamide
H daunorubicin
H doxorubicin
H vinblastine
H vincristine
chemotherapy with drugs that cause alopecia, suggest selecting a hair replacement before treatment.
H Encourage the patient to express his feelings. Help
him develop interests that contribute to a positive
self-image.
Monitoring
H Complications
H Response to treatment
Medications
H Topical application of minoxidil
H Oral finasteride
ALERT
Finasteride is contraindicated in women of childbearing age.
H Corticosteroids
H Photochemotherapy with methoxsalen and ultraviolet
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H familial link in male-pattern alopecia
H well-balanced diet with adequate protein
H avoidance of excess vitamin A
H myths concerning commercial preparations
H signs and symptoms of skin infection
H possibility that hair may grow back in a different color or type, such as curly or straight.
light
H Dermatomucosal agents
H Antibiotics
H Antifungal agents
Surgery
H Surgical redistribution of hair follicles by auto-
grafting
H Hair transplantation and tunnel grafting
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express concerns about his condition or treatment
H avoid complications
H verbalize feelings about changed body image.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Reassure the patient with female-pattern alopecia
that hair thinning doesnt lead to total baldness. Suggest that she wear a wig or hairpiece.
Alopecia
35
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 36
Alzheimers disease
Overview
Assessment
Description
History
Pathophysiology
H Alzheimers disease is a genetic abnormality on chro-
mosome 21.
H Brain damage is caused by a genetic substance (amy-
loid).
H There are three distinguishing features of brain tissue: neuro-fibrillary tangles, neuritic plaques, and
granulovascular degeneration.
Causes
H Unknown
Risk factors
Neurochemical
H Deficiencies of the neurotransmitters
Environmental
H Aluminum and manganese
H Trauma
H Genetic abnormality on chromosome 21
H Slow-growing central nervous system viruses
Incidence
H Severe form in patients older than age 65
H May affect 5 million Americans
H Affects 13% or 1 in 8 people older than age 65 and
ence restlessness
H Negative personality changes (irritability, depression,
paranoia, hostility)
H Nocturnal awakening
H Disorientation
H Suspicious and fearful of imaginary people and situa-
tions
H Misperceives own environment
H Misidentifies objects and people
H Complains of stolen or misplaced objects
H Emotions may be described as labile
H Mood swings, sudden angry outbursts, and sleep dis-
turbances
Physical findings
H Impaired sense of smell (usually an early symptom)
H Impaired stereognosis
H Gait disorders
H Tremors
H Positive snout reflex
H Organic brain disease in adults
H Urinary or fecal incontinence
H Seizures
Common characteristics
Test results
behavior
Complications
H Injury from violent behavior, wandering, or unsuper-
vised activity
36
Alzheimers disease
Imaging
H Position-emission tomography reveals metabolic
activity of the cerebral cortex.
H Computed tomography scan shows excessive and
progressive brain atrophy.
H Magnetic resonance imaging rules out intracranial
lesions.
H Cerebral blood flow studies reveal abnormalities in
blood flow to the brain.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cerebrospinal fluid analysis shows chronic neurologic infection.
H EEG evaluates the brains electrical activity and may
show slowing of the brain waves in late stages of the
disease.
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 37
Other
H Neuropsychologic tests may show impaired cognitive
ability and reasoning.
Treatment
General
H Behavioral interventions (patient-centered or care-
Monitoring
H Response to medications
H Fluid intake and nutrition status
H Environment (for safety purposes)
Patient teaching
Medications
Be sure to cover:
H the disease process
H exercise regimen
H importance of cutting food and providing finger
foods, if indicated
H use of plates with rim guards, built-up utensils, and
cups with lids
H independence.
H Psychostimulators
H Antidepressants, such as paroxetine, sertraline, and
Discharge planning
fluoxetine
H Anxiolytics, such as alprazolam and diazepam
H Antipsychotics, such as haloperidol, risperidone, and
quetiapine
H Anticonvulsants, such as valproic acid, gabapentin,
and lamotrigine
H Anti-inflammatories (experimental)
H Anticholinesterase agents, such as donepezil, rivastigmine, and galantamine
H Vitamin E (experimental)
H N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor antagonists such as
memantine
port.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H perform activities of daily living
H maintain daily calorie requirements
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
H perform self-care needs
H use support systems and develop adequate coping
behaviors.
Nursing interventions
H Provide an effective communication system.
H Use soft tones and a slow, calm manner when speak-
behavior control.
Alzheimers disease
37
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 38
Amebiasis
Overview
Description
H An acute or chronic protozoal infection caused by
Entamoeba histolytica
H Produces varying degrees of illness, from no symp-
Pathophysiology
H E. histolytica exists in two forms, as a cyst (which
Causes
H Ingestion of feces-contaminated food or water
Incidence
H Occurs worldwide: most common in the tropics, sub-
Common characteristics
H The clinical effects of amebiasis varying with the
Complications
H Subacute appendicitis
H Perforation of the intestinal wall with spread to the
38
Amebiasis
Assessment
History
Acute amebic dysentery
H Fever, chills
H Abdominal cramping
H Profuse, bloody, mucoid diarrhea
Chronic amebic dysentery
H Multiple (4 to 18) foul-smelling mucus- and bloodtinged stools daily
H Mild fever
H Vague abdominal cramps
H Possible weight loss
Physical findings
Acute amebic dysentery
H Diffuse abdominal tenderness
Chronic amebic dysentery
H Tenderness over the cecum and ascending colon
H Hepatomegaly (occasionally)
Test results
Laboratory
H Stool or aspirates from abscesses, ulcers, or tissue
show E. histolytica.
H Indirect hemagglutination test with current or previous infection is positive.
H Complement fixation is positive (usually only during
active disease).
Imaging
H Barium studies rule out nonamebic causes of diarrhea, such as polyps and cancer.
Diagnostic procedures
H Sigmoidoscopy detects rectosigmoid ulceration.
Treatment
General
H Small, frequent meals
H Increased fluid intake
H Frequent rest periods
H Avoidance of enemas
Medications
H Metronidazole
H Emetine hydrochloride
H Iodoquinol (diiodohydroxyquin)
H Chloroquine
H Tetracycline (in combination with emetine hydro-
Surgery
H Exploratory surgery hazardous; can lead to peritoni-
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 39
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain or improve weight
H maintain skin integrity
H return to a normal elimination pattern
H express feelings of increased comfort and relief from
pain.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage adequate fluid intake.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Apply perirectal protective cream to prevent excoria-
Monitoring
H Vital signs, especially temperature
H Fluid and electrolyte balance
H Daily weight
H Frequency, amount, and character of stools
H Skin integrity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H need for avoiding alcohol ingestion when taking
metronidazole, which can cause nausea, vomiting,
and headache
H importance of returning for follow-up appointments
H advising family and sexual partners to seek medical
attention for amebiasis
H how to handle infectious material and perform
proper hand washing
H safer sex practices
H boiling untreated or contaminated water when traveling to endemic areas.
Amebiasis
39
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 40
Amenorrhea
Overview
Description
H The abnormal absence or suppression of menstrua-
tion
H Primary amenorrhea: the absence of menarche in an
Pathophysiology
Primary amenorrhea
H The hypothalamic-pituitary-ovarian axis is dysfunctional.
H Anatomic defects of the central nervous system cause
the ovary not to receive the hormonal signals that
normally initiate the development of secondary sex
characteristics and the beginning of menstruation.
Secondary amenorrhea
H The endometrium is sufficiently scarred and no functional endometrium exists.
Causes
H Pregnancy
H Hormonal abnormalities
H Lack of ovarian response to gonadotropins
H Constant presence of progesterone or other en-
docrine abnormalities
H Absence of a uterus
H Endometrial damage
H Ovarian, adrenal, or pituitary tumors
H Emotional disorders
H Malnutrition and intense exercise
Incidence
H Primary amenorrhea: 0.3% of women
H Secondary amenorrhea: 5% of women
Common characteristics
H Absence of menstruation
H Vasomotor flushes, vaginal atrophy, hirsutism (ab-
Complications
H Infertility
H Endometrial adenocarcinoma
H Estrogen deficiency syndrome
H Osteoporosis
Assessment
History
H Failure to menstruate in females age 16 and older
40
Amenorrhea
Physical findings
H Based on cause of amenorrhea: may include hir-
Test results
Laboratory
H Pregnancy test is positive (when pregnancy is the
cause).
H Pituitary gonadotropin levels are either elevated or
low.
H Thyroid levels are abnormal.
H Serum progesterone levels are abnormal.
H Serum androgen levels are abnormal.
H Urine 17-ketosteroid levels are elevated with excessive androgen secretions.
H Plasma follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) level is
greater than 50 International Units/L, depending on
the laboratory; this suggests primary ovarian failure.
H FSH level is either normal or low; this suggests possible hypothalamic or pituitary abnormality, depending
on the clinical situation.
Imaging
H X-rays identify ovarian, adrenal, and pituitary tumors.
Diagnostic procedures
H Microscopic examination shows ferning of cervical
mucus (an estrogen effect).
H Vaginal cytologic examination and endometrial biopsy evaluate hormone levels.
Other
H Pelvic examination reveals anatomic abnormalities.
Treatment
General
H Based on cause
H Well-balanced diet
H Moderate exercise routine
Medications
H Progestational agents (to stimulate menstruation)
H Calcium supplement (if cause is hypoestrogenism)
H Clomiphene citrate (may induce ovulation in women
Surgery
H Removal of tumor or obstruction
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 41
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate nutrition
H express understanding of disorder
H communicate feelings about the situation.
Nursing interventions
H Provide reassurance and emotional support.
H Give prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms
H Intake and output
H Laboratory test results
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to keep an accurate record of menstrual cycles
to aid early detection of recurrent amenorrhea.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling, if
appropriate.
Amenorrhea
41
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 42
Amyotrophic lateral
sclerosis
Overview
Description
H Most common motor neuron disease of muscular
atrophy
H Chronic, progressive, and debilitating disease thats
invariably fatal
H Also known as Lou Gehrig disease
Pathophysiology
H An excitatory neurotransmitter accumulates to toxic
levels.
H Motor units no longer innervate.
H Progressive degeneration of axons cause loss of
myelin.
H Progressive degeneration of upper and lower motor
neurons occurs.
H Progressive degeneration of motor nuclei in the cere-
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H 10% of patients inherit as an autosomal dominant
trait
H Virus that creates metabolic disturbances in motor
neurons
H Immune complexes such as those formed in autoim-
mune disorders
Precipitating factors that cause acute
deterioration
H Severe stress such as myocardial infarction
H Traumatic injury
H Viral infections
H Physical exhaustion
Incidence
H Three times more common in males than in females
H Affects people ages 40 to 70
Common characteristics
H Muscle weakness
H Atrophy
H Fasciculations
Complications
H Respiratory tract infections
H Complications of physical immobility
Assessment
History
H Mental function intact
H Family history of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS)
H Asymmetrical weakness first noticed in one limb
42
cles
Physical findings
H Location of the affected motor neurons
H Severity of the disease
H Fasciculations in the affected muscles
H Progressive weakness in muscles of the arms, legs,
and trunk
H Brisk and overactive stretch reflexes
H Difficulty talking, chewing, swallowing, and breathing
H Shortness of breath and occasional drooling
Test results
Laboratory
H Cerebrospinal fluid analysis shows increased protein
levels.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan rules out other disorders.
Diagnostic procedures
H Muscle biopsy discloses atrophic fibers.
Other
H EEG rules out other disorders.
H Electromyography shows the electrical abnormalities
of involved muscles.
H Nerve conduction studies appear normal.
Treatment
General
H Rehabilitative measures
H May need tube feedings
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
H Muscle relaxants or antispasmodics such as dantro-
releasing hormone
H Riluzole to slow progression
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM)
H maintain daily calorie requirements
H seek support systems and exhibit adequate coping
behaviors
H remain free from infection.
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional and psychological support.
H Promote independence.
H Turn and reposition the patient frequently.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide airway and respiratory management.
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 43
H Promote nutrition.
H Maintain aspiration precautions.
Monitoring
H Muscle weakness
H Respiratory status
H Speech
H Swallowing ability
H Skin integrity
H Nutritional status
H Environment (for safety purposes)
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Signs and symptoms of infection
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H swallowing therapy regimen
H medications and adverse effects
H skin care
H ROM exercises
H deep-breathing and coughing exercises
H safety in the home. (See Modifying the home for a
patient with ALS.)
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a local ALS support group.
H Refer the patient to hospice, as appropriate.
43
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 44
Life-threatening disorder
Anaphylaxis
Overview
Description
Physical findings
H Hives
H Hoarseness or stridor, wheezing
H Severe abdominal cramps, nausea, diarrhea
H Urinary urgency and incontinence
H Dizziness, drowsiness, headache, restlessness, and
seizures
H Angioedema
Pathophysiology
H After initial exposure to an antigen, the immune sys-
tem produces specific immunoglobulin (Ig) antibodies in the lymph nodes. Helper T cells enhance the
process.
H The antibodies (IgE) then bind to membrane receptors located on mast cells and basophils.
H After the body re-encounters the antigen, the IgE antibodies, or cross-linked IgE receptors, recognize the
antigen as foreign; this activates the release of power
chemical mediators.
H IgG or IgM enters into the reaction and activates the
release of complement factors.
Causes
H Systemic exposure to sensitizing drugs, foods, insect
Incidence
H Most common anaphylaxis-causing antigen is peni-
Common characteristics
H Apprehension and anxiety
H Dyspnea
H Hoarseness
H Angioedema
Complications
H Respiratory obstruction
H Systemic vascular collapse
H Death
Assessment
History
H Immediately after exposure, complaints of a feeling
of impending doom or fright and exhibiting apprehension, restlessness, cyanosis, cool and clammy
skin, erythema, edema, tachypnea, weakness, sweating, sneezing, dyspnea, nasal pruritus, and urticaria
44
Anaphylaxis
arrhythmias
Test results
H No tests are required to identify anaphylaxis. The pa-
Treatment
General
H Patent airway (establish and maintain)
H Cardiopulmonary resuscitation, if cardiac arrest oc-
curs
H Nothing by mouth, until stable
H Bed rest, until stable
Medications
H Immediate injection of epinephrine 1:1,000 aque-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain normal cardiac output and normal heart
rate
H identify causative allergen.
Nursing interventions
H Provide supplemental oxygen and prepare to assist
and treatments.
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 45
ALERT
If a patient must receive a drug to which hes allergic, prevent a severe reaction by making sure he
receives careful desensitization with gradually increasing doses of the antigen or with advance administration of corticosteroids. Closely monitor the
patient during testing and have resuscitation
equipment and epinephrine readily available.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Adverse reactions from radiographic contrast media
H Respiratory status
H Serious allergic response after skin or scratch testing
H Neurologic status
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Degree of edema
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H risk for delayed symptoms and importance of reporting them immediately
H avoidance of exposure to known allergens
H importance of carrying and becoming familiar with
an anaphylaxis kit and learning to use it before the
need arises
H need for medical identification jewelry to identify allergy.
Anaphylaxis
45
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 46
Anemia, aplastic
Overview
Description
Test results
Laboratory
H RBC count is 1 million/mm3 or less, usually with normochromic and normocytic cells; absolute reticulocyte count is very low.
H Serum iron levels are elevated (unless bleeding
occurs), but total iron-binding capacity is normal or
slightly reduced.
H Serum platelet and white blood cell counts are decreased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow biopsies performed at several sites
may yield a dry tap or show severely hypocellular or
aplastic marrow, with a varying amount of fat, fibrous
tissue, or gelatinous replacement; absence of tagged
iron and megakaryocytes; and depression of erythroid elements.
Pathophysiology
H Aplastic anemia usually develops when damaged or
Causes
H Result of adverse drug reaction
H Immunologic factors; severe disease, especially hep-
atitis; viral infection, especially in children; and preleukemic and neoplastic infiltration of bone marrow
H Congenital hypoplastic anemia, also known as
Diamond-Blackfan anemia, which develops
between ages 2 and 3 months and Fanconis
syndrome, between birth and age 10
H May be idiopathic
Treatment
General
H Elimination of identifiable cause
H Vigorous supportive measures, such as packed
Complications
Medications
H Hemorrhage
H Infection
H Heart failure
H Antibiotics
H Marrow-stimulating agents, such as erythropoietin,
Incidence
H More common in children and young adults
Common characteristics
Assessment
History
H Fatigue
H Weakness
H Weight loss
H Dizziness
H Syncope
H Bruising
H Nosebleeds
H Shortness of breath
Physical findings
H Pallor, ecchymosis, petechiae, or retinal hemorrhage
H Alterations in level of consciousness, weakness, fa-
tigue
46
Anemia, aplastic
Surgery
H Bone marrow transplantation (for severe aplasia and
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H state the need to increase activity level gradually
H maintain vital signs within prescribed limits during
activity
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 47
pain.
Nursing interventions
H Help the patient to prevent or manage hemorrhage,
Monitoring
H Blood studies in patients receiving anemia-inducing
drugs
H Early detection of bleeding
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of contact with potential sources of infection, such as crowds, soil, and standing water that
can harbor organisms
H the disorder and its treatment
H prescribed drugs and possible adverse reactions and
when to report them
H normal lifestyle with appropriate restrictions until remission occurs (for the patient who doesnt require
hospitalization).
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the Aplastic Anemia Foundation
Anemia, aplastic
47
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 48
H Palpitations
H Weakness and light-headedness
H Numbness or tingling in hands and feet
Overview
Description
H A common, slowly progressive megaloblastic anemia
H Caused by a deficiency of the vitamin folate
Pathophysiology
H When folic acid stores in the body are low or diet is
Causes
H Alcohol abuse
H Poor diet
H Impaired absorption from small intestine
H Bacteria competing for available folic acid
H Excessive cooking of foods, which destroys the avail-
able nutrient
H Limited storage capacity in infants
H Prolonged drug therapy with such drugs as anticon-
rapid growth periods in infancy, childhood and adolescence, and in patients with neoplastic diseases or
some skin diseases such as exfoliative dermatitis
Physical findings
(glossitis)
H Reduced sense of taste
H Tachycardia
Test results
Laboratory
H Folic acid deficiency anemia and pernicious anemia
can be distinguished by the Schilling test and a therapeutic trial of vitamin B12 injections.
H Blood studies show macrocythemia, decreased reticulocyte count, increased mean corpuscular volume,
abnormal platelets, and serum folate levels less than
4 mg/ml.
Treatment
General
H Elimination of contributing causes
H Well-balanced diet high in folic acid (see Foods high
in folic acid)
H Frequent rest periods during activity, as needed
Incidence
Medications
lactating women, alcoholics, elderly people, and people with malignant or intestinal diseases
Common characteristics
H Progressive fatigue
H Systemic signs of anemia
Complications
H Pregnant women deficient in folic acid have an in-
creased risk for giving birth to a neonate with a neural tube defect.
Assessment
History
H Severe, progressive fatigue, the hallmark of
48
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H state the need to increase activity level gradually
H maintain vital signs within prescribed limits during
activity
H remain hemodynamically stable
H have normal bowel movements
H experience no further weight loss.
Nursing interventions
H Plan activities, rest periods, and necessary diagnostic
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 49
Food
mcg/100 g
Asparagus spears
Beef liver
Broccoli spears
Collards (cooked)
Mushrooms
Oatmeal
Peanut butter
Red beans
Wheat germ
109
294
54
102
24
33
57
180
305
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Fluid and electrolyte balance
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H importance of a well-balanced diet high in folic acid
H use of commercially prepared formulas for mothers
who arent breast-feeding
H daily folic acid requirements and the need to keep
taking the supplements even when he begins to feel
better
H importance of guarding against infections and reporting signs of infection promptly.
49
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 50
Common characteristics
Overview
Complications
Description
H Decreased total iron body content diminishing ery-
thropoiesis
H Produces smaller (microcytic) cells with less color
H Fatigue
H Systemic signs of anemia
H Infection
H Pneumonia
H Overreplacement of oral or I.M. iron supplements,
on staining (hypochromia)
Special populations
Pathophysiology
H Body stores of iron, including plasma iron, decrease.
H Transferrin, which binds with and transports iron,
also decreases.
Causes
H Inadequate dietary intake of iron
H Iron malabsorption
H Blood loss secondary to drug-induced GI bleeding or
Assessment
History
H Can persist for years without signs and symptoms
H Fatigue
H Inability to concentrate
H Headache, shortness of breath (especially on exer-
tion)
Incidence
Physical findings
H Common worldwide
H Affects 10% to 30% of the adult population of the
United States
H Most prevalent among premenopausal women, infants, children, adolescents, alcoholics, and elderly
people
50
(glossitis)
swollen (angular stomatitis)
H Spoon-shaped, brittle nails
H Tachycardia
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum hemoglobin levels are decreased (males, less
than 12 g/dl; females, less than 10 g/dl) or, in severe
anemia, decreased mean corpuscular hemoglobin
level.
H Serum hematocrit is decreased (males, less than
47 ml/dl; females, less than 42 ml/dl).
H Serum iron levels are decreased with high binding
capacity.
H Serum ferritin levels are decreased.
H Serum red blood cell (RBC) count is decreased with
microcytic and hypochromic cells (in early stages,
RBC count may be normal, except in infants and children).
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 51
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow studies reveal depleted or absent iron
stores (done by staining) as well as normoblastic
hyperplasia.
H GI studies, such as guaiac stool tests, barium swallow
and enema, endoscopy, and sigmoidoscopy, rule out
or confirm the diagnosis of bleeding causing the iron
deficiency.
Treatment
General
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Compliance with prescribed iron supplement therapy
H Iron replacement overdose (see Recognizing iron
Medications
H Oral preparation of iron or a combination of iron
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain weight without further loss
H maintain vital signs within prescribed limits during
activity
H express feelings of increased energy
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.
Nursing interventions
H Note the patients signs or symptoms of decreased
overdose)
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dangers of lead poisoning, especially if the patient
reports pica
H importance of continuing therapy, even after the patient begins to feel better
H absorption interference with milk or antacid of iron
supplementation
H increased absorption with vitamin C
H avoidance of staining teeth by drinking liquid supplemental iron through a straw
H when to report adverse effects of iron therapy
H basics of a nutritionally balanced diet
H importance of avoiding infection and when to report
signs of infection
H need for regular checkups
H compliance with prescribed treatment.
ing the influence of childhood eating patterns, cultural food preferences, and family income on adequate
nutrition.
H Ask the dietitian to give the patient nonirritating
foods.
H Give prescribed analgesics for headache and other
discomfort.
H Evaluate the patients drug history. Certain drugs,
such as pancreatic enzymes and vitamin E, can interfere with iron metabolism and absorption; aspirin,
steroids, and other drugs can cause GI bleeding.
H Provide frequent rest periods.
H If the patient receives iron I.V., monitor the infusion
rate carefully and observe for an allergic reaction.
H Use the Z-track injection method when administering
iron I.M. to prevent skin discoloration, scarring, and
irritating iron deposits in the skin.
H Provide good nutrition and meticulous care of I.V.
sites.
51
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 52
Anemia, pernicious
Overview
Description
H Deficiency of vitamin B12 causing serious neurologic,
drochloric acid and deficiency of intrinsic factor, essential for vitamin B12 absorption
H Also known as Addisons anemia
Pathophysiology
H An inherited autoimmune response may cause gastric
mucosal atrophy and resultant decreased hydrochloric acid and intrinsic factor production, a substance
normally secreted by the parietal cells of the gastric
mucosa.
H Intrinsic factor deficiency impairs vitamin B12 absorption.
H Vitamin B12 deficiency inhibits the growth of all
cells, particularly red blood cells (RBCs), leading to
insufficient and deformed RBCs with poor oxygencarrying capacity.
Causes
H Genetic predisposition
H Secondary pernicious anemia results from partial
Incidence
Assessment
History
H Characteristic triad of symptoms: weakness; a beefy
Physical findings
H Smooth, beefy red, painful tongue
H Slightly jaundiced sclera and pale to bright yellow
skin
H Tachycardia
H Systolic murmur
H Enlarged liver and spleen
H Weakness in the extremities
H Disturbed position sense
H Lack of coordination
H Impaired fine finger movement
H Loss of bowel and bladder control
H Impotence (in males)
H Irritable, depressed, delirious, and ataxic
H Memory loss
H Positive Babinskis and Rombergs signs
H Optic muscle atrophy
Test results
Laboratory
H Hemoglobin level is decreased.
H RBC count is decreased.
H Mean corpuscular volume is increased (less than
120 mm3); mean corpuscular hemoglobin concentration is also increased.
H White blood cell and platelet counts may be decreased, and the platelets are large and malformed.
H Serum vitamin B12 tests may show levels less than
0.1 mcg/ml.
H Serum lactate dehydrogenase levels are elevated.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow studies reveal erythroid hyperplasia
with increased numbers of megaloblasts but few normally developing RBCs.
H Gastric analysis shows an absence of free hydrochloric acid after histamine or pentagastrin injection.
H The Schilling test may reveal a urinary excretion of
less than 3% in the first 24 hours in patients with
pernicious anemia; may reveal normal excretion of
vitamin B12 when repeated with intrinsic factor
added.
Common characteristics
H Weakness
H Beefy red, sore tongue
H Systemic signs of anemia
Complications
H Heart failure with severe anemia
H Myocardial ischemia
H Paralysis
H Psychotic behavior
H Loss of sphincter control of bowel and bladder
H Peptic ulcer disease
52
Anemia, pernicious
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 53
Treatment
General
H Based on underlying cause
H Well-balanced diet, including foods high in vitamin
B12
Medications
H Early I.M. vitamin B12 replacement
H Maintenance levels (monthly) of vitamin B12 doses,
tability
H prevention of pernicious anemia, by taking vitamin
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H state his understanding of the need to increase activity level gradually
H modify lifestyle to minimize risk for decreased tissue
perfusion
H maintain normal hemoglobin level and hematocrit
H maintain normal coagulation profile.
Nursing interventions
H If the patient has severe anemia, plan activities, rest
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Mental and neurologic status
H Environment (for safety purposes)
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H protection against infections and when to report
signs of infection
H when to report signs and symptoms of decreased
perfusion to vital organs and symptoms of neuropathy
H avoidance of irritating foods
H avoidance of exposure to extreme heat or cold on the
extremities
H continuation of vitamin B12 replacement even after
symptoms subside
H proper injection techniques
Anemia, pernicious
53
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 54
Pathophysiology
H The abnormal HbS found in the patients RBCs be-
Causes
H Homozygous inheritance of the HbS-producing gene
Incidence
H Most common in tropical Africans and in people of
African descent
H Abnormal gene about 1 in 10 blacks (if two such
Common characteristics
H Chronic fatigue
H Intense pain due to vascular occlusion in a sickling
episode
H Frequent bacterial infections due to involvement of
spleen
H Systemic signs of anemia
Complications
H Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
H Heart failure
H Retinopathy
H Nephropathy
54
Assessment
History
H Signs and symptoms usually dont develop until after
age 6 months
H Chronic fatigue
H Unexplained dyspnea or dyspnea on exertion
H Joint swelling
H Aching bones
H Chest pain
H Ischemic leg ulcers
H Increased susceptibility to infection
H Pulmonary infarctions and cardiomegaly
Physical findings
H Jaundice or pallor
H May appear small in stature for age
H Delayed growth and puberty
H Spiderlike body build (narrow shoulders and hips,
Test results
Laboratory
H Stained blood smear shows sickle cells and Hb electrophoresis shows HbS. (Electrophoresis should be
done on umbilical cord blood samples at birth to
provide sickle cell disease screening for all neonates
at risk.)
H RBC counts and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are
decreased; white blood cell and platelet counts are
elevated; and serum iron levels are increased.
H RBC survival is decreased and reticulocytosis is present; Hb levels are normal or low.
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 55
Imaging
H A lateral chest X-ray detects the characteristic Lincoln log deformity. (This spinal abnormality develops in many adults and some adolescents with sickle
cell anemia, leaving the vertebrae resembling logs
that form the corner of a cabin.)
Diagnostic procedures
H Ophthalmoscopic examination reveals corkscrew or
comma-shaped vessels in the conjunctivae.
Treatment
General
H Avoidance of extreme temperatures
H Avoidance of stress
H Well-balanced diet
H Adequate amounts of folic acidrich foods
H Adequate fluid intake
H Bed rest during crises
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
H Vaccines, such as polyvalent pneumococcal vaccine
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H demonstrate age-appropriate skills and behaviors to
the extent possible
H exhibit adequate ventilation
H maintain collateral circulation
H maintain balanced fluid volume where input will
equal output
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain normal peripheral pulses
H maintain normal skin color and temperature.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage the patient to talk about his fears and
concerns.
H If a male patient develops sudden, painful priapism,
reassure him that such episodes are common and
have no permanent harmful effects.
H Make sure that the patient receives adequate
amounts of folic acidrich foods such as green,
leafy vegetables.
H Encourage adequate fluid intake.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Complete blood count and other laboratory study
results
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of tight clothing that restricts circulation
H conditions that provoke hypoxia, such as strenuous
exercise, vasoconstricting medications, cold temperatures, unpressurized aircraft, and high altitude
H importance of normal childhood immunizations,
meticulous wound care, good oral hygiene, regular
dental checkups, and a balanced diet as safeguards
against infection
H need for prompt treatment of infection
H need to increase fluid intake to prevent dehydration,
which can cause increased blood viscosity
H symptoms of vaso-occlusive crisis
H need for hospitalization in a vaso-occlusive crisis in
which I.V. fluids, parenteral analgesics, oxygen therapy, and blood transfusions may be necessary
H need to inform all health care providers that the patient has this disease before undergoing any treatment, especially major surgery
H pregnancy and the disease
H balanced diet, including folic acid supplements during pregnancy.
Discharge planning
H Refer parents of children with sickle cell anemia for
55
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 56
Anemia, sideroblastic
Overview
Description
Physical findings
H Pale skin and oral mucous membranes
H Slight jaundice
H Petechiae or bruises
H Enlarged lymph nodes
H Hepatosplenomegaly
Test results
Laboratory
H Red blood cell (RBC) indices that are revealed by
microscopic examination of blood show erythrocytes
to be hypochromic or normochromic and slightly
macrocytic; RBC precursors may be megaloblastic,
with anisocytosis (abnormal variation in RBC size)
and poikilocytosis (abnormal variation in RBC
shape).
H Vitamin B12 and folic acid levels are normal unless
combined anemias are present.
H Serum reticulocyte count is low because young cells
die in the marrow.
Diagnostic procedures
H Ringed sideroblasts on microscopic examination of
bone marrow aspirate stained with Prussian blue dye
confirms the diagnosis. (See Ringed sideroblast.)
Pathophysiology
H Normoblasts fail to use iron to synthesize hemoglo-
bin.
H Iron is deposited in the mitochondria of normo-
Causes
H Hereditary; may be due to a rare genetic defect on
the X chromosome
H Acquired form may be secondary to ingestion of or
Incidence
H Most prevalent in young males
H Appears to be transmitted by X-linked inheritance; fe-
Common characteristics
H Anorexia and fatigue
H Systemic signs of anemia
Complications
Treatment
General
H Underlying cause determines the course of treatment
(for example, in acquired secondary form, the causative drug or toxin is removed)
H Nutritious diet
H Frequent rest periods
H Chelation therapy to decrease iron overload from
repeated transfusions
Medications
In hereditary sideroblastic anemia
H High doses of pyridoxine
In primary acquired anemia
H Transfusion or high doses of androgens
In chronic iron overload
H Deferoxamine
Nursing considerations
disease
H Acute myelogenous leukemia
Key outcomes
Assessment
History
H Anorexia
H Fatigue
H Weakness
H Dizziness
H Dyspnea
56
Anemia, sideroblastic
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 57
Nursing interventions
H Provide frequent rest periods. Plan activities and di-
Ringed sideroblast
Electron microscopy shows large iron deposits in the mitochondria that surround the nucleus, forming the characteristic ringed sideroblast.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Complications
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of neuropathy
H Signs and symptoms of decreased perfusion
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H prescribed treatment and possible complications
H importance of continuing prescribed therapy, even
after the patient begins to feel better
H precautions for parents about house paint and not allowing children to eat paint chips because of the possibility of lead
H recognition of and when to report adrenergic adverse effects, if androgens are used as part of the
treatment
H recognition of and when to report signs and symptoms of heart failure
H need for proper hygiene and other measures to
guard against infections and when to report signs
and symptoms of infection.
Discharge planning
H Identify patients who abuse alcohol and refer them
Anemia, sideroblastic
57
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 58
Aneurysm,
abdominal aortic
Overview
Description
H Abnormal dilation in the arterial wall of the aorta,
Pathophysiology
H Focal weakness in the tunica media layer of the aorta
Causes
H Arteriosclerosis or atherosclerosis (95%)
H Trauma
H Syphilis; other infections
Risk factors
H Hypertension
H Smoking
H Hypercholesterolemia
H Obesity
Incidence
H Seven times more common in hypertensive males
than in females
H Most common in whites ages 50 to 80
Common characteristics
H Located in the infrarenal aorta (98%)
H Most develop at bifurcations in the vessels
Complications
H Hemorrhage
H Shock
H Dissection
dont palpate
Ruptured aneurysm
H Into the peritoneal cavity, severe, persistent abdominal and back pain
H Into the duodenum, GI bleeding with massive hematemesis and melena
H Mottled skin; poor distal perfusion
H Absent peripheral pulses distally
H Decreased level of consciousness
H Diaphoresis
H Hypotension
H Tachycardia
H Oliguria
H Distended abdomen
H Ecchymosis or hematoma in the abdominal, flank, or
groin area
H Paraplegia if aneurysm rupture reduces blood flow to
the spine
H Systolic bruit over the aorta
H Tenderness over affected area
Test results
Imaging
H Abdominal ultrasonography or echocardiography
determines the size, shape, and location of the
aneurysm.
H Anteroposterior and lateral abdominal X-rays detect
aortic calcification, which outlines the mass, at least
75% of the time.
H Computed tomography scan can visualize the aneurysms effect on nearby organs.
H Aortography shows the condition of vessels proximal
and distal to the aneurysm and the extent of the
aeurysm; aneurysm diameter may be underestimated
because it shows only the flow channel and not the
surrounding clot.
Treatment
General
H Delayed surgery if aneurysm is small and produces
Assessment
History
H Asymptomatic until the aneurysm enlarges and com-
Physical findings
Intact aneurysm
H Gnawing, generalized, steady abdominal pain
58
no symptoms
H Careful control of hypertension
H Fluid and blood replacement
H Weight reduction, if appropriate
H Low-fat diet
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
H Beta-adrenergic blockers such as metoprolol
H Antihypertensives
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics, as appropriate
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 59
Surgery
H Endovascular grafting or resection of large aneu-
rysms or those that produce symptoms (see Endovascular grafting for repair of AAA)
H Bypass procedures for poor perfusion distal to
aneurysm
H Repair of ruptured aneurysm with a graft replacement
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain palpable pulses distal to the aneurysm site
H maintain adequate urine output (output equivalent to
intake)
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.
Nursing interventions
In a nonacute situation
H Allow the patient to express his fears and concerns
and identify effective coping strategies.
H Offer the patient and his family psychological support.
H Give prescribed drugs.
In an acute situation
H Insert an I.V. line with at least a 14G needle to facilitate blood replacement.
H Obtain blood samples for laboratory tests as ordered.
H Give prescribed drugs.
ALERT
Be alert for signs of rupture, which may be immediately fatal. If rupture does occur, surgery needs to
be immediate. Medical antishock trousers may be
used while transporting the patient to surgery.
After surgery
H Assess peripheral pulses for graft failure or occlusion.
ALERT
Assess the patient for severe back pain, which can
indicate that the graft is tearing.
H Have the patient cough, or suction the endotracheal
tube, as needed.
H Provide frequent turning, and assist with ambulation
Monitoring
H Cardiac rhythm and hemodynamics
H Vital signs, intake and output hourly, neurologic sta-
of drainage
H Laboratory studies
H Abdominal dressings
H Wound site for infection
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H surgical procedure and expected postoperative care
H importance of taking all medications as prescribed
and carrying a list of medications at all times, in case
of an emergency
H physical activity restrictions until medically cleared
by the physician
H need for regular examination and ultrasound checks
to monitor progression of the aneurysm, if surgery
wasnt performed.
59
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 60
Aneurysm,
femoral and popliteal
Overview
Description
H Progressive atherosclerotic changes occurring in the
Pathophysiology
H Atherosclerotic plaque formation or loss of elastin
and collagen in the vessel wall causes localized outpouching or dilation of a weakened arterial wall.
Causes
H Atherosclerosis
H Congenital weakness in the arterial wall (rare)
H Trauma (blunt or penetrating)
H Bacterial infection
H Peripheral vascular reconstructive surgery (which
Incidence
H Most common in males older than age 50
Common characteristics
H Pain
H Edema and venous distention
H Symptoms of severe ischemia in the leg or foot
Complications
H Gangrene
Assessment
History
H Pain in affected extremity
Physical findings
H Loss of pulse and color, coldness in the affected leg
or foot
H Distal petechial hemorrhages (from aneurysmal emboli)
H Pulsating mass above or below the inguinal ligament
H Firm, nonpulsating mass above or below the inguinal
ligament when thrombosis has occurred
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Arteriography or ultrasonography reveals aneurysm.
60
Treatment
General
H Nothing by mouth before surgery
H Limited movement of the affected extremity
Medications
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics (before surgery), as appropriate
H Anticoagulants, such as warfarin and heparin
Surgery
H Surgical bypass and reconstruction of the artery, usu-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain pulses and adequate circulation to damaged
aneurysm site
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H carry out activities of daily living without excess fatigue or exhaustion.
Nursing interventions
Before corrective surgery
H Evaluate the patients circulatory status, noting the location and quality of peripheral pulses in the affected
arm or leg.
H Administer a prophylactic antibiotic or anticoagulant,
as needed.
H Discuss expected postoperative procedures with the
patient, and review the surgical procedure.
After arterial surgery
H Correlate condition of extremity with preoperative
circulatory assessment. Mark the sites on the patients skin where pulses are palpable, to facilitate repeated checks.
H Help the patient walk soon after surgery, to prevent
venostasis and thrombus formation.
Monitoring
H Neurovascular condition of affected extremity (pulse,
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H importance of immediately informing the physician
of any recurrence of symptoms
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 61
Back view
Abdominal
aorta
Common
iliac artery
Internal
iliac artery
External
iliac artery
Deep femoral
artery
Deep femoral
artery
Superficial
femoral artery
Superficial
femoral artery
Popliteal artery
Popliteal artery
Anterior tibial
artery
Anterior
tibial artery
Posterior tibial
artery
Dorsalis pedis
Medial plantar
artery
Lateral plantar
artery
ticoagulant therapy.
61
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 62
Life-threatening disorder
Aneurysm, intracranial
Overview
Description
Assessment
History
H Headache
H Intermittent nausea
H Seizure
H Photophobia
H Blurred vision
Physical findings
localized dilation
H Most common form is the berry aneurysm, a saclike
outpouching in a cerebral artery
H Usually occurs at an arterial junction in the Circle of
Willis, the circular anastomosis forming the major
cerebral arteries at the base of the brain
H Commonly ruptures and causes subarachnoid hemorrhage
Pathophysiology
H Blood flow exerts pressure against a congenitally
Causes
H Congenital defect
H Degenerative process
H Combination of congenital defect and degenerative
process
H Trauma
Incidence
H Slightly higher in females than in males, especially
Test results
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan reveals subarachnoid or
ventricular bleeding with blood in subarachnoid
space and displaced midline structures.
H Magnetic resonance imaging shows a cerebral blood
flow void.
H Skull X-rays may reveal calcified wall of the aneurysm
and areas of bone erosion.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cerebral angiography reveals altered cerebral blood
flow, vessel lumen dilation, and differences in arterial
filling.
Common characteristics
Treatment
H Headache
H Nuchal rigidity
H Stiff back and legs
General
With rupture
H Sudden severe headache
H Altered level of consciousness (LOC)
Complications
H Neurologic deficits
H Recurrent bleeding
H Vasospasm
H Death
stimulation
Medications
H Analgesics
H Antihypertensive agents
H Sedatives
H Calcium channel blockers, such as nicardipine and
62
Aneurysm, intracranial
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 63
Surgery
Patient teaching
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain or improve LOC
H maintain hemodynamic stability.
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to recognize signs of rebleeding.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a visiting nurse or a rehabilita-
Nursing interventions
H Establish and maintain a patent airway.
H Position the patient to promote pulmonary drainage
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Intake and output
Aneurysm, intracranial
63
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 64
Aneurysm, thoracic
aortic
Overview
Description
H Dyspnea
H Cyanosis
H Leg weakness
H Transient paralysis
H Abrupt onset of intermittent neurologic deficits
H Abrupt loss of radial and femoral pulses and right
Incidence
Test results
shaped), or dissecting
Pathophysiology
H Thoracic aortic aneurysm is caused by a circumfer-
Causes
H Atherosclerosis
H Blunt chest trauma
H Bacterial infections, usually at an atherosclerotic
plaque
H Coarctation of the aorta
H Syphilis infection
H Rheumatic vasculitis
H Marfan syndrome
Risk factors
H Cigarette smoking
H Hypertension
Common characteristics
H Asymptomatic until dissection
Complications
H Cardiac tamponade
H Dissection
Assessment
History
H Without signs and symptoms until aneurysm expands
Physical findings
H Pallor
H Diaphoresis
64
Laboratory
H Hemoglobin levels are normal or decreased due to
blood loss caused by a leaking aneurysm.
Imaging
H Posteroanterior and oblique chest X-rays show
widening of the aorta and mediastinum.
H Aortography shows lumen of the aneurysm and its
size and location.
H Magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography scan help confirm and locate the presence of
aortic dissection.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography helps rule out the presence of
myocardial infarction.
H Echocardiography may help identify dissecting
aneurysm of the aortic root.
H Transesophageal echocardiography can be used to
measure the aneurysm in the ascending and descending aorta.
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 65
Treatment
General
H I.V. fluids and whole blood transfusions, if needed
H Weight reduction, if appropriate
H Low-fat diet
H No activity restrictions unless surgery
Medications
H Antihypertensives
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics, as appropriate
Surgery
H Surgical resection with a Dacron or Teflon graft
replacement
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output and hemodynamic
stability
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H show no signs or symptoms of infection
H maintain adequate fluid volume.
ALERT
After surgical repair, monitor for signs that resemble those of the initial dissecting aneurysm, suggesting a tear at the graft site.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the diagnosis
H procedure and expected postoperative care, if
surgery is scheduled
H compliance with antihypertensive therapy, including
the need for such drugs and the expected adverse
effects
H monitoring of blood pressure
H when to call the physician if the patient has any sharp
pain in the chest or back of the neck.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Nursing interventions
H In a nonemergency situation, allow the patient to ex-
press his fears and concerns and identify and use effective coping strategies.
H Offer the patient and his family psychological support.
H Give prescribed analgesics to relieve pain.
After repair of thoracic aneurysm
H Maintain blood pressure in prescribed range with
fluids and medications.
H Give prescribed analgesics.
H After stabilization of vital signs, encourage and assist
the patient in turning, coughing, and deep breathing.
H Help the patient walk as soon as hes able.
H Assist the patient with range-of-motion exercises.
Monitoring
H Vital signs and hemodynamics
H Chest tube drainage
H Heart and lung sounds
H Laboratory results
H Distal pulses
H Level of consciousness and pain
H Signs of infection
H I.V. therapy and intake and output
65
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 66
Aneurysm, ventricular
Overview
Description
H An outpouching, almost always of the left ventricle,
Pathophysiology
H When MI destroys a large muscular section of the left
Causes
H MI
Incidence
H Occurs in about 20% of patients after MI
Common characteristics
H Occurs after MI
Complications
H Ventricular arrhythmias
H Cerebral embolization
H Heart failure
Test results
Imaging
H Two-dimensional echocardiography demonstrates
abnormal motion in the left ventricular wall.
H Left ventriculography reveals left ventricular enlargement, with an area of akinesia or dyskinesia (during
cineangiography) and diminished cardiac function.
H Chest X-rays may disclose an abnormal bulge distorting the hearts contour if the aneurysm is large;
X-rays may be normal if the aneurysm is small.
H Noninvasive nuclear cardiology scan may indicate the
site of infarction and suggest the area of aneurysm.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show persistent ST-T wave
elevations.
Treatment
General
H Depends on the size of the aneurysm and the pres-
ence of complications
H May require only routine medical examination to fol-
Medications
H Antiarrhythmics, such as lidocaine and procainamide
H Cardiac glycosides such as digoxin
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and torsemide
H Fluid and electrolyte replacement
H Analgesics
H Antihypertensives, as appropriate
H Nitrates
H Anticoagulants, such as heparin and warfarin
Assessment
Surgery
History
H Embolectomy
H Aneurysmectomy with myocardial revascularization
H Previous MI
H Dyspnea
H Fatigue
Nursing considerations
Physical findings
Key outcomes
H Edema
H Visible or palpable systolic precordial bulge
H Distended jugular veins, if heart failure is present
H Irregular peripheral pulse rhythm
H Arrhythmias such as premature ventricular contrac-
tions
H Pulsus alternans
66
Aneurysm, ventricular
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 67
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Prepare for surgery, if indicated.
ALERT
Be alert for sudden changes in sensorium that may
indicate cerebral embolization and for any signs
that suggest renal failure or MI.
H Provide psychological support for the patient and his
family.
Monitoring
Heart failure
H Vital signs and heart sounds
H Cardiac rhythm, especially for ventricular arrhythmias
H Intake and output; and fluid and electrolyte balance
H Blood urea nitrogen and serum creatinine levels
After surgery
H Pulmonary artery catheter pressures
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Type and amount of chest tube drainage
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H expected postoperative care, if the patient is scheduled to undergo resection
H monitoring pulse irregularity and rate changes.
Discharge planning
H Refer family or caregiver to a community-based car-
indicated.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Aneurysm, ventricular
67
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 68
Ankylosing spondylitis
Overview
Description
H Rheumatoid disease primarily affecting sacroiliac,
apophyseal, and costocervical joints and adjacent ligamentous or tendinous attachments to bone
H Usually occurs as a primary disorder; may occur secondary to Reiters syndrome, psoriatic arthritis, or
inflammatory bowel disease
H Also called rheumatoid spondylitis or MarieStrmpell disease
Pathophysiology
H Disease begins in the sacroiliac; gradually progresses
Causes
H Unknown
H Familial tendency
H Initial inflammation may result from immune system
Incidence
H Affects males two to three times more commonly
than females
H Well-recognized in males but commonly overlooked
or missed in females
H More peripheral joint involvement in females
Common characteristics
H Symptoms can unpredictably remit, exacerbate, or
Complications
H Atlantoaxial subluxation of cervical vertebrae
H Deposits of amyloid material in the kidneys, which
68
Ankylosing spondylitis
Assessment
History
H Intermittent lower back pain most severe in the
kles
H Pain over the symphysis pubis, which may lead to its
Physical findings
H Stiffness or limited motion of the lumbar spine
H Pain and limited chest expansion
H Kyphosis
H Iritis
H Warmth, swelling, or tenderness of affected joints
H Sausage shape to small joints such as toes
H Aortic murmur caused by insufficiency
H Cardiomegaly
H Upper lobe pulmonary fibrosis, which mimics tuber-
Test results
H Diagnosis of primary ankylosing spondylitis requires
Treatment
General
H Good posture; stretching and deep-breathing
exercises
H Braces and lightweight supports, if appropriate
H Heat, warm showers, baths, and ice
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 69
H Nerve stimulation
H Nutritious diet
H Encourage activity as tolerated
Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs such as
ibuprofen
H Sulfasaline
H Methotrexate
H Corticosteroids
H Tumor-necrosis-factor alpha inhibitors
Surgery
H Hip replacement surgery with severe hip involvement
H Spinal wedge osteotomy with severe spinal involve-
ment
Seven criteria
1. Axial skeleton stiffness for at least 3 months thats
relieved by exercise
2. Lumbar pain that persists at rest
3. Thoracic cage pain of at least 3 months duration that
persists at rest
4. Past or current iritis
5. Decreased lumbar range of motion
6. Decreased chest expansion (age-related)
7. Bilateral, symmetrical sacroiliitis demonstrated by
radiographic studies
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H express feelings of increased energy
H recognize limitations imposed by illness and express
feelings about these limitations
H identify factors that increase the risk for injury.
Nursing interventions
H Keep in mind the patients limited range of motion
driving
H regular stretching and deep-breathing exercises;
to detect kyphosis
H nutrition and weight maintenance.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical therapy, as needed.
H Refer the patient to the Spondylitis Association of
Monitoring
H Mobility and comfort level
H Respiratory status
H Heart sounds
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of physical activity that places stress on the
back such as lifting heavy objects
H importance of standing upright; sitting upright in a
high, straight-back chair; and avoiding leaning over a
desk
H importance of sleeping in a prone position on a hard
mattress and avoiding using pillows under the neck
or knees
Ankylosing spondylitis
69
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 70
Anorexia nervosa
Overview
Complications
Description
H Psychological disorder of self-imposed starvation re-
Pathophysiology
H Decreased calorie intake depletes body fat and pro-
tein stores.
H Estrogen deficiency occurs (in females) due to lack
size
H Decreased cardiac output
H Hypotension
H Electrocardiogram (ECG) changes
H Heart failure
H Increased susceptibility to infection
H Amenorrhea
H Anemia
H Death
ergy fuel.
Causes
Assessment
History
H Low self-esteem
H Compulsive personality
H High achievement goals
Incidence
Physical findings
H Hypotension
H Bradycardia
H Emaciated appearance
H Skeletal muscle atrophy
H Loss of fatty tissue
H Atrophy of breast tissue
H Blotchy or sallow skin
H Lanugo on the face and body
H Dryness or loss of scalp hair
H Calluses of the knuckles
H Abrasions and scars on the dorsum of the hand
H Dental caries
H Oral or pharyngeal abrasions
H Painless salivary gland enlargement
H Bowel distention
H Slowed reflexes
Risk factors
Special populations
Anorexia nervosa occurs primarily in adolescents
and young adults but may also affect older females
and, occasionally, males.
Common characteristics
H Preoccupation with body size
H Tendency to describe self as fat
H Dissatisfaction with a particular aspect of physical
appearance
H Compulsive exercising
H Self-induced vomiting
H Laxative or diuretic abuse
70
Anorexia nervosa
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 71
DSM-IV-TR criteria
These criteria must be documented:
H Refusal to maintain or achieve normal weight for age
and height
H Intense fear of gaining weight or becoming fat, even
though underweight
H Disturbance in perception of body weight, size, or
shape
H Absence of at least three consecutive menstrual cycles when otherwise expected to occur (in females)
Test results
Laboratory
H Hemoglobin level, platelet count, and white blood
cell count are decreased.
H Bleeding time is prolonged.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is decreased.
H Serum creatinine, blood urea nitrogen, uric acid,
cholesterol, total protein, albumin, sodium, potassium, chloride, calcium, and fasting blood glucose
levels are decreased.
H Alanine aminotransferase and aspartate aminotransferase levels are elevated in severe starvation states.
H Serum amylase levels are elevated.
H In females, serum luteinizing hormone and folliclestimulating hormone levels are decreased.
H Triiodothyronine levels are decreased.
H Urinalysis shows dilute urine.
Diagnostic procedures
H ECG may show nonspecific ST interval, T-wave
changes, and prolonged PR interval; ventricular
arrhythmias may also be present.
Treatment
General
H Behavior modification
H Curtailed activity for cardiac arrhythmias
H Group, family, or individual psychotherapy
H Balanced diet with a normal eating pattern
H Parenteral nutrition, if necessary
H Gradual increase in physical activity when weight
Nursing interventions
H Support the patients efforts to achieve target weight.
H Negotiate an adequate food intake with the patient.
H Supervise the patient one-on-one during meals and
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Electrolyte and complete blood count levels
H Weight on a regular schedule
H Activity for compulsive exercise
ALERT
Monitor the patient for 1 hour after meals to ensure no self-induced vomiting.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H nutrition
H importance of keeping a food journal
H avoidance of discussions about food between the
patient and her family.
Medications
Discharge planning
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H acknowledge change in body image
H express positive feelings about self
H achieve and maintain expected body weight
H achieve expected state of wellness.
Anorexia nervosa
71
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 72
Life-threatening disorder
Anthrax
Incidence
H Occurs worldwide
H Most common in developing countries
H Most common in domestic herbivores, including
Overview
Description
proximately 95% of human anthrax are the cutaneous form; about 5% are the inhalation form; GI anthrax is rare.)
Common characteristics
Pathophysiology
H Bacillus anthracis is an encapsulated, aerobic,
Causes
H Bacterial infection with B. anthracis
Risk factors
H Laboratory and industrial workers at risk for occupa-
tional exposure
72
Anthrax
anthrax
Complications
H Septicemia
H Hemorrhagic mediastinitis
H Pneumonia
H Respiratory failure
H Hemorrhagic thoracic lymphadenitis
H Meningitis
H Death
Assessment
History
Cutaneous anthrax
H Painless ulcer
H Mild or no constitutional symptoms
Inhalation anthrax
H Initial prodromal flulike symptoms:
Malaise; dry cough
Mild fever; chills
Headache; myalgia
Severe respiratory distress
Chest pain
GI anthrax
H Nausea; vomiting
H Decreased appetite
H Fever
H Abdominal pain
H Vomiting blood
H Severe bloody diarrhea
Physical findings
Cutaneous anthrax
H Initially, a small, papular, pruritic lesion that resembles an insect bite
H Lesion that develops into a vesicle in 1 to 2 days
H Lesion that finally becomes a small, painless ulcer
with a necrotic center, surrounded by nonpitting
edema
H Smaller secondary vesicles that may surround some
lesions
H Lesions that are generally located on exposed areas
of the skin
H Painful, regional, nonspecific lymphadenitis
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 73
Inhalational anthrax
H Increasing fever
H Dyspnea, stridor
H Hypoxia; cyanosis
H Hypotension; shock
GI anthrax
H Fever
H Rapidly developing ascites
Test results
Laboratory
H Gram stain, direct fluorescent antibody staining, and
culture show presence of B. anthracis.
H Blood cultures show presence of B. anthracis.
H Cerebrospinal fluid analysis reveals presence of
B. anthracis.
H Complete blood count shows polymorphonuclear
leukocytosis in severe disease.
H Serum antibody tests reveal the presence of the
specific antibody to B. anthracis.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray show symmetrical mediastinal widening
in hemorrhagic mediastinitis.
Treatment
General
ing mechanisms.
H Provide adequate rest periods.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Neurologic status
H Cardiovascular status
H Skin lesions
H GI status
H Complications
H Response to treatment
H Progression of infection
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H anthrax prevention.
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as ciprofloxacin, doxycycline, and
amoxicillin
H Oxygen, as needed
Surgery
H May be necessary for complications such as hemor-
rhagic mediastinitis
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate nutrition and hydration
H verbalize feelings of fear and anxiety
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H maintain tissue perfusion and cellular oxygenation
H maintain effective ventilation.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Maintain patent airway and adequate ventilation.
H Report any case of anthrax in either livestock or hu-
Anthrax
73
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 74
Aortic insufficiency
Overview
Description
H A heart condition in which blood flows back into the
Pathophysiology
H Blood flows back into the left ventricle during dias-
Causes
H Rheumatic fever
H Primary disease of the aortic valve leaflets, the wall
Incidence
H Occurs most commonly in males
H When associated with mitral valve disease: more
common in females
Common characteristics
H Typically asymptomatic until the fourth or fifth
decade of life
H Orthopnea
H Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea
H Exertional dyspnea
Complications
H Left-sided heart failure
H Pulmonary edema
H Myocardial ischemia
Assessment
History
H Exertional dyspnea, orthopnea, paroxysmal noctur-
nal dyspnea
H Sensation of a forceful heartbeat, especially in supine
position
H Angina, especially nocturnal
H Fatigue
74
Aortic insufficiency
Physical findings
H Corrigans pulse
H Pulsus bisferiens
H Pulsating nail beds and Quinckes sign
H Wide pulse pressure
H Diffuse, hyperdynamic apical impulse, displaced lat-
pressure
Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show left ventricular enlargement
and pulmonary vein congestion.
H Echocardiography may show left ventricular enlargement, increased motion of the septum and posterior
wall, thickening of valve cusps, prolapse of the valve,
flail leaflet, vegetations, or dilation of the aortic root.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows sinus tachycardia, left
axis deviation, left ventricular hypertrophy, and left
atrial hypertrophy in severe disease.
H Cardiac catheterization shows presence and degree
of aortic insufficiency, left ventricular dilation and
function, and coexisting coronary artery disease.
Treatment
General
H Periodic noninvasive monitoring of aortic insufficien-
Medications
H Cardiac glycosides such as digoxin
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and torsemide
H Vasodilators such as nitrates
H Antihypertensives
H Antiarrhythmics, such as amiodarone and
propafenone
H Infective endocarditis prophylaxis, as appropriate
H Anticoagulants such as warfarin
H Antiplatelets, such as clopidogrel and ticlopidine
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 75
ALERT
Avoid using beta-adrenergic blockers due to their
negative inotropic effects.
Surgery
H Valve replacement
SYSTOLE
S1
DIASTOLE
S2
SYSTOLE
S1
S2
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without excess fatigue or decreased energy
H maintain cardiac output, demonstrate hemodynamic
stability, and not develop arrhythmias
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H maintain adequate ventilation.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H If the patient needs bed rest, stress its importance;
Monitoring
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H periodic rest periods in the patients daily routine
H leg elevation whenever the patient sits
H dietary restrictions
H signs and symptoms of heart failure
H importance of consistent follow-up care
H monitoring of pulse rate and rhythm
H blood pressure control.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an outpatient cardiac rehabilita-
indicated.
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if
indicated.
After surgery
H Vital signs and cardiac rhythm
H Heart sounds
H Chest tube drainage
H Neurologic status
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Intake and output; daily weight
H Blood chemistry studies, prothrombin time, and
International Normalized Ratio values
H Chest X-ray results
H Pulmonary artery catheter pressures
Aortic insufficiency
75
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 76
Aortic stenosis
Overview
Description
H Narrowing of the aortic valve that affects blood flow
in the heart
H Classified as either acquired or rheumatic
Pathophysiology
H Stenosis of the aortic valve results in impedance to
Causes
H Idiopathic fibrosis and calcification
H Congenital aortic bicuspid valve
H Rheumatic fever
H Atherosclerosis
Risk factors
H Diabetes mellitus
H Hypercholesterolemia
Incidence
H Possibly asymptomatic until ages 50 to 70, even
Common characteristics
H Long latent period
H Classic triad of angina pectoris, syncope, and
dyspnea
Complications
H Left-sided heart failure
H Right-sided heart failure
H Infective endocarditis
H Cardiac arrhythmias, especially atrial fibrillation
H Sudden death
H Left ventricular hypertrophy
Physical findings
H Small, sustained arterial pulses that rise slowly
H Distinct lag between carotid artery pulse and apical
pulse
H Orthopnea
H Prominent jugular vein a waves
H Peripheral edema
H Diminished carotid pulses with delayed upstroke
H Apex of the heart may be displaced inferiorly and lat-
erally
H Suprasternal thrill
Special populations
An early systolic ejection murmur may be present
in children and adolescents who have noncalcified
valves. The murmur is low-pitched, rough, and
rasping and is loudest at the base in the second intercostal space.
H Split S2 develops as stenosis becomes more severe
H Prominent S4
H Harsh, rasping, mid- to late-peaking systolic murmur
Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray shows valvular calcification, left ventricular enlargement, pulmonary vein congestion and, in
later stages, left atrial, pulmonary artery, right atrial,
and right ventricular enlargement.
H Echocardiography shows decreased valve area, increased gradient, and increased left ventricular wall
thickness.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cardiac catheterization shows increased pressure
gradient across the aortic valve, increased left ventricular pressures, and presence of coronary artery
disease.
H Electrocardiography may show left ventricular hypertrophy, atrial fibrillation, or other arrhythmia.
Treatment
General
H Periodic noninvasive evaluation of the severity of
valve narrowing
Assessment
History
H May be asymptomatic
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Angina
H Exertional syncope
H Fatigue
H Palpitations
H Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea
76
Aortic stenosis
aortic stenosis
H Low-sodium, low-fat, low-cholesterol diet
H Planned rest periods
Medications
H Cardiac glycosides such as digoxin
H Antibiotic infective endocarditis prophylaxis
H Anticoagulants, such as warfarin
H Antiplatelets such as clopidogrel and ticlopidine
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 77
ALERT
The use of diuretics and vasodilators may lead to
hypotension and inadequate stroke volume.
Surgery
H In adults, valve replacement after they become symp-
DIASTOLE
S2
SYSTOLE
S1
S2
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H perform activities of daily living without excess fatigue or exhaustion
H avoid complications
H maintain cardiac output
H demonstrate hemodynamic stability
H maintain balanced fluid status
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H develop and demonstrate adequate coping skills.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Maintain a low-sodium diet. Consult with a dietitian.
H If the patient requires bed rest, stress its importance.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H periodic rest in the patients daily routine
H leg elevation whenever the patient sits
H dietary and fluid restrictions
H importance of consistent follow-up care
H signs and symptoms of heart failure
H infective endocarditis prophylaxis
H pulse rate and rhythm
H monitoring for atrial fibrillation and other arrhythmias.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if
indicated.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Signs and symptoms of heart failure
H Signs and symptoms of progressive aortic stenosis
H Daily weight
H Arrhythmias
H Respiratory status
H Prothrombin time and International Normalized
Ratio
If the patient has surgery
H Signs and symptoms of thrombus formation
H Hemodynamics
H Arterial blood gas results
H Blood chemistry results
H Chest X-ray results
Aortic stenosis
77
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 78
Appendicitis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the vermiform appendix
H Most common major abdominal surgical disease
H Fatal if left untreated; gangrene and perforation de-
Pathophysiology
H Mucosal ulceration triggers inflammation, which
Causes
H Foreign body
H Neoplasm
H Mucosal ulceration
H Fecal mass
H Stricture
H Barium ingestion
H Viral infection
Risk factors
H Anorexia
H Nausea, vomiting
Physical findings
H Low-grade fever, tachycardia
H Adjusts posture to decrease pain
H Guarding
H Normoactive bowel sounds, with possible constipa-
tion or diarrhea
H Rebound tenderness and spasm of the abdominal
muscles
H Rovsings sign (pain in right lower quadrant that oc-
hip is rotated)
H Absent abdominal tenderness or flank tenderness
Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count is moderately elevated, with
an increased numbers of immature cells.
Imaging
H Abdominal or transvaginal ultrasound shows appendiceal inflammation.
H Barium enema reveals nonfilling appendix.
H Abdominal computed tomography scan demonstrates
suspected perforation or abscess.
H Adolescent male
Treatment
Incidence
General
Common characteristics
H Abdominal pain
H Anorexia
H Vomiting
Medications
Complications
H Wound infection
H Intra-abdominal infection
H Fecal fistula
H Intestinal obstruction
H Incisional hernia
H Peritonitis (most common)
H Death
Assessment
History
H Abdominal pain thats initially generalized, then lo-
78
Appendicitis
H I.V. fluids
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics preoperatively and if peritonitis develops
Surgery
H Appendectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H avoid complications
H exhibit no signs of infection
H maintain calorie requirement
H maintain normal fluid volume.
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 79
Nursing interventions
H Maintain nothing-by-mouth status until surgery is
performed.
H Administer I.V. fluids
H Avoid administering analgesics until the diagnosis is
confirmed.
H Avoid administering cathartics or enemas that may
pain.
H Give prescribed drugs.
ALERT
Never apply heat to the right lower abdomen; this
can cause the appendix to rupture.
Monitoring
After surgery
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Pain control
H Bowel sounds, passing of flatus, or bowel movements
H Wound healing
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative teaching
H possible complications
H appropriate wound care
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse reactions
H postoperative activity limitations.
Appendicitis
79
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 80
Arterial occlusive
disease
Overview
Description
H An obstruction or narrowing of the lumen of the aor-
Pathophysiology
H Narrowing of vessel leads to interrupted blood flow,
Causes
H Atherosclerosis
H Immune arteritis
H Embolism
H Thrombosis
H Thromboangiitis obliterans
H Raynauds disease
H Fibromuscular disease
H Atheromatous debris (plaques)
H Indwelling arterial catheter
H Direct blunt or penetrating trauma
Risk factors
H Smoking
H Hypertension
H Dyslipidemia
H Diabetes mellitus
H Advanced age
Incidence
H More common in males than in females
H Usually occurs in people older than age 50
H Higher incidence in patients with diabetes
H Arteries in the legs more commonly affected
Common characteristics
H Intermittent claudication
H Decreased temperature in arms and legs
H Numbness or paresthesia
Complications
H Severe ischemia
H Skin ulceration
H Gangrene
H Limb loss
80
Assessment
History
H One or more risk factors
H Family history of vascular disease
H Intermittent claudication
H Rest pain
H Poor healing wounds or ulcers
H Impotence
H Dizziness or near syncope
H Transient ischemic attack symptoms
Physical findings
H Trophic changes of involved arm or leg
H Diminished or absent pulses in arm or leg
H Presence of ischemic ulcers
H Pallor with elevation of arm or leg
H Dependent rubor
H Arterial bruit
H Hypertension
H Pain
H Pulselessness distal to the occlusion
H Paralysis and paresthesia occurring in the affected
arm or leg
H Cool extremities
Test results
Imaging
H Arteriography shows type, location, and degree of
obstruction, and the establishment of collateral circulation.
H Ultrasonography and plethysmography show decreased blood flow distal to the occlusion.
H Doppler ultrasonography shows a relatively
low-pitched sound and a monophasic waveform.
H EEG and computed tomography scan may show the
presence of brain lesions.
Other
H Segmental limb pressures and pulse volume measurements show the location and extent of the occlusion.
H Ophthalmodynamometry shows the degree of obstruction in the internal carotid artery.
H Electrocardiography may show presence of cardiovascular disease.
Treatment
General
H Smoking cessation
H Hypertension, diabetes, and dyslipidemia control
H Foot and leg care
H Weight control
H Low-fat, low-cholesterol, high-fiber diet
H Regular walking program
Medications
H Antiplatelets, such as clopidogrel and ticlopidine
H Lipid-lowering agents
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 81
H Hypoglycemics
H Antihypertensives
H Thrombolytics, such as alteplase and streptokinase
H Anticoagulants, such as warfarin and heparin
H Niacin or vitamin B complex
Surgery
H Embolectomy
H Endarterectomy
H Atherectomy
H Laser angioplasty
H Endovascular stent placement
H Percutaneous transluminal angioplasty
H Laser surgery
H Patch grafting
H Bypass graft
H Lumbar sympathectomy
H Amputation
H Bowel resection
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased comfort and decreased pain
H maintain palpable pulses and collateral circulation
H maintain skin integrity
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H develop no signs or symptoms of infection.
Nursing interventions
For chronic arterial occlusive disease
H Use preventive measures, such as minimal pressure
mattresses, heel protectors, a foot cradle, or a footboard.
H Avoid using restrictive clothing such as antiembolism
stockings.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Allow the patient to express fears and concerns.
For preoperative care during an acute episode
H Assess the patients circulatory status.
H Give prescribed analgesics.
H Give prescribed heparin or thrombolytics.
H Wrap the patients affected foot in soft cotton batting,
and reposition it frequently to prevent pressure on
any one area.
H Strictly avoid elevating or applying heat to the affected leg.
For postoperative care
H Watch the patient closely for signs of hemorrhage.
H In mesenteric artery occlusion, connect a nasogastric
tube to low intermittent suction.
H Give prescribed analgesics.
H Assist with early ambulation, but dont allow the patient to sit for an extended period.
H If amputation has occurred, check the stump carefully for drainage, and note and record its color and
amount and the time.
H Elevate the stump as ordered.
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of fluid or electrolyte imbalance
or renal failure
H Signs and symptoms of stroke
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Distal pulses
H Neurologic status
H Bowel sounds
H Prothrombin time and International Normalized
Ratio
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H dietary restrictions
H regular exercise program
H foot care
H signs and symptoms of graft occlusion
H signs and symptoms of arterial insufficiency and
occlusion
H avoidance of wearing constrictive clothing, crossing
legs, or wearing garters
H risk factor modification
H avoidance of temperature extremes.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a physical and occupational ther-
apist, as indicated.
H Refer the patient to a podiatrist for foot care, as
needed.
H Refer the patient to an endocrinologist for glucose
control, as indicated.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program,
as indicated.
81
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 82
Arteriovenous
malformations
Overview
Complications
Description
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
H Chronic headache
H Seizures
H Change in mental status
Physical findings
H Systolic carotid bruit
H Neurologic deficits
Test results
arent present.
H Vessels of an AVM are very thin. (One or more arteries feed into the AVM, causing it to appear dilated
and torturous.)
H Typically, high-pressured arterial flow moves into the
venous system through the connecting channels to
increase venous pressure, engorging and dilating the
venous structures.
H If the AVM is large enough, the shunting can deprive
the surrounding tissue of adequate blood flow.
H Thin-walled vessels may ooze small amounts of blood
or actually rupture, causing hemorrhage into the
brain or subarachnoid space.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cerebral arteriogram confirms the presence of AVMs
and evaluates blood flow.
H Doppler ultrasonography of cerebrovascular system
indicates abnormal, turbulent blood flow.
Treatment
General
H Support measures, including aneurysm precautions
Causes
H Congenital (hereditary)
H Penetrating injuries such as trauma
Medications
Incidence
H Males and females equally affected
H AVMs possibly familial
H Most AVMs present at birth; however, typically asymp-
Common characteristics
H Chronic mild headache and confusion
H Seizures
H Systolic bruit over carotid artery, mastoid process, or
orbit
H Focal neurologic deficits (depending on the location
82
Arteriovenous malformations
H I.V. fluid
H Analgesics
H Sedatives
H Stool softener
Surgery
H Block dissection, laser, or ligation to repair the com-
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 83
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain stable neurologic status
H express an understanding of the disorder and treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Control hypertension and seizure activity.
H Maintain a quiet atmosphere and provide relaxation
techniques.
H If the AVM has ruptured, work to control elevated in-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of reporting signs of intracranial bleeding immediately (sudden severe headache, vision
changes, decreased movement in extremities, change
in level of consciousness).
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social service for support ser-
Arteriovenous malformations
83
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 84
Asbestosis
Overview
Description
H Lung disease characterized by diffuse interstitial pul-
Pathophysiology
H Inhaled asbestos fibers travel down the airway and
tion.
Causes
H Prolonged inhalation of asbestos fibers from indus-
Incidence
Assessment
History
H Exposure to asbestos fibers
H Exertional or rest dyspnea
H Cough
H Chest pain
H Recurrent respiratory tract infections
Physical findings
H Tachypnea
H Clubbing of the fingers
H Characteristic dry crackles in the lung bases
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis shows decreased
partial pressures of arterial oxygen and carbon dioxide.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show fine, irregular, and linear diffuse infiltrates; a honeycomb or ground-glass appearance to lungs; and pleural thickening and pleural calcification, bilateral obliteration of costophrenic
angles, and an enlarged heart with shaggy border.
Other
H Pulmonary function tests may show decreased vital
capacity, forced vital capacity (FVC), and total lung
capacity; decreased or normal forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) a normal ratio of FEV1 to
FVC; and reduced diffusing capacity for carbon
monoxide.
Treatment
General
H Controlled coughing and postural drainage with
Common characteristics
Medications
Complications
Surgery
H Pulmonary fibrosis
H Respiratory failure
H Pulmonary hypertension
H Cor pulmonale
84
Asbestosis
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 85
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain adequate caloric intake
H express understanding of the illness
H identify measures to prevent or reduce fatigue.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs and provide oxygen therapy.
H Provide supportive care.
H Provide chest physiotherapy.
H Provide high-calorie, high-protein, low-sodium foods
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Respiratory status (breath sounds, ABG results)
H Sputum production
H Mentation
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H transtracheal catheter care, if applicable
H prevention of infection
H signs and symptoms of infection
H influenza and pneumococcus immunizations
H home oxygen therapy, if required
H importance of follow-up care
H chest physiotherapy
H high-calorie, high-protein, low-sodium diet
H adequate oral fluid intake
H energy conservation techniques.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Asbestosis
85
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 86
Ascariasis
Overview
Description
H Intestinal infection caused by the parasitic worm As-
Pathophysiology
H After ingestion, A. lumbricoides ova hatch and re-
Causes
H Ingestion of food, drink, or soil contaminated with
A. lumbricoides ova
Incidence
H Occurs worldwide but most common in tropical ar-
Common characteristics
H Stomach discomfort
H Vomiting
Test results
Laboratory
H Microscopic studies show ova in the stool, or adult
worm is observed in emesis.
H Complete blood count: shows eosinophilia
Imaging
H Abdominal X-rays show whirlpool pattern of intraluminal worms. (Intestinal obstruction may be noted.)
H Chest X-rays show characteristic bronchovascular
markings infiltrates, patchy areas of pneumonitis,
and widening of hilar shadows (if migrated to lungs).
Treatment
General
H Nasogastric (NG) suctioning (with intestinal obstruc-
tion)
H Nothing by mouth until stable
H Rest as needed
Medications
H I.V. fluids
H Mebendazole and albendazole
H Anthelmintic therapy (pyrantel or piperazine) (avoid
ALERT
Piperazine is contraindicated in patients with
seizure disorder and may cause stomach upset,
dizziness, and urticaria. Pyrantel produces red
stool and vomitus and may cause stomach upset,
headache, dizziness, and rash. Albendazole and
mebendazole may cause abdominal pain and diarrhea.
Complications
Surgery
H Intestinal obstruction
H Pneumonitis
Assessment
History
H Stomach discomfort or pain
H Nausea and vomiting
H Recent travel to endemic area
H Restlessness
H Disturbed sleep
Physical findings
H Abdominal tenderness
H Dehydration
H Crackles, wheezing, and tachypnea (if migrated to
the lungs)
86
Ascariasis
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H regain normal intestinal function
H express understanding of proper sanitation of food
and hands.
Nursing interventions
H Isolation is unnecessary; proper disposal of stool and
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 87
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Appearance of stools (for worms)
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper hand washing, especially before eating and
after defecating
H bathing and changing underwear and bed linens
daily
H adverse effects of medications prescribed for the
patient.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services if living conditions
Ascariasis
87
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 88
Life-threatening disorder
Aspergillosis
H Organ transplants
H TB or another cavitary lung disease (in asper-
gilloma)
Incidence
H Aspergillus: found worldwide, commonly in ferment-
Overview
Description
H An opportunistic, sometimes life-threatening infec-
Pathophysiology
H Conidia (asexual spores) travel into the alveoli via in-
Causes
H Contact with Aspergillus, commonly found growing
Risk factors
H Excessive or prolonged use of antibiotics, glucocorti-
88
Aspergillosis
Common characteristics
Aspergilloma
H May produce no symptoms
H Mimics TB, causing a productive cough and purulent
or blood-tinged sputum, dyspnea, empyema, and
lung abscesses
Allergic aspergillosis
H Wheezing
H Dyspnea
H Cough with some sputum production
H Pleural pain
H Fever
Aspergillosis endophthalmitis
H Usually appears 2 to 3 weeks after an eye injury or
surgery
H Clouded vision
H Eye pain
H Reddened conjunctivae
Invasive aspergillosis
H Thrombosis
H Infarctions
H Sepsis
Complications
H Infection of the ear (otomycosis), cornea (mycotic
Assessment
History
Aspergilloma and allergic aspergillosis
H Immunosuppression
H Dyspnea
H Cough with sputum production
Aspergillosis endophthalmitis
H Eye pain
H Vision changes
H Recent eye injury or surgery
Invasive aspergillosis
H History based on infected organ
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 89
Physical findings
Nursing interventions
Test results
Laboratory
ASPERGILLOMA
H Serum is positive for anti-Aspergillus antibodies.
ALLERGIC ASPERGILLOSIS
H Sputum culture reveals hyphae that grow Aspergillus
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Sputum production, amount, color, and character
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H adverse effects of medications.
and eosinophils.
H Serum is positive for immunoglobulin (Ig) E and IgG
anti-Aspergillus antibodies.
ASPERGILLOSIS ENDOPHTHALMITIS
H Eye culture or exudate shows Aspergillus.
Diagnostic procedures
INVASIVE ASPERGILLOSIS
H Bronchoscopy and open lung biopsy are performed
Treatment
General
H Supportive therapy
Medications
Allergic aspergillosis
H Desensitization
H Steroids
Aspergillosis endophthalmitis
H Amphotericin B
Invasive aspergillosis
H Antifungal therapy
Surgery
Aspergilloma
H Local excision of the lesion
H Lobectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain stable vital signs
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment.
Aspergillosis
89
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 90
Life-threatening disorder
Asphyxia
Overview
Description
poisoning)
H Decreased or absent breath sounds
Test results
Laboratory
H Decreased partial pressure of arterial oxygen (less
than 60 mm Hg) and increased partial pressure of
arterial carbon dioxide (more than 50 mm Hg) are
indicated by arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis.
H Toxicology tests show drugs, chemicals, or abnormal
hemoglobin level.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may detect a foreign body, pulmonary
edema, or atelectasis.
H Pulmonary function tests may indicate respiratory
muscle weakness.
H Bronchoscopy can locate foreign body.
Pathophysiology
H An interference with respiration causes insufficient
death.
Causes
H Opioid abuse
H Respiratory muscle paralysis
H Airway obstruction
H Aspiration
H Pulmonary edema
H Near drowning
H Tumor
H Strangulation
H Trauma to airway
H Carbon monoxide poisoning
H Smoke inhalation
Incidence
H Can occur at any age
Common characteristics
Treatment
General
H Establish airway and ventilation
H Treat the underlying cause
H Nothing by mouth until able to protect airway
H Activity based on outcome of interventions
Medications
H Oxygen
H Narcan (if caused by opioid abuse)
Surgery
H Tumor removal
H Altered respirations
H Changes in level of consciousness
H Cardiac arrest
Nursing considerations
Complications
Key outcomes
H Neurologic damage
H Death
Assessment
History
H Cause of the asphyxia possibly apparent
H Causes of signs and symptoms varying
Physical findings
H Anxiousness or agitation
H Confusion
H Dyspnea
H Prominent neck muscles
H Wheezing and stridor
90
Asphyxia
Nursing interventions
H Perform abdominal thrust, if obstruction is present.
H Maintain patent airway.
H Begin cardiopulmonary resuscitation, if necessary.
H Insert a nasogastric tube or an Ewald tube for lavage
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 91
Monitoring
H ABG levels, pulse oximetry
H Respiratory status
H Cardiac status
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H cause of asphyxia (with patient and family members,
discuss measures to prevent recurrence, if appropriate)
H safety measures if the victim is a child.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the proper authorities, if criminal
appropriate.
Asphyxia
91
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 92
Life-threatening disorder
Asthma
H Psychological stress
H Cold air
H Exercise
Incidence
H Can occur at any age; about 50% of all patients with
Overview
Description
H A chronic reactive airway disorder involving episod-
ic, reversible airway obstruction resulting from bronchospasms, increased mucus secretions, and mucosal edema
H Signs and symptoms that range from mild wheezing
and dyspnea to life-threatening respiratory failure
H Signs and symptoms of bronchial airway obstruction
that may persist between acute episodes
Pathophysiology
H Tracheal and bronchial linings overreact to various
Causes
H Sensitivity to specific external allergens or from in-
92
Asthma
Common characteristics
H Wheezing
H Shortness of breath, feelings of suffocation
H Tightness in chest
H Extrinsic asthma in children; commonly accompa-
Complications
H Status asthmaticus
H Respiratory failure
H Death
Assessment
History
H Often preceded by severe respiratory tract infections,
especially in adults
H Irritants, emotional stress, fatigue, endocrine
Physical findings
H Visibly dyspneic
H Ability to speak only a few words before pausing for
breath
H Use of accessory respiratory muscles
H Diaphoresis
H Increased anteroposterior thoracic diameter
H Hyperresonance
H Tachycardia; tachypnea; mild systolic hypertension
H Inspiratory and expiratory wheezes
H Prolonged expiratory phase of respiration
H Diminished breath sounds
H Cyanosis, confusion, and lethargy indicating the onset
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 93
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis reveals hypoxemia.
H Serum IgE levels are increased due to an allergic reaction.
H Complete blood count with differential shows increased eosinophil count.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show hyperinflation with areas of
focal atelectasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary function tests (PFTs) may show decreased
peak flows and forced expiratory volume in 1 second, low-normal or decreased vital capacity, and increased total lung and residual capacities.
H Skin testing may identify specific allergens.
H Bronchial challenge testing shows the clinical significance of allergens identified by skin testing.
Other
H Pulse oximetry measurements may show decreased
oxygen saturation.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Place the patient in high Fowlers position.
H Encourage pursed-lip and diaphragmatic breathing.
H Administer prescribed humidified oxygen.
H Adjust oxygen according to the patients vital signs
appropriate.
H Perform postural drainage and chest percussion, if
tolerated.
H Suction an intubated patient, as needed.
H Treat the patients dehydration with I.V. or oral fluids
as tolerated.
H Anticipate bronchoscopy or bronchial lavage.
H Keep the room temperature comfortable.
H Advise the patient to use an air conditioner or a fan
Treatment
General
H Identification and avoidance of precipitating factors
H Desensitization to specific antigens
H Establishment and maintenance of patent airway
H Fluid replacement
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
H Bronchodilators, such as albuterol, pirbuterol, sal-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of theophylline toxicity
H Breath sounds
H ABG results
H PFT results
H Pulse oximetry
H Complications of corticosteroids
H Level of anxiety
hydramine
H Leukotriene antagonists, such as montelukast, zafirlukast, and zileuton
H Anti-inflammatories, such as cromolyn and nedocromil
H Low-flow oxygen
H Antibiotics, as appropriate
ALERT
The patient with increasingly severe asthma that
doesnt respond to drug therapy is usually admitted
for treatment with corticosteroids, epinephrine,
and sympathomimetic aerosol sprays. He may require endotracheal intubation and mechanical
ventilation.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H avoidance of known allergens and irritants
H metered-dose inhaler or dry powder inhaler use
H pursed-lip and diaphragmatic breathing
H use of peak flow meter
H effective coughing techniques
H maintaining adequate hydration.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a local asthma support group.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain a patent airway
Asthma
93
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 94
Atelectasis
Overview
Description
H Incomplete expansion of alveolar clusters or lung
Pathophysiology
H Due to incomplete expansion, certain regions of the
Causes
H Bronchial occlusion
H Bronchiectasis
H Cystic fibrosis
H Bed rest in a supine position
H General anesthesia
H Pleural effusion
H Pulmonary embolism
H Sarcoidosis
H Bronchogenic carcinoma
H Inflammatory lung disease
H Idiopathic respiratory distress syndrome of the
neonate
H Oxygen toxicity
H Pulmonary edema
H External compression
Incidence
Assessment
History
H Recent abdominal or other major surgery
H Prolonged immobility
H Mechanical ventilation
H CNS depression
H Smoking
H COPD
H Rib fractures, tight chest dressings
Physical findings
H Decreased chest wall movement
H Cyanosis
H Diaphoresis
H Substernal or intercostal retractions
H Anxiety
H Decreased fremitus
H Mediastinal shift to the affected side
H Dullness or flatness over lung fields
H End-inspiration crackles
H Decreased (or absent) breath sounds
H Tachycardia
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows hypoxia.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show characteristic horizontal lines in
the lower lung zones and characteristic dense shadows.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bronchoscopy may show an obstructing neoplasm,
foreign body, or pneumonia.
H Pulse oximetry shows decreased oxygen saturation.
Treatment
General
racic surgery
H More common in patients with prolonged immobility,
on mechanical ventilation, or with central nervous
system (CNS) depression
H Increased predisposition in patients who smoke and
those with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
(COPD)
H Incentive spirometry
H Chest percussion
H Postural drainage
H Frequent coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H Bronchoscopy if above measures fail
H Humidity
H Intermittent positive-pressure breathing therapy
H Radiation possibly required for obstructing neoplasm
H Diet based on patients condition as tolerated
H Increased fluids
H Activity as tolerated; discourage bed rest
Common characteristics
H Shortness of breath
H Chest pain
H Anxiety
Complications
H Hypoxemia
H Acute respiratory failure
H Pneumonia
Medications
H Bronchodilators, such as albuterol, pirbuterol, and
salmeterol
H Analgesics after surgery
Surgery
H May be required if obstructing neoplasm present
94
Atelectasis
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 95
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate ventilation
H report feelings of increased comfort
H use support systems to assist with anxiety and fear.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs and provide oxygen therapy.
H Encourage coughing and deep breathing.
H Reposition the patient often.
H Encourage and assist with ambulation as soon as
possible.
H Help the patient use an incentive spirometer.
H Humidify inspired air.
H Encourage adequate fluid intake.
H Loosen secretions with postural drainage and chest
percussion.
H Provide suctioning, as needed.
H Offer the patient reassurance and emotional support.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Pulse oximetry
H Respiratory status (breath sounds, arterial blood gas
results)
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H use of incentive spirometer
H postural drainage and percussion
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H importance of splinting incisions
H energy-conservation techniques
H stress-reduction strategies
H importance of mobilization.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if
indicated.
Atelectasis
95
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 96
Atopic dermatitis
Overview
Description
H A chronic skin disorder characterized by superficial
Pathophysiology
H The allergic mechanism of hypersensitivity results in
a release of inflammatory mediators through sensitized antibodies of the immunoglobulin (Ig) E class.
H Histamine and other cytokines induce acute inflammation.
H Abnormally dry skin and a decreased threshold for
itching set up the itch-scratch-itch cycle, which
eventually causes lesions (excoriations, lichenification).
Causes
Incidence
H May appear at any age but typically begins during in-
fancy or early childhood (may then subside spontaneously, followed by exacerbations in late childhood,
adolescence, or early adulthood)
H Affects less than 1% of the population
Common characteristics
H Erythematous, weeping lesions, usually located in ar-
eas of flexion and extension, such as the neck, antecubital fossa, popliteal folds, and behind the ears
In children with atopic dermatitis
H Pink pigmentation and swelling of the upper eyelid
and a double fold under the lower lid (Morgans line
or Dennies sign)
Complications
H Scarring
H Severe viral infections
H Bacterial and fungal skin infections
H Ocular disorders
H Allergic contact dermatitis
Food allergy
Infection
Chemical irritants
Extremes of temperature and humidity
Psychological stress or strong emotions
Special populations
About 10% of juvenile cases of atopic dermatitis
are caused by allergic reactions to certain foods,
especially eggs, peanuts, milk, and wheat.
Assessment
History
H Atopy, such as asthma, hay fever, or urticaria (or
Physical findings
H Erythematous, weeping lesions (see Signs of atopic
dermatitis)
H Pink pigmentation and swelling of the upper eyelid
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count shows eosinophilia.
H Serum IgE levels are elevated.
Other
H Skin testing shows specific allergen.
Treatment
General
H Meticulous skin care
H Environmental control of offending allergens
H Nonirritating topical lubricants
Medications
H Corticosteroids
H Antipruritics such as hydroxyzine
H Antihistamines, such as diphenhydramine and fexofe-
nadine
H Antibiotics if secondary infection develops
96
Atopic dermatitis
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 97
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express relief from itching and pain
H demonstrate improved skin condition
H remain free from infection.
Nursing interventions
H Offer support to help the patient and his family cope
Edema, crusting,
and scaling
Erythematous
areas on dry
skin
Monitoring
H Compliance with drug therapy
H Treatment of lesions
H Nutritional status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H when and how to apply topical corticosteroids
H importance of regular personal hygiene using only
water with little soap
H signs and symptoms of secondary infection
H avoidance of laundry additives, such as fragrances
and dyes
H avoidance of allergens.
Atopic dermatitis
97
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 98
Complications
Atrial fibrillation
Overview
Description
H Rhythm disturbance of the atria
H Characterized by an irregularly irregular cardiac rate
Pathophysiology
H Rapid discharges from numerous ectopic foci in the
atria occur.
H This leads to erratic and uncoordinated atrial
rhythm.
Assessment
History
H Palpitations
H Fatigue
H Dyspnea
H Chest pain
H Syncope
Physical findings
Causes
H Hypertension
H Myocardial infarction (MI)
H Pulmonary embolism
H Heart failure
H Cardiomyopathy
H Hypersympathetic state associated with acute alcohol
ingestion
H Pericarditis
H Hyperthyroidism
H Valvular disease
H Cardiothoracic surgery
H Atrial fibrosis
Incidence
H Seen more commonly in patients older than age 70
H Males affected more than females
Common characteristics
H Cardiac rhythm: irregularly irregular
H Irregular pulse
H Possible tachycardia
H Hypotension
H Signs of heart failure
H Respiratory distress
Test results
Laboratory
H Cardiac enzymes show myocardial damage (with MI).
H Thyroid function studies reveal hyperthyroidism.
H Complete blood count checks for anemia, if the patient has a history of recent blood loss.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray may determine if pulmonary edema is
present.
H Echocardiogram or transesophageal echocardiography may help identify valvular disease, left ventricular
dysfunction, or atrial clots.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may indicate irregular rhythm.
H Holter monitor may diagnose paroxysmal atrial fibrillation.
H Rhythm: Irregular
H Rate: Atrial indiscernible;
ventricular 130 beats/minute
98
Atrial fibrillation
H T wave: Indiscernible
H QT interval: Unmeasurable
H Other: None
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 99
Treatment
General
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to programs such as Coumadin
Medications
H Calcium channel blockers, such as cardizem and am-
lodipine
H Beta-adrenergic blockers, such as metoprolol and
atenolol
H Antiarrhythmics, such as amiodarone, propafenone,
and sotalol
H Cardiac glycosides such as digoxin
H Anticoagulants such as warfarin
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report ways to reduce activity intolerance
H identify effective coping mechanisms to manage
anxiety
H discuss the causes of fatigue
H verbalize understanding of medication regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Encourage the patient and his family to talk about
Monitoring
H Vital signs at rest and after physical activity
H Signs and symptoms of embolism
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Abnormal bleeding
H Prothrombin time and International Normalized
Ratio
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H instructions on how to monitor pulse
H anticoagulation precautions
H abnormal bleeding
H signs and symptoms of embolic events.
Atrial fibrillation
99
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 100
Pathophysiology
H Blood shunts from the left atrium to the right atrium
Causes
H No known cause
H Ostium primum defects commonly occurring in
Common characteristics
H Fatigue after exertion
H Early to midsystolic murmur at the second or third
develops
ALERT
An infant may be cyanotic because he has a cardiac or pulmonary disorder. Cyanosis that worsens
with crying most likely has a cardiac cause because
crying increases pulmonary resistance to blood
flow, resulting in an increased right-to-left shunt.
Cyanosis that improves with crying most likely has
a pulmonary cause because deep breathing improves tidal volume.
Complications
H Physical underdevelopment
H Respiratory infections
H Heart failure
H Atrial arrhythmias
H Mitral valve prolapse
Assessment
History
H Increasing fatigue
H Chest pain
H Dyspnea
H Coughing
H Dizziness or syncope
Physical findings
H Early to midsystolic murmur at the second or third
Incidence
Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray shows an enlarged right atrium and right
ventricle, a prominent pulmonary artery, and increased pulmonary vascular markings.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography results may be normal, but
commonly show right axis deviation, a prolonged
PR interval, varying degrees of right bundle-branch
(Delayed development of symptoms and complications makes it one of the most common congenital
heart defects diagnosed in adults.)
100
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 101
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H pretest and posttest procedures to the child and his
parents (If possible, use drawings or other visual
aids to explain it to the child.)
H postoperative procedures, tubes, dressings, and
monitoring equipment
H antibiotic prophylaxis to prevent infective endocarditis.
Treatment
General
H Activity as tolerated
H Low-fat, low-cholesterol diet
Medications
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and torsemide
H Antibiotics, as appropriate
H Analgesics
Surgery
H Minimally invasive heart surgery may be required for
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain an optimal cardiac output
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H experience no cardiac arrhythmias.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage the child to engage in any activity he can
tolerate.
H Give prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Central venous and intra-arterial pressures
H Intake and output
H Cardiac rhythm
H Oxygenation
101
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 102
Attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder
Overview
Description
H A behavioral problem characterized by difficulty with
Pathophysiology
H Alleles of dopamine genes may alter dopamine, sero-
Causes
H Underlying cause unknown
H Limited evidence of a genetic component
H May result from altered neurotransmitter levels in the
brain
Risk factors
H Family history
H History of learning disability
H Mood or conduct disorder
Incidence
H Present at birth, but diagnosis before age 4 or 5 is
Common characteristics
H Impulsive behavior
H Inattentiveness
H Disorganization in school
H Tendency to jump quickly from one partly completed
Complications
H Emotional and social complications
H Poor nutrition
Assessment
History
H Characterized as a fidgeter and a daydreamer
H Appears inattentive and lazy
H Performs sporadically at school or work
102
Physical findings
Symptoms of inattention
H Makes careless mistakes
H Struggles to sustain attention
H Fails to finish activities
H Difficulty with organization
H Avoids tasks that require sustained mental effort
H Distracted or forgetful
Symptoms of hyperactivity
H Fidgets
H Cant sit still for sustained period
H Difficulty playing quietly
H Talks excessively
Symptoms of impulsivity
H Interrupts
H Cant wait patiently
DSM-IV-TR criteria
These criteria confirm a diagnosis:
H six symptoms or more from the inattention or hyperactivity-impulsivity categories
H symptoms present for at least 6 months
H symptoms evident before age 7
H impairment present in two or more settings
H symptoms arent accounted for by another mental
disorder.
Test results
H Complete psychological, medical, and neurologic
evaluations rule out other problems; specific tests include continuous performance test, behavior rating
scales, and learning disability.
Treatment
General
H Education regarding the nature and effect of the dis-
order
H Behavior modification
H External structure
H Supportive psychotherapy
H Elimination of sugar, dyes, and additives from diet
H Monitor activity (for safety purposes)
Medications
H Stimulants, such as methylphenidate, dextroampheta-
imipramine
H Mood stabilizers such as bupropion
H Beta-adrenergic blockers such as propranolol
H Selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors such as
atomoxetine
H Alpha2-agonists such as clonidine
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 103
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or family) will:
H demonstrate effective social interaction skills in oneon-one and group settings
H report improvement in family and social interactions
H demonstrate effective coping behavior.
Nursing interventions
H Set realistic expectations and limits to avoid frustrat-
step requests.
H Provide praise, rewards, and positive feedback when-
ever possible.
H Provide diversional activities suited to a short atten-
tion span.
Monitoring
H Activity level
H Nutritional status
H Adverse drug reactions
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Activity (for safety purposes)
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H behavior therapy
H reinforcement of good behavior
H realistic expectations
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H nutrition.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to family therapy.
103
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 104
Autistic disorder
Overview
Description
H A severe, pervasive developmental disorder
H Degree of impairment varies
H Usually apparent before age 3
H Poor prognosis
H Sometimes called Kanners autism
Pathophysiology
H Defects in the central nervous system (CNS) may
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Defects in CNS from prenatal complications such as
rubella
H Nutritional deficiency
H Disease caused or triggered by immunizations
Risk factors
H High-risk pregnancy
Incidence
H Affects an estimated 1 in 1,000 children
H Three to four times more likely in males than in
Common characteristics
H Unresponsive to social contact
H Gross deficit in intelligence and language develop-
H Pronoun reversal
H Bizarre or self-destructive behavior
H Extreme compulsion for sameness
H Abnormal reaction to sensory stimuli
H Cognitive impairment
H Eating, drinking, and sleeping problems
H Mood disorders
DSM-IV-TR criteria
At least 6 of these 12 characteristics must be present,
including at least 2 items from the first section, 1 from
the second, and 1 from the third.
H Qualitative impairment in social interaction:
Impaired nonverbal behavior
Absence of peer relationships
Failure to seek or share enjoyment, interests, or
achievements
Lack of social or emotional reciprocity
H Qualitative impairment in communication:
Delay or lack of language development
Inability to initiate or sustain conversation
Idiosyncratic or repetitive language
Lack of appropriate imaginative play
H Restricted repetitive and stereotyped patterns of behavior, interests, and activities:
Abnormal preoccupation with a restricted pattern
of interest
Inflexible routines or rituals
Repetitive motor mannerisms
Preoccupation with parts of objects
H The diagnostic criteria also include delays or abnormal functioning in at least one of these areas before
age 3:
Social interaction and language skills
Symbolic or imaginative play
ment
H Ritualistic and compulsive behavior
H Restricted capacity for developmentally appropriate
Complications
H Epileptic seizures
H Depression
During stress
H Catatonic phenomena
H Undifferentiated psychotic state
Treatment
General
H Structured treatment plan
H Behavioral techniques
H Pleasurable sensory and motor stimulation
H Monitor activities (for safety purposes)
Medications
H Serotonin receptor reuptake inhibitors, such as flu-
Assessment
History
H Becomes rigid or flaccid when held
H Cries when touched
H Shows little or no interest in human contact
Physical findings
H Delayed smiling response
H Severe language impairment
H Lack of socialization and imaginative play
H Echolalia
104
Autistic disorder
clomipramine
H Antipsychotics, such as haloperidol, thioridazine, and
risperidone
H Stimulants, such as dextroamphetamine and
methylphenidate
H Alpha2-agonists such as clonidine
H Bet-adrenergic blockers such as propranolol
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 105
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or family) will:
H identify and contact available resources, as needed
H openly share feelings about the present situation
H as much as possible, demonstrate age-appropriate
skills and behaviors
H practice safety measures and take safety precautions
in the home
H interact with family or friends.
Nursing interventions
H Institute safety measures when appropriate.
H Provide positive reinforcement.
H Encourage development of self-esteem.
H Encourage self-care.
H Prepare the child for change by telling him about it.
H Help family members develop strong one-on-one
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Adverse drug reactions
H Patterns of behavior
H Nutritional status
H Social interaction
H Communication skills
H Activity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H physical care for the childs needs
H importance of identifying signs of excessive stress
and coping skills.
Discharge planning
H Refer the parents to resource and support services.
Autistic disorder
105
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 106
Avian influenza
Overview
Description
H Extremely virulent virus occurring naturally in birds
H Rapidly mutating and has been transmitted from
gratory birds
Pathophysiology
H The virus invades the epithelium of the respiratory
H Shortness of breath
H Eye infections
H Cytokine storm
Hypotension
Tachycardia
Dyspnea
Fever
Uncontrollable hemmorrhage
Signs of multisystem organ failure from ischemia
or insufficient tissue perfusion
Test results
Laboratory
H Oropharyngeal, nasal, nasopharyngeal, or lower respiratory tract specimen culture shows causative organism.
H Serology for influenza H5N1-specific antibody shows
causative organism.
Treatment
Causes
Incidence
H Few hundred cases per year world-wide
H No recent cases in the United States
H Affects all age-groups and both sexes
H Primarily in those with exposure to infected poultry
H Greater than 50% mortality
Common characteristics
H Influenza-like symptoms
Complications
H Acute respiratory distress
H Viral pneumonia
H Multisystem organ failure
Assessment
History
H Close contact with infected poultry or contaminated
surfaces
H Rarely, close contact with infected human
Physical findings
H Influenza-like symptoms
106
Fever
Cough
Sore throat
Muscle aches
Avian influenza
General
H Supportive measures
Medications
H Antibiotics as appropriate
H Anti-viral medications (effectiveness under study)
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, such as
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H develop no complications
H maintain stable vital signs
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
regimen
Nursing interventions
H Observe standard and respiratory precautions to pre-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status
H Response to treatment
H Complications
9400A.qxd
8/2/12
4:21 PM
Page 107
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H measures to prevent the spread of disease
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of continuing the prescribed antibiotic
until the entire prescription is finished
H disposal of secretions and the use of proper handwashing technique
H fact that seasonal influenza vaccine doesnt protect
against avian flu
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an infectious disease specialist, if
necessary.
Avian influenza
107
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 108
Pathophysiology
H Although the pathogenesis is uncertain, some experts
Causes
H Prolonged sun exposure (90% of tumors occur on
Risk factors
H Arsenic ingestion
H Radiation exposure
H Burns
H Immunosuppression
H Vaccinations (rare)
H History of previous nonmelanoma skin cancer
Incidence
H Usually occurs in people older than age 40
H Most prevalent in blond, fair-skinned males
Common characteristics
H Lesion found on face, head, neck, and back
H Five warning signs
An open sore
A reddish patch
A shiny bump
A pink growth
A scarlike area
Complications
H Disfiguring lesions of the eyes, nose, and cheeks
Assessment
History
H Odd-looking skin lesion
H Prolonged exposure to the sun
H Nonhealing sore of varying duration
Physical findings
H Lesions characterized as small, smooth, pinkish, and
be pigmented
H Lesions enlarge with depressed centers and firm and
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Incisional or excisional biopsy and histologic study
may help determine the tumor type and histologic
subtype.
Other
H All types of basal cell carcinomas are diagnosed by
clinical appearance.
Treatment
General
H Depends on the size, location, and depth of the le-
sion
H Irradiation, if the tumor location requires it; pre-
Medications
H Chemotherapy such as topical fluorouracil
H Immune response modifier such as topical
imiquimod
Surgery
H Curettage and electrodesiccation
108
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 109
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express positive feelings about self
H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit healing lesions or wounds
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Provide appropriate wound care.
Monitoring
H Complications of treatment
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Wound healing
H Skin surveillance for additional lesions
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H appropriate wound care
H importance of avoiding excessive sun exposure,
wearing protective clothing, and using a strong sunscreen or sunshade to protect the skin.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services, as
needed.
109
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 110
Bells palsy
Overview
Description
Incidence
Pathophysiology
Common characteristics
H Unilateral facial weakness
H Aching at jaw angle
H Drooping mouth
H Distorted and loss of taste
H Impaired ability to fully close eye on affected side
H Tinnitus
Complications
Causes
Assessment
H Unknown
H Ischemia
H Viral disease, such as herpes simplex or herpes
History
zoster
er face
H Long-term psychosocial problems
or behind the ear for a few hours or days before onset of weakness
H Difficulty chewing on the affected side
H Difficulty speaking clearly
Physical findings
H Mouth droops on the affected side (see Facial paral-
out cheek
H Impaired ability to close eye on the weak side
H Eye rolls upward (Bells phenomenon) when at-
Test results
H Diagnosis is based on clinical presentation.
Imaging
H Magnetic resonance imaging rules out tumor.
Treatment
General
H Eliminating the source of damage to the nerve immeSMILING
110
Bells palsy
diately
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 111
Medications
H Oral corticosteroids, such as prednisone and
hydrocortisone
H Analgesic such as ibuprofen
H Antiviral such as acyclovir
Surgery
H Exploration of the facial nerve (possibly)
H Facial reanimation, such as direct facial nerve repair
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience increased comfort and relief from pain
H consume an adequate amount of calories daily
H express positive feelings about self
H express understanding of the condition and treatment regimen
H exhibit improvement in facial muscle movement.
Nursing interventions
H Provide psychological support.
H Apply moist heat to the affected side of the face.
H Massage the patients face with a gentle upward
motion.
H Provide a facial sling.
H If the patient had surgery, provide preoperative and
postoperative care.
H Administer medication, as ordered.
Monitoring
H Neurologic function
H Response to medications
H Signs and symptoms of peptic ulceration, pancreati-
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder
H medication and adverse effects
H protection of affected eye
H exercises of the facial muscles
H nutritional management program.
Bells palsy
111
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 112
Benign prostatic
hyperplasia
Overview
Description
H Enlargement of prostate gland enough to compress
Physical findings
H Visible midline mass above the symphysis pubis from
distended bladder
H Enlarged prostate on digital rectal examination
Test results
Laboratory
H Elevated blood urea nitrogen and serum creatinine
levels suggest impaired renal function.
H Bacterial count that exceeds 100,000/mm3 reveals
hematuria, pyuria, and UTI.
Imaging
H Excretory urography may indicate urinary tract obstruction, hydronephrosis, calculi or tumors, and
bladder filling and emptying defects.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cystourethroscopy determines the best surgical intervention and shows prostate enlargement, bladder
wall changes, calculi, and raised bladder.
Other
H International Prostate Symptom Score classifies
disorders severity.
Pathophysiology
H Changes occur in periurethral glandular tissue.
H Prostate enlarges and may extend into the bladder.
H Compression or distortion of prostatic urethra
Causes
H Unknown
H Possible link with hormonal activity
Risk factors
H Age
H Intact testes
Treatment
Incidence
General
Special populations
BPH occurs in 80% of all males older than age 40,
and in 95% of all males older than age 80.
Common characteristics
H Changes in voiding patterns and urine stream
Complications
H Urinary stasis, urinary tract infection (UTI), or renal
calculi
H Bladder wall trabeculation
H Detrusor muscle hypertrophy
H Bladder diverticula and saccules
H Urethral stenosis
H Hydronephrosis
H Paradoxical (overflow) incontinence
H Acute or chronic renal failure
H Acute postobstructive diuresis
Assessment
History
H Decreased urine stream caliber and force
H Interrupted urinary stream
112
H Prostatic massage
H Short-term fluid restriction (prevents bladder disten-
tion)
H Avoidance of lifting, performing strenuous exercises,
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as cefepime and levofloxacin, if
infection present
H Alpha-1-adrenergic blockers, such as doxazosin and
terazosin
H 5-Alpha-reductase inhibitors such as dutasteride and
finasteride
Surgery
H For relief of acute urine retention, hydronephrosis,
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 113
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H express understanding of disorder and treatment
H demonstrate skill in managing urinary elimination
H express feelings about potential or actual changes in
sexual activity.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Avoid giving sedatives, alcohol, antidepressants, or
scribed.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees
to prevent pneumonia.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive
spirometer use.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
ALERT
Watch for signs of postobstructive diuresis, characterized by polyuria exceeding 2 L in 8 hours and
excessive electrolyte losses. Although usually selflimiting, it can result in vascular collapse and
death if not promptly treated.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of UTI that should be reported
H when to seek medical care (fever, unable to void, or
passing bloody urine).
113
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 114
Bipolar disorder
Overview
Description
H An affective disorder marked by severe pathologic
Pathophysiology
H Bipolar disorder may be an effect of neurotransmit-
ter imbalance.
H Mood swings may involve membrane changes in
Common characteristics
Manic phase
H Accelerated speech
H Frequent changes of topic
H Flight of ideas
Depressive phase
H Loss of self-esteem
H Overwhelming inertia
H Social withdrawal
H Feelings of hopelessness
H Apathy or self-reproach
H Suicidal thoughts
Bipolar II disorder
H Meets all the diagnostic criteria for a manic episode
H May experience recurrent depressions, separated by
periods of mild activation and increased energy
Complications
H Emotional and social consequences
H Sexually transmitted disease
H Exhaustion
H Nutritional deficits
H Sleep disturbances
H Suicide
Assessment
History
H Sleeping and eating disturbances
H Exhibits expansive, grandiose, sometimes irritable
Causes
Physical findings
Mania
H Increased psychomotor activity
H Excessive social extroversion
H Impulsive actions
H Impaired judgment
H Delusions
H Paranoid thinking
H Limited attention span
H Inflated sense of self-esteem
H Rapid responses to external stimuli
Depression
H Slow speech and response
H No obvious disorientation or intellectual impairment
H Psychomotor retardation
H Lethargy
H Low muscle tone
H Weight loss
H Slowed gait
studies
H Some evidence that links to an X chromosome
disorder
H May be triggered by death, separation, or divorce
H Imbalances in the biochemistry that controls food
(biochemical) imbalances
Risk factors
H Family history
H Substance abuse
Incidence
H Affects over 5 million people in the United States
H Equally common in females and males
H Females: likely to have more depressive episodes
H Males: likely to have more manic episodes
H Higher among relatives of affected patients than in
Special populations
Age of onset is usually between ages 20 and 35, but
35% of patients experience onset between ages 35
and 60.
114
Bipolar disorder
DSM-IV-TR criteria
Diagnosis is confirmed when the patient meets the criteria established for a manic or hypomanic episode:
H experiences a distinct period of abnormally and persistently elevated, expansive, or irritable mood
H during the mood disturbance, at least three of these
symptoms must persist (four, if the mood is only irritable) and be present to a significant degree:
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 115
Treatment
General
H Group and individual therapy
H Monitoring of activity when in manic phase
H No dietary restrictions
Medications
H Anticonvulsants, such as carbamazepine and valproic
acid
H Antimanic such as lithium
H Antipsychotics, such as aripiprazole, olanzapine,
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H identify effective coping techniques
H recognize symptoms and comply with medication
regimen
H express feelings related to self-esteem
H join gradually in self-care and the decision-making
processes.
Nursing interventions
For the manic patient
H Encourage activities that require gross motor movements.
H Assist with personal hygiene; encourage responsibility for personal care.
H Protect from overstimulation.
H Set realistic goals and limits for the patients behavior.
H Provide diversional activities suited to a short attention span.
H Reorient to reality.
H Avoid power struggles.
For the depressed patient
H Avoid overwhelming expectations.
H Allow increased time for activities and responses.
H Provide a structured routine.
H Promote interaction with others.
Cyclothymic disorder
A chronic mood disturbance of at least 2 years duration,
cyclothymic disorder involves numerous episodes of hypomania or depressive symptoms that arent of sufficient
severity or duration to qualify as a major depressive
episode.
In the hypomanic phase, the patient may experience insomnia; hyperactivity; inflated self-esteem; increased productivity and creativity; overinvolvement in pleasurable
activities, including an increased sexual drive; physical
restlessness; and rapid speech. Depressive symptoms
may include insomnia, feelings of inadequacy, decreased
productivity, social withdrawal, loss of libido, loss of interest in pleasurable activities, lethargy, depressed speech,
and crying.
A number of medical disorders (for example, endocrinopathies, such as Cushings disease, stroke, brain tumors, head trauma, and drug overdose) can produce a
similar pattern of mood alteration. These organic causes
must be ruled out before making a diagnosis of cyclothymic disorder.
Monitoring
H Patterns of behavior
H Response to treatment
H Social interaction
H Complications
H Adverse drug reactions
H Nutritional status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of continuing the prescribed medication
regimen.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling.
H Refer the patient to support services.
Bipolar disorder
115
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 116
Bladder cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant tumor that develops on the bladder wall
Assessment
History
H Gross, painless, intermittent hematuria, usually with
clots
H Suprapubic pain after voiding suggesting invasive
lesions
Pathophysiology
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count helps detect anemia.
H Urinalysis detects blood and malignant cells in the
urine.
Imaging
H Excretory urography can identify a large, early-stage
tumor or an infiltrating tumor; delineate functional
problems in the upper urinary tract; assess hydronephrosis; and detect rigid deformity of the bladder
wall.
H Retrograde cystography evaluates bladder structure
and integrity; it also helps confirm a bladder cancer
diagnosis.
H Bone scan can detect metastasis.
H Computed tomography scan defines the thickness of
the involved bladder wall and discloses enlarged
retroperitoneal lymph nodes.
H Ultrasonography reveals metastasis in tissues beyond
the bladder and can distinguish a bladder cyst from a
bladder tumor.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cystoscopy and biopsy confirm bladder cancer diagnosis; if the test results show cancer cells, further
studies will determine the cancer stage and treatment.
Other
H Bimanual examination may be performed during a
cystoscopy if the patient has received an anesthetic;
this helps to determine whether the bladder is fixed
to the pelvic wall.
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Associated with chronic bladder irritation and infec-
Risk factors
H Certain environmental carcinogens, such as
Incidence
H Bladder tumors most prevalent in people older than
age 50
H More common in males than in females
H Occurs more commonly in densely populated indus-
trial areas
Common characteristics
H Asymptomatic in early stages for 25% of patients
H First sign: gross, painless, intermittent hematuria,
dribbling
H Flank pain possibly indicating an obstructed ureter
Physical findings
H Gross hematuria
H Flank tenderness if ureteral obstruction present
H Bladder irritability
H Urinary frequency
H Nocturia
H Dribbling
Treatment
Complications
H Bone metastasis
H Problems resulting from tumor invasion of contigu-
ous viscera
116
Bladder cancer
General
lems, and mental outlook influencing selection of
therapy
H Initially postoperatively, avoidance of heavy lifting
and contact sports
H After recovery, no activity restrictions
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 117
Medications
Discharge planning
mitomycin
H Attenuated live bacille Calmette-Gurin vaccine
H Chemotherapy, such as cisplatin and doxorubicin
Surgery
ing care.
H Refer the patient to an enterostomal therapist and for
fulguration (electrically)
H Segmental bladder resection
H Radical cystectomy
H Ureterostomy, nephrostomy, continent vesicostomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H exhibit adequate coping mechanisms
H express feelings about potential or actual changes in
sexual activity.
Nursing interventions
H Provide support and encourage verbalization.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide preoperative teaching; discuss procedure
to prevent pneumonia.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive
spirometer use.
H Provide skin care.
H Provide stoma care.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Wound site
H Postoperative complications, such as pneumonia,
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H stoma care
H skin care and evaluation
H avoidance of heavy lifting and contact sports (postoperatively with a urinary stoma)
H encouragement of participation in usual athletic and
physical activities.
Bladder cancer
117
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 118
Blastomycosis
Overview
Description
H Fungal infection that usually affects the lungs and
produces bronchopneumonia
H May develop into extrapulmonary disease
H Also called Gilchrists disease
Pathophysiology
H Blastomycosis is generally contracted by inhalation of
aerosolized conidial forms of the fungus from its natural soil habitat.
H The conidia then transforms to the yeast phase at
body temperature (thermal dimorphism).
H Inflammatory response is evoked by multiplication
of organism.
H Dissemination is possible through the blood and
lymphatics to other organs.
Causes
H Inhalation of the yeastlike fungus Blastomyces
dermatitidis
Incidence
H Generally found in North America, where B. der-
Common characteristics
H Signs and symptoms of a viral upper respiratory tract
infection
H Small, painless, nonpruritic, and nondistinctive macules or papules on exposed body parts
Complications
H Osteomyelitis
H Central nervous system, skin, and genital disorders
H Addisons disease (adrenal insufficiency)
H Pericarditis
H Arthritis
Physical findings
H Thick sputum (may contain blood)
H Bronchial breath sounds; dullness on chest percus-
sion
H Decreased breath sounds
H Tachypnea
H Decreased pulse oximetry
H Raised and reddened lesions
H Chest pain
H Dyspnea
Extrapulmonary findings
H Skin lesions
H Osteolytic lesions
H Joint swelling
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture from skin lesions, pus, sputum, or pulmonary secretions shows presence of B. dermatitidis.
H White blood cell count and erythrocyte sedimentation
rate are increased.
H Serum globulin levels are slightly increased, and mild
normochromic anemia occurs.
H Alkaline phosphatase level is increased (with bone
lesions).
Imaging
H Chest X-ray may show pulmonary infiltrates.
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsy of tissue from the skin or lungs or of bronchial washings, sputum, or pus shows infecting
organism.
Other
H Immunodiffusion testing detects antibodies for the A
and B antigens of blastomycosis.
Treatment
General
H Increased fluid intake
H Respiratory treatments
H Rest periods, as needed
Medications
H Antifungals, such as amphotericin B, itraconazole,
and ketoconazole
H Antipyretic such as acetaminophen
Assessment
Nursing considerations
History
Key outcomes
H Fever, chills
H Dry, hacking, productive cough
H Weight loss
H Night sweats
H Pleuritic chest pain
H Malaise
H Myalgia
118
Blastomycosis
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 119
Nursing interventions
H Provide a cool room; if the patient is feverish, admin-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Pulse oximetry
H Laboratory tests
H Sputum production for hemoptysis
H Level of consciousness and pupil response
H Hematuria
H Lesion healing
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper administration of medications
H skin care.
Discharge planning
H Stress appropriate follow-up care.
Blastomycosis
119
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 120
Blepharitis
Overview
Description
H Common inflammation of eyelash follicles and
aritis
Pathophysiology
H Inflammatory responses of the eyelids to bacteria or
Causes
Seborrheic blepharitis
H Generally results from seborrhea of the scalp, eyebrows, and ears
Ulcerative blepharitis
H Generally results from a Staphylococcus aureus infection
H Pediculosis
Incidence
H More common in elderly people
H Most common ocular disease
Common characteristics
H Eye drainage
H Burning, itching, and swelling of eyes
H Tends to recur
H May become chronic
Complications
H Ocular involvement
H Keratitis
H Excess tearing or dry eye
Assessment
History
H Eyelids itch or burn
H Feeling of foreign body
H Crusty eyelids, which stick together when awakening
H Loss of eyelashes
Physical findings
H Continual blinking
H Red-rimmed appearance to the eyelid margins
H Swelling of eyelids
Seborrheic blepharitis
H Scales along eyelids, especially upon awakening
H Dandruff on scalp and eyebrows
120
Blepharitis
Ulcerative blepharitis
H Flaky scales on eyelashes, especially in morning
H Missing eyelashes
H Ulcerations on eyelid margins
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture of the ulcerated eyelid margin reveals
S. aureus in ulcerative blepharitis.
Treatment
General
H Early treatment to prevent recurrence or complica-
tions
H Daily cleansing (using diluted baby-shampoo on a
Medications
H Antibiotic eye ointment such as gentamicin
H Ophthalmic physostigmine or other insecticidal
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H sustain no harm or injury
H verbalize feelings and concerns
H identify available health resources
H demonstrate appropriate coping skills
H maintain current visual acuity.
Nursing interventions
H Provide eyelid care at least twice daily.
H Apply warm compresses, four times daily.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Apply ointments, as ordered. (See Applying an
ophthalmic ointment.)
H Maintain infection-control techniques.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse reactions to medication
H Complications
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 121
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and treatment
H daily eyelid care
H removal of scales from eyelids
H application of warm compresses
H medications and possible adverse effects
H infection control
H potential complications
H importance of keeping follow-up appointments.
Blepharitis
121
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 122
Life-threatening disorder
Blood transfusion
reaction
Risk factors
H Multiple transfusions
H Rare blood type
Incidence
H Mild reactions in 1% to 2% of transfusions
Common characteristics
Overview
Description
H A hemolytic reaction following the transfusion of mis-
matched blood
Complications
components
H Mediated by immune or nonimmune factors
H From mild to severe
H Bronchospasm
H Acute tubular necrosis leading to acute renal failure
H Anaphylactic shock
H Vascular collapse
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
Pathophysiology
H Recipients antibodies, immunoglobulin (Ig) G or
Causes
H Transfusion with incompatible blood
Assessment
History
H Transfusion of blood product
H Chills, nausea, vomiting, chest tightness, or chest and
back pain
Physical findings
H Fever, tachycardia, and hypotension
H Dyspnea, anxiety, and restlessness
H Urticaria and angioedema
H Wheezing
H In a surgical patient, blood oozing from mucous
Effects of sensitization
When an Rh-negative person receives Rh-positive blood
for the first time, he becomes sensitized to the D antigen
but shows no immediate reaction to it. If he receives Rhpositive blood a second time, he experiences a massive
hemolytic reaction.
For example, an Rh-negative mother who delivers an
Rh-positive baby is sensitized by the babys Rh-positive
blood. During her next Rh-positive pregnancy, her sensitized blood will cause a hemolytic reaction in the fetal circulation.
Preventing sensitization
To prevent the formation of antibodies against Rh-positive
blood, an Rh-negative mother should receive Rho(D) immune globulin (human) (RhoGAM) I.M. within 72 hours
after delivering an Rh-positive baby.
122
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum hemoglobin levels are decreased.
H Serum bilirubin levels and indirect bilirubin levels
are elevated.
H Urinalysis reveals hemoglobinuria.
H Indirect Coombs test or serum antibody screen is
positive for serum anti-A or anti-B antibodies.
H Prothrombin time is increased and fibrinogen level is
decreased.
H Blood urea nitrogen and serum creatinine levels are
increased.
Treatment
General
H Immediate halt of transfusion
H Dialysis (may be necessary if acute tubular necrosis
occurs)
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 123
H Diet, as tolerated
H Bed rest
Medications
H Osmotic or loop diuretics, such as mannitol and
furosemide
H I.V. normal saline solution
H I.V. vasopressors, such as dopamine and phenyl-
ephrine
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H signs and symptoms of transfusion reaction (before
transfusion begins)
H importance of notifying health care providers of
history of reaction
H wearing or carrying rare blood type identification.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H show no signs of active bleeding
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express understanding of disorder.
Nursing interventions
H Stop the blood transfusion.
H Maintain a patent I.V. line with normal saline
solution.
H Insert an indwelling urinary catheter.
H Report early signs of complications.
H Cover the patient with blankets to ease chills.
H Administer supplemental oxygen, as needed.
H Document the transfusion reaction on the patients
ALERT
Double-check the patients name, identification
number, blood type, and Rh status before administering blood. If you find any discrepancy, dont administer the blood. Notify the blood bank immediately and return the unopened unit.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Signs of shock
H Laboratory results
H Respiratory status
H Cardiac status
H Pulse oximetry
123
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 124
Assessment
Overview
History
Description
H Rare type of bone cancer (less than 1% of all malig-
nant tumors)
H Also known as osteoblastoma or
H Hemorrhage
H Local recurrence
H Pathologic fractures
osteosarcoma
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
H Palpable mass
H Cachectic appearance
H Abnormal gait
H Swelling and redness at the site
Causes
H No immediately apparent cause in most cases
H Genetic abnormalities (retinoblastoma, Rothmund-
Thomson syndrome)
H Exposure to carcinogens
H Heredity, trauma, and excessive radiation therapy,
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum alkaline phosphatase levels are elevated (with
sarcoma).
Imaging
H Bone X-rays and radioisotope bone and computed
tomography (CT) scans show tumor size.
H Bone scans and CT scans of the lungs reveal metastatic disease.
Diagnostic procedures
H Incision or aspiration biopsy confirms primary
malignancy.
according to theories
Incidence
Treatment
General
Special populations
Osteogenic and Ewings sarcomas are the most
common bone tumors in children.
Common characteristics
H Localized, dull bone pain
H Usually more intense at night
H Presence of a mass or tumor
Special populations
Limb pain, refusal to walk, and limited range of
motion (ROM) are common findings in children
with bone tumors.
Complications
H Infection
124
Medications
H Chemotherapy, such as gemcitabine and docetaxel
H Analgesics, such as morphine, oxycodone, hydro-
Surgery
H Excision of the tumor
H Radical surgery, such as hemipelvectomy or inter-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain weight within an acceptable range
H maintain joint mobility and ROM
H express feelings of comfort and decreased pain
H express feelings and fears.
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 125
Clinical features
Treatment
Chondrosarcoma
Malignant
giant cell tumor
Curettage
Total excision
Radiation for recurrent disease
Osteogenic
sarcoma
Parosteal
osteogenic
sarcoma
OSSEOUS ORIGIN
NONOSSEOUS ORIGIN
Chordoma
Ewings sarcoma
Fibrosarcoma
Relatively rare
Originates in fibrous tissue of bone
Invades long or flat bones (femur, tibia, mandible) but also
involves periosteum and overlying muscle
Usually in males ages 30 to 40
Nursing interventions
Amputation
Radiation
Chemotherapy
Bone grafts (with low-grade fibrosarcoma)
H Cardiovascular status
realistic goals.
H Administer prescribed I.V. infusions and drugs.
H Postoperative care, including coughing, deep breath-
stump on a pillow for the first 24 hours. (Be careful not to leave the stump elevated for more than
48 hours because this may lead to contractures.)
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Circulation to the affected extremity
H Wound dressings
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H use of assistive devices
H wound care
H reporting new pain or masses
H the need for antibiotic prophylaxis when undergoing
dental procedures (with bone grafts or prosthetic
implants).
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the American Cancer Society for
125
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 126
Life-threatening disorder
Common characteristics
H Symptoms 18 to 30 hours after ingestion of con-
Botulism
Overview
Complications
Description
H Life-threatening paralytic illness
H Results from an exotoxin produced by the gram-
H Respiratory failure
H Paralytic ileus
H Death
Assessment
History
H Vertigo
H Sore throat
H Weakness
H Nausea and vomiting
H Constipation or diarrhea
H Diplopia
H Blurred vision
H Dysarthria
H Dysphagia
H Dyspnea
H Heroin use
Risk factors
Physical findings
H Ptosis
H Dilated, nonreactive pupils
H Appearance of dry, red, and crusted oral mucous
Pathophysiology
H Endotoxin acts at the neuromuscular junction of
Causes
Incidence
H Occurs worldwide
H Average yearly occurrence of about 110 cases in the
United States
H Affects adults more than children
membranes
H Abdominal distention with absent bowel sounds
H Descending weakness or paralysis of muscles in the
extremities or trunk
H Deep tendon reflexes may be intact, diminished, or
absent
Infant botulism
Infant botulism, which usually afflicts neonates and infants between 3 and 20 weeks old, is commonly caused
by ingesting the spores of botulinum bacteria, which then
grow in the intestines and release toxin. This disorder can
produce floppy infant syndrome, characterized by constipation, a feeble cry, a depressed gag reflex, and an inability to suck. The infant also exhibits a flaccid facial expression, ptosis, and ophthalmoplegia the result of cranial
nerve deficits.
As the disease progresses, the infant develops generalized weakness, hypotonia, areflexia, and sometimes a
striking loss of head control. Almost 50% of affected infants develop respiratory arrest.
Intensive supportive care allows most infants to recover
completely. Antitoxin therapy isnt recommended because
of the risk of anaphylaxis.
Test results
Laboratory
H Mouse bioassay detects toxin thats found in the patients serum, stool, or gastric contents.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electromyography shows diminished muscle action
potential after a single supramaximal nerve stimulus.
Treatment
General
H Supportive measures
H Early tracheotomy and ventilatory assistance in respi-
ratory failure
H Nasogastric (NG) suctioning
126
Botulism
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 127
Medications
H I.V. or I.M. botulinum antitoxin
Surgery
H Debridement of wounds to remove source of toxin-
producing bacteria
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain tissue perfusion and cellular oxygenation
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain stable neurologic status.
Nursing interventions
H Administer I.V. fluids, as ordered.
H Administer oxygen as needed.
H Perform NG suctioning as needed.
ALERT
Immediately report all cases of botulism to the
local board of health.
Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Cardiac and respiratory function
H Cough and gag reflexes
H Intake and output
H Arterial blood gas analysis
H Pulse oximetry
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper techniques in processing and preserving
foods
H never tasting food from a bulging can or one with a
peculiar odor
H sterilizing utensils by boiling what came in contact
with suspected contaminated food
H not feeding honey to infants (can be fatal if contaminated).
Discharge planning
H If botulism exposure appears to be related to adverse
Botulism
127
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 128
Brain tumor
Overview
Description
H Abnormal growth among cells within the intracranial
space
H May affect brain tissue, meninges, pituitary gland,
and blood vessels
H In adults, most common tumor types: gliomas and
meningiomas (usually benign), which usually occur
above the covering of the cerebellum, and supratentorial tumors
H In children, most common tumor types: astrocytomas, medulloblastomas, ependymomas, and brain
stem gliomas
Pathophysiology
H Tumor is classified based on histology or grade of
cell malignancy.
H Central nervous system changes occur due to cancer
cells invading and destroying tissues and by secondary effect mainly compression of the brain, cranial nerves, and cerebral vessels; cerebral edema;
and increased intracranial pressure (ICP).
Causes
H Unknown
Risk factors
H Preexisting cancer
Incidence
H Slightly more common in males than in females
H Gliomas, meningiomas, and schwannomas: overall
Common characteristics
H Increased ICP
H Headache
H Decreased motor strength and coordination
H Seizures
H Altered vital signs
H Nausea and vomiting
H Papilledema
Complications
H Radiation encephalopathy
Special populations
Brain tumors are the most common cause of cancer death in children.
Assessment
History
H Insidious onset
H Headache
H Nausea and vomiting
Physical findings
H May vary according to size and location of tumor
Test results
Imaging
H Skull X-rays confirm presence of tumor.
H Brain scan confirms presence of tumor.
H Computed tomography scan confirms presence of
tumor.
H Magnetic resonance imaging confirms presence of
tumor.
H Cerebral angiography confirms presence of tumor.
H Positron-emission tomography confirms presence of
tumor.
Diagnostic procedures
H Tissue biopsy confirms type of tumor.
Other
H Lumbar puncture shows increased cerebrospinal
fluid (CSF) pressure, which reflects ICP, increased
protein levels, decreased glucose levels and, occasionally, tumor cells in CSF.
Treatment
General
H Specific treatments varying with the tumors histolog-
status
Medications
H Chemotherapy, such as carmustine, cisplatin, and
lomustine
H Steroid such as dexamethasone
H Histamine-receptor antagonists, such as cimetidine,
128
Brain tumor
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 129
Surgery
For glioma
H Resection by craniotomy
H Radiation therapy and chemotherapy follow resection
For low-grade cystic cerebellar astrocytoma
H Surgical resection
For astrocytoma
H Repeated surgeries, radiation therapy, and shunting
of fluid from obstructed CSF pathways
For oligodendroglioma and ependymoma
H Surgical resection and radiation therapy
For medulloblastoma
H Surgical resection
H Possibly, intrathecal infusion of methotrexate or
another antineoplastic drug
For meningioma
H Surgical resection, including dura mater and bone
For schwannoma
H Microsurgical technique
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease process, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of infection or bleeding that may result from
chemotherapy
H adverse effects of chemotherapy and other treatments
and actions that may alleviate them
H early signs of tumor recurrence.
Discharge planning
H Consult with occupational and physical therapy staff
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H recognize limitations imposed by illness and express
feelings about them
H continue to function in usual roles as much as
possible
H enlist support from available sources
H express feelings of increased comfort.
Nursing interventions
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Take steps to protect the patients safety.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H After supratentorial craniotomy, elevate the head of
for 48 hours.
H As appropriate, instruct the patient to avoid Valsalvas
Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Vital signs
H Wound site
H Postoperative complications
H Pulse oximetry
H Respiratory status
H Pain level, location, and effectiveness of treatment
H Cardiovascular status
Brain tumor
129
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 130
Breast cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant proliferation of epithelial cells lining the
ALERT
The most reliable detection method of breast cancer is regular breast self-examination, followed by
an immediate professional evaluation of any abnormality. (Theoretically, slow-growing breast cancer may take up to 8 years to become palpable at
1 cm.)
H With adjunctive therapy, 10-year (or longer) 70% to
75% survival in females with negative nodes, compared to 20% to 25% survival in females with positive
nodes
Pathophysiology
H Breast cancer spreads by way of the lymphatic system
H Estrogen therapy
H Antihypertensive therapy
H Alcohol and tobacco use
H Preexisting fibrocystic disease
Incidence
H A female living in the United States to age 80 a
Special populations
Breast cancer is the leading cause of cancer deaths
among females ages 35 to 54.
Common characteristics
H Lump or mass in the breast (see Breast tumor
H Nipple discharge
Causes
H Unknown
Risk factors
H Family history of breast cancer, particularly first-
130
Breast cancer
Complications
H Distant metastasis
H Infection
H Central nervous system effects
H Respiratory effects
Assessment
History
H Detection of a painless lump or mass in the breast
H Change in breast tissue
H History of risk factors
Physical findings
nipple retraction, scaly skin around the nipple, and
skin changes, such as dimpling or inflammation
H Arm edema
H Hard lump, mass, or thickening of breast tissue
H Lymphadenopathy
Test results
Laboratory
H Hormonal receptor assay determines whether the
tumor is estrogen- or progesterone-dependent; also
guides decisions to use therapy that blocks the action
of the estrogen hormone that supports tumor growth.
H In Vitro Diagnostic Multivariate Index Assay predicts
the odds that an early-stage breast cancer will metastasize in 5 to 10 years.
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 131
Imaging
H Mammography can reveal a tumor thats too small to
palpate.
H Ultrasonography can distinguish between a
fluid-filled cyst and solid mass.
H Chest X-rays can pinpoint metastasis in the chest.
H Scans of the bone, brain, liver, and other organs can
detect distant metastasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Fine-needle aspiration and excisional biopsy provide
cells for histologic examination that may confirm the
diagnosis.
Treatment
General
50%
15%
18%
11%
6%
Medications
H Chemotherapy, such as a combination of drugs, in-
cluding anastrozole, capecitabine, cyclophosphamide, docetaxel, epirubicin, ememestane, fluorouracil, methotrexate, doxorubicin, vincristine,
paclitaxel, prednisone, and trastuzumab
H Regimen of cyclophosphamide, methotrexate, and
fluorouracil (used in premenopausal and postmenopausal females)
H Antiestrogen therapy such as tamoxifen
H Hormonal therapy, including estrogen, progesterone,
androgen, or antiandrogen aminoglutethimide
therapy
Surgery
H Lumpectomy
H Partial, total, or modified radical mastectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H recognize limitations imposed by illness and express
feelings about these limitations
H express positive feelings about self
H report feelings of comfort
H express increased sense of well-being
H use situational supports to reduce fear.
Nursing interventions
to prevent pneumonia.
H Encourage early ambulation.
Monitoring
H Wound site
H Postoperative complications
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H White blood cell count
H Pain control
H Psychological status
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H all procedures and treatments
H activities or exercises that promote healing
H breast self-examination
H risks and signs and symptoms of recurrence
H avoidance of venipuncture or blood pressure monitoring on the affected arm.
Discharge planning
groups.
Breast cancer
131
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 132
Bronchiectasis
Overview
Description
Common characteristics
Pathophysiology
H Hyperplastic squamous epithelium, denuded of cilia,
mucopurulent secretions
H Dyspnea
H Weight loss
H Malaise
Complications
H Chronic malnutrition
H Amyloidosis
H Right-sided heart failure
H Cor pulmonale
H Respiratory failure
Assessment
History
Causes
H Cystic fibrosis
H Mucoviscidosis
H Immune disorders
H Recurrent bacterial respiratory tract infections
H Complications of measles, pneumonia, pertussis, or
influenza
H Obstruction with recurrent infection
H Inhalation of corrosive gas
H Repeated aspiration of gastric juices
H Congenital anomalies (rare) such as bronchomalacia
H Various rare disorders such as immotile cilia syn-
drome
Risk factors
H Occupational exposure to damaging inhalants
H Risky behaviors that lead to immunodeficiency disor-
Incidence
H Affects people of both sexes and of all ages
132
Bronchiectasis
mucopurulent secretions
H Dyspnea
H Weight loss
H Malaise
Physical findings
H Sputum that may show a cloudy top layer, a central
layer of clear saliva, and a heavy, thick, purulent bottom layer upon settling
H Clubbed fingers and toes
H Cyanotic nail beds
H Dullness over affected lung fields, if pneumonia or
atelectasis present
H Diminished breath sounds
H Crackles during inspiration over affected area
H Occasional wheezes
Test results
Laboratory
H Sputum culture and Gram stain show predominant
pathogens.
H Complete blood count reveals anemia and leukocytosis.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan shows bronchiectasis.
H Bronchography shows location and extent of disease.
H Chest X-rays show peribronchial thickening, atelectatic areas, and scattered cystic changes.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bronchoscopy may show the source of secretions or
the bleeding site in hemoptysis.
H Pulmonary function studies show decreased vital
capacity, expiratory flow, and hypoxemia.
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 133
Other
H A sweat electrolyte test may show cystic fibrosis as
the underlying cause.
Treatment
General
H Postural drainage and chest percussion
H Bronchoscopy to remove secretions
H Well-balanced, high-calorie diet
H Adequate hydration
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as cefdinir, cefpodoxime, and
levofloxacin
H Bronchodilators, such as albuterol and aformoterol
H Oxygen
H Mucolytic such as acetylcysteine
Surgery
For poor pulmonary function
H Segmental resection
H Bronchial artery embolization
H Lobectomy
Nursing considerations
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H proper disposal of secretions
H infection control techniques
H frequent rest periods
H preoperative and postoperative instructions, if
surgery is required
H postural drainage and percussion
H coughing and deep-breathing techniques
H avoidance of air pollutants and people with known
upper respiratory tract infections
H immunizations
H balanced, high-protein diet
H avoidance of milk products
H adequate hydration.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate ventilation
H utilize energy conservation techniques
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
H Perform preoperative and postoperative teaching.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide supportive care.
H Administer oxygen, as needed.
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Provide a warm, quiet, comfortable environment.
H Alternate rest and activity periods.
H Provide well-balanced, high-calorie meals.
H Offer small, frequent meals.
H Provide adequate hydration.
H Provide frequent mouth care.
H Encourage incentive spirometer use, coughing, and
deep breathing.
H Provide postoperative care.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Cardiac status
H Sputum production
H Pulse oximetry
Bronchiectasis
133
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 134
Bronchitis, chronic
Overview
Description
H An inflammation of the lining of the bronchial tubes
H Form of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
H Characterized by excessive production of tracheo-
Pathophysiology
H Hypertrophy and hyperplasia of the bronchial mu-
Causes
H Cigarette smoking
H Possible genetic predisposition
H Environmental pollution
H Organic or inorganic dusts and noxious gas exposure
Incidence
H About 20% of males affected
H More than 8.8 million people in the United States di-
agnosed annually
H More prevalent in females than in males
H Children of parents who smoke: higher risk for con-
Common characteristics
H Long-time smoker
H Frequent upper respiratory tract infections
H Productive cough
H Exertional dyspnea
Complications
H Cor pulmonale
H Pulmonary hypertension
H Right ventricular hypertrophy
H Acute respiratory failure
Assessment
History
H Longtime smoker
H Frequent upper respiratory tract infections
H Productive cough
H Exertional dyspnea
H Cough, initially prevalent in winter, but gradually
becoming year-round
H Increasingly severe coughing episodes
H Worsening dyspnea
Physical findings
H Cough producing copious gray, white, or yellow
sputum
H Cyanosis
H Accessory respiratory muscle use
H Tachypnea
H Substantial weight gain
H Pedal edema
H Jugular vein distention
H Wheezing
H Prolonged expiratory phase
H Rhonchi
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows decreased partial
pressure of oxygen and normal or increased partial
pressure of carbon dioxide.
H Sputum culture reveals microorganisms and neutrophils.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray may show hyperinflation and increased
bronchovascular markings.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary function tests show increased residual
volume, decreased vital capacity and forced expiratory flow, and normal static compliance and diffusing
capacity.
H Electrocardiography may show atrial arrhythmias;
peaked P waves in leads II, III, and aVF; and right
ventricular hypertrophy.
Treatment
General
H Smoking cessation
H Avoidance of air pollutants
H Chest physiotherapy
H Ultrasonic or mechanical nebulizer treatments
H Adequate fluid intake
H High-calorie, protein-rich diet
H Activity, as tolerated with frequent rest periods
Medications
H Oxygen
H Antibiotics, such as cefdinir, cefpodoxime, and
levofloxacin
134
Bronchitis, chronic
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 135
Cilia
Cilia
Goblet cell
and tiotropium
H Corticosteroids, such as fluticasone, hydrocortisone,
methylprednisolone, and prednisone
H Diuretics such as furosemide
Surgery
Epithelial cell
Goblet cell
Epithelial cell
H Daily weight
H Edema
H Response to treatment
H Cardiovascular status
Patient teaching
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H identify measures to prevent or reduce fatigue
H express understanding of the illness
H maintain a patent airway.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Encourage expression of fears and concerns.
H Include the patient and his family in care decisions.
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Provide a high-calorie, protein-rich diet.
H Offer small, frequent meals.
H Encourage energy-conservation techniques.
H Ensure adequate oral fluid intake.
H Provide frequent mouth care.
H Encourage daily activity.
H Provide diversional activities, as appropriate.
H Provide frequent rest periods.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H infection control practices
H influenza and pneumococcus immunizations
H home oxygen therapy, if required
H postural drainage and chest percussion
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H inhaler use
H high-calorie, protein-rich meals
H adequate hydration
H avoidance of inhaled irritants
H prevention of bronchospasm
H respiratory hygiene and cough etiquette.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
H Refer the patient to the American Lung Association
spirometer use.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Sputum production
H Respiratory status, including breath sounds and
pulse oximetry
Bronchitis, chronic
135
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 136
Brucellosis
Overview
Description
H An acute febrile illness transmitted to humans from
animals
H Also known as undulant fever, Malta fever, or
Bangs disease
Pathophysiology
H Brucellosis is transmitted through the consumption
of unpasteurized dairy products or uncooked or undercooked contaminated meat, and through contact
with infected animals or their secretions or excretions.
Causes
H The nonmotile, nonspore-forming, gram-negative
Risk factors
H Occupational exposure to animals
Incidence
H Most common among farmers, stock handlers,
Common characteristics
Acute phase
H Fever
H Chills
H Profuse sweating
H Fatigue
H Headache
H Backache
H Enlarged lymph nodes
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Weight loss
H Abscess and granuloma formulation in subcutaneous
tissues, lymph nodes, liver, and spleen
Chronic phase
H Recurrent depression
H Sleep disturbances
H Fatigue
H Headache
H Sweating
H Sexual impotence
136
Brucellosis
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Enlarged lymph nodes
Complications
H Abscesses in the testes, ovaries, kidneys, and brain
Assessment
History
H Direct exposure to animals
H Ingestion of unpasteurized dairy products
H Recent travel to an endemic area
H Fatigue
H Headache
H Intermittent fever
H Profuse sweating
H Anxiety
H General aching
Physical findings
H Excessive perspiration
H Chills
H Weakness
H Lymphadenopathy
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Tenderness in the right upper quadrant
Test results
Laboratory
H Agglutinin titers are 1:160 or higher.
H Definitive diagnosis is provided by three to six
cultures of blood and bone marrow and biopsies
of infected tissue (for example, the spleen).
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is increased.
H White blood cell count is either normal or reduced.
Treatment
General
H Bed rest during the acute phase
H High-calorie, high-protein diet
H Secretion precautions until lesions stop draining
Medications
H Antibiotic such as tetracycline
H Antipyretic such as acetaminophen
H Corticosteroids, such as hydrocortisone, methylpred-
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 137
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H be free from signs and symptoms of infection
H attain relief from immediate symptoms
H experience feelings of comfort or absence of pain
H regain or maintain skin integrity.
Nursing interventions
H Keep suppurative granulomas and abscesses dry.
H Maintain contact precautions: double-bag and prop-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Complications
H Depression and disturbed sleep pattern
H Lesion healing
H Neurologic status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H continuing medication for the prescribed duration
H preventing recurrence by cooking meat thoroughly
and avoiding unpasteurized milk
H advice to meat packers and other people at risk for
occupational exposure to wear rubber gloves and
goggles.
Brucellosis
137
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 138
Buergers disease
Overview
H Digital ischemia
H Trophic nail changes
H Absent or diminished radial, ulnar, or tibial pulses
H Ischemic ulcers on the toes, feet, or fingers
H Superficial thrombophlebitis
Description
Test results
Imaging
H Doppler ultrasonography shows diminished circulation in the peripheral vessels.
H Arteriography locates lesions and rules out atherosclerosis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Plethysmography helps detect decreased circulation
in the peripheral vessels.
Other
H Allens test results are abnormal. (See Performing
Allens test.)
tion that impairs circulation to the legs, feet and, occasionally, hands
H Sometimes called thromboangiitis obliterans
Pathophysiology
H Polymorphonuclear leukocytes infiltrate the walls of
occluding and obliterating portions of the small vessels, resulting in decreased blood flow to the feet and
legs.
H This diminished blood flow may produce ulceration
and, eventually, gangrene.
Treatment
Causes
General
H Unknown
H Linked to smoking (suggesting a hypersensitivity
H Smoking cessation
H Nothing by mouth, if surgery is needed
H Exercise program that uses gravity to fill and drain
reaction to nicotine)
Incidence
H More common in males than females
H Most patients ages 20 to 45
H Affects natives of India, Japan, and Korea and Ashke-
nazic Jews
Common characteristics
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as cefuroxime, gentamicin, and
ketarolac
Surgery
Complications
H Ulceration
H Muscle atrophy
H Gangrene
Assessment
History
H Exposure to secondhand smoke
H Use of nicotine patch
H Use of chewing tobacco
H Smoking
H Painful, intermittent claudication of the instep, aggra-
Physical findings
H Feet that are cold, numb, and cyanotic when exposed
to low temperatures
138
Buergers disease
or gangrene
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain tissue integrity
H carry out previous roles without the limitations of the
disease process
H develop adequate coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
H Position the patient for comfort with the head of the
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 139
Monitoring
H Skin integrity
H Peripheral circulation
H Infection
H Pain control
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoiding precipitating factors, such as emotional
stress, exposure to extreme temperatures, and
trauma
H proper foot care, especially the importance of wearing well-fitting shoes and cotton or wool socks.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a self-help group to help him
stop smoking.
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling, if
needed.
H If the patient has undergone amputation, refer him
Buergers disease
139
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 140
Bulimia nervosa
Overview
Description
H Behavioral disorder characterized by eating binges
Pathophysiology
H Decreased caloric intake depletes body fat and pro-
ties
Complications
H Dental caries
H Erosion of tooth enamel
H Parotitis
H Gum infections
H Electrolyte imbalances
H Dehydration
H Arrhythmias
H Cardiac failure
H Sudden death
H Esophageal tears
H Gastric ruptures
H Mucosal damage to intestine
H Suicide
tein stores.
H Estrogen deficiency occurs in women due to lack of
ergy fuel.
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
H Family disturbance or conflict
H Sexual abuse
H Maladaptive learned behavior
H Struggle for control or self-identity
H Cultural overemphasis on physical appearance
H Parental obesity
H Female gender
H Adolescent or young adult
Incidence
H Affects nine females for every one male
H Between 1% and 3% of adolescent and young fe-
Assessment
History
H Episodic binge eating
H Continues eating until abdominal pain, sleep, or the
Physical findings
H Thin or slightly overweight
H Use of diuretics, laxatives, vomiting, and exercise
H Abdominal and epigastric pain
H Amenorrhea
H Painless swelling of the salivary glands
H Unusual swelling of cheeks or jaw area
H Hoarseness
H Throat irritation or lacerations
H Calluses of the knuckles or abrasions and scars on
Special populations
Bulimia has been found to begin in adolescence or
early adulthood.
Common characteristics
H Strongly associated with depression
H Can occur simultaneously with anorexia nervosa
H More prone to psychoactive substance abuse
H Hyperactivity
H Peculiar eating habits or rituals
H Frequent weighing
H Perceived by others as a perfect student, mother,
or career woman
140
Bulimia nervosa
DSM-IV-TR criteria
Diagnosis of bulimia nervosa can be confirmed when
these criteria are met, on average, twice per week for
3 months:
H recurrent episodes of binge eating
H repeated inappropriate behaviors to prevent weight
gain.
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum electrolyte studies show elevated bicarbonate,
decreased potassium, and decreased sodium levels.
Other
H The Beck Depression Inventory may identify coexisting depression.
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 141
Treatment
General
H Inpatient or outpatient psychotherapy
H Self-help groups
H Drug rehabilitation
H Balanced diet
H Monitoring of eating pattern
H Monitoring of activity
Medications
H Antidepressant such as fluoxetine
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H acknowledge change in body image
H participate in decision-making about her case
H express positive feelings about self
H achieve expected state of wellness.
Nursing interventions
H Supervise mealtime and for a specified period after
Monitoring
H Suicide potential
H Elimination patterns
H Eating patterns
H Complications
H Response to treatment
H Activity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H importance of keeping a food journal
H risks of laxative, emetic, and diuretic abuse
H assertiveness training
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services or specialized
inpatient care.
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling.
Bulimia nervosa
141
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 142
Burns
Overview
Description
H Heat or chemical injury to tissue
H May be permanently disfiguring and incapacitating
H May be partial thickness or full thickness
Pathophysiology
Superficial, partial-thickness burns
H These burns cause localized injury to the epidermis
that isnt life-threatening.
Deep, partial-thickness burns
H These burns cause destruction of the epidermis and
some dermis resulting in thin-walled and fluid-filled
blisters.
H Nerve endings are exposed to air as blisters break.
H Pain develops when blisters are exposed to air.
H Barrier function of the skin is lost.
Full-thickness burns
H These burns affect every body system and organ and
extend into the subcutaneous tissue layer damaging
muscle, bone, and interstitial tissues.
H Interstitial fluids result in edema and an immediate
immunologic response occurs.
H These burns carry a threat of wound sepsis.
H Depending on the level of nerve damage, the patient
may have no pain.
Causes
H Residential fires
H Motor vehicle accidents
H Improper use or handling of matches
H Improperly stored gasoline
H Space heater or electrical malfunctions
H Improper handling of firecrackers
H Scalding accidents
H Child or elder abuse
H Contact, ingestion, inhalation, or injection of acids,
alkali, or vesicants
H Contact with faulty electrical wiring
H Contact with high-voltage power lines
H Chewing electric cords
H Friction or abrasion
H Sun exposure
Incidence
H Affects more than 2 million people each year
H 70,000 hospitalizations
H 20,000 specialized burn unit admissions
Common characteristics
Superficial, partial-thickness burns
H Localized pain
H Erythema
H Blanching
H Chills
H Headache
142
Burns
Complications
H Respiratory complications
H Sepsis
H Hypovolemic shock
H Anemia
H Malnutrition
H Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome
Assessment
History
H Cause of the burn revealed
H Preexisting medical conditions
Physical findings
H Depth and size of the burn assessed
H Severity of the burn estimated
H Major more than 10% of the patients body sur-
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas levels show hypoxia.
H Complete blood count shows decreased hemoglobin
level and hematocrit, if blood loss has occurred.
H Electrolyte levels are abnormal due to fluid losses
and shifts.
H Blood urea nitrogen levels are increased with fluid
losses.
9400B.qxd
8/2/12
4:25 PM
Page 143
glycogen storage.
H Urinalysis shows myoglobinuria and hemoglobinuria.
H Carboxyhemoglobin level is increased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show myocardial ischemia,
injury, or arrhythmias, especially in electrical burns.
H Fiber-optic bronchoscopy may show airway edema.
Treatment
General
H Burn source cessation
H Airway secured
H Hypoxia prevention
H Giving I.V. fluids through a large-bore I.V. line
Medications
H Booster of tetanus toxoid
H Analgesic such as morphine
H Antibiotics, such as gentamicin, tobramycin, and
spirometer use.
H Perform appropriate wound care.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
H Provide adequate hydration.
H Weigh the patient daily.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Perform range-of-motion exercises.
Monitoring
F
T
f
F
E
H Wound healing
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status, including pulse oximetry
H Signs of infection
H Intake and output
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Pain control
H Cardiac status
S
E
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the injury, diagnosis, and treatment
H appropriate wound care
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H developing a dietary plan
H signs and symptoms of complications.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to rehabilitation, if appropriate.
H Refer the patient to psychological counseling, if
needed.
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.
vancomycin
H Antianxiety agent such as lorazepam
Surgery
H Loose tissue and blister debridement
H Escharotomy
H Skin grafting
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased comfort and decreased pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility
H maintain fluid balance within the acceptable range
H maintain a patent airway
H demonstrate effective coping techniques.
Nursing interventions
H Apply immediate, aggressive burn treatment.
H Use strict sterile technique.
H Remove clothing thats still smoldering; soak first
Burns
143
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 144
Campylobacteriosis
Overview
Description
Common characteristics
Complications
H Bacteremia
H Severe dehydration and electrolyte disturbances
H Guillain-Barr syndrome
H Reiters syndrome
Pathophysiology
History
Causes
H Ingestion of contaminated food or water or unpas-
teurized milk
H Occasionally from infected pets or wild animals
H Contact with an infected persons stool
Risk factors
H Occupational exposure to cattle, sheep, and other
Assessment
Physical findings
H Cramping abdominal pain
H Nausea and vomiting
H Fever
H Traces of blood in the stool
Test results
Laboratory
H Stool culture identifies Campylobacter.
farm animals
H Laboratory worker
H Homosexual men
Treatment
Incidence
General
Contact precautions
In addition to standard precautions, follow these precautions:
H Place the patient in a private room. If a private room
isnt available, consult with infection control personnel.
As an alternative, he may be placed in a room with a
patient who has an active infection with the same microorganism.
H Wear gloves whenever you enter the patients room. Always change them after contact with infected material.
Remove them before leaving the room. Wash your
hands immediately with an antimicrobial soap, or rub
them with a waterless antiseptic. Then avoid touching
contaminated surfaces.
H Wear a gown when entering the patients room if you
think your clothing will have extensive contact with him
or anything in his room or if he has diarrhea or is incontinent. Remove the gown before leaving the room.
H Limit the patients movement from the room, and
check with infection control personnel whenever he
must leave it.
Medications
H Oral antibiotics, such as doxycycline, minocycline,
and tetracycline
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H regain or maintain normal fluid and electrolyte balance
H have an elimination pattern that returns to normal.
Nursing interventions
H Follow contact precautions for those with active diar-
rhea.
H Isolate a patient who cant practice good hygiene.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Replace lost fluids and electrolytes through diet or
I.V. fluids.
144
Campylobacteriosis
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 145
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Signs of dehydration
H Electrolytes
H Amount and characteristics of stool
H Abdominal status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H proper food-handling practices
H medications and possible adverse effects
H complications and when to notify the physician
H preventive measures.
Campylobacteriosis
145
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 146
Candidiasis
Overview
Description
H Mild, superficial fungal infection
H Can lead to severe disseminated infections and
Pathophysiology
H Change in the patients resistance to infection, his im-
Causes
Incidence
H Affects 14% of immunocompromised patients
H Affects males and females equally
H Can occur at any age
Common characteristics
H Causative fungi infecting the nails (paronychia), skin
Complications
H Dissemination with organ failure of the kidneys,
calis
Risk factors
H Maternal vaginitis present during vaginal delivery
H Preexisting diabetes mellitus, cancer, or immunosup-
pressant illness
H Immunosuppressant drug use
H Radiation
H Aging
H Irritation from dentures
H I.V. or urinary catheterization
H Drug abuse
Identifying thrush
Candidiasis of the oropharyngeal mucosa (thrush) causes
cream-colored or bluish white pseudomembranous patches on the tongue, mouth, or pharynx (as shown). Fungal
invasion may extend to circumoral tissues.
Assessment
History
H Underlying illness
H Recent course of antibiotic or antineoplastic therapy
H Drug abuse
H Hyperalimentation
Physical findings
H Scaly, erythematous, papular rash, possibly covered
Test results
Laboratory
H Fungal serological panel shows the presence of the
candidal organism.
146
Candidiasis
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 147
Treatment
General
H Treatment of predisposing condition
H No dietary restrictions unless oral infection
H With oral infection, spicy food only as tolerated
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
H Antifungals, such as amphotericin B, anidulafungin,
Surgery
H Abscess drainage; surgically or percutaneously
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express increased comfort
H avoid or have minimal complications
H maintain skin integrity
H express understanding of disorder and treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide a nonirritating mouthwash to loosen tena-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Blood urea nitrogen, serum creatinine, and urine
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H good oral hygiene practices
H (for a woman in her third trimester of pregnancy)
the need for examination for vaginitis to protect her
neonate from thrush infection at birth.
Candidiasis
147
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 148
Life-threatening disorder
Cardiac tamponade
Overview
Description
H Rapid increase in intrapericardial pressure caused
Pathophysiology
H Progressive accumulation of fluid in the pericardial
Causes
H May be idiopathic
H Effusion in cancer, bacterial infections, tuberculosis
Incidence
H More common in males than in females
H Occurs with 2% of penetrating chest traumas
Common characteristics
H Systemic hypotension
H Muffled heart sounds
H Jugular vein distention
Physical findings
H Vary with volume of fluid and speed of fluid accumu-
lation
H Diaphoresis
H Anxiety and restlessness
H Pallor or cyanosis
H Jugular vein distention
H Edema
H Rapid, weak pulses
H Hepatomegaly
H Decreased arterial blood pressure
H Increased central venous pressure
H Pulsus paradoxus
H Narrow pulse pressure
H Muffled heart sounds
Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show slightly widened mediastinum and
enlargement of the cardiac silhouette.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show low voltage complexes in the precordial leads.
H Hemodynamic monitoring shows equalization of
mean right atrial, right ventricular diastolic, pulmonary artery wedge, and left ventricular diastolic pressures.
H Echocardiography may show an echo-free space, indicating fluid accumulation in the pericardial sac.
Treatment
General
H Pericardiocentesis, if necessary
H Diet, as tolerated
H Bed rest with the head of the bed elevated at least 30
degrees
Medications
H Intravascular volume expansion
H Inotropic agents, such as digoxin, milrinon, and
inamrinone
H Oxygen
Surgery
H Cardiogenic shock
H Death
H Pericardial window
H Subxiphoid pericardiotomy
H Complete pericardectomy
H Thoracotomy
Assessment
Nursing considerations
History
Key outcomes
Complications
148
Cardiac tamponade
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 149
Aorta
Superior vena cava
Parietal pericardium
Visceral pericardium
Fibrous pericardium
Pericardial space
Attachment of fibrous
pericardium to diaphragm
Diaphragm
CARDIAC TAMPONADE
Aorta
Superior vena cava
Fibrous pericardium
Parietal pericardium
Visceral pericardium
Pericardial space filled
with excess fluid
Compressed heart
Diaphragm
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide reassurance.
H Assist with pericardiocentesis, if necessary.
H Infuse I.V. solutions, as ordered.
H Administer oxygen therapy, as needed.
H Maintain the chest drainage system, if used.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Signs and symptoms of increasing tamponade
H Cardiovascular status, including cardiac rhythm
H Hemodynamics
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Respiratory status
H Complications
H Pulse oximetry
H Jugular vein distention
H Chest tube drainage
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H preoperative and postoperative care
H emergency procedures.
Cardiac tamponade
149
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 150
Cardiomyopathy, dilated
Overview
Description
H Disease of the heart muscle fibers
H Also called congestive cardiomyopathy
Pathophysiology
H Extensively damaged myocardial muscle fibers re-
Complications
H Intractable heart failure
H Arrhythmias
H Emboli
Assessment
History
H Possible history of a disorder that can cause cardio-
myopathy
H Gradual onset of shortness of breath, orthopnea,
Causes
Physical findings
H Peripheral edema
H Jugular vein distention
H Ascites
H Peripheral cyanosis
H Tachycardia even at rest and pulsus alternans in late
Incidence
H Most commonly affects middle-aged males but can
Common characteristics
H Dyspnea on exertion
stages
H Hepatomegaly and splenomegaly
H Narrow pulse pressure
H Irregular rhythms, diffuse apical impulses, pansys-
tolic murmur
H S3 and S4 gallop rhythms
H Pulmonary crackles
ALERT
Dilated cardiomyopathy may need to be differentiated from other types of cardiomyopathy. (See Assessment findings in cardiomyopathies.)
Test results
150
Cardiomyopathy, dilated
Imaging
H Chest X-rays demonstrate moderate to marked cardiomegaly and possible pulmonary edema.
H Echocardiography may reveal ventricular thrombi,
global hypokinesis, and the degrees of left ventricular
dilation and systolic dysfunction.
H Gallium scans may identify patients with dilated cardiomyopathy and myocarditis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cardiac catheterization evaluates heart structure and
function.
H Transvenous endomyocardial biopsy may be useful in
determining underlying disorder in some patients.
H Electrocardiography evaluates ischemic heart disease
and identifies arrhythmias and intraventricular conduction defects.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 151
Assessment findings
Dilated cardiomyopathy
Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Angina, palpitations
Syncope
Orthopnea, dyspnea on exertion
Pulmonary congestion
Loud systolic murmur
Life-threatening arrhythmias
Sudden cardiac arrest
Restrictive cardiomyopathy
Treatment
General
H No ingestion of alcohol if cardiomyopathy caused by
alcoholism
H Low-sodium diet supplemented by vitamin therapy
H Rest periods
fatigue.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed medications.
H Alternate periods of rest with required activities of
daily living.
Special populations
A woman of childbearing age with dilated cardiomyopathy should avoid pregnancy.
Medications
H Cardiac glycoside such as digoxin
H Diuretic such as furosemide
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, such as
Surgery
H Heart transplantation
H Possible cardiomyoplasty
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output and hemodynamic
stability
H maintain adequate ventilation
Monitoring
H Vital signs and hemodynamics
H Cardiac rhythm
H Intake and output
H Daily weights
H Cardiovascular status
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H sodium and fluid restrictions
H signs and symptoms of worsening heart failure.
Discharge planning
H Refer family members to community cardiopul-
Cardiomyopathy, dilated
151
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 152
Cardiomyopathy,
hypertrophic
Overview
Description
Common characteristics
H Dyspnea
H Fatigue
H Signs of heart failure
Complications
H Pulmonary hypertension
H Heart failure
H Ventricular arrhythmias
Pathophysiology
H The hypertrophied ventricle becomes stiff, noncom-
to tachycardia.
H Reduced ventricular filling leads to low cardiac output. (See Understanding hypertrophic cardiomyopathy.)
Causes
Assessment
History
H Generally, no visible clinical features until disease
well advanced
H Atrial fibrillation
H Possible family history of hypertrophic cardiomyop-
athy
H Orthopnea
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Anginal pain
H Fatigue
H Syncope, even at rest
Physical findings
Incidence
H More common in males than females
H Affects 5 to 8 people per 100,000 in the United States
H More common in blacks
laterally
H Bibasilar crackles if heart failure present
H Harsh systolic murmur heard after S1 at the apex
H Possible S4
Understanding hypertrophic
cardiomyopathy
ALERT
Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy may need to be differentiated from other types of cardiomyopathy.
(See Assessment findings in cardiomyopathies, page
151.)
Test results
152
Cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show a mild to moderate increase
in heart size.
H Thallium scan usually reveals myocardial perfusion
defects.
H Angiography reveals a dilated, diffusely hypokinetic
left ventricle.
Diagnostic procedures
H Echocardiography shows left ventricular hypertrophy
and a thick, asymmetrical intraventricular septum in
obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, whereas
hypertrophy affects various ventricular areas in
nonobstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy.
H Cardiac catheterization reveals elevated left ventricular end-diastolic pressure and, possibly, mitral insufficiency.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 153
Treatment
General
H Cardioversion for atrial fibrillation
H Low-fat, low-sodium diet
H Fluid restrictions
H Avoidance of alcohol
H Activity limitations individualized
H Bed rest, if necessary
Medications
H Beta-adrenergic blocker such as propranolol
H Calcium channel blocker such as diltiazam
H Antiarrhythmic such as amiodarone (if atrioventricu-
ALERT
If beta-adrenergic blockers will be discontinued,
dont stop the drug abruptly; doing so may cause
rebound effects, resulting in myocardial infarction
or sudden death.
H Offer support and let the patient express his feelings.
H Allow the patient and his family to express their fears
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Cardiac rhythm
H Hemodynamics
H Intake and output
H Cardiovascular status
H Respiratory status (amiodarone may cause lung
toxicity)
H Emotional status
Patient teaching
ALERT
Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, nitrates, other beta-adrenergic blockers, and digoxin
are contraindicated in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy.
Surgery
H Ventricular myotomy alone or combined with mitral
valve replacement
H Heart transplantation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
Be sure to cover:
H that propranolol can cause depression and the need
to notify the physician if symptoms occur
H instructions to take medication as ordered
H the need to notify any physician caring for the patient
that he shouldnt be given nitroglycerin, digoxin, or
diuretics because they can worsen the obstruction
H the need for antibiotic prophylaxis before dental
work or surgery to prevent infective endocarditis
H warnings against strenuous activity, which may precipitate syncope or sudden death
H the need to avoid Valsalvas maneuver or sudden
position changes.
Discharge planning
H Refer family members to community cardiopulmo-
Nursing interventions
H Alternate periods of rest with required ADLs and
treatments.
H Provide personal care, as needed, to prevent fatigue.
H Provide active or passive range-of-motion exercises.
H Obtain daily weight.
H Administer prescribed medications.
Cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic
153
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 154
Cardiomyopathy,
restrictive
Common characteristics
Overview
H Fatigue
H Dyspnea
H Orthopnea
H Chest pain
H Edema
H Systolic murmurs
Description
Complications
H Heart failure
H Arrhythmias
H Systemic or pulmonary embolization
H Sudden death
Pathophysiology
H Stiffness of the ventricle is caused by left ventricular
Causes
H Idiopathic or associated with other disease (for ex-
Incidence
H Rare; accounts for 5% of all cases of primary heart
disease
H Occurs equally in males and females
Understanding restrictive
cardiomyopathy
Assessment
History
H Fatigue
H Viral infection
H Dyspnea
H Chest pain
Physical findings
H Peripheral edema
H Liver engorgement
H Peripheral cyanosis
H Pallor
H S3 or S4 gallop rhythms (due to heart failure)
H Systolic murmurs
ALERT
Restricted cardiomyopathy may need to be differentiated from other types of cardiomyopathy. (See
Assessment findings in cardiomyopathies, page 151.)
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count reveals eosinophilia.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray may reveal cardiomegaly.
H Echocardiography may reveal left ventricular muscle
mass, normal or reduced left ventricular cavity size,
and decreased systolic function.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may reveal low-voltage hypertrophy, arterioventricular conduction defects, and arrhythmias.
H Cardiac catheterization shows reduced systolic function and increased left ventricular end-diastolic pressures.
154
Cardiomyopathy, restrictive
Treatment
General
H Treatment of underlying cause
H Low-sodium diet
H Initially, bed rest, then activity, as tolerated
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 155
Medications
H Cardiac glycoside such as digoxin
H Diuretic such as furosemide
H Vasodilator such as isosorbide
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor such as
captopril
H Anticoagulant such as warfarin
H Corticosteroid such as prednisone
Surgery
H Permanent pacemaker
H Heart transplantation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output and hemodynamic
stability
H express understanding of the disorder
H recognize and accept limitations of chronic illness
H seek support and establish coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide psychological support.
H Provide appropriate diversionary activities for the pa-
Monitoring
H Cardiac rhythm
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Hemodynamics
H Daily weight
H Cardiovascular status
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H signs of digoxin toxicity
H importance of recording daily weight and reporting
weight gain of 2 lb (0.9 kg) or more
H dietary restrictions.
Discharge planning
H Refer for psychosocial counseling, as necessary, for
Cardiomyopathy, restrictive
155
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 156
Pathophysiology
H Space-occupying lesion or direct pressure within the
Overview
Description
H Compression of the median nerve in the wrist
H Most common nerve entrapment syndrome
H May pose a serious occupational health problem
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Repetitive wrist motions involving excessive flexion
or extension
Flexor
tendons
of fingers
Radial nerve
Median nerve
CARPAL
TUNNEL
Ulnar nerve
H Dislocation
H Acute sprain that may damage the median nerve
H Tumors
H Gout
H Amyloidosis
H Edema-producing conditions
Risk factors
H Diabetes
H Pregnancy
H Alcoholism
H Hypothyroidism
H Renal failure
Incidence
H Most common in females ages 30 to 60
H Occurs in people who move their wrists continually
Common characteristics
H Weakness, pain, burning, numbness, tingling in the
hand
H Thumb, forefinger, middle finger, and half of fourth
Complications
H Tendon inflammation
H Compression
H Neural ischemia
H Permanent nerve damage with loss of movement and
sensation
Assessment
History
H Occupation or hobby requiring strenuous or repeti-
tures
H Weakness, pain, burning, numbness, or tingling that
Transverse
carpal ligament
156
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 157
Physical findings
H Inability to make a fist
H Fingernails may be atrophied, with surrounding dry,
shiny skin
Test results
Imaging
H Electromyography shows a median nerve motor conduction delay of more than 5 milliseconds.
H Digital electrical stimulation shows median nerve
compression by measuring the length and intensity of
stimulation from the fingers to the median nerve in
the wrist.
Other
H Compression test result supports the diagnosis.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for occupational counseling if a job
change is necessary.
Treatment
General
H Conservative initially:
Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) such
as ibuprofen
H Corticosteroid such as prednisone
H Vitamin supplement such as vitamin B complex
Surgery
H Decompression of the nerve
H Neurolysis
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and pain relief
H maintain muscle strength
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H perform activities of daily living.
Nursing interventions
H Promote self-care.
H Give prescribed analgesics.
Monitoring
H Response to analgesia
H After surgery, vital signs
H Color, sensation, and motion of the affected hand
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H splint application
H hand exercises in warm water
157
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 158
Cataract
Overview
Description
H Opacity of the lens or lens capsule of the eye
H Common cause of gradual vision loss
H Commonly affects both eyes
H Traumatic cataracts usually unilateral
Pathophysiology
H The clouded lens blocks light shining through the
cornea.
H Images cast onto the retina are blurred.
H A hazy image is interpreted by the brain.
Causes
H Classified according to cause
Senile cataracts
H Chemical changes in lens proteins in elderly patients
Congenital cataracts
H Inborn errors of metabolism
H Maternal rubella infection during the first trimester
H Congenital anomaly
H Genetic causes (usually autosomal dominant)
H Recessive cataracts may be sex-linked
Traumatic cataracts
H Foreign bodies causing aqueous or vitreous humor
to enter lens capsule
Complicated cataracts
H Uveitis
H Glaucoma
H Retinitis pigmentosa
H Retinal detachment
H Diabetes
H Hypoparathyroidism
H Atopic dermatitis
H Ionizing radiation or infrared rays
Toxic cataracts
H Drug or chemical toxicity:
ergot
dinitrophenol
naphthalene
phenothiazines
Incidence
H Most prevalent in people older than age 70
Common characteristics
H Painless, gradual vision loss
H Glare
H Milky white pupil
Complications
H Hyphema
H Pupillary block glaucoma
H Retinal detachment
H Infection
Assessment
History
H Painless, gradual vision loss
H Blinding glare from headlights with night driving
H Poor reading vision
H Annoying glare
H Poor vision in bright sunlight
H Better vision in dim light than in bright light (central
opacity)
Physical findings
H Milky white pupil on inspection with a penlight
H Grayish white area behind the pupil (advanced
cataract)
H Red reflex lost (mature cataract)
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Indirect ophthalmoscopy reveals a dark area in the
normally homogeneous red reflex.
H Slit-lamp examination confirms lens opacity.
H Visual acuity test establishes the degree of vision loss.
Treatment
General
H Before surgery, eyeglasses and contact lenses that
Medications
For cataract removal
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as
ketorolac and bromfenac
Surgery
H Lens extraction and implantation of intraocular lens
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
158
Cataract
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 159
Lens
Cryoprobe
Cornea
Cystotome
Lens
Ultrasonic probe
Lens
Nursing interventions
H Perform routine postoperative care.
H Assist with early ambulation.
H Apply an eye shield or eye patch postoperatively, as
ordered.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Visual acuity
H Complications of surgery
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need to avoid activities that increase intraocular
pressure, such as straining with coughing, bowel
movements, or lifting
H the need to abstain from sexual intercourse until the
patient receives physicians approval
H proper instillation of ophthalmic ointment or drops.
ALERT
If the patient has increased eye discharge, sharp
eye pain thats unrelieved by analgesics, or deterioration in vision, instruct him to notify his physician immediately.
Cataract
159
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 160
Celiac disease
Overview
Description
H A multisystem intestinal intramucosal enzyme defect
H Characterized by poor food absorption and inability
Pathophysiology
H A toxic reaction in response to the ingestion of gluten
Causes
H Exact mechanism unknown
H Environmental factors
H Genetic predisposition (associated with a group of
genes on chromosome 6)
H May be autoimmune in nature
H Strongly associated with two human leukocyte antigen haplotypes, DR3 and DQw2
H Can appear at any time in a persons life
H Triggers include surgery, infection, severe emotional
stress, and childbirth
Risk factors
H Family history
Incidence
H Affects 1 in every 133 persons in United States
H Affects twice as many females as males
H Primarily affects whites and those of European ances-
try
H Commonly associated with type 1 diabetes mellitus,
Common characteristics
H Varying significantly from person to person
H Some people asymptomatic
Complications
Prognosis usually good with treatment compliance
Without treatment:
H Anemia
H Central and peripheral nervous system disorders
H Intestinal lymphomas
H Neurologic changes
H Osteoporosis or osteopenia
160
Celiac disease
H Pancreatic insufficiency
H Skin disorders (dermatitis herpetiformis)
H Unexplained infertility or miscarriage
H Vitamin K deficiency with risk of hemorrhage
H Vitamin and mineral deficiencies
Assessment
History
H GI symptoms, including chronic diarrhea or consti-
Physical findings
H Abdominal distention
H Muscle wasting
H Compression fractures
H Unexplained short stature
H Peripheral neuropathy
H Dry skin, eczema, psoriasis, dermatitis herpetiformis,
or acne rosacea
H Generalized fine, sparse, prematurely gray hair
H Brittle nails
H Localized hyperpigmentation on the face, lips, and
mucosa
H Pale sores inside the mouth, called aphthous ulcers
H Tooth discoloration or loss of enamel
Special populations
Infants, toddlers, and children are commonly
found to have delayed growth, failure to thrive,
rickets, vomiting, a bloated abdomen, and behavioral changes.
Test results
Laboratory
H Alkaline phosphatase level is elevated possibly due to
bone loss.
H Cholesterol, albumen, and serum carotene levels are
decreased and may reflect malabsorption and malnutrition.
H Unexplained decrease in hemoglobin level and
hematocrit is noted; white blood cell and platelet
counts are reduced.
H Liver enzyme levels are mildly elevated.
H Prothrombin time is decreased.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 161
specific indicator.
Patient teaching
endomysium antibodies (AEA), anti-tissue transglutaminase (tTGA), and antigliadin (IgA and IgG) levels
are elevated.
Diagnostic procedures
H Small-bowel biopsy specimens obtained by esophagogastroduodenoscopy show histologic changes that
confirm the diagnosis.
Treatment
General
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and its treatment
H the reasons for not beginning a gluten-free diet before a diagnosis is made
H foods that are allowed on a gluten-free diet
H food product labels and how to identify ingredients
that may contain hidden gluten
H that gluten may be used as a binder in some medications and vitamins as well as stamp and envelope adhesives
H importance of contacting a dietitian
H testing of family members.
Medications
H Corticosteroids for short-term use
H Supportive treatment with vitamin B12, iron, folic
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of the disease and treatment
regimen
H consume an adequate number of calories daily
H express feelings of comfort and decreased pain
H develop a normal bowel elimination pattern
H demonstrate adaptive coping behaviors.
Nursing interventions
H Assess the patients acceptance and understanding of
tion as ordered.
H Provide fluid replacement as ordered, and observe
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of complications
H Compliance with dietary restrictions
H Nutritional status
H Frequency and characteristics of stools
Celiac disease
161
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 162
Cellulitis
Overview
Description
H Acute infection of the dermis and subcutaneous tis-
Complications
H Sepsis
H Deep vein thrombosis (DVT)
H Progression of cellulitis
H Local abscesses
H Thrombophlebitis
H Lymphangitis
H Amputation
wound
H Prognosis usually good with timely treatment
H With other comorbidities, such as diabetes, in-
Pathophysiology
H A break in skin integrity almost always precedes in-
fection.
H As the offending organism invades the compromised
Causes
H Bacterial infections, usually by Staphylococcus au-
Risk factors
H Venous and lymphatic compromise
H Edema
H Diabetes mellitus
H Underlying skin lesion
H Prior trauma
Special populations
Cellulitis of the lower extremity is more likely to
develop into thrombophlebitis in an elderly patient.
Incidence
H Occurs most commonly in the lower extremities
H Affects males and females equally
Special populations
Perianal cellulitis occurs more commonly in children, especially boys.
Assessment
History
H Presence of one or more risk factors
H Tenderness
H Pain at the site and possibly surrounding area
H Erythema and warmth
H Edema
H Possible fever, chills, malaise
Physical findings
H Erythema with indistinct margins
H Fever
H Warmth and tenderness of the skin
H Regional lymph node enlargement and tenderness
H Red streaking visible in skin proximal to area of cel-
lulitis
Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count shows mild leukocytosis.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate shows mild elevation.
H Culture and Gram stain may show the causative
organism.
Treatment
General
H Immobilization and elevation of the affected
extremity
H Moist heat
H Well-balanced diet
H Bed rest, with the head of bed elevated at least
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as cefuroxime and cephalexin
H Topical antifungal such as mupirocin
H Analgesics, such as ibuprofen and acetaminophen
Surgery
H Tracheostomy possibly needed for severe cellulitis of
Common characteristics
H Tenderness
H Pain
H Erythema
H Warmth
H Edema
162
Cellulitis
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 163
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid injury
H express feelings of increased comfort
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
H verbalize feelings and concerns.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Elevate affected extremity.
H Apply moist heat, as ordered.
H Encourage a well-balanced diet.
H Encourage adequate fluid intake.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings and concerns.
H Institute safety precautions.
H Institute contact precautions if a draining wound is
present.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Pain control
H Edema
H Laboratory results
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Complications
H Cellulitis progression
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H use of warm compresses
H signs and symptoms of infection
H prevention of injury and trauma
H infection control
H signs and symptoms of DVT.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for management of diabetes melli-
tus, as indicated.
Cellulitis
163
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 164
Cerebral contusion
Overview
Description
H Ecchymosis of brain tissue resulting from injury to
the head
Pathophysiology
H Trauma to the head causes tearing or twisting of the
Causes
Test results
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan shows contusion.
Treatment
General
H Establishment of a patent airway
H Administration of oxygen as needed
H Administration of I.V. fluids
H Minimization of environmental stimuli
H Activity based on neurologic status
H Initially, bed rest with the head of bed elevated at
least 30 degrees
H Avoidance of contact sports
H Acceleration-deceleration or coup-contrecoup
Medications
injuries
H Head trauma
Risk factors
H Craniotomy
Surgery
H Unsteady gait
H Participation in contact sports
H Receiving anticoagulant therapy
Nursing considerations
Incidence
Key outcomes
Common characteristics
H Change in level of consciousness
H Hypertension
H Dizziness
H Headache
H Nausea and vomiting
H Pupil changes
H Hemiparesis
H Memory loss or forgetfulness
H Seizure
Nursing interventions
H Perform neurologic examinations.
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Give prescribed drugs (no aspirin).
H Protect from injury.
H Institute seizure precautions.
Complications
Monitoring
H Intracranial hemorrhage
H Hematoma
H Tentorial herniation
H Increased intracranial pressure (see What happens
H Vital signs
H Neurologic and respiratory status
H Check for cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) leakage
H Pain control
Assessment
History
H Head injury or motor vehicle accident
H Loss of consciousness
Physical findings
H Unconscious patient: pale and motionless; altered
vital signs
H Conscious patient: drowsy or easily disturbed
H Scalp wound
H Possible involuntary evacuation of bowel and bladder
H Hemiparesis
164
Cerebral contusion
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need to avoid coughing, sneezing, or blowing the
nose until after recovery
H observation for CSF drainage
H how to detect and report mental status changes
H signs and symptoms of infection.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a neurologist for follow-up, as
indicated.
H Refer the patient for rehabilitation, as needed.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 165
Passive dilation
Cellular hypoxia
BRAIN DEATH
Cerebral contusion
165
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 166
Cerebral palsy
H Poisoning
H Any condition resulting in cerebral thrombus or em-
bolus
Overview
Description
H Most common crippling neuromuscular disease in
children
H Comprises several neuromuscular disorders
H Results from prenatal, perinatal, or postnatal central
Pathophysiology
H A lesion or an abnormality occurs in the early stages
of brain development.
H Structural and functional defects occur, impairing
Incidence
H Highest in premature neonates and in those who are
Common characteristics
H Excessive lethargy or irritability
H High-pitched cry
H Poor head control
H Weak sucking reflex
H Delayed motor development
H Abnormal head circumference
H Abnormal postures
H Abnormal reflexes
H Abnormal muscle tone and performance
Complications
H Seizure disorders
H Speech, vision, and hearing problems
H Language and perceptual deficits
H Mental retardation (in up to 40% of patients)
H Dental problems
H Respiratory difficulties
H Poor swallowing and gag reflexes
birth.
Assessment
Causes
History
166
Cerebral palsy
Physical findings
H Child with retarded growth and development
H Difficulty chewing and swallowing
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 167
Test results
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging of the brain may show structural abnormalities of the brain such as cerebral atrophy.
H EEG may show the source of seizure activity.
Treatment
General
Monitoring
H Braces or splints
H Special appliances, such as adapted eating utensils
H Pain control
H Seizure activity
H Speech
H Visual and auditory acuity
H Respiratory status
H Swallowing function
H Neurologic status
H Nutritional status
H Skin integrity
H Motor development
H Muscle strength
Medications
H Anticonvulsant such as phenytoin
H Muscle relaxant such as dantrolene
H Antianxiety agent such as lorazepam
Surgery
H Orthopedic surgery
H Neurosurgery
Patient teaching
Nursing considerations
Be sure to cover:
H the prescribed medication regimen
H adverse drug reactions
H daily skin inspection and massage
H the need to place food far back in patients mouth to
facilitate swallowing
H the need to chew food thoroughly
H drinking through a straw
H sucking lollipops to develop muscle control
H proper nutrition
H opportunities for learning, such as summer camps or
Special Olympics
H correct use of assistive devices.
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H consume calorie requirements daily
H express positive feelings about self
H maintain joint mobility and ROM
H develop adequate coping mechanisms
H develop effective communication skills.
Nursing interventions
H Speak slowly and distinctly.
H Give all care in an unhurried manner.
H Allow participation in care decisions.
H Provide a diet with adequate calories. Stroking the
Discharge planning
H Refer family members to community support groups
Cerebral palsy
167
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 168
Cervical cancer
Incidence
H Typically occurs between ages 30 and 45; rarely,
before age 20
Overview
Description
H Proliferation of cancer cells in the cervix
H Third most common cancer of the female reproduc-
tive system
H Classified as either preinvasive (curable in 75% to
90% of patients with early detection and proper
treatment) or invasive
Pathophysiology
Preinvasive cancer
H Preinvasive cancer ranges from minimal cervical dysplasia, in which the lower third of the epithelium
contains abnormal cells, to carcinoma in situ, in
which the full thickness of the epithelium contains
abnormally proliferating cells.
Invasive cancer
H Cancer cells penetrate the basement membrane and
can spread directly to contiguous pelvic structures or
disseminate to distant sites by way of lymphatic
routes.
H Most (95%) cases are squamous cell carcinoma; 5%
of cases are adenocarcinomas.
Common characteristics
H Abnormal vaginal bleeding
Complications
H Renal failure
H Distant metastasis
H Vaginal stenosis
H Ureterovaginal or vesicovaginal fistula
H Proctitis
H Cystitis
H Bowel obstruction
Assessment
History
H One or more risk factors present
Preinvasive cancer
H No symptoms or other clinical changes
Invasive cancer
H Abnormal vaginal bleeding or discharge
H Gradually increasing flank pain
Physical findings
H Unknown
H Vaginal discharge
H Postcoital bleeding
H Irregular bleeding
Risk factors
Test results
Imaging
H Lymphangiography can show metastasis.
H Cystography can show metastasis.
H Organ and bone scans can show metastasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Papanicolaou (Pap) test shows abnormal cells, and
colposcopy shows the source of the abnormal cells
seen on the Pap test. (See Testing for cervical cancer.)
H Cone or punch biopsy is performed if endocervical
curettage is positive.
H Vira Pap test permits examination of the specimens
deoxyribonucleic acid structure to detect HPV.
Causes
age 16)
H Multiple sexual partners
H Multiple pregnancies
H Human papillomavirus (HPV) infection
H Bacterial or viral venereal infections
H Exposure to diethylstilbestrol in utero
H Human immunodeficiency virus
H Smoking (see Preventing cervical cancer)
Prevention
168
Cervical cancer
Treatment
General
H Accurate clinical staging used to determine type of
treatment
H Well-balanced diet, as tolerated
Medications
H Chemotherapy, such as bleomycin, cisplatin, ifos-
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 169
Surgery
Preinvasive lesions
H Total excisional biopsy
H Cryosurgery
H Laser destruction
H Conization, followed by frequent Pap test follow-ups
H Hysterectomy (rare)
Invasive squamous cell carcinoma
H Radical hysterectomy and radiation therapy (internal,
external, or both)
H Pelvic exenteration (rare; may be performed for recurrent cervical cancer)
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease process, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of follow-up care
H how treatment wont radically alter the patients
lifestyle or prohibit sexual intimacy
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express increased comfort and decreased pain
H express feelings and perceptions about changes in
sexual activity
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H experience no signs or symptoms of infection
H use support systems and develop coping strategies.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Give prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Complications
H Pain control
H Vaginal discharge
H Renal status
H Response to treatment
Cervical cancer
169
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 170
Chalazion
H Infection
H Vision disturbance
Overview
Assessment
Description
History
H Nodule on eyelid
H Rosacea or blepharitis
eyelid
H May become large enough to press on the eyeball,
Physical findings
producing astigmatism
H May be chronic
Pathophysiology
Recognizing chalazion)
Test results
Other
H Visual examination and palpation of the eyelid
reveals chalazion.
H Biopsy rules out meibomian cancer.
Causes
H Rosacea
H Chronic blepharitis
H Seborrhea
H Meibomian cancer
Treatment
General
H Warm compresses to the affected eyelid
Incidence
Medications
groups, possibly because of that groups higher incidence of rosacea and blepharitis
H More common in adults ages 30 to 50
Common characteristics
Surgery
H Incision and curettage of the chalazion under local
anesthetic (possibly)
Complications
H Cosmetic deformity
H Bleeding after surgery
Recognizing chalazion
A chalazion is a nontender granulomatous inflammation of
a meibomian gland on the upper or lower eyelid.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report improvement of condition of eyelid
H maintain positive outlook regarding body image
H remain free from signs of bleeding or infection.
Nursing interventions
H Apply warm compress after surgery.
H Apply eye patch to the affected eye for 24 hours. (See
Monitoring
H Bleeding (after surgery)
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper instillation of eyedrops
H signs and symptoms of infection
H reporting recurrence.
170
Chalazion
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 171
A pressure patch, which is markedly thicker than a singlethickness gauze patch, exerts extra tension against the
closed eye. After placing the initial gauze pad, build it up
with additional gauze pieces. Tape it firmly so that the
patch exerts even pressure against the closed eye (as
shown).
ALERT
Tell the patient to start applying warm compresses
at the first sign of lid irritation to increase the
blood supply and keep the lumen open.
Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up care, as ordered.
Chalazion
171
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 172
Chancroid
Overview
Common characteristics
Description
adenitis
H Common cause of genital ulcers in patients in devel-
oping countries
Pathophysiology
H Organisms are carried from the site of entry through
Causes
H Haemophilus ducreyi, a short, nonmotile, gram-
negative bacillus
Risk factors
H Poor personal hygiene
H Unprotected sex
H Multiple sex partners
H Uncircumcised males
Incidence
H Increasing in the United States
Chancroidal lesion
Chancroid produces a soft, painful chancre, similar to that
of syphilis. Without treatment, it may progress to inguinal
adenitis and formation of buboes (enlarged, inflamed
lymph nodes).
Complications
H Phimosis and urethral fistulas in males
H Secondary infection
H Abscess formation
H Inguinal adenitis and formation of buboes
Assessment
History
H May report unprotected sexual contact with an infect-
Physical findings
H Genital area initially with single or multiple papules
Test results
Laboratory
H Cultures from the lesion show H. ducreyi.
Treatment
General
H Aspiration of fluid-filled nodes
H Good personal hygiene
H Abstinence from sexual activity (until genital lesions
are healed)
H Evaluation of patient for syphilis, herpes simplex
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as azithromycin, doxycycline,
Surgery
H Surgical drainage for large abscess
172
Chancroid
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 173
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H communicate feelings about changes in body image
H regain skin integrity with decrease in size of chancroids
H state infection risk factors
H voice feelings about changes in sexual activity.
Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Wash the affected area with soap and water, followed
by a bactericidal agent.
H Dry the affected area thoroughly.
H Report all cases of chancroid to the local board of
health.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of medications
H Compliance with treatment regimen
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H need to avoid applying creams, lotions, or oils on or
near genitalia or on other lesion sites
H abstaining from sexual contact until follow-up shows
that healing is complete
H proper washing techniques of the genitalia
H HIV infection and recommend testing
H following safer sex practices.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and affected sexual partners for
treatment.
Chancroid
173
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 174
Chlamydial infections
Overview
Description
H Infection that results in urethritis in males, cervicitis
Assessment
History
H Unprotected sexual contact with an infected person
H Previous STD
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
Female
H Pelvic or abdominal pain
H Dyspareunia
H Cervical erosion
H Mucopurulent discharge
H Dysuria
H Urinary frequency
Male
H Dysuria
H Urinary frequency
H Pruritus
H Urethral discharge (copious and purulent)
H Meatal erythema
H Severe scrotal pain
Lymphogranuloma venereum
H Painless vesicle or nonindurated ulcer, 2 to 3 mm in
diameter, on the glans or shaft of the penis; on the
labia, vagina, or cervix; or in the rectum
H Enlarged inguinal lymph nodes
H Regional nodes appearing as series of bilateral
buboes
H Untreated buboes possibly rupturing and forming
sinus tracts that discharge thick, yellow, granular
secretion
Causes
H Transmission of Chlamydia trachomatis, by sexual
Risk factors
H Multiple sex partners or new sex partner
H Unprotected sex
H Coinfection with another STD
Incidence
H About 4 million cases annually
H Affects primarily the Native American population of
Special populations
Chlamydial infections have a 10% incidence
among sexually active adolescent girls.
Common characteristics
H Primarily occurring after vaginal or rectal inter-
Complications
H Infertility
H Pelvic inflammatory disease
174
Chlamydial infections
Test results
Laboratory
H Swab culture of the infection site shows C. trachomatis. (See Chlamydia trachomatis.)
H Culture of aspirated blood, pus, or cerebrospinal
fluid establishes epididymitis, prostatitis, and
lymphogranuloma venereum.
H Serologic studies reveal previous exposure.
H Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay shows C. trachomatis antibody.
Treatment
General
H Symptomatic treatment (sex partners also treated)
H Abstinence from sexual activity until infection re-
solved
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 175
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as azithromycin, doxycycline,
Chlamydia trachomatis
In chlamydial infections, microscopic examination reveals
Chlamydia trachomatis, a unicellular parasite with a rigid
cell wall.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H voice feelings about changes in sexuality
H express concern about self-concept, self-esteem, and
body image
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H express relief from pain.
Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Check the neonate of an infected mother for signs of
infection.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide appropriate skin care.
H Report cases of chlamydial infection to the local
board of health.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of medication
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, signs and symptoms, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H abstinence from intercourse or use of condoms
H importance of getting tested for the human immunodeficiency virus
H dealing with long-term risks and complications from
infection
H transmission of infection
H prevention of STDs by following safer sex practices
H follow-up care
H complications.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services.
H Advise rescreenings at 3 to 4 months and annual
Chlamydial infections
175
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 176
Cholelithiasis,
cholecystitis,
and related disorders
Overview
Description
Cholelithiasis
H Leading biliary tract disease
H Formation of calculi (gallstones) in the gallbladder
Cholecystitis
H Related disorder that arises from formation of gallstones
H Acute or chronic inflammation of gallbladder
H Usually caused by a gallstone lodged in the cystic
duct
H Acute form most common during middle age
H Chronic form most common among elderly persons
Choledocholithiasis
H Related disorder arising from formation of gallstones
H Partial or complete biliary obstruction due to gallstones lodged in the common bile duct
Cholangitis
H Related disorder that arises from formation of gallstones
H Infected bile duct
H Commonly linked to choledocholithiasis
H Rapid response of nonsuppurative type to antibiotic
treatment
H Poor prognosis of suppurative type unless surgery to
correct obstruction and drain infected bile performed promptly
Gallstone ileus
H Related disorder that arises from obstruction of the
small bowel by a gallstone
H Most common in elderly persons
Pathophysiology
H Calculi formation in the biliary system causes ob-
struction.
Risk factors
H High-calorie, high-cholesterol diet
H Obesity
H Elevated estrogen levels due to hormonal contracep-
Incidence
H Six times more common in females ages 20 to 50
H Males and females equal after age 50; increases with
Common characteristics
H Epigastric or right upper quadrant abdominal pain
H Nausea, vomiting
H Low-grade fever
H Abdominal distention
Complications
Cholelithiasis
H Cholangitis
H Cholecystitis
H Choledocholithiasis
H Gallstone ileus
Cholecystitis
H Gallbladder complications, such as empyema,
hydrops or mucocele, and gangrene
H Chronic cholecystitis and cholangitis
Choledocholithiasis
H Cholangitis
H Obstructive jaundice
H Pancreatitis
H Secondary biliary cirrhosis
Cholangitis
H Septic shock
H Death
Gallstone ileus
H Bowel obstruction
Causes
H Calculi formation; type of disorder that develops de-
176
Assessment
History
H Gallbladder disease possibly producing no symptoms
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 177
acute attack; indigestion, vague abdominal discomfort, belching, and flatulence after eating meals or
snacks rich in fats
H Bile salts
H Analgesics
H Antispasmodics
H Anticholinergics
H Antiemetics
H Antibiotics
Physical findings
Surgery
H Severe pain
H Pallor
H Diaphoresis
H Low-grade fever (high in cholangitis)
H Exhaustion
H Jaundice (chronic)
H Dark-colored urine and clay-colored stools
H Tachycardia
H Tenderness over the gallbladder, which increases on
lecystectomy with operative cholangiography, choledochostomy, or exploration of the common bile duct
Other
H Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography to
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood studies may reveal elevated levels of serum alkaline phosphatase, lactate dehydrogenase, aspartate
aminotransferase, icteric index, and total bilirubin;
white blood cell count is slightly elevated during
cholecystitis attack.
Imaging
H Plain abdominal X-rays show gallstones if they contain enough calcium to be radiopaque. X-rays are
also helpful in identifying porcelain gallbladder, limy
bile, and gallstone ileus.
H Ultrasonography of the gallbladder confirms
cholelithiasis in most patients and distinguishes between obstructive and nonobstructive jaundice; calculi as small as 2 mm can be detected.
H Oral cholecystography confirms the presence of gallstones, although this test is gradually being replaced
by ultrasonography.
H Technetium-labeled iminodiacetic acid scan of the
gallbladder indicates cystic duct obstruction and
acute or chronic cholecystitis if the gallbladder cant
be seen.
Diagnostic procedures
H Percutaneous transhepatic cholangiography, imaging
performed under fluoroscopic guidance, supports
the diagnosis of obstructive jaundice and is used to
visualize calculi in the ducts.
Treatment
General
H Low-fat diet
H Nothing by mouth if surgery required
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
Nursing interventions
H Position the patient for comfort and reposition at
spirometer use.
H Encourage early ambulation postoperatively.
H Maintain nothing-by-mouth status.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Pain control
H Abdominal status
H Respiratory status
After surgery
H T tube patency and drainage
H Cardiac status
H Postoperative complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to breathe deeply, cough, expectorate, and perform leg exercises that are necessary after surgery
H dietary modifications
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H wound care.
177
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 178
Cholera
Overview
Description
H Acute enterotoxin-mediated GI infection
H Transmitted through food and water contaminated
Pathophysiology
H Humans are the only hosts and victims of V. choler-
Causes
H Gram-negative bacillus V. cholerae
Risk factors
H Deficiency or absence of hydrochloric acid
Incidence
H Most common in Africa, Southern and Southeast
Common characteristics
H Acute, painless, profuse, watery diarrhea
H Effortless vomiting (without preceding nausea)
Complications
H Dehydration
H Hypovolemic shock
H Metabolic acidosis
H Uremia
H Coma and death
Assessment
History
H Profuse, watery diarrhea
H Vomiting
H Intense thirst
H Weakness
H Muscle cramps (especially in the extremities)
Physical findings
H Stools containing white flecks of mucus (rice-water
stools)
178
Cholera
Test results
Laboratory
H A culture of V. cholerae from feces or vomitus indicates cholera.
H Microscopic examination of fresh feces shows rapidly moving bacilli (like shooting stars).
H Agglutination reveals reactions to group- and typespecific antisera.
Other
H In endemic areas or during epidemics, typical clinical features strongly suggest cholera.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 179
Treatment
General
H Standard precautions
H Supportive care
H Increased fluid intake
Medications
H Rapid I.V. infusion of large amounts (50 to 100 ml/
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H regain and maintain adequate fluid and electrolyte
balance
H have normal elimination patterns
H have stable vital signs
H produce adequate urine volume.
Nursing interventions
H Maintain standard precautions.
H Carefully observe jugular veins.
H Administer prescribed medications.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Laboratory values
H I.V. infusion
H Jugular veins
H Respiratory status
H GI status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H administration of cholera vaccine to travelers in
endemic areas
H proper hand-washing technique
H need for increased fluid intake.
Discharge planning
H Explain the use of oral tetracycline to family mem-
bers.
H If the physician orders a cholera vaccine, tell the
Cholera
179
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 180
Incidence
H Affects people of all ages, occupations, and income
levels
H More common in females than in males or children,
Special populations
Description
H Characterized by prolonged overwhelming fatigue
H Also called chronic fatigue syndrome, chronic
Chronic fatigue and immune dysfunction syndrome is most prevalent among professionals in
their 20s and 30s.
Pathophysiology
Common characteristics
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Possibly cytomegalovirus, herpes simplex virus types
Risk factors
H Genetic predisposition
H Hormonal balance
H Neuropsychiatric factors
H Gender
H Previous illness
H Stressful environment
180
Complications
H Social and occupational impairment
Assessment
History
H Characteristic complaints of prolonged, overwhelm-
Physical findings
H Myalgia
H Cognitive dysfunction
Test results
Laboratory
H Lymphocyte differential reveals reduced natural killer
cell cytotoxicity, abnormal CD4+:CD8+ T-cell ratios,
and mild lymphocytosis.
H Immunoglobulin profile shows decreased immunoglobulin subclasses.
H Immune complex profile reveals circulating immune
complexes.
H Antimicrosomal antibody testing reveals increased
levels of antimicrosomal antibodies.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 181
Treatment
General
H Focus on supportive care
H Psychiatric evaluation
H Behavioral therapy
H Well-balanced diet high in vitamins and minerals
H Physical therapy
H Frequent rest periods, as needed
H Avoidance of strenuous activities
Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug such as ibu-
profen
H Antidepressants, such as sertraline and paroxetine
H Antihistamines, such as loratidine and fexofenidine
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H verbally report having an increased energy level
H express feelings about diminished capacity to
perform usual roles
H recognize limitations imposed by illness
H make decisions regarding the course of treatment
and management of the illness
H voice feelings related to self-esteem.
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Begin a graded exercise program.
H Administer prescribed medications.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of medication
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need to decrease activities when fatigue is
greatest
H the need to avoid bed rest, which has no proven
therapeutic value
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H appropriate activity planning.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services.
181
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 182
Cirrhosis
Overview
Description
H Chronic hepatic disease
H Several types
Pathophysiology
H Diffuse destruction and fibrotic regeneration of
Causes
Lannecs or micronodular cirrhosis
(alcoholic or portal cirrhosis)
H Chronic alcoholism
H Malnutrition
Postnecrotic or macronodular cirrhosis
H Complication of viral hepatitis
H Possible after exposure to such liver toxins as
arsenic, carbon tetrachloride, and phosphorus
Biliary cirrhosis
H Prolonged biliary tract obstruction or inflammation
Idiopathic cirrhosis (cryptogenic)
H No known cause
H Sarcoidosis
H Chronic inflammatory bowel disease
Risk factors
H Alcoholism
H Toxins
H Biliary obstruction
H Hepatitis
H Metabolic disorders
Incidence
H Tenth most common cause of death in the United
States
H Most common among those ages 45 to 75
H Occurs in twice as many males as females
Common characteristics
H Abdominal pain
H Pruritus
H Jaundice
H Ascites
H Indigestion
H Anemia
Complications
H Portal hypertension
H Bleeding esophageal varices
H Hepatic encephalopathy
H Hepatorenal syndrome
H Death
182
Cirrhosis
Assessment
History
H Chronic alcoholism
H Malnutrition
H Viral hepatitis
H Exposure to liver toxins such as arsenic and certain
medications
H Prolonged biliary tract obstruction or inflammation
Early stage
H Vague signs and symptoms
H Abdominal pain
H Diarrhea, constipation
H Fatigue
H Nausea, vomiting
H Muscle cramps
Later stage
H Chronic dyspepsia
H Constipation
H Pruritus
H Weight loss
H Bleeding tendency, such as frequent nosebleeds, easy
bruising, and bleeding gums
Physical findings
H Telangiectasis on the cheeks
H Spider angiomas on the face, neck, arms, and trunk
H Gynecomastia
H Umbilical hernia
H Distended abdominal blood vessels
H Ascites
H Testicular atrophy
H Menstrual irregularities
H Palmar erythema
H Clubbed fingers
H Thigh and leg edema
H Ecchymosis
H Jaundice
H Palpable, large, firm liver with a sharp edge (early
finding)
H Enlarged spleen
H Asterixis
H Slurred speech, paranoia, hallucinations
Test results
Laboratory
H Liver enzyme levels, such as alanine aminotransferase, aspartate aminotransferase, total serum bilirubin, and indirect bilirubin are elevated.
H Total serum albumin and protein levels are decreased.
H Prothrombin time is prolonged.
H Hemoglobin, hematocrit, and serum electrolyte levels
are decreased.
H Vitamins A, C, and K are deficient.
H Urine levels of bilirubin and urobilinogen are increased; fecal urobilinogen levels are decreased.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 183
Imaging
H Abdominal X-rays show an enlarged liver and spleen
and cysts or gas in the biliary tract or liver; liver calcification; and massive ascites.
H Computed tomography and liver scans determine
liver size, identify liver masses, and visualize hepatic
blood flow and obstruction.
H Radioisotope liver scans show liver size, blood flow,
or obstruction.
Diagnostic procedures
H Liver biopsy is the definitive test for cirrhosis, revealing hepatic tissue destruction and fibrosis.
H Esophagogastroduodenoscopy reveals bleeding
esophageal varices, stomach irritation or ulceration,
and duodenal bleeding and irritation.
Treatment
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Laboratory values
H Hydration and nutritional status
H GI status
H Cardiovascular status
H Hemodynamic status
H Respiratory status
H Abdominal girth
H Weight
H Bleeding tendencies
H Skin integrity
H Changes in mentation, behavior
H Neurologic status
General
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H over-the-counter medications that may increase
bleeding tendencies
H dietary modifications
H the need to avoid infections and abstain from alcohol
H the need to avoid sedatives and acetaminophen (hepatotoxic)
H high-calorie diet and small, frequent meals.
Medications
Discharge planning
priate.
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling, if
needed.
Surgery
H May be required to divert ascites into venous circula-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain caloric intake, as required
H maintain normal fluid volume
H incur no injuries
H exhibit no bleeding.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed I.V. fluids and blood products.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
Cirrhosis
183
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 184
midline
H May affect just the lip or extend into the upper jaw or
Pathophysiology
H Chromosomal abnormality, exposure to teratogens,
ALERT
Isolated cleft palate occurs more commonly with
congenital defects other than isolated cleft lip. The
constellation of U-shaped cleft palate, mandibular
hypoplasia, and glossoptosis known as Robin sequence can occur as an isolated defect or one feature of many different syndromes.These infants
should have comprehensive genetic evaluation. Because of their mandibular hypoplasia and glossoptosis, the airway in infants with Robin sequence
must be carefully evaluated and managed.
Common characteristics
H Obvious cleft lip or cleft palate
H Feeding difficulties from incomplete fusion of the
palate
Complications
H Malnutrition
H Hearing impairment
H Permanent speech impediment
Assessment
History
H Family history of cleft defects
H Maternal exposure to teratogens during pregnancy
H Clinical presentation obvious at birth
Physical findings
H Cleft that runs from the soft palate forward to either
Test results
Imaging
H Prenatal targeted ultrasound reveals abnormality.
Treatment
General
H Orthodontic prosthesis to improve sucking
H Use of a contoured speech bulb attached to the pos-
Medications
ALERT
Causes
H Chromosomal or Mendelian syndrome (cleft defects
Incidence
H Twice as common in males than in females
H More common in children with a family history of
cleft defects
H Cleft lip with or without cleft palate occurs in about 1
184
Surgery
H Surgical correction of cleft lip in the first few days of
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 185
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit normal growth and development patterns
within the confines of the disorder
H not aspirate feedings.
The family will:
H express an understanding of the condition and
treatment
H seek appropriate resources to assist with coping.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage the mother of an infant with cleft lip to
ALERT
Never place a child with Robin sequence on his
back because his tongue could fall back and obstruct his airway. Place the infant on his side for
sleeping. Most other infants with a cleft palate can
sleep on their backs without difficulty.
Monitoring
H Swallowing ability
H Weight gain
H Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H treatment plan
H how to best feed the infant
H burping the infant frequently
H gently cleaning the palatal cleft with a cotton-tipped
applicator dipped in half-strength hydrogen peroxide
or water after each feeding.
CLEFT PALATE
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to speech therapy to correct speech
patterns.
H Refer the parents to a social worker who can guide
185
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 186
Clostridium difficile
infection
Overview
Description
H A gram-positive anaerobic bacterium commonly
H Hemorrhage
H Pseudomembranous colitis
Assessment
History
H Recent antibiotic therapy
H Abdominal pain
H Cramping
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
H Antibiotics may trigger toxin production.
H Toxin A mediates alteration in fluid secretion, en-
Causes
H Antibiotics that disrupt the bowel flora
H Enemas and intestinal stimulants
H Transmission from infected person
H Some antifungal and antiviral agents
Risk factors
Test results
Laboratory
H Cell cytotoxin test shows toxins A and B.
H Enzyme immunoassay identifies C. difficile; its
slightly less sensitive than cell cytotoxin test but
has a turnaround time of only a few hours.
H Stool culture identifies C. difficile.
Treatment
General
H Withdrawal of causative antibiotic
H Avoidance of antimotility agents
H Good skin care
H Well-balanced diet
H Increased fluid intake, if appropriate
H Rest periods, if fatigued
Medications
Incidence
Key outcomes
care facilities
H One of the most common nosocomial infections
(contracted by about 20% of hospitalized patients
taking antibiotics)
Common characteristics
Nursing interventions
Complications
H Electrolyte abnormalities
H Hypovolemic shock
H Toxic megacolon
H Colonic perforation
H Peritonitis
H Sepsis
186
Nursing considerations
diarrhea.
H Wash your hands with an antiseptic soap after direct
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 187
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Complications
H Serum electrolytes
H Adverse effects of medication
H Response to treatment
H Amount and characteristics of stools
H Skin integrity
H GI status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H proper disinfection of contaminated clothing or
household items
H adequate fluid intake
H signs and symptoms of dehydration
H medications and possible adverse effects
H complications and when to notify the physician
H perirectal skin care.
187
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 188
Clubfoot
H Heredity
H Idiopathic
H Suspected muscle abnormalities, leading to varia-
Overview
Incidence
Description
H Foot deformity caused by a deformed talus and short-
Common characteristics
H Inward deformity of the foot (see Recognizing club-
foot)
Pathophysiology
Complications
H Abnormal gait
H Stress changes on lateral side of the foot
H Residual deformity
Assessment
Causes
History
H Family history
H Muscular atrophy or dystrophy
utero
Recognizing clubfoot
Clubfoot (talipes) may have
various names, depending
on the orientation of the deformity, as shown in the illustrations at right.
188
Clubfoot
TALIPES EQUINUS
TALIPES CALCANEUS
TALIPES CAVUS
TALIPES VARUS
TALIPES EQUINOVARUS
TALIPES CALCANEOVARUS
TALIPES VALGUS
TALIPES CALCANEOVALGUS
TALIPES EQUINOVALGUS
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 189
Physical findings
H Deformed talus with a shortened Achilles tendon, the
Patient teaching
Test results
Imaging
H X-rays show superimposition of the talus and the
calcaneus and a ladderlike appearance of the
metatarsals.
Treatment
Be sure to cover:
H the need for prompt treatment
H signs of circulatory impairment
H proper skin care
H use of exercise, night splints, and orthopedic shoes
to maintain alignment.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to rehabilitation resources, as
needed.
General
H Correction of the deformity
H Activity according to ability
H Maintaining the correction until the foot regains nor-
curring
Sequential correction
H For forefoot adduction: uncurling the front of the
foot away from the heel (forefoot abduction)
H For varus deformity: turning the foot so the sole faces
outward (eversion)
H For equinus: casting the foot with the toes pointing
up (dorsiflexion)
Medications
H Analgesics
Surgery
H Subcutaneous tenotomy of the Achilles tendon and
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H maintain muscle strength
H show no evidence of complications.
Nursing interventions
H After casting, elevate the childs feet with pillows.
H Perform proper skin and cast care.
Monitoring
H Neurovascular status of affected extremity after cast-
ing or surgery
Clubfoot
189
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 190
Pathophysiology
H Coarctation of the aorta may develop as a result of
Causes
H Unknown
H Turners syndrome
Incidence
H Accounts for about 7% of all congenital heart defects
in children
H Twice as common in males as in females
H In females, commonly linked to Turners syndrome, a
Common characteristics
H Resting systolic hypertension in the upper body
H Absent or diminished femoral pulses
190
Complications
H Heart failure
H Severe hypertension
H Cerebral aneurysms and hemorrhage
H Rupture of the aorta
H Aortic aneurysm
H Infective endocarditis
H Hypoperfusion of lower extremities
Assessment
History
H Tachypnea
H Dyspnea
H Failure to thrive
H Headache
H Vertigo
H Epistaxis
H Claudication
Physical findings
H Pallor
H Hypertension
H Crackles
H Edema
H Tachycardia
H Cardiomegaly
H Hepatomegaly
H Hypertension
H Pink upper arms and cyanotic legs
H Absent or diminished femoral pulses
H Arm blood pressure greater than leg blood pressure
H Chest and arms more developed than legs
Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show left ventricular hypertrophy,
heart failure, a wide ascending and descending aorta,
and notching of the ribs undersurfaces due to erosion by collateral circulation. (See Recognizing
coarctation of the aorta.)
H Echocardiography may show increased left ventricular muscle thickness, coexisting aortic valve abnormalities, and the coarctation site.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may reveal left ventricular hypertrophy.
H Cardiac catheterization evaluates collateral circulation and measures pressure in the right and left ventricles and in the ascending and descending aortas
(on both sides of the obstruction).
H Aortography locates the site and extent of coarctation.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 191
Treatment
General
H Low-sodium diet
H Fluid restrictions
H Limited activity
Medications
H Cardiac glycoside such as digoxin
H Diuretic such as furosemide
H Oxygen
H Sedative such as chloral hydrate
H Prostaglandin infusion to keep the ductus open
H Antibiotic prophylaxis such as amoxicillin
H Antihypertensive such as enalaprilat
Surgery
H A flap of the left subclavian artery may be used to
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection.
Nursing interventions
H Offer emotional support.
H Regulate environmental temperature.
H Give prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Hemodynamics
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Blood glucose levels
H Postoperative pain
H Signs of infection
H Cardiovascular status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H exercise restrictions
H endocarditis prophylaxis.
Discharge planning
H Stress the need for follow-up care, as ordered.
191
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 192
Coccidioidomycosis
Overview
Description
H Fungal infection occurring primarily as a respiratory
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
H Living or traveling to an endemic area
H Fever
H Dry cough
H Pleuritic chest pain
H Sore throat
H Chills
H Malaise
H Headache
H Joint pain
Physical findings
H Fever
H Itchy macular rash
H Hemoptysis
H Local swelling and redness in involved sites (with
Causes
Risk factors
H Occupational exposure to dust, such as with farmers
Incidence
H Disseminated illness more common in dark-skinned
Common characteristics
Primary coccidioidomycosis
H Acute or subacute respiratory signs and symptoms
H Fever that persists for weeks
Disseminated coccidioidomycosis
H Fever
H Abscesses throughout the body, especially in skeletal,
central nervous system, splenic, hepatic, renal, and
subcutaneous tissues
Complications
H Meningitis
H Bronchiectasis
H Osteomyelitis
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Liver failure
192
Coccidioidomycosis
musculoskeletal involvement)
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum precipitins (immunoglobulins) are positive.
H C. immitis spores is detected through immunodiffusion testing of sputum, pus from lesions, and tissue
biopsy.
H Antibodies are present in pleural and joint fluid and
a rising serum or body fluid antibody titer indicates
dissemination.
H White blood cell count is increased.
H Eosinophil count is increased.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is increased.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray shows bilateral diffuse infiltrates.
Other
H Coccidioidin skin test result is abnormal.
Treatment
General
H Bed rest
H Symptomatic measures
Medications
H I.V. fluids
H Antifungal such as amphotericin B
H Analgesics, such as acetaminophen and morphine
H Oxygen
Surgery
H Excision or drainage of lesions
H Lobectomy for severe pulmonary lesions
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 193
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H be free from pain
H maintain a patent airway
H cough effectively.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed medications.
H Administer oxygen as prescribed.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive
spirometer use.
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Encourage bed rest, with head of the bed elevated
30 degrees.
H Encourage adequate fluid intake.
H Provide measures to relieve pain and increase
comfort.
Monitoring
H Pain control
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Sputum color, consistency, and amount
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H wound care.
Coccidioidomycosis
193
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 194
Colorectal cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant tumors of colon or rectum almost always
Pathophysiology
H Most lesions of the large bowel are moderately differ-
entiated adenocarcinomas.
H Tumors tend to grow slowly and produce no symp-
Assessment
History
H Right colon tumors: no signs and symptoms in early
Physical findings
H Abdominal distention or visible masses
H Enlarged abdominal veins
H Enlarged inguinal and supraclavicular nodes
H Abnormal bowel sounds
H Abdominal masses (right-side tumors that usually
H Unknown
Risk factors
Test results
Laboratory
H Fecal occult blood test may show blood in stools, a
warning sign of rectal cancer.
H Carcinoembryonic antigen allows patient monitoring
before and after treatment to detect metastasis or
recurrence.
Imaging
H Excretory urography verifies bilateral renal function
and allows inspection for displacement of the kidneys, ureters, or bladder by a tumor pressing against
these structures.
H Barium enema studies use a dual contrast of barium
and air and reveal the location of lesions that arent
detectable manually or visually. Barium examination
shouldnt precede colonoscopy or excretory urography because barium sulfate interferes with these
tests.
H Computed tomography scan allows better visualization if a barium enema yields inconclusive results or
if metastasis to the pelvic lymph nodes is suspected.
Diagnostic procedures
H Proctoscopy or sigmoidoscopy permits visualization
of the lower GI tract. It can detect up to 66% of colorectal cancers.
H Colonoscopy permits visual inspection and photography of the colon up to the ileocecal valve and provides access for polypectomies and biopsies of suspected lesions.
Causes
Incidence
H Equally distributed among males and females
H Greater in areas of higher economic development
Common characteristics
H Changes in bowel habits
H Symptoms of direct extension to bladder, prostate,
Complications
H Abdominal distention and intestinal obstruction as
194
Colorectal cancer
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 195
Other
H Digital rectal examination can be used to detect almost 15% of colorectal cancers; specifically, it can
be used to detect suspicious rectal and perianal lesions.
Treatment
General
H Radiation preoperatively and postoperatively to
sports
Medications
H Antibiotics such as metronidazole postoperatively
H Chemotherapy, such as bevacizumab, capecitabine,
Surgery
H Resection or right hemicolectomy for advanced dis-
Monitoring
H Stools
H Diet
Postoperative
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Electrolyte levels
H Wound and stoma site
H Postoperative complications
H GI status
H Pain control
H Psychological status
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease process, treatment, and postoperative
course
H stoma care
H avoidance of heavy lifting
H the need for keeping follow-up appointments
H risk factors and signs of recurrence.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain normal fluid volume
H maintain intact mucous membranes
H report feeling less pain
H express increased sense of well-being
H use support systems and employ coping strategies.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage early ambulation postoperatively.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive
spirometer use.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees
to prevent pneumonia.
H Provide support and encourage verbalization.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide stoma care.
Colorectal cancer
195
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 196
Common cold
Overview
Description
H Acute, usually afebrile viral infection that causes in-
Pathophysiology
H Rhinoviruses may infect cells by attaching to specific
receptors.
H Infiltration with neutrophils, lymphocytes, plasma
cells, and eosinophils occurs.
H Mucus-secreting glands become hyperactive and
nasal turbinates become engorged. (See What happens in the common cold.)
Causes
Complications
H Secondary bacterial infection causing sinusitis, otitis
Assessment
History
H Exposure to persons with the common cold
H Sore throat
H Fatigue
H Malaise
H Myalgia
H Fever
Physical findings
H Copious nasal discharge that commonly irritates the
nose
H Increased erythema of nasal and pharyngeal mucous
membranes
H Nasal quality to voice
H Excoriated skin around nose
Test results
H There isnt an explicit diagnostic test.
Laboratory
H White blood cell count and differential are within
normal limits.
Risk factors
H Exposure to an infected person or contact with con-
taminated objects
H Compromised immune system
Incidence
H Most common infectious disease
H More prevalent in children, adolescent boys, and
adult females
H In temperate climates, occurring more commonly in
the colder months
H In the tropics, occurring more commonly during the
rainy season
Common characteristics
H Initial complaints of nasal congestion, headache, and
196
Common cold
Treatment
General
H Use of humidified inspired air
H Prevention of chilling
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest periods, as needed
Medications
H Antipyretic such as acetaminophen
H Throat lozenges
H Antitussive such as dextromethorphan
H In infants, saline nose drops and mucus aspiration
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feeling of increased comfort
H cope effectively with illness
H reestablish normal temperature
H have respiratory secretions that remain clear and
odorless
H maintain adequate air exchange.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 197
Body cell
Infected
nasal lining
Virus
particles
Blood vessel
Lymphocyte
Some lymphocytes
immobilize the virus
particles with virusspecific proteins
(antibodies); others
kill infected cells with
a chemical substance.
Chemicals
Damaged
virus particles
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide a lubricant for nostrils to decrease irritation.
H Relieve throat irritation with sugarless hard candy or
cough drops.
H A warm bath or heating pad can reduce aches and
pains.
H Suggest a hot or cold steam vaporizer to relieve nasal
congestion.
Monitoring
Lymphocyte
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H advice against overuse of nose drops or sprays
H how to avoid spreading colds
H proper hand-washing technique.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for medical care if a high fever per-
H Body temperature
H Respiratory status
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of medication
H Complications
Common cold
197
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 198
Pathophysiology
H Abnormal functioning of the sympathetic nervous sys-
Causes
pain syndrome)
Test results
Imaging
H Bone X-rays rule out other conditions.
Treatment
General
H Physical therapy
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Anti-inflammatory such as ibuprofen
H Antidepressant such as venlafaxine
H Analgesics, such as diclofenac and oxycodone
Surgery
H Nerve or regional blocks
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
Precipitating factors
H Trauma
H Neurologic disorder
H Herpes zoster infection
H Myocardial infarction
H Musculoskeletal disorder (shoulder rotator cuff
injury)
H Malignancy
Incidence
H Can occur at any age but is less common in children
H Reported more commonly in women
Common characteristics
Nursing interventions
H Offer emotional support.
H Apply antiembolism stockings.
H Apply heat or cold therapy.
Monitoring
H Pain control
H Effects of medications
H Blood glucose level
Complications
H Impaired mobility
H Depression
Assessment
History
H Injury
H Severe pain that worsens after activity
Physical findings
H Altered blood flow, feeling either warm or cool to the
198
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease and treatment
H relaxation techniques
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for home therapy.
H Refer the patient to a pain care specialist.
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling and
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 199
Stage
Duration
Pain, swelling,
and immobility
Skin
Hair and
nails
Osteoporosis
Symptoms
begin within
hours, days,
or weeks of
the injury; this
stage lasts
several weeks
Gradual or abrupt
onset of severe
aching, throbbing,
and burning pain at
site of injury
Pain may be accompanied by sensitivity
to touch, swelling,
muscle spasm, stiffness, and limited
mobility
Warm, red,
dry skin at
onset;
changes to
bluish and
becomes cold
and sweaty
Accelerated
hair and nail
growth
Early
osteoporosis
symptoms
Continuous burning,
aching, or throbbing
pain thats more severe than stage I
Swelling spreads
and changes from
soft to brawny and
firm
Loss of range of
motion, muscle
wasting
Cool, pale,
bluish,
sweaty
Altered hair
growth;
cracked,
grooved, or
ridged nails
More apparent
osteoporosis
Pain spreads proximally and may be intractable, but sometimes lessens and
stabilizes
More distinct dystrophic changes and
irreversible tissue
damage
Muscle atrophy and
contractures
Thin, shiny
Increasingly
brittle and
ridged nails
Marked diffuse
osteoporosis
I (Acute)
II (Subacute or dystrophic)
Lasts 3 to
6 months
Lasts more
than 6 months
199
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 200
Concussion
Overview
Description
H Blow to the head forceful enough to jostle the brain
function
Assessment
History
H Trauma to head
H Short-term loss of consciousness
H Vomiting
H Antegrade and retrograde amnesia
H Change in level of consciousness (LOC)
H Dizziness
H Nausea
H Severe headache
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
Causes
H Trauma to the head
Incidence
H More than 2 million instances of concussion per year
Common characteristics
H Short-term loss of consciousness
H Nausea and vomiting
H Dizziness
H Retrograde amnesia
H Erratic behavior
H Headache
H Blurred vision
Complications
H Seizures
H Persistent vomiting
H Intracranial hemorrhage (rare)
200
Concussion
Test results
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging help rule out fractures and more serious
injuries.
Treatment
General
H Observation for changes in mental status
H Clear liquids if vomiting occurs
H Bed rest initially with head of the bed elevated at
least 30 degrees
H Avoidance of contact sports until fully recovered
Medications
H Nonopioid analgesic such as acetaminophen
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H state appropriate interactions for pain relief
H maintain stable vital signs
H identify factors that increase the potential for injury
H recover or be rehabilitated from physical injuries to
the extent possible.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs, and avoid opioids that may
decrease LOC.
H Reorient the patient to time and place, if necessary.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Pain control
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 201
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the injury, diagnosis, and treatment
H nonopioid analgesics for a headache and avoidance
of products containing aspirin
H change in LOC or projectile vomiting, which requires
a return to the hospital
H signs and symptoms of increased intracranial pressure.
Discharge planning
H Arrange for continued observation at home. (See
Concussion
201
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 202
Conjunctivitis
thyroid disease
Overview
H Candidal infection
Description
Incidence
Pathophysiology
H Conjunctivitis is an inflammatory response of the
sphere
H Responsible for about 30% of all eye complaints
Common characteristics
H Reddened conjunctiva
H Edema of eyelid
H Pain in the eye
H Increased lacrimation
H Burning in eyes
Complications
H Tic
H Corneal infiltrates
H Corneal ulcers
H Eye loss
Assessment
Causes
History
H Allergens
H Bacteria
H Viruses
H Chemical irritations
H Eye pain
H Photophobia
H Burning, itching, and sensation of a foreign body in
the eye
H Sore throat and fever, in children
Physical findings
Recognizing conjunctival papillae
If you see papillae in the conjunctiva of the upper eyelid,
your patient may have vernal (allergic) conjunctivitis.
These cobblestone bumps are the telltale sign. They result
from swollen lymph tissue within the conjunctival membrane.
H Conjunctival hyperemia
H Discharge
H Tearing
H Crust of sticky, mucopurulent discharge (in bacterial
conjunctivitis)
H Profuse, purulent discharge (in gonococcal conjunc-
tivitis)
H Copious tearing and minimal discharge (in viral con-
junctivitis)
H Conjunctival papillae (in vernal conjunctivitis) (see
viral conjunctivitis)
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture and sensitivity tests may identify the bacterial
pathogen.
H Stained smears of conjunctival scrapings may show
mostly monocytes with viral conjunctivitis; polymorphonuclear cells (neutrophils) are predominate with
bacterial conjunctivitis; and eosinophils are predominate with allergic conjunctivitis.
202
Conjunctivitis
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 203
Treatment
General
H Warm compresses
H Depends on cause
Medications
H Antibiotics, such a ciprofloxacin, erythromycin, and
mixofloxacin
H Antiviral such as acyclovir
H Corticosteroid such as dexamethasone
H Histamine-1 receptor antagonist such as azelastine
H Oral antihistamine such as loratidine
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain current health status
H sustain no harm or injury
H exhibit no signs of infection
H regain visual function.
Nursing interventions
H Apply warm compresses.
H Apply therapeutic ointment or eyedrops, as ordered.
H Avoid irrigating the eye to prevent the spread of in-
fection.
H Notify public health officials if culture results identify
Neisseria gonorrhoeae.
H Obtain culture specimens before antibiotic therapy.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of complications
H Adverse reactions
H Visual acuity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper hand-washing technique
H instillation of eyedrops and ointments
H completing the prescribed antibiotics
H methods for preventing disease transmission
H importance of avoiding chemical irritants
H avoiding eye makeup and contact lens use until the
infection has cleared.
ALERT
Caution the patient to avoid rubbing the infected
eye so that he can prevent the spread of infection
to the other eye or to other people.
Conjunctivitis
203
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 204
Corneal abrasion
Overview
Description
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Fluorescein staining of the injured area of the cornea
appears green when illuminated.
H Slit-lamp examination discloses the depth of the
abrasion.
Treatment
Pathophysiology
General
brane.
H Deep abrasions penetrate Bowmans membrane.
Causes
H Eye trauma
H Foreign bodies embedded under eyelid
H Contact lenses
H Chemicals
H Fingernails
H Hair brushes
H Tree branches
H Dust
Incidence
Medications
H Antibiotic eyedrops or ointment, such as ciproflox-
Surgery
H Surgical repair of corneal lacerations by an ophthal-
mologist
Nursing considerations
Common characteristics
Key outcomes
Complications
Nursing interventions
H Corneal erosion
H Corneal ulceration
H Permanent vision loss
H Secondary infection
Assessment
History
H Eye trauma
H Prolonged contact lens wear
H Sensation of foreign body in eye
H Sensitivity to light
H Decreased visual acuity
H Eye pain
Physical findings
H Redness in eye
H Increased tearing
H Possibly a foreign object embedded under the eyelid,
204
Corneal abrasion
ALERT
Never give the patient topical anesthetic drops for
self-administration. Abuse of this medication can
delay healing, especially if the patient rubs the
numb eye and further injures it.
Monitoring
H Visual acuity
H Response to treatment
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 205
I.V. TUBE
MORGAN LENS
ALERT
Pulse oximeter probes should be applied to the
middle, ring, or preferably little finger, but never
the index finger, in order to minimize the likelihood of corneal abrasion, especially as patients
emerge from anesthesia.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H healing process
H proper instillation of antibiotic eyedrops or ointment
H effects of untreated corneal infection
H need to wear safety glasses in the workplace, if
appropriate
H contact lens care and instructions for wear.
Corneal abrasion
205
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 206
Pathophysiology
H Increased blood levels of low-density lipoprotein
Causes
H Atherosclerosis
H Dissecting aneurysm
H Infectious vasculitis
H Syphilis
H Congenital defects
H Coronary artery spasm
Risk factors
H Family history
H High cholesterol level
H Smoking
H Diabetes
H Hormonal contraceptives
H Obesity
H Sedentary lifestyle
H Stress
H Increased homocystine levels
Incidence
H Occurs after age 40
206
pausal females
H Risk increased by positive family history
H White males more susceptible than nonwhite males;
Common characteristics
H Angina
Complications
H Arrhythmias
H Myocardial infarction (MI)
H Heart failure
Assessment
History
H Angina that may radiate to the left arm, neck, jaw, or
shoulder blade
H Commonly occurring after physical exertion but pos-
Physical findings
H Cool extremities
H Xanthoma
H Arteriovenous nicking of the eye
H Obesity
H Hypertension
H Positive Levines sign (holding fist to chest)
H Decreased or absent peripheral pulses
Test results
Imaging
H Myocardial perfusion imaging with radionucleotide
during treadmill exercise shows ischemic areas of
the myocardium, visualized as cold spots.
H Pharmacologic myocardial perfusion imaging in arteries with stenosis shows decrease in blood flow
proportional to the percentage of occlusion.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 207
gree of coronary artery stenosis or obstruction, collateral circulation, and the condition of the artery
beyond the narrowing.
H Stress echocardiography may show abnormal wall
motion.
H Multiple-gated acquisition scanning demonstrates
cardiac wall motion and reflects injury to cardiac
tissue.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may be normal between anginal
episodes. During angina, it may show ischemic
changes.
H Exercise stress testing may be performed to detect
ST-segment changes during exercise, indicating
ischemia, and to determine a safe exercise prescription.
Treatment
General
Nursing interventions
H Ask the patient to grade the severity of his pain on a
scale of 0 to 10.
H Keep nitroglycerin available for immediate use. In-
Medications
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Hemodynamic status
H Intake and output
H Effectiveness of pain medication during anginal
Surgery
H Respiratory status
H Chest tube drainage, after surgery
H Cardiac rate and rhythm
H Cardiovascular status
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H plan menus appropriate to prescribed diet
H demonstrate understanding of the disease process
H express concern about self-concept, self-esteem, and
body image
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.
episodes
H Abnormal bleeding and distal pulses following inter-
vention procedures
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H risk factors for CAD
H avoidance of activities that precipitate pain
H effective coping mechanisms to deal with stress
H the need to follow the prescribed drug regimen
H low-sodium and low-calorie diet
H the importance of regular, moderate exercise.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a weight-loss program, if needed.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
needed.
H Refer the patient to a cardiac rehabilitation program,
if indicated.
207
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 208
Cor pulmonale
Overview
Description
H Hypertrophy and dilation of the right ventricle sec-
Causes
Pathophysiology
H An occluded vessel impairs the hearts ability to gen-
sion.
H Pulmonary hypertension increases the hearts work-
load.
H To compensate, the right ventricle hypertrophies to
or aneurysm
H Kyphoscoliosis
H Pectus excavatum (funnel chest)
H Muscular dystrophy
H Poliomyelitis
H Obesity
H High altitude
Incidence
H Accounts for 6% to 7% of all types of adult heart
Common characteristics
H Dyspnea
H Tachypnea
H Signs of heart failure
Complications
Pulmonary disorder
Assessment
Increased pulmonary vascular resistance
Pulmonary hypertension
History
H Dyspnea
H Chronic productive cough
H Fatigue
H Weakness
Physical findings
HEART FAILURE
208
Cor pulmonale
H Wheezing respirations
H Tachypnea
H Dependent edema
H Enlarged, tender liver
H Hepatojugular reflux
H Jugular vein distention
H Tachycardia
H Pansystolic murmur at the lower left sternal border
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 209
Test results
Monitoring
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas analysis detects decreased
partial pressure of arterial oxygen (usually less
than 70 mm Hg and rarely more than 90 mm Hg).
H Hematocrit is typically over 50%.
H Serum hepatic tests may show an elevated level of
aspartate aminotransferase levels.
Imaging
H Echocardiography demonstrates right ventricular
enlargement.
H Angiography shows right ventricular enlargement.
H Chest X-rays reveal large central pulmonary arteries
and right ventricular enlargement.
H Magnetic resonance imaging measures the right ventricular mass, wall thickness, and ejection fraction.
H Cardiac catheterization measures pulmonary vascular
pressures.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows arrhythmias, such as premature atrial and ventricular contractions and atrial
fibrillation during severe hypoxia, and also right
bundle-branch block, right axis deviation, prominent
P waves, and an inverted T wave in right precordial
leads.
H Pulmonary function studies reflect underlying pulmonary disease.
Other
H Pulmonary artery catheterization shows increased
right ventricular and pulmonary artery pressures.
H Vital signs
H Oxygenation
H Intake and output
H Laboratory values
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary restrictions
H medication administration and possible adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for home services, as indicated.
Treatment
General
H Low-sodium diet
H Fluid restrictions
H Limited activity or bed rest
H Phlebotomy, if necessary
Medications
H Cardiac glycoside such as digoxin
H Antibiotics, such as amoxicillin and ampicillin
H Vasodilator such as isosorbide
H Oxygen
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain adequate ventilation
H use support services and develop coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
H Reposition the patient often.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Administer oxygen as prescribed.
Cor pulmonale
209
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 210
Life-threatening disorder
Creutzfeldt-Jakob
disease
Incidence
Overview
Description
H Rapidly progressive infectious disease attacking the
muscle wasting
annually
H Most cases sporadic, accounting for about 85% of all
cases
H About 5% to 15% of cases familial, with an autoso-
H Always fatal
H Not transmitted by normal casual contact (although
Pathophysiology
grounds
Common characteristics
H Rapidly progressive dementia
H Prominent myoclonus
Complications
H Severe, progressive dementia
H CNS abnormalities
H Death
Causes
H Familial or genetically inherited form
Understanding new-variant
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
Like conventional Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD), variant
CJD (vCJD) is a rare, fatal neurodegenerative disease.
Most cases have been reported in the United Kingdom,
and its most likely caused by exposure to bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), a fatal brain disease in cattle
also known as mad cow disease. Ingestion of beef products from cattle with BSE is the most probable route of
exposure.
vCJD affects patients at a much younger age than CJD,
and the duration of the illness is much longer (14 months
versus 6 months).
Regulations have been established in Europe to control
outbreaks of BSE in cattle and to prevent contaminated
meat from entering the food supply. vCJD and its relationship with BSE are still being explored by the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention and the World Health Organization.
210
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
Assessment
History
H Mood changes
H Emotional lability
H Poor concentration
H Lethargy
H Impaired judgment
H Memory loss
H Involuntary muscle movements
H Vision disturbances or other types of hallucinations
H Gait disturbances
Physical findings
H Dementia
H Myoclonus
H Spasticity
H Agitation
H Tremor
H Clumsiness
H Ataxia
H Hypokinesis and rigidity
H Hyperreflexia
Test results
Laboratory
H Cerebral spinal fluid (CSF) immunoassay may show
abnormal protein species.
H CSF analysis may show mildly elevated protein level.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 211
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging of the brain may show evidence of generalized cortical atrophy.
Diagnostic procedures
H EEG may show burst suppression changes in brainwave activity.
H Brain biopsy may show spongiform changes.
Other
H Autopsy of brain tissue allows definitive diagnosis.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and supportive treatment
H prevention of disease transmission
H effective coping strategies
H safety precautions.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and his family to CJD support
Treatment
groups.
H Refer the patient for hospice care, as appropriate.
General
H Palliative care to make the patient comfortable and to
ease symptoms
H Well-balanced diet
H Adequate fluid intake
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Antiparkinsonian such as amantadine
Surgery
H Possible brain biopsy for diagnosis
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H verbalize feelings of anxiety and fear
H demonstrate effective coping techniques
H remain free from injury
H maintain social interaction to the extent possible
H utilize support systems.
Nursing interventions
H Assist the patient and his family through the grieving
process.
H Follow standard precautions.
H Encourage verbalization of concerns and fears.
H Encourage involvement of the patient and his family
in care decisions.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Neurologic status
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
211
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 212
Crohns disease
H Perforation
H Nutritional deficiencies caused by malabsorption and
maldigestion
Overview
Description
Assessment
History
Pathophysiology
H Crohns disease involves slow, progressive inflamma-
Physical findings
nodes.
H Edema, mucosal ulceration, fissures, and abscesses
occur.
H Elevated patches of closely packed lymph follicles
(Peyers patches) develop in the small intestinal lining.
H Fibrosis occurs, thickening the bowel wall and causing stenosis.
H Inflamed bowel loops adhere to other diseased or
normal loops.
H The diseased bowel becomes thicker, shorter, and
narrower.
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Lymphatic obstruction and infection among con-
tributing factors
Risk factors
H History of allergies
H Immune disorders
H Genetic predisposition 10% to 20% of patients
Incidence
H Occurs equally in males and females
H More common in Jewish people
H Onset usually before age 30
Common characteristics
H Diarrhea
H Abdominal pain
H Weight loss
gross blood
H Right lower quadrant tenderness or distention
H Possible abdominal mass, indicating adherent loops
of bowel
H Hyperactive bowel sounds
H Bloody diarrhea
H Perianal and rectal abscesses
Test results
Laboratory
H Occult blood is seen in stools.
H Hemoglobin level and hematocrit are decreased.
H White blood cell count and erythrocyte sedimentation
rate are increased.
H Serum potassium, calcium, and magnesium levels
are decreased.
H Hypoproteinemia is present due to intestinal protein
loss.
H Vitamin B12 and folate levels are decreased.
Imaging
H Small-bowel X-rays may show irregular mucosa, ulceration, and stiffening.
H Barium enema reveals the string sign (segments of
stricture separated by normal bowel) and may also
show fissures and narrowing of the lumen.
Diagnostic procedures
H Sigmoidoscopy and colonoscopy show patchy areas
of inflammation and may also reveal the characteristic coarse irregularity (cobblestone appearance) of
the mucosal surface.
H Biopsy reveals granulomas in up to half of all specimens.
Complications
Treatment
H Anal fistula
H Perineal abscess
H Fistulas of the bladder or vagina or to the skin in an
General
212
Crohns disease
H Stress reduction
H Avoidance of foods that worsen diarrhea
H Adequate caloric, protein, and vitamin intake
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 213
Medications
H Corticosteroid such as budesonide
H Immunosuppressants, such as adalimumab and
infliximab
H Sulfonamide such as sulfasalazine
H Antibacterials and antiprotozoals, such as metronida-
Surgery
H Indicated for acute intestinal obstruction
H Colectomy with ileostomy
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H information about the disease, symptoms, and complications
H ordered diagnostic tests and pretest guidelines
H the importance of adequate rest
H how the patient can identify and reduce sources of
stress
H prescribed dietary changes
H prescribed medications, administration, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
appropriate.
H Refer the patient to enterostomal therapist, if indi-
cated.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate caloric intake
H maintain normal fluid volume
H regain normal bowel movements
H verbalize understanding of the disease process and
treatment regimen
H exhibit adequate coping mechanisms and seek
appropriate sources of support.
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support to the patient and his
family.
H Provide meticulous skin care after each bowel
movement.
H Schedule patient care to include rest periods
transfusions.
H Give prescribed analgesics.
Monitoring
H GI status
H Vital signs
H Intake and output, including amount of stool
H Daily weight
H Serum electrolyte, glucose, and Hb levels and stools
Crohns disease
213
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 214
Croup
Overview
Description
H Viral infection causing severe inflammation and ob-
Pathophysiology
H Viral invasion of the laryngeal mucosa leads to in-
Causes
H Parainfluenza viruses
H Adenoviruses
H Respiratory syncytial virus
H Influenza viruses
H Measles viruses
H Bacteria (pertussis and diphtheria)
Incidence
Special populations
Occurs mainly in children ages 3 months to 5
years.
H Affects boys more commonly than girls
H Usually occurs in late autumn and early winter
Special populations
Acute spasmodic laryngitis affects children
between ages 1 and 3, particularly those with
allergies.
Common characteristics
H Sharp, barklike, or brassy cough progressing to
stridor
H Hoarse or muffled vocal sounds
Complications
H Airway obstruction
H Respiratory failure
214
Croup
H Dehydration
H Ear infection
H Pneumonia
H Hypoxia
H Hypercapnia
Assessment
History
H Recent upper respiratory infection
Laryngotracheobronchitis
H Fever and breathing problems usually occurring at
night
H Difficulty exhaling
Laryngitis in children
H Mild sore throat
H Cough
H Marked hoarseness (rare)
H No respiratory distress
Laryngitis in infants
H Respiratory distress
Acute spasmodic laryngitis
H Mild to moderate hoarseness
H Nasal discharge
H Characteristic cough and noisy inspiration
H Anxiety
H Increased dyspnea
H Transient cyanosis
Physical findings
H Rhinorrhea
H Use of accessory muscles
H Nasal flaring
H Barklike cough
H Hoarse, muffled vocal sounds
H Inspiratory stridor
H Diminished breath sounds
Laryngotracheobronchitis
H Edema of bronchi and bronchioles
H Decreased breath sounds
H Expiratory rhonchi
H Scattered crackles
Laryngitis
H Suprasternal and intercostal retractions
H Inspiratory stridor
H Dyspnea, tachypnea
H Diminished breath sounds
H Severe dyspnea and exhaustion in later stages
Acute spasmodic laryngitis
H Labored breathing with retractions
H Clammy skin
H Rapid pulse rate
Test results
Laboratory
H Throat cultures show bacteria and sensitivity to
antibiotics.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 215
Imaging
H Neck X-ray may show upper airway narrowing and
edema in subglottic folds; helps to differentiate croup
from bacterial epiglotidititis.
H Computed tomography scan helps differentiate between croup, epiglotidititis, and noninfection.
Diagnostic procedures
H Laryngoscopy may reveal inflammation and obstruction in epiglottal and laryngeal areas.
Treatment
General
H Home or hospitalized care
H Humidification during sleep
H Intubation if other means of preventing respiratory
failure unsuccessful
H Diet, as tolerated
H Parenteral fluids, if required
H Rest periods
Medications
H Oxygen therapy, as needed
H Antipyretic such as acetaminophen
H Antibiotics, such as cefuroxime and cefprozil, if
Inflamed
laryngeal area
Inflamed
subglottic tissue
Narrowed
trachea
cause is bacterial
H Adrenergic, aerosolized racemic epinephrine for
Surgery
H Tracheostomy (rare)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain normal temperature
H maintain a patent airway
H use effective coping strategies
H verbalize understanding of the disorder.
Nursing interventions
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Adminster oxygen, as prescribed.
H Administer I.V. fluids, as prescribed.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide quiet diversional activities.
H Engage parents in the care of the infant or child.
H Position an infant in an infant seat or prop him up
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H humidification
H hydration
H signs and symptoms of ear infection
H signs and symptoms of pneumonia.
with a pillow.
H Position an older child in Fowlers position.
H Provide humidification.
H Avoid milk-based fluids if the patient has thick mucus
or swallowing difficulties.
H Provide frequent mouth care.
H Isolate patients for respiratory syncytial virus and
parainfluenza infections.
Croup
215
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 216
Cryptococcosis
Overview
Description
H Fungal infection that usually begins as asymptomatic
Pathophysiology
H Small granulomas and cysts in the cerebral cortex
Causes
H Airborne fungus Cryptococcus neoformans found in
Incidence
H Prevalent in immunocompromised patients and those
munodeficiency syndrome
Common characteristics
H Disseminates to extrapulmonary sites, including the
Complications
H Optic atrophy
H Ataxia
H Hydrocephalus
H Deafness
H Paralysis
H Organic mental syndrome
H Personality changes
H Coma
H Death
Assessment
History
H Human immunodeficiency virus infection or another
immunosuppressive disorder
H Usually asymptomatic but patient may complain of
216
Cryptococcosis
Physical findings
H Progressively severe frontal and temporal headache
H Diplopia, blurred vision, and papilledema
H Tinnitus, dizziness, ataxia, and aphasia
H Vomiting
H Memory changes, inappropriate behavior, irritability,
and psychosis
H Facial weakness
H Hyperactive reflexes and seizures in the late stage
H Pain in the long bones, skull, spine, and joints
H Red facial papules and other skin abscesses, with or
without ulceration
H Rarely, pleural friction rub or crackles
H Photophobia
Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray or computed tomography scan of the
chest reveals lesions in pulmonary cryptococcosis.
Laboratory
H Analysis or cultures of the sputum, urine, prostatic
secretions, or bone marrow aspirate show C. neoformans.
H Tissue or neural biopsy shows myriad cryptococci.
H India ink preparation of cerebrospinal fluid (CSF)
diagnosing CNS infection when C. neoformans is
detected.
H Blood cultures are positive only in severe infection.
H Antigen titer in serum and CSF is elevated in disseminated infection.
H Protein levels and white blood cell count are elevated
in CNS infection.
H CSF glucose levels are moderately decreased in about
50% of patients.
Other
H Lumbar puncture shows increased CSF pressure.
Treatment
General
H Early treatment for cryptococcal disease
Medications
H Combination of antifungal antibiotics amphotericin B
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H be free from pain
H be free from injury
H maintain patent airway
H increase activity, as tolerated.
Nursing interventions
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
H Give prescribed drugs.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 217
levels.
H Observe for adverse effects such as diarrhea.
H Evaluate the need for long-term venous access for
administering amphotericin B.
H Provide psychological support to help the patient
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic checks
H Respiratory status
H Headache, vomiting, and nuchal rigidity
H Intake and output
H Blood urea nitrogen, creatinine levels, and complete
test results
H Blood levels of flucytosine
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and treatment
H medication therapy, including dosage, desired drug
actions, adverse effects, and need for long-term treatment.
Discharge planning
H Urge the patient to return for follow-up care and
as needed.
Cryptococcosis
217
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 218
Cryptorchidism
Overview
Causes
Description
H Congenital disorder in which one or both testes fail
to descend into the scrotum, remaining in the abdomen or inguinal canal or at the external ring
H May be bilateral, but more commonly affects the
right testis (see Varieties of cryptorchidism)
H Hormonal factors
H Testosterone deficiency
H Structural factors
H Genetic predisposition
Incidence
H Occurs in 30% of premature male neonates, but in
Pathophysiology
Common characteristics
H Testis on the affected side not palpable in the scro-
Varieties of cryptorchidism
Descent interrupted beyond
external inguinal ring
218
Cryptorchidism
Partially descended
Testis retained in
abdomen
Normal
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 219
Complications
H Sterility
H Increased risk for testicular cancer
H Increased vulnerability of the testes to trauma
Assessment
Physical findings
H Nonpalpable testes
H Underdeveloped scrotum
Test results
Laboratory
H Buccal smear (cells from oral mucosa) determines
genetic sex (a male sex chromatin pattern).
H Serum gonadotropin confirms the presence of testes
by showing presence of circulating hormone.
Treatment
Medications
H Human chorionic gonadotropin
Surgery
H Orchiopexy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express or demonstrate feelings of increased comfort
H be free from complications.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage the parents of the child with undescended
Monitoring
After surgery
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Operative site
H Pain control
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, treatment, and effect on reproduction
H surgery or medications prescribed.
Cryptorchidism
219
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 220
Cushings syndrome
H Menstrual disturbances
H Sexual dysfunction
H Psychiatric problems, ranging from mood swings to
Overview
frank psychosis
Description
Assessment
ticularly cortisol
H May also reflect excess secretion of mineralocorti-
Pathophysiology
H A loss of normal feedback inhibition by cortisol
occurs.
H Elevated levels of cortisol dont suppress hypothala-
mic and anterior pituitary secretion of corticotropinreleasing hormone and adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH).
H The result is excessive levels of circulating cortisol.
Causes
H Pituitary microadenoma
H Excess production of corticotropin
H Corticotropin-producing tumor in another organ
H Chronic use of synthetic glucocorticoids or corti-
cotropin
H Cortisol-secreting adrenal tumor
Special populations
In neonates, the usual cause of Cushings syndrome
is adrenal carcinoma.
Incidence
H More common in females than in males
H Can affect a person at any age
Common characteristics
H Adiposity of the face, neck, and trunk
H Purple striae on the skin
H Truncal weight gain
H Glucose intolerance
Complications
H Osteoporosis and pathologic fractures
H Peptic ulcer
H Dyslipidemia
H Impaired glucose tolerance
H Diabetes mellitus
H Frequent infections
H Slow wound healing
H Suppressed inflammatory response
H Hypertension
H Ischemic heart disease; heart failure
220
Cushings syndrome
History
H Use of synthetic steroids
H Fatigue
H Muscle weakness
H Sleep disturbances
H Polyuria
H Thirst
H Frequent infections
H Water retention
H Amenorrhea
H Decreased libido
H Irritability; emotional instability
H Symptoms resembling those of hyperglycemia
H Impotence
H Headache
Physical findings
H Thin hair
H Moon-shaped face
H Hirsutism
H A buffalo-humplike back
H Thin extremities
H Muscle wasting and weakness
H Petechiae, ecchymoses, and purplish striae
H Delayed wound healing
H Swollen ankles
H Hypertension
H Central obesity
H Acne
Test results
Laboratory
H Salivary free cortisol level is elevated.
H ACTH is decreased in adrenal disease and excess
pituitary or ectopic secretion of ACTH is increased.
H Blood chemistry may show hypernatremia, hypokalemia, hypocalcemia, and elevated blood glucose
level.
H Urinary free cortisol level is elevated.
H Serum cortisol level is elevated in the morning.
H Glycosuria occurs.
Imaging
H Ultrasonography, computed tomography scan, and
magnetic resonance imaging may show the location
of a pituitary or adrenal tumor.
Diagnostic procedures
H A low-dose dexamethasone suppression test shows
failure of plasma cortisol levels to be suppressed.
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 221
Treatment
General
H Management to restore hormone balance and re-
Medications
H Antihypertensive such as atenolol
H Diuretic such as furosemide
H Glucocorticoid such as dexamethasone
H Potassium supplements
H Antihormone agents, such as ketoconazole, amino-
ALERT
Glucocorticoid administration on the morning of
surgery can help prevent acute adrenal insufficiency during surgery. Cortisol therapy is essential during and after surgery to help the patient tolerate
the physiologic stress caused by removal of the
pituitary or adrenal glands.
Surgery
H Possible hypophysectomy or pituitary irradiation
H Bilateral adrenalectomy
H Excision of nonendocrine, corticotropin-producing
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain skin integrity
H remain free from infection
H perform activities of daily living as tolerated within
the confines of the disorder
H express positive feelings about self
H express understanding of disorder.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weights
H Serum electrolyte results
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H lifelong steroid replacement
H signs and symptoms of adrenal crisis
H medical identification bracelet
H prevention of infection
H stress reduction strategies.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a mental health professional for
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Consult a dietitian.
H Use protective measures to reduce the risk of
infection.
H Use meticulous hand-washing technique.
H Schedule adequate rest periods.
H Institute safety precautions.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Offer emotional support.
H Help to develop effective coping strategies.
Cushings syndrome
221
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 222
Cystic fibrosis
Overview
Description
H Chronic, progressive, inherited, incurable disease af-
across epithelial membranes (more than 100 specific mutations of the gene identified)
H Characterized by major aberrations in sweat gland,
respiratory, and GI functions
H Accounts for almost all cases of pancreatic enzyme
deficiency in children
H Signs and symptoms apparent soon after birth or not
for several years
H Death typically from pneumonia, emphysema, or
atelectasis
Pathophysiology
H The viscosity of bronchial, pancreatic, and other mu-
Causes
H Dyspnea
H Poor weight gain
Complications
H Bronchiectasis
H Pneumonia
H Atelectasis
H Dehydration
H Distal intestinal obstructive syndrome
H Malnutrition
H Gastroesophageal reflux
H Cor pulmonale
H Hepatic disease
H Diabetes
H Arthritis
H Biliary disease
H Clotting problems
H Retarded bone growth
H Delayed sexual development
H Azoospermia in males
H Secondary amenorrhea in females
H Electrolyte imbalances
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Potentially fatal shock
H Death
Assessment
History
H Recurring bronchitis and pneumonia
H Nasal polyps and sinusitis
H Wheezing
H Dry, nonproductive cough
H Shortness of breath
H Abdominal distention, vomiting, constipation
H Frequent, bulky, foul-smelling, and pale stool with a
some 7
H Causes of symptoms: increased viscosity of bronchial,
Incidence
H Most common fatal genetic disease of white children
H Twenty-five percent chance of transmission with each
Common characteristics
H Wheezy respirations
H Dry, nonproductive, paroxysmal cough
222
Cystic fibrosis
Special populations
Neonates may exhibit meconium ileus and develop
symptoms of intestinal obstruction, such as abdominal distention, vomiting, constipation, dehydration, and electrolyte imbalance.
Physical findings
H Wheezy respirations
H Dry, nonproductive, paroxysmal cough
H Dyspnea
H Tachypnea
H Bibasilar crackles and hyperresonance
H Barrel chest
H Cyanosis, and clubbing of the fingers and toes
H Distended abdomen
H Thin extremities
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 223
Test results
Laboratory
H Sweat test reveals sodium and chloride values.
H Stool specimen analysis shows absence of trypsin.
H Deoxyribonucleic acid testing shows presence of the
delta F 508 deletion.
H Liver enzyme tests may show hepatic insufficiency.
H Sputum culture may show such organisms as
Pseudomonas and Staphylococcus.
H Serum albumin level is decreased.
H Serum electrolytes may show hypochloremia and
hyponatremia.
H Arterial blood gas shows hypoxemia.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show early signs of lung obstruction.
H High-resolution chest computed tomography scan
shows bronchial wall thickening, cystic lesions, and
bronchiectasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary function tests show decreased vital capacity, elevated residual volume, and decreased forced
expiratory volume in 1 second.
Treatment
General
H Based on organ systems involved
H Chest physiotherapy, nebulization, and breathing ex-
Medications
H Pulmonary enzyme, such as dornase alfa, given by
aerosol nebulizer
H Antibiotic, as appropriate
H Oxygen therapy, as needed
H Oral pancreatic enzymes such as pancreatin
H Bronchodilator such as albuterol
H Corticosteroid such as prednisone
H Vitamin A, D, E, and K supplements
H Annual influenza vaccination
Surgery
H Heart-lung transplantation
H Feeding tube placement for nutritional support
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H consume adequate calories daily
H use a support system to assist with coping
H express an understanding of the illness.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Administer pancreatic enzymes with meals and
snacks.
H Perform chest physiotherapy and postural drainage.
H Administer oxygen therapy, as needed.
H Provide a well-balanced, high-calorie, high-protein
cated.
H Ensure adequate oral fluid intake.
H Provide exercise and activity periods.
H Encourage breathing exercises.
H Provide the young child with play periods.
H Enlist the help of the physical therapy department
care.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Hydration and nutrition
H Pulse oximetry
H Respiratory status
H GI status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H aerosol therapy
H chest physiotherapy
H signs and symptoms of infection
H complications.
Discharge planning
H Refer family members for genetic counseling, as
appropriate.
H Refer the patient and his family to a local support
Cystic fibrosis
223
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 224
Cytomegalovirus
infection
Overview
Description
H Infection with a member of the herpesvirus group
H Also called generalized salivary gland disease and
Neonatal complications
H Stillbirth
H Neonatal retinitis
H Microcephaly
H Mental retardation
H Seizures
H Hearing loss
H Thrombocytopenia
H Hemolytic anemia
Assessment
Pathophysiology
History
H Immunosuppressive condition
Causes
H Results from a deoxyribonucleic acid virus belonging
and excretions, through blood transfusions, transplacentally, and through transplanted organs
Risk factors
H Poor hygiene
H Immunosuppression
H Child care workers
Incidence
H Occurs worldwide
H Occurs in approximately 30% to 50% of acquired
Common characteristics
H Mild fatigue, myalgia, and headache or no clinical
symptoms
Complications
H Pneumonia
H Hepatitis
H Ulceration of the GI tract and esophagus
H Retinitis
H Encephalopathy
224
Cytomegalovirus infection
Physical findings
H Fever common
H Lethargy
H In immunocompetent patient with CMV mononucleo-
Test results
Laboratory
H Isolating the virus or demonstrating increasing serologic titers by complement fixation studies, hemagglutination inhibition antibody tests and, in congenital infections, indirect immunofluorescent tests for
CMV immunoglobulin M antibody allows diagnosis.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray reveals bilateral, diffuse, white infiltrates.
H Computed tomography scan or magnetic resonance
imaging shows CNS involvement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Endoscopy shows GI involvement.
H Fundoscopy may show retinitis.
Treatment
General
H Rest, as needed
Medications
H Antivirals, such as cidofovir and ganciclovir
H Immune serum such as cytomegalovirus immune
globulin
9400C.qxd
8/2/12
4:29 PM
Page 225
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain normal temperature
H maintain adequate caloric intake
H demonstrate skill in conserving energy while carrying
out daily activities to tolerance level
H verbally report having an increased energy level
H articulate factors that intensify pain and modify behavior accordingly
H maintain respiratory rate within 5 breaths of baseline
H express feeling of comfort while maintaining air
exchange.
Nursing interventions
H Institute standard precautions.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H If vision impairment occurs, provide a safe environ-
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Ventilation and oxygenation if the respiratory system
involved
H Vital signs
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper hand-washing technique
H need for parents to wear gloves when in contact with
secretions or changing diapers and to dispose of diapers or soiled articles properly and wash hands thoroughly
H need for female health care workers trying to get
pregnant to have CMV titers drawn to identify their
risk of contracting the infection
H need for an immunosuppressed or pregnant patient
to avoid contact with any person who has confirmed
or suspected CMV infection
H need for an immunosuppressed patient whos CMVseronegative to carry this information with him so he
wont be given CMV-positive blood.
Discharge planning
H Provide emotional support and counseling to the
Cytomegalovirus infection
225
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 226
Dacryocystitis
Overview
Description
Pathophysiology
Causes
Acute form
H Staphylococcus aureus
H Beta-hemolytic streptococci
Chronic form
H Streptococcus pneumonia
H Fungus, such as Actinomyces or Candida albicans
H Chronic mucosal degeneration
H Secondary tumors from sinuses, nose, and eye orbits
Risk factors
H Congenital blockage of nasolacrimal duct
Incidence
H More common in adults older than age 40
H More common on the left side than the right side
H Rare in blacks
H Affects females more commonly than males
Common characteristics
Acute form
H Sudden onset of pain
H Redness in the medial canthal region
Chronic form
H Incidious onset of watery eyes
Complications
H Hemorrhage
H Infection
H Cerebrospinal fluid leakage
Assessment
History
H Eye pain
H Fever
Punctum
Lacrimal canals
Lacrimal sac
Nasolacrimal duct
226
Dacryocystitis
Iris
Pupil
Sclera
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 227
Physical findings
H Severe erythematous swelling around nasal aspect of
lower eyelid
H Tenderness of eyelid
H Tearing
H Conjunctival injection
H Palpable mass inferior to the medial canthal tendon
H Decreased visual acuity
H Orbital cellulitis
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H applying warm compresses and eyedrops
H reporting signs of worsening infection.
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture of discharge shows causative organism.
H Complete blood count shows elevated white blood
cell count.
Imaging
H X-ray after injection of radiopaque medium locates
atresia.
H Dacryocystography and dacryoscintigraphy identify
anatomical abnormalities of the nasolacrimal
drainage system.
Treatment
General
H Warm compresses
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Antibiotic eyedrops such as polymyxin/trimethoprim
H Antibiotics, such as gentamicin, amoxicillin, and
clavulanate potassium
Surgery
H Incision and drainage
H Dacryocystorhinostomy (chronic cases)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H remain free from signs of infection.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed antibiotics.
H Apply compresses.
Monitoring
H Temperature
H Pain
H Visual acuity
Dacryocystitis
227
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 228
Dermatitis
Overview
Description
H Skin condition characterized by inflammation
H Can be acute or chronic
H Occurs in several forms, including contact, seborrhe-
Pathophysiology
H The allergic mechanism of hypersensitivity results in
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Possible underlying metabolic or biochemical causes
H Possible genetic link to elevated serum IgE levels
H Possible defective T-cell function
H Precipitating factors:
Infections
Allergens
Temperature extremes
Humidity
Sweating
Stress
Incidence
H Common in infants and toddlers between ages 6
Physical findings
H Depend on type of dermatitis
H Erythematous patches in excessively dry areas
Special populations
In children, look for lesions on the forehead,
cheeks, and extensor surfaces of the arms and legs.
H Lesions usually at flexion points in adults
H During a flare-up: edema, scaling, and vesiculation;
pus-filled vesicles
H In chronic disease: multiple areas of dry, scaly skin,
Test results
H Results depend on type of dermatitis.
Laboratory
H Serum analysis shows elevated IgE levels.
H Tissue cultures may rule out bacterial, viral, or fungal superinfections.
H Allergy testing may disclose allergic rhinitis or
asthma.
Diagnostic procedures
H Patch testing and distribution of lesions are used to
pinpoint the provoking allergen.
Other
H Firm stroking of the patients skin with a blunt instrument causes a white not reddened hive to appear on the skin of 70% of patients with atopic dermatitis.
H Food elimination diet may help to identify at least one
allergen.
atopic disease
Treatment
Common characteristics
General
H Pruritus
H Skin lesions
Complications
H Permanent skin damage
H Lichenification
H Altered pigmentation
H Scarring
H Bacterial, fungal, and viral infections
H Kaposis varicelliform eruption
Assessment
History
H Depends on type of dermatitis
H Family history of atopic dermatitis
228
Dermatitis
Medications
H Antihistamines, such as diphenhydramine
H Corticosteroids, such as betamethasone and hydro-
cortisone
H Antibiotics such as gentamicin
H Antifungals such as ketoconazole
H Antivirals such as acyclovir
H Antipruritics such as hydroxyzine hydrochloride
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 229
Surgery
H Vein stripping, sclerotherapy, or skin grafts in stasis
dermatitis
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H avoid complications
H demonstrate understanding of skin care regimen
H verbalize feelings about altered body image.
Nursing interventions
Nursing interventions are guided by the type of dermatitis.
H Assist with daily skin care, and avoid using perfumed
soaps.
H Apply intermittent occlusive dressings to lichenified
skin.
H Apply cool, moist compresses.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Offer emotional support and reassurance.
H Administer medications as prescribed.
H Prevent rubbing and scratching of the affected area.
Monitoring
H Adverse reactions
H Response to treatment
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H skin care
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H signs and symptoms of corticosteroid overdose and
notifying the practitioner immediately if they occur
H control of pruritus
H meticulous hand washing and good personal hygiene
H use of plain, tepid water (96 F [35.6 C]) and nonperfumed soaps
H application of occlusive dressings when skin is
lichenified
H application of wet-to-dry dressings
H identification and avoidance of aggravating factors
H avoidance of temperature extremes.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the American Academy of Derma-
tology.
Dermatitis
229
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 230
Types of dermatitis
Type
Causes
Assessment
findings
Diagnosis
Treatment
and intervention
No characteristic pattern or
course; diagnosis based on
detailed history
and physical
findings
Patient history
Patch testing
to identify allergens
Shape and distribution of lesions
Identification
of the underlying cause
CHRONIC DERMATITIS
Characterized by
inflammatory
eruptions of the
hands and feet
CONTACT DERMATITIS
Commonly,
sharply demarcated skin inflammation and irritation
due to contact
with concentrated
substances to
which the skin is
sensitive, such as
perfumes or
chemicals
Mild irritants:
chronic exposure to detergents or solvents
Strong irritants:
damage on contact with acids
or alkalis
Allergens: sensitization after
repeated exposure
EXFOLIATIVE DERMATITIS
Severe, chronic
skin inflammation
characterized by
redness and widespread erythema
and scaling
Progression of
preexisting skin
lesions to exfoliative stage, as
in contact dermatitis, drug reaction, lymphoma, or
leukemia
Superficial skin
inflammation
characterized by
itching and papular eruptions that
appear on thickened, hyperpigmented skin
230
Dermatitis
Chronic
scratching or
rubbing of a
primary lesion
or insect bite,
or other skin
irritation
Intense, sometimes
continual scratching
Thick, possibly dry,
scaly lesions, with
sharp borders and
raised papules
Usually affects easily
reached areas, such
as ankles, lower legs,
anogenital area, back
of neck, and ears
Physical findings
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 231
Causes
Assessment
findings
Diagnosis
Treatment
and intervention
Round, nummular
(coin-shaped) lesions,
usually on arms and
legs, with distinct borders of crusts and
scales
Possibly oozing and
severe itching
Summertime remissions common, with
wintertime recurrence
Eruptions in areas
with many sebaceous
glands (usually scalp,
face, and trunk) and
in skin folds
Itching, redness, and
inflammation of affected areas; lesions
that may appear
greasy; possibly
fissures
Indistinct, occasionally yellowish scaly
patches from excess
stratum corneum
(dandruff may be mild
seborrheic dermatitis)
Patient history
and physical
findings, especially distribution of lesions
in sebaceous
gland areas
Exclusion of
psoriasis
Varicosities and
edema common, but
obvious vascular insufficiency not always
present
Usually affects the
lower leg, just above
internal malleolus, or
sites of trauma or irritation
Early signs: dusky red
deposits of hemosiderin in skin, with
itching and dimpling
of subcutaneous tissue; later signs:
edema, redness, and
scaling of large area
of legs
Possibly fissures,
crusts, and ulcers
NUMMULAR DERMATITIS
Chronic form of
dermatitis characterized by coinshaped, vesicular,
crusted scales
and, possibly, pruritic lesions
SEBORRHEIC DERMATITIS
Unknown;
stress and neurologic conditions may be
predisposing
factors
STASIS DERMATITIS
Condition usually
caused by impaired circulation
and characterized
by eczema of the
legs with edema,
hyperpigmentation, and persistent inflammation
Secondary to
peripheral vascular diseases
affecting legs,
such as recurrent thrombophlebitis and resultant chronic
venous insufficiency
Dermatitis
231
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 232
Developmental
dysplasia of the hip
Overview
Description
H An abnormality of the hip joint present at birth
H Most common disorder affecting the hip joints in
Pathophysiology
a traumatic birth may cause dislocation.
H Displacement of bones within the joint may damage
Causes
H Unknown
Risk factors
H Breech delivery
H Elevated maternal relaxin (hormone secreted by the
corpus luteum during pregnancy that causes relaxation of pubic symphysis and cervical dilation)
H Large neonates and twins
Incidence
H About 85% of cases: female
NORMAL HIP
Common characteristics
H Level of knees uneven
H Limited abduction on the dislocated side
H Buttock fold on the affected side higher with the
Acetabulum
Head of the femur
Complications
H Degenerative hip changes
H Abnormal acetabular development
H Lordosis (abnormally increased concave curvature of
H Joint malformation
H Sciatic nerve injury (paralysis)
H Avascular necrosis of femoral head
H Soft tissue damage
H Permanent disability
Assessment
History
DISLOCATED HIP
H Traumatic birth
H Large birth size
H Twin
Physical findings
H Extra fold on the thigh of the affected side
H Limited abduction on the dislocated side
H Level of knees uneven
H Swaying from side to side (duck waddle) because
232
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 233
Test results
Imaging
H X-rays show the location of the femur head and a
shallow acetabulum.
H Computed tomography scan shows the location and
extent of the deformity.
H Sonography and magnetic resonance imaging assess
reduction.
Other
H Physical examination helps to confirm the diagnosis.
Treatment
Treatment of developmental dysplasia of the hip varies
with the patients age.
Younger than age 3 months:
H Gentle manipulation to reduce the dislocation, followed by splint-brace or Pavlik harness
H Splint-brace or Pavlik harness worn continuously for
2 to 3 months, then a night splint for another month
Older than age 3 months:
H Bilateral skin traction (in infants) or skeletal traction
(in children who have started walking)
H Bryants traction or divarication traction (both extremities placed in traction, even if only one is affected, to help maintain immobilization) for children
younger than 3 years and weighing less than 35 lb
(15.9 kg) for 2 to 3 weeks
H Immobilization in a spica cast for about 3 months for
children ages 6 to 12 months
Special populations
Treatment begun after age 5 rarely restores satisfactory hip function.
General
H Activity, as tolerated
H No dietary restrictions
Surgery
H Gentle closed reduction under general anesthesia to
Ortolanis sign
Trendelenburgs sign
Nursing interventions
H Provide reassurance to the parents.
H Turn the child every 2 hours.
H Provide appropriate cast care.
Monitoring
H Parental care of cast or equipment
H Skin integrity
H Color, sensation, and motion of the infants legs and
feet
H Comfort
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H how to correctly splint or brace the hips, as ordered
H good hygiene
H signs and symptoms of cast compression (cyanosis,
cool extremities, or pain).
Discharge planning
H Stress the need for frequent checkups.
H Refer the child and parents to a child life specialist to
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H maintain muscle strength
233
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 234
Diabetes insipidus
Overview
Description
H Disorder in which secretion of antidiuretic hormone
Pathophysiology
H Vasopressin (antidiuretic hormone) is synthesized in
Causes
H Failure of vasopressin secretion in response to nor-
Incidence
H Affects males and females equally
H Primary DI in 50% of patients
Common characteristics
H Polyuria with low specific gravity and osmolality
H Nocturia
H Dehydration
234
Diabetes insipidus
H Polydipsia
H Weight loss
H Fatigue
Complications
H Hypovolemia
H Hyperosmolality
H Circulatory collapse
H Loss of consciousness
H CNS changes
H Bladder distention
H Hydroureter
H Hydronephrosis
Assessment
History
H Abrupt onset of extreme polyuria
H Extreme thirst
H Extraordinarily large oral fluid intake
H Weight loss
H Dizziness; weakness; fatigue
H Constipation
H Nocturia
Special populations
In children, reports of enuresis, sleep disturbances,
irritability, anorexia, thirst, and decreased weight
gain and linear growth are common.
Physical findings
H Signs of dehydration
H Fever
H Dyspnea
H Pale, voluminous urine
H Poor skin turgor
H Tachycardia
H Decreased muscle strength
H Hypotension
Test results
Laboratory
H Urinalysis shows colorless urine with specific gravity
1.005 or less and osmolality less than 200 mOsm/kg.
H 24-hour urine sample shows decreased specific gravity and increased volume.
H Serum chemistries show elevated sodium, blood urea
nitrogen (BUN), and creatinine levels.
H Serum osmolality is increased.
H Serum vasopressin level is decreased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Dehydration test or water deprivation test shows an
increase in urine osmolality after vasopressin administration exceeding 9%.
H Magnetic resonance imaging may show a pituitary tumor or brain tumor.
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 235
Treatment
General
H Identification and treatment of underlying cause
H Control of fluid balance; administration of I.V. fluids
Medications
H Posterior pituitary hormones, such as vasopressin
and desmopressin
H Thiazide diuretics, such as hydrochlorothiazide, in
nephrogenic DI
H I.V. fluids:
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the practitioner
H signs and symptoms of dehydration
H daily weight
H intake and output
H use of a hydrometer to measure urine specific gravity
H need for medical identification jewelry
H need for ongoing medical care.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a mental health professional for
Surgery
H Not indicated, unless required to treat underlying
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H demonstrate balanced fluid volume
H display adaptive coping behaviors
H avoid complications
H demonstrate normal laboratory values.
Nursing interventions
H Administer I.V. fluid to match urine output.
H Administer medications, as ordered.
H Provide meticulous skin and mouth care.
ALERT
Use caution when administering vasopressin to a
patient with coronary artery disease because it can
cause coronary artery constriction.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Offer encouragement while providing a realistic as-
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Daily weight
H Urine specific gravity
H Serum electrolytes and BUN
Diabetes insipidus
235
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 236
Diabetes mellitus
Overview
Description
H Chronic disease of absolute or relative insulin defi-
ciency or resistance
H Characterized by disturbances in carbohydrate, pro-
Complications
H Ketoacidosis
H Hyperosmolar hyperglycemic nonketotic syndrome
H Cardiovascular disease
H Peripheral vascular disease
H Retinopathy, blindness
H Nephropathy
H Diabetic dermopathy
H Impaired resistance to infection
H Cognitive depression
H Hypoglycemia
Pathophysiology
H The effects of diabetes mellitus (DM) result from in-
Special populations
Neonates of diabetic mothers have a two to three
times greater incidence of congenital malformations and fetal distress, unless the mothers blood
glucose levels are well-controlled before conception
and during pregnancy.
Causes
H Genetic factors
H Autoimmune disease (type 1)
Risk factors
H Viral infections (type 1)
H Obesity (type 2)
H Physiologic or emotional stress
H Sedentary lifestyle (type 2)
H Pregnancy
H Medication, such as thiazide diuretics, adrenal corti-
Incidence
H Type 1 usually occurs before age 30, although it
Common characteristics
H Polyuria
H Polydipsia
H Polyphagia
H Weight loss
H Fatigue
236
Diabetes mellitus
Assessment
History
H Polyuria, nocturia
H Dehydration
H Polydipsia
H Dry mucous membranes
H Poor skin turgor
H Weight loss and hunger
H Weakness; fatigue
H Vision changes
H Frequent skin and urinary tract infections
H Dry, itchy skin
H Sexual problems
H Numbness or pain in the hands or feet
H Postprandial feeling of nausea or fullness
H Nocturnal diarrhea
Type 1
H Rapidly developing symptoms
Type 2
H Vague, long-standing symptoms that develop
gradually
H Family history of DM
H Pregnancy
H Severe viral infection
H Other endocrine diseases
H Recent stress or trauma
H Use of drugs that increase blood glucose levels
Physical findings
H Retinopathy or cataract formation
H Skin changes, especially on the legs and feet
H Muscle wasting and loss of subcutaneous fat (type 1)
H Obesity, particularly in the abdominal area (type 2)
H Poor skin turgor
H Dry mucous membranes
H Decreased peripheral pulses
H Cool skin temperature
H Diminished deep tendon reflexes
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 237
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Characteristic fruity breath odor in ketoacidosis
H Possible hypovolemia and shock in ketoacidosis and
Test results
Laboratory
H Fasting plasma glucose level is greater than or equal
to 126 mg/dl on at least two occasions.
H Random blood glucose level is greater than or equal
to 200 mg/dl.
H Two-hour postprandial blood glucose level is greater
than or equal to 200 mg/dl.
H Glycosylated hemoglobin (Hb A1C) level is increased.
H Urinalysis may show acetone or glucose.
Diagnostic procedures
H Ophthalmologic examination may show diabetic
retinopathy.
Treatment
General
H Exercise and diet control
H Tight glycemic control for prevention of complica-
tions
and legs.
H Treat all injuries, cuts, and blisters immediately.
H Avoid constricting hose, slippers, or bed linens.
H Encourage adequate fluid intake.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Offer emotional support.
H Help to develop effective coping strategies.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Serum glucose
H Urine acetone
H Renal status
H Cardiovascular status
H Signs and symptoms of:
Hypoglycemia
Hyperglycemia
Hyperosmolar coma
Urinary tract and vaginal infections
Diabetic neuropathy
Patient teaching
Nursing considerations
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the practitioner
H prescribed meal plan
H prescribed exercise program
H signs and symptoms of:
urinary tract and vaginal infection
hypoglycemia
hyperglycemia
diabetic neuropathy
H self-monitoring of blood glucose
H complications of hyperglycemia
H foot care
H annual regular ophthalmologic examinations
H safety precautions
H management of diabetes during illness.
Key outcomes
Discharge planning
nance
H American Diabetes Association recommendations to
Medications
H Exogenous insulin (type 1 or possibly type 2)
H Oral antidiabetics (type 2), such as arcabose, exe-
Surgery
H Pancreas transplantation
Nursing interventions
preconception counseling.
H Refer the patient to the Juvenile Diabetes Research
Diabetes mellitus
237
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 238
Diphtheria
Overview
Description
H Acute, highly contagious, toxin-mediated infection
Pathophysiology
H The organism proliferates at the site of implantation.
H Endotoxins are produced, absorbed by the blood,
Causes
H Corynebacterium diphtheriae, a gram-positive rod
H Transmission usually through intimate contact, air-
Risk factors
H Crowded living conditions
H Poor hygiene
(resembles impetigo)
Complications
H Thrombocytopenia
H Myocarditis
H Neurologic involvement (primarily affecting motor
Assessment
History
H Fever
H Sore throat
H Rasping cough
H Malaise
H Vomiting
H Dysphagia
Physical findings
H Hoarseness or stridor
H Thick, patchy, grayish green membrane over the mu-
Incidence
Test results
States
H Cutaneous diphtheria on the increase since 1972, especially in the Pacific Northwest and the Southwest
H More prevalent in children younger than age 15
Laboratory
H Throat culture or culture of other suspect lesions
grows C. diphtheriae.
H Arterial blood gas results may reveal hypoxemia.
Common characteristics
H Thick, patchy, grayish green membrane over the mu-
Droplet precautions
Droplet precautions prevent the spread of infectious diseases transmitted by contact with nasal or oral secretions
(droplets arising from coughing or sneezing) from the infected patient with the mucous membranes of the susceptible host.
Effective droplet precautions require a single room
(not necessarily a negative-pressure room), and the door
doesnt need to be closed. Persons having direct contact
with, or who will be within 3 feet of, the patient should
wear a surgical mask covering the nose and mouth.
When handling infants or young children who require
droplet precautions, you may also need to wear gloves
and a gown to prevent soiling of clothing with nasal and
oral secretions.
238
Diphtheria
Treatment
General
H Symptomatic
H Droplet precautions (see Droplet precautions)
H Activity, as tolerated
H Diet, as tolerated
H Endotracheal intubation and mechanical ventilation,
as necessary
Medications
H Diphtheria antitoxin
H Antibiotics, such as penicillin and erythromycin
H Oxygen therapy
Surgery
H Tracheotomy (if airway obstruction occurs)
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 239
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain patent airway
H have adequate ventilation
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection.
Nursing interventions
H Enforce droplet precautions.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Obtain cultures, as ordered.
H Report all cases to local public health authorities.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
H Maintain a patent airway.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Pulse oximetry
H Respiratory status
H Signs of shock
H Cardiac rhythm and cardiovascular status
H Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper disposal of nasopharyngeal secretions
H maintaining isolation precautions until two consecutive negative nasopharyngeal cultures at least 1
week after drug therapy stops.
Discharge planning
H Stress the need for childhood immunizations to all
parents.
Diphtheria
239
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 240
Dislocations and
subluxations
Overview
Description
H Dislocation displacement of joint bones so that ar-
Pathophysiology
H Trauma causes displacement of the joint.
H Joint structures (blood vessels, ligaments, tendons,
Common dislocation
The elbow is a common site of dislocation.
NORMAL ELBOW JOINT
Causes
H Congenital
H Trauma
H Pagets disease of surrounding joint tissues
Risk factors
H Participation in contact sports
Incidence
H Shoulder dislocations more than half of disloca-
Common characteristics
H Visible deformity of affected extremity
H Shortening of affected extremity
H Local pain
H Swelling
H Limitation of function
H Numbness of affected extremity
Complications
H Damage to surrounding muscle, ligaments, nerves,
Assessment
History
H Trauma or fall
H Extreme pain at injury site
H Participation in contact sports
Physical findings
ELBOW JOINT WITH
LATERAL DISLOCATION
Test results
Imaging
H X-rays confirm the diagnosis and reveal any associated fractures.
Treatment
General
H Ice application
H Immediate reduction and immobilization
240
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 241
Medications
H Sedative, such as lorazepam
H Analgesics, such as ibuprofen and oxycodone
H Muscle relaxants, such as carisoprodol and cy-
verse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a rehabilitation program, if ap-
propriate.
H Refer the patient for home health care, if appropri-
ate.
clobenzaprine
Surgery
H Open reduction
H Skeletal traction
H Ligament repair
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H identify factors that intensify pain
H identify factors that increase the risk for injury
H maintain muscle strength and tone
H maintain joint ROM.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide proper positioning of the affected area.
H Apply ice, as ordered.
H Encourage ROM exercises, as ordered, for adjacent
nonmobilized joints.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
ALERT
Immediately report signs and symptoms of severe
vascular compromise, such as pallor, pain, loss of
pulse, paralysis, and paresthesia; the patient needs
an immediate orthopedic examination and emergency reduction.
Monitoring
H Respiratory status when I.V. sedatives used
H Neurovascular status of involved extremity
H Integrity of skin
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need to report numbness, pain, cyanosis, and
coldness of the extremity below the cast or splint
H how to evaluate skin integrity
H how to assess neurovascular status
H the use of assistive devices
H the importance of follow-up visits
241
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 242
Life-threatening disorder
Disseminated
intravascular
coagulation
Overview
Description
Common characteristics
H Abnormal bleeding
H Hemorrhage
Complications
H Cardiac tamponade
H Hemothorax
H Renal failure
H Hepatic damage
H Stroke
H Ischemic bowel
H Respiratory distress
H Death (mortality is greater than 50%)
H Intracerebral bleed
bleeding or thrombosis
H Complicates diseases and conditions that accelerate
clotting, causing occlusion of small blood vessels, organ necrosis, depletion of circulating clotting factors
and platelets, and activation of the fibrinolytic system
H Also known as DIC, consumption coagulopathy,
and defibrination syndrome
Pathophysiology
H Typical accelerated clotting results in generalized ac-
Causes
H Infection, sepsis
H Obstetric complications
H Neoplastic disease
H Disorders that produce necrosis, such as extensive
patible blood transfusion, drug reactions, cardiac arrest, surgery necessitating cardiopulmonary bypass,
acute respiratory distress syndrome, diabetic ketoacidosis, pulmonary embolism, and sickle cell anemia
H Snakebite
Incidence
H Dependent on the cause
242
Assessment
History
H Abnormal bleeding without a history of a serious
Physical findings
H Petechiae
H Acrocyanosis
H Dyspnea, tachypnea
H Mental status changes, including confusion
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum platelet count is less than 150,000/mm3.
H Serum fibrinogen level is less than 170 mg/dl.
H Prothrombin time is more than 19 seconds.
H Partial thromboplastin time is more than 40 seconds.
H FDPs are increased (commonly greater than 45
mcg/ml, or positive at less than 1:100 dilution).
H Result of D-dimer test (specific fibrinogen test for
DIC) is positive at less than 1:8 dilution.
H Thrombin time is prolonged.
H Blood clotting factors V, VIII, X, XII, and protein C
are diminished.
H Complete blood count shows decreased hemoglobin
level (less than 10 g/dl).
H Blood urea nitrogen level is greater than 25 mg/dl,
and serum creatinine level is greater than 1.3 mg/dl.
H Antithrombin III level is decreased.
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 243
Treatment
General
tively bleeding
H Activity, as tolerated
H Fluid replacement
H Oxygen therapy
H Endotracheal intubation and mechanical ventilation,
as necessary
Medications
If the patient is actively bleeding
H Administration of blood, fresh frozen plasma,
platelets, or packed red blood cells
H Cryoprecipitate
H Antithrombin III and gabexate
H Anticoagulant such as heparin
H Analgesics such as morphine
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain balanced intake and output
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H have laboratory values return to normal
H use available support systems to assist in coping with
fears.
overload.
and linen, and record drainage.
ment.
H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees.
H Provide nutritional support.
H Maintain bed rest with range-of-motion exercises.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Results of serial blood studies
H Signs of shock
H Intake and output, especially when administering
blood products
H Cardiovascular status
H Respiratory status, including pulse oximetry
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (for the patient and his family):
H an explanation of the disorder
H the signs and symptoms of the problem, diagnostic
procedures required, and treatment that the patient
will receive.
Nursing interventions
ALERT
Focus on early recognition of signs of abnormal
bleeding, prompt treatment of the underlying disorders, and prevention of further bleeding.
H Provide emotional support.
H Provide adequate rest periods.
H Give prescribed analgesics as necessary.
H Reposition the patient every 2 hours, and provide
ALERT
To prevent clots from dislodging and causing fresh
bleeding, dont vigorously rub the affected areas
when bathing.
H Protect the patient from injury.
H If bleeding occurs, use pressure and topical hemo-
243
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 244
Diverticular disease
Complications
Overview
H Intestinal obstruction
H Rectal hemorrhage
H Portal pyemia
H Fistula
H Sepsis
or peritonitis
Description
H Bulging pouches (diverticula) in GI wall pushing the
Pathophysiology
H Pressure in the intestinal lumen is exerted on weak
Causes
H Diminished colonic motility and increased intralumi-
nal pressure
H Defects in colon wall strength
Risk factors
H Age
H Low-fiber diet
Incidence
H Most common in adults ages 45 and older
H Affects 30% of adults older than age 60
Common characteristics
H Left lower quadrant abdominal pain
H Generalized abdominal pain
H Diarrhea or constipation
H Palpable mass
H Nausea, vomiting
244
Diverticular disease
Assessment
History
Diverticulosis
H May be symptom-free
H Occasional intermittent pain in the left lower abdominal quadrant, which may be relieved by defecation
or the passage of flatus
H Alternating bouts of constipation and diarrhea
Diverticulitis
H History of diverticulosis
H Low fiber consumption
H Recent consumption of foods containing seeds or
kernels or indigestible roughage, such as celery and
corn
H Complaints of moderate dull or steady pain in the left
lower abdominal quadrant, aggravated by straining,
lifting, or coughing
H Mild nausea, gas, diarrhea, or intermittent bouts of
constipation, sometimes accompanied by rectal
bleeding
Physical findings
Diverticulitis
H Distressed appearance
H Left lower quadrant abdominal tenderness
H Low-grade fever
H Palpable mass
Acute diverticulitis
H Muscle spasms
H Signs of peritoneal irritation
H Guarding and rebound tenderness
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count reveals leukocytosis.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated (in diverticulitis).
H Stool test is positive for occult blood (in 25% of patients with diverticulitis).
Imaging
H Barium studies reveal barium-filled diverticula or
outlines, but barium doesnt fill diverticula blocked
by impacted stools. This procedure isnt performed
for acute diverticulitis due to potential rupture.
H Radiography may reveal colonic spasm if irritable
bowel syndrome accompanies diverticular disease.
H Abdominal X-rays rule out perforation.
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 245
Diagnostic procedures
H Colonoscopy or flexible sigmoidoscopy shows diverticula or inflamed mucosa. It isnt usually performed
in the acute phase.
H Biopsy results may rule out cancer.
H Computed tomography scan of the abdomen evaluates the presence of abscess.
Treatment
General
H For asymptomatic diverticulosis, no treatment
H Bed rest
Medications
For diverticulosis
H Stool softeners such as docusate sodium
H Bulk medication such as calcium polycarbophil
For diverticulitis
H Antibiotics, such as metronidazole and ceftazidime
H Analgesics such as morphine
H I.V. therapy for severe diverticulitis
Surgery
H Colon resection
H May require temporary colostomy to drain abscesses
medical treatment
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
care.
After colon resection
H Provide meticulous wound care.
H Encourage coughing and deep breathing and incentive spirometer use to prevent atelectasis.
H Administer I.V. fluids and prescribed drugs.
H Provide colostomy care, if appropriate.
H Apply sequential compression device.
H Encourage early ambulation.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
Monitoring
H GI status
H Vital signs
H Pain control
H Stools for color, consistency, and frequency
H NG drainage, if appropriate
H Signs and symptoms of complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H bowel and dietary habits (in uncomplicated diverticulosis)
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative teaching (for a patient needing surgery)
H postoperative teaching (for a patient who must care
for his colostomy)
H the desired actions and possible adverse effects of
prescribed medications.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an enterostomal therapist, if ap-
propriate.
H Refer the patient to a dietitian, if needed.
Nursing interventions
ALERT
Remember that diverticulitis produces more serious signs and symptoms as well as complications,
and requires more interventions than diverticulosis.
H If the patient is anxious, provide psychological sup-
port.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Diverticular disease
245
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 246
Down syndrome
Overview
Description
H A chromosomal aberration that results in mental and
physical abnormalities
H Average IQ between 30 and 50 (some higher)
H Also known as mongolism and trisomy 21 syn-
drome
Pathophysiology
H Down syndrome is an aberration in which chromo-
Causes
H Trisomy 21
H Mosaicism and trisomy 21
H Robertsonian translation and partial trisomy 21
Risk factors
H Maternal age, especially older than age 35
Incidence
H Occurs in 1 per 800 to 1,000 live births
H Increases with maternal age, especially after age 35
Common characteristics
H Mental retardation
H Abnormal facial features
H Heart defects
H Other congenital defects
Complications
H Death
H Congenital heart defects
H Premature senile dementia
H Leukemia
H Acute and chronic infections
H Diabetes mellitus
H Thyroid disorders
Test results
Laboratory
H Karyotype analysis or chromosome mapping shows
the chromosomal abnormality and confirms the diagnosis of Down syndrome.
H Prenatal serum alpha-fetoprotein reveals reduced
levels of alpha-fetoprotein.
Imaging
H Prenatal ultrasonography can suggest Down syndrome if a duodenal obstruction or an atrioventricular canal defect is present.
H Amniocentesis allows prenatal diagnosis.
Other
H Developmental screening tests show severity and
progress of retardation.
Treatment
General
H Early intervention
H Special education programs
H Special athletic programs
H Maximal environmental simulation for infants
H Safety precautions for children and adults in a con-
trolled environment
Medications
H Antibiotics, depending on the infective organism, for
Assessment
History
H Neonate lethargic and a poor feeder
Physical findings
H Slanting, almond-shaped eyes
H Small, open mouth, protruding tongue
H Single transverse palmar crease
246
Down syndrome
recurrent infections
H Thyroid hormone replacement with levothyroxine for
hypothyroidism
Surgery
H Open-heart surgery to correct cardiac defects, such
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 247
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H demonstrate age-appropriate skills and behaviors to
the extent possible
H perform health maintenance activities according to
level of ability
H participate in developmental stimulation programs to
increase skill levels.
Nursing interventions
H Establish a trusting relationship with the childs par-
ents.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Encourage the parents to hold and nurture their
child.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Complications
H Nutritional status
H Growth and development
H Thyroid function test results
H Cardiovascular status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need for adequate exercise and maximal environmental stimulation
H realistic goals for the parents and child
H information about a balanced diet
H the importance of remembering the emotional needs
of other children in the family.
Discharge planning
H Refer the parents to infant stimulation classes.
H Refer the parents and older siblings for genetic and
Down syndrome
247
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 248
Dysmenorrhea
Overview
Description
H Obesity
H Smoking
Incidence
H Affects more than 45% of females of reproductive age
H Usually peaks in the early 20s, then slowly decreases
Common characteristics
ease
H Most common gynecologic complaint
H A primary disorder that begins 6 to 12 months after
the onset of ovulation
H A secondary disorder that typically begins between
ages 20 and 30, but possible any time after menarche
Pathophysiology
H Pain may result from increased prostaglandin secre-
Causes
Primary
H Increased prostaglandin secretion caused by sloughing endometrial cells
Secondary
H Endometriosis
H Cervical stenosis
H Uterine leiomyomas (benign fibroid tumors)
H Pelvic inflammatory disease
H Pelvic tumors (see Causes of pelvic pain)
Risk factors
Primary
H Early-onset menarche
H Null parity
Complications
H Dehydration
Assessment
History
H Pelvic disease
H Urinary frequency
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Diarrhea
H Headache
H Backache
H Chills
H Depression
H Irritability
Physical findings
H Abdominal tenderness
H Painful breasts
Test results
Imaging
H Laparoscopy, hysteroscopy, and pelvic ultrasound
help diagnose underlying disorders (in secondary
dysmenorrhea).
Other
H Pelvic examination and a detailed patient history help
identify the cause.
Treatment
General
H Heat applied locally to the lower abdomen
H Increased fluid intake
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Analgesics, such as acetaminophen, diclofenac, and
ketoprofen
H Prostaglandin inhibitors, such as aspirin and ibupro-
fen
Surgery
H Surgical treatment of underlying disorders, such as
248
Dysmenorrhea
9400D.qxd
8/2/12
4:31 PM
Page 249
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain free from pain
H express understanding of disorder.
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Administer prescribed analgesics.
Monitoring
H Depression
H Hydration
H Pain control
H Menstrual cycle
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H explanation of normal female anatomy and physiology as well as the nature of dysmenorrhea
H information on pregnancy and contraception
H keeping a detailed record of her menstrual cycle and
symptoms
H seeking medical care if symptoms persist.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling, if
appropriate.
Dysmenorrhea
249
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 250
Life-threatening disorder
Risk factors
H Travel to endemic areas of Africa
H Exposure to animals, humans, or contaminated nee-
dles
Incidence
Overview
Description
Common characteristics
H Flulike symptoms
H Severe diarrhea
H Vomiting
H Internal and external hemorrhage
H Macular papular rash
bleeding
H Four known strains: Ebola Zaire (EBO-Z), Ebola Sudan (EBO-S), Ebola Tai (EBO-C), and Ebola Reston
(affects only monkeys)
H Poor prognosis
Pathophysiology
H The virus is transmitted by direct contact with infect-
acquired modes.
H Viral replication causes focal tissue necrosis, most
Complications
H Liver and kidney dysfunction
H Dehydration
H Hemorrhage
H Abortion
H Myocarditis
H Pulmonary edema
has died.
Causes
H EBO-Z, EBO-S, or EBO-C virus strains
Prevention
250
Assessment
History
H Contact with an infected person
H Headache
H Malaise
H Myalgia
H Fever
H Cough
H Sore throat
H Nausea
H Vomiting
Physical findings
H Conjunctival injection
H Bruising
H Maculopapular eruptions
H Melena
H Hematemesis
H Bleeding gums
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood studies show specific antigens or antibodies
and may show the isolated virus.
H Blood studies show neutrophil leukocytosis, hypofibrinogenemia, thrombocytopenia, and microangiopathic hemolytic anemia.
H Blood studies show elevated blood urea nitrogen and
creatinine levels.
H Blood studies show elevated aspartate aminotransferase and alanine aminotransferase levels.
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 251
Treatment
General
H Supportive care
H Strict isolation (see Preventing the spread of Ebola
virus)
H Diet as tolerated or total parental nutrition
H Bed rest or limited activity
Medications
H I.V. fluids
H Blood transfusions
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H remain hemodynamically stable
H understand the implications of his illness.
Nursing interventions
H Enforce strict isolation.
H Provide emotional support.
H Administer prescribed I.V. solutions and blood prod-
ucts.
H Provide safety precautions.
H Provide nutritional support.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Signs of bleeding
H Intake and output
H Laboratory studies
H GI status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of bleeding
H isolation precautions.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for home care, if appropriate.
H Stress to the patient the need for continued follow-up
care.
251
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 252
Ectopic pregnancy
Overview
Description
H Implantation of a fertilized ovum outside the uterine
cavity, most commonly in the fallopian tube (see Implantation sites of ectopic pregnancy)
H Prognosis good with prompt diagnosis, appropriate
surgical intervention, and control of bleeding
H Very few fetuses carried to term; rarely, with abdominal implantation, fetus survives to term
H About one in three chance of giving birth to live
neonate in subsequent pregnancy
Incidence
H In whites, about 1 of 200 pregnancies
H In nonwhites, about 1 of 120 pregnancies
Common characteristics
Pathophysiology
H Abdominal tenderness
H Abdominal discomfort
H Minimal vaginal bleeding
H Amenorrhea
Complications
Causes
H Abnormal reproductive organ anatomy
H Delay in reproductive events such as movement of
zygote to uterus
H Unknown
Assessment
History
H Amenorrhea
H Abnormal menses (after fallopian tube implantation)
H Slight vaginal bleeding
H Unilateral pelvic pain over the mass
H If fallopian tube ruptures, sharp lower abdominal
Risk factors
H Endosalpingitis
H Diverticula
H Tumors pressing against the tube
ALERT
Ectopic pregnancy sometimes produces symptoms
of normal pregnancy or no symptoms other than
mild abdominal pain (especially in abdominal
pregnancy), making diagnosis difficult.
Physical findings
Ampulla
Fimbria
Isthmus
nexa palpated
Interstitium
Test results
Ovary
Ovarian ligament
252
Ectopic pregnancy
Internal cervical os
Laboratory
H Serum HCG level is abnormally low; when repeated
in 48 hours, it remains lower than levels found in a
normal intrauterine pregnancy.
Imaging
H Real-time ultrasonography shows intrauterine pregnancy or ovarian cyst.
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 253
Diagnostic procedures
H Laparoscopy may reveal pregnancy outside the
uterus.
Treatment
Patient teaching
Medications
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H postoperative care
H prevention of recurrent ectopic pregnancy
H prompt treatment of pelvic infections
H risk factors for ectopic pregnancy, including surgery
involving the fallopian tubes and pelvic inflammatory
disease.
Discharge planning
General
H Initially, in the event of pelvic-organ rupture, man-
agement of shock
H Diet determined by clinical status
H Activity determined by clinical status
organism
H Supplemental iron
Surgery
H Laparotomy and salpingectomy; possibly after lap-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have stable vital signs
H express feelings about the current situation
H use available support systems to aid in coping.
Nursing interventions
H Prepare the patient with excessive blood loss for
emergency surgery.
H Administer prescribed blood transfusions.
H Provide emotional support.
H Give prescribed analgesics.
H Administer Rho(D) immune globulin (RhoGAM), as
strual period.
H Provide a quiet, relaxing environment.
H Encourage the patient to express her feelings of fear,
gies.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Vaginal bleeding
H Pain control
H Intake and output
H Signs of hypovolemia
Ectopic pregnancy
253
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 254
Life-threatening disorder
Electric shock
Overview
Description
H Electric current passing through body
H Physical damage depending on intensity of current,
Pathophysiology
H Electrical energy results in altered cell membrane
Causes
H Accidental contact with an exposed part of an electri-
or machines
Incidence
Assessment
History
H Exposure to electricity or lightning
H Loss of consciousness
H Muscle pain
H Fatigue
H Headache
H Nervous irritability
Physical findings
H Determined by voltage exposure
H Burns
H Local tissue coagulation
H Entrance and exit injuries
H Cyanosis
H Apnea
H Markedly decreased blood pressure
H Cold skin
H Unconsciousness
H Numbness or tingling or sensorimotor deficits
Test results
Laboratory
H Laboratory test results evaluate internal damage and
guide treatment:
Arterial blood gas analysis may show hypoxemia
and acid-base imbalance.
Urine may test positive for myoglobin.
Blood urea nitrogen and creatinine levels may be
elevated.
Imaging
H If chest injury or shortness of breath occurred, chest
X-rays evaluate internal damage and guide treatment.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography evaluates internal damage and
guides treatment.
Treatment
Common characteristics
General
H Cutaneous burn
H Variable deep tissue damage
Complications
H Sepsis
H Neurologic dysfunction
H Cardiac dysfunction
H Psychiatric dysfunction
H Renal failure
H Electrolyte abnormalities
H Peripheral nerve injuries
H Vascular disruption
H Thrombi
H Death
254
Electric shock
and circulation
H Treatment of acid-base imbalance
H Vigorous fluid replacement
H No dietary restrictions if swallowing ability intact
H Activity based on outcome of interventions
Medications
H Tetanus prophylaxis with tetanus toxoid
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 255
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain stable cardiac rhythm
H maintain cardiac output
H regain skin integrity
H have wounds and incisions that appear clean, pink,
and free from purulent drainage.
Nursing interventions
H Separate the victim from the current source.
H Provide emergency treatment to maintain airway,
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Cardiac rhythm (continuously) and cardiovascular
status
H Intake and output (hourly)
H Neurologic status
H Sensorimotor deficits
H Peripheral neurovascular status
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H information about the injury, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to avoid electrical hazards at home and at work
H electrical safety regarding children.
Electric shock
255
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 256
Emphysema
Overview
Description
H Progressive, chronic lung disease characterized by
Pathophysiology
H Recurrent inflammation associated with the release
of proteolytic enzymes from lung cells causes abnormal, irreversible enlargement of the air spaces distal
to the terminal bronchioles.
H This enlargement leads to the destruction of alveolar
walls, which results in a breakdown of elasticity. (See
What happens in emphysema.)
Causes
H Cigarette smoking
H Air pollutants
Risk factors
H Genetic deficiency of alpha1-antitrypsin
Incidence
H Most common cause of death from respiratory dis-
Common characteristics
H Exertional dyspnea
H Chronic cough
H Shortness of breath
H Anorexia and weight loss
H Malaise
Complications
Physical findings
H Barrel chest
H Pursed-lip breathing
H Use of accessory muscles
H Cyanosis
H Clubbed fingers and toes
H Tachypnea
H Decreased tactile fremitus
H Decreased chest expansion
H Hyperresonance
H Decreased breath sounds
H Crackles
H Inspiratory wheeze
H Prolonged expiratory phase with grunting respira-
tions
H Distant heart sounds
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows decreased partial
pressure of oxygen; partial pressure of carbon dioxide remains normal until late in the disease.
H Red blood cell count shows an increased hemoglobin level late in the disease.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray may show:
a flattened diaphragm
reduced vascular markings at the lung periphery
overaeration of the lungs
a vertical heart
enlarged anteroposterior chest diameter
large retrosternal air space.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary function tests typically show:
increased residual volume and total lung capacity
reduced diffusing capacity
increased inspiratory flow.
H Electrocardiography may show tall, symmetrical P
waves in leads II, III, and aVF; a vertical QRS axis;
and signs of right ventricular hypertrophy late in the
disease.
Treatment
General
Assessment
Medications
History
H Smoking
H Shortness of breath
H Chronic cough
H Anorexia and weight loss
H Malaise
256
Emphysema
H Chest physiotherapy
H Possible transtracheal catheterization and home oxy-
gen therapy
H Adequate hydration
H High-protein, high-calorie diet
H Activity, as tolerated
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 257
pneumococcal vaccine
Surgery
H Chest tube insertion for pneumothorax
H Lung volume reduction surgery
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H demonstrate energy conservation techniques
H express understanding of the illness
H demonstrate effective coping strategies.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide supportive care.
H Help the patient adjust to lifestyle changes necessitat-
ed by a chronic illness.
H Encourage the patient to express his fears and con-
cerns.
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Provide a high-calorie, protein-rich diet.
H Give small, frequent meals.
H Encourage daily activity and diversional activities.
H Provide frequent rest periods.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
H Encourage oral fluid intake.
Alveoli
ABNORMAL ALVEOLI
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Complications
H Respiratory status
H Activity tolerance
H Cardiovascular status
H Nutritional status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the practitioner
H avoidance of smoking and areas where smoking is
permitted
H avoidance of crowds and people with known infections
H home oxygen therapy, if indicated
H transtracheal catheter care, if needed
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H the proper use of handheld inhalers
H high-calorie, protein-rich diet
H adequate oral fluid intake
H avoidance of respiratory irritants
H signs and symptoms of pneumothorax.
ALERT
Urge the patient to notify the practitioner if he experiences a sudden onset of worsening dyspnea or
sharp pleuritic chest pain exacerbated by chest
movement, breathing, or coughing.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
H Refer the patient for influenza and pneumococcal
Emphysema
257
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 258
Encephalitis
Overview
Description
H Severe inflammation of the brain
Pathophysiology
H Intense lymphocytic infiltration of brain tissues and
Causes
H Mosquito- or tick-borne arboviruses specific to rural
areas
Physical findings
H Confusion, disorientation, or hallucinations
H Tremors
H Cranial nerve palsies
H Exaggerated deep tendon reflexes and absent superfi-
cial reflexes
H Paresis or paralysis of the arms and legs
H Stiff neck when the head is bent forward
H Fever
H Nausea and vomiting
H Cerebral hemispheres
H Aphasia
H Involuntary movements
H Ataxia
H Sensory defects
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood analysis identifies the virus.
H Serologic studies in herpes encephalitis show rising
titers of complement-fixing antibodies.
Imaging
H Magnetic resonance imaging locates the lesion.
H Computed tomography scan shows cerebral edema.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) analysis identifies the
virus.
H Lumbar puncture discloses CSF pressure.
H EEG shows slowing of waveforms.
Incidence
H About 1,500 cases annually in the United States
H More common in elderly people and infants
Common characteristics
H Dysuria; pyuria
H Fever
H Nausea and vomiting
H Myalgia
H Photophobia
H Stiff neck; headache
H Localized seizures
H Acute confusion or amnesic state
Complications
H Bronchial pneumonia
H Urinary retention and urinary tract infection
H Pressure ulcers
H Coma
H Epilepsy
H Parkinsonism
H Mental deterioration
Assessment
History
H Headache
H Muscle stiffness and malaise
258
Encephalitis
Treatment
General
H Supportive measures
H Airway maintenance
H Oxygen administration
H Adequate fluid and electrolyte intake
H Diet as tolerated
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
H Osmotic diuretics such as mannitol
H Corticosteroids such as dexamethasone
H Anticonvulsants such as phenytoin
H Antipyretics such as acetaminophen
H Antibiotics according to isolated organism
H Antivirals such as vidarabine
H Oxygen
H Stool softeners such as docusate sodium
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 259
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H exhibit fluid balance within normal limits
H exhibit temperature within normal limits
H consume adequate calorie requirements daily
H verbalize feelings of increased comfort and relief
from pain.
Nursing interventions
H Ensure adequate fluid intake.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Position and turn the patient often.
H Assist with range-of-motion exercises.
H Maintain adequate nutrition.
H Administer laxatives or stool softeners.
H Administer mouth care.
H Maintain a quiet environment.
H Start seizure precautions, if necessary.
H Reorient the patient often, if necessary.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated, as ordered.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Intake and output
H Response to medications
H Intracranial pressure (severe cases)
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H transient behavior changes
H the medication regimen
H adverse effects of medication
H follow-up care.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an outpatient rehabilitation pro-
gram, as indicated.
Encephalitis
259
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 260
Endocarditis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation or infection of the endocardium, heart
Pathophysiology
H Fibrin, neutrophils, lymphocytes, and platelets clus-
Causes
H Bacterial or fungal infection
H Advanced stages of cancer
H Immune system disorders
Risk factors
H Cardiac valvular disease
H I.V. drug use
H Rheumatic heart disease
H Prosthetic heart valves
H Congenital heart disease
H Mitral valve prolapse
H Degenerative heart disease
H Calcific aortic stenosis (in elderly patients)
H Asymmetrical septal hypertrophy
H Marfan syndrome
H Syphilitic aortic valve
H Long-term hemodialysis
H Streptococcal infection
H Systemic lupus erythematosus
Incidence
H No underlying heart disease in up to 40% of patients
260
Endocarditis
Common characteristics
H Heart murmur
Complications
H Valve stenosis or regurgitation
H Myocardial erosion
H Embolic debris lodged in the small vasculature of the
Assessment
History
H Predisposing condition
H Complaint of nonspecific symptoms, such as weak-
Physical findings
H Petechiae on the skin (especially common on the up-
Test results
Laboratory
H Three or more blood cultures over 24 to 48 hours
identify the causative organism in up to 90% of patients.
H White blood cell count with differential are normal
or elevated.
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 261
Treatment
General
H Prompt therapy that continues for several weeks
H Selection of anti-infective drug based on type of in-
Medications
H Antiplatelets or antipyretics such as aspirin
H Antibiotics, according to isolated organism
Surgery
H With severe valvular damage, especially aortic insuffi-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Cardiac rhythm and cardiovascular status
H Respiratory status, including pulse oximetry
H Neurologic status
H Intake and output
H Renal status
H Arterial blood gas analysis, as needed
ALERT
Watch for signs of embolization, a common occurrence during the first 3 months of treatment. Tell
the patient to watch for and report these signs.
Nursing considerations
Patient teaching
Key outcomes
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H anti-infectives the patient needs to continue taking
H the need to watch closely for fever, anorexia, and
other signs of relapse about 2 weeks after treatment
stops
H the need for prophylactic antibiotics before dental
work and some surgical procedures
H proper dental hygiene and avoiding flossing the teeth
H how to recognize symptoms of endocarditis and to
notify the practitioner immediately if such symptoms
occur.
Nursing interventions
H Stress the importance of bed rest.
H Provide a bedside commode.
H Allow the patient to express his concerns.
H Obtain a history of allergies.
H Administer antibiotics, as prescribed.
H Administer oxygen.
H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees.
Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up care with a cardiologist.
Endocarditis
261
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 262
Endometriosis
Overview
Description
H Poorly understood gynecologic condition character-
lining
H Ectopic tissue generally confined to the pelvic
area, but can appear anywhere in the body
Pathophysiology
H Endometrial cells respond to estrogen and proges-
fertility.
Assessment
History
H Cyclic pelvic pain that peaks 5 to 7 days before
ment:
Hypermenorrhea (oviducts and ovaries)
Deep-thrust dyspareunia (ovaries and cul-de-sac)
Suprapubic pain, dysuria, and hematuria (bladder)
Dyschezia, rectal bleeding with menses, and pain
in the coccyx or sacrum (rectovaginal septum and
colon)
Nausea and vomiting that worsen before menses
(small bowel and appendix)
Abdominal cramps (small bowel and appendix)
Causes
Physical findings
Incidence
H Usually occurs between ages 20 and 40; uncommon
before age 20
H More common in females who postpone childbear-
ing
H More common in white females
Common characteristics
H Early menarche
H Menstrual flow lasting longer than 7 days
H Cycles lasting longer than 27 days
H Family history of endometriosis
H Multiparity
H Cyclic pelvic pain
H Severe dysmenorrhea
Complications
H Infertility
H Spontaneous abortion
H Anemia secondary to excessive bleeding
H Emotional problems secondary to infertility
H Pelvic adhesions
H Severe dysmenorrhea
H Ovarian cyst
H Ovarian cancer
rectovaginal septum
H Enlarged nodules (tender during menses)
H Ovarian enlargement with endometrial cysts on the
ovaries
H Thickened, nodular adnexa
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H A scoring and staging system created by the American
Fertility Society quantifies endometrial implants according to size, character, and location:
Stage I indicates minimal disease (1 to 5 points).
Stage II indicates mild disease (6 to 15 points).
Stage III indicates moderate disease (16 to 40
points).
Stage IV indicates severe disease (more than 40
points).
H Laparoscopy confirms the diagnosis and identifies
the disease stage.
H Ultrasonography helps confirm the diagnosis.
Treatment
General
H Determined by stage of disease, patients age, and de-
Medications
H Progestins such as medroxyprogesterone
H Hormonal contraceptives such as norethindrone
H Gonadotropin-releasing hormone, such as goserelin
and leuprolide
H Analgesics such as ibuprofen
262
Endometriosis
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 263
Surgery
H Laparoscopy to lyse adhesions, remove small im-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit no signs of infection
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
H develop adequate coping behaviors.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage the patient to express her feelings about
the disorder.
H Offer emotional support.
H Encourage using open communication before and
during intercourse.
H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.
Monitoring
H Effect of treatment
H Complications
H Adverse drug reactions
H Coping ability
H Pain control
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H associated complications
H avoiding minor gynecologic procedures immediately
before and during menstruation
H not postponing childbearing due to potential for infertility
H annual pelvic examination and Papanicolaou test.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and her partner to a mental health
dometriosis Association.
Endometriosis
263
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 264
Enterobacteriaceae
infections
Overview
Description
Assessment
History
H Recent travel to another country
H Ingestion of contaminated food or water
H Recent close contact with a person who has diarrhea
H Abrupt onset of watery diarrhea
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
H When infected, incubation takes 12 to 72 hours.
H Noninvasive diarrhea results from two toxins pro-
Causes
sounds
H Blood and pus in infected stools
H Vomiting and anorexia
H Low-grade fever
H Signs of dehydration, especially in children
H Signs and symptoms of hyponatremia, hypokalemia,
Test results
Laboratory
H Cultures growth of E. coli in a normally sterile location, including the bloodstream, cerebrospinal fluid, biliary tract, pleural fluid, or peritoneal cavity
suggest E. coli infection at that site.
Treatment
Incidence
H Activity, as tolerated
in United States
H Incidence highest among travelers returning from
General
H Contact enteric precautions
H Correction of fluid and electrolyte imbalances
H Initially, nothing by mouth
H Increased fluid intake (if appropriate)
H Avoidance of foods that cause diarrhea
H Small frequent meals until bowel function returns to
normal
Medications
H I.V. antibiotics such as cotrimoxazole
Nursing considerations
Common characteristics
Key outcomes
Complications
H Bacteremia
H Severe dehydration and life-threatening electrolyte
disturbances
H Acidosis
H Shock
264
Enterobacteriaceae infections
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 265
Nursing interventions
H Institute contact enteric precautions and use proper
hand-washing technique.
H Replace fluids and electrolytes, as needed.
H Clean the perianal area after each episode of diar-
visitors for diarrhea, and prevent people with the disorder from having direct patient contact.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Stool volume measurement and presence of blood
and pus
H Serum electrolyte results
H Signs and symptoms of gram-negative septic shock
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration
H Vital signs
H GI status
H Cardiovascular status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H the need to avoid unbottled water, ice, unpeeled fruit,
and uncooked vegetables in other countries
H signs of dehydration and seeking prompt medical attention if these occur (if the patient will be cared for
at home).
Enterobacteriaceae infections
265
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 266
Epididymitis
Overview
Description
H Infection of the epididymis (cordlike excretory duct
of the testis)
H One of most common infections of the male repro-
ductive tract
Pathophysiology
H Organisms enter the epididymis by the vas deferens
or lymphatics.
H Inflammation occurs.
H Other organs, such as the testes and prostate, may be
Incidence
H Usually affects males ages 19 to 40 or older than 60
H Affects 1 in 1,000 males anually
H Rare before puberty
Common characteristics
H Dull, aching groin pain
H Fever
Complications
H Orchitis (see Understanding orchitis)
H Sterility
H Abscess
H Atrophy
H Pyocele
H Infarction
H Sepsis
affected.
Causes
H Pyogenic organisms, such as staphylococci, Es-
Risk factors
H Urinary tract infection
H Unprotected sex
H Prostatitis
H Trauma
Assessment
History
H Chills
H Fever
H Unilateral, dull, aching pain
H Pain radiating to spermatic cord, lower abdomen,
and flank
H Scrotal pain
H Dysuria, frequency, urgency, and urine retention
H Mild scrotal cellulitis
H Scrotal edema
Physical findings
H Erythema
H High fever
H Characteristic waddle (attempt to protect groin and
Understanding orchitis
Orchitis, an infection of the testes, is a serious complication of epididymitis. It may also result from mumps,
which can lead to sterility or, less commonly, another systemic infection.
Treatment
Appropriate treatment consists of immediate antibiotic
therapy in bacterial infection or, in mumps orchitis, injection of 20 ml of lidocaine near the spermatic cord of the
affected testis, which may relieve swelling and pain. Severe orchitis may require surgery to incise and drain the
hydrocele and to improve testicular circulation. Other
treatments are similar to those for epididymitis.
To prevent mumps orchitis, suggest that prepubertal
males receive the mumps vaccine (or gamma globulin injection after contracting mumps).
266
Epididymitis
H Urethral discharge
H Prehn sign: elevation of hemiscrotum relieves pain
H Scrotal abscess
Test results
Laboratory
H Urinalysis shows an increased white blood cell
(WBC) count, indicating infection.
H Urine culture and sensitivity tests may show the
causative organism.
H Serum WBC count is greater than 10,000/l, indicating infection.
Imaging
H Ultrasonography shows an enlarged epididymis
(larger than 17 mm) and can rule out testicular torsion.
Treatment
General
H Scrotal elevation
H Ice bag to groin
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 267
Medications
H Broad-spectrum antibiotics such as cefazolin
H Analgesics such as ibuprofen
H Antipyretics such as acetaminophen
Surgery
H Scrotal exploration for complications of acute epi-
didymitis
H Epididymectomy under local anesthesia, if disease is
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid or have minimal complications
H express feelings of increased comfort
H express concern about self-concept and body image
H express feelings about potential or actual changes in
sexual activity.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Apply ice packs for comfort.
Monitoring
H Signs of abscess formation
H Vital signs
H Pain control
H Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H the use of a scrotal support while sitting, standing, or
walking
H safer sex practices.
Epididymitis
267
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 268
Life-threatening disorder
Epidural hematoma
Overview
Assessment
History
H Injury to head
H Headache
H Nausea, vomiting
H Change in mental status
Description
Physical findings
H Head wound
H Neurologic signs based on the extent of bleeding
Pathophysiology
H Injury is directly beneath the site of impact when the
Causes
H Trauma
H Anticoagulation
H Thrombolysis
H Lumbar puncture
H Epidural anesthesia
H Coagulopathy or bleeding diathesis
H Hepatic disease with portal hypertension
H Vascular malformation
H Disk herniation
H Paget disease of bone
H Valsalvas maneuver
H Hypertension
H Intracerebral lesion
Incidence
H Rare in people younger than age 2 and older than
age 60
H Four times more common in males than in females
Test results
Laboratory
H Coagulation studies show clotting abnormalities (if
cause is anticoagulation).
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan or magnetic resonance
imaging identifies abnormal masses or structural
shifts within the cranium.
Treatment
General
H Supportive: airway, breathing, circulation
H Wound care
H Head of the bed elevated 30 degrees with intracere-
bral injury
H Diet based on extent of injury
H Nothing by mouth if surgery is necessary
H Bed rest initially, then activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Vitamin K, fresh frozen plasma, platelets, or clotting
Surgery
Common characteristics
Nursing considerations
Complications
Key outcomes
268
Epidural hematoma
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 269
relief.
Nursing interventions
H Provide appropriate wound care.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.
H Institute seizure precautions.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Wound healing
H Seizure activity
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status, including cardiac rhythm
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H reporting changes in neurologic status
H avoiding aspirin as a pain treatment
H observing for cerebrospinal fluid drainage and signs
of infection.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical, occupational, and
vices, as appropriate.
Epidural hematoma
269
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 270
Life-threatening disorder
Epiglottiditis
Overview
Description
H Acute inflammation of the epiglottis and surrounding
area
H Life-threatening emergency that rapidly causes edema and induration
H If untreated, results in complete airway obstruction
H Mortality 8% to 12%, typically in children
Pathophysiology
H Apprehension
H Irritability
Complications
H Airway obstruction
H Death
H Sepsis
H Vocal cord paralysis
Assessment
History
H Recent upper respiratory tract infection
H Sore throat
H Dysphagia
H Sudden onset of high fever
Physical findings
H Stridor
H Red and inflamed throat
H Fever
H Drooling
H Pale or cyanotic skin
H Restlessness and irritability
H Nasal flaring
H Tendency to sit in tripod position with mouth open
Causes
H Viral infection, usually Haemophilus influenzae
type B
Incidence
H Higher incidence in Blacks and Hispanics
H Most common in children ages 2 to 6 years
H Occurs in any season
H More common in males than females
Common characteristics
H Sore throat
H Dysphagia
Airway crisis
Epiglottiditis can progress to complete airway obstruction
within minutes. To prepare for this medical emergency,
keep these tips in mind:
H Watch for the inability to speak; weak, ineffective
cough; high-pitched sounds or no sounds while inhaling; increased difficulty breathing; and possible
cyanosis. These are warning signs of total airway obstruction and the need for an emergency tracheotomy.
H Keep the following equipment available at the patients
bedside in case of sudden, complete airway obstruction: a tracheotomy tray, endotracheal tubes, a handheld resuscitation bag, oxygen equipment, and a laryngoscope with blades of various sizes.
H Remember that using a tongue blade or throat culture
swab can initiate sudden, complete airway obstruction.
H Before examining the patients throat, request trained
personnel, such as an anesthesiologist, to stand by if
emergency airway insertion is needed.
270
Epiglottiditis
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis may show hypoxia.
H Blood studies reveal elevated white blood cell count.
Imaging
H Lateral neck X-rays show an enlarged epiglottis and
distended hypopharynx.
Diagnostic procedures
H Direct laryngoscopy shows swollen, beefy-red
epiglottis.
Other
H Pulse oximetry may show decreased oxygen saturation.
Treatment
General
H Emergency hospitalization
H Humidification of airway
H Parenteral fluids
H Activity, as tolerated
H Endotracheal intubation and mechanical ventilation
Medications
H Parenteral antibiotics according to infective organism
H Corticosteroids such as hydrocortisone
H Oxygen therapy
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 271
Surgery
H Possible tracheotomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain a patent airway (see Airway crisis)
H use alternate means of communication.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Place the patient in a sitting position.
H Place the patient in a cool-mist tent.
H Encourage the parents to remain with their child.
H Offer reassurance and support.
H Ensure adequate fluid intake.
H Minimize external stimuli.
H Maintain a patent airway.
Monitoring
H Swallowing
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H ABG results
H Pulse oximetry
H Signs and symptoms of secondary infection
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration
H Cardiovascular status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H when to call the practitioner
H humidification
H signs and symptoms of respiratory distress
H signs and symptoms of dehydration.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for H. influenzae b conjugate vac-
Epiglottiditis
271
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 272
Epilepsy
H Headache
H Mood changes
H Lethargy
H Myoclonic jerking
H Description of an aura
H Pungent smell
H GI distress
H Rising or sinking feeling in the stomach
H Dreamy feeling
H Unusual taste in the mouth
H Vision disturbance
H Incontinence
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
Overview
Description
H Neurologic condition characterized by recurrent
seizures
H Good seizure control in about 80% of patients with
Causes
H Idiopathic in half of cases
Nonidiopathic epilepsy
H Birth trauma
H Anoxia
H Perinatal infection
H Genetic abnormalities (tuberous sclerosis and
phenylketonuria)
H Perinatal injuries
H Metabolic abnormalities (hypoglycemia, pyridoxine
deficiency, hypoparathyroidism)
H Brain tumors or other space-occupying lesions
H Meningitis, encephalitis, or brain abscess
H Traumatic injury
H Ingestion of toxins, such as mercury, lead, or carbon
monoxide
H Stroke
H Apparent familial incidence in some seizure disorders
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum glucose and calcium study results rule out
other diagnoses.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging may indicate abnormalities in internal structures.
H Skull radiography may show certain neoplasms within the brain substance or skull fractures.
H Brain scan may show malignant lesions when X-ray
findings are normal or questionable.
H Cerebral angiography may show cerebrovascular abnormalities, such as aneurysm or tumor.
Other
H EEG shows paroxysmal abnormalities. (A negative
EEG doesnt rule out epilepsy because paroxysmal
abnormalities occur intermittently.)
Treatment
General
Incidence
nerve stimulation)
Complications
H Anoxia
H Traumatic injury
Medications
Common characteristics
H Recurring seizures
Assessment
History
H Seizure occurrence unpredictable and unrelated to
activities
H Precipitating factors or events possibly reported
272
Epilepsy
Surgery
H Removal of a demonstrated focal lesion
H Correction of the underlying problem
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 273
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the Epilepsy Foundation of Amer-
ica.
H Refer the patient to his states motor vehicle depart-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain free from injury
H communicate understanding of the condition and
treatment regimen
H use support systems and develop adequate coping
H maintain usual participation in social situations and
activities.
Nursing interventions
H Institute seizure precautions.
H Prepare the patient for surgery, if indicated.
H Administer prescribed anticonvulsants.
Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Response to anticonvulsants
H Vital signs
H Seizure activity
H Respiratory status
H Adverse drug reactions
H Associated injuries
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H maintaining a normal lifestyle
H compliance with the prescribed drug schedule
H adverse drug effects
H care during a seizure
H the importance of regular meals and checking with
the practitioner before dieting
H the importance of carrying a medical identification
card or wearing medical identification jewelry.
Epilepsy
273
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 274
Erectile dysfunction
Overview
Description
H Inability to attain or maintain penile erection long
Assessment
History
H Long-standing inability to achieve erection
H Sudden loss of erectile function
H Gradual decline in sexual function
H Medical disorders, drug therapy, or psychological
trauma
H Achievement of erection through masturbation but
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
DSM-IV-TR criteria
sion may interfere with arteriolar dilation due to inappropriate adrenergic stimulation.
H Premature collapse of the sacs of the corpus cavernosum occurs.
H Pelvic steal syndrome can cause loss of erection before ejaculation due to increased blood flow to pelvic
muscles.
Causes
Test results
Laboratory
H Hormone levels may be decreased.
Imaging
H Ultrasonography evaluates vascular function.
Diagnostic procedures
H Angiography evaluates vaso-occlusive disease.
Other
H Direct injection of prostaglandin E1 (alprostadil)
into the corpora evaluates the quality of erection.
H Nocturnal penile tumescence testing helps distinguish psychogenic impotence from organic impotence.
Risk factors
H Medication
H Pelvic injury or surgery
H Alcohol use
H Increasing age
H Smoking
H Obesity
H Hypertension
H Diabetes mellitus
H Scleroderma
H Renal failure
H Cancer treatment
H Stroke
H Multiple sclerosis
H Alzheimers disease
H Depression
Incidence
H Affects males of all age-groups, but incidence in-
Common characteristics
H Depression
H Inability to obtain or maintain an erection
Complications
H Serious disruption of marital or other sexual rela-
tionships
274
Erectile dysfunction
Treatment
General
H Sex therapy for psychogenic impotence
H Treatment of cause for organic impotence
H Psychological counseling
H Avoidance of alcohol
H External vacuum device
Medications
H Intracavernosal injection therapy
H Medicated Urethral System for Erections
intraurethral suppository
H Hormone replacement such as testosterone
H Phosphodiesterase type-5 inhibitors, such as silde-
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 275
Surgery
H Surgically inserted inflatable or semirigid penile
prosthesis
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H acknowledge a problem in sexual function
H discuss feelings and perceptions about changes in
sexual performance
H develop and maintain a positive attitude toward sexuality and sexual performance.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H As needed, refer the patient to a physician, nurse,
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of medication
H Complications
H Postoperative bleeding
H Postoperative infection
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the anatomy and physiology of the reproductive system and the human sexual response cycle
H the need to avoid intercourse until the incision heals,
usually 6 weeks after penile implant surgery
H signs of infection.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services.
Erectile dysfunction
275
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 276
Life-threatening disorder
Erythroblastosis fetalis
Overview
Description
H Hemolytic disease of the fetus and neonate
H Stems from an incompatibility of fetal and maternal
blood
H Also known as hemolytic disease of the newborn
Pathophysiology
ABO incompatibility
H Each blood group has specific antigens on red blood
cells (RBCs) and specific antibodies in the serum.
H The maternal immune system forms antibodies
against fetal cells when blood groups differ.
Causes
H ABO incompatibility
H Rh isoimmunization (see What happens in Rh
isoimmunization)
Incidence
H Rh negativity 15% of Whites, 5% to7% of Blacks,
Pregnancy with Rh-positive fetus
rare in Asians
H About 4,000 cases per year
H ABO incompatibility frequently occurs during first
Common characteristics
H Jaundice
H Anemia
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Hydrops fetalis
Complications
Next pregnancy with Rh-positive fetus
Assessment
History
ous pregnancy
Hemolysis of fetal RBCs
H Blood transfusion
H Maternal history (for erythroblastotic stillbirths,
276
Erythroblastosis fetalis
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 277
Physical findings
H Pallor
H Edema
H Petechiae
H Bile-stained umbilical cord
H Yellow- or meconium-stained amniotic fluid
H Mild to moderate hepatosplenomegaly
H Pulmonary crackles
H Heart murmur
H Jaundice
Test results
Laboratory
H Paternal blood is typed for ABO and Rh.
H Amniotic fluid analysis shows increased bilirubin and
anti-Rh titers.
H Direct Coombs test of umbilical cord blood measures RBC (Rh-positive) antibodies in the neonate
(positive only when the mother is Rh negative and
the fetus is Rh positive).
H Cord hemoglobin level in neonate is less than 10 g,
indicating severe disease.
H Many nucleated peripheral RBCs are present.
Imaging
H Radiologic studies show edema and, in hydrops fetalis, the halo sign (edematous, elevated, subcutaneous
fat layers) and the Buddha position (fetuss legs are
crossed).
Nursing interventions
H Encourage expression of fears by parents concerning
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Cardiac rhythm and rate
H Temperature
H Respiratory status
H Transfusion complications
H Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications, drug routes, and administration
H preventive measures for reoccurrence.
Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up appointments.
Treatment
General
H Phototherapy (exposure to ultraviolet light to reduce
bilirubin levels)
H Intubation of neonate
H Removal of excess fluid
H Maintenance of body temperature
Medications
H Intrauterine-intraperitoneal transfusion (if amniotic
Surgery
H Planned delivery (usually 2 to 4 weeks before term
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit adequate ventilation
H remain hemodynamically stable
Erythroblastosis fetalis
277
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 278
Esophageal cancer
Overview
Description
H Esophageal tumors usually fungating and infiltrating
Pathophysiology
H Most esophageal cancers are poorly differentiated
Causes
H Unknown
Risk factors
H Human papillomavirus
H Chronic irritation from heavy smoking
H Excessive use of alcohol
H Stasis-induced inflammation, as in achalasia or stric-
ture
H Previous head and neck tumors
H Nutritional deficiency, such as in untreated sprue and
Complications
H Direct invasion of adjoining structures
H Inability to control secretions
H Obstruction of the esophagus
H Loss of lower esophageal sphincter control (may re-
Assessment
History
H Feeling of fullness, pressure, indigestion, or subster-
nal burning
H Dysphagia and weight loss; the degree of dysphagia
Physical findings
H Chronic cough (possibly from aspiration)
H Cachexia and dehydration
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count reveals anemia.
H Bleeding time may be prolonged.
Imaging
H X-rays of the esophagus, with barium swallow and
motility studies, are used to delineate structural and
filling defects and reduced peristalsis.
H Computed tomography scan may help to diagnose
and monitor esophageal lesions.
H Esophagogastroduodenoscopy shows tumor and permits biopsy.
Diagnostic procedures
H Esophagoscopy, punch and brush biopsies, and exfoliative cytologic tests confirm esophageal tumors.
H Bronchoscopy (usually performed after an esophagoscopy) may reveal tumor growth in the tracheobronchial tree.
H Endoscopic ultrasonography of the esophagus combines endoscopy and ultrasound technology to measure the depth of penetration of the tumor.
Plummer-Vinson syndrome
H Exposure to nitrosamines
Incidence
H Most common in males older than age 60
H Occurs worldwide, but most common in Japan, Rus-
Common characteristics
H Dysphagia
H Weight loss
H Esophageal obstruction
H Acute pain
H Hoarseness, coughing
H Cachexia
278
Esophageal cancer
Treatment
General
H Surgery and other treatments to relieve disease ef-
fects
H Palliative therapy used to keep esophagus open:
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 279
Medications
H Chemotherapy such as fluorouracil
H Analgesics such as morphine
Surgery
H Radical surgery to excise tumor and resect esopha-
Other
H Endoscopic laser treatment and bipolar electrocoag-
ulation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain weight
H maintain fluid volumes within the normal range
H not aspirate
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.
Nursing interventions
H Provide support and encourage verbalization.
H Position the patient with the head of the bed elevated
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Electrolyte levels
H Intake and output
H Postoperative complications
H Swallowing ability
H Pain control
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease process, treatment, and postoperative
course
H dietary needs
H the need for rest between activities.
Discharge planning
H Arrange for home care follow-up after discharge.
H Refer the patient to the American Cancer Society.
Esophageal cancer
279
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 280
Exophthalmos
Overview
Description
Assessment
History
H Vision changes
H Eye trauma
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
H Increase in volume within the fixed bony orbital con-
Causes
H Ophthalmic Graves disease
H Trauma
H Hemorrhage
H Varicosities
H Thrombosis
H Edema
H Infection
H Orbital cellulitis
H Panophthalmitis
H Tumors and neoplastic diseases
H Vasculitis
Incidence
H Occurs more often in females than in males
H Can occur at any age, but more common between
ages 30 and 50
Common characteristics
H Bulging eyeball (see Recognizing exophthalmos)
H Diplopia
Complications
H Vision changes
mos)
H Visible rim of the sclera
H Infrequent blinking
H Limited ocular movement
H Ocular tenderness
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture of discharge determines the infecting organism.
H Sensitivity testing indicates appropriate antibiotic
therapy.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan detects swollen extraocular muscles or lesions within the orbit.
Diagnostic procedures
H Exophthalmometer readings confirm diagnosis by
showing the degree of anterior projection and asymmetry between the eyes. (Normal bar readings range
from 12 to 20 mm.)
Treatment
General
H Cold and warm compresses (trauma)
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Antibiotics such as cefazolin to treat infection
H Antithyroid therapy such as propylthyrouracil for
Graves disease
H Corticosteroids such as dexamethasone to treat optic
neuropathy
H Eye lubricants
Surgery
Recognizing exophthalmos
This photo shows the characteristic forward protrusion of
the eyes from the orbit associated with exophthalmos.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain functional eyesight
H understand cause and treatment of exopthalmus
H experience normal eye movement.
280
Exophthalmos
9400E.qxd
8/2/12
4:32 PM
Page 281
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Apply cold and warm compresses, as ordered, for
corneal drying.
Monitoring
H Response to therapy
H Visual acuity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H eye care
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H proper administration of eyedrops.
Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up care.
Exophthalmos
281
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 282
Failure to thrive
Overview
to thrive)
Description
Incidence
Pathophysiology
tings
H Higher in children from families with medical and
H Organic
Common characteristics
Causes
Assessment
H Organic
Complications
H Disease susceptibility
H Growth retardation
H Developmental delays
H Impaired bonding
H Altered family relationships
History
Risk factors
Physical findings
H Short stature
H Weight below fifth percentile
H Small head circumference
H Decreased skin-fold thickness
282
Failure to thrive
H Prenatal
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 283
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count shows anemia.
H Stool analysis shows abnormal absorption or blood
indicating possible underlying disorder.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated, indicating
possible underlying disorder.
H Decreased electrolyte levels show poor nutritional intake.
H Blood lead level indicates lead poisoning.
H Thyroid test results indicate a hyperthyroid state.
H Elevated liver function study results point to an underlying disorder.
H Sweat-chloride test is done to rule out cystic fibrosis.
H Elevated glucose or glycosylated hemoglobin level indicates diabetes.
H Elevated blood urea nitrogen and creatinine levels indicate a kidney disorder.
X-rays
H GI studies may detect an organic cause.
H Bone X-rays establish bone age.
Other
H Short-term hospitalization determines whether disorder is nonorganic (child will gain weight).
H Developmental testing shows delays.
Nursing interventions
H Plot the childs growth and weight, as ordered.
H Assess for signs and symptoms of organic disease.
H Provide supportive environment.
H Encourage positive parenting.
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of complications
H Nutritional status
H Caregiver compliance with patients nutritional needs
H Weight
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and its treatment
H importance of maintaining the feeding schedule
H normal growth and development
H where and how to obtain help during crisis situations
H the proper care of infants and children.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social worker and nutrition spe-
cialist, as appropriate.
H Refer the patient to community agencies, education
Treatment
General
H Underlying medical condition
H Liquid nutritional supplements
H High-calorie balanced diet
Medications
H Vitamins
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H receive appropriate medical care
H display age-appropriate nutrient intake
H demonstrate normal growth and development.
The caregiver will:
H verbalize understanding of the need for adequate nutrition
H demonstrate appropriate feeding techniques
H participate in developing a plan to promote parenting
skills, as appropriate
H seek psychological care and social assistance, as
needed.
Failure to thrive
283
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 284
Fibrocystic breast
disease
Complications
H Benign condition usually not leading to breast cancer
H Makes it more challenging to do breast self-examina-
tions
H May make mammography more difficult to interpret;
Overview
Description
Assessment
History
Pathophysiology
H Hormonal variations during the menstrual cycle are
normal.
H Estrogen and progesterone cause breast tissue cells
Causes
H Fluctuations in hormone levels during menstrual
cycle
H Changes typically right before menstruation
H Dietary factors, including consumption of caffeine,
excessive saturated fats, and salts
H Estradiol excess (can occur from taking oral contraceptives or other synthetic forms of estrogen)
H Diabetes or thyroid dysfunction
Risk factors
Physical findings
H Dense, irregular, and bumpy cobblestone consis-
spread
H Free movement of lumps in breast tissue
H Lumps usually smooth, round, fluid-filled, and slight-
watery to sticky
Test results
Imaging
H Mammography, ultrasonography, or magnetic resonance imaging rule out malignancy.
Diagnostic procedures
H Needle aspiration and biopsy confirm benign condition.
Treatment
cancer
H Dietary factors
Incidence
H Present in about 30% of females in United States
H Most common between the ages of 30 and 50
H Estimated to affect over 60% of all females
H Rare in postmenopausal females
Common characteristics
H Tends to be symmetrical but can occur in only one
breast
H Lumps that move freely in the breast tissue and vary
vere
284
General
Reducing or eliminating caffeine consumption
(controversial); includes chocolate, sodas, coffee,
and tea
Reducing sugar and salt intake
Limiting consumption of saturated fats
Avoiding commercially raised meats containing
hormones
Eating a high-fiber diet, including many plantbased foods, fruits and vegetables, beans and peas,
raw seeds and nuts, and whole grains
Increasing seafood consumption, such as salmon,
trout, and mackerel (high in omega-3 fatty acids
and iodine)
H Increased vitamin and mineral intake
Vitamin A to reduce the pain symptoms and the
size of the breast lesions
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 285
Medications
H Diuretics, such as furosemide, hydrochlorothiazide,
and triamterene
H Drugs that alter hormone levels, such as bromocrip-
Surgery
H Removal of lumps in the most severe cases
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of comfort and reduced pain
H verbalize understanding of the disease and its treatment
H demonstrate correct procedure for performing
breast self-examination
H acknowledge need to contact practitioner if changes
occur in breasts.
Nursing interventions
H Provide pain medication, as ordered.
H Assist with breast examination.
Monitoring
H Pain signs and symptoms
H Changes in breast lumps
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease and its treatment
H the correct method of breast self-examination
H dietary modifications
H when to contact the practitioner.
285
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 286
Fibromyalgia syndrome
Overview
Description
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
Test results
Causes
H Unknown
H May be primary disorder or associated with underly-
ing disease
H Possible association with infection
H May be multifactorial and influenced by stress, physical conditioning, abnormal-quality sleep, neuroendocrine factors, psychiatric factors and, possibly,
hormonal factors (due to predominance in females)
Incidence
H Observed in up to 15% of patients seen in general
Common characteristics
H Widespread pain and fatigue
Complications
H Pain
H Depression
H Sleep deprivation
Assessment
History
Treatment
General
H Massage therapy
H Ultrasound treatments
H Regular, low-impact aerobic exercise program such
as water aerobics
H Preexercise and postexercise stretching to minimize
injury
Medications
H Serotonin reuptake inhibitors such as paroxetine
H Tricyclic antidepressants, such as amitriptyline and
nortriptyline
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs such as
ibuprofen
H Magnesium supplements
H Lidocaine injections
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible within
the confines of the disease
H express feelings about limitations
H express an increased sense of well-being.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.
H Encourage the patient to perform regular stretching
Monitoring
H Sensory disturbances
H Pain control
H Response to treatment
H Fatigue
H Depression
286
Fibromyalgia syndrome
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 287
Gluteal:
Upper outer quadrants
of buttocks
Greater trochanter:
Posterior to the
trochanteric prominence
Low cervical:
Anterior aspects of the intertransverse spaces at C5 to C7
Second rib:
Second costochondral
junctions
Lateral epicondyle:
2 cm distal to the
epicondyles
Knee:
Medial fat pad proximal
to the joint line
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of exercise in maintaining muscle
conditioning, improving energy and, possibly, improving sleep quality
H the importance of taking the tricyclic antidepressant
dose 1 to 2 hours before bedtime, which can improve sleep benefits while reducing the morningafter effect
H the avoidance of decongestants and caffeine before
bedtime
H the need for a low-fat diet, high in complex carbohydrates, to decrease symptoms.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to appropriate counseling, as
needed.
Fibromyalgia syndrome
287
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 288
Folliculitis,
furunculosis, and
carbunculosis
Carbunculosis
H Abscess of adjacent furuncles
H Develops more slowly
Pathophysiology
H The infecting organism invades the hair follicle.
H An inflammatory reaction within the hair follicle re-
Overview
Causes
Description
Folliculitis
H Superficial bacterial infection of hair follicles that
usually heals without scarring
H Characterized by the formation of pustules
H Typically a localized eruption
H Predilection for perifollicular (hairy) areas and flexural surfaces
H May occur in the beard region (sycosis barbae)
H May occur in the scalp or on extremities (follicular
impetigo)
H May lead to the development of furuncles (furunculosis) or carbuncles
H Prognosis depending on severity, patients physical
condition, and ability to resist infection
Furunculosis
H Deeper infections characterized by deeper, more tender, and erythematous nodules or boils
H Worsened by irritation, friction, or perspiration
Staphylococcus aureus
H Contamination from an infected wound elsewhere on
the body
Risk factors
H Poor personal hygiene
H Debilitation
H Immunosuppression
H Diabetes mellitus
H Occlusive agents or chemicals such as cosmetics
H Tight-fitting clothing
H Improper shaving technique
H Occlusive therapy, using steroids
H Obesity
H Chronic colonization of S. aureus in nares or per-
ineum
Incidence
Folliculitis
H Common infection
H Affects all ages
H Affects males more commonly than females
Furunculosis
H Uncommon in children unless immunocompromised
H Increased frequency after puberty
H More common in adolescents and young adults
H Affects males and females equally
Carbunculosis
H Not uncommon for several family members to be affected at the same time
H More common in patients with diabetes and in patients who are immunocompromised
H Affects males more commonly than females
Common characteristics
Furunculosis
Carbunculosis
H Pustules
H Pain
H Erythema
Complications
H Cellulitis
H Septicemia
H Hematogenous seeding to heart valves, joints, and
other organs
H Residual scarring
288
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 289
Assessment
History
H Presence of risk factors
H Pain and erythema for several days or longer
H Malaise
Physical findings
Folliculitis
H Localized pustules, usually on the scalp or extremities
H Pustules possibly also in beard area or on eyelids
(styes)
Furunculosis
H Hard, painful, or fluctuant nodules usually on neck,
face, axillae, or buttocks
H If nodules enlarge and rupture, pus and necrotic material on the skin surface
H Erythema that may persist for days or weeks after
nodule rupture
Carbunculosis
H Fever
H Extremely painful, deep abscesses
H Abscesses drain through multiple openings onto the
skin surface
H Pain, tenderness, and edema around pustule sites
H Hard or fluctuant nodules under skin surface
H Localized lymphadenopathy
Test results
Laboratory
H Wound culture and sensitivity results show the infecting organism.
H Complete blood count may reveal leukocytosis.
men.
Nursing interventions
H Perform wound care.
H Properly dispose of contaminated dressings.
H Follow standard precautions.
H Apply warm, moist compresses.
H Assist with general hygiene and comfort measures, as
needed.
H Administer prescribed pain medications and antibi-
otics.
Monitoring
H Adverse drug reactions
H Response to treatment
H Level of comfort
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H meticulous hand-washing technique
H good personal hygiene
H how to prevent the spread of the infection
H lesion care
H the prescribed medication and possible adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer patients with recurrent furunculosis for a phys-
Treatment
General
H Thorough cleaning of infected area with soap and
water
H Avoidance of occlusive agents
H Application of warm, moist compresses
Medications
H Topical or systemic antibiotics, according to the iso-
lated organism
Surgery
H Possible incision and drainage in patients with furun-
culosis or carbunculosis
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid or minimize complications
H exhibit improved or healed wounds or lesions
289
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 290
Fragile X syndrome
Overview
Description
H Most common inherited cause of mental retardation;
average IQ about 30 to 70
H Signs and symptoms of the syndrome apparent in
Pathophysiology
H This X-linked condition doesnt follow a simple
Assessment
History
H Hyperactivity, speech difficulties, language delay, and
autistic-like behaviors
H Excessive shyness or social anxiety
Physical findings
H A prominent jaw and forehead
H Head circumference exceeding the 90th percentile
H Long, narrow face with long or large ears that may be
posteriorly rotated
H Hyperextension of the fingers
H Severe pectus excavatum
H Unusually large testes after puberty
Test results
Laboratory
H Positive genetic test, preferably deoxyribonucleic
acid analysis of blood or buccal samples, detects the
size of the cytosine-guanine-guanine repeat and the
methylation status of FMR1.
Imaging
H Echocardiography reveals a floppy mitral valve.
Treatment
Causes
General
FMR1 gene
Incidence
Medications
1 in 2,500 females
H Occurs in almost all races and ethnic populations
Common characteristics
Surgery
Males
H Physical manifestations
H Hyperactivity, speech difficulties, language delay, and
autistic-like behaviors
Females
H Some degree of cognitive impairment, most commonly learning disabilities (math difficulties, language deficits, and attentional problems)
H Autistic-like features (rare)
H Excessive shyness or social anxiety
Complications
Nursing interventions
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H function at the highest level possible
H be free from signs and symptoms of infection
H demonstrate effective learning related to potential.
family.
H Encourage appropriate activities for the patients
ability.
H Encourage the family to follow a routine schedule.
290
Fragile X syndrome
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 291
Monitoring
H Language development
H Seizures
H Hyperactivity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H medication administration and possible adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and family for genetic counseling.
H Refer the family to a support group.
H Advocate for special education services and individu-
Fragile X syndrome
291
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 292
Frostbite
Overview
Description
H Damage to skin and other tissues caused by freezing
H Caused by sustained exposure to cold temperatures
third-, or fourth-degree
H Frost nip: less severe cold exposure with complete
Pathophysiology
H Loss of body heat causes a fall in tissue temperature.
H Tissue hypoxia and acidosis occurs as blood vessels
Common characteristics
H First-degree frostbite characterized by white or blue
Complications
H Wound-related sepsis
H Gangrene
H Compartment syndrome
H Loss of affected part; amputation
H Increased sensitivity to cold
H Pain with use of the affected area
H Altered sensation in the affected area, possibly lasting
throughout life
clots form in the arterioles and venules from increased blood viscosity.
H Inflammatory mediators are released, causing further
damage.
H Extent of permanent injury depends on duration of
frozen tissue.
H Tetanus
H Osteoporosis
H Muscle atrophy
H Phantom pain of amputated extremities
H Death, when associated with hypothermia or sepsis
Causes
Assessment
tection
H Time for this to occur affected by air temperature,
Risk factors
H Outdoor winter activities
H Workers in cold environments
H Homelessness
H Alcohol consumption and smoking
H Fatigue
H Inadequate, tight, or wet clothing
H Previous cold injury
H Young children and older adults
H Diseases, including diabetes, atherosclerosis, and
thyroid disease
H Infections
H Medications such as beta-adrenergic blockers
Incidence
H Hands or feet affected in 90% of injuries
H Ears, nose, chin, cheeks, or penis affected in remain-
292
Frostbite
History
H Prolonged exposure to cold or exposure without ad-
equate protection
H Numbness in affected part
H Feeling of clumsiness and confusion
H Possible shivering
H Pain, burning, or throbbing on rewarming
Physical findings
H Skin
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count may show hemoconcentration.
Imaging
H X-rays determine bone involvement.
H Angiography determines extent of blood vessel damage.
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 293
Treatment
General
H Replacement of wet or tight clothing with dry, loose
clothing
H Protection of injured area
H Rewarming affected part for 20 to 40 minutes in wa-
Medications
H Tetanus toxoid immunization and appropriate antibi-
dered.
H Maintain aseptic technique when changing dressings.
H Provide pain medication, as ordered.
Monitoring
H Wound condition
H Pain level
H Capillary refill time
H Sensation
H Peripheral pulses
H Hydration status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and its treatment
H possible long-term effects
H need for smoking or alcohol cessation, if indicated
H increased susceptibility to cold
H how to prevent future cold injuries. (See Preventing
frostbite.)
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a social service agency, if indi-
cated.
Surgery
H Debridement or fasciotomy, if indicated
H Amputation, as needed (necessity usually unknown
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of the injury and how to prevent future occurrences
H experience no further injury from frostbite
H remain free from infection
H express feelings of increased comfort and reduced
pain
H show progressive wound healing
H maintain optimal perfusion to affected areas
H demonstrate effective coping.
Nursing interventions
H Provide a bed cradle to keep covers off lower ex-
tremities, if indicated.
Prevention
Preventing frostbite
H Anticipate poor weather, and dress appropriately.
H Be aware that wet and windy conditions worsen the
chill factor and increase the risk of cold injury.
H Limit exposure time.
H Wear layers of loose-fitting clothing. Mittens provide
more warmth than gloves.
H Wear head, face, and ear coverings at all times.
H Wear two pairs of socks. An outer layer of wool socks
worn over synthetic socks that wick moisture away
from the skin provides the best insulation.
H Wear waterproof shoes or boots.
H Avoid smoking cigarettes and drinking alcohol, which
impair circulation.
H Remove metal jewelry, which conducts cold.
Frostbite
293
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 294
Gas gangrene
Common characteristics
Overview
Description
Complications
H Renal failure
H Hypotension and shock
H Hemolytic anemia
H Tissue death requiring amputation of the affected
body part
Assessment
Pathophysiology
H Incubation is 1 to 4 days but can vary from 3 hours
to 6 weeks or longer.
H C. perfringens invades soft tissues, producing
History
H Recent surgery (within 72 hours)
H Traumatic injury
H Septic abortion
H Delivery
Physical findings
H Normothermia, followed by a moderate increase,
Causes
H C. perfringens
H Transmission when the organism enters the body
brown or reddish)
H Bullae and tissue necrosis
H Dark red or black necrotic muscle
H Foul-smelling, watery, or frothy discharge
H Subcutaneous emphysema (hallmark of gas gan-
Risk factors
H Diabetes mellitus
Incidence
grene)
C. perfringens
and necrotic
muscle in
closed wound
Test results
Laboratory
H Anaerobic cultures of wound drainage disclose
C. perfringens.
H Gram stain of wound drainage shows large,
gram-positive, rod-shaped bacteria.
H Blood studies show leukocytosis and, later,
hemolysis.
Imaging
H X-rays reveal gas in tissues.
Treatment
Increased
edema
General
Destruction
of cell walls
Edema
Medications
Local
tissue
death
294
Gas gangrene
Hemolysis
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 295
Surgery
H Immediate wide surgical excision of all affected tis-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H have skin that remains warm, dry, and intact
H maintain collateral circulation
H express feelings of increased comfort and relief from
pain.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed analgesics.
H Prepare for surgery, if indicated.
H Provide adequate fluid replacement.
H Maintain the airway and ventilation.
H Provide appropriate skin care and meticulous wound
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Pulmonary and cardiac status
H Wound site
H Pain control
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to report severe pain at the wound site immediately
H the need to report foul odor or drainage from the
wound site.
Discharge planning
H After recovery, refer the patient for physical rehabili-
tation, as necessary.
H After extensive surgery, such as amputation, refer the
Gas gangrene
295
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 296
Gastric cancer
Overview
Description
Physical findings
H Abdominal distention
H Palpable mass
H Palpable lymph nodes, especially the supraclavicular
Pathophysiology
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count may show iron deficiency anemia.
H Liver function studies may be elevated with metastatic
spread of tumor to liver.
H Carcinoembryonic antigen radioimmunoassay may
be elevated.
Imaging
H Barium X-rays of the GI tract with fluoroscopy show
changes that suggest gastric cancer, including a tumor or filling defect in the outline of the stomach,
loss of flexibility and distensibility, and abnormal gastric mucosa with or without ulceration.
Diagnostic procedures
H Gastroscopy with fiber-optic endoscope helps rule
out other diffuse gastric mucosal abnormalities by allowing direct visualization.
H Gastroscopic biopsy permits evaluation of gastric
mucosal lesions.
Other
H Gastric acid stimulation test discloses whether the
stomach secretes acid properly.
Causes
H Unknown
Risk factors
H Gastritis with gastric atrophy
H Type A blood (10% increased risk)
H Family history of gastric cancer
H Smoked foods, pickled vegetables, and salted fish
and meat
H High alcohol consumption
H Smoking
H Helicobacter pylori infection
Incidence
H Common worldwide in all races
H Incidence greater in males older than age 40
H Mortality high in Japan, Iceland, Chile, and Austria
H Incidence decreased 50% over the past 25 years;
Common characteristics
H Feeling of fullness
H Abdominal distention
H Back, epigastric, or retrosternal pain
Complications
H Malnutrition
H GI obstruction
H Iron deficiency anemia
H Metastasis
Assessment
History
H Back, epigastric, or retrosternal pain not relieved
296
Gastric cancer
Treatment
General
H Radiation therapy combined with chemotherapy (not
Medications
H Chemotherapy, such as fluorouracil and doxorubicin
H Antiemetics, such as aprepitant and dolasetron
H Opioid analgesics such as morphine
H Antibiotics such as tetracycline
Surgery
H Excision of lesion with appropriate margins (in more
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 297
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain weight
H express feelings of increased energy
H report feeling less tension and pain
H maintain skin integrity.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive
spirometer use.
H Provide a high-protein, high-calorie diet with dietary
supplements.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide parenteral nutrition, as appropriate.
H After surgery, provide supportive care.
H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees.
Monitoring
H Pain control
H Vital signs
H Nutritional status
H Nasogastric tube function and drainage
H Wound site
H Postoperative complications
H Effects of medication
H Intake and output
H Cardiovascular status
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the dietary plan
H effective pulmonary toileting
H avoidance of crowds and people with known infection
H relaxation techniques
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and his family to support services.
H Refer the patient for home services, as necessary.
H Refer the patient for physical or occupational thera-
py, as necessary.
Gastric cancer
297
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 298
Gastritis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the gastric mucosa
H May be acute or chronic
H Most common stomach disorder (acute)
Pathophysiology
Acute gastritis
H The protective mucosal layer is altered.
H Acid secretion produces mucosal reddening, edema,
and superficial surface erosion.
Chronic gastritis
H Progressive thinning and degeneration of gastric mucosa occur.
Causes
Acute gastritis
H Chronic ingestion of irritating foods and alcohol
H Drugs, such as aspirin and other nonsteroidal
anti-inflammatory drugs (in large doses), cytotoxic
agents, caffeine, corticosteroids, antimetabolites,
phenylbutazone, and indomethacin
H Ingested poisons, especially dichloro-diphenyltrichloroethane (DDT), ammonia, mercury, carbon
tetrachloride, or corrosive substances
H Endotoxins released from infecting bacteria, such as
staphylococci, Escherichia coli, and salmonella
H Complication of acute illness
Chronic gastritis
H Recurring exposure to irritating substances, such as
drugs, alcohol, cigarette smoke, and environmental
agents
H Pernicious anemia, renal disease, or diabetes mellitus
H Helicobacter pylori infection (common cause of
nonerosive gastritis)
Risk factors
H Age older than 60
H Exposure to toxic substances
H Hemodynamic disorder
Incidence
H May occur at any age; increased incidence of H. py-
in 2 of 10,000 people
Common characteristics
H Abdominal pain
H Indigestion
Complications
H Hemorrhage
H Obstruction
298
Gastritis
H Perforation
H Peritonitis
H Gastric cancer
Assessment
History
H Exposure to one or more causative agents
H Rapid onset of symptoms (acute gastritis)
H Epigastric discomfort
H Indigestion
H Cramping
H Anorexia
H Nausea, hematemesis, and vomiting
H Coffee-ground emesis or melena (if GI bleeding is
present)
Physical findings
H Possible normal appearance
H Grimacing
H Restlessness
H Pallor
H Tachycardia
H Hypotension
H Abdominal distention, tenderness, and guarding
H Normoactive to hyperactive bowel sounds
Test results
Laboratory
H Occult blood is found in vomitus or stools (or both)
if the patient has gastric bleeding.
H Hemoglobin (Hb) level and hematocrit are decreased.
H Urea breath test shows H. pylori.
Diagnostic procedures
H Upper GI endoscopy reveals gastritis when its performed within 24 hours of bleeding.
H Biopsy reveals inflammatory process.
Treatment
General
H Elimination of cause
H For massive bleeding:
Blood transfusion
Iced saline lavage
Angiography with vasopressin
H Nothing by mouth if bleeding occurs
H Elimination of irritating foods
H Activity, as tolerated (encourage mobilization)
Medications
H Histamine antagonists, such as famotidine, ranitidine,
and cimetidine
H Proton pump inhibitors such as pantoprazole
H Prostaglandins such as misoprostol
H Vitamin B12
H Antibiotic therapy, according to infective agent
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 299
Surgery
H When conservative treatment fails
H Vagotomy, pyloroplasty
H Partial or total gastrectomy (rarely)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain normal fluid volume
H maintain weight
H express concerns about current condition
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Provide physical and emotional support.
H Administer prescribed drugs and I.V. fluids.
H Assist the patient with diet modification.
H If surgery is necessary, prepare the patient preopera-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Fluid intake and output
H Electrolyte and Hb levels
H Returning symptoms as food is reintroduced
H Response to medication
H Pain control
H GI status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H lifestyle and diet modifications
H preoperative teaching if surgery is necessary
H stress-reduction techniques
H medication administration and possible adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
H Refer the patient to an alcohol treatment program, if
indicated.
Gastritis
299
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 300
Gastroenteritis
sackieviruses
H Ingestion of toxins, such as poisonous plants and
Overview
Description
H Self-limiting inflammation of the stomach and small
intestine
H Intestinal flu, travelers diarrhea, viral enteritis, and
food poisoning
Pathophysiology
toadstools
H Drug reactions from antibiotics
H Food allergens
H Enzyme deficiencies
Risk factors
H Consumption of improperly prepared food or conta-
minated water
H Travel or residence in areas of poor sanitation
Incidence
Causes
veloped nations
H Ranks second to common cold as cause of lost work
children
tients
Common characteristics
H Diarrhea
H Nausea and vomiting
Complications
H Severe dehydration
H Electrolyte imbalance
Assessment
History
H Acute onset of diarrhea
H Abdominal pain and discomfort
H Nausea, vomiting
H Malaise and fatigue
H Exposure to contaminated food
H Recent travel (see Preventing travelers diarrhea)
Physical findings
H Slight abdominal distention
H Poor skin turgor (with dehydration)
H Hyperactive bowel sounds
H Decreased blood pressure
Test results
Laboratory
H Gram stain, stool culture (by direct rectal swab), or
blood culture shows the causative bacteria.
Treatment
General
H Supportive treatment for nausea, vomiting, and diar-
rhea
300
Gastroenteritis
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 301
the infection
H Rehydration
H Initially, clear liquids as tolerated
H Electrolyte solutions
H Avoidance of milk products
H Activity, as tolerated (encourage mobilization)
Medications
H Antiemetics such as prochlorperazine
H Antibiotics, according to the infective organism
H I.V. fluids
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain weight without further loss
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain normal vital signs.
Nursing interventions
H Allow uninterrupted rest periods.
H Replace lost fluids and electrolytes through diet or
I.V. fluids.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Signs of dehydration
H Electrolytes
H GI status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary modifications
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H preventive measures
H how to perform warm sitz baths three times per day
to relieve anal irritation.
Gastroenteritis
301
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 302
Gastroesophageal reflux
disease
Overview
Description
Assessment
History
H Minimal or no symptoms in one-third of patients
H Heartburn that typically occurs 112 to 2 hours after
eating
H Heartburn that worsens with vigorous exercise,
bending, lying down, wearing tight clothing, coughing, constipation, and obesity
H Reported relief by using antacids or sitting upright
H Regurgitation without associated nausea or belching
H Feeling of fluid accumulation in the throat with a
sour or bitter taste
H Chronic pain radiating to the neck, jaws, and arms
that may mimic angina pectoris
H Nocturnal hypersalivation and wheezing
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
Causes
H Pyloric surgery (alteration or removal of the py-
pressure
Risk factors
H Any agent that lowers LES pressure: acidic and fatty
Test results
Imaging
H Barium swallow with fluoroscopy shows evidence of
recurrent reflux.
Diagnostic procedures
H Esophageal acidity test reveals degree of gastroesophageal reflux.
H Gastroesophageal scintillation testing shows reflux.
H Esophageal manometry reveals abnormal LES pressure and sphincter incompetence.
H Acid perfusion (Bernstein) test confirms esophagitis.
H Esophagoscopy and biopsy confirm pathologic
changes in the mucosa.
Treatment
Incidence
General
H Modification of lifestyle
H Positional therapy
H Removal of cause
H Weight reduction, if appropriate
H Avoidance of dietary causes
H Avoidance of eating 2 hours before sleep (see Fac-
Common characteristics
H Epigastric pain, usually after a meal or when lying
down
Complications
H Reflux esophagitis
H Esophageal stricture
H Esophageal ulcer
H Barretts esophagus (metaplasia and possible in-
302
Medications
H Histamine-2 receptor antagonists, such as cimeta-
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 303
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H causes of gastroesophageal reflux
H prescribed antireflux regimen of medication, diet,
and positional therapy
H developing a dietary plan
H the need to identify situations or activities that increase intra-abdominal pressure
H the need to refrain from using substances that reduce
sphincter control
H signs and symptoms to watch for and report.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a dietitian, as appropriate.
Surgery
H Hiatal hernia repair
H Vagotomy or pyloroplasty
H Esophagectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H state and demonstrate understanding of the disorder
and its treatment
H express feelings of increased comfort
H show no signs of aspiration
H have minimal or no complications.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Offer emotional and psychological support.
H Assist with diet modification.
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Use semi-Fowlers position for the patient with an NG
tube.
H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees.
Monitoring
H Response to therapy
H Adverse effects of medication
After surgery
H Respiratory status
H Pain control
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Chest tube drainage
H GI status
303
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 304
Generalized anxiety
disorder
Overview
Description
H Anger
H Difficulty concentrating, eating, and sleeping
Physical findings
H Trembling
H Shortness of breath
H Tachycardia
H Sweating
DSM-IV-TR criteria
Pathophysiology
H Aberration in benzodiazepine receptor regulation oc-
curs.
Causes
H Unknown
H Roles played by biologic and physiologic factors
Risk factors
H Stressful life situations
H Learned maladaptive behaviors
Incidence
H Can begin at any age but typically begins between
ages 20 and 40
H Twice as common in females as in males
Common characteristics
Mild anxiety
H Psychological symptoms
H Unusually self-aware and alert to surroundings
Moderate anxiety
H Selective inattention, but can concentrate on a single
task
Severe anxiety
H Inability to concentrate on more than scattered details of a task
H Panic state with acute anxiety causing complete loss
of concentration, typically with unintelligible speech
Complications
Test results
Laboratory
H Tests, such as cardiac enzymes, troponin level, and
thyroid studies, rule out organic causes of symptoms.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography excludes myocardial ischemia.
Other
H Psychiatric evaluation helps confirm the diagnosis.
Treatment
General
Assessment
Medications
History
304
H Psychotherapy
H Relaxation techniques
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 305
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H develop effective coping strategies
H identify anxiety triggers
H experience reduced anxiety.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Reduce environmental stimuli.
H Help identify triggers to anxiety.
H Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
H Response to therapy
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H prescribed drugs
H relaxation techniques
H effective coping strategies.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling.
305
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 306
Genital herpes
Common characteristics
Overview
H Fever
H Malaise
H Dysuria
Description
H Acute inflammatory disease of the genitalia
H Usually self-limiting but able to cause painful local or
Pathophysiology
H Virus invades and replicates in neurons and epider-
Complications
H Herpetic keratitis, which may lead to blindness
H Herpetic encephalitis
Assessment
History
Causes
Physical findings
clinical outbreaks.
Risk factors
H Unprotected sexual activity
Incidence
H One in five adults in the United States serologically
HSV-positive
Test results
Laboratory
H Vesicular fluid reveals HSV.
H Antigen testing identifies specific antigens.
After a patient is infected with genital herpes, a latency period follows. The virus takes up permanent residence in
the nerve cells surrounding the lesions, and intermittent
viral shedding may take place.
Repeated outbreaks may develop at any time, again followed by a latent stage during which the lesions heal
completely. Outbreaks may recur as often as three to eight
times yearly.
Although the cycle continues indefinitely, some people
remain symptom-free for years.
INITIAL INFECTION
Highly infectious period marked by fever, aches, adenopathy, pain,
and ulcerated skin and mucous membranes
LATENCY
Intermittently infectious period marked by viral dormancy or viral
shedding and no disease symptoms
RECURRENT INFECTION
Highly infectious period similar to initial infection with milder
symptoms that resolve faster
306
Genital herpes
Treatment
General
H Adequate rest periods
Medications
H Antivirals, such as acyclovir, famciclovir, and valacy-
clovir
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express an understanding of the disorder and its
treatment
H practice safe sex
H report feelings of increased comfort
H demonstrate improved skin integrity.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage expression of feelings and concerns.
H Keep lesions dry.
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 307
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Skin integrity
H Wound healing
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoiding sexual intercourse during the active stage of
this disease (while lesions are present)
H using condoms during all sexual encounters
H urging sexual partners to seek medical examination
H having a Papanicolaou test every 6 months (females).
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the Herpes Resource Center for
support.
Genital herpes
307
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 308
Genital warts
Overview
Description
Assessment
History
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
Causes
Test results
Laboratory
H Dark-field microscopy of wart-cell scrapings shows
marked epidermal cell vascularization.
H Application of 5% acetic acid (white vinegar) turns
warts white if theyre papillomas.
papillomavirus (HPV)
Risk factors
H Unprotected sexual activity
Incidence
H One of the most common sexually transmitted dis-
Common characteristics
H Appearance of small, pink to red, moist warts with ir-
Treatment
General
H Good hygiene practices
H Contact precautions
Medications
Complications
cine
Surgery
H Cryosurgery
H Electrodesiccation
H Surgical excision
H Laser ablation
H Circumcision to prevent recurrence
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain free from all signs and symptoms of infection
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H acknowledge the change in body image
H voice feelings about potential or actual changes in
sexuality
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.
308
Genital warts
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 309
Nursing interventions
H Provide a nonthreatening, nonjudgmental atmos-
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of medication
H Signs and symptoms of infection (postoperative)
H Concomitant STDs or infections
H Papanicolaou (Pap) test results
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need for sexual abstinence or condom use during
intercourse until healing is complete
H evaluation of the patients sexual partners
H the importance of testing for human immunodeficiency virus infection and other STDs
H the emphasis that genital warts can recur and that the
virus can mutate, causing infection with warts of a
different strain
H recommendation that female patients have a Pap test
every 6 months.
Genital warts
309
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 310
Life-threatening disorder
to eclampsia
Gestational
hypertension
Common characteristics
Overview
Complications
Description
H Abruptio placentae
H HELLP syndrome: hemolysis, elevated liver enzyme
H Hypertension
H Sudden weight gain
H Irritability
H Emotional tension
H Coagulopathy
H Stillbirth
H Seizures
H Coma
H Premature labor
H Renal failure
H Maternal hepatic damage
Pathophysiology
H Generalized arteriolar vasoconstriction is thought to
Causes
H Unknown
H Contributing factors:
Special populations
Adolescents and primiparas older than age 35 are
at higher risk for preeclampsia.
Risk factors
H First-time pregnancy
H Multiple fetuses
H History of vascular disease
Incidence
H Occurs in about 7% of pregnancies; more common
310
Gestational hypertension
Assessment
History
H Sudden weight gain
H Irritability
H Emotional tension
H Severe frontal headache
H Blurred vision
H Epigastric pain or heartburn
Physical findings
H Preeclampsia: blood pressure of 160/110 mm Hg or
higher
H Eclampsia: systolic blood pressure of 180 or
200 mm Hg or higher
H Generalized edema, especially of the face
H Pitting edema of the legs and feet
H Hyperreflexia
H Oliguria
H Vascular spasm, papilledema, retinal edema or de-
Test results
Laboratory
H In preeclampsia: proteinuria is more than
300 mg/24 hours [1+].
H In severe eclampsia: proteinuria is 5 g/24 hours
[5+] or more.
H In HELLP syndrome: hemolysis, elevated liver enzymes and decreased platelet count are evident.
Imaging
H Ultrasonography aids evaluation of fetal well-being.
Diagnostic procedures
H Stress and nonstress tests and biophysical profiles
help evaluate fetal well-being.
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 311
Treatment
General
H Measures to halt progression of the disorder and en-
Medications
H Antihypertensives
H Magnesium sulfate
H Oxytocin
H Oxygen
Surgery
Nursing considerations
Patient teaching
Key outcomes
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs and symptoms of preeclampsia and eclampsia
H importance of bed rest in the left lateral position, as
ordered
H adequate nutrition and a low-sodium diet
H good prenatal care
H control of preexisting hypertension
H early recognition and prompt treatment of
preeclampsia
H likelihood that the neonate will be small for gestational age, with the probability that hell do better
than other premature neonates of the same weight.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Elevate edematous arms or legs.
H Eliminate constricting hose, slippers, and bed linens.
H Assist with or insert an indwelling urinary catheter, if
necessary.
H Provide a quiet, darkened room.
H Enforce absolute bed rest.
H Provide emotional support.
H Encourage the patient to express feelings.
H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for professional counseling, as indi-
cated.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Fetal heart rate
H Vision
H Edema
H Daily weight
H Intake and output
H Level of consciousness
H Deep tendon reflexes
H Headache unrelieved by medication
H Complications
Gestational hypertension
311
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 312
Giardiasis
Overview
Description
H Infection of the small bowel by Giardia lamblia, a
Physical findings
H Possibly, no intestinal symptoms in mild infection
H Abdominal cramps, bloating
H Belching, flatus
H Nausea, vomiting
H Explosive pale, loose, greasy, malodorous, frequent
immunity
H Also called G. enteritis and lambliasis
Pathophysiology
Causes
Test results
Laboratory
H Examination of a fresh stool specimen shows cysts or
examination of duodenal aspirate or biopsy shows
trophozoites.
Treatment
water
H Fecal-oral transfer of cysts from an infected person
General
Incidence
H Occurs worldwide but most common in developing
countries and other areas where sanitation and hygiene are poor (G. lamblia has been found in municipal water sources, nursing homes, and day-care
centers.)
H Children generally more likely to develop giardiasis
than adults
H In the United States, most common in travelers recently returned from endemic areas, campers who
drink water from contaminated streams, male homosexuals, patients with congenital immunoglobulin A
deficiency, and children in day-care centers
Common characteristics
H Diarrhea
H Abdominal pain
H Bloating
H Belching
H Flatus
H Nausea and vomiting
Complications
H Malabsorption
H Dehydration
H Lactose intolerance
H Possible death, in hypogammaglobulinemia
Medications
H Antiprotozoals, such as nitazoxanide and tinidazole
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid skin breakdown or infection
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain normal electrolyte levels
H have an elimination pattern that returns to normal
H express feelings of increased comfort and relief from
pain.
Nursing interventions
H Institute enteric contact precautions, and quickly dis-
room.
H Keep the perianal area clean, especially after each
bowel movement.
Assessment
History
Monitoring
312
Giardiasis
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 313
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H prescribed medications, including precautions and
adverse effects
H need for the patient whos taking metronidazole or
furazolidone to avoid alcohol while taking the drug
and for 3 days after completing treatment
H need for the family and others in contact with the patient to have their stools tested for G. lamblia cysts
H need for good personal hygiene, especially proper
hand washing as well as correct handling of infectious material by the patient and his family
H importance of safer sex practices
H need for campers to purify all stream and lake water
before drinking it
H need for travelers to endemic areas to avoid drinking
tap or suspect water and to avoid eating uncooked
and unpeeled fruits or vegetables.
Discharge planning
H Encourage the patient to return for follow-up ap-
Giardiasis
313
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 314
Glaucoma
Overview
Description
H Eye disorder characterized by high intraocular pres-
Pathophysiology
Risk factors
Open-angle glaucoma
H Family history
H Myopia
H Ethnic origin
Angle-closure glaucoma
H Family history
H Cataracts
H Hyperopia
Incidence
H A leading cause of blindness; accounts for about 12%
populations
H Open-angle glaucoma commonly familial
Open-angle glaucoma
H Degenerative changes in the trabecular meshwork
block the flow of aqueous humor from the eye, increasing IOP and resulting in optic nerve damage.
Angle-closure glaucoma
H Obstruction to the outflow of aqueous humor is
caused by an anatomically narrow angle between the
iris and the cornea.
H IOP increases suddenly.
Common characteristics
Causes
Assessment
Open-angle glaucoma
H Degenerative changes
Angle-closure glaucoma
H Anatomically narrow angle between the iris and the
cornea
H Attacks triggered by trauma, pupillary dilation, stress,
or ocular changes that push the iris forward
Complications
H Varying degrees of vision loss
H Total blindness
History
Open-angle glaucoma
H Possibly no symptoms
H Dull, morning headache
H Mild aching in the eyes
H Loss of peripheral vision
H Halos around lights
H Reduced visual acuity (especially at night) not corrected by glasses
Angle-closure glaucoma
H Pain and pressure over the eye
H Blurred vision
H Decreased visual acuity
H Halos around lights
H Nausea and vomiting
Physical findings
H Unilateral eye inflammation
H Cloudy cornea
H Moderately dilated pupil, nonreactive to light
H With gentle fingertip pressure to the closed eyelids,
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Tonometry measurement shows increased IOP.
H Slit-lamp examination shows effects of glaucoma on
the anterior eye structures. (See Optic disk
changes.)
314
Glaucoma
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 315
Monitoring
ber.
H Ophthalmoscopy aids visualization of the fundus.
H Perimetry or visual field tests show extent of peripheral vision loss.
H Fundus photography shows optic disk changes.
H Vital signs
H Response to treatment
H Visual acuity
Treatment
ALERT
Angle-closure glaucoma typically has a rapid onset
and is an emergency.
General
H Reduction of IOP by decreasing aqueous humor pro-
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need for meticulous compliance with prescribed
drug therapy
H all procedures and treatments, especially surgery
H the fact that lost vision cant be restored but treatment can usually prevent further loss
H modification of the patients environment for safety
H signs and symptoms that require immediate medical
attention, such as sudden vision change or eye pain
H the importance of glaucoma screening for early detection and prevention.
Medications
H Beta-adrenergic blockers, such as levobunolol and
timolol
H Prostaglandin analogues such as bimatoprost
H Selective alpha2 agonists such as brimonidine
ALERT
Occasionally, systemic absorption of a betaadrenergic blocker from eyedrops can be sufficient
to cause bradycardia, hypotension, heart block,
bronchospasm, impotence, or depression.
Surgery
H For patients unresponsive to drug therapy:
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H express feelings and concerns
H sustain no harm or injury
H maintain present vision.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Prepare for surgery, if indicated.
H After surgery, protect the affected eye.
H Encourage ambulation immediately after surgery.
H Encourage the patient to express his concerns relat-
Glaucoma
315
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 316
Glomerulonephritis
Overview
Special populations
Goodpastures syndrome, a type of RPGN, is rare,
but occurs most commonly in males ages 20 to 30.
Description
Common characteristics
Pathophysiology
H Epithelial or podocyte layer of the glomerular mem-
Causes
H Streptococcal infection
H Impetigo
H Immunoglobulin A nephropathy (Bergers disease)
H Lipoid nephrosis
Incidence
H Acute glomerulonephritis most common in boys ages
316
Glomerulonephritis
ALERT
The presenting features of glomerulonephritis in
children may be encephalopathy with seizures and
local neurologic deficits. An elderly patient with
glomerulonephritis may report vague, nonspecific
symptoms, such as nausea, malaise, and arthralgia.
Complications
H Pulmonary edema
H Heart failure
H Sepsis
H Renal failure
H Severe hypertension
H Cardiac hypertrophy
Assessment
History
H Decreased urination
H Recent streptococcal infection of the respiratory tract
H Household member with PSAGN
H May be asymptomatic
Physical findings
H Smoky or coffee-colored urine
H Dyspnea
H Periorbital edema
H Increased blood pressure
H Pallor
Test results
Laboratory
H Throat culture shows group A beta-hemolytic streptococcus.
H Electrolyte, blood urea nitrogen, and creatinine levels are elevated.
H Serum protein level is decreased.
H Hemoglobin level is decreased in chronic glomerulonephritis.
H Antistreptolysin-O titers are elevated.
H Streptozyme and anti-DNase B levels are elevated.
H Serum complement levels are low.
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 317
Treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H taking prescribed drugs
H how to assess ankle edema
H reporting signs of infection
H recording daily weight
H following a low-sodium diet.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services, as appropriate.
H Refer the patient to renal disease support group.
General
H Treatment of the primary disease
H Bed rest
H Fluid restriction
H Sodium-restricted diet
H Correction of electrolyte imbalance
H Dialysis
H Plasmapheresis
Medications
H Antibiotics, according to the infective agent
H Anticoagulants such as heparin
H Diuretics such as furosemide
H Vasodilators such as hydralazine
H Corticosteroids, such as methylprednisolone and
prednisone
Surgery
H Kidney transplantation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H identify risk factors that exacerbate the condition,
and modify lifestyle accordingly
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H have laboratory values return to normal.
Nursing interventions
H Provide appropriate skin care and oral hygiene.
H Encourage the patient to express his feelings about
the disorder.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Laboratory studies
H Respiratory status
H Renal function
H Cardiovascular status
Glomerulonephritis
317
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 318
Goiter
Overview
Description
or the use of goitrogenic drugs (such as propylthiouracil, methimazole, iodides, and lithium)
Incidence
H Decreases with age
H More common in females than in males
Common characteristics
tion or a neoplasm
H Commonly classified as toxic (associated with hyperthyroidism) or nontoxic (not associated with hyperthyroidism or hypothyroidism)
Pathophysiology
H Thyroid gland cant produce enough thyroid hor-
goiter
Complications
H Tracheal compression
H Hyperthyroidism
H Lymphoma
H Abscess
hormone synthesis.
Causes
H Thyroid growth-stimulating immunoglobulins
H Inherited defects
H Inadequate dietary intake of iodine
H Ingestion of large amounts of goitrogenic foods
Assessment
History
H Respiratory distress
H Dysphagia
Physical findings
H Swelling and distention of the neck, which may be
318
Goiter
Test results
Laboratory
H Thyroid-stimulating hormone level is high or normal.
H Serum thyroxine concentrations are low-normal or
normal.
H Iodine-131 uptake is normal or increased (50% of
the dose at 24 hours).
Other
H Patient history and physical examination help to confirm the diagnosis.
Treatment
General
H Avoidance of known goitrogenic drugs and foods
Medications
H Thyroid hormone such as levothyroxine
H Small doses of iodine
Surgery
H Subtotal thyroidectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain hemodynamically stable
H have a reduced goiter
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 319
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage the patient to express feelings and con-
cerns.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neck circumference
H Response to therapy
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H symptoms of thyroid toxicosis
H use of iodized salt.
Goiter
319
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 320
Gonadotropin deficiency
Overview
Description
H Lack of hormones (follicle-stimulating hormone
Pathophysiology
H Gonadotropin-releasing hormone (Gn-RH) is secret-
ed by the hypothalamus and causes the anterior pituitary to secrete the gonadotropins testosterone,
estrogen, FSH, and LH.
H Estrogen, progesterone, and testosterone, produced
by the gonads, function in a negative-feedback loop
that regulates Gn-RH secretion.
H Mechanisms that cause Gn-RH deficiency include:
pituitary tumor producing another hormone that
impinges on the gonadotropin-producing cells and
physically impairs Gn-RH biosynthesis
medical treatments such as radiation (impairs
Gn-RHproducing cells)
oversecretion of estrogen, progesterone, or testosterone by dysfunctional target glands, causing
Gn-RH inhibition through the negative-feedback
loop
prolactin (inhibits pituitary secretion of Gn-RH;
prolactin-secreting tumors can cause Gn-RH deficiency)
reduced Gn-RH secretion due to response of hypothalamus to physical stress, obesity, or starvation.
Causes
H Pituitary tumor or hemorrhage
H Oversecretion of target gland hormone, such as es-
Incidence
H Can occur at any age
H Affects males more commonly than females
Common characteristics
H Decreased libido, strength, and body hair, and fine
320
Gonadotropin deficiency
Complications
H Infertility
H Sexual dysfunction
Assessment
History
H Illness that affects testes
H Underdeveloped secondary sex characteristics
H Mood and behavior changes
H Sexual dysfunction
H Infertility
Physical findings
H Testicular atrophy
H Underdeveloped secondary characteristics
H Decreased body hair
H Fine wrinkles around eyes and lips
Test results
Laboratory
H Testosterone level is low, and Gn-RH level is high in
primary testicular failure.
H Estrogen level is low, and Gn-RH level is high in primary ovarian failure.
H Gn-RH and testosterone or estrogen levels are low in
hypothalamic or pituitary dysfunction.
H Human chorionic gonadotropin stimulation test results are abnormal.
H Gn-RH stimulation test reveals insufficient elevation
of LH or FSH levels.
Treatment
General
H Stress reduction
H Weight gain or loss
Medications
H Gonadotropin, estrogen, or testosterone replacement
Surgery
H Removal of tumors
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H relate an understanding of the disorder and its treatment
H express positive feelings regarding body image
H seek appropriate support measures.
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 321
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
H Laboratory results
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and treatment
H taking prescribed drugs.
Discharge planning
H Stress to the patient the importance of obtaining on-
Gonadotropin deficiency
321
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 322
Gonorrhea
H Pneumonia
H Acute respiratory distress syndrome
Overview
Assessment
Description
History
Pathophysiology
H Gonococci infect mucus-secreting epithelial surfaces
Causes
H Transmission of Neisseria gonorrhoea, the causative
Risk factors
H Unprotected sexual activity
Incidence
H Among sexually active individuals, incidence highest
in those with multiple partners, teenagers, nonwhites, the poor, the poorly educated, city dwellers,
and unmarried people who live alone
H Reinfection common
Common characteristics
H Possible dysuria in males
H Possible absence of symptoms (in both sexes) or
Physical findings
H Fever
H Purulent discharge from urethral meatus
H Female urethral meatus possibly red and edematous
H Friable cervix and a greenish yellow discharge
H Engorged, red, swollen vagina with profuse purulent
discharge
H Rectal infection
H Ocular infection
H Pharyngeal infection
H Papillary skin lesions on hands and feet
H PID
H Perihepatitis
H Pain and a cracking noise when moving an involved
joint
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture from the infection site of the urethra, cervix,
rectum, or pharynx reveals N. gonorrhea.
H Culture of conjunctival scrapings confirms gonococcal conjunctivitis.
H In males, a Gram stain showing gram-negative diplococci may confirm gonorrhea.
H Identification of gram-negative diplococci on smear
from joint fluid and skin lesions indicates gonococcal arthritis.
H Complement fixation and immunofluorescent assays
of serum reveal antibody titers four times the normal
rate.
H Venereal Disease Research Laboratory test may be reactive.
H Rapid plasma reagin test may be reactive.
than age 1
Complications
H PID
H Acute epididymitis
H Proctitis
H Salpingitis
H Septic arthritis
H Dermatitis
H Perihepatitis
H Corneal ulceration
H Blindness
H Meningitis
H Osteomyelitis
Treatment
General
H Follow-up cultures 4 to 7 days after treatment and
again in 6 months
H For a pregnant patient, final follow-up before delivery
H Effective therapy (ends communicability within
hours)
H Abstinence from sexual activity until infection is
treated
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as ceftriaxone, doxycycline, and
azithromycin
322
Gonorrhea
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 323
Prevention
Monitoring
Preventing gonorrhea
H Response to treatment
H Adverse drug effects
H Complications
H Follow-up culture results
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H informing all sexual partners of the infection so that
they can seek treatment
H avoiding sexual contact until cultures are negative
and infection is eradicated
H being careful when coming into contact with any
bodily discharges to avoid contaminating the eyes
H safer sex practices
H taking anti-infectives for the time prescribed
H the importance of returning for follow-up testing
(see Preventing gonorrhea).
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express concern about self-concept, esteem, and
body image
H state infection risk factors
H identify signs and symptoms of infection
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
H practice safer sex.
Nursing interventions
H Isolate the patient if his eyes are infected.
H With gonococcal arthritis, apply moist heat to ease
abuse authorities.
H Routinely instill prophylactic drugs, according to fa-
Gonorrhea
323
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 324
Goodpastures
syndrome
Overview
Description
H Pulmonary renal syndrome characterized by hemop-
Pathophysiology
H Abnormal production and deposition of antibodies
Causes
tion of immunoglobulins.
H Serum anti-GBM antibody test reveals circulating
anti-GBM antibodies, which distinguish Goodpastures syndrome from other pulmonary-renal syndromes, such as Wegeners granulomatosis, polyarteritis, and systemic lupus erythematosus.
H Serum creatinine and blood urea nitrogen (BUN)
levels typically two to three times normal.
H Urinalysis may reveal red blood cells and cellular
casts, which typify glomerular inflammation; may
also show granular casts and proteinuria.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays reveal pulmonary infiltrates in a diffuse,
nodular pattern.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lung biopsy shows interstitial and intra-alveolar
hemorrhage with hemosiderin-laden macrophages.
H Renal biopsy usually shows focal necrotic lesions and
cellular crescents.
H Unknown
H May be associated with exposure to hydrocarbons or
Treatment
General
Incidence
H Occurs at any age; most commonly in males between
ages 20 and 30
H Plasmapheresis
H Dialysis
H Low-protein, low-sodium diet
H Activity, as tolerated
Common characteristics
Medications
H Hemoptysis
H Rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis
Complications
Surgery
H Renal failure
H Pulmonary edema and hemorrhage
H Kidney transplantation
Assessment
History
H Possible complaint of malaise, fatigue, and pallor
H Possible pulmonary bleeding for months or years be-
nisolone
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H express feelings of increased energy
H avoid complications.
Physical findings
Nursing interventions
H Hematuria
H Decreased urine output
H Dyspnea, tachypnea, orthopnea
H Restlessness
H Hemoptysis, ranging from a cough with blood-tinged
Test results
Laboratory
H Immunofluorescence of alveolar basement membrane shows linear deposition of immunoglobulins
as well as C3 and fibrinogen.
324
Goodpastures syndrome
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 325
Monitoring
H Respiratory status
H Vital signs
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Cardiovascular status
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Creatinine clearance, BUN, and serum creatinine
levels
H Hematocrit and coagulation studies
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of conserving energy
H an explanation that fluid intake may be restricted
H the name, dosage, purpose, and adverse effects of all
medications
H how to effectively deep-breathe and cough
H how to recognize the signs of respiratory or genitourinary bleeding and the need to report such signs
to the practitioner at once.
Discharge planning
H If dialysis or kidney transplantation is required, refer
Goodpastures syndrome
325
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 326
Gout
Overview
Description
H Coronary thrombosis
H Hypertension
H Infection when tophi rupture
Assessment
History
deposits
H Red, swollen, and acutely painful joints
H Mostly affects feet, great toe, ankle, and midfoot
H Primary gout: patient symptom-free for years between attacks
H Sudden strike and quick peak in first acute attack
H Delayed attacks associated with olecranon bursitis
H Chronic polyarticular gout the final, unremitting
stage of the disease marked by persistent painful
polyarthritis
H Sedentary lifestyle
H Hypertension
H Renal calculi
H Waking during the night with pain in great toe
H Initial moderate pain that grows intense
H Chills; mild fever
Pathophysiology
H Uric acid crystallizes in blood or body fluids, and the
mune response.
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Decreased renal excretion of uric acid
H Genetic defect in purine metabolism (hyper-
uricemia)
H Secondary gout that develops with other diseases:
Obesity
Diabetes mellitus
Hypertension
Polycythemia
Leukemia
Myeloma
Sickle cell anemia
Renal disease
H Secondary gout that follows treatment with drugs
(hydrochlorothiazide or pyrazinamide)
Incidence
H Primary gout typically in males older than age 30 and
Common characteristics
H Extreme pain in affected joints
H Redness and swelling in joints
H Tophi in great toe, ankle, or pinna of ear
H Elevated skin temperature
Complications
H Renal calculi
H Atherosclerotic disease
H Cardiovascular lesions
H Stroke
326
Gout
Physical findings
H Swollen, dusky red or purple joint
H Limited movement of joint
H Tophi, especially in the outer ears, hands, and feet
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum uric acid levels are elevated with a gout attack.
H White blood cell count is elevated in an acute attack.
H Urine uric acid level is elevated in 20% of patients.
Imaging
H X-ray of the articular cartilage and subchondral bone
shows evidence of chronic gout.
Diagnostic procedures
H Needle aspiration of synovial fluid shows needlelike
intracellular crystals.
Treatment
General
H Termination of acute attack
H Protection of inflamed, painful joints
H Treatment for hyperuricemia
H Local application of cold
H Prevention of recurrent gout
H Prevention of renal calculi
H Weight loss program, if indicated
H Avoidance of alcohol
H Sparing use of purine-rich foods (such as anchovies,
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 327
Monitoring
Patient teaching
Tophus
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to drink plenty of fluids (up to 2 qt [2 L]
per day)
H relaxation techniques
H compliance with the prescribed medication regimen
H dietary adjustments
H the need to control hypertension.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if
Tophi
appropriate.
Medications
H Analgesics such as oxycodone
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as sundi-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H perform activities of daily living within confines of
the disease
H demonstrate knowledge of the condition and treatment regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Allow adequate time for self-care.
H Institute bed rest.
H Use a bed cradle, if appropriate.
H Give pain medication, as needed.
H Apply cold packs to affected areas.
H Identify techniques and activities that promote rest
and relaxation.
H Administer anti-inflammatories, as prescribed.
H Provide a purine-poor diet.
Gout
327
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 328
Graft rejection
syndrome
Assessment
History
H Signs and symptoms that vary markedly, depending
Overview
Description
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
H Hyperacute rejection occurs within minutes to hours
graft antigens.
H Binding of these antibodies leads to initiation of the
Causes
H Immune system response to a graft
Incidence
H Hyperacute rejection rare; affects less than 1% of
transplant recipients
H Acute rejection in 50% of transplant patients (only
Common characteristics
transplant
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsy of the transplanted tissue confirms rejection.
H Hyperacute rejection is characterized by large numbers of polymorphonuclear leukocytes in the graft
blood vessels, widespread microthrombi, platelet accumulation, and interstitial hemorrhage with little or
no interstitial inflammation.
Treatment
General
H Close monitoring of function of grafted organ
H Surveillance, with prophylactic measures against op-
portunistic infections
H Dietary restrictions based on organ system affected
H Activity, as tolerated
H Hemodialysis
H Mechanical ventilation
Medications
H Immunosuppressants, such as azathioprine and
basiliximab
H Antirejection therapies such as cyclosporine
H Antibiotics, according to infective organism
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H not experience fever, chills, and other signs and
symptoms of illness
H use support systems to assist with coping
H express his feelings about the condition
H comply with the treatment regimen.
Nursing interventions
Complications
Monitoring
H Rapid thrombosis
H Loss of graft function
H Vital signs
H Function of the transplanted organ
328
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 329
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to recognize signs and symptoms of organ dysfunction
H the need to immediately report fever, chills, and other symptoms of infection
H the need for lifelong medication compliance.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and his family to social support, in-
329
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 330
Life-threatening disorder
Guillain-Barr
syndrome
H Aspiration
H Respiratory tract infections
H Life-threatening respiratory and cardiac compromise
Assessment
History
Overview
symptoms
Description
H A form of polyneuritis
H Acute, rapidly progressive, and potentially fatal
H Three phases:
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
H Muscle weakness (the major neurologic sign)
H Sensory loss, usually in the legs (spreads to arms)
H Difficulty talking, chewing, and swallowing
H Paralysis of the ocular, facial, and oropharyngeal
muscles
H Loss of position sense
H Diminished or absent deep tendon reflexes
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) analysis may show a normal white blood cell count, an elevated protein count
and, in severe disease, increased CSF pressure.
Other
H Electromyography may demonstrate repeated firing
of the same motor unit instead of widespread sectional stimulation.
H Nerve conduction studies show marked slowing of
nerve conduction velocities.
Causes
H Unknown
Risk factors
H Surgery
H Rabies or swine influenza vaccination
H Viral illness
H Hodgkins or some other malignant disease
H Lupus erythematosus
Incidence
H Occurs equally in both sexes
H Occurs between ages 30 and 50
Common characteristics
H Symmetrical muscle weakness initially in lower ex-
Complications
H Thrombophlebitis
H Pressure ulcers
H Contractures
H Muscle wasting
330
Guillain-Barr syndrome
Treatment
General
H Supportive measures
H Possible endotracheal intubation or tracheotomy
Medications
H Corticosteroids such as methylprednisolone
H I.V. immune globulin
Surgery
H Possible tracheostomy
H Possible gastrostomy or jejunotomy feeding tube in-
sertion
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 331
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H effective means of communication
H the appropriate home care plan
H instructions about medications
H adverse medication reactions.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical rehabilitation sources,
as indicated.
H Refer the patient to occupational and speech rehabil-
Foundation.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H develop an alternate means of communication
H maintain required caloric intake daily
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM).
Nursing interventions
H Establish a means of communication before intuba-
spirometer use.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Provide passive ROM exercises.
H In case of facial paralysis, provide eye and mouth
care.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.
H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status
H Arterial blood gas values
H Neurologic status
H Pulse oximetry
H Signs of thrombophlebitis
H Signs of urine retention
H Response to medications
H Skin integrity
H Cardiovascular status
Guillain-Barr syndrome
331
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 332
Gynecomastia
Overview
Description
H Enlargement of breast tissue in males
H Usually bilateral, except in males older than age 50
Special populations
In neonates, gynecomastia may be associated with
galactorrhea (witchs milk). This sign usually
disappears within a few weeks but may persist
until age 2.
Incidence
H Affects up to 65% of adolescent males
H True gynecomastia: affects 1% of adult males
Pathophysiology
H Disturbance in the normal ratio of active androgen to
Causes
H Testicular tumors
H Obesity
H Pituitary tumors
H Some hypogonadism syndromes
H Liver disease causing inability to break down normal
gynecomastia)
Drugs
When gynecomastia is an effect of drugs, its typically
painful and unilateral. Estrogens used to treat prostate
cancer, including diethylstilbestrol (DES), estramustine,
and chlorotrianisene, directly affect the estrogenandrogen ratio. Drugs that have an estrogen-like effect,
such as cardiac glycosides and human chorionic gonadotropin, may do the same.
Regular use of alcohol, marijuana, or heroin reduces
plasma testosterone levels, causing gynecomastia. Other
drugs such as flutamide, cyproterone, spironolactone,
cimetidine, and ketoconazole produce this sign by
interfering with androgen production or action. Some
common drugs, including phenothiazines, tricyclic antidepressants, and antihypertensives, produce gynecomastia,
but it isnt known how.
Treatments
Gynecomastia may develop within weeks of starting
hemodialysis for chronic renal failure. It may also follow
major surgery or testicular irradiation.
332
Gynecomastia
Special populations
Most males have physicologic gynecomastia at
some time during adolescence, usually around age
14. This gynecomastia is usually asymmetrical and
tender; it commonly resolves within 2 years and
rarely persists beyond age 20.
Common characteristics
H Enlarged breast tissue (at least 2 cm in diameter),
Complications
H Malignancy
H Complications of surgery:
Infection
Scarring
Sensory change
Hematoma
Breast asymmetry
Assessment
History
H Causative tumor
H Change in size of breast tissue
H History of causative factors
H Breast pain
Physical findings
H Enlarged breast tissue beneath the areola
H Further physical findings depending on cause
Test results
Laboratory
H Estrogen levels are excessively high and testosterone
levels are normal in drug- and tumor-induced hyperestrogenism.
H Testosterone levels are very low and estrogen levels
are normal in hypergonadism.
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsy rules out malignancy.
9400F-G.qxd
8/2/12
4:33 PM
Page 333
Treatment
General
H Treatment of cause
Medications
H Androgens, such as testosterone and methyltestos-
terone
Surgery
H Resection of extra breast tissue for cosmetic reasons
H Liposuction-assisted mastectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of the condition and its cause
H express positive feelings concerning body image.
Nursing interventions
H Apply cold compresses.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings and concerns.
H Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Breast size
After surgery
H Pain control
H Wound site
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H cause of condition and related treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H preoperative teaching, if appropriate.
Gynecomastia
333
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 334
Haemophilus
influenzae infection
Overview
Description
tem
Pathophysiology
H Antigenic response occurs with invasion of bacteria.
H Systemic disease results from invasion and
Causes
H H. influenzae, a gram-negative, pleomorphic aero-
bic bacillus
H Transmission by direct contact with secretions or air-
borne droplets
Incidence
H H. influenzae type B (Hib) infection incidence lower
Assessment
History
H Possible report of recent viral infection
H Malaise
H Fatigue
H Fever
Physical findings
Epiglottiditis
H Restlessness and irritability
H Use of accessory muscles, inspiratory retractions,
stridor
H Sitting up, leaning forward with mouth open, tongue
protruding, and nostrils flaring
H Expiratory rhonchi; diminishing breath sounds as the
condition worsens
H Pharyngeal mucosa that may look reddened (rarely,
with soft yellow exudate)
H Epiglottis that appears cherry red with considerable
edema
H Severe pain that makes swallowing difficult or impossible
Pneumonia
H Shaking chills
H Tachypnea
H Productive cough
H Impaired or asymmetrical chest movement caused by
pleuritic pain
H Dullness over areas of lung consolidation
Meningitis
H Altered level of consciousness
H Seizures and coma as disease progresses
H Positive Brudzinskis and Kernigs signs
H Exaggerated and symmetrical deep tendon reflexes
H Nuchal rigidity
H Opisthotonos
Test results
Laboratory
H Isolation of the organism in blood culture confirms
infection.
H Hib meningitis is detected in cerebrospinal fluid
cultures.
Common characteristics
Treatment
H Generalized malaise
H High fever
General
Complications
334
quately
H Activity, as tolerated
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 335
Medications
H Cephalosporin
H Chloramphenicol and ampicillin (alternate regimen)
H Glucocorticoids, such as dexamethasone, betametha-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no adventitious breath sounds
H maintain adequate gas exchange
H have arterial blood gas (ABG) levels that return to
normal
H have no pathogens appear in cultures
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection.
Nursing interventions
H Maintain respiratory isolation.
H Maintain adequate respiratory function through cool
Monitoring
H Pulse oximetry
H ABG results
H Complete blood count for signs of bone marrow de-
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of continuing the prescribed antibiotic until the entire prescription is finished
H using a room humidifier or breathing moist air from
a shower or bath, as necessary, for home treatment
of a respiratory infection
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises to clear
secretions
H the safe disposal of secretions and use of proper
hand-washing technique.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an infectious disease specialist, if
necessary.
H Encourage the patient to receive vaccinations to pre-
335
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 336
Hantavirus pulmonary
syndrome
H Fever
H Headache
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Cough
Overview
Complications
Description
H Respiratory failure
H Death (in 80% of cases)
Pathophysiology
H Rodents shed virus in stool, urine, and saliva.
H Human infection occurs from inhalation, ingestion
(of contaminated food or water, for example), contact with rodent excrement, or rodent bites. (See Sin
Nombre virus.)
Causes
H Hantaviruses
H Transmission with exposure to infected rodents
Assessment
History
H Rodent exposure (2 weeks before symptoms)
H Fever
H Myalgia
H Abdominal discomfort
H Dizziness
Physical findings
H Cough
H Hypotension
H Tachycardia
H Tachypnea
H Severe hypoxemia and respiratory failure
Incidence
Test results
Common characteristics
H Noncardiogenic pulmonary edema
H Myalgia
state health departments can perform definitive testing for hantavirus exposure and antibody formation.
Laboratory
H White blood cell count is elevated with a predominance of neutrophils, myeloid precursors, and atypical lymphocytes.
H Hematocrit is elevated.
H Platelet count is decreased.
H Partial thromboplastin time is prolonged.
H Fibrinogen level is normal.
H Serum creatinine levels are no greater than
2.5 mg/dl.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays eventually show bilateral diffuse infiltrates in almost all patients (findings consistent with
acute respiratory distress syndrome).
Treatment
General
H Intubation and aggressive respiratory management
H Adequate oxygenation
H Stabilization of heart rate and blood pressure
H Cautious fluid volume replacement
H Nothing by mouth until recovery begins
H Activity, as tolerated, with frequent rest periods
Medications
H Vasopressors, such as dopamine, dobutamine, and
norepinephrine
H Ribavirin
336
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 337
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a respiratory rate within 5 breaths/minute
of baseline
H maintain adequate gas exchange
H cough effectively
H expectorate mucus.
Nursing interventions
H Maintain a patent airway by suctioning, if necessary.
H Ensure adequate humidification, and check mechani-
namic monitoring.
H Provide emotional support.
H Report cases of Hantavirus pulmonary syndrome to
Monitoring
H Serum electrolyte levels
H Respiratory status
H Neurologic status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to immediately report signs or symptoms of
respiratory distress
H prevention guidelines, with a focus on rodent control.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for follow-up with a pulmonologist,
if indicated.
337
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 338
Headache
Overview
Description
H Head pain that may be a symptom of an underlying
disorder
H Classified as primary (headaches having no organic
Pathophysiology
Headache
H Sustained muscle contractions directly deform pain
receptors.
H Inflammation or direct pressure affects the cranial
nerves.
H Pain-sensitive structures respond, including the skin,
scalp, muscles, arteries, and veins; cranial nerves V,
VII, IX, and X; and cervical nerves 1, 2, and 3.
Migraine
H Biochemical abnormalities occur, including local
leakage of a vasodilator polypeptide through the dilated arteries and a decreased plasma level of serotonin.
Causes
Headache
H Underlying intracranial disorder
H Systemic disorder
H Psychological disorders
H Allergy
H Tension (muscle contraction)
H Emotional stress
H Fatigue
H Menstruation
H Environmental stimuli
H Glaucoma
H Hormone replacement therapy
H Inflammation of the eyes or mucosa of the nasal or
paranasal sinuses
H Disorder of the scalp, teeth, extracranial arteries, or
external or middle ear
H Muscle spasms of the face, neck, or shoulders
H Vasodilators
H Hypoxia
H Hypertension
H Head trauma and tumors
H Intracranial bleeding, abscess, or aneurysm
H Caffeine withdrawal
H Overuse of over-the-counter headache medications
(rebound headache)
Migraine
H Constriction and dilation of intracranial and extracranial arteries
H Associated with:
Epilepsy
Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia
338
Headache
Tourettes syndrome
Ischemic stroke
Depression
Incidence
Headache
H Affects 60% to 80% of people in the United States at
any point in time
Migraine
H Appears in childhood or adolescence
H Recurs throughout adulthood
H Affects 17% of females and 6% of males in the United
States
H Strong familial incidence
Common characteristics
H Pain thats aching or tight
H Hatbandlike pattern around head
H Nausea
H Photophobia
H Phonophobia
H Blurred vision
Complications
H Worsening of existing hypertension
H Photophobia
H Emotional lability
H Motor weakness
H Loss of work
Assessment
History
Headache
H Location (frontal, temporal, or cervical), characteristics (frequency and intensity), onset and duration
(continuous or intermittent)
H Precipitating factors: tension, menstruation, loud
noises, menopause, alcohol consumption, stress,
and food allergies
H Aggravating factors: coughing, sneezing, and sunlight
H Associated symptoms: nausea or vomiting, weakness,
facial pain, and scotomas
H Use of headache-inducing medications
H Familial history of headaches
Migraine
H Unilateral, pulsating pain gradually becoming more
generalized
H May be preceded by scintillating scotoma, hemianopsia, unilateral paresthesia, or speech disorders
H May be accompanied by irritability, anorexia, nausea
or vomiting, and photophobia
Physical findings
Headache
H Findings based on cause
H If no underlying problem, normal physical findings
H Possible crepitus or tender spots of the head and
neck
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 339
Migraine
H Pallor
H Possible extraocular muscle palsies
H Possible ptosis
H Possible neurologic deficits
Test results
Imaging
H Skull X-rays may show skull fracture (with trauma).
H Sinus X-rays may show sinusitis.
H Computed tomography scan may show tumor or subarachnoid hemorrhage or other intracranial pathology; may show pathology of sinuses.
H Magnetic resonance imaging may also show tumor.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture may show increased intracranial
pressure, suggesting tumor, edema, or hemorrhage.
H EEG may show alterations in the brains electrical
activity, suggesting intracranial lesion, head injury,
meningitis, or encephalitis.
Other
H Patient questionnaire tool evaluates functional status
and quality of life.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage the use of relaxation techniques.
H Keep the patients room dark and quiet.
H Place ice packs on the patients forehead or a cold
Monitoring
H Pain control
H Response to alternative treatment
H Vital signs, especially blood pressure
H Neurologic status
Patient teaching
General
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H avoidance of migraine triggers
H lifestyle changes
H nonpharmacologic strategies
H monitoring of headaches with headache diary
H appropriate use of preventive medications
H possible adverse reactions to prescribed drugs.
Discharge planning
Treatment
(including environmental)
H Psychotherapy, if emotional stress involved
H For migraine patient, adequate oral fluid intake and
tion.
Medications
Headache
H Analgesics, such as acetaminophen, aspirin, and
ibuprofen
H Tranquilizers, such as alprazolam, diazepam, and
lorazepam
H Muscle relaxants, such as carisopradol and tizanidine
Migraine
H Ergotamine preparations
H Preventive drugs, such as clonidine, propranolol,
topiramate, and valproate
H Triptan agents, such as electriptan, sumatriptan, and
naratriptan
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H demonstrate methods of promoting relaxation and
inner well-being
Headache
339
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 340
Hearing loss
Overview
Description
H Mechanical or nervous impediment to the transmis-
sorineural
H Sudden hearing loss: may be conductive, senso-
permanent
Pathophysiology
H In conductive hearing loss, sound wave transmission
Causes
Conductive hearing loss
H Cerumen impaction
H Blockage of the external ear
H Tympanic membrane thickening, retraction, scarring,
or perforation
H Otitis media, otitis externa
H Otosclerosis
H Serous otitis
Sensorineural hearing loss
H Impairment of the cochlea, eighth cranial or acoustic
nerve
H Loss of hair cells and nerve fibers in the cochlea
H Drug toxicity
H Vascular occlusion of the anterior cerebellar artery
H Infectious diseases
H Arteriosclerosis
H Otospongiosis
H Head or ear trauma
H Organ of Corti degeneration
H Prolonged exposure to loud noise (85 to 90 dB)
H Perilymphatic fistula
H Brief exposure to extremely loud noise (greater than
90 dB)
H Acoustic neuroma
Congenital hearing loss
H Sensorineural or conductive
340
Hearing loss
Risk factors
Special populations
Premature or low-birth-weight neonates with
congenital hearing loss are most likely to have
structural or functional hearing impairments.
H Neonates with serum bilirubin levels greater than
Incidence
H Most common disability in the United States
H Third most prevalent disorder in adults older than
age 65
H Presbycusis prevalent in adults older than age 50
Common characteristics
H Hearing loss
H Tinnitus
Complications
H Tympanic membrane perforation
H Cholesteatoma
H Permanent hearing loss
H Speech and language delay in children
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 341
Assessment
Nursing considerations
History
Key outcomes
Nursing interventions
H Face the patient when speaking and enunciate words
Physical findings
Monitoring
H Response to medications
H Progression of hearing loss
H Adaptation to hearing aid
Test results
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan shows vestibular and auditory pathways.
H Magnetic resonance imaging shows acoustic tumors
and brain lesions.
Diagnostic procedures
H Auditory brain response shows activity in auditory
nerve and brain stem.
H Pure tone audiometry shows presence and degree of
hearing loss.
H Electronystagmography shows vestibular function.
H Otoscopic or microscopic examination shows middle
ear disorders; removes debris.
H Rinne and Webers tests show whether hearing loss is
conductive or sensorineural.
Patient teaching
Treatment
Be sure to cover:
H hearing loss, its causes, and treatments
H tests and procedures
H preoperative and postoperative instructions
H operation and maintenance of a hearing aid
H lip-reading lessons, which may increase the effectiveness
H the danger of excessive noise exposure
H the use of protective devices in a noisy environment
H the danger of exposure to drugs, chemicals, and infection (with pregnancy)
H the proper technique for ear cleaning or irrigation
H how to instill otic medications
H medication use and possible adverse effects.
General
Discharge planning
munication
H Avoidance of activities that allow water to enter ear, if
eardrum perforated
Medications
H Antibiotics as appropriate for infecting organism
H Agents to dissolve cerumen such as triethanolamine
polypeptide oleate-condensate
Surgery
H Correction of tympanic membrane perforation
H Cochlear implants
Hearing loss
341
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 342
Life-threatening disorder
Heart failure
Complications
H Pulmonary edema
H Organ failure, especially the brain and kidneys
H MI
Assessment
Overview
Description
H Fluid buildup in the heart from myocardium that
Pathophysiology
Left-sided heart failure
H Pumping ability of the left ventricle fails and cardiac
output falls.
H Blood backs up into the left atrium and lungs, causing pulmonary congestion.
Right-sided heart failure
H Ineffective contractile function of the right ventricle
leads to blood backing up into the right atrium and
the peripheral circulation, which results in peripheral edema and engorgement of the kidneys and other
organs.
Causes
H Mitral stenosis secondary to rheumatic heart disease,
Incidence
H Affects 1% of people older than age 50
H Affects 10% of people older than age 80
Common characteristics
H Reduced cardiac output
H Shortness of breath
H Peripheral edema
H Dyspnea on exertion
342
Heart failure
History
H A disorder or condition that can precipitate heart
failure
H Dyspnea or paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea
H Peripheral edema
H Fatigue
H Weakness
H Insomnia
H Anorexia
H Nausea
H Sense of abdominal fullness (particularly in right-
drugs, tobacco)
Physical findings
H Cough that produces pink, frothy sputum
H Cyanosis of the lips and nail beds
H Pale, cool, clammy skin
H Diaphoresis
H Jugular vein distention
H Ascites
H Tachycardia
H Pulsus alternans
H Hepatomegaly and, possibly, splenomegaly
H Decreased pulse pressure
H S3 and S4 heart sounds
H Moist, bibasilar crackles, rhonchi, and expiratory
wheezing
H Decreased pulse oximetry
H Peripheral edema
H Decreased urinary output
Test results
Laboratory
H B-type natriuretic peptide immunoassay is elevated.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show increased pulmonary vascular
markings, interstitial edema, or pleural effusion and
cardiomegaly.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography reflects heart strain or enlargement or ischemia. It may also reveal atrial enlargement, tachycardia, extrasystole, or atrial fibrillation.
H Pulmonary artery pressure monitoring typically
shows elevated pulmonary artery and pulmonary
artery wedge pressures, left ventricular end-diastolic
pressure in left-sided heart failure, and elevated right
atrial or central venous pressure in right-sided heart
failure.
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 343
Treatment
General
H Antiembolism stockings
H Elevation of lower extremities
H Sodium-restricted diet
H Fluid restriction
H Calorie restriction, if indicated
H Low-fat diet, if indicated
H Walking program
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Oxygen
H Diuretics, such as furosemide, bumetanide, torse-
Surgery
H For valvular dysfunction with recurrent acute heart
Monitoring
H Daily weight for peripheral edema and other signs
ALERT
Auscultate for abnormal heart and breath sounds,
and report changes immediately.
H Blood urea nitrogen and serum creatinine, potassi-
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs and symptoms of worsening heart failure
H when to notify the physician
H the importance of follow-up care
H the need to avoid high-sodium foods
H the need to avoid fatigue
H instructions about fluid restrictions
H the need to weigh himself every morning, at the same
time, before eating, and after urinating; keeping a
record of his weight, and reporting a weight gain of
3 to 5 lb (1.5 to 2.5 kg) in 1 week
H the importance of smoking cessation, if appropriate
H weight reduction, as needed
H medication administration, dosage, possible adverse
effects, and monitoring needs.
Nursing considerations
Discharge planning
Key outcomes
if appropriate.
Nursing interventions
H Place the patient in Fowlers position, and give sup-
plemental oxygen.
H Provide continuous cardiac monitoring during acute
and tenderness.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.
Heart failure
343
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 344
Life-threatening disorder
Heat syndrome
Overview
Description
Common characteristics
H Temperature in excess of 105.8 F (41 C)
H Tachycardia (greater than 130 beats/minute)
H Widened pulse pressure
H Changes in level of consciousness (LOC)
H Tonic-dystonic contractions of the muscles
H Coma
H Tachypnea
H Hypoxia
Complications
caused by dehydration
H Heat stroke: extreme hyperthermia with thermoregulatory failure
H Hypovolemic shock
H Cardiogenic shock
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Renal failure
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Hepatic failure
Pathophysiology
H Normal regulation of temperature is by evaporation
Causes
H Illness
H Heart disease
H Endocrine disorders
H Neurologic disorder
H Infection (fever)
H Dehydration
H Behavior
H Excessive physical activity
H Excessive clothing
H Lack of acclimatization
H Hot environment without ventilation
H Inadequate fluid intake
H Drugs, such as phenothiazines, anticholinergics, and
amphetamines
H Sudden discontinuation of Parkinsons disease med-
ications
Risk factors
H Obesity
H Sodium and water depletion
H Alcohol use
H Poor physical condition
H Age
H Socioeconomic status
Incidence
H Affects males and females equally
H Increased incidence among elderly patients and
344
Heat syndrome
Assessment
History
Heat exhaustion
H Prolonged activity in a very warm or hot environment
H Muscle cramps
H Nausea and vomiting
H Thirst
H Weakness
H Headache
H Fatigue
Heat stroke
H Exposure to high temperature and humidity without
air circulation
H Same signs as heat exhaustion
H Blurred vision
H Confusion
H Hallucinations
H Decreased muscle coordination
H Syncope
Physical findings
Heat exhaustion
H Rectal temperature greater than 100 F (37.8 C)
H Pale skin
H Thready, rapid pulse
H Cool, moist skin
H Decreased blood pressure
H Irritability
H Syncope
H Impaired judgment
H Hyperventilation
Heat stroke
H Rectal temperature of at least 104 F (40 C)
H Red, diaphoretic, hot skin in early stages
H Gray, dry, hot skin in later stages
H Tachycardia
H Slightly elevated blood pressure in early stages
H Decreased blood pressure in later stages
H Signs of central nervous system dysfunction
H Altered mental status
H Hyperpnea
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 345
H Cheyne-Stokes respirations
H Anhydrosis (late sign)
Test results
Laboratory
H Abnormal serum electrolytes may show hyponatremia and hypokalemia.
H Arterial blood gas levels may show respiratory alkalosis.
H Complete blood count may show leukocytosis and
thrombocytopenia.
H Coagulation studies may show increased bleeding
and clotting times.
H Urinalysis may show concentrated urine and proteinuria with tubular casts and myoglobinuria.
H Blood urea nitrogen level may be elevated.
H Serum calcium level may be decreased.
H Serum phosphorus level may be decreased.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to avoid reexposure to high temperatures
H the need to maintain adequate fluid intake
H limiting activity in hot weather
H steps to prevent recurrence. (See Preventing heat
illness.)
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services, if appropriate.
Treatment
General
Heat exhaustion
H Cool environment
H Oral or I.V. fluid administration
Heat stroke
H Lowering the body temperature as rapidly as possible
H Evaporation, hypothermia blankets, and ice packs to
the groin, axillae, and neck
H Supportive respiratory and cardiovascular measures
H Increased hydration; cool liquids only
H Avoidance of caffeine and alcohol
H Rest periods, as needed
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain a normal body temperature
H prevent recurrent episodes of hyperthermia
H express understanding of the need to maintain adequate fluid intake.
Nursing interventions
H Perform rapid cooling procedures.
H Provide supportive measures.
H Provide adequate fluid intake.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Pulse oximetry readings
H Complications
H LOC
H Cardiac rhythm
H Intake and output
H Myoglobin test results
Prevention
Heat syndrome
345
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 346
Hemophilia
Overview
Description
H Hereditary bleeding disorder
H Characterized by greatly prolonged coagulation time
H Results from deficiency of specific clotting factors
H Hemophilia A (classic hemophilia): affects more
Pathophysiology
H Low level or absence of the blood protein necessary
Causes
H Hemophilia A and B usually inherited as X-linked
recessive traits
H Spontaneous mutation
H Acquired immunologic process
Incidence
H Most common X-linked genetic disease
H Occurs in about 400 live male births in the United
Common characteristics
Physical findings
H Hematomas on extremities, torso, or both
H Joint swelling in episodes of bleeding into joints
H Limited and painful joint range of motion in episodes
Test results
Laboratory
HEMOPHILIA A
H Factor VIII assay is 0% to 25% of normal.
H Partial thromboplastin time (PTT) is prolonged.
H Platelet count and function, bleeding time, and pro-
Treatment
Complications
General
Medications
H Aminocaproic acid
Assessment
History
H Familial history of bleeding disorders
H Prolonged bleeding with circumcision
H Concomitant illness
346
Hemophilia
Hemophilia A
H Cryoprecipitated antihemophilic factor (AHF),
lyophilized AHF, or both
H Desmopressin
Hemophilia B
H Factor IX concentrate
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 347
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H have peripheral pulses that remain palpable and
strong
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain range of motion (ROM) and joint mobility
H demonstrate adequate coping skills
H verbalize understanding of disease process and treatment regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Provide emotional support and reassurance when in-
dicated.
During bleeding episodes
H Apply pressure to bleeding sites.
H Administer the deficient clotting factor or plasma, as
ordered, until bleeding stops.
H Apply cold compresses or ice bags, and elevate the
injured part.
H To prevent recurrence of bleeding, restrict activity for
48 hours after bleeding is under control.
H Control pain with prescribed analgesics.
H Avoid I.M. injections.
H Avoid aspirin and aspirin-containing drugs.
During bleeding into a joint
H Immediately elevate the joint.
H To restore joint mobility, begin ROM exercises at
least 48 hours after the bleeding is controlled.
H Restrict weight bearing until bleeding stops and
swelling subsides.
H Administer prescribed analgesics.
H Apply ice packs and elastic bandages to alleviate
pain.
bleeding
H the importance of avoiding aspirin, combination
medications that contain aspirin, and over-thecounter anti-inflammatory agents (use acetaminophen instead)
H the importance of good dental care and the need to
check with the physician before dental extractions or
surgery
H the need to wear medical identification jewelry at all
times
H how to administer blood factor components at home,
if appropriate
H the need to keep blood factor concentrate and infusion equipment available at all times
H adverse reactions that can result from replacement
factor procedures
H signs, symptoms, and treatment of anaphylaxis
H the need for the patient or parents to watch for early
signs of hepatitis
H the need to follow standard precautions.
Discharge planning
H Refer new patients to a hemophilia treatment center
for evaluation.
H For more information, refer the patients family to the
Monitoring
H PTT
H Adverse reactions to blood products
H Signs and symptoms of decreased tissue perfusion
H Vital signs
H Bleeding from the skin, mucous membranes, and
wounds
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the benefits of regular isometric exercises
H how parents can protect their child from injury while
avoiding unnecessary restrictions that impair normal
development
H the need to avoid contact sports
H if an injury occurs, directions for parents to apply
cold compresses or ice bags and to elevate the injured part or apply light pressure to bleeding
Hemophilia
347
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 348
Hemorrhoids
Overview
Description
H Pregnancy
H Obesity
Incidence
H Occur in both sexes
H Most cases occurring in people ages 20 to 50
Common characteristics
Pathophysiology
History
Causes
Complications
H Constipation
H Local infection
H Thrombosis of hemorrhoids
H Secondary anemia from severe or recurrent bleeding
Assessment
Physical findings
H Prolapse of rectal mucosa
H Anal tenderness on palpation
H Internal hemorrhoids (with digital examination)
H Prolonged sitting
H Straining at defecation
H Constipation, low-fiber diet
348
Hemorrhoids
EXTERNAL HEMORRHOIDS
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 349
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Anoscopy and flexible sigmoidoscopy visualize internal hemorrhoids.
Treatment
General
H High-fiber diet, increased fluid intake
H Avoidance of prolonged sitting
H Warm sitz baths to relieve pain
Medications
H Local anesthetic agents
H Hydrocortisone cream and suppositories
Surgery
H Injection sclerotherapy or rubber band ligation
H Hemorrhoidectomy by cauterization or excision
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H have reduced occurrence of hemorrhoids
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Administer enemas preoperatively.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Keep the wound site clean.
H Provide sitz baths.
Monitoring
H Bleeding
H Pain
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoiding stool softeners after surgery
H the importance of regular bowel habits and good
anal hygiene
H avoiding too-vigorous wiping with washcloths and
use of harsh soaps
H the use of medicated astringent pads and white, unscented toilet paper.
Hemorrhoids
349
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 350
Hemothorax
Overview
Description
H Blood in the pleural cavity
H May result in lung collapse
Pathophysiology
H Anxiety
H Cyanosis
H Stupor
H Affected side may expand and stiffen
H Unaffected side may rise with gasping respirations
H Dullness over affected side
H Decreased or absent breath sounds over affected side
H Symptoms associated with blunt trauma
H Tachycardia
H Hypotension
Test results
Laboratory
H Pleural fluid analysis shows hematocrit greater than
50% of serum hematocrit.
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis may show increased partial pressure of carbon dioxide and
decreased partial pressure of oxygen.
H Serum hemoglobin level may be decreased, depending on blood loss.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays and computed tomography scan of the
thorax show the presence and extent of hemothorax
and help to evaluate treatment.
Diagnostic procedures
H Thoracentesis may yield blood or serosanguineous
fluid.
Causes
H Blunt or penetrating chest trauma
H Pulmonary infarction
H Necrotizing infections
H Pulmonary arteriovenous fistulas
H Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasis
H Heart or thorax surgery
H Neoplasm
H Dissecting thoracic aneurysm
H Anticoagulant therapy
H Thoracic endometriosis
H Central venous catheter insertion
H Tuberculosis
Incidence
H Occurs in about 30% of patients with chest trauma
Common characteristics
H Chest pain
H Sudden shortness of breath
Complications
H Mediastinal shift
H Ventilatory compromise
H Lung collapse
H Cardiopulmonary arrest
H Pneumothorax
H Empyema
Assessment
History
H Recent trauma
H Recent thoracic surgery
H Metastatic disease
Physical findings
H Tachypnea
H Dusky skin color
H Diaphoresis
H Hemoptysis
H Restlessness
350
Hemothorax
Treatment
General
H Stabilization of the patients clinical condition
H Stoppage of bleeding
H Thoracentesis
H Insertion of chest tube
H Blood transfusion, or autotransfusion if blood loss
Medications
H Oxygen
H Analgesics
Surgery
H Thoracotomy if chest tube doesnt improve condition
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain fluid volume balance
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H verbalize understanding of the illness.
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 351
passes into a collection bag. From the bag, the blood is reinfused immediately, or it may be processed in a commercial
cell washer that reduces anticoagulated whole blood to
washed RBCs for later infusion.
Drainage tube
From patient
To suction
Locking connectors to
collection bag
Self-sealing
ports
Microfilter
Water-seal chamber
Autotransfusion
collection bag
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Promote comfort and relaxation.
H Administer prescribed oxygen.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids and blood transfu-
sions.
H Assist with thoracentesis.
H Prepare the patient for surgery, if needed.
H Change the chest tube dressing, and provide chest
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed drugs and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H preoperative and postoperative care, if needed
H mechanical ventilation, if needed
H deep-breathing exercises
H smoking cessation, if appropriate.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Chest tube drainage
H Central venous pressure
H ABG results
H Chest X-ray results
H Complete blood count results
H Respiratory status
H Complications
H Signs and symptoms of infection
Hemothorax
351
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 352
Life-threatening disorder
Hepatic encephalopathy
Overview
Description
H A neurologic syndrome that develops as a complica-
Pathophysiology
H Normally, the ammonia produced by protein break-
Causes
H Ammonia intoxication of the brain
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
H Excessive protein intake
H Sepsis
H Excessive accumulation of nitrogenous body wastes
nia
H Hepatitis
H Diuretic therapy
H Alcoholism
H Fluid and electrolyte imbalance (especially metabolic
alkalosis)
H Hypoxia
H Azotemia
H Impaired glucose metabolism
H Infection
H Use of sedatives, opioids, and general anesthetics
Incidence
H Occurs in about 4 of 100,000 people
H Observed in 70% of patients with cirrhosis
352
Hepatic encephalopathy
Common characteristics
H Changes in mental status and personality
H Jaundice
H Muscle tremors
H Fruity breath odor
Complications
H Irreversible coma
H Death
Assessment
History
Prodromal stage
H Slight personality changes, such as agitation, belligerence, disorientation, and forgetfulness
H Difficulty concentrating or thinking clearly
H Fatigue
H Mental changes, such as confusion and disorientation
H Sleep-wake reversal
Impending stage
H Mental changes, such as confusion and disorientation
Stuporous stage
H Marked mental confusion
Comatose stage
H Unable to arouse
Physical findings
Prodromal stage
H Slurred or slowed speech
H Slight tremor
Impending stage
H Tremors that have progressed to asterixis
H Lethargy
H Aberrant behavior
H Apraxia
H Possible incontinence
Stuporous stage
H Drowsy and stuporous
H Noisy and abusive when aroused
H Hyperventilation
H Muscle twitching
H Asterixis
Comatose stage
H Obtunded
H Seizures
H Hyperactive reflexes
H Positive Babinskis sign
H Fetor hepaticus (musty, sweet breath odor)
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum ammonia levels are elevated and, together
with characteristic clinical features, strongly suggest
hepatic encephalopathy.
H Serum bilirubin level is elevated and prothrombin
time is prolonged.
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 353
Diagnostic procedures
H EEG shows slowing waves as the disease progresses.
Patient teaching
Treatment
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of complications or worsening symptoms
H dietary modifications
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
General
H Elimination of underlying cause
H I.V. fluid administration
H Control of GI bleeding
H Life-support measures, if appropriate
H Bowel cleansing
H Limited protein intake
H Nothing by mouth with decreased responsiveness
H Parenteral or enteric feedings, if appropriate
H Bed rest until condition improves
H No alcohol use
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services, as indicated.
Medications
H Lactulose
H Neomycin
H Potassium supplements
H Salt-poor albumin
H Sorbitol-induced catharsis
Surgery
H Possible liver transplant
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain orientation to environment
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain normal fluid volume
H maintain skin integrity.
Nursing interventions
H Promote rest, comfort, and a quiet atmosphere.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Use appropriate safety measures to protect the pa-
Monitoring
H Level of consciousness and neurologic status
H Intake and output
H Fluid and electrolyte balance
H Weight and abdominal girth
H Signs of anemia, alkalosis, GI bleeding, and infection
H Serum ammonia level
Hepatic encephalopathy
353
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 354
Hepatitis, nonviral
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the liver
H Classified as toxic or drug-induced (idiosyncratic)
Pathophysiology
H Hepatocellular damage and necrosis are usually
Causes
H Acetaminophen overdose
H Alcohol overuse
H Aspirin and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Direct hepatotoxicity
H Lack of bile excretion
H Possibly direct hepatotoxicity from hormonal contra-
Incidence
H Can affect males and females (autoimmune affects
Complications
H Fulminant hepatic failure
H Renal failure
H Liver fibrosis
H Cirrhosis
Assessment
History
H Exposure to causative agent
H Anorexia
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Possibly abdominal pain
H Pruritus
Physical findings
H Jaundice
H Dark-colored urine
H Hepatomegaly
H Clay-colored stools
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum aspartate aminotransferase and alanine
aminotransferase levels are elevated.
H Total and direct bilirubin (with cholestasis) levels
are elevated.
H Alkaline phosphatase level is elevated.
H White blood cell count is elevated.
H Eosinophil count is elevated (possible in the druginduced type).
Diagnostic procedures
H Liver biopsy may help identify the underlying pathology.
Treatment
General
Common characteristics
vary with the severity of liver damage and the causative agent
H Symptoms resemble those of viral hepatitis
Medications
H Acetylcysteine (acetaminophen poisoning)
H Corticosteroids (drug-induced hepatitis)
ALERT
Carbon tetrachloride poisoning also produces
headache, dizziness, drowsiness, and vasomotor
collapse; halothane-related hepatitis produces
fever, moderate leukocytosis, and eosinophilia;
chlorpromazine produces a rash, abrupt fever,
354
Hepatitis, nonviral
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H demonstrate an understanding of the disorder and
treatment regimen
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 355
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Laboratory values
H Vital signs
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H proper handling of cleaning agents and solvents.
Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up care.
Hepatitis, nonviral
355
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 356
Hepatitis, viral
Overview
Description
H Infection and inflammation of the liver caused by a
virus
H Six types recognized (A, B, C, D, E, and G), and a
seventh suspected
H Marked by hepatic cell destruction, necrosis, and autolysis, leading to anorexia, jaundice, and hepatomegaly
H In most patients, hepatic cells eventually regenerate
with little or no residual damage, allowing recovery
H Complications more likely with old age and serious
underlying disorders
H Prognosis poor if edema and hepatic encephalopathy
develop
Pathophysiology
H Hepatic inflammation caused by virus leads to diffuse
Common characteristics
H Malaise, fatigue
H Dark-colored urine, clay-colored stools
H Abdominal tenderness
H Fever
H Jaundice
H Nausea; loss of appetite
Complications
H Life-threatening fulminant hepatitis
H Chronic active hepatitis (in hepatitis B)
H Syndrome resembling serum sickness, characterized
Assessment
History
Causes
Prodromal stage
H Patient easily fatigued, with generalized malaise
H Anorexia, mild weight loss
H Depression
H Headache, photophobia
H Weakness
H Arthralgia, myalgia (hepatitis B)
H Nausea or vomiting
H Changes in the senses of taste and smell
Clinical jaundice stage
H Pruritus
H Abdominal pain or tenderness
H Indigestion
H Anorexia
H Possible jaundice of sclerae, mucous membranes,
and skin
Posticteric stage
H Most symptoms decreasing or subsided
Incidence
Hepatitis A
H Approximately 4 new cases per 100,000 annually
H May occur as an epidemic outbreak
Hepatitis B
H Estimated 1.25 million chronically infected Americans
H Highest rate of disease occurs in people ages 20
to 49
Hepatitis C
H Estimated 3.9 million chronically infected Americans
356
Hepatitis, viral
or symptoms
symptoms
Physical findings
Prodromal stage
H Fever (100 to 102 F [37.8 to 38.9 C])
H Dark-colored urine
H Clay-colored stools
Clinical jaundice stage
H Rashes, erythematous patches, or hives
H Abdominal tenderness in the right upper quadrant
H Enlarged and tender liver
H Splenomegaly
H Cervical adenopathy
Posticteric stage
H Decrease in liver enlargement
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 357
Test results
Medications
Laboratory
H In suspected viral hepatitis, hepatitis profile routinely
performed; results identify antibodies specific to the
causative virus and establishing the type of hepatitis:
Type A detection of an antibody to hepatitis A
confirms the diagnosis.
Type B presence of hepatitis B surface antigens
and hepatitis B antibodies confirm the diagnosis.
Type C diagnosis depends on serologic testing
for the specific antibody 1 or more months after
the onset of acute illness; until then, diagnosis is
principally established by obtaining negative test
results for hepatitis A, B, and D.
Type D detection of intrahepatic delta antigens
or immunoglobulin (Ig) M antidelta antigens in
acute disease (or IgM and IgG in chronic disease)
establishes the diagnosis.
Type E detection of hepatitis E antigens supports the diagnosis; however, diagnosis may also
rule out hepatitis C.
Type G detection of hepatitis G ribonucleic acid
supports the diagnosis.
H Additional findings from liver function studies support the diagnosis:
Serum aspartate aminotransferase and serum alanine aminotransferase levels are increased in the
prodromal stage of acute viral hepatitis.
Serum alkaline phosphatase levels are slightly increased.
Serum bilirubin levels are elevated; levels may remain elevated late in the disease, especially with
severe disease.
Prothrombin time (PT) is prolonged. (PT more
than 3 seconds longer than normal, indicates
severe liver damage.)
White blood cell counts commonly reveal transient
neutropenia and lymphopenia followed by lymphocytosis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Liver biopsy shows chronic hepatitis.
H Standard immunoglobulin
H Vaccine (hepatitis A and B)
H Alfa-2b interferon (hepatitis B, C, and D)
H Antiemetics such as prochlorperazine
H Cholestyramine
H Lamivudine (hepatitis B)
H Ribavirin (hepatitis C)
Treatment
General
For hepatitis A
H Supportive care
For hepatitis B
H Supportive care
For hepatitis C
H Aimed at clearing hepatitis C from the body, stopping
or slowing of hepatic damage, and symptom relief
H Symptomatic
H Small, high-calorie, high-protein meals (reduced
protein intake if signs of precoma lethargy, confusion, mental changes develop)
H Parenteral feeding, if appropriate
H Alcohol cessation
H Frequent rest periods, as needed
H Avoidance of contact sports and strenuous activity
Surgery
H Possible liver transplant (hepatitis C)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H develop no complications
H maintain stable vital signs
H perform activities of daily living within the confines
of the disease process
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Observe standard precautions to prevent transmis-
Monitoring
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Daily weight
H Intake and output
H Stool for color, consistency, amount, and frequency
H Signs of complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H measures to prevent the spread of disease
H the importance of rest and a proper diet
H the need to abstain from alcohol
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H the need to avoid over-the-counter medications unless approved by the physician
H the need for follow-up care.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to Alcoholics Anonymous, if indi-
cated.
H Refer the patient to social services as needed.
Hepatitis, viral
357
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 358
Life-threatening disorder
Hereditary hemorrhagic
telangiectasia
Overview
Description
H Inherited vascular disorder of the blood vessels that
Pathophysiology
H Venules and capillaries dilate to form fragile masses
Causes
H Transmitted by autosomal dominant inheritance
Incidence
Test results
Laboratory
H Platelet count may be abnormal.
H Complete blood count and anemia panel may show
hypochromic, microcytic anemia
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows hypoxia.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show lesions in the lungs.
H Echocardiography may show high-output cardiac
failure.
in females
H Occurs in 5,000 to 10,000 people
Common characteristics
H Recurrent epistaxis
H Telangiectases
Complications
H Secondary iron deficiency anemia
H Vascular malformation causing pulmonary arteriove-
Assessment
History
H Established familial pattern of bleeding disorders
H Epistaxis, hemoptysis, or tarry stools
H Appearance of telangiectasia during late childhood
or adolescence
Physical findings
H Localized aggregations of dilated capillaries on the
358
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 359
Treatment
General
H Supportive therapy, including blood transfusions and
and topical hemostatic agents to bleeding sites, cauterizing bleeding sites not readily accessible, and
protecting the patient from trauma and unnecessary
bleeding
H Avoidance of activities with the potential for trauma
H Air humidification to keep mucuous membranes
moist
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, signs and symptoms, and treatment
H iron supplements, including the importance of following dosage instructions and of taking oral iron
with meals to minimize GI irritation
H a warning that iron turns stools dark green or black
and may cause constipation
H the management of constipation
H the management of minor bleeding episodes, especially recurrent epistaxis
H how to recognize major bleeding episodes that require emergency intervention.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for genetic counseling, as appro-
priate.
Medications
H Parenteral iron
H Antipyretics or antihistamines
H Laser treatment to destroy vessel
Other
H Embolization
H Endoscopic procedures to address GI bleeding
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H have laboratory values that return to normal
H demonstrate positive signs of coping
H exhibit no signs or symptoms of infection.
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional and psychological support.
H Administer prescribed blood transfusions.
H Encourage fluid intake if the patient is bleeding or
hypovolemic.
H Provide meticulous skin care and hygiene.
H Use aseptic technique when caring for the patient.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Signs of febrile or allergic transfusion reaction
H Indications of GI bleeding
H Laboratory values to detect possible renal, hepatic,
or respiratory failure
359
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 360
Hernia, hiatal
Overview
Description
H Defect in the diaphragm that permits a portion of the
Assessment
Pathophysiology
History
Sliding hernia
H The muscular collar around the esophageal and diaphragmatic junction loosens.
H Increased intra-abdominal pressure causes the lower
portion of the esophagus and the upper portion of
the stomach to rise into the chest.
Paraesophageal hernia
H The stomach isnt properly anchored below the diaphragm.
H Increased intra-abdominal pressure causes the upper portion of the stomach to slide through the
esophageal hiatus.
Causes
Physical findings
Sliding hernia
H Normal aging
H Secondary to esophageal carcinoma, kyphoscoliosis,
trauma, or surgery
H Diaphragmatic malformations that can cause congenital weakness
H Chronic esophagitis
Paraesophageal hernia
H Not fully understood
H Possibly none
H Dysphagia
Risk factors
H Obesity
H Smoking
H Pregnancy
H Presence of ascites
Incidence
H Sliding hernia 3 to 10 times more common than
Common characteristics
H May produce no symptoms
H Heartburn
Complications
H Esophageal stricture
H Incarceration (with paraesophageal hernia)
H In association with gastroesophageal reflux disease:
Esophagitis
360
Hernia, hiatal
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum hemoglobin level and hematocrit are decreased in patients with paraesophageal hernia, if
bleeding from esophageal ulceration is present.
H Fecal occult blood test may be positive.
H Analysis of gastric contents may reveal blood.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays reveal an air shadow behind the heart in
a large hernia; lower lobe infiltrates with aspiration.
H Barium swallow with fluoroscopy detects a hiatal
hernia and diaphragmatic abnormalities.
Diagnostic procedures
H Endoscopy and biopsy results identify the mucosal
junction and the edge of the diaphragm indenting the
esophagus; differentiate hiatal hernia, varices, erosions, ulcers, Barretts esophagus, and other small
gastroesophageal lesions; and rule out malignant tumors.
H Esophageal motility studies reveal esophageal motor
or lower esophageal pressure abnormalities before
surgical repair of the hernia.
H pH studies identify reflux of gastric contents.
H Acid perfusion (Bernstein) test identifies esophageal
reflux.
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 361
Treatment
Patient teaching
General
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the development of a dietary plan
H the need to sit upright after meals and snacks
H situations or activities that increase intra-abdominal
pressure
H desired drug actions and potential adverse effects
H the need to sleep with the head of the bed elevated
about 6 (15 cm).
production)
H Six small meals per day
H No fluids or food 1 to 2 hours before bedtime
H Elimination of spicy or irritating foods, alcohol, and
coffee
H Weight reduction, as appropriate
H Upright posture for 2 to 3 hours after eating
H Restriction of activities that increase intra-abdominal
pressure
Medications
H Antacids, such as aluminum hydroxide and calcium
carbonate
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
appropriate.
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if
appropriate.
hyoscyamine
H Motility agent, such as metoclopramide and
urecholine
H Antiemetics such as prochlorperazine
H Cough suppressants, such as benzonatate and dex-
tromethorphan
H Proton pump inhibitors, such as omeprazole, lanso-
Surgery
H Hernia repair (rare)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid or have minimal complications
H show no evidence of aspiration
H maintain a patent airway
H express feelings of increased comfort
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Prepare the patient for diagnostic tests.
H Teach positional therapy.
H If surgery is necessary, provide appropriate preoper-
Monitoring
ALERT
After endoscopy, watch for signs of perforation, including decreasing blood pressure, rapid pulse,
shock, and sudden pain.
H Patient response to prescribed antacids and other
drugs
Hernia, hiatal
361
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 362
Herniated
intervertebral disk
H Paresthesia
H Motor weakness
H Peripheral neuropathy
Overview
H Neurologic deficits
H Bowel and bladder dysfunction
H Sexual dysfunction
Description
H Rupture of fibrocartilaginous material that surrounds
Pathophysiology
Complications
Assessment
History
H Previous traumatic injury or back strain
H Unilateral, lower back pain
H Pain possibly radiating to the buttocks, legs, and feet
H Pain possibly beginning suddenly, subsiding in a few
Physical findings
usually torn, allowing the nucleus pulposus to extrude, compressing the nerve root.
H Occasionally, the injury tears the entire disk loose,
causing protrusion onto the nerve root or compression of the spinal cord.
H Large amounts of extruded nucleus pulposus or
complete disk herniation of the capsule and nucleus
pulposus may compress the spinal cord.
Causes
H Improper lifting or twisting
H Direct injury
H Degenerative disk disease
Risk factors
H Advanced age
H Congenitally small lumbar spinal canal
H Osteophytes along the vertebrae
H Work environment
Incidence
H About 90% affect lumbar (L) and lumbosacral spine;
Common characteristics
H Pain
H Limited range of motion (ROM)
362
herniation
H Increased pain with neck movement in cervical her-
niation
H Referred upper trunk pain with cervical neck com-
pression
Test results
Imaging
H X-rays of the spine show degenerative changes.
H Myelography shows the level of the herniation.
H Computed tomography scan shows bone and softtissue abnormalities; can also show spinal canal
compression.
H Magnetic resonance imaging shows soft-tissue abnormalities.
Other
H Electromyography measures muscle response to
nerve stimulation.
H Nerve conduction studies show sensory and motor
loss.
Treatment
General
H Initial treatment conservative and symptomatic, un-
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 363
Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as
Surgery
H Laminectomy
H Spinal fusion
H Microdiskectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H demonstrate adequate joint mobility and ROM
H perform activities of daily living within the confines
of the disorder
H achieve the highest level of mobility possible
H demonstrate strategies to prevent self-injury.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Plan a pain-control regimen.
H Offer supportive care.
H Provide encouragement.
H Help the patient cope with chronic pain and im-
paired mobility.
H Include the patient and his family in all phases of his
care.
H Encourage the patient to express his concerns.
H Encourage performance of self-care.
H Help the patient identify activities that promote rest
and relaxation.
H Prepare the patient for myelography, if indicated.
H Periodically remove traction to inspect the skin.
H Prevent deep vein thrombosis.
H Prevent footdrop.
H Ensure a consistent regimen of leg- and back-
ALERT
During conservative treatment, watch for a deterioration in neurologic status, especially during the
first 24 hours after admission, which may indicate
an urgent need for surgery.
After surgery
H Enforce bed rest, as ordered.
H Use the logrolling technique to turn the patient.
H Assist the patient during his first attempt to walk.
H Provide a straight-backed chair for the patient to sit
in, as allowed.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Pain control
H Mobility
H Motor strength
H Deep vein thrombosis
H Bowel and bladder function
After surgery
H Blood drainage system
H Drainage
H Incisions
H Dressings
H Neurovascular status
H Bowel sounds and abdominal distention
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed drugs and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H bed rest
H traction
H heat application
H the exercise program
H myelography, if indicated
H preoperative and postoperative care, if indicated
H relaxation techniques
H proper body mechanics
H skin care.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical therapy, if indicated.
H Refer the patient to occupational therapy, if indi-
cated.
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if
appropriate.
strengthening exercises.
H Encourage adequate oral fluid intake.
H Encourage coughing and deep-breathing exercises.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Provide a fracture bedpan for the patient on complete bed rest.
363
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 364
Herpes simplex
Overview
Description
H Common viral infection that may be latent for years
H After initial herpes simplex virus (HSV) infection, pa-
Pathophysiology
H Virus enters mucosal surfaces or abraded skin sites
Causes
H Type 1 (HSV-1) Herpesvirus hominis transmitted
primarily by contact with oral secretions; mainly affects oral, labial, ocular, or skin tissues
H Type 2 (HSV-2) Herpesvirus hominis transmitted
primarily by contact with genital secretions; mainly
affects genital structures
Incidence
H Occurs worldwide and equally in males and females
H Lower socioeconomic groups infected more com-
Common characteristics
H Fever, malaise, and headache
H Tender inguinal adenopathy
H Typical primary lesions erupting after prodromal tin-
by yellow crusting
Complications
H Primary (or initial) HSV infection during pregnancy
364
Herpes simplex
Assessment
History
H Oral, vaginal, or anal sexual contact with an infected
identified
Physical findings
Primary perioral HSV
H Sore throat, fever, anorexia, adenopathy
H Increased salivation
H Severe mouth pain, halitosis
H Small vesicles on an erythematous base possibly present on pharyngeal and oral mucosa
Primary genital HSV
H Malaise
H Tender inguinal adenopathy
H Dysuria, leukorrhea
H Dyspareunia
H Fluid-filled vesicles on the cervix, labia, perianal
skin, vulva, and vagina; glans penis, foreskin, and
penile shaft
H Extragenital lesions possibly seen on the mouth or
anus
Primary ocular infection
H Photophobia, excessive tearing
H Follicular conjunctivitis, chemosis
H Blepharitis, vesicles on eyelids
H Lethargy and fever
H Regional adenopathy
Test results
Laboratory
H Tissue culture shows isolation of virus (gold standard).
H Staining of scrapings from the base of the lesion
demonstrate characteristic giant cells or intranuclear
inclusions of herpes virus infection.
H Tissue analysis shows HSV antigens or deoxyribonucleic acid in scrapings from lesions.
Treatment
General
H Symptomatic and supportive therapy
H Ophthalmologist treatment for eye infections
H Avoidance of acidic foods (with stomatitis)
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 365
Medications
H Antipyretics and analgesics such as acetominophen
H Anesthetic mouthwashes
H Bicarbonate-based mouth rinse
H Drying agents such as astringents
H Ophthalmic drugs
H Antivirals, such as acyclovir, valacyclovir, and famci-
clovir
H Docosanol
Nursing considerations
INITIAL INFECTION
Highly infectious period marked by fever, aches,
adenopathy, pain, and ulcerated skin
and mucous membranes
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H exhibit no complications related to trauma to oral
mucous membranes
H voice feelings about potential or actual changes in
sexuality.
Nursing interventions
H Observe standard precautions.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage the patient to express his feelings, and
provide support.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse reactions to medications
H Complications
H Lesions
H Fluid and electrolyte balance
LATENCY
Intermittently infectious period marked by viral domancy
or viral shedding and no disease symptoms
RECURRENT INFECTION
Highly infectious period similar to initial infection with
milder symptoms that resolve faster
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient with an eye infection to an ophthal-
mologist.
H Refer the patient to a support group such as the Her-
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H the recommended use of lip balm with sunscreen
(with oral lesions)
H instructions to keep lesions dry, except for applying
prescribed topical drugs
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H the use of sunscreen to prevent skin-induced recurrences
H the recommendation that sexual partners be
screened for sexually transmitted diseases (with genital herpes)
H for a patient with genital herpes, the recommendation to use warm compresses or take sitz baths several times per day and avoid all sexual contact during
outbreaks of active infection.
Herpes simplex
365
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 366
Herpes zoster
Overview
Common characteristics
H Localized vesicular skin lesions, confined to a der-
Pathophysiology
Complications
H Deafness
H Bells palsy
H Secondary skin infection
H Postherpetic neuralgia
H Meningoencephalitis
H Cutaneous dissemination
H Ocular involvement with facial zoster
H Hepatitis
H Pneumonitis
H Peripheral motor weakness
H Guillain-Barr syndrome
H Cranial nerve syndrome
Description
H Acute unilateral and segmental inflammation of dor-
Causes
H Dormant varicella-zoster virus (herpesvirus that also
Assessment
Incidence
History
varicella-zoster virus
H Fever
H Malaise
H Pain that mimics appendicitis
H Pleurisy
H Musculoskeletal pain
H Severe, deep pain
H Pruritus
H Paresthesia or hyperesthesia (usually affecting the
Physical findings
H Small, red, vesicular skin lesions spread unilaterally
Geniculate involvement
H Vesicle formation in the external auditory canal and
ipsilateral facial palsy
H Hearing loss, dizziness, and loss of taste
Trigeminal involvement
H Eye pain
H Corneal and scleral damage and impaired vision
H Conjunctivitis, extraocular weakness, ptosis, and paralytic mydriasis
H Secondary glaucoma
366
Herpes zoster
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 367
Test results
Laboratory
H Vesicular fluid and infected tissue analyses show
eosinophilic intranuclear inclusions and varicella
virus.
H Staining antibodies from vesicular fluid and identification under fluorescent light aid differentiation of
herpes zoster from herpes simplex virus.
H Specific antibody immune globulin measurement of
varicella antibodies is elevated.
H Cerebrospinal fluid analysis demonstrates increased
protein levels and, possibly, pleocytosis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture indicates increased pressure.
Treatment
General
H Transcutaneous peripheral nerve stimulation for
postherpetic neuralgia
H Soothing baths
H Cold compresses
Medications
H Lesions
H Signs and symptoms of infection
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed drugs and possible adverse effects
H the use of a soft toothbrush, eating soft foods, and
using a saline- or bicarbonate-based mouthwash and
oral anesthetics to decrease discomfort from oral lesions
H the need for meticulous hygiene to prevent spreading
infection to other body parts
H that the virus can be transmitted if the blisters break
H the need to avoid scratching lesions
H advice to apply a cold compress if vesicles rupture
H local treatment of vesicles.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an ophthalmologist for ocular in-
volvement.
H Refer the patient to a pain management specialist for
postherpetic neuralgia.
clovir
H Antipruritics, such as hydroxyzine and diphenhy-
dramine
H Analgesics, such as acetominophen and ibuprofen
H Tricyclic antidepressants, such as amitriptyline and
imipramine
H Systemic antibiotic as appropriate for infecting
organisms
H Corticosteroids, topical and oral, such as betametha-
lorazepam
H Patient-controlled analgesia
H Vaccine for at-risk people age 60 or older
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H remain free from complications.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Maintain meticulous hygiene to prevent spreading the
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse reaction to medications
Herpes zoster
367
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 368
Life-threatening disorder
Hip fracture
Overview
Description
H Break in the head or neck of the femur (usually the
head)
H Most common fall-related injury resulting in hospi-
talization
H Leading cause of disability among older adults
H May permanently change level of functioning and
independence
H Almost 25% of patients die within 1 year after hip
fracture
Pathophysiology
H With bone fracture, the periosteum and blood vessels
Causes
H Falls
H Trauma
H Cancer metastasis
H Osteoporosis
H Skeletal disease
Incidence
H Affects more than 300,000 people each year
H Occurs in one of five females by age 80
H More common in females than in males
H More common in white females
368
Hip fracture
Common characteristics
H Impaired function
H Deformity
H Edema
H Muscle spasm
H Pain and tenderness
H Impaired sensation
Complications
H Pneumonia
H Venous thrombosis
H Pressure ulcers
H Social isolation
H Depression
H Bladder dysfunction
H Deep vein thrombosis
H Pulmonary embolus
H Hip dislocation
H Death
Assessment
History
H Falls or trauma to the bones
H Pain in the affected hip and leg
H Pain exacerbated by movement
Physical findings
H Outward rotation of affected extremity
H Affected extremity possibly appearing shorter
H Limited or abnormal range of motion (ROM)
H Edema and discoloration of the surrounding tissue
H In an open fracture, bone protruding through the
skin
Test results
Imaging
H X-rays show the location of the fracture.
H Computed tomography scan shows abnormalities in
complicated fractures.
Treatment
General
H Depends on age, comorbidities, cognitive function-
Medications
H Analgesics, such as butorphanol, meperidine, and
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 369
ALERT
thrombosis prophylaxis
Surgery
H Total hip arthroplasty
H Hemiarthroplasty
H Percutaneous pinning
H Internal fixation using a compression screw and
Patient teaching
plate
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H identify factors that increase the potential for injury
H maintain muscle strength and tone and joint ROM
H verbalize feelings of increased comfort
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible within
the confines of the injury
H maintain skin integrity.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Administer prescribed prophylactic anticoagulation
after surgery.
H Maintain traction.
H Maintain proper body alignment.
H Use logrolling techniques to turn the patient in bed.
H Maintain nonweight-bearing status.
H Increase the patients activity level, as prescribed.
H Consult physical therapy as early as possible.
H Assist with active ROM exercises to unaffected limbs.
H Encourage coughing and deep-breathing exercises.
H Keep the patients skin clean and dry.
H Prevent skin breakdown.
H Encourage good nutrition; offer high-protein, high-
calorie snacks.
H Perform daily wound care.
H Provide antiembolism stockings.
ALERT
Dont massage the patients legs and feet to promote circulation because this could increase the
risk of thromboembolism.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Pain
H Mobility and ROM
H Incision and dressings
H Complications
H Coagulation study results
H Signs of bleeding
H Neurovascular status
H Skin integrity
H Signs and symptoms of infection
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed drugs and possible adverse effects
H ROM exercises
H meticulous skin care
H proper body alignment
H wound care
H signs of infection
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises and incentive
spirometry
H assistive devices
H activity restrictions and lifestyle changes
H safe ambulation practices
H nutritious diet and adequate fluid intake
H decreasing risk for additional injury. (See Preventing hip fracture.)
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical and occupational thera-
py programs, as indicated.
H Refer the patient to home health or intermediate
care.
Prevention
Hip fracture
369
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 370
Hirschsprungs disease
Overview
Description
H Congenital disorder of the large intestine character-
ized by the absence or marked reduction of parasympathetic ganglion cells in the colorectal wall
H Usually coexists with other congenital anomalies,
particularly trisomy 21 and anomalies of the urinary
tract such as megaloureter
H Also called congenital megacolon and congenital
aganglionic megacolon
Pathophysiology
H Parasympathetic ganglion cells in the colorectal wall
Complications
H Bowel perforation
H Electrolyte imbalances
H Nutritional deficiencies
H Enterocolitis
H Hypovolemic shock
H Sepsis
Assessment
Causes
History
Incidence
H Occurs in 1 in 2,000 to 1 in 5,000 live births
H Up to seven times more common in males than in fe-
Common characteristics
In neonates
H Failure to pass meconium within 24 to 48 hours because of inability to propel intestinal contents forward
H Bile-stained or fecal vomiting as a result of bowel obstruction
H Abdominal distention caused by to retention of intestinal contents and bowel obstruction
H Irritability caused by resultant abdominal distention
H Feeding difficulties and failure to thrive caused by
retention of intestinal contents and abdominal distention
H Dehydration caused by subsequent feeding difficulties and inability to ingest adequate fluids
370
Hirschsprungs disease
Physical findings
H Distended abdomen
H Tachypnea
H Rectum without stools
Test results
Imaging
H Barium enema reveals a narrowed segment of distal
colon with a saw-toothed appearance and a funnelshaped segment above it.
H Upright plain abdominal X-rays show marked colonic
distention.
Diagnostic procedures
H Rectal biopsy confirms diagnosis by showing the absence of ganglion cells.
H Rectal manometry detects failure of the internal anal
sphincter to relax and contract.
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 371
Treatment
General
H Daily colonic lavage (to empty the infants bowel until
Discharge planning
H Refer the parents to an enterostomal therapist for
ALERT
Without prompt treatment, an infant with colonic
obstruction may die within 24 hours from enterocolitis that leads to severe diarrhea and hypovolemic shock.
Surgery
H Corrective surgery to pull the normal ganglionic seg-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate caloric intake
H avoid complications
H have bowel function return to normal patterns
H maintain fluid balance.
Nursing interventions
H Maintain fluid and electrolyte balance and prevent
shock.
H Provide adequate nutrition and hydrate with I.V. flu-
ids, as needed.
H Relieve respiratory distress by keeping the patient in
an upright position.
After colostomy or ileostomy
H Place the infant in a heated incubator, with the temperature set at 98 to 99 F (36.7 to 37.2 C), or in
a radiant warmer.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Signs of sepsis and enterocolitis
H Intake and output
H Laboratory values
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H recognizing the signs of fluid loss, dehydration, and
enterocolitis
H withholding foods that have increased the number of
stools previously
Hirschsprungs disease
371
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 372
Histoplasmosis
Overview
Description
H Fungal infection
H Three forms in the United States
Pathophysiology
H Spores reach alveoli and are transformed into bud-
Causes
H Caused by Histoplasma capsulatum, which is found
in the stool of birds and bats and in soil contaminated by their stool (near roosts, chicken coops, barns,
caves, and underneath bridges)
H Transmitted to humans by inhalation of H. capsulatum or H. capsulatum var. duboisii spores or invasion of spores after minor skin trauma
Incidence
H Occurs worldwide, but especially in temperate areas
Common characteristics
H Incubation period ranges from 3 to 17 days, al-
Complications
H Vascular or bronchial obstruction
H Acute pericarditis
H Pleural effusion
H Mediastinal fibrosis or granuloma
H Intestinal ulceration
372
Histoplasmosis
H Addisons disease
H Endocarditis
H Meningitis
Assessment
History
H Possible history of an immunocompromised condi-
tion
H Exposure to contaminated soil in an endemic area
Physical findings
H Fever, which may rise as high as 105
F (40.6 C)
Primary acute histoplasmosis
H Usually no characteristic signs
H Mild respiratory illness, cough
H Malaise, headache, myalgia, anorexia
H Chest pain
Progressive disseminated histoplasmosis
H Anorexia and weight loss
H Pain
H Hoarseness, tachypnea in later stages
H Ulceration of the oropharynx, dysphagia
H Pallor from anemia
H Jaundice and ascites
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Lymphadenopathy
Chronic pulmonary histoplasmosis
H Productive cough, dyspnea, hemoptysis
H Shortness of breath, cyanosis
H Extreme weakness, weight loss
H Upper lobe fibrocavitary pneumonia
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood cultures done by lysis-centrifugation technique
reveal organism causing the infection.
H In disseminated forms, culture of bone marrow, mucosal lesions, liver, and bronchoalveolar lavage help
show organisms in disseminated histoplasmosis.
H Sputum cultures are preferred in chronic pulmonary
histoplasmosis, may take 2 to 4 weeks to culture, and
show growth of the organism.
H Radioactive assay for histoplasma antigen in blood or
urine shows presence of histoplasma antigen.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show lung damage.
Treatment
General
H Oxygen for respiratory distress
H Parenteral fluids for dysphagia caused by oral or la-
ryngeal ulcerations
H Smoking cessation
H Cool mist humidifier
H Soft, bland foods (with oropharyngeal ulceration)
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 373
Medications
H Antifungal therapy, such as amphotericin B and
itraconazole
H Glucocorticoids
Surgery
H Lung resection to remove pulmonary nodules
H Shunt for increased intracranial pressure
H Cardiac repair for constrictive pericarditis
H Laser surgery (photo coagulation) for ocular
histoplasmosis syndrome
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H be free from pain
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings of increased comfort in maintaining
air exchange
H experience no further weight loss
H maintain hemodynamic stability.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide oxygen therapy, if needed.
H Plan rest periods.
H Consult with a dietitian and the patient concerning
food preferences.
Monitoring
H Hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, which indicate
adrenal dysfunction
H Respiratory status
H Neurologic status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H cardiac and pulmonary signs that could indicate
effusions
H the need to watch for early signs of this infection and
to seek treatment promptly to help prevent histoplasmosis for people in endemic areas
H the need for patients who risk occupational exposure
to contaminated soil to wear face masks.
Discharge planning
H Stress the need for follow-up care on a regular basis
Histoplasmosis
373
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 374
Life-threatening disorder
Hodgkins disease
Overview
Description
H Neoplastic disorder characterized by painless, pro-
Pathophysiology
H Enlarged lymphoid tissue results from proliferation
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
Test results
Laboratory
H Hematologic tests show mild to severe normocytic
anemia, normochromic anemia in 50% of patients,
and elevated, normal, or reduced white blood cell
count and differential show any combination of
neutrophilia, lymphocytopenia, monocytosis, and
eosinophilia.
H Serum alkaline phosphatase levels are elevated, indicating liver or bone involvement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Tests must first rule out other disorders that enlarge
the lymph nodes.
H Lymph node biopsy confirms the presence of ReedSternberg cells, abnormal histiocyte proliferation,
and nodular fibrosis and necrosis. Lymph node biopsy is also used to determine lymph node and organ
involvement.
H A staging laparotomy is necessary for patients
younger than age 55 and for those without obvious
stage III or IV disease, lymphocyte predominance
subtype histology, or medical contraindications.
H Genetic factors
H Viral factors
H Environmental factors
Treatment
Common characteristics
General
Incidence
alone (or chemotherapy and radiation therapy to involved sites), sometimes inducing complete remission
H Autologous bone marrow transplantation or autologous peripheral blood sternal transfusions and immunotherapy
H Well-balanced diet
H Frequent rest periods
Complications
H Multiple organ failure
apy alone
therapy and chemotherapy
Medications
Assessment
H Chemotherapy
H Antiemetics, such as prochlorperazine and metoclo-
History
Physical findings
H Edema of the face and neck and jaundice
374
Hodgkins disease
pramide
diphenoxylate/atropine
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no further weight loss
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 375
pain.
Nursing interventions
H Provide a well-balanced, high-calorie, high-protein
diet.
H Provide for periods of rest.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
H Complications of treatment
H Pain control
H Lymph node enlargement
H Body temperature
H Fatigue
H Daily weight
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs and symptoms of infection
H the importance of maintaining good nutrition
H the pacing of activities to counteract therapy-induced
fatigue
H the importance of good oral hygiene
H the avoidance of crowds and people with known
infection
H the importance of checking the lymph nodes
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.
Hodgkins disease
375
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 376
Hookworm disease
Overview
Description
H Infection of the upper intestine caused by Ancy-
lostoma duodenale (found in the Eastern Hemisphere) or Necator americanus (in the Western
Hemisphere)
H Occurs mostly in tropical and subtropical climates
H Also called uncinariasis or ground itch
Pathophysiology
H Disease is transmitted to humans through direct skin
Causes
H Transmission of A. duodenale (found in the Eastern
Incidence
H May produce no symptoms
H Affects one billion people worldwide
H More common in whites
H Children more at risk because of playing or walking
Common characteristics
H Irritation, pruritus, and edema at the site of entry
H Secondary bacterial infection with pustule formation
H Pneumonitis and hemorrhage with fever, sore throat,
Complications
H Anemia
H Cardiomegaly
H Heart failure
H Generalized massive edema
376
Hookworm disease
Assessment
History
H Recent walking (barefoot) in an area with contami-
nated soil
H Irritation and pruritus at entry site
H Fatigue
H Cough, hoarseness
H Abdominal pain
H Fever
H Nausea
H Weight loss
H Dizziness
H Diarrhea
Physical findings
H Papulovasicular rash
H Crackles (with lung involvement)
H Irregular respirations
H Bloody sputum
H Black, tarry stools
H Edema
Test results
Laboratory
H Stool specimen reveals larvae.
H Hemoglobin level is decreased to as low as 5 to
9 g/dl (in severe case).
H Leukocyte count is increased to as high as 47,000/l.
H Eosinophil count is increased to as high as 500 to
700/l.
Treatment
General
H Blood transfusions (if anemia severe)
H Nutritious high-protein, high-iron diet
H Activity, as tolerated, with frequent rest periods
Medications
H Mebendazole
H Pyrantel pamoate
H Albendazole
H Iron supplements
H Topical thiabendazole (cutaneous larva migrans)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience no further weight loss
H report having increased energy levels
H have decreased episodes of diarrhea
H maintain a normal respiratory rate.
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 377
Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Isolate the incontinent patient.
H Teach proper hand-washing technique.
H For severe anemia, administer oxygen, as ordered.
H Encourage coughing and deep breathing.
H Allow frequent rest periods.
H Reposition frequently.
H Assess family members for symptoms.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Nutritional status
H Quantity and frequency of stools
H Daily weight
H Skin integrity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper hand-washing technique
H the need to wear shoes when outdoors
H nutritious diet
H proper hygiene after toileting
H use of prescribed iron supplements and how this
treatment affects stools
H the need to start another course of treatment if stool
examination remains positive for larvae
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Hookworm disease
377
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 378
Human papillomavirus
Overview
Description
H Sexually transmitted disease (STD)
H Group of viruses with more than 100 different strains
H About 30 types spread through sexual contact
H Low-risk and high-risk types
H Primarily infects genital area; mouth and throat pos-
Common characteristics
H Most infected individuals having no symptoms and
Complications
Pathophysiology
an infected person.
Assessment
Causes
Physical findings
H Genital warts
History
H Sexual partner with HPV or genital warts
H Multiple sex partners
H May exhibit no signs or symptoms
H Possible discharge from the vagina or penis
H Previous STD
H Abnormal Papanicolaou (Pap) test
Low-risk viruses
Most commonly associated with genital warts
Cause most visible genital warts
H HPV 16 and HPV 18
Most common high-risk viruses
Growths usually flat and nearly invisible
Majority resolving on their own
Risk factors
Test results
sex partners
H Possibly, uncircumcised males
H Sexual activity before age 18
H Unprotected sexual contact
Incidence
H About 20 million people currently infected
H About 6.2 million new infections in United States
each year
378
Human papillomavirus
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 379
Treatment
Patient teaching
General
Be sure to cover:
H need to inform sexual partners about the risk of
genital warts
H need for regular Pap testing and careful medical
follow-up
H reasons for not using nonprescription wart removal
products
H use of female condoms
H limitations of male and female condoms
H that podophyllin and fluorouracil cream cant be
used during pregnancy
H availability of HPV vaccine, Gardasil, which blocks
HPV 6, 11, 16, and 18, recommended for females
ages 9 to 26 before first sexual contact.
changes
H Genital warts possibly disappearing without treatment
H 20% to 50% of people experiencing recurrence of
warts
H Treatment varying based on size and location of
Medications
H Topical, applied by physician, such as podophyllin
Surgery
H Cryosurgery
H Electrocautery
H Laser treatment
H Surgical excision
H Loop electrosurgical excision procedure
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H verbalize an understanding of the disease
H state infection risk factors
H remain free from complications
H express feelings of comfort after treatment
H communicate feelings about changes in body image
H voice feelings about the need for changes in sexual
activity.
Nursing interventions
H Use standard precautions when theres a risk of con-
sphere that encourages the patient to verbalize feelings about perceived changes in sexual identity and
behavior.
Monitoring
H Sites treated with topical medication
H Surgical sites
H Pap test results
H Psychological status
Human papillomavirus
379
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 380
Huntingtons disease
Overview
Description
H Degenerative disease of the brain causing dementia
H Death usually 10 to 15 years after onset
H Also called Huntingtons chorea, hereditary chorea,
Pathophysiology
H Degeneration in the cerebral cortex and basal gan-
Causes
H Genetic link
H Transmitted as autosomal dominant trait (either sex
Incidence
H Most common between ages 30 and 45
H 2% of cases in children
H 5% of cases as late as age 60
H Each child of a parent with this disease: 50% chance
of inheritance
H Cant be passed on by child who doesnt inherit it
H Affects males and females equally
Common characteristics
H Chorea
H Emotional changes, irritability
H Clumsiness, bradykinesia
H Incontinence
H Increased appetite
H Bouts of anger
H Purposeless movements
H Grimacing
H Dysarthria
H Writhing and twitching
H Loss of motor control; rigidity
H Dysphagia
H Oral apraxia, aprosody
Assessment
History
Findings vary depending on disease progression.
H Familial history
H Emotional and mental changes
H Insidious onset
H Total dependency through:
Intellectual decline
Emotional disturbances
Loss of musculoskeletal control
H Described as clumsy, irritable, or impatient
H Subject to fits of anger
H Periods of suicidal depression, apathy, or elation
H Ravenous appetite, especially for sweets
H Loss of bladder and bowel control in later stages
Physical findings
H Choreic movements
H Rapid, usually violent, and purposeless movements
H Cognitive decline
Early stages
H Mild fidgeting
H Grimacing, tongue smacking
H Dysarthria
H Athetoid movements related to emotional state
H Torticollis
H Deficits in short-term memory
Later stages
H Constant writhing and twitching
H Unintelligible speech
H Difficulty chewing and swallowing
H Ambulation impossible
H Appears emaciated and exhausted
Test results
Laboratory
H Deoxyribonucleic acid analysis may show disease.
Imaging
H Positron-emission tomography may show disease.
H Magnetic resonance imaging shows characteristic
butterfly dilation of the brains lateral ventricles.
H Computed tomography scan shows brain atrophy.
Treatment
Complications
General
H No known cure
H Supportive and symptomatic treatment
H Psychotherapy
H Possibly soft diet
H Safety measures
H Electroconvulsive therapy
Medications
H Tranquilizers such as clonazepam
H Dopamine agonists such as haloperidol
380
Huntingtons disease
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 381
benazine
H Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, such as flu-
imipramine
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway without evidence of aspiration
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H remain free from infection
H express positive feelings about self
H perform activities of daily living
H develop alternative means of communication to
express self.
Nursing interventions
H Provide psychological support.
H Identify self-care deficits.
H Encourage the patient to be independent.
H Provide communication aids.
H Help the patient with difficulty walking.
H Maintain a turning schedule.
H Elevate the head of the bed during eating.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Protect the patient from infections.
Monitoring
H Response to prescribed drugs
H Possible suicide ideation
H Temperature
H White blood cell count
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H aspiration precautions
H signs and symptoms of infection
H communication strategies.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the Huntingtons Disease Society
of America.
H Refer the patient to appropriate community organiza-
tions.
H Refer the family for genetic counseling.
H Refer the patient for psychotherapy, as appropriate.
Huntingtons disease
381
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 382
Hydrocele
Overview
Description
H A collection of fluid between the visceral and parietal
Pathophysiology
Communicating
H A patency between the scrotal sac and the peritoneal
cavity allows peritoneal fluids to collect in the scrotum.
Noncommunicating
H Fluid accumulation may be caused by infection, trauma, tumor, an imbalance between the secreting and
absorptive capacities of scrotal tissue, or an obstruction of lymphatic or venous drainage in the spermatic
cord.
H This leads to a displacement of fluid in the scrotum,
outside the testes.
H Subsequent swelling results, leading to reduced
blood flow to the testes.
Causes
Physical findings
H Soft, nontender fullness within the hemiscrotum
H Transillumination of the scrotum revealing a ho-
Test results
Imaging
H Abdominal X-rays distinguish acute hydrocele from
an incarcerated hernia.
H Ultrasound distinguishes spermatoceles from hydroceles and identifies torsion or tumor.
Other
H Transillumination to distinguish fluid-filled from solid mass (a tumor doesnt transilluminate).
Treatment
General
H Frequently resolves spontaneously
H Scrotal elevation
H No dietary restrictions
H Activity, as tolerated
H Postoperatively avoidance of vigorous activity for
short time
Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as
Surgery
Incidence
Common characteristics
H Scrotal swelling and feeling of heaviness
H Inguinal hernia (commonly present in congenital
hydrocele)
pected
(inguinal hernia with bowel present in the sac)
into the scrotal sac for a tense hydrocele impeding
blood circulation or causes pain
H Excision of tunica vaginalis for recurrent hydroceles
H Suprainguinal excision for testicular tumor detected
by ultrasound
torsion
H Scrotal tenderness due to severe swelling
Complications
H Epididymitis
H Testicular atrophy
Assessment
History
H Scrotal tenderness
H Inguinal hernia
382
Hydrocele
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or his parents) will:
H express feeling or demonstrate behavior of comfort
and relief from pain
H express understanding of disorder, diagnosis, and
treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Place a rolled towel between the patients legs and el-
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 383
Monitoring
H Swelling
H Worsening of condition
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need to wear a loose-fitting athletic supporter
lined with soft cotton dressings
H how to take a sitz bath
H the need to avoid tub baths postoperaively for 5 to
7 days
H the possibility that the hydrocele may reaccumulate
for 1 month postoperatively because of edema.
Discharge planning
H Follow-up visits may be required biweekly, monthly,
Hydrocele
383
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 384
Life-threatening disorder
Hydrocephalus
Overview
Description
H A variety of conditions characterized by an excess of
Common characteristics
H Enlargement of head clearly disproportionate to
growth
H Distended scalp veins
H Thin, shiny, fragile-looking scalp skin
H Underdeveloped neck muscles
H Depressed orbital roof
H Downward displacement of eyes
H High-pitched, shrill cry; irritability
H Projectile vomiting
H Skull widening
Complications
H Mental retardation
H Impaired motor function
H Vision loss
H Death (increased intracranial pressure [ICP])
H Infection and malnutrition (more common in
infants)
Assessment
Pathophysiology
History
Infants
H History that may disclose cause
H High-pitched, shrill cry; irritability
H Anorexia
H Episodes of projectile vomiting
Adults and older children
H Frontal headaches
H Nausea and vomiting (may be projectile)
H Symptoms causing wakening or occurring on awakening
H Diplopia
H Restlessness
Causes
Noncommunicating hydrocephalus
H Congenital abnormalities in the ventricular system
H Mass lesions such as a tumor that compresses one of
the structures of the ventricular system
H Aqueduct stenosis
H Arnold-Chiari malformation
Communicating hydrocephalus
H Adhesions from inflammation, such as with meningitis or subarachnoid hemorrhage
H Compression of the subarachnoid space by a mass
such as a tumor
H Congenital abnormalities of the subarachnoid space
H High venous pressure within the sagittal sinus
H Head injury
H Cerebral atrophy
Incidence
H Rare cases of congenital hydrocephalus
H Noncommunicating hydrocephalus more common in
children
H Communicating hydrocephalus more common in
adults
384
Hydrocephalus
Physical findings
Infants
H Enlarged head clearly disproportionate to the infants
growth
H Head possibly appearing normal in size with bulging
fontanels
H Distended scalp veins
H Thin, fragile, and shiny scalp skin
H Underdeveloped neck muscles
H Depression of the roof of the eye orbit
H Displacement of the eyes downward
H Prominent sclera (sunset sign)
H Abnormal leg muscle tone
Adults and older children
H Decreased level of consciousness (LOC)
H Ataxia
H Impaired intellect
H Incontinence
H Signs of increased ICP
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 385
Test results
Monitoring
Imaging
H Skull X-rays show thinning of the skull with separation of sutures and widening of the fontanels in infants.
H Angiography, computed tomography scan, and magnetic resonance imaging show differentiation between hydrocephalus and intracranial lesions and
Arnold-Chiari deformity.
Treatment
General
After surgery
H Signs and symptoms of meningitis
H Redness, swelling, and other signs and symptoms of
local infection
H Dressing for drainage
H Response to analgesics
ALERT
Monitor the patient for vomiting, which may be an
early sign of shunt malfunction.
meals
Medications
Patient teaching
Surgery
H Surgical correction (the only treatment for hydro-
cephalus):
Removal of obstruction to CSF flow
Implantation of a ventriculoperitoneal shunt to divert CSF flow from the brains lateral ventricle into
the peritoneal cavity
With concurrent abdominal problem, ventriculoatrial shunt to divert CSF flow from the brains lateral ventricle into the right atrium of the heart
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H shunt surgery: hair loss and the visibility of a mechanical device
H postoperative shunt care
H signs and symptoms of increased ICP or shunt malfunction
H signs and symptoms of infection
H signs and symptoms of paralytic ileus
H the need for periodic shunt surgery to lengthen the
shunt as the child grows older.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to special education programs, as
appropriate.
Nursing interventions
H Elevate the head of the bed to 30 degrees or put an
Hydrocephalus
385
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 386
Hydronephrosis
Overview
Description
H Abnormal dilation of the renal pelvis and calyces of
nary tract
H May be acute or chronic
Pathophysiology
H With obstruction in the urethra or bladder, hydro-
ally unilateral.
H Obstructions distal to the bladder cause the bladder
Causes
H Benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH)
H Urethral strictures
H Renal calculi
H Strictures or stenosis of the ureter or bladder outlet
H Congenital abnormalities
H Bladder, ureteral, or pelvic tumors
H Blood clots
H Neurogenic bladder
H Ureterocele
H Tuberculosis
H Gram-negative infection
Incidence
H About 1 in 100 people affected by unilateral hydro-
nephrosis
H About 1 in 200 people affected by bilateral hydro-
nephrosis
Common characteristics
H Decreased urine output
H Flank pain
Complications
H Renal calculi
H Sepsis
H Renovascular hypertension
H Obstructive nephropathy
H Infection
H Pyelonephritis
H Paralytic ileus
H Renal failure
386
Hydronephrosis
Assessment
History
H Possibly no initial symptoms, but increasing pressure
Physical findings
H Hematuria
H Pyuria
H Urinary tract infection
H Palpable kidney
H Lower extremity edema
H Distended bladder
H Costovertebral angle tenderness
Test results
Laboratory
H Renal function study results are abnormal.
H Urine studies confirm inability to concentrate urine,
glomerular filtration rate is decreased, and pyuria
occurs if infection is present.
H Leukocytosis indicates infection.
Imaging
H Excretory urography, retrograde pyelography, and renal ultrasonography confirm diagnosis.
H I.V. urogram may show site of obstruction.
H Nephrogram may show delayed appearance time.
H Radionuclide scan may show site of obstruction.
H Computed tomography scan may indicate cause.
Treatment
General
H For inoperable obstructions, decompression and
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 387
Medications
H Antibiotic therapy as appropriate for infecting
organism
H Analgesics
H Oral alkalinization therapy (for uric acid calculi)
such as allopurinol
H Steroid therapy (for retroperitoneal fibrosis)
Surgery
H Dilatation for urethral stricture
H Prostatectomy for BPH
H Placement of percutaneous nephrostomy tube
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid or have minimized complications
H maintain fluid balance
H report increased comfort
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H demonstrate skill in managing urinary elimination.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.
H Allow the patient to express his fears and anxieties.
Monitoring
H Renal function studies
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Nephrostomy tube function and drainage, if appro-
priate
H Wound site (postoperatively)
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the procedure and postoperative care, if surgery is
scheduled
H nephrostomy tube care, if appropriate
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H dietary changes
H hydronephrosis symptom recognition and reporting.
Discharge planning
H Follow-up imaging studies may be required to evalu-
ate recovery.
H Follow-up laboratory studies may be needed to as-
Hydronephrosis
387
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 388
Hyperaldosteronism
Overview
Description
H Hypersecretion of the mineralocorticoid aldosterone
H Fatigue
H Headache
H Paresthesia
H Possibly tetany (resulting from metabolic alkalosis)
Complications
H Neuromuscular irritability, tetany, paresthesia
H Seizures
H Left ventricular hypertrophy, heart failure, death
H Metabolic alkalosis, nephropathy, azotemia
Pathophysiology
In primary hyperaldosteronism
(Conns syndrome)
H Chronic excessive secretion of aldosterone is independent of the renin-angiotensin system and suppresses plasma renin activity.
H This aldosterone excess enhances sodium and water
reabsorption and potassium loss by the kidneys,
which leads to mild hypernatremia and, simultaneously, hypokalemia and increased extracellular fluid
volume.
H Expansion of intravascular fluid volume also occurs
and results in volume-dependent hypertension and
increased cardiac output.
ALERT
Excessive ingestion of English black licorice or
licorice-like substances can produce a syndrome
similar to primary hyperaldosteronism because of
the mineralocorticoid action of glycyrrhizic acid.
In secondary hyperaldosteronism
H Secondary hyperaldosteronism results from an extraadrenal abnormality that stimulates the adrenal gland
to increase aldosterone production.
Causes
H Benign aldosterone-producing adrenal adenoma (in
70% of patients)
H Bilateral adrenocortical hyperplasia (in children) or
carcinoma (rarely)
H Conditions that reduce renal blood flow and extracel-
tumor)
H Nephrotic syndrome
H Bartters syndrome
H Hepatic cirrhosis with ascites
H Heart failure
Assessment
History
H Vision disturbances
H Nocturnal polyuria
H Polydipsia
H Fatigue
H Headaches
Physical findings
H Muscle weakness
H Intermittent, flaccid paralysis
H Paresthesia
H High blood pressure
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum potassium levels are persistently low.
H Plasma renin level is low and fails to increase appropriately during volume depletion (upright posture,
sodium depletion) and plasma aldosterone level is
high during volume expansion by salt loading (confirm primary hyperaldosteronism in a hypertensive
patient without edema).
H Serum bicarbonate level is elevated.
H Urine aldosterone levels are markedly increased.
H Plasma aldosterone levels are increased.
H Plasma renin levels are increased (secondary).
H Suppression test differentiates between primary and
secondary hyperaldosteronism.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show left ventricular hypertrophy caused
by chronic hypertension.
H Adrenal angiography or computed tomography scan
localizes tumor.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows signs of hypokalemia
(ST-segment depression and U waves).
Treatment
Incidence
General
Common characteristics
H Muscle weakness
H Intermittent, flaccid paralysis
388
Hyperaldosteronism
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 389
Medications
H Potassium-sparing diuretics (primary) such as
spironolactone
Surgery
H Unilateral adrenalectomy (primary)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H express understanding of the condition and treatment modalities.
Nursing interventions
H Watch for signs of tetany (muscle twitching,
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Weight
H Serum electrolyte levels
H Cardiac arrhythmias
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H adverse effects of spironolactone, including hyperkalemia, impotence, and gynecomastia, if appropriate
H the importance of wearing medical identification
jewelry while taking steroid hormone replacement
therapy.
Hyperaldosteronism
389
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 390
Hyperbilirubinemia,
unconjugated
Overview
Description
H Excessive serum bilirubin levels and mild jaundice
H The result of hemolytic processes in the neonate
H Can be physiologic (with jaundice the only symptom)
Pathophysiology
H As erythrocytes break down at the end of their neo-
Causes of hyperbilirubinemia
The infants age at onset of hyperbilirubinemia may provide clues as to the sources of this jaundice-causing disorder.
Day 1
Day 2 or 3
Days 4 and 5
H Herpes simplex
H Pyloric stenosis
H Hypothyroidism
H Neonatal giant cell hepatitis
H Infection (usually acquired in neonatal period)
H Bile duct atresia
H Galactosemia
H Choledochal cysts.
390
Hyperbilirubinemia, unconjugated
Causes
See Causes of hyperbilirubinemia.
Incidence
H Common in neonates
H More common in males than females
H Less common in Black infants than in White infants
Common characteristics
H Jaundice
Complications
H Kernicterus
H Cerebral palsy
H Epilepsy
H Mental retardation
Assessment
History
H Previous sibling with neonatal jaundice
H Familial history of anemia, bile stones, splenectomy,
liver disease
H Maternal illness suggestive of viral or other infection
H Maternal drug intake
H Delayed cord clamping
H Birth trauma with bruising
Physical findings
H Yellowish skin, particularly in the sclerae
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum bilirubin levels are elevated.
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 391
Treatment
General
H Phototherapy
H Exchange transfusions
Medications
H Albumin
H Phenobarbital (rarely used)
H Rh (D) immune globulin (human) (to Rh-negative
o
mother)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit normal body temperature
H maintain normal fluid balance
H maintain skin integrity
H have a reduced bilirubin level.
Nursing interventions
H Reassure parents that most infants experience some
degree of jaundice.
H Keep emergency equipment available when transfus-
ing blood.
H Administer Rh
Monitoring
H Jaundice
H Bilirubin levels
H Body temperature
H Intake and output
H Bleeding and complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H that the infants stool contains some bile and may be
greenish.
Hyperbilirubinemia, unconjugated
391
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 392
Hypercalcemia
Overview
Description
H Excessive levels of serum calcium
Pathophysiology
H Together with phosphorus, calcium is responsible for
tion.
H It plays a role in cell membrane permeability and impulse transmission.
H It affects the contraction of cardiac muscle, smooth
muscle, and skeletal muscle.
H It participates in the blood-clotting process.
H Hypercalcemia leads to multiple-organ system dysfunction.
Causes
H Anorexia
H Constipation
H Nausea, vomiting
H Polyuria
Physical findings
H Confusion
H Muscle weakness
H Hyporeflexia
H Decreased muscle tone
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum calcium levels are greater than 10.5 mg/dl.
H Ionized calcium levels are greater than 5.8 mg/dl.
H Albumin level is elevated.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows shortened QT interval
and ventricular arrhythmias.
Treatment
H Hyperparathyroidism
H Hypervitaminosis D
H Certain cancers
H Multiple fractures and prolonged immobilization
H Certain drugs (see Drugs causing hypercalcemia)
General
Incidence
Medications
and torsemide
related to cancer
H Increases with age
Common characteristics
Nursing considerations
Complications
H Renal calculi
H Coma
H Cardiac arrest
Assessment
History
H Underlying cause
H Lethargy
H Weakness
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H express an understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen.
Effects
Cardiovascular
Gastrointestinal
Musculoskeletal
Neurologic
Other
392
Hypercalcemia
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 393
Nursing interventions
H Provide safety measures and institute seizure precau-
tions, if appropriate.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.
H Watch for signs of heart failure.
Monitoring
H Cardiac rhythm
H Seizures
H Calcium levels
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoiding nonprescription drugs high in calcium
H increasing fluid intake
H following a low-calcium diet.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a dietitian and social services, if
indicated.
Hypercalcemia
393
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 394
Hyperchloremia
Overview
Complications
H Metabolic acidosis
H Hypervolemia
H Coma
Description
Assessment
History
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
chloric acid; it provides an acid medium that aids digestion and activation of enzymes.
H Chloride helps maintain acid-base and body water
balances, influences the osmolality or tonicity of extracellular fluid, plays a role in the exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide in red blood cells, and helps
activate salivary amylase (which, in turn, activates the
digestive process).
H An inverse relationship exists between chloride and
bicarbonate. When the level of one goes up, the level
of the other goes down. (See Anion gap and metabolic acidosis.)
H Chloride imbalanace can lead to metabolic acidosis
and altered fluid balance if left untreated.
Causes
H Hyperparathyroidism
H Renal tubular acidosis
H Metabolic acidosis
H Hypernatremia
H Prolonged diarrhea
H Loss of pancreatic secretion
H Certain drugs (see Drugs causing hyperchloremia)
H Agitation
H Pitting edema
H Dyspnea
H Rapid deep breathng (Kussmauls respirations)
H Weakness
H Tachypnea
H Hypertension
Test results
H Serum chloride level is greater than 108 mEq/L.
H With metabolic acidosis, serum pH is less than
Treatment
General
H Treatment of underlying cause
H Activity, as tolerated
H Restoring fluid, electrolyte, and acid base balance
H Restricted sodium and chloride intake
Incidence
Medications
occurs alone.
Common characteristics
hydrochlorothiazide
dyspnea
H Deep, rapid breathing; weakness; diminished cogni-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
How it happens
If a patient with metabolic acidosis has a normal anion
gap, the acidosis is probably caused by a loss of bicarbonate ions by the kidneys or the GI tract. In such cases,
a corresponding increase in chloride ions also occurs.
Acidosis can also result from an accumulation of chloride ions in the form of acidifying salts. A corresponding
decrease in bicarbonate ions occurs at the same time.
394
Hyperchloremia
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 395
Nursing interventions
H Provide a safe environment.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.
H Evaluate muscle strength and adjust activity level.
H Reorient the confused patient when necessary.
Monitoring
H Serum electrolyte levels
H Respiratory status
H Signs of metabolic alkalosis
H Intake and output
H Neurologic status
H Cardiac rhythm
H Arterial blood gas values
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary or fluid restrictions, as indicated
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Hyperchloremia
395
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 396
Life-threatening disorder
Hyperkalemia
Overview
Description
H Excessive serum levels of the potassium anion
H Commonly induced by other treatments
Pathophysiology
H Potassium facilitates contraction of both skeletal and
Complications
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Metabolic acidosis
H Cardiac arrest
Assessment
History
H Irritability
H Paresthesia
H Muscle weakness
H Nausea
H Abdominal cramps
H Diarrhea
Physical findings
H Hypotension
H Irregular heart rate
H Cardiac arrhythmia (possible)
Causes
H Renal dysfunction or failure
H Use of potassium-sparing diuretics such as triam-
Incidence
H Affects males and females equally
H Diagnosed in up to 8% of hospitalized patients in the
United States
Common characteristics
See Clinical effects of hyperkalemia.
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum potassium levels are greater than 5 mEq/L.
H Arterial pH is decreased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows a tall, tented T wave.
Treatment
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis
H Activity, as tolerated
Effects
Acid-base
balance
Metabolic acidosis
Cardiovascular
Gastrointestinal
Genitourinary
Oliguria, anuria
Musculoskeletal
Neurologic
396
Hyperkalemia
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 397
Medications
H Rapid infusion of 10% calcium gluconate (decreases
myocardial irritability)
H Insulin and 10% to 50% glucose I.V.
H Sodium polystyrene sulfonate with 70% sorbitol
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain a normal potassium level
H understand potential adverse effects of prescribed
drugs.
Nursing interventions
H Check the serum sample. (See Avoiding false
results.)
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Insert an indwelling urinary catheter.
H Implement safety measures.
H Be alert for signs of hypokalemia after treatment.
Monitoring
H Serum potassium levels
H Cardiac rhythm
H Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H monitoring intake and output
H preventing future episodes of hyperkalemia
H need for potassium-restricted diet.
Hyperkalemia
397
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 398
Hyperlipoproteinemia
Overview
Description
H Increased plasma concentrations of one or more
lipoproteins
H Primary form: at least five distinct and inherited
metabolic disorders
H May occur secondary to other conditions such as di-
abetes mellitus
H Clinical changes ranging from relatively mild symp-
Pathophysiology
H Low-density lipoprotein (LDL) level is increased and
Causes
H Primary hyperlipoproteinemia
Incidence
Type I
H Relatively rare; present at birth
Type II
H Onset between ages 10 and 30
Type III
H Uncommon; usually occurring after age 20
Type IV
H Relatively common, especially in middle-aged males
Type V
H Uncommon; usually occurring in late adolescence or
early adulthood
Common characteristics
H Increased plasma concentrations of one or more
lipoproteins
Complications
H Coronary artery disease (CAD)
H Pancreatitis
Assessment
History
Type I
H Recurrent attacks of severe abdominal pain
H Abdominal pain usually preceded by fat intake
H Malaise and anorexia
Type II
H History of premature and accelerated coronary
atherosclerosis
H Symptoms that typically develop in 20s or 30s
Type III
H No clinical symptoms until after age 20
H Aggravating factors, such as obesity, hypothyroidism,
and diabetes mellitus
Type IV
H Atherosclerosis
H Early CAD
H Excessive alcohol consumption
H Poorly controlled diabetes mellitus
H Birth control pills containing estrogen (can precipitate severe hypertriglyceridemia)
H Hypertension
H Hyperuricemia
Type V
H Abdominal pain associated with pancreatitis
H Complaints related to peripheral neuropathy
Physical findings
Type I
H Papular or eruptive xanthomas over pressure points
and extensor surfaces
H Ophthalmoscopic examination: lipemia retinalis
(reddish white retinal vessels)
H Abdominal spasm, rigidity, or rebound tenderness
H Hepatosplenomegaly, with liver or spleen tenderness
H Fever possibly present
Type II
H Tendinous xanthomas on the Achilles tendons and
tendons of the hands and feet
H Tuberous xanthomas, xanthelasma
H Juvenile corneal arcus
Type III
H Tuberoeruptive xanthomas over elbows and knees
H Palmar xanthomas on the hands, particularly the fingertips
Type IV
H Obesity
H Xanthomas possibly noted during exacerbations
Type V
H Eruptive xanthomas on extensor surface of arms and
legs
H Ophthalmoscopic examination: lipemia retinalis
H Hepatosplenomegaly
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum lipid profiles show elevated levels of total cholesterol, triglycerides, very low-density lipoproteins,
LDLs, or HDLs.
398
Hyperlipoproteinemia
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 399
Treatment
Nursing considerations
General
Key outcomes
H Weight reduction
H Elimination or treatment of aggravating factors, such
contraceptive drugs
H Restriction of cholesterol and saturated animal fat
intake
H Avoidance of alcoholic beverages to decrease plasma
triglyceride levels
H Inclusion of polyunsaturated vegetable oils (reduces
plasma LDLs)
H Maintenance of exercise and physical fitness program
Type I
H Restricted fat intake (less than 20 g/day); 20- to
40-g/day, medium-chain triglyceride diet to supplement calorie intake
Type II
H Restriction of cholesterol intake to less than 300 mg/
day for adults and less than 150 mg/day for children;
restricted triglyceride intake (to less than 100 mg/
day for children and adults); and diet high in polyunsaturated fats
Type III
H Restricted cholesterol intake (to less than 300 mg/
day) and carbohydrates; increased polyunsaturated
fats
Type IV
H Restricted cholesterol intake; increased polyunsaturated fats
Type V
H Long-term maintenance of a low-fat diet; 20- to 40-g/
day medium-chain triglyceride diet
Medications
H Statins, such as rosuvastatin, atorvastatin, and sim-
vastatin
H Nicotinic acid (niacin)
H Bile acid resins, such as cholestyramine-sucrose and
colestipol
H Fibrates, such as gemfibrozil and fenofibrate
Surgery
H If unable to tolerate drug therapy, surgical creation
of an ileal bypass
H For severely affected homozygote children, portacav-
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed antilipemics.
H Prevent or minimize adverse reactions.
H Urge the patient to adhere to the prescribed diet.
H Assist the patient with additional lifestyle changes.
H Encourage verbalization of fears related to premature
CAD.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Adverse reactions
H Serum lipoproteins
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms related to CAD or its sequelae
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to maintain a steady weight and strictly adhere to the prescribed diet (for the 2 weeks preceding serum cholesterol and serum triglyceride tests),
and to fast for 12 hours before the test
H the need to avoid excessive sugar intake and alcoholic beverages
H minimized intake of saturated fats (higher in meats
and coconut oil)
H increased intake of polyunsaturated fats (vegetable
oils)
H avoidance of hormonal contraceptives or drugs that
contain estrogen
H foods high in cholesterol and saturated fats
H the prescribed medication regimen and possible
adverse effects
H signs and symptoms requiring medical evaluation.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for a medically supervised exercise
program.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
H Refer the patient to a dietitian, if necessary.
Hyperlipoproteinemia
399
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 400
Hypermagnesemia
Overview
Incidence
H Rarely occurs in the United States
Common characteristics
See Clinical effects of hypermagnesemia.
Description
Complications
H Respiratory depression
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Cardiac arrest
Pathophysiology
H Magnesium enhances neuromuscular integration and
stimulates parathyroid hormone secretion, thus regulating intracellular fluid calcium levels.
H Magnesium may also regulate skeletal muscles
through its influence on calcium utilization by depressing acetylcholine release at synaptic junctions.
H Magnesium activates many enzymes for proper carbohydrate and protein metabolism, aids in cell metabolism and the transport of sodium and potassium
across cell membranes, and influences sodium,
potassium, calcium, and protein levels.
H About one-third of magnesium taken into the body is
absorbed through the small intestine and is eventually excreted in the urine; remaining unabsorbed magnesium is excreted in the stool.
Causes
H Chronic renal insufficiency
H Use of magnesium-containing laxatives, especially
Risk factors
H Advanced age
H Pregnancy
H Neonates whose mothers received magnesium sulfate
during labor
H Patients receiving magnesium sulfate to control
seizures
Assessment
History
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Drowsiness
H Confusion
Physical findings
H Flushed appearance
H Hypotension
H Weak pulse
H Muscle weakness
H Hyporeflexia (see Testing the patellar reflex)
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum magnesium levels are greater than 2.5 mEq/L.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows prolonged PR interval,
widened QRS complex, and tall T waves.
Treatment
General
H Identification and correction of the underlying cause
H Increased fluid intake
H Peritoneal dialysis or hemodialysis
Medications
H Loop diuretics, such as furosemide, with impaired
renal function
H Calcium gluconate (10%)
400
Hypermagnesemia
Dysfunction
Effects
Cardiovascular
Neurologic
Neuromuscular
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 401
Supine position
Flex the patients knee at a 45-degree angle, and
place your nondominant hand behind it for support
(as shown below). Then test the reflex.
Nursing considerations
Patient teaching
Key outcomes
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of abusing laxatives and antacids containing magnesium, particularly in elderly patients or
those patients with compromised renal function
H hydration requirements
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Nursing interventions
H Provide sufficient fluids for adequate hydration and
diately.
H Watch patients receiving a cardiac glycoside and
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Magnesium levels
H Electrolyte levels
H Intake and output
H Cardiac rhythm
H Neuromuscular system
H Level of consciousness
H Respiratory status
Hypermagnesemia
401
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 402
Hypernatremia
Incidence
Overview
elderly patients)
Description
H Excessive serum levels of the sodium cation relative
to body water
Pathophysiology
Common characteristics
H Pulmonary edema
H Circulatory disorders
H Decreased level of consciousness (see Clinical
effects of hypernatremia)
Complications
H Seizures
H Coma
H Permanent neurologic damage
Causes
H Decreased water intake
H Excess adrenocortical hormones, as in Cushings syn-
drome
H Antidiuretic hormone deficiency (diabetes insipidus)
H Salt intoxication (less common), which may be pro-
Risk factors
H People unable to drink voluntarily
Assessment
History
H Fatigue
H Restlessness, agitation
H Weakness
H Disorientation
H Lethargy
Physical findings
H Flushed skin
H Dry, swollen tongue
H Sticky mucous membranes
H Low-grade fever
H Twitching
H Hypertension, dyspnea (with hypervolemia)
H Orthostatic hypotension and oliguria (with hypo-
volemia)
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum sodium level is greater than 145 mEq/L.
H Urine sodium level is less than 40 mEq/24 hours,
with high serum osmolality.
402
Hypernatremia
Dysfunction
Effects
Cardiovascular
Cutaneous
Gastrointestinal
Genitourinary
Oliguria
Neurologic
Respiratory
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 403
Treatment
General
H Treatment of underlying cause
H Administration of sodium-free solutions (such as
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain a normal sodium level
H maintain stable vital signs
H remain alert and oriented to his environment.
Nursing interventions
H Obtain a drug history to check for drugs that pro-
replacement therapy.
Monitoring
H Serum sodium levels
H Intake and output
H Neurologic status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of sodium restriction
H low-sodium diet
H prescribed drugs
H signs and symptoms of hypernatremia
H avoiding over-the-counter medications that contain
sodium.
Hypernatremia
403
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 404
Hyperparathyroidism
Overview
Description
H Characterized by a greater than normal secretion of
Pathophysiology
H In primary hyperparathyroidism, one or more of the
parathyroid glands enlarges, increasing PTH secretion and elevating serum calcium levels or an adenoma secretes PTH, unresponsive to negative feedback
of serum calcium.
H In secondary hyperparathyroidism, excessive compensatory production of PTH stems from a hypocalcemia-producing abnormality outside the parathyroid gland, which isnt responsive to PTH such as
decreased intestinal absorption of calcium or vitamin D.
H Increased PTH levels act directly on the bone and the
kidney tubules, resulting in an increase in extracellular calcium.
H Renal excretion and uptake into the soft tissues or
skeleton cant compensate for increased calcium.
Causes
H Adenoma
H Genetic disorders
H Multiple endocrine neoplasia
H Dietary vitamin D or calcium deficiency
H Decreased intestinal absorption of vitamin D or
calcium
H Chronic renal failure
H Osteomalacia
H Ingestion of drugs such as phenytoin
H Laxative ingestion
H Idiopathic
Incidence
H More common in females than in males
H Increased incidence in postmenopausal females
H Onset usually between ages 35 and 65
Common characteristics
H Bone pain and tenderness
H Renal calculi
H Abdominal distress
H Anxiety and depression
Complications
H Osteoporosis
H Subchondral fractures
H Traumatic synovitis
H Renal calculi and colic
H Renal insufficiency and failure
H Peptic ulcers
H Cholelithiasis
H Cardiac arrhythmias
404
Hyperparathyroidism
H Vascular damage
H Heart failure
H Muscle atrophy
H Depression
Assessment
History
H Recurring nephrolithiasis
H Polyuria
H Hematuria
H Chronic lower back pain
H Easy fracturing
H Osteoporosis
H Constant, severe epigastric pain that radiates to the
back
H Abdominal pain
H Anorexia, nausea, and vomiting
H Constipation
H Polydipsia
H Muscle weakness, particularly in the legs
H Lethargy
H Personality disturbances
H Depression
H Overt psychosis
H Cataracts
H Anemia
Physical findings
H Muscle weakness and atrophy
H Psychomotor disturbances
H Stupor and, possibly, coma
H Skin necrosis
H Subcutaneous calcification
Test results
Laboratory
IN PRIMARY DISEASE
H Alkaline phosphatase level is increased.
H Osteocalcin level is increased.
H Tartrate-resistant acid phosphatase level is increased.
H Serum PTH level is increased.
H Serum phosphorus level is decreased.
H Urine and serum calcium and serum chloride levels
are increased.
H Creatinine levels may be increased.
H Basal acid secretion may be increased.
H Serum amylase may be increased.
IN SECONDARY DISEASE
H Serum calcium level is normal or slightly decreased.
H Serum phosphorus level is variable.
H Serum PTH level is increased.
Imaging
H X-rays show diffuse bone demineralization, bone
cysts, outer cortical bone absorption, and subperiosteal erosion of the phalanges and distal clavicles in
primary disease.
H X-ray spectrophotometry shows increased bone
turnover in primary disease.
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 405
raphy, ultrasonography, thyroid angiography, computed tomography scan, and magnetic resonance
imaging may show location of parathyroid lesions.
Treatment
General
H In primary disease, treatment to decrease calcium
levels
H In renal failure, dialysis
H In secondary disease, treatment to correct underlying
cause of parathyroid hypertrophy
H Increased oral fluid intake
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
Primary disease
H Bisphosphonates
H Oral sodium or potassium phosphate
H Calcitonin
H Plicamycin, if primary disease is metastatic
Secondary disease
H Vitamin D therapy
H Aluminum hydroxide
H Glucocorticoids
Postoperatively
H I.V. magnesium and phosphate
H Sodium phosphate
H Supplemental calcium
H Vitamin D or calcitriol
Surgery
H With primary hyperparathyroidism, removal of ade-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain current weight
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain balanced fluid volume status
H perform activities of daily living without excessive
fatigue
H express positive feelings about self.
After parathyroidectomy
H Keep a tracheotomy tray and endotracheal tube setup
at the bedside.
H Maintain seizure precautions.
H Place the patient in semi-Fowlers position.
H Support the patients head and neck with sandbags.
H Have the patient ambulate as soon as possible.
ALERT
Watch for complaints of tingling in the hands and
around the mouth. If these symptoms dont subside
quickly, they may be prodromal signs of tetany, so
keep I.V. calcium gluconate or calcium chloride
available for emergency administration.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Serum calcium levels
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status
After parathyroidectomy
H Increased neuromuscular irritability
H Complications
H Neck edema
H Chvosteks sign
H Trousseaus sign
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H the signs and symptoms of tetany, respiratory distress, and renal dysfunction
H the need for periodic blood tests
H avoidance of calcium-containing antacids and thiazide diuretics
H the need to wear medical identification jewelry.
Nursing interventions
H Obtain baseline serum potassium, calcium, phos-
Hyperparathyroidism
405
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 406
Hyperphosphatemia
Common characteristics
Overview
Complications
Description
H Excessive serum levels of phosphate
H Reflects the kidneys inability to excrete excess phos-
phorus
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
H Anorexia
H Decreased mental status
H Nausea and vomiting
Causes
H Hypocalcemia
H Hypervitaminosis D
H Hypoparathyroidism
H Renal failure
H Overuse of laxatives with phosphates or phosphate
enemas
H Certain drugs (see Drugs and supplements causing
hyperphosphatemia)
H Acid-base imbalance
Risk factors
H Muscle necrosis
H Infection
H Heat stroke
H Trauma
H Chemotherapy
Incidence
H Occurs most commonly in children, who tend to
Physical findings
H Hyperreflexia
H Hypocalcemic electrocardiogram changes
H Muscle weakness and cramps
H Papular eruptions
H Paresthesia
H Presence of Chvosteks or Trousseaus sign
H Abdominal spasm
H Tetany
H Visual impairment
H Conjunctivitis
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum phosphorus level is greater than 4.5 mg/dl.
H Serum calcium level is less than 8.9 mg/dl.
H Blood urea nitrogen and creatinine levels are increased.
Imaging
H X-ray studies may reveal skeletal changes caused by
osteodystrophy in chronic hyperphosphatemia.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show changes characteristic of hypercalcemia.
Treatment
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Peritoneal dialysis or hemodialysis (if severe)
H Discontinuation of drugs associated with hyperphos-
phatemia
406
Hyperphosphatemia
H Low-phosphorus diet
H Activity, as tolerated
H I.V. saline solution
Medications
H Aluminum
H Magnesium
H Calcium gel
H Phosphate-binding antacids
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 407
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate vital signs
H have a normal phosphorus level
H express understanding of condition and treatment
H maintain a low-phosphorus diet.
Nursing interventions
H Provide safety measures.
H Be alert for signs of hypocalcemia.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Give phosphate-binding antacids with meals to in-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Phosphorus and calcium levels
H Intake and output
H Renal studies
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications
H avoidance of preparations that contain phosphorus
H avoidance of high-phosphorus foods. (See Foods
high in phosphorus.)
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a dietitian and social services, if
indicated.
Hyperphosphatemia
407
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 408
Hyperpituitarism
Overview
Description
H Glucose intolerance
H Diabetes mellitus
H Severe psychological stress
Assessment
History
Pathophysiology
H Progressive excessive secretion of pituitary GH
occurs.
H Acromegaly occurs after epiphyseal closure, causing
Causes
H GH-producing adenoma of the anterior pituitary
gland
H Excessive GH secretion
H Excessive GH-releasing hormone
H Possible genetic cause
Incidence
Acromegaly
H Occurs equally in males and females
H Usually occurs between ages 30 and 50
Gigantism
H Affects infants and children
Common characteristics
H Progressive enlargement of the face, hands and feet,
Complications
H Arthritis
H Carpal tunnel syndrome
H Osteoporosis
H Kyphosis
H Hypertension
H Arteriosclerosis
H Cardiomegaly and heart failure
H Blindness
H Severe neurologic disturbances
408
Hyperpituitarism
bances
Physical findings
H Enlarged jaw, thickened tongue
H Enlarged and weakened hands
H Coarsened facial features
H Oily or leathery skin
H Prominent supraorbital ridge
H Deep, hollow-sounding voice
H Cartilaginous and connective tissue overgrowth
H Skeletal abnormalities
Special populations
In infants, inspection reveals a highly arched
palate, muscular hypotonia, slanting eyes, and
exophthalmos.
Test results
Laboratory
H GH radioimmunoassay shows increased plasma GH
levels and levels of insulin-like growth factor I.
H Glucose suppression test fails to suppress the hormone level to below the accepted norm of 2 ng/ml.
Imaging
H Skull X-rays, computed tomography scan, or magnetic resonance imaging shows location of pituitary tumor.
H Bone X-rays show a thickening of the cranium and
long bones and osteoarthritis in the spine.
Treatment
General
H Treatment to curb overproduction of GH
H Pituitary radiation therapy
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 409
Medications
H Replacement of thyroid, cortisone, and gonadal hor-
Surgery
H Transsphenoidal hypophysectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
in place postoperatively
H hormone replacement therapy, if ordered
H the need to wear a medical identification bracelet
H follow-up examinations
H possible tumor recurrence.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling to help
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Provide reassurance that mood changes result from
ALERT
Report large increases in urine output after
surgery, which may indicate diabetes insipidus.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Serum glucose levels
H Signs and symptoms of hyperglycemia
After surgery
H Signs and symptoms of increased intracranial pressure (ICP) and intracranial bleeding
H Respiratory status
H Surgical incisions and dressings
H Complications
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Signs and symptoms of hormonal deficiency
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
Hyperpituitarism
409
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 410
Hypersplenism
Overview
Description
H Exaggerated splenic activity and, possibly, spleno-
Assessment
History
H Frequent bacterial infection
H Frequent bruising
H Spontaneous hemorrhaging from the mucous mem-
megaly
H Results in peripheral blood cell deficiency as the
spleen traps and destroys peripheral blood cells
H May be primary or secondary
H Fever
H Weakness
H Palpitations
H Weight loss
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
tions accelerate indiscriminately, automatically removing antibody-coated, aging, and abnormal cells,
even though some cells may be functionally normal.
H The spleen may also temporarily sequester normal
platelets and red blood cells (RBCs), withholding
them from circulation. In this manner, the enlarged
spleen may trap as many as 90% of the bodys
platelets and up to 45% of its RBC mass.
Causes
H Idiopathic (see Causes of splenomegaly)
H An extrasplenic disorder, such as chronic malaria,
Incidence
H Affects all ages
H Affects males and females equally
Common characteristics
H Anemia
H Leukopenia
H Thrombocytopenia
H Splenomegaly
H Easy bruising
Test results
Laboratory
H Hemoglobin level is decreased (as low as 4 g/dl).
H White blood cell count is decreased (less than
4,000/l).
H Platelet count is decreased (less than 125,000/l).
H Reticulocyte count is elevated (more than
75,000/l).
Imaging
H Ultrasound or splenic scan shows enlarged spleen or
possible underlying cause such as a tumor.
H A high spleen-liver ratio of radioactivity indicates
splenic destruction or sequestration.
Treatment
General
Complications
H Bleeding
H Postsplenectomy infection and thromboembolic
Medications
disease
Surgery
Causes of splenomegaly
Congestive
H Cirrhosis, thrombosis
Cystic or neoplastic
Hyperplastic
Infectious
Infiltrative
410
Hypersplenism
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
H maintain stable vital signs
H understand restrictions imposed by illness
H not show signs of bleeding.
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 411
Nursing interventions
H If splenectomy is scheduled, administer preoperative
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Signs of bleeding
H Complete blood cell count
H Signs of infection
After surgery
H Pain control
H Wound site
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs and symptoms of infection
H activity restrictions.
Hypersplenism
411
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 412
Hypertension
Overview
Description
H Intermittent or sustained elevation of diastolic or sys-
Common characteristics
H Serial blood pressure measurements:
Complications
H Cardiac disease
H Renal failure
H Blindness
H Stroke
Pathophysiology
Several theories
H Changes in arteriolar bed cause increased peripheral
vascular resistance.
H Abnormally increased tone in the sympathetic nervous system originating in the vasomotor system centers causes increased peripheral vascular resistance.
H Increased blood volume results from renal or hormonal dysfunction.
H Increase in arteriolar thickening caused by genetic
factors leads to increased peripheral vascular resistance.
H Abnormal renin release results in the formation of
angiotensin II, which constricts the arterioles and
increases blood volume.
Causes
H Unknown, in most cases
H 5% to 10% due to underlying condition, certain
Risk factors
H Family history
H Blacks in the United States
H Stress
H Obesity
H High-sodium, high-saturated fat diet
H Use of tobacco
H Use of hormonal contraceptives
H Excess alcohol intake
H Sedentary lifestyle
H Aging
Incidence
H Affects about 33% of adults in the United States
H Essential hypertension: 90% to 95% of cases
412
Hypertension
Assessment
History
incidentally during evaluation for another disorder
or during a routine blood pressure screening program
H Symptoms that reflect the effect of hypertension on
the organ systems
H Awakening with a headache in the occipital region,
which subsides spontaneously after a few hours
H Dizziness, fatigue, confusion
H Palpitations, chest pain, dyspnea
H Epistaxis
H Hematuria
H Blurred vision
Physical findings
H Bounding pulse
H S4
H Peripheral edema in late stages
H Hemorrhages, exudates, and papilledema of the eye
aneurysm
H Elevated blood pressure on at least two consecutive
or the carotids
Test results
Laboratory
H Urinalysis may show protein, red blood cells, or
white blood cells, suggesting renal disease, or glucose, suggesting diabetes mellitus.
H Serum potassium levels less than 3.5 mEq/L may indicate adrenal dysfunction (primary hyperaldosteronism).
H Blood urea nitrogen levels normal or elevated to
more than 20 mg/dl and serum creatinine levels normal or elevated to more than 1.5 mg/dl suggest renal
disease.
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 413
Imaging
H Excretory urography may reveal renal atrophy, indicating chronic renal disease; one kidney more than
5
8(1.6 cm) shorter than the other suggests unilateral renal disease.
H Chest X-rays may demonstrate cardiomegaly.
H Renal arteriography may show renal artery stenosis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show left ventricular hypertrophy or ischemia.
H An oral captopril challenge may be done to test for
renovascular hypertension.
H Ophthalmoscopy reveals arteriovenous nicking and,
in hypertensive encephalopathy, edema.
Treatment
General
H Lifestyle modification, such as weight control, limit-
Medications
H Diuretics, such as furosemide, hydrochlorothiazide,
and indapamide
H Beta-adrenergic blockers, such as atenolol and
metoprolol
lifestyle, as appropriate.
Monitoring
H Vital signs, especially blood pressure
H Signs and symptoms of target end-organ damage
H Complications
H Response to treatment
H Risk factor modification
H Adverse effects of antihypertensive agents
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to use a self-monitoring blood pressure cuff and
to record the reading in a journal for review by the
physician
H the importance of compliance with antihypertensive
therapy and establishing a daily routine for taking
prescribed drugs
H the need to report adverse effects of drugs
H the need to avoid high-sodium antacids and overthe-counter cold and sinus medications containing
harmful vasoconstrictors
H examining and modifying lifestyle, including diet
H the need for a routine exercise program, particularly
aerobic walking
H dietary restrictions
H the importance of follow-up care.
Discharge planning
nisoldipine
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, such as
benazepril, captopril, and enalapril
H Alpha-blockers, such as doxazosine and prazosin
H Vasodilators, such as hydralazine and minoxidil
H Angiotensin-receptor blockers, such as olmesartan,
candesartan, and irbesartan
H Aldosterone antagonists, such as eplerenone and
spironolactone
H Combination alpha- and beta-blockers, such as
carvedilol and labetalol
H Alpha-receptor antagonist such as clonidine
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H develop no arrhythmias
H express feelings of increased energy
H comply with the therapy regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage dietary changes, as appropriate.
Hypertension
413
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 414
Hyperthyroidism
Overview
Description
H An alteration in thyroid function in which thyroid
Pathophysiology
H In Graves disease, thyroid-stimulating antibodies
bind to and stimulate the thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) receptors of the thyroid gland.
H The trigger for this autoimmune disease is unclear.
H Its associated with the production of autoantibodies
possibly caused by a defect in suppressor-T-lymphocyte function that allows the formation of these autoantibodies.
Causes
H Diseases that can cause hyperthyroidism:
Graves disease
Toxic multinodular goiter
Thyroid cancer
Increased TSH secretion
Genetic and immunologic factors
H Precipitating factors:
Excessive iodine intake
Stress
Surgery
Infection
Toxemia of pregnancy
Diabetic ketoacidosis
Incidence
H Graves disease: most common between ages 30 and
malities
H Only 5% of hyperthyroid patients younger than age 15
Common characteristics
H Increased metabolic rate
H Heat intolerance
H Increased tissue sensitivity to sympathetic nervous
system stimulation
H Goiter (almost always present)
H Exophthalmos
414
Hyperthyroidism
Complications
H Arrhythmias
H Left ventricular hypertrophy
H Heart failure
H Muscle weakness and atrophy
H Paralysis
H Osteoporosis
H Vitiligo
H Skin hyperpigmentation
H Corneal ulcers
H Myasthenia gravis
H Impaired fertility
H Decreased libido
H Gynecomastia
H Thyrotoxic crisis or thyroid storm
H Hepatic or renal failure
Assessment
History
Graves disease
H Nervousness, tremor
H Heat intolerance
H Weight loss despite increased appetite
H Sweating
H Frequent bowel movements
H Palpitations
H Poor concentration
H Shaky handwriting
H Clumsiness
H Emotional instability and mood swings
H Thin, brittle nails
H Hair loss
H Nausea and vomiting
H Weakness and fatigue
H Oligomenorrhea or amenorrhea
H Fertility problems
H Diminished libido
H Diplopia
Physical findings
Graves disease
H Enlarged thyroid (goiter)
H Exophthalmos
H Tremor
H Smooth, warm, flushed skin
H Fine, soft hair
H Premature graying and increased hair loss
H Friable nails and onycholysis
H Pretibial myxedema
H Thickened skin
H Accentuated hair follicles
H Tachycardia at rest
H Full, bounding pulses
H Arrhythmias, especially atrial fibrillation
H Wide pulse pressure
H Possible systolic murmur
H Dyspnea
H Hepatomegaly
H Hyperactive bowel sounds
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 415
atrophy
H Possible generalized or localized paralysis
H Gynecomastia
H Increased tearing
Test results
Laboratory
H Radioimmunoassay shows increased serum triiodothyronine and thyroxine concentrations.
H Serum protein-bound iodine is increased.
H Serum cholesterol and total lipid levels are
decreased.
H TSH level is decreased.
Imaging
H Thyroid scan shows increased uptake of radioactive
iodine (131I).
H Ultrasonography shows subclinical ophthalmopathy.
Treatment
General
H Adequate caloric intake
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Treatment with 131I: a single oral dose; treatment of
Surgery
H Subtotal (partial) thyroidectomy
H Surgical decompression
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain normal cardiac output
H maintain balanced fluid status
H have normal bowel movements
H remain normothermic.
gies.
H Offer emotional support.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Avoid excessive palpation of the thyroid.
After thyroidectomy
H Change dressings and perform wound care, as ordered.
H Keep the patient in semi-Fowlers position.
H Support the patients head and neck with sandbags.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Daily weight
H Intake and output
H Daily neck circumference
H Serum electrolyte results
H Hyperglycemia and glycosuria
H Electrocardiogram for arrhythmias and ST-segment
changes
H Complete blood count results
H Signs and symptoms of heart failure
H Frequency and characteristics of stools
After thyroidectomy
H Dressings
H Signs and symptoms of hemorrhage into the neck
H Surgical incision
H Dysphagia or hoarseness
H Signs and symptoms of hypocalcemia
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed drugs and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H the need for regular medical follow-up visits
H the need for lifelong thyroid hormone replacement
H the importance of wearing medical identification
jewelry
H precautions with 131I therapy
H signs and symptoms of hypothyroidism and hyperthyroidism
H eye care for ophthalmopathy.
Nursing interventions
H Minimize physical and emotional stress.
H Balance rest and activity periods.
H Keep the patients room cool and quiet and the
lights dim.
H Encourage the patient to dress in loose-fitting, cotton
clothing.
H Consult a dietitian to ensure a nutritious diet with ad-
Hyperthyroidism
415
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 416
Hypocalcemia
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Respiratory arrest
Overview
Assessment
Description
History
H Underlying cause
H Anxiety
H Irritability
H Seizures
H Muscle cramps
H Diarrhea
Pathophysiology
H Together with phosphorous, calcium is responsible
pulse transmission.
H It affects the contraction of cardiac muscle, smooth
Causes
Incidence
H Occurs equally in males and females
H Affects persons of all ages
Common characteristics
See Clinical effects of hypocalcemia.
Complications
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum calcium levels are less than 8.5 mg/dl.
H Ionized calcium levels are less than 4.5 mg/dl.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows lengthened QT interval,
prolonged ST segment, and arrhythmias.
Treatment
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Diet high in calcium and vitamin D
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Laryngeal spasm
H Seizures
Effects
Cardiovascular
Arrhythmias, hypotension
Gastrointestinal
Musculoskeletal
Neurologic
416
H Twitching
H Carpopedal spasm
H Tetany
H Hypotension
H Confusion
H Positive Chvosteks and Trousseaus sign (see Elicit-
Other
Physical findings
Blood-clotting abnormalities
Hypocalcemia
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H express an understanding of the disorder and treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Provide safety measures; institute seizure precau-
tions, if appropriate.
H Administer prescribed calcium replacement.
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 417
Chvosteks sign
To elicit this sign, tap the patients facial nerve just in front
of the earlobe and below the zygomatic arch or between
the zygomatic arch and the corner of the mouth, as shown
below.
Monitoring
H Cardiac rhythm
H Seizures
H Calcium levels
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper administration of calcium supplements
H the need to follow a high-calcium diet.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a dietitian and social services, if
indicated.
Trousseaus sign
In this test, occlude the brachial artery by inflating a blood
pressure cuff on the patients upper arm to a level between
diastolic and systolic blood pressure. Maintain this inflation for 3 minutes while observing the patient for carpal
spasm (shown below), which is Trousseaus sign.
Hypocalcemia
417
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 418
Hypochloremia
Overview
Description
H Deficient serum levels of the chloride anion
Pathophysiology
H Chloride accounts for two-thirds of all serum anions.
H Chloride is secreted by the stomachs mucosa as hy-
Causes
H Untreated diabetic ketoacidosis
H Addisons disease
H Chloride-deficient formula (for infants)
H Sodium-restricted diets
H Prolonged use of mercurial diuretics
H Administration of dextrose I.V. without electrolytes
H Prolonged diarrhea or diaphoresis
H Loss of hydrochloric acid in gastric secretions due to
Risk factors
H Cystic fibrosis
H Pyloric obstruction
H Draining fistula
H Ileostomy
H Heart failure
Common characteristics
Complications
H Respiratory arrest
H Seizures
H Coma
Assessment
History
H Risk factors for low chloride levels
H Agitation
H Irritability
Physical findings
H Muscle weakness
H Twitching
H Tetany
H Shallow, depressed breathing
H Hyperactive deep tendon reflexes
H Muscle cramps
H Cardiac arrhythmias
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum chloride level is less than 98 mEq/L.
H Serum sodium level is less than 135 mEq/L.
H Supportive values in metabolic alkalosis, include:
serum pH greater than 7.45
serum carbon dioxide level greater than
32 mEq/L.
Treatment
General
H Treatment of underlying condition
H High-sodium diet
H Activity, as tolerated
H Treatment of associated metabolic acidosis or elec-
trolyte imbalances
Medications
H Normal saline I.V. solution
H Ammonium chloride
H Potassium chloride (for metabolic acidosis)
occurs)
418
Hypochloremia
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 419
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H avoid complications.
Nursing interventions
H Offer foods high in chloride. (See Dietary sources of
chloride.)
H Provide environmental safety.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids and drugs.
Monitoring
H Level of consciousness
H Muscle strength and movement
H Cardiac rhythm
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Serum electrolyte levels
H Respiratory status
H Signs of metabolic alkalosis
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs and symptoms of electrolyte imbalance
H dietary supplements
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Hypochloremia
419
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 420
Life-threatening disorder
Incidence
H Affects up to 20% of hospitalized patients (significant
Hypokalemia
Overview
become hypokalemic
Description
H Deficient serum levels of the potassium anion
H Normal range for a serum potassium level narrow
Pathophysiology
H Potassium facilitates contraction of both skeletal and
Causes
Common characteristics
See Clinical effects of hypokalemia.
Complications
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Cardiac arrest
H Rhabdomyolysis
Assessment
History
H Muscle weakness
H Paresthesia
H Abdominal cramps
H Anorexia
H Nausea, vomiting
H Constipation
H Polyuria
Physical findings
H Hyporeflexia
H Weak, irregular pulse
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Decreased bowel sounds
Gastrointestinal
Genitourinary
Polyuria
Musculoskeletal
Neurologic
Malaise, irritability, confusion, mental depression, speech changes, decreased reflexes, respiratory paralysis
420
Hypokalemia
Effects
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 421
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum potassium levels are less than 3.5 mEq/L.
H pH and bicarbonate levels are elevated.
H Serum glucose level is slightly elevated.
Diagnostic procedures
H Characteristic electrocardiography changes, such as
flattened T wave, depressed ST segment and U wave,
are present.
Treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H monitoring intake and output
H preventing future episodes of hypokalemia
H need for a high-potassium diet (see Dietary sources
of potassium)
H warning signs and symptoms to report to the physician.
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H High-potassium diet
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Potassium chloride (I.V. or orally)
ALERT
A patient taking a diuretic may be switched to a
potassium-sparing diuretic to prevent excessive
urinary loss of potassium.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain a normal potassium level
H understand potential adverse effects of medications
H express an understanding of high-potassium foods.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Insert an indwelling urinary catheter.
H Implement safety measures.
H Be alert for signs of hyperkalemia after treatment.
H Administer I.V. fluids.
Monitoring
H Serum potassium levels
H Cardiac rhythm
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status
ALERT
A patient taking a cardiac glycoside, especially if
hes also taking a diuretic, should be monitored
closely for hypokalemia, which can potentiate the
action of the cardiac glycoside and cause toxicity.
Hypokalemia
421
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 422
Life-threatening disorder
Hypomagnesemia
Overview
Description
H Deficient serum levels of the magnesium cation
H Relatively common imbalance
Pathophysiology
H Magnesium enhances neuromuscular integration and
stimulates parathyroid hormone secretion, thus regulating intracellular fluid calcium levels.
H Magnesium may also regulate skeletal muscles.
H It activates many enzymes for proper carbohydrate
and protein metabolism, aids in cell metabolism and
the transport of sodium and potassium across cell
membranes, and influences sodium, potassium, calcium, and protein levels.
H About one-third of magnesium taken into the body is
absorbed through the small intestine and is eventually excreted in the urine; the remaining unabsorbed
magnesium is excreted in the stool.
H Decreased serum levels of magnesium, primarily
lead to dysfunction of the central nervous system and
neuromuscular, GI, and cardiac systems.
H Hypoparathyroidism
H Hypercalcemia
H Excessive release of adrenocortical hormones
H Certain drugs (see Drugs causing hypomagne-
semia)
Risk factors
H Sepsis
H Serious burns
H Wounds requiring debridement
Incidence
H Occurs in 10% to 20% of hospitalized patients (50%
Common characteristics
See Clinical effects of hypomagnesemia.
Complications
H Laryngeal stridor
H Seizures
H Respiratory depression
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Cardiac arrest
Assessment
Causes
History
H Malabsorption syndrome
H Chronic diarrhea
H Postoperative complications after bowel resection
H Chronic alcoholism
H Prolonged diuretic therapy
H Nasogastric suctioning
H Administration of parenteral fluids without magne-
H Dysphagia
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Drowsiness
H Confusion
H Leg and foot cramps
sium salts
H Starvation or malnutrition
H Severe dehydration
H Diabetic acidosis
H Hyperaldosteronism
Physical findings
H Tachycardia
H Hypertension
H Muscle weakness, tremors, twitching
H Hyperactive deep tendon reflexes
422
Hypomagnesemia
Effects
Cardiovascular
Neurologic
Neuromuscular
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 423
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum magnesium levels are less than 1.5 mEq/L.
H Other electrolyte abnormalities, such as below-normal serum potassium or calcium level, are present.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows abnormalities, such as
prolonged QT interval and atrioventricular block.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed drugs
H avoidance of drugs that deplete magnesium, such as
diuretics and laxatives
H the need to adhere to a high-magnesium diet
H danger signs and when to report them.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to Alcoholics Anonymous if appro-
Treatment
priate.
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Dietary replacement of magnesium
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Magnesium oxide
H Magnesium sulfate (I.M. or I.V.)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain a normal magnesium level
H understand the causes of high magnesium levels.
Nursing interventions
H Institute seizure precautions.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Report abnormal serum electrolyte levels
immediately.
ALERT
A low magnesium level may increase the bodys retention of a cardiac glycoside. Be alert for signs of
digoxin toxicity if your patient is taking digoxin.
H Ensure patient safety.
H Reorient the patient as needed.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Magnesium levels
H Electrolyte levels
H Intake and output
H Cardiac rhythm
H Level of consciousness
H Respiratory status
Hypomagnesemia
423
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 424
Hyponatremia
Overview
hypoaldosteronism
Description
H Deficient serum levels of the sodium cation in rela-
Pathophysiology
(SIADH), resulting from brain tumor, stroke, pulmonary disease, or neoplasm with ectopic antidiuretic hormone production
H Certain drugs, such as chlorpropamide and clofibrate (see Drugs causing hyponatremia)
Incidence
Causes
H Vomiting
H Suctioning
H Diarrhea
H Excessive perspiration or fever
H Use of potent diuretics
H Tap water enemas
H Excessive water intake
H Infusion of I.V. dextrose in water without other
solutes
H Malnutrition or starvation
H Low-sodium diet, usually in combination with one of
Common characteristics
H Pulmonary edema
H Circulatory disorders
H Decreased level of consciousness (LOC) (see Clini-
Complications
H Seizures
H Coma
H Permanent neurologic damage
Assessment
History
H Altered LOC
H Nausea
H Headache
H Muscle weakness
H Abdominal cramps
Physical findings
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Dry mucous membranes
H Poor skin turgor
Anticonvulsants
H carbamazepine
H chlorpropamide
H tolbutamide (rarely)
Antineoplastics
Sedatives
H cyclophosphamide
H vincristine
Antipsychotics
H fluphenazine
H thioridazine
H thiothixene
424
Hyponatremia
Dysfunction
Effects
Cardiovascular
Gastrointestinal
Genitourinary
Oliguria or anuria
Integumentary
Neurologic
Respiratory
Diuretics
H bumetanide
H ethacrynic acid
H furosemide
H thiazides
Antidiabetics
H barbiturates
H morphine
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 425
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum sodium level is less than than 135 mEq/L.
H Urine specific gravity is less than 1.010.
H Serum osmolality is less than 280 mOsm/kg (dilute
blood).
H Urine specific gravity is increased and urine sodium
level is elevated (0.20 mEq/L) in patients with
SIADH.
Treatment
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Restricted fluid intake
H High-sodium diet
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Oral sodium supplements
H Demeclocycline or lithium
H Administration of normal saline solution
H Hypertonic (3% or 5%) saline solutions (with serum
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain a normal sodium level
H maintain stable vital signs
H remain alert and oriented to his environment.
Nursing interventions
H Restrict fluid intake.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.
H Provide a safe environment.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Serum sodium levels
H Urine specific gravity
H Intake and output
H Neurologic status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H drug therapy and possible adverse effects
H dietary changes and fluid restrictions
H monitoring daily weight
H signs and symptoms to report to the physician.
Hyponatremia
425
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 426
Hypoparathyroidism
Overview
Description
H Deficiency in parathyroid hormone (PTH) secretion
Pathophysiology
H PTH normally maintains serum calcium levels by in-
Causes
H Autoimmune genetic disorder
H Congenital absence or malformation of the parathy-
roid glands
H Accidental removal of or injury to one or more
ing surgery
H Hemochromatosis
H Sarcoidosis
H Amyloidosis
H Tuberculosis
H Neoplasms
H Trauma
H Massive thyroid irradiation
H Hypomagnesemia-induced impairment of hormone
secretion
H Suppression of normal gland function due to hyper-
calcemia
H Delayed maturation of parathyroid function
H Abnormalities of the calcium-sensor receptor
Incidence
Common characteristics
H Muscle spasms
H Hyperreflexia
H Neuromuscular excitability
Complications
H Heart failure
H Cataracts
H Tetany
H Increased intracranial pressure
H Irreversible calcification of basal ganglia
H Bone deformities
H Laryngospasm, respiratory stridor, anoxia
H Vocal cord paralysis
H Seizures
H Death
Special populations
Hypoparathyroidism that develops during childhood results in malformed teeth.
Assessment
History
H Neck surgery or irradiation
H Malabsorption disorders
H Alcoholism
H Tingling in the fingertips, around the mouth and,
Physical findings
H Brittle nails
H Dry skin
H Coarse hair, alopecia
H Transverse and longitudinal ridges in the fingernails
H Loss of eyelashes and fingernails
H Stained, cracked, and decayed teeth
H Tetany
H Positive Chvosteks and Trousseaus signs
H Increased deep tendon reflexes
H Irregular, slow or rapid pulse
Test results
children
H Acquired form most common in older patients who
have undergone thyroid gland surgery
Laboratory
H Radioimmunoassay for PTH is decreased.
H Serum and urine calcium levels are decreased.
H Serum phosphate levels are increased.
H Urine creatinine levels are decreased.
426
Hypoparathyroidism
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 427
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan may show frontal lobe
and basal ganglia calcifications.
H X-rays may show increased bone density and bone
malformation.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows a prolonged QT interval.
Treatment
General
H To restore the calcium and associated mineral bal-
arrhythmias
H Signs and symptoms of decreased cardiac output
H Chvosteks sign
H Trousseaus sign
ALERT
Closely monitor the patient receiving digoxin and
calcium because calcium potentiates the effect of
digoxin. Stay alert for signs of digoxin toxicity.
Patient teaching
Medications
H Vitamin D
H Supplemental calcium
H Calcitriol
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H follow-up care
H complications
H periodic checks of serum calcium levels.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an alcoholism treatment program
Surgery
H To treat underlying cause such as tumor
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain normal cardiac output
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain intact skin integrity
H verbalize an understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Maintain a patent I.V. line.
H Keep emergency equipment readily available.
H Maintain seizure precautions.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Institute safety precautions.
H Encourage the patient to express his feelings.
H Offer emotional support.
H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Serum calcium and phosphorus levels
Hypoparathyroidism
427
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 428
Hypophosphatemia
Overview
Description
H Deficient serum phosphate levels
Pathophysiology
H Phosphorus exists primarily in inorganic combina-
Causes
H Inadequate dietary intake
H Commonly related to malnutrition resulting from a
droxide
H Arrhythmias
H Rhabdomyolysis
H Seizures
H Coma
Assessment
History
H Anorexia
H Memory loss
H Muscle and bone pain
H Fractures
H Chest pain
Physical findings
H Tremor and weakness in speaking voice
H Confusion
H Bruising and bleeding
Test results
H Serum phosphorus levels are less than 2.5 mg/dl.
Treatment
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Discontinuation of drugs that may cause hypophos-
Medications
phosphate content
H Renal tubular defects
H Tissue damage in which phosphorus is released by
injured cells
H Diabetic acidosis
Incidence
Key outcomes
Nursing considerations
Common characteristics
H Anorexia
H Muscle weakness
H Tremor
H Paresthesia
H Osteomalacia (when persistent)
H Peripheral hypoxia
Complications
H Heart failure
H Shock
428
Hypophosphatemia
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 429
Nursing interventions
H Provide safety measures.
H Administer prescribed phosphorus replacement.
H Assist with ambulation and activities of daily living.
Monitoring
H Respiratory status
H Neurologic status
H Phosphorus and calcium levels
H Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper administration of phosphorus supplements
H the need to adhere to a high-phosphorus diet. (See
Foods high in phosphorus, page 407.)
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a dietitian and social services, if
indicated.
Hypophosphatemia
429
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 430
Hypopituitarism
Overview
Description
H Partial or complete failure of the anterior pituitary
Pathophysiology
H The pituitary gland is extremely vulnerable to is-
Causes
H Tumor
H Congenital defects
H Pituitary gland hypoplasia or aplasia
H Pituitary infarction
H Partial or total hypophysectomy by surgery, irradia-
Incidence
H Relatively rare
H Occurs in adults and children
H Affects males and females equally
Common characteristics
H Metabolic dysfunction
H Sexual immaturity
H Growth retardation
H Fatigue
Complications
H Any combination of deficits in the production of the
430
Hypopituitarism
H Corticotropin deficiency
H Gonadotropin and prolactin deficiency
H Pituitary apoplexy (a medical emergency)
H High fever, shock, coma, and death
H Diabetes insipidus
Special populations
In children, hypopituitarism can cause dwarfism
and pubertal delay.
Assessment
History
H Signs and symptoms dependent on which pituitary
Physical findings
GH deficiency
H Physical signs possibly not apparent in neonate
H Growth retardation usually apparent at age 6 months
In children:
H Chubbiness from fat deposits in the lower trunk
H Short stature
H Delayed secondary tooth eruption
H Delayed puberty
H Average height of 4 (1.2 m), with normal proportions
H More subtle signs in adults (fine wrinkles near the
mouth and eyes)
Gonadotropin (FSH and LH) deficiency
in women
H Breast atrophy
H Sparse or absent axillary and pubic hair
H Dry skin
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 431
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum thyroxin levels are decreased in diminished
thyroid gland function due to lack of TSH.
H Radioimmunoassay shows decreased plasma levels of
some or all of the pituitary hormones.
H Increased prolactin levels may indicate a lesion in
the hypothalamus or pituitary stalk.
H Oral administration of metyrapone may show the
source of low hydroxycorticosteroid levels in serum
or urine.
H Insulin administration shows low levels of corticotropin, indicating pituitary or hypothalamic failure.
H Dopamine antagonist administration evaluates prolactin secretory reserve.
H I.V. administration of gonadotropin-releasing hormone may distinguish pituitary and hypothalamic
causes of gonadotropin deficiency.
H Provocative testing shows persistently low GH and
insulin-like growth factor-1 levels, confirming GH
deficiency.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scans, magnetic resonance
imaging, or cerebral angiography may show the presence of intrasellar or extrasellar tumors.
Treatment
General
H If caused by a lesion or tumor, removal, radiation, or
Special populations
Children with hypopituitarism may also need
adrenal and thyroid hormone replacement and, as
they approach puberty, sex hormones.
Surgery
H For pituitary tumor
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain body weight
H maintain normal body temperature
H demonstrate age-appropriate skills and behavior to
the extent possible
H verbalize feelings of positive self-esteem.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage maintenance of adequate calorie intake.
H Offer small, frequent meals.
H Keep the patient warm.
H Institute safety precautions.
H Provide emotional support.
H Encourage the patient to express his feelings.
Monitoring
H Laboratory tests for hormonal deficiencies
H Calorie intake
H Daily weight
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Signs and symptoms of pituitary apoplexy, a medical
emergency
H Signs and symptoms of hypoglycemia
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H long-term hormonal replacement therapy and adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H regular follow-up appointments
H energy-conservation techniques
H the need for adequate rest
H the need for a balanced diet.
Discharge planning
H Refer the parents for psychological counseling or to
community resources.
Medications
H Hormone replacement, appropriate to deficiency
Hypopituitarism
431
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 432
Hypothermia
Overview
Description
H Lowering of the core body temperature to below
95 F (35 C)
H Systemic reaction, rather than localized
H Produces chemical changes in body
H Can be fatal
Pathophysiology
Complications
H Fatal coagulation disorders
H Renal failure
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Cardiorespiratory arrest
Assessment
History
Causes
H Interference with the bodys temperature regulation
Risk factors
H Youth
H Increased age
H Lack of insulating subcutaneous body fat
H Wet or inadequate clothing
H Drug abuse
H Cardiac disease
H Hypothyroidism
H Fatigue
H Malnutrition
H Excessive alcohol intake
H Smoking
H Certain medications
Incidence
H About 600 elderly people in the United States dying
Common characteristics
H Change in mental status
H Uncontrollable shivering
432
Hypothermia
Physical findings
H Mild core body temperature between 90 and
95 F (32.2 and 35 C)
Cool skin
Fatigue
Slow gait
Apathy
Slurred speech
Confusion
Shivering
Muscle weakness
H Moderate core body temperature between 82
and 86 F (27.8 and 30 C)
Cold skin
Cyanosis
Bradycardia
Atrial and ventricular arrhythmias
Hypotension
Stupor or coma
Muscular rigidity
Generalized edema
Slowed reflexes
Poorly reactive pupils
Oliguria
H Severe core body temperature below 82 F
(27.8 C)
Very cold skin
Muscle rigidity
Apnea
Ventricular fibrillation
Unresponsiveness
Fixed pupils
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count may indicate hemoconcentration or anemia from blood loss or cell damage.
H Liver enzyme studies may be increased due to organ
damage.
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 433
Treatment
Patient teaching
General
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H ways to prevent recurrence
H effects of alcohol, smoking, and drugs that increase
risks
H diseases that may predispose patient to recurrence.
Medications
H Antiarrhythmic agents such as lidocaine, if indicated
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H show signs of adequate cardiac output
H express feelings of comfort and warmth
H verbalize an understanding of the condition and how
to prevent recurrence
H attain and maintain normal body temperature
H maintain adequate ventilation.
Nursing interventions
H Administer CPR if necessary.
H Assist with rewarming procedures, as ordered.
H Administer medications, as ordered.
H Provide supportive environment for anxious patient
and family.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Temperature
H Cardiac and ventilatory status
H Neurologic status
H Intake and output
H Skin integrity during rewarming due to possible
burns
H Complete blood count
H Coagulation and liver enzyme study results
H Urinalysis test results
H Serum amylase, glucose, electrolyte, and blood urea
nitrogen levels
H Arterial blood gas levels
Hypothermia
433
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 434
Hypothyroidism
H Cardiomegaly
H Heart failure
H Pleural and pericardial effusion
Overview
GI complications
H Achlorhydria
H Anemia
H Dynamic colon
H Megacolon
H Intestinal obstruction
H Bleeding tendencies
Other complications
H Conductive or sensorineural deafness
H Psychiatric disturbances
H Carpal tunnel syndrome
H Benign intracranial hypertension
H Impaired fertility
H Myxedema coma
Description
H Clinical condition characterized by either decreased
Pathophysiology
H In primary hypothyroidism, a decrease in TH pro-
Causes
H Autoimmune thyroiditis (Hashimotos) (most com-
mon cause)
H Thyroid gland surgery
H Radioactive iodine therapy
H Inflammatory conditions
H Endemic iodine deficiency
H Antithyroid drugs
H Congenital defects
H Amyloidosis
H Sarcoidosis
H External radiation to the neck
H Drugs, such as iodides and lithium
H Pituitary failure to produce TSH
H Hypothalamic failure to produce thyrotropin-
releasing hormone
H Postpartum pituitary necrosis
H Pituitary tumor
H Idiopathic
Incidence
H Most prevalent in females
H In the United States, increased incidence in people
Common characteristics
H Decreased energy metabolism
H Decreased heat production
Complications
Cardiovascular complications
H Hypercholesterolemia
H Arteriosclerosis
H Ischemic heart disease
H Peripheral vascular disease
434
Hypothyroidism
Assessment
History
H Vague and varied symptoms that developed slowly
over time
H Energy loss, fatigue
H Forgetfulness
H Sensitivity to cold
H Unexplained weight gain
H Constipation
H Anorexia
H Decreased libido
H Menorrhagia
H Paresthesia
H Joint stiffness
H Muscle cramping
Physical findings
H Slight mental slowing to severe obtundation
H Thick, dry tongue
H Hoarseness; slow, slurred speech
H Dry, flaky, inelastic skin
H Puffy face, hands, and feet
H Periorbital edema; drooping upper eyelids
H Dry, sparse hair with patchy hair loss
H Loss of outer third of eyebrow
H Thick, brittle nails with transverse and longitudinal
grooves
H Ataxia, intention tremor; nystagmus
H Doughy skin that feels cool
H Weak pulse and bradycardia
H Muscle weakness
H Sacral or peripheral edema
H Delayed reflex relaxation time
H Possible goiter
H Absent or decreased bowel sounds
H Hypotension
H A gallop or distant heart sounds
H Adventitious breath sounds
H Abdominal distention or ascites
9400H.qxd
8/2/12
4:35 PM
Page 435
Test results
Laboratory
H Radioimmunoassay shows decreased serum levels of
T3 and T4.
H Serum TSH level is increased with thyroid insufficiency and decreased with hypothalamic or pituitary
insufficiency.
H Serum cholesterol, alkaline phosphatase, and triglycerides levels are elevated.
H Serum electrolytes show low serum sodium levels in
myxedema coma.
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows decreased pH and
increased partial pressure of carbon dioxide in
myxedema coma.
Imaging
H Skull X-rays, computed tomography scan, and magnetic resonance imaging may show pituitary or hypothalamic lesions.
H Thyroid scan and uptake evaluates structure and
function.
Treatment
General
H To restore and maintain a normal thyroid state
H Need for long-term thyroid replacement
H Low-fat, low-cholesterol, high-fiber, low-sodium diet
H Possibly fluid restriction
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Synthetic hormone levothyroxine
H Synthetic liothyronine
Surgery
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Cardiovascular status
H Pulmonary status
H Edema
H Bowel sounds, abdominal distention, frequency of
bowel movements
H Mental and neurologic status
H Signs and symptoms of hyperthyroidism
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H physical and mental changes
H signs and symptoms of myxedema
H the need for lifelong hormone replacement therapy
H the need to wear a medical identification bracelet
H the importance of keeping accurate records of daily
weight
H the need to adhere to a well-balanced, high-fiber,
low-sodium diet
H energy-conservation techniques.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and family members to a mental
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain stable vital signs
H demonstrate normal laboratory values
H maintain balanced fluid volume status
H consume adequate daily calorie requirements
H express positive feelings about self.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide adequate rest periods.
H Apply antiembolism stockings.
H Encourage coughing and deep-breathing exercises.
H Maintain fluid restrictions and a low-sodium diet.
H Provide a high-bulk, low-calorie diet.
H Reorient the patient, as needed.
H Offer support and encouragement.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Keep the patient warm, as needed.
Hypothyroidism
435
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 436
Idiopathic
thrombocytopenic
purpura
Overview
Description
H A deficiency of platelets occurring when the immune
Pathophysiology
H Circulating immunoglobulin (Ig) G molecules react
Causes
H Viral infection
H Immunization with a live virus vaccine
H Immunologic disorders
H Drug reactions
Incidence
Special populations
Acute ITP usually affects children between ages 2
and 6; chronic ITP mainly affects adults younger
than age 50, especially women between ages 20
and 40.
Common characteristics
H Epistaxis
H Bleeding gums
H Hemorrhages into the skin, mucous membranes, and
Complications
H Hemorrhage
H Cerebral hemorrhage
H Purpuric lesions of vital organs (such as the brain
and kidney)
436
Assessment
History
H Epistaxis
H Bleeding gums
H Menorrhagia
H Recent viral illness
Physical findings
H Petechiae or ecchymosis
H Bleeding into mucous membranes
H Splenomegaly
Test results
Laboratory
H Platelet count is less than 20,000/l.
H Bleeding time is prolonged.
H Platelets are of abnormal size and appearance.
H Hemoglobin level is decreased (if bleeding occurred).
H Bone marrow studies show abundant megakaryocytes (platelet precursor cells) and a circulating
platelet survival time of only several hours to a few
days.
H Humoral tests measure platelet-associated IgG (onehalf of all patients with ITP display elevated IgG
levels).
Treatment
General
H Rest periods between activities
H Complete bed rest during active bleeding
H Well-balanced diet
Medications
Acute
H Glucocorticoids to prevent further platelet destruction by immunosuppression
H IgG or Rho immunoglobulin
H Rituximab
H Chemotherapy
Chronic
H Vitamin K
H Corticosteroids such as prednisone
Surgery
H Splenectomy (when splenomegaly accompanies the
initial thrombocytopenia)
Other
H Platelet transfusion with profuse bleeding
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 437
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H demonstrate the use of protective measures, including conserving energy, maintaining a balanced diet,
and getting plenty of rest
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H express positive feelings about self.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed platelets.
H Provide emotional support.
H Protect all areas of petechia and ecchymoses from
further injury.
Monitoring
H Signs of bleeding
H Platelet count
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to observe for petechiae, ecchymoses, and other
signs of recurrence
H avoiding aspirin and ibuprofen
H avoiding straining during defecation and coughing
H bleeding precautions.
Discharge planning
H Advise the patient to carry medical identification to
437
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 438
Impetigo
Overview
Description
H Contagious, superficial bacterial skin infection
H Nonbullous and bullous forms
H May complicate chickenpox, eczema, and other skin
Pathophysiology
Nonbullous impetigo
H Eruption occurs when bacteria inoculate traumatized
skin cells.
H Lesions begin as small vesicles, which rapidly erode.
H Honey-colored crusts surrounded by erythema are
formed.
Bullous impetigo
H Eruption occurs in nontraumatized skin via bacterial
toxin or exotoxin.
H Lesions begin as thin-walled bullae and vesicles.
H Lesions contain clear to turbid yellow fluid; some
crusting exists. (See Recognizing impetigo.)
Risk factors
H Poor hygiene
H Untreated minor trauma
H Overcrowded living conditions
H Lesions of preexisting eczema, chickenpox, scabies
H Other skin rashes
H Anemia
H Malnutrition
Incidence
H Most common among infants, children, and young
adults
H More common in warm ambient temperatures
H Predominant during late summer and early fall
Common characteristics
H Painlessness
H Tender, red macule or papule
H Pustules
Complications
H Acute glomerulonephritis
H Ecthyma (see Comparing ecthyma and impetigo)
H Exfoliative eruption (staphylococcal scalded-skin
syndrome)
Causes
Assessment
H Bacterial infection
H Spread by autoinoculation through scratching
History
Recognizing impetigo
In impetigo, when the vesicles break, crust forms from the
exudate. This infection is especially contagious among
young children.
Physical findings
Nonbullous impetigo
H Small, red macule or vesicle becoming pustular within a few hours
H Characteristic thick, honey-colored crust forming
from the exudate
H Satellite lesions due to autoinoculation
Bullous impetigo
H Thin-walled vesicle
H Thin, clear crust forming from exudate
H Lesion appearing as a central clearing circumscribed
by an outer rim
Test results
Laboratory
H Gram stain of vesicular fluid shows infecting
organism.
H Culture and sensitivity testing of exudate or denuded
crust shows infecting organism.
H White blood cell count is elevated.
438
Impetigo
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 439
Treatment
General
H Removal of exudate by washing lesions two to three
Medications
H Antibiotics as appropriate
H Antihistamines
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit improved or healed wounds or lesions
H report feelings of increased comfort
H demonstrate proper skin care regimen
H verbalize feelings about changed body image.
Discharge planning
H Encourage the patient to schedule follow-up appoint-
Nursing interventions
H Use meticulous hand-washing technique.
H Follow standard precautions.
H Remove crusts by gently washing with bactericidal
image.
H Comply with local public health standards and
guidelines.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse drug reactions
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prevention techniques (see Preventing the spread of
impetigo)
H trimming fingernails short
H regular bathing with bactericidal soap
H identification of characteristic lesions
H completion of prescribed medications
H possible adverse reactions
H lesion care.
Prevention
Impetigo
439
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 440
Infectious
mononucleosis
Assessment
History
H Contact with a person having infectious mononu-
Overview
Description
H An acute infectious disease that causes fever, sore
Pathophysiology
H Virus enters and replicates in epithelial cells of the
oropharynx and B cells of tonsillar tissue, causing alteration of shape and function of the infected cells.
H Infected B cells activate cell-mediated immunity with
proliferation of abnormal cytotoxic T cells in lymphoid tissues.
H Lymphoproliferation stops when cytotoxic T cells are
able to destroy infected B cells.
Causes
cleosis
H Headache
H Malaise
H Fatigue
H Sore throat
H Fever
H Loss of appetite
H Muscle aches or stiffness
Physical findings
H Exudative tonsillitis, pharyngitis
H Palatal petechiae
H Periorbital edema
H Maculopapular rash that resembles rubella
H Cervical adenopathy; possible inguinal and axillary
adenopathy
H Splenomegaly, hepatomegaly, jaundice
Test results
group
H Spread by contact with oral secretions (kissing)
H Also transmitted during bone marrow transplantation
and blood transfusion
Laboratory
H White blood cell (WBC) count is increased 10,000 to
20,000/l during the second and third weeks of illness; lymphocytes and monocytes account for 50% to
70% of the total WBC count; 10% of the lymphocytes
are atypical.
H Fourfold increase in heterophil antibodies (agglutinins for sheep red blood cells) during the acute
phase and at 3- to 4-week intervals.
H Antibodies to EBV and cellular antigens are shown by
indirect immunofluorescence.
H Liver function studies are abnormal.
Incidence
H Primarily affects young adults and children
H Common and widespread in early childhood in de-
Common characteristics
H Incubation period of about 4 to 6 weeks in young
adults
H Prodromal symptoms include headache, malaise,
Complications
H Splenic enlargement or rupture
H Aseptic meningitis
H Encephalitis
H Hemolytic anemia
H Pericarditis
H Guillain-Barr syndrome
H Secondary bacterial throat infection
H Hepatitis
440
Infectious mononucleosis
Treatment
General
H Essentially supportive
H Nutritious diet
H Soft food (with throat soreness)
H Frequent rest periods
H Avoidance of strenuous activity or contact sports until
fully recovered
Medications
H Acetaminophen or ibuprofen
H Steroids such as prednisone
Surgery
H Splenectomy for splenic rupture
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 441
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain temperature within normal limits
H conserve energy while performing daily activities to
tolerance level
H identify factors that intensify pain and change behavior accordingly
H express needs and communicate whether needs are
met.
Prevention
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide warm saline gargles for symptomatic relief of
sore throat.
H Provide adequate fluids and nutrition.
H Plan care to provide frequent rest periods.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Fatigue
H Nutritional status
H Liver function tests
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H expectation that convalescence may take several
weeks
H need for bed rest during the acute illness
H explanation that theres a period of prolonged communicability
H prevention techniques (see Preventing the spread of
infectious mononucleosis)
H benefits of bland foods, milk shakes, fruit juices, and
broths to minimize throat discomfort.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an otolaryngologist for marked
Infectious mononucleosis
441
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 442
Influenza
Overview
Description
H An acute, highly contagious infection of the respirato-
ry tract
H Has capacity for antigenic variation (ability to mutate
Pathophysiology
H The virus invades the epithelium of the respiratory
Causes
H Type A, most prevalent; strikes annually with new
to 6 years
H Type C endemic; causes only sporadic cases
H Infection transmitted by inhaling a respiratory
droplet from an infected person or by indirect contact (drinking from a contaminated glass)
Incidence
H Affects all age-groups; highest incidence among
school-age children
H Greatest severity (may lead to death) in young chil-
Common characteristics
H Flu symptoms after incubation period of 24 to
Complications
H Pneumonia
H Myositis
H Exacerbation of chronic obstructive pulmonary
disease
H Reyes syndrome
H Myocarditis
H Pericarditis
H Transverse myelitis
H Encephalitis
Assessment
History
H Usually, recent exposure (typically within 48 hours)
past season
H Headache
H Malaise
H Myalgia
H Fatigue, listlessness, weakness
Physical findings
H Fever (usually higher in children)
H Signs of croup, dry cough
H Red, watery eyes; clear nasal discharge
H Erythema of the nose and throat without exudate
H Tachypnea, shortness of breath, cyanosis
H With bacterial pneumonia, purulent or bloody
sputum
H Cervical adenopathy and tenderness
H Breath sounds may be diminished in areas of con-
solidation
H Nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea possibly occurring,
Test results
H After an epidemic is confirmed, diagnosis requires
48 hours
H Sudden onset of chills, fever (101 to 104 F [38.3
442
Influenza
Treatment
General
H Fluid and electrolyte replacements
H Oxygen and assisted ventilation, if indicated
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 443
Medications
H Acetaminophen
H Guaifenesin or expectorant
H Amantadine for influenza A
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased energy level
H maintain a normal temperature
H express feelings of increased comfort and relief from
pain
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain respiratory rate within 5 breaths/minute of
baseline.
Prevention
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Follow standard precautions.
H Administer oxygen therapy, if warranted.
Monitoring
H Temperature
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration
H Respiratory status
H Response to treatment
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H mouthwash or warm saline gargles to ease sore
throat
H importance of increased fluids to prevent dehydration
H warm bath or a heating pad to relieve myalgia
H prevention techniques. (See Preventing the spread
of influenza.)
Influenza
443
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 444
Inguinal hernia
Overview
Description
H Protrusion of part of an internal organ through an
Pathophysiology
H In an inguinal hernia, the large or small intestine,
Causes
elderly people
Common characteristics
H A lump that appears over the herniated area when
Complications
H Strangulation
H Intestinal obstruction
H Infection (after surgery)
Assessment
History
H Sharp or catching pain when lifting or straining
Physical findings
H Obvious swelling or lump in the inguinal area (large
Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count is elevated (with intestinal
obstruction).
H Indirect
Incidence
H Indirect hernias: more common; may develop at any
Identifying a hernia
Palpation of the inguinal area while the patient is performing Valsalvas maneuver confirms the diagnosis of inguinal hernia. To detect a hernia in a male patient, ask the patient to stand with his ipsilateral leg slightly flexed and his
weight resting on the other leg. Insert an index finger into
the lower part of the scrotum and invaginate the scrotal
skin so the finger advances through the external inguinal
ring to the internal ring (about 12 to 2 [1 to 5 cm]
through the inguinal canal). Tell the patient to cough. If
pressure is felt against the fingertip, an indirect hernia exists; if pressure is felt against the side of the finger, a direct hernia exists.
444
Inguinal hernia
Treatment
General
H Manual reduction
H Truss
H Activity, as tolerated
H Nothing by mouth if surgery necessary
Medications
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics as appropriate
H Electrolyte replacement
Surgery
H Herniorrhaphy
H Hernioplasty
H Bowel resection (with strangulation or necrosis)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H have normal bowel function
H avoid complications.
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 445
Umbilical
Umbilical hernia results from abnormal muscular structures
around the umbilical cord. This hernia is quite common in
neonates but also occurs in females who are obese or who
have had several pregnancies. Because most umbilical hernias in infants close spontaneously, surgery is warranted
only if the hernia persists for more than 4 to 5 years. Taping
or binding the affected area or supporting it with a truss may
relieve symptoms until the hernia closes. A severe congenital umbilical hernia, which allows the abdominal viscera to
protrude outside the body, must be repaired immediately.
Incisional
Incisional (ventral) hernia develops at the site of previous
surgery, usually along vertical incisions. This hernia may result from a weakness in the abdominal wall, caused by an
infection, impaired wound healing, inadequate nutrition, extreme abdominal distention, or obesity. Palpation of an inci-
Inguinal
Inguinal hernia can be direct or indirect. An indirect inguinal
hernia causes the abdominal viscera to protrude through the
inguinal ring and follow the spermatic cord (in males) or
round ligament (in females). A direct inguinal hernia results
from a weakness in the fascial floor of the inguinal canal.
Femoral
Femoral hernia occurs where the femoral artery passes into
the femoral canal. Typically, a fatty deposit within the femoral canal enlarges and eventually creates a hole big enough
to accommodate part of the peritoneum and bladder. A femoral hernia appears as a swelling or bulge at the pulse point
of the large femoral artery. Its usually a soft, pliable, reducible, nontender mass but commonly becomes incarcerated or strangulated.
Umbilical
Incisional
Inguinal
Femoral
Nursing interventions
H Apply a truss after a hernia has been reduced.
H Administer prescribed drugs for pain.
H Encourage coughing and deep breathing.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Pain control
H Signs of strangulation or incarceration
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of lifting heavy objects or straining during
bowel movements
H signs and symptoms of infection (oozing, tenderness,
warmth, and redness) at the incision site
H wound care
H after surgery, not resuming normal activity or returning to work without the surgeons permission.
Discharge planning
H Encourage the patient to schedule follow-up appoint-
Inguinal hernia
445
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 446
Pathophysiology
H A bite or sting can injure the skin, and secretions re-
Causes
H Toxic effects of venom
H Hypersensitivity response
Incidence
H Unknown
Common characteristics
Local reaction
H Mild discomfort to moderate or severe pain
H Erythema and warmth
H Tenderness
H Edema of surrounding tissues
H Severe local reaction
H Generalized erythema
H Urticaria
H Pruritic edema
Systemic response
H All of the above symptoms
H Anxiety, disorientation
H Weakness
H GI disturbances
H Dizziness
H Hypotension
H Stridor
H Dyspnea and cough
H Cardiovascular collapse
Complications
H Anaphylaxis
H Hemolytic anemia
H Rarely, thrombocytopenia (brown recluse spider
only)
446
Assessment
History
Tick bite
H Itching at the affected site
H Tick observed at lesion
Brown recluse spider bite
H Minimal initial pain that increases over time
H Fever, chills, malaise, weakness
H Nausea, vomiting
H Joint pain
Black widow spider bite
H Pinprick sensation, followed by dull, numbing pain
H Leg bite: severe pain and large-muscle cramping
H Vertigo
H Chills and sweats
Bee, wasp, or yellow jacket sting
H Pain and pruritus
H Generalized weakness
H Chest tightness
H Dizziness
H Nausea and vomiting
H Abdominal cramps
H Throat constriction
Fire ant sting
H Immediate pain, itching, and burning
Physical findings
Tick bite
H Tick paralysis
H Expanding skin lesion, erythema migrans
Brown recluse spider bite
H Bleb (blister)
H Bluish ring around bite
H Joint pain
H Seizures
H Petechiae
Black widow spider bite
H Rigid, painful abdomen
H Rigidity and pain in the chest, shoulders, and back
(if arm bite)
H Extreme restlessness (systemic)
H Pallor
H Seizures, especially in children
H Hyperactive reflexes
H Hypertension
H Tachycardia with thready pulse
H Circulatory collapse
Bee, wasp, or yellow jacket sting
H Raised, reddened wheal, possibly with a protruding
stinger from the bee, wasp, or yellow jacket
H Wheezing
H Hypotension
Fire ant sting
H Clear vesicles with surrounding erythema
H Pustule
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 447
Test results
Surgery
Laboratory
H Urinalysis shows hematuria (black widow spider
bite).
H White blood cell count is increased (black widow
spider bite).
H Anemia panel shows hemolytic anemia (brown
recluse spider bite).
H Platelet count shows thrombocytopenia (brown
recluse spider bite).
Other
H Identification of the insect is difficult unless stung by
a honeybee or bumblebee, which typically leaves a
stinger with a venom sac in the lesion.
Treatment
General
Tick bite
H Tick removal
H Symptomatic therapy for severe symptoms
Brown recluse spider bite
H Cool compresses and elevation of extremity
H I.V. fluids
Black widow spider bite
H Ice packs
Bee, wasp, yellow jacket, or fire ant sting
H Ice application
H Elevation of affected extremity
H Supportive treatment
H No dietary restrictions
H Nothing by mouth if severe, systemic reaction
H Rest to limit toxic effects of venom
Medications
Tick bite
H Antipruritics
H Antibiotics
Doxycycline, amoxicillin, or cefuroxime axetil for
Lyme disease
Doxycycline for Rocky Mountain spotted fever
Brown recluse spider bite
H Corticosteroids
H Antibiotic ointment
H Antihistamines
H Tranquilizers
H Tetanus prophylaxis
Black widow spider bite
H Antivenin I.V.
H Calcium gluconate I.V.
H Muscle relaxants
H Adrenaline or antihistamines
H Tetanus immunization
H Oxygen for respiratory difficulty
Bee, wasp, yellow jacket, or fire ant sting
H Antihistamines such as diphenhydramine
H Steroids for severe reactions
H Bronchodilator such as epinephrine
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation and a patent airway
H express feelings of increased comfort
H regain skin integrity
H maintain normal fluid volume.
Nursing interventions
H Keep the affected part immobile.
H Clean the bite or sting site with antiseptic.
H Apply ice.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emergency resuscitation.
Tick bite
H Remove the tick promptly and carefully.
H Use tweezers to grasp the tick near its head or
mouth, and gently pull to remove the whole tick without crushing it.
H If possible, seal the tick in a plastic bag and keep it
in case the patient needs to see a physician. Otherwise, flush the tick down the toilet or burn it.
Brown recluse spider bite
H Clean the lesion with a 1:20 Burows aluminum
acetate solution.
H Apply antibiotic ointment, as ordered.
Black widow spider bite
H Remove all jewelry.
H Apply cool compresses.
H Avoid cutting into the wound or applying suction.
Bee, wasp, or yellow jacket sting
H Scrape stinger off; dont pull or squeeze it, which
releases more toxin.
Fire ant sting
H Apply cool compresses.
H Gently wash the bite area, leaving the blister intact.
H Be prepared to intervene for an acute severe allergic
reaction (rare).
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status
H General appearance
H Changes at the bite or sting site
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of insect bites and stings
H examination of the body for ticks after being outdoors
H removal of ticks
H medical identification jewelry or card
H anaphylaxis kit use
H insect repellent use.
447
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 448
Life-threatening disorder
Intestinal obstruction
Overview
Description
H Partial or complete blockage of the lumen of the
Common characteristics
H Abdominal pain
H Change in bowel habits
Complications
H Perforation
H Peritonitis
H Septicemia
H Secondary infection
H Metabolic alkalosis or acidosis
H Death
Pathophysiology
H Mechanical or nonmechanical (neurogenic) block-
Causes
Mechanical obstruction
H Adhesions
H Strangulated hernias
H Carcinomas
H Foreign bodies
H Compression of the bowel wall from stenosis,
intussusception, volvulus of the sigmoid or cecum,
tumors, and atresia
Nonmechanical obstruction
H Paralytic ileus
H Electrolyte imbalances
H Toxicity, such as that associated with uremia or
generalized infection
H Neurogenic abnormalities
H Thrombosis or embolism of mesenteric vessels
Risk factors
H Abdominal surgery
H Radiation therapy
H Gallstones
H Inflammatory bowel disease
Incidence
H Diagnosed in about 20% of hospital admissions for
abdominal illness
H Occurs equally in males and females
448
Intestinal obstruction
Assessment
History
H Recent change in bowel habits
H Hiccups
Mechanical obstruction
H Colicky pain
H Nausea, vomiting
H Constipation
Nonmechanical obstruction
H Diffuse abdominal discomfort
H Frequent vomiting
H Severe abdominal pain (if obstruction results from
vascular insufficiency or infarction)
Physical findings
Mechanical obstruction
H Distended abdomen
H Borborygmi and rushes (occasionally loud enough to
be heard without a stethoscope)
H Abdominal tenderness
H Rebound tenderness
Nonmechanical obstruction
H Abdominal distention
H Decreased bowel sounds (early), then absent bowel
sounds
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum sodium, chloride, and potassium levels are
decreased.
H White blood cell counts are elevated.
H Serum amylase level is elevated if pancreas is irritated by a bowel loop.
H Blood urea nitrogen level is increased (with dehydration).
Imaging
H Abdominal X-rays reveal the presence and location of
intestinal gas or fluid. In small-bowel obstruction, a
typical stepladder pattern emerges, with alternating
fluid and gas levels apparent in 3 to 4 hours.
H Barium enema reveals a distended, air-filled colon or
a closed loop of sigmoid with extreme distention (in
sigmoid volvulus).
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 449
Treatment
Patient teaching
General
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder (focusing on the patients type of intestinal obstruction), diagnosis, and treatment
H techniques for coughing and deep breathing, and use
of an incentive spirometer
H colostomy or ileostomy care, if appropriate
H incision care
H postoperative activity limitations and why these restrictions are necessary
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of following a structured bowel regimen,
particularly if the patient had a mechanical obstruction due to fecal impaction.
distention
H Treatment of shock and peritonitis
H Nothing by mouth if surgery planned
H Parenteral nutrition until bowel is functioning
H High-fiber diet when obstruction relieved
H Bed rest during acute phase
H Postoperatively, avoidance of lifting and contact
sports
Medications
H Broad-spectrum antibiotics
H Analgesics
H Blood replacement
Surgery
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an enterostomal therapist, if
indicated.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain normal fluid volume
H return to normal bowel function
H maintain caloric requirement
H maintain stable vital signs.
Nursing interventions
H Insert a nasogastric (NG) tube and attach to
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of shock
H Bowel sounds and signs of returning peristalsis
H NG tube function and drainage
H Pain control
H Abdominal girth measurement to detect progressive
distention
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Electrolytes and signs and symptoms of metabolic de-
rangements
H Wound site (postoperatively)
Intestinal obstruction
449
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 450
Life-threatening disorder
Intussusception
Overview
Description
H Lymphoid hyperplasia
H Meckels diverticulum
H Alterations in intestinal motility
In adults
H Benign or malignant tumors (65% of patients)
H Polyps
H Meckels diverticulum
H Gastroenterostomy with herniation
H Appendiceal stump
Incidence
Pathophysiology
H A bowel section invaginates and is propelled by peri-
stalsis.
H More bowel is pulled in, causing edema, obstruction,
and pain.
Causes
Common characteristics
H Intermittent attacks of colicky pain
H Vomiting
H Abdominal guarding
Complications
to seasonal peaks.
In infants
H Unknown
In older children
H Polyps
H Hemangioma
H Lymphosarcoma
Assessment
Understanding intussusception
In intussusception, a bowel section invaginates and is propelled along by peristalsis, pulling in more bowel. This illustration shows intussusception of a portion of the transverse colon. Intussusception typically produces edema,
hemorrhage from venous engorgement, incarceration, and
obstruction.
Invaginated bowel
History
H Intermittent attacks of colicky pain
H Pain that causes the child to scream, draw his legs up
Physical findings
H Distended, tender abdomen
H Guarding over the intussusception site
H Palpable sausage-shaped abdominal mass in the right
Cecum
Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count up to 15,000/l indicates
obstruction; more than 15,000/l, strangulation;
and more than 20,000/l, bowel infarction.
450
Intussusception
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 451
Imaging
H Barium enema confirms colonic intussusception
when it shows the characteristic coiled-spring sign;
it also delineates the extent of intussusception.
H Upright abdominal X-rays may show a soft-tissue
mass and signs of complete or partial obstruction,
with dilated loops of bowel.
Treatment
General
H Hydrostatic reduction
H Bowel decompression
H Nothing by mouth until bowel functions properly
H Bed rest until condition is resolved
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H wound care
H signs and symptoms of infection
H parental participation in their childs care to minimize the stress of hospitalization (visiting hours
should be flexible).
Discharge planning
H Encourage the patients family to make follow-up ap-
Medications
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics if infection occurs
Surgery
H Indicated for children with recurrent intussuscep-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H avoid complications
H maintain normal fluid volume
H have family members who understand the disorder
and treatment regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Offer reassurance and emotional support to the pa-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Hydration status
H Nasogastric tube function and drainage
H Bowel sounds, stools, abdominal distention
H Wound site (after surgery)
H For recurrence in the first 36 to 48 hours after
reduction
Intussusception
451
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 452
Irritable bowel
syndrome
Overview
Description
Physical findings
H Normal bowel sounds
H Tympany over a gas-filled bowel
Test results
Pathophysiology
H Precise etiology unclear
H Involves a change in bowel motility, reflecting an ab-
Causes
H Anxiety and stress
H Dietary factors, such as fiber, raw fruits, coffee, alco-
hol, and foods that are cold, highly seasoned, or laxative in nature
Other possible triggers
H Hormones
H Laxative abuse
H Allergy to certain foods or drugs
H Lactose intolerance
Incidence
H Occurs mostly in females, with symptoms first emerg-
Common characteristics
serious disorders.
Laboratory
H Stool examination is negative for occult blood, parasites, and pathogenic bacteria.
H Complete blood count, serologic tests, serum albumin, and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are normal.
Imaging
H Barium enema may reveal colonic spasm and a tubular appearance of the descending colon. Its also
used to rule out certain other disorders, such as diverticula, tumors, and polyps.
Diagnostic procedures
H Sigmoidoscopy may disclose spastic contractions.
Treatment
General
H Stress management
H Lifestyle modifications
H Diet based on the patients symptoms
H Initially, an elimination diet
H Avoidance of sorbitol, nonabsorbable carbohydrates,
Medications
Complications
Assessment
History
H Chronic constipation, diarrhea, or both
H Lower abdominal pain (typically in the left lower
452
amitriptyline
H 5HT3-receptor antagonist such as alosetron
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain adequate caloric intake
H have normal bowel function
H express positive feelings about self
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 453
regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Because the patient generally isnt hospitalized for ir-
Monitoring
H Weight
H Diet
H Bowel movements
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary plans and implementation
H need to drink 8 to 10 glasses of water or other compatible fluids daily
H proper use of prescribed medication, reviewing desired effects and possible adverse reactions
H need to implement lifestyle changes that reduce
stress
H smoking cessation
H need for regular physical examinations. (For patients
older than age 40, emphasize the need for colorectal
cancer screening, including annual proctosigmoidoscopy and rectal examinations.)
453
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 454
Juvenile rheumatoid
arthritis
Overview
Description
Pathophysiology
H If juvenile rheumatoid arthritis (JRA) isnt arrested,
Physical findings
Systemic JRA
H Mild, transient arthritis or frank polyarthritis with
fever and rash
H Behavior may clearly suggest joint pain and fatigue
H Painful breathing and nonspecific abdominal pain
H Fatigue, shortness of breath, palpitations, and fever
H Resting or exertional tachycardia; arrhythmias; jugular vein distention; heart murmurs
H Hepatic, splenic, and lymph node enlargement
H Friction rub associated with pericarditis
Polyarticular JRA
H Pain in the wrists, elbows, knees, ankles, and small
joints of the hands and feet
H Pain in larger joints, including the temporomandibular, cervical spine, hips, and shoulders
H Tenderness, stiffness, and swelling of joints
H Possible low-grade fever with daily peaks
H Weight loss
H Noticeable developmental retardation
H Hepatic, splenic, and lymph node enlargement
H Subcutaneous nodules on the elbows or heels
Pauciarticular JRA
H Pain in the hips, knees, heels, feet, ankles, and elbows
H Eye redness, blurred vision, and photophobia
H Lower back pain
Causes
Test results
H Unknown
H Suggested link to genetic factors or an abnormal im-
Laboratory
H Serum hemoglobin levels are decreased, and neutrophil (neutrophilia) and platelet (thrombocytosis)
levels are increased; other findings include elevated
erythrocyte sedimentation rate and elevated C-reactive protein, serum haptoglobin, immunoglobulin,
and C3 complement levels.
H Antinuclear antibody test is positive in patients with
polyarticular JRA and in those with pauciarticular
JRA with chronic iridocyclitis.
H Rheumatoid factor (RF) appears in about 15% of patients with JRA. (In contrast, about 85% of patients
with rheumatoid arthritis test positive for RF; patients
with polyarticular JRA may test positive for RF.)
H Human leukocyte antigen-B27 forecasts later development of ankylosing spondylitis.
Imaging
H X-ray studies demonstrate early structural changes
associated with JRA. These include soft-tissue
swelling, effusion, and periostitis in affected joints.
Later evidence includes osteoporosis and accelerated
bone growth followed by subchondral erosions,
joint-space narrowing, bone destruction, and fusion.
mune response
H Viral or bacterial (streptococcal) infection, trauma,
Incidence
H May occur as early as age 6 weeks but seldom before
Common characteristics
H Joint stiffness in the morning
Complications
H Flexion contractures
H Ocular damage and loss of vision
H Retarded growth and development
Assessment
History
H Common complaint of joint stiffness in morning or
454
Treatment
General
H Physical therapy
H Splints
H Heat application during passive exercises
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 455
Medications
H Analgesic such as acetaminophen
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)
H Disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs, such as
principal).
Discharge planning
H Consult an occupational therapist to assess the pa-
Surgery
H Soft-tissue releases to improve mobility
H Joint replacement (delayed until child matures physi-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H recognize and express feelings about limitations due
to illness
H identify factors that increase risk for injury
H maintain optimum mobility.
Nursing interventions
H Focus nursing care on reducing pain and promoting
mobility.
H During inflammatory exacerbations, administer
Monitoring
H Pain level
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding
H Nutritional status
H Joint mobility
H Adverse drug effects
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need to encourage the child to be as independent as
possible
H need for regular slit-lamp examinations to enable
early diagnosis and treatment of iridocyclitis
H signs and symptoms of bleeding caused by NSAID
therapy (instructing the patient to take these medications with meals or milk to reduce adverse GI reactions)
455
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 456
Kaposis sarcoma
masses
Overview
H Dyspnea
H Edema from lymphatic obstruction
H Wheezing and hypoventilation
Description
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Tissue biopsy shows the type and stage of the lesion.
(See Laubensteins stages in Kaposis sarcoma.)
(AIDS)related cancer
H Characterized by obvious, colorful lesions
H Most common internal sites: lungs and GI tract
(esophagus, oropharynx, and epiglottis)
Pathophysiology
Treatment
General
damage.
H When associated with AIDS, it progresses aggressively, involving the lymph nodes, the viscera and, possibly, GI structures.
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
from obstructing lesions in the oral cavity or extremities and edema caused by lymphatic blockage); also
for cosmetic improvement
H High-calorie, high-protein diet
H Small meals
H Limited activity
H Frequent rest periods
Medications
Incidence
H Chemotherapy
H Biological response modifier
Surgery
small), using local excision, electrodesiccation and
curettage, or cryotherapy
Common characteristics
H History of AIDS
H Lesions of various shapes, sizes, and colors
Complications
H Severe pulmonary involvement, resulting in respira-
tory distress
H GI involvement, leading to digestive problems
Assessment
History
H Possible history of AIDS
H Pain (in advanced cases)
Physical findings
H Several lesions of various shapes, sizes, and colors
456
Kaposis sarcoma
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 457
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no further weight loss
H express positive feelings about self
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain a patent airway
H exhibit no signs and symptoms of infection.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and offer support.
H Inspect the skin for new lesions and skin breakdown.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide rest periods.
Monitoring
H Adverse effects of treatment
H Vital signs
H Pain control
H Nutritional status
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H infection prevention techniques and, if necessary, basic hygiene measures to prevent infection (especially
if the patient also has AIDS)
H the need for ongoing treatment and care.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resources and support
services.
Kaposis sarcoma
457
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 458
Kawasaki syndrome
Overview
Description
H A noncontagious, febrile, self-limited disorder of un-
known origin
H Affects the mucus membranes, lymph nodes, blood
Pathophysiology
H An infection results in altered immune function.
H Antibodies increase as a result of the infection and
blood vessels.
Causes
H Possible genetic role after exposure to an unknown
Risk factors
H None known
H No known preventive measures
Incidence
H Peak incidence in boys younger than age 4, but can
occur up to puberty
H Affects boys 112 times more commonly than girls
H Occurs more commonly in late winter and spring
H Most common in Japan or in Japanese or Korean
location
H Rarely occurs twice in the same household
Common characteristics
Acute phase
H High fever for 5 days or more (up to 106.5 F
[41.4 C]) unresponsive to antipyretics
H Lethargy and irritability
H Reddened, swollen hands and feet
H Inflamed mucous membrane of eyes
H Strawberry tongue with red, cracked lips
H Rash in trunk area
H Enlarged cervical lymph nodes
H Abdominal pain, anorexia, and diarrhea resulting
from internal lymph node swelling
H Reddened, swollen joints
Subacute phase
H Begins about 10 days after the onset of symptoms
458
Kawasaki syndrome
Convalescent phase
H Occurs between the 25th and 40th days
H May continue beyond 40 days without distinguishing
features
Complications
H Vasculitis leading to aneurysm and myocardial infarc-
tion
H Death (2% of patients with Kawasaki syndrome dying
disease develops
H Myocarditis
H Pericarditis
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Abnormal valve functioning
Assessment
History
H Fever of 5 days or more, unresponsive to antipyretics
H Occurrence of characteristic symptoms
Physical findings
H Reddened, swollen hands and feet
H Inflamed mucous membrane of eyes
H Strawberry tongue with red, cracked lips
H Rash in trunk area
H Enlarged cervical lymph nodes
H Reddened, swollen joints
H Possible enlarged gallbladder
Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count and erythrocyte sedimentation
rate are elevated in acute phase.
H Platelet count is elevated in the subacute phase.
H Culture results are all negative.
H Liver function test results are elevated.
H Complete blood count shows anemia.
H Urinalysis may show pyuria or proteinuria.
Imaging
H Sequential echocardiograms detect artery disease.
H Chest X-ray rules out cardiomegaly or subclinical
pneumonitis.
Treatment
General
H Hospitalization
H Symptomatic
H Prevention of complications
H Soft, nonirritating foods
H Avoidance of citrus (mouth sores)
H Activity, as tolerated
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 459
Medications
H I.V. gamma globulin
H Aspirin
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate tissue perfusion
H have normal vital signs
H have a capillary refill time of less than 5 seconds
H experience a tolerable pain level
H experience increased comfort
H maintain adequate nutrition.
Nursing interventions
H Observe for signs of heart failure, such as tachycar-
capillary refill.
H Observe and report joint swelling and redness.
H Observe and report nature of rash.
H Keep clothing from constricting or irritating rash.
H Moisten lips with lip balm to prevent cracking.
H Offer frequent fluids.
H Observe for signs of GI upset, such as nausea and
vomiting.
H Avoid pressure on the extremities with edema.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Complications such as chest pain, arrhythmias, and
electrocardiogram changes
H Edema changes
H Intake and output
H Nutritional status
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of I.V. immunoglobulin: allergic reac-
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis and treatment
H aspirin therapy during and after hospitalization
H reporting exposure to viral illnesses, such as influenza or chickenpox, while taking aspirin, in order to
prevent Reyes syndrome
H possibility of long-term management if cardiac complications exist
H need to delay immunizations (especially the measlesmumps-rubella and chickenpox vaccines) when immunoglobulin is given.
Discharge planning
H Encourage the patient to schedule a follow-up exami-
nation in 2 to 3 weeks.
Kawasaki syndrome
459
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 460
Keratitis
Overview
Description
H Infection of the cornea
H Usually affects only one eye
H May be acute or chronic
Pathophysiology
Common characteristics
H Photophobia
H Pain
H Lacrimation
Complications
H Blindness
H Corneal scarring or perforation
Assessment
History
infection.
H Inflammation may be deep or superficial.
Causes
H Viral, bacterial, or fungal infection
H Congenital syphilis
Risk factors
H Tear deficiency
H Denervation
H Immune reactions
H Ischemia
H Trauma
H Contact lenses
Incidence
H Fairly common
H May develop at any age
Physical findings
H Cornea lacks normal luster
H Characteristic branched lesion of the cornea with
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Slit-lamp examination with sodium fluorescein staining may show corneal inflammation or abrasion;
small branchlike (dendritic) lesions indicate possible herpes simplex virus infection. (See Examining
the eye with a slit lamp.)
Treatment
Examining the eye with a slit lamp
An ophthalmologist uses the slit lamp, an instrument
equipped with a special lighting system and a binocular
microscope, to view the eyelids, eyelashes, conjunctiva,
sclera, cornea, tear film, anterior chamber, iris, crystalline
lens, and vitreous face. The examiner may adjust the size,
shape, intensity, and depth of the light source as well as
the magnification of the microscope, to evaluate normally
transparent or near-transparent ocular fluids and tissues.
If he notes abnormalities, he can attach special devices to
the slit lamp to allow more detailed investigation.
460
Keratitis
General
H Eye shield or patch
Medications
Acute dendritic keratitis
H Trifluridine eyedrops
H Vidarabine ophthalmic ointment
H Broad-spectrum antibiotic
Chronic dendritic keratitis
H Vidarabine therapy
H Long-term topical therapy may be necessary
H Antiviral such as acyclovir
Fungal keratitis
H Natamycin
Surgery
H Corneal transplantation for severe ulcerations with
residual scarring
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 461
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H sustain no harm or injury
H express feelings of increased comfort
H regain visual function.
Nursing interventions
ALERT
Watch for keratitis in patients predisposed to cold
sores. Corneal infection is commonly caused by a
virus, such as adenovirus or herpes simplex, the
same viruses that cause cold sores. Be sure to tell
patients never to touch their eyes after touching
their mouths.
Prevention
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Visual acuity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H how stress, traumatic injury, fever, colds, and sun
overexposure can trigger flare-up
H wearing sunglasses for photophobia
H preventing spread of infection. (See Preventing the
spread of keratitis.)
Keratitis
461
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 462
Kidney cancer
Overview
Description
H Proliferation of cancer cells in the kidney
H 85%: originate in kidneys; 15%: metastasize from
Causes
H Unknown
Risk factors
H Heavy cigarette smoking
H Regular hemodialysis treatments
Incidence
H Twice as common in males as in females
H More common after age 40
H Renal pelvic tumors and Wilms tumor most common
in children
Pathophysiology
Common characteristics
H Hematuria
H Flank pain
Complications
H Hemorrhage
H Metastasis
Assessment
History
H Hematuria
H Dull, aching flank pain
H Weight loss (rare)
H Fatigue
H Intermittent fever
Physical findings
H Palpable smooth, firm, nontender abdominal mass
Test results
Laboratory
H Alkaline phosphatase, bilirubin, and transaminase
levels are increased.
H Prothrombin time is prolonged.
Imaging
H Renal ultrasonography and computed tomography
scan can be used to verify renal cancer.
H Excretory urography, nephrotomography, and
kidney-ureter-bladder radiography are used to aid
diagnosis and help in staging.
Treatment
General
H Because of radiation resistance, radiation used only
Medications
H Chemotherapy
462
Kidney cancer
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 463
Surgery
H Radical nephrectomy, with or without regional lymph
node dissection
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain fluid balance
H report increased comfort
H communicate understanding of medical regimen,
medications, diet, and activity restrictions
H maintain ventilation
H utilize support services.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
Monitoring
H Wound site
H Intake and output
H Complete blood count; serum chemistry results
H Pain control
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H need for a healthy, well-balanced diet and regular exercise
H importance of checking with the physician before
taking vitamins or other dietary supplements
H importance of follow-up care.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Kidney cancer
463
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 464
Klinefelter syndrome
Overview
Description
H Relatively common genetic abnormality that results
Pathophysiology
H The extra chromosome responsible for Klinefelter
Causes
H One extra X chromosome creating 47,XXY comple-
Incidence
H In the United States, approximately 1 in 500 to 1,000
Common characteristics
H May not be apparent until puberty (or later in mild
cases)
Turners syndrome
In Turners syndrome, one of the X chromosomes (or part
of the second X chromosome) may be lost from either the
ovum or sperm through nondisjunction or chromosome
lag. Mixed aneuploidy may result from mitotic nondisjunction.
This disorder occurs in 1 in 2,500 to 7,000 births; up to
95% of affected fetuses are spontaneously aborted.
Complications
H Aspermatogenesis and infertility
H Learning disabilities and behavioral problems
H Osteoporosis
H Breast cancer due to the extra X chromosome
Assessment
464
Klinefelter syndrome
History
H Sexual dysfunction (impotence, lack of libido)
H In some individuals, behavioral problems beginning
in adolescence
H Increased incidence of pulmonary disease and vari-
cose veins
Physical findings
H Small penis and prostate gland
H Small testicles
H Sparse facial and abdominal hair
H Feminine distribution of pubic hair (triangular
shape)
H In fewer than 50% of patients, gynecomastia
H In the mosaic form, delay of pathologic changes and
resulting infertility
trunk)
H Tall stature
Test results
Laboratory
H A karyotype (chromosome analysis) is determined by
culturing lymphocytes from the patients peripheral
blood.
H Urinary 17-ketosteroid levels are decreased.
9400I-J-K.qxd
8/2/12
4:36 PM
Page 465
puberty.
Treatment
General
H Activity, as tolerated
H Diet, as tolerated
H Psychological counseling
Medications
H Supplemental testosterone
Surgery
H Mastectomy in patients with persistent gynecomastia.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings about the disorder
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H comply with prescribed treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage the patient to discuss his feelings of con-
fusion and rejection that may arise, and try to reinforce his male identity.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the potential benefits and adverse effects of testosterone administration.
Discharge planning
H Send the fertile patient with the mosaic form of the
Klinefelter syndrome
465
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 466
Labyrinthitis
Overview
Complications
H Meningitis
H Permanent balance disability
H Permanent hearing loss
Description
Assessment
History
Pathophysiology
H Lesion within vestibular pathways (inner ear to cere-
Causes
H Viral or bacterial infections
H Cholesteatoma
H Drug toxicity
H Head injury
H Tumor
H Vasculitis
H Allergies
Risk factors
H Current or recent viral infection, especially
respiratory
H Allergies
H Smoking
H Excess alcohol intake
H Stress
Incidence
H Affects all ages beyond infancy
H Affects males and females equally
Common characteristics
H Severe vertigo with head movement
H Nausea and vomiting
H Sensorineural hearing loss
H Tinnitus
fected ear
Physical findings
H Spontaneous nystagmus
H Jerking movements of eyes toward unaffected ear
H Purulent drainage
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture and sensitivity tests show the infecting
organism.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scanning results rule out
brain lesion.
Diagnostic procedures
H Audiometric testing reveals sensorineural hearing
loss.
H A flat tympanogram may suggest fluid in the middle
ear, a perforated tympanic membrane, or impacted
cerumen. Fluctuations on the tympanogram, synchronous with the patients pulse, suggest a glomangioma in the middle ear.
H Electronystagmography may show decreased velocity
from one side that indicates hypofunction or canal
paresis. An inability to induce nystagmus with ice
water denotes a dead labyrinth.
Treatment
General
Managing labyrinthitis
H Tell the patient to avoid sudden position changes.
H Help the patient assess how much this disability will affect his daily life.
H Work with the patient to identify hazards in the home,
such as throw rugs and dark stairways.
H Discuss the patients anxieties and concerns about vertigo attacks and decreased hearing.
H Stress the importance of maintaining and resuming
normal diversions or social activities when balance disturbance is absent.
466
Labyrinthitis
Medications
H Meclizine to relieve vertigo
H Antiemetics such as prochlorperazine
H Benzodiazepines such as valium
H I.V. fluids for severe dehydration
H Antibiotics as appropriate
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 467
Surgery
H Surgical excision of cholesteatoma
H Drainage of middle and inner ear infected areas
H Labyrinthectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain normal fluid volumes
H be free from injury
H verbalize understanding of the condition and treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Offer the patient reassurance when appropriate.
H Maintain bed rest in a darkened room with his head
Monitoring
H Response to medication
H Vital signs
H Signs of dehydration
H Intake and output
H Auditory acuity
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H limitation of activities to avoid danger from vertigo
H recovery time (up to 6 weeks)
H prompt treatment of upper respiratory tract and systemic infections
H controlling use of salicylates and other potentially
toxic substances
H completion of the prescribed medication regimen
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H preoperative and postoperative instructions, as indicated
H management of labyrinthitis (see Managing
labyrinthitis).
Labyrinthitis
467
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 468
Lactose intolerance
Overview
Description
H Inability to digest and absorb lactose, the main car-
bohydrate in milk
H Stems from an insufficiency of the enzyme lactase
H May be congenital (rare) or acquired
H Deficiency continues for life
Pathophysiology
See Understanding lactase insufficiency.
Causes
Incidence
H High incidence among certain ethnic groups, includ-
Common characteristics
H Abdominal pain and distention after ingesting dairy
products
Complications
H Dehydration
Assessment
History
H GI signs and symptoms, such as diarrhea, abdominal
H Genetic basis
H Medical conditions that disrupt the intestinal mucosa
(secondary)
H Medications that cause GI disturbances
H Ionizing radiation to the abdomen and abdominal
surgery
Physical findings
H Abdominal distention
H Nonverbal signs of patient distress, such as doubling
468
Lactose intolerance
arrhea
H Hyperactive bowel sounds
Test results
Laboratory
H Lactose tolerance testing: A blood sample is taken after the patient has fasted overnight. Then the patient
ingests a specified oral lactose load. Serum glucose
levels are taken on blood samples drawn at specified
intervals following lactose ingestion and on the fasting blood sample. A minimal increase (less than
20 mg/dl) in the serum glucose level and GI symptoms (cramping, flatulence and, perhaps, diarrhea)
confirm lactase deficiency.
H Breath hydrogen analysis measures excess hydrogen
exhalation resulting from bacterial fermentation of
lactose in the colon. (Hydrogen from the colon passes to the blood and then to the lungs.) Increased hydrogen content of expired air confirms lactose intolerance.
Other
H Lactose challenge test produces diarrhea and bloating within minutes to hours.
H Lactose-free diet testing eliminates lactose from the
patients diet for a period of time such as 5 days. If
he becomes asymptomatic, the diagnosis is upheld.
H Small-bowel biopsy (rarely used) determines
whether lactose intolerance is primary or secondary.
Only the secondary form shows abnormal epithelium.
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 469
Treatment
General
H Lactose-free diet
Medications
and avoiding products that list milk solids, milk sugars, whey, or casein
H the need to eliminate all sources of lactose from his
diet until he is symptom free
H how to use lactase enzyme products
H avoiding vitamin D and calcium deficiencies.
muth subsalicylate
H Calcium supplement
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H have normal bowel function
H have fluid volume within normal parameters
H maintain adequate caloric intake.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed antidiarrheal agents.
H Administer prescribed lactase enzyme products.
H Assess the patient for abdominal discomfort.
H Encourage relaxation and diversion techniques to
relieve discomfort.
H Initiate patient care measures to protect the rectal
Monitoring
H Elimination pattern
H Diet
H Skin integrity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H lactose intolerance and its associated signs and
symptoms, risks, and treatment, especially dietary
management
H avoiding foods that contain lactose, such as milk
(whole, low-fat, skim, evaporated, condensed, buttermilk, cream), ice cream, cheese, sour cream, custards, milk-based puddings, butter, drinks prepared
with chocolate or malted milk powder, cream sauces
and gravies, cream-based soups, chocolate candy, instant potatoes, baked products made with milk, and
frozen or canned fruits and vegetables containing
lactose
Lactose intolerance
469
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 470
Laryngeal cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant cells in the tissues of the larynx or voice
box
H Squamous cell carcinoma: most common form (95%
of cases)
H Adenocarcinoma and sarcoma: rare (5% of cases)
H Tumor intrinsic (located on the true vocal cords;
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
Stage I
H Complaints of local throat irritation
H 2-week history of hoarseness
Stages II and III
H Hoarseness
H Sore throat
H Voice volume reduced to whisper
Stage IV
H Pain radiating to ears
H Dysphagia
H Dyspnea
Physical findings
Stage I
H None
Stage II
H Possible abnormal movement of vocal cords
Stage III
H Abnormal movement of vocal cords; possible lymphadenopathy
Stage IV
H Neck mass or enlarged cervical nodes
Causes
Test results
H Unknown
Imaging
H Xeroradiography, laryngeal tomography, computed
tomography scan, and laryngography confirm the
presence of a mass.
H Chest X-ray rules out metastasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Laryngoscopy allows definitive staging by obtaining
multiple biopsy specimens to establish a primary diagnosis, to determine the extent of the disease, and
to identify additional premalignant lesions or second
primaries.
Other
H Biopsy identifies cancer cells.
Risk factors
H Smoking
H Alcoholism
H Chronic inhalation of noxious fumes
H Familial disposition
H History of gastroesophageal reflux disease
Incidence
H About nine times more common in males than
females
H Most victims between ages 50 and 65
Common characteristics
Intrinsic laryngeal cancer
H Hoarseness lasting longer than 3 weeks
Extrinsic laryngeal cancer
H Lump in the throat
H Pain or burning of the throat when drinking hot liquid or citrus drinks
With metastasis
H Dysphagia
H Dyspnea
H Cough
H Pain, most commonly radiating to the ear
H Enlarged cervical lymph nodes
Complications
H Increased swallowing difficulty and pain
H Metastasis
470
Laryngeal cancer
Treatment
General
H Precancerous lesions laser surgery
H Early lesions laser surgery or radiation therapy
H Advanced lesions radiation therapy and
chemotherapy
H Speech preservation
H Speech rehabilitation (when speech preservation im-
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 471
Medications
Discharge planning
H Chemotherapeutic agents
H Analgesics
Surgery
H Cordectomy
H Partial or total laryngectomy
H Supraglottic laryngectomy or total laryngectomy with
laryngoplasty
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings regarding illness
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain a patent airway
H utilize available support systems.
Nursing interventions
H Provide supportive psychological, preoperative, and
postoperative care.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Assist with establishing a method of communication.
H Prepare the patient for functional losses (inability to
Monitoring
After partial laryngectomy
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Tracheostomy tube care
H Use of voice
After total laryngectomy
H Laryngectomy tube care
H Vital signs
H Postoperative complications
H Pain control
H Nasogastric (NG) tube placement and function
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H appropriate oral hygiene practices (before partial or
total laryngectomy)
H postoperative procedures, such as suctioning, NG
tube feeding, and laryngectomy tube care
H preparation for any functional losses.
Laryngeal cancer
471
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 472
Laryngitis
Overview
Description
H Acute or chronic inflammation of vocal cords
H Isolated infection or part of a generalized bacterial
Pathophysiology
H Inflammatory response to cell damage by viruses re-
Special populations
Developmental differences in the upper airway
structures of young children may result in severe
narrowing of the upper airways with inflammation, to the degree that respiratory failure may result from hypoventilation.
Assessment
History
H Hoarseness ranging from mild to complete loss of
voice
H Feeling of throat rawness
H Throat pain
H Dry cough
H Malaise
H Difficulty swallowing
Physical findings
H Cough
H Fever
H Regional lymphadenopathy
H Stridor (in children)
Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count is elevated in bacterial
infection.
Diagnostic procedures
H Indirect laryngoscopy reveals red, inflamed and,
occasionally, hemorrhagic vocal cords exudate.
Treatment
Causes
General
H Infection
H Overuse of the voice
H Inhalation of smoke or fumes
H Aspiration of caustic chemicals
H Chronic laryngitis
H Chronic upper respiratory tract disorders
H Mouth breathing
H Smoking
H Constant exposure to dust or other irritants
H Alcohol abuse
H Gastroesophageal reflux
H Reflux esophagitis
H Symptom-based
H Elimination of underlying cause
H Resting the voice (primary treatment)
H Humidification
H Avoidance of smoking
H Avoidance of whispering
H Cold fluids
H Rest during febrile period, with head of bed elevated
Incidence
Medications
H Analgesics
H Throat lozenges
H Antibiotics as appropriate (bacterial infection)
H Common disorder
H Affects all ages
H Affects males and females equally
Surgery
Common characteristics
Nursing considerations
H Hoarseness
H Dry cough
Key outcomes
Complications
H Chronic hoarseness
H Permanent laryngeal tissue changes
H Airway obstruction
472
Laryngitis
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 473
Nursing interventions
H Encourage discussion of concerns.
H Keep tracheotomy tray at bedside.
H Encourage modification of predisposing factors.
H Restrict verbal communication.
H Provide alternative communication means.
H Anticipate needs.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Respiratory status
ALERT
In severe, acute laryngitis, monitor the patient for
signs and symptoms of airway obstruction.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H why the patient shouldnt talk
H alternate methods of communication
H speaking softly rather than whispering
H maintenance of adequate humidification
H smoking cessation
H medication and possible adverse reactions
H importance of completing prescribed antibiotics
H avoidance of occupational hazards.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Laryngitis
473
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 474
Life-threatening disorder
Latex allergy
Overview
Description
H An immunoglobulin (Ig) Emediated immediate hy-
Pathophysiology
H Mast cells release histamine and other secretory
products.
H Vascular permeability increases and vasodilation and
bronchoconstriction occur.
H Chemical sensitivity dermatitis is a type IV delayed hypersensitivity reaction to the chemicals used in processing rather than the latex itself.
H In a cell-mediated allergic reaction, sensitized T lymphocytes are triggered, stimulating the proliferation
of other lymphocytes and mononuclear cells, resulting in tissue inflammation and contact dermatitis.
Causes
H Frequent contact with latex-containing products (see
Risk factors
H Medical and dental professionals
H Workers in latex companies
H Patients with spina bifida or other conditions that re-
Incidence
H Present in 1% to 5% of population of the United
States
H Affects 10% to 30% of health care workers
H Most prevalent (20% to 68%) in patients with spina
Common characteristics
H Hypotension
H Tachycardia
H Urticaria and pruritus
H Difficulty breathing, bronchospasm, wheezing, and
stridor
H Angioedema
474
Latex allergy
Complications
H Respiratory obstruction
H Systemic vascular collapse
H Death
Assessment
History
H Exposure to latex
Physical findings
H Signs of anaphylaxis
H Rash
H Angioedema
H Conjunctivitis
H Wheezing, stridor
Test results
Diagnosis of latex allergy is based mainly on history and
physical assessment.
Laboratory
H Radioallergosorbent test shows specific IgE antibodies to latex (safest for use in patients with history of
type I hypersensitivity).
H Adhesive bandages
H Airways, Levin tube
H Blood pressure cuff, tubing, and bladder
H Catheter leg straps
H Catheters
H Dental dams
H Elastic bandages
H Electrode pads
H Fluid-circulating hypothermia blankets
H Handheld resuscitation bags
H Hemodialysis equipment
H I.V. catheters
H Latex or rubber gloves
H Medication vials
H Pads for crutches
H Protective sheets
H Reservoir breathing bags
H Rubber airways and endotracheal tubes
H Tape
H Tourniquets
Nonmedical products
H Adhesive tape
H Balloons (excluding Mylar)
H Cervical diaphragms
H Condoms
H Disposable diapers
H Elastic stockings
H Glue
H Latex paint
H Nipples and pacifiers
H Rubber bands
H Tires
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 475
Other
H Patch test results in hives with itching or redness as a
positive response.
Treatment
General
H Prevention of exposure, including use of latex-free
Medications
H Use before and after possible exposure to latex
H Corticosteroids
H Antihistamines
H Histamine-2 receptor blockers
Acute treatment
H Epinephrine 1:1,000
H Oxygen therapy
H Volume expanders
H I.V. vasopressors
H Aminophylline and albuterol
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H remain hemodynamically stable
H identify latex products in order to avoid exposure.
Nursing interventions
H Maintain airway, breathing, and circulation.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
ALERT
When adding medication to an I.V. bag, inject the
drug through the spike port, not the rubber latex
port.
H Keep the patients environment latex free.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H potential for life-threatening reaction
H wearing medical identification jewelry that identifies
allergy
H how to use an epinephrine autoinjector.
Latex allergy
475
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 476
Lead poisoning
Incidence
Overview
and regulations
Description
H Toxicity from repeated or excessive exposure to lead
Lead-based paint
Soil and dust
Drinking water
Air
Food
H Major worldwide health hazard
Pathophysiology
H Lead replaces calcium in the bones, affecting rapidly
Causes
H Inhalation of lead dust or fumes
H Ingestion of lead
Risk factors
H Children with pica or iron deficiency anemia
H Living where more than 27% of the housing was built
before 1950
H Exposure to leaded-paint surfaces
H Dust from clothing of lead worker
H Water from lead or lead-soldered plumbing
H Lead-glazed ceramics
H Soil and dust near lead industries and roads
H Hobbies
476
Lead poisoning
Common characteristics
H Anemia
H Anorexia
H Constipation
Complications
H Renal failure
H Mental retardation
H Encephalopathy
H Exposure during pregnancy associated with low birth
Assessment
History
H Commonly produces no symptoms until severe
H Possible myalgia or paresthesia
H Fatigue or lethargy
H Irritability
H Abdominal discomfort
H Difficulty concentrating
H Headache
H Tremors
H Vomiting
H Weight loss
H Seizures
H Delayed developmental milestones
Physical findings
H Typically normal
H Abdominal tenderness, possibly severe
H Possible symptoms of neuropathy or encephalopathy
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum lead levels are elevated.
H Complete blood count may show microcytic anemia.
H Free erythrocyte protoporphyrin level is elevated.
H Zinc protoporphyrin level is elevated.
H Provocative chelation test estimates the total body
burden of lead and the efficacy of treatment.
Imaging
H Abdominal X-rays
H Long-bone X-rays may show growth retardation.
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 477
Treatment
General
H Based on blood lead level
H Separate individual from source of exposure
H Possibly intestinal irrigation
H Chelation therapy to promote lead excretion
Medications
H Calcium disodium edetate, usually I.V. but may be
given I.M.
H Dimercaprol given I.M.
H Oral agents
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or parent) will:
H verbalize understanding of the disease and its treatment
H express understanding of preventive measures
H eliminate sources of lead from the home.
The patient will:
H verbalize reduced or absent pain
H show age-appropriate skills and activities
H show developmental progress
H demonstrate increased energy.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide the prescribed diet, and encourage dietary
Prevention
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of follow-up care and monitoring lead
levels
H lead poisoning prevention. (See Preventing lead
poisoning.)
changes.
H Encourage activities that can be completed in short
periods.
H Help the patient (or parent) identify risk factors and
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse reactions to prescribed drugs
H Level of pain
H Growth and development
H Laboratory values
H Urine output
H Complications
H Risk factor and lifestyle modifications
Lead poisoning
477
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 478
Legg-Calv-Perthes
disease
Overview
H Permanent disability
H Premature osteoarthritis
Description
H Ischemic necrosis leading to eventual flattening of
Pathophysiology
H The first stage, synovitis, is characterized by synovial
Causes
H Exact vascular obstructive changes that initiate dis-
the hip
Complications
Assessment
History
H Family history
H Limp that becomes progressively worse
H Persistent pain in the groin, anterior thigh, or knee
Physical findings
H Muscle atrophy
H Slight shortening of the affected leg
H Restricted hip abduction and internal rotation
H Adductor muscle spasm in the affected hip
Test results
Imaging
H Hip X-rays taken every 3 to 4 months confirm the diagnosis, with findings that vary according to the stage
of the disease.
H Anterior-posterior X-rays and magnetic resonance
imaging enhance early diagnosis of necrosis and
visualization of articular surface.
Treatment
General
H Protection of the femoral head from further stress
ease unknown
H Current etiologic theories:
Venous obstruction with secondary intraepiphyseal
thrombosis
Trauma to retinacular vessels
Vascular irregularities (congenital or developmental)
Vascular occlusion secondary to increased intracapsular pressure from acute transient synovitis
Increased blood viscosity resulting in stasis and
decreased blood flow
Incidence
Surgery
Common characteristics
H Persistent thigh pain or limp that becomes progres-
478
Legg-Calv-Perthes disease
Medications
H Analgesics
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 479
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H perform activities of daily living within the confines
of the disease
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Provide cast care.
H Administer prescribed analgesics.
H Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Neurovascular status of affected extremity
H Skin integrity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper cast care and monitoring of skin integrity.
Legg-Calv-Perthes disease
479
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 480
Legionnaires disease
Overview
Description
H Hypotension
H Delirium
H Seizures
H Heart failure
H Arrhythmias
H Renal failure
H Shock
negative bacillus
H Illness ranging from mild (with or without pneu-
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
H Presence at a suspected source of infection
H Prodromal symptoms, including anorexia, malaise,
Physical findings
halation.
H Although alveolar macrophages phagocytize the legionella, the organisms arent killed and proliferate
intracellularly.
H The cells rupture, releasing the legionella, and the
cycle starts again.
H Lesions develop a nodular appearance, and alveoli
become filled with fibrin, neutrophils, and alveolar
macrophages.
Causes
H Legionella pneumophila, an aerobic, gram-negative
Risk factors
H Smoking
H Diabetes
H Cancer, especially hematologic or pulmonary
H Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
H End-stage renal disease
H Chronic cardiopulmonary disease
H Advanced age
H Alcohol abuse
H Recent surgery
Incidence
H Most likely to affect males more than females
H Others at increased risk:
Elderly patients
Immunocompromised patients
Patients with chronic underlying disease such as
diabetes
Alcoholics
Cigarette smokers
blood-streaked sputum
H Tachypnea
H Bradycardia (in about 50% of patients)
H Neurologic signs (altered level of consciousness
[LOC])
H Dullness over areas of secretions and consolidation
or pleural effusions
H Fine crackles that develop into coarse crackles as the
disease progresses
Test results
Laboratory
H Gram staining reveals numerous neutrophils but no
organism.
H Definitive method of diagnosis involves isolation of
the organisms from respiratory secretions or bronchial washings or through thoracentesis.
H Definitive tests include direct immunofluorescence of
L. pneumophila and indirect fluorescent serum antibody testing.
H Leukocytosis and increased erythrocyte sedimentation rate are present.
H Partial pressure of arterial oxygen is decreased, and
partial pressure of arterial carbon dioxide is initially
decreased.
H Serum sodium level less than 131 mg/L indicates
hyponatremia.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray typically shows patchy, localized infiltration, which progresses to multilobed consolidation
(usually involving the lower lobes) and pleural effusion.
H In fulminant disease, chest X-ray reveals opacification of the entire lung.
Common characteristics
Treatment
General
Complications
H Fluid replacement
H Oxygen administration
480
Legionnaires disease
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 481
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as levofloxacin and azithromycin
H Antipyretics such as acetominophen
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H cough effectively
H expectorate sputum effectively
H express feelings of increased comfort in maintaining
air exchange
H regain and maintain normal fluid and electrolyte balance
H have normal breath sounds.
Nursing interventions
H Give tepid sponge baths or use hypothermia blankets
to lower fever.
H Provide frequent mouth care. If necessary, apply
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status and arterial blood gas values
H LOC
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prevention of infection
H importance of disinfection of water supply
H purpose of postural drainage, and how to perform
coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H proper hand washing and disposal of soiled tissues
to prevent disease transmission.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a pulmonologist, if necessary.
Legionnaires disease
481
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 482
Life-threatening disorder
Leukemia, acute
Overview
Description
H Malignant proliferation of white blood cell (WBC)
precursors, or blasts, in bone marrow or lymph tissue; blasts accumulate in peripheral blood, bone
marrow, and body tissues
H Most common form of cancer among children
H Common forms:
Acute lymphoblastic (lymphocytic) leukemia
(ALL), characterized by abnormal growth of lymphocyte precursors (lymphoblasts)
Acute myeloblastic (myelogenous) leukemia
(AML); causes rapid accumulation of myeloid precursors (myeloblasts)
Acute monoblastic (monocytic) leukemia, or
Schillings type; results in marked increase in
monocyte precursors (monoblasts)
H ALL: treatment induces remissions in 90% of children (average survival time: 5 years) and 65% of
adults (average survival time: 1 to 2 years); children
ages 2 to 8 have best survival rate about 50%
with intensive therapy
H AML: average survival time is only 1 year after diagnosis, even with aggressive treatment (remissions
lasting 2 to 10 months in 50% of children; adult survival, only about 1 year after diagnosis, even with
treatment)
H Without treatment, invariably fatal
Pathophysiology
H Immature, nonfunctioning WBCs appear to accumu-
Causes
H Unknown
Risk factors
H Radiation (especially prolonged exposure)
H Certain chemicals and drugs
H Viruses
H Genetic abnormalities
H Chronic exposure to benzene
In children
H Down syndrome
H Ataxia
H Telangiectasia
482
Leukemia, acute
Incidence
H More common in males than females
H More common in whites (especially of Jewish ances-
try)
H More common in children between ages 2 and 5
Common characteristics
H Sudden onset of high fevers
H Night sweats
H Malaise
H Bone and joint pain
H Shortness of breath during physical activity
H Excessive bleeding or bruises
Complications
H Infection
H Organ malfunction through encroachment or hemor-
rhage
Assessment
History
H Sudden onset of high fever
H Abnormal bleeding
H Fatigue and night sweats
H Weakness, lassitude, recurrent infections, and chills
H Abdominal or bone pain in patients with ALL, AML,
Physical findings
H Tachycardia, palpitations, and a systolic ejection
murmur
H Decreased ventilation
H Pallor
H Lymph node enlargement
H Liver or spleen enlargement
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood counts show thrombocytopenia and neutropenia, and a WBC differential shows the cell type.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan shows the affected organs, and cerebrospinal fluid analysis shows abnormal WBC invasion of the central nervous system.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow aspiration that shows a proliferation of
immature WBCs confirms acute leukemia; if the aspirate is dry or free from leukemic cells but the patient
has other typical signs of leukemia, a bone marrow
biopsy, usually of the posterior superior iliac spine,
must be performed.
H Lumbar puncture is used to detect meningeal involvement.
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 483
Treatment
General
H Transfusions of platelets to prevent bleeding
H Transfusions of RBCs to treat anemia
H Bone marrow transplantation in some patients
H Radiation therapy in case of brain or testicular infil-
tration
H Chemotherapeutic and radiation treatment, depending on diagnosis
H Well-balanced diet
H Frequent rest periods
Medications
For meningeal infiltration
H Intrathecal instillation of methotrexate or cytarabine
with cranial radiation
For ALL
H Vincristine, prednisone, high-dose cytarabine, and
daunorubicin
H Intrathecal methotrexate or cytarabine because ALL
carries 40% risk of meningeal infiltration
For AML
H Combination of I.V. daunorubicin and cytarabine (if
these fail to induce remission, treatment with some
or all of the following drugs: a combination of cyclophosphamide, vincristine, prednisone, or methotrexate; high-dose cytarabine alone or with other drugs;
amsacrine; etoposide; and 5-azacytidine and mitoxantrone)
For acute monoblastic leukemia
H Cytarabine and thioguanine with daunorubicin or
doxorubicin
H Anti-infectives, such as antibiotics, antifungals, antivirals and granulocyte injections
Monitoring
H Complications from treatment
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Urine pH (should be above 7.5)
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H use of a soft toothbrush and avoidance of hot, spicy
foods and commercial mouthwashes
H signs and symptoms of infection
H signs and symptoms of abnormal bleeding
H planned rest periods during the day.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resources and support
services.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no further weight loss
H exhibit intact mucous membranes
H experience no chills, fever, or other signs and symptoms of illness
H express feelings of increased comfort
H utilize available support systems.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide comfort.
H Provide adequate hydration.
H After bone marrow transplantation, keep the patient
Leukemia, acute
483
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 484
Leukemia, chronic
granulocytic
H Hemorrhage
H Pain
Assessment
Overview
History
Description
Pathophysiology
H CML is a myeloproliferative disorder, originating in a
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
H Presence of the Philadelphia chromosome (found in
Incidence
H Most common in young and middle-aged adults
H Slightly more common in males than in females, and
rare in children
H In United States, 3,000 to 4,000 cases annually
Physical findings
H Evidence of bleeding and clotting disorders
H Low-grade fever and tachycardia
H Pallor
H Difficulty breathing
H Retinal hemorrhage
H Hepatosplenomegaly with abdominal discomfort and
pain
H Sternal and rib tenderness
Test results
Laboratory
H Chromosomal studies of peripheral blood or bone
marrow show the Philadelphia chromosome.
H Low leukocyte alkaline phosphatase levels confirm
chronic granulocytic leukemia.
H Complete blood count reveals:
white blood cell (WBC) abnormalities, including
leukocytosis (WBC count over 50,000/l, rising
as high as 250,000/l), occasionally leukopenia
(WBC count under 5,000/l), and neutropenia
(neutrophil count under 1,500/l) despite high
WBC count
increased circulating myeloblasts
decreased hemoglobin level (below 10 g/dl), and
low hematocrit (less than 30%)
thrombocytosis (more than 1 million thrombocytes/l).
H Serum uric acid level may exceed 8 mg/dl.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan may show the affected
organs.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow aspirate or biopsy (performed only if
the aspirate is dry) may be hypercellular, characteristically showing bone marrow infiltration by a significantly increased number of myeloid elements; in the
acute phase, myeloblasts predominate.
Common characteristics
H Fatigue
H Weakness
H Weight loss
H History of gouty arthritis or renal calculi
Complications
H Infection
484
Treatment
General
H Bone marrow transplantation (chronic phase, more
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 485
Discharge planning
services.
Medications
H Antineoplastics, such as hydroxyurea or imatinib
Surgery
H Splenectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no further weight loss
H have intact mucous membranes
H experience no chills, fever, or other signs and symptoms of illness
H express feelings of increased comfort and energy
H utilize available support systems.
Nursing interventions
H Plan care to minimize fatigue.
H Regularly check skin and mucous membranes for
Monitoring
H Adverse effects of treatment
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Complete blood count
H Vital signs
H Hydration and nutritional status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to minimize bleeding and infection risks (such
as by using a soft-bristled toothbrush, an electric razor, and other safety devices)
H high-calorie, high-protein diet
H reinforcement of the physicians explanation of the
procedure, possible outcome, and potential adverse
effects (if the patient will undergo bone marrow
transplantation)
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H signs and symptoms of infection and thrombocytopenia.
485
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 486
Leukemia, chronic
lymphocytic
Physical findings
H Macular or nodular eruptions and evidence of skin
infiltration
H Enlarged lymph nodes, liver, and spleen
H Bone tenderness and edema from lymph node ob-
struction
Overview
Description
form of leukemia
H Prognosis poor if anemia, thrombocytopenia, neutropenia, bulky lymphadenopathy, and severe lymphocytosis develop
Pathophysiology
H Chronic lymphocytic leukemia is a generalized, pro-
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
H Hereditary factors
H Undefined chromosomal abnormalities
H Certain immunologic defects, such as acquired
Test results
Laboratory
H Miscellaneous blood tests reveal the disease. (Typically, chronic lymphocytic leukemia is an incidental
finding during a routine complete blood count that
reveals numerous abnormal lymphocytes.)
In the early stages, white blood cell (WBC) count
is mildly but persistently elevated; granulocytopenia is the rule, although WBC count climbs as disease progresses.
Hemoglobin level is less than 11 g/dl.
WBC differential shows neutropenia (less than
1,500/l) and lymphocytosis (more than
10,000/l).
Platelet count shows thrombocytopenia (less than
150,000/l).
Serum protein electrophoresis shows hypogammaglobulinemia.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan shows affected organs.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow aspiration and biopsy show lymphocytic invasion.
agammaglobulinemia or ataxia-telangiectasia
Incidence
H Most common in elderly people; nearly all afflicted
Treatment
General
patient with enlarged lymph nodes, painful bony lesions, or massive splenomegaly)
H High-calorie, high-protein diet
H Avoidance of hot and spicy foods for patient with
impaired oral membranes
H Frequent rest periods
Complications
Medications
H Infection
H In end-stage disease: anemia, progressive spleno-
Common characteristics
megaly, leukemic cell replacement of the bone marrow, and profound hypogammaglobulinemia, which
usually terminates with fatal septicemia
Assessment
History
H Fatigue, malaise, fever, weight loss, and frequent in-
fections
H Weakness, palpitations
486
tuzumab
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no further weight loss
H have intact mucous membranes
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 487
toms of illness
H express feelings of increased comfort and energy
H utilize available support systems.
Nursing interventions
H Help establish an appropriate rehabilitation program
during remission.
H Place in reverse isolation, if necessary.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Administer blood component therapy, as necessary.
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding and thrombo-
cytopenia
H Adverse effects of treatment
H Nutritional status
H Pain control
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of infection
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H use of a soft toothbrush and avoidance of commercial mouthwashes to prevent irritating the mouth
ulcers that result from chemotherapy
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H signs and symptoms of infection, bleeding, and
recurrence
H staying away from anyone with an infection
H importance of follow-up care
H signs and symptoms of recurrence.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resources and support
services.
487
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 488
Listeriosis
Overview
Description
by coming in contact with infected animals, contaminated sewage or mud, or soil contaminated with
feces organism. (See Preventing listeriosis.)
Causes
H Contamination with L. monocytogenes
Risk factors
H Age extremes
H Pregnancy
H Weakened immune system
H Handling or eating uncooked or undercooked meat,
Pathophysiology
H L. monocytogenes is a nonspore producing, motile
Incidence
H 7.4 cases per million population
H Affects females of childbearing age
Common characteristics
H Transient asymptomatic carrier state
H Bacteremia and a febrile, generalized illness
H In a pregnant female, especially during the third
Complications
Preventing listeriosis
Follow these general guidelines to prevent listeriosis:
H Thoroughly cook raw food from animal sources, such
as beef, pork, or poultry.
H Wash raw vegetables thoroughly before eating.
H Keep uncooked meats separate from vegetables and
from cooked foods and ready-to-eat foods.
H Avoid unpasteurized (raw) milk or foods made from
unpasteurized milk.
H Wash hands, knives, and cutting boards after handling
uncooked foods.
Patients at high risk, such as those with weakened immune systems and pregnant women, should follow the
general guidelines, plus:
H Avoid hot dogs, luncheon meats, and deli meats, unless they are reheated until steaming hot.
H Avoid cross-contaminating other foods, utensils, and
food preparation surfaces with fluid from hot dog packages, and wash hands after handling hot dogs, luncheon meats, and deli meats.
H Dont eat soft cheeses, such as feta, Brie, Camembert,
blue-veined cheeses, and Mexican-style cheeses such
as queso blanco fresco.
H Dont eat refrigerated pts or meat spreads. Canned or
shelf-stable pts and meat spreads may be eaten.
H Dont eat refrigerated smoked seafood, such as
salmon, trout, whitefish, cod, tuna, or mackerel, unless
its in a cooked dish such as a casserole.
488
Listeriosis
H Stillbirth
H Meningitis
H Septic arthritis
H Endocarditis
Assessment
History
H Ingestion of infected food
H Eye or skin exposure to laboratory animals or ani-
Physical findings
H Back pain and malaise
H Fever
H Nausea and diarrhea
H Headache, stiff neck
H Confusion, loss of balance, seizures
H Skin lesions on trunk and extremities
H Signs of sepsis
Test results
Laboratory
H L. monocytogenes is identified by its diagnostic tumbling motility on a wet mount of the culture.
H Positive culture of blood, spinal fluid, drainage from
cervical or vaginal lesions, or lochia from a mother
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 489
Treatment
General
H Symptomatic
H Activity, as tolerated
H Diet, as tolerated
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as penicillin G and ampicillin
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain fluid balance
H maintain stable vital signs
H show improvement in signs and symptoms.
Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Provide adequate nutrition by total parenteral nutri-
Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Fontanels (in neonates)
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to avoid infective materials on farms where
listeriosis is endemic among livestock.
Listeriosis
489
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 490
Liver cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant cells growing in the tissues of the liver
H Rapidly fatal, usually within 6 months
H After cirrhosis, the leading cause of fatal hepatic dis-
ease
H Liver metastasis occurring as solitary lesion (the first
Pathophysiology
H Most (90%) primary liver tumors originate in the
parenchymal cells and are hepatomas. Others originate in the intrahepatic bile ducts (cholangiomas).
H Approximately 30% to 70% of patients with hepatomas also have cirrhosis.
H Rare tumors include a mixed-cell type, Kupffer cell
sarcoma, and hepatoblastoma.
H The liver is one of the most common sites of metastasis from other primary cancers. Cells metastasize to
gallbladder, mesentery, peritoneum, and diaphragm
by direct extension.
Causes
H Immediate cause unknown
H Environmental exposure to carcinogens
H Possibly androgens and oral estrogens
H Hepatitis B virus
H Hepatitis C virus
H Hepatitis D virus
Risk factors
H Cirrhosis
H Excessive alcohol intake
H Malnutrition
Incidence
H Most prevalent in males older than age 60
H Primary liver cancer roughly 2% of all cancers in
Common characteristics
quadrant
Physical findings
H Jaundice
H Dependent edema
H Abdominal bruit, hum, or rubbing sound
H Tender, nodular, enlarged liver
H Ascites
H Palpable mass in the right upper quadrant
Test results
Laboratory
H Liver function studies are abnormal.
H Alpha-fetoprotein levels are greater than
500 mcg/ml.
H Electrolyte study results are abnormal.
Imaging
H Liver scan may show filling defects and lesions in
the liver.
H Arteriography may define large tumors.
H Ultrasound and computed tomography scans may
reveal lesions in the liver.
Diagnostic procedures
H Liver biopsy by needle or open biopsy reveals cancerous cells.
Treatment
General
H Radiation therapy (alone or with chemotherapy)
H High-calorie, low-protein diet
H Frequent rest periods
H Postoperative avoidance of heavy lifting and contact
sports
Medications
H Chemotherapeutics, such as doxorubicin, 5-fluo-
Surgery
H Resection (lobectomy or partial hepatectomy)
H Liver transplantation
Nursing considerations
Complications
Key outcomes
H GI hemorrhage
H Progressive cachexia
H Liver failure
Assessment
History
Nursing interventions
H Weight loss
H Weakness, fatigue, and fever
490
Liver cancer
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 491
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Weight
H Pain control
H Neurologic status
H Complete blood count; liver function tests
H Postoperative complications
H Wound site
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary restrictions
H relaxation techniques
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and family to support services.
Liver cancer
491
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 492
Liver failure
Overview
Description
H Inability of the liver to function properly, usually as
Pathophysiology
H Manifestations of liver failure include hepatic en-
492
Liver failure
Causes
H Viral hepatitis
H Nonviral hepatitis
H Cirrhosis
H Liver cancer
H Acetaminophen toxicity
H Malnutrition
H Long-term alcohol abuse
H Hemochromatosis
H Ingestion of wild, poisonous mushrooms
Risk factors
H Obesity
H Diabetes
H Hyperlipidemia
H Abdominal surgery removing large sections of the
small intestines
H Certain medications
Incidence
H Patients younger than age 10 and older than age 40
faring poorly
Common characteristics
H Jaundice
H Abdominal pain or tenderness
H Nausea and anorexia
H Fatigue
H Weight loss
H Pruritus
H Oliguria
H Splenomegaly
H Ascites
H Peripheral edema
H Varices of the esophagus, rectum, and abdominal
wall
H Bleeding tendencies
H Petechia
H Amenorrhea
H Gynecomastia (in males)
Complications
H Variceal bleeding
H GI hemorrhage
H Coma
H Death
Assessment
History
H Liver disorder
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 493
H Fatigue
H Weight loss
H Nausea
H Anorexia
H Pruritus
Physical findings
H Jaundice
H Abdominal tenderness
H Splenomegaly
H Ascites
H Peripheral edema
Test results
Laboratory
H Liver function tests reveal elevated levels of aspartate
aminotransferase, alanine aminotransferase, alkaline
phosphatase, and bilirubin.
H Blood studies reveal anemia, impaired red blood cell
production, elevated bleeding and clotting times, low
blood glucose levels, and increased serum ammonia
levels.
H Urine osmolarity is increased.
Monitoring
H Level of consciousness
H Vital signs
H Laboratory values
H Intake and output
H Weight and abdominal girth
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of complications and when to notify the
physician
H importance of following a low-protein diet
H importance of avoiding alcohol.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available support services, as
appropriate.
Treatment
General
H Paracentesis to remove ascitic fluid
H Balloon tamponade to control bleeding varices
H Low-protein, high-carbohydrate diet
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Lactulose
H Potassium-sparing diuretics (for ascites)
H Potassium supplements
H Vasoconstrictors (for variceal bleeding)
H Vitamin K
Surgery
H Sclerosis to stop bleeding varices
H Shunt placement
H Liver transplantation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain stable vital signs
H stabilize fluid status
H remain oriented to his surroundings.
Nursing interventions
H Reorient patient, as needed.
H Provide a safe environment.
H Provide emotional support.
Liver failure
493
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 494
Lung cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant tumors arising from the respiratory epithe-
lium
H Most common types are epidermoid (squamous
Pathophysiology
H Individuals with lung cancer demonstrate bronchial
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
H Smoking
H Exposure to carcinogenic and industrial air pollu-
Incidence
H Family susceptibility
Special populations
Lung cancer is the most common cause of death
from cancer for men and women ages 50 to 75.
H 15% of new cancer cases
H 29% of all cancer deaths
Common characteristics
Epidermoid and small-cell
H Smokers cough
H Hoarseness
H Wheezing
494
Lung cancer
H Dyspnea
H Hemoptysis
H Chest pain
H Cushings and carcinoid syndromes
H Hypercalcemia
Complications
H Spread of primary tumor to intrathoracic structures
H Tracheal obstruction
H Esophageal compression with dysphagia
H Phrenic nerve paralysis with hemidiaphragm eleva-
Assessment
History
H Possibly no symptoms
H Exposure to carcinogens
H Coughing
H Hemoptysis
H Shortness of breath
H Hoarseness
H Fatigue
Physical findings
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Finger clubbing
H Edema of the face, neck, and upper torso
H Dilated chest and abdominal veins (superior vena
cava syndrome)
H Weight loss
H Enlarged lymph nodes
H Enlarged liver
H Decreased breath sounds
H Wheezing
H Pleural friction rub
Test results
Laboratory
H Cytologic sputum analysis shows diagnostic evidence
of pulmonary malignancy.
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 495
metastasis.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show advanced lesions and can show a
lesion up to 2 years before signs and symptoms appear; findings may indicate tumor size and location.
H Contrast studies of the bronchial tree (chest tomography, bronchography) demonstrate size and location as well as spread of lesion.
H Bone scan is used to detect metastasis.
H Computed tomography (CT) scan of the chest is used
to detect malignant pleural effusion.
H CT scan of the brain is used to detect metastasis.
H Positron-emission tomography aids in the diagnosis
of primary and metastatic sites.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bronchoscopy can be used to identify the tumor site.
Bronchoscopic washings provide material for cytologic and histologic study.
H Needle biopsy of the lungs (relies on biplanar fluoroscopic visual control to locate peripheral tumors before withdrawing a tissue specimen for analysis) allows firm diagnosis in 80% of patients.
H Tissue biopsy of metastatic sites (including supraclavicular and mediastinal nodes and pleura) is used
to assess disease extent. Based on histologic findings,
staging describes the diseases extent and prognosis
and is used to direct treatment.
H Thoracentesis allows chemical and cytologic examination of pleural fluid.
H Gallium scans of the liver and spleen help detect
metastasis.
H Exploratory thoracotomy is performed to obtain
biopsy.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain normal fluid volume
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain a patent airway
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.
Nursing interventions
H Provide supportive care.
H Encourage verbalization.
H Give prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Chest tube function and drainage
H Postoperative complications
H Wound site
H Vital signs
H Sputum production
H Hydration and nutrition
H Oxygenation
H Pain control
Patient teaching
Treatment
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H postoperative procedures and equipment
H chest physiotherapy
H exercises to prevent shoulder stiffness
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H risk factors for recurrent cancer.
General
Discharge planning
services.
Medications
H Chemotherapy combinations
H Erletin
H Biologicals such as bevacizumab
Surgery
H Partial removal of lung (wedge resection, segmental
pneumonectomy)
Lung cancer
495
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 496
Lupus erythematosus
Overview
Description
H Chronic inflammatory disorder of the connective tis-
sues appearing in two forms: discoid lupus erythematosus, which affects only the skin, and systemic
lupus erythematosus (SLE), which affects multiple
organ systems as well as the skin and possibly fatal
H Characterized by recurring remissions and exacerbations, especially common during the spring and summer
H Prognosis improving with early detection and treatment but remaining poor for patients who develop
cardiovascular, renal, or neurologic complications,
or severe bacterial infections
Assessment
History
H History of contributing factor
H Fever
H Weight loss
H Malaise
H Fatigue
H Polyarthralgia
H Abdominal pain
H Headaches, irritability, and depression (common)
H Nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, constipation
H Irregular menstrual periods or amenorrhea during
Physical findings
H Rashes
H Joint involvement, similar to rheumatoid arthritis (al-
Pathophysiology
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
H Physical or mental stress
H Streptococcal or viral infections
H Exposure to sunlight or ultraviolet light
H Immunization
H Pregnancy
H Abnormal estrogen metabolism
H Treatment with certain drugs, such as procainamide
Incidence
H Affects 14 to 50 people per 100,000 in the United
States
H Affects females more than males
H Affects all ages, but peak incidence is young adult-
hood
Common characteristics
See Signs of systemic lupus erythematosus.
Complications
H Concomitant infections
H Urinary tract infections
H Renal failure
H Osteonecrosis of hip from long-term steroid use
496
Lupus erythematosus
Test results
Laboratory
H Antidouble-stranded deoxyribonucleic acid antibody, the most specific test for SLE, correlates with
disease activity, especially renal involvement, and
helps monitor response to therapy; it may be low or
absent in remission.
H Complete blood count with differential may show
anemia and a decreased white blood cell (WBC)
count.
H Platelet count is decreased.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated.
H Serum hypergammaglobulin is elevated.
H ANA and lupus erythematosus cell tests show positive
results in active SLE.
H Urine studies may show RBCs and WBCs, urine casts
and sediment, and significant protein loss (more
than 0.5 g/24 hours).
H Serum complement blood studies show decreased
serum complement (C3 and C4) levels indicating
active disease.
H Lupus anticoagulant and anticardiolipin tests may be
positive in some patients (usually in patients prone to
antiphospholipid syndrome of thrombosis, abortion,
and thrombocytopenia).
Imaging
H Chest X-ray may show pleurisy or lupus pneumonitis.
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 497
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show a conduction defect
with cardiac involvement or pericarditis.
H Kidney biopsy determines disease stage and extent of
renal involvement.
Treatment
General
H Symptomatic
H Dialysis or kidney transplant for renal failure
H Diet restrictions based on extent of disorder
H Activity, as tolerated
H Frequent rest periods
Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, including
aspirin
H Topical corticosteroid creams, such as hydrocorti-
hydroxychloroquine sulfate
H Systemic corticosteroids
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain free from infection
H remain hemodynamically stable
H express understanding of disease and treatment.
Discharge planning
H Arrange for physical therapy and occupational coun-
seling, as appropriate.
H Refer the patient to the Lupus Foundation of America
Nursing interventions
H Provide a balanced diet. Renal involvement may man-
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Laboratory reports
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H ROM exercises as well as body alignment and postural techniques
H expected benefit of prescribed medications as well as
adverse effects
H cosmetic tips, such as suggesting the use of hypoallergenic makeup and referral to a hairdresser who
specializes in scalp disorders.
Lupus erythematosus
497
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 498
Lyme disease
Overview
Description
H A multisystem disorder caused by a spirochete
Pathophysiology
H A tick injects spirochete-laden saliva into the blood-
grate outward on the skin, causing a rash, and disseminate to other skin sites or organs through the
bloodstream or lymph system.
H Spirochetes may survive for years in the joints or die
after triggering an inflammatory response in the host.
Causes
H The spirochete Borrelia burgdorferi, carried by the
minute tick Ixodes dammini (also called I. scapularis) or another tick in the Ixodidae family
Risk factors
H Outdoor occupations
H Outdoor activities, such as camping and hunting
H Geographic location with tick infestation
Incidence
H Affects all ages and both sexes
H Onset during the summer months
H Occurs in geographic ranges of ixodid ticks
Common characteristics
H Typically begins with classic skin lesion, erythema
migrans (EM)
H Skin lesions with bright red outer rims and white
Complications
H Myocarditis
H Pericarditis
H Arrhythmias
H Meningitis
498
Lyme disease
Assessment
History
H Recent exposure to ticks
H Onset of symptoms in warmer months
H Severe headache and stiff neck with rash eruption
H Fever (up to 104 F [40 C]) and chills
Physical findings
H Regional lymphadenopathy
H Tenderness in the skin lesion site or the posterior
cervical area
Early stage
H Tachycardia or irregular heartbeat
H Mild dyspnea
H EM
H Headache
H Myalgia
H Arthralgia
Later stage
H Neurologic signs such as memory impairment
H Bells palsy
H Intermittent arthritis (see Differentiating Lyme disease)
H Cardiac symptoms, such as heart failure, pericarditis,
and dyspnea
H Neurologic symptoms, such as memory impairment
and myelitis
H Fibromyalgia
H Ocular signs such as conjunctivitis
Test results
Laboratory
H Assays for anti-B. burgdorferi show evidence of previous or current infection.
H Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay or indirect immunofluorescence microscopy shows immunoglobulin (Ig) M levels peak 3 to 6 weeks after infection,
IgG antibodies are detected several weeks after infection and may continue to develop for several months
and generally persist for years.
H Positive Western blot assay shows serologic evidence.
of past or current infection with B. burgdorferi
H Polymerase chain reaction is used when joint and
cerebrospinal fluid involvement are present.
ALERT
Serologic testing isnt useful early in the course of
Lyme disease because of its low sensitivity. However, it may be more useful in later disease stages,
when sensitivity and specificity of the test are improved.
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 499
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture with analysis of cerebrospinal fluid
may show antibodies to B. burgdorferi.
H Skin biopsy may be used to detect B. burgdorferi.
Treatment
General
H Prompt tick removal using proper technique
H Rest periods when needed
Medications
H I.V. or oral antibiotics (initiated as soon as possible
Prevention
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H express relief from pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible.
Nursing interventions
H Plan care to provide adequate rest.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Assist with range-of-motion and strengthening exer-
Monitoring
H Skin lesions
H Response to treatment
H Adverse drug reactions
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of follow-up care and reporting recurrent or new symptoms to the physician
H prevention of Lyme disease (see Preventing Lyme
disease)
H information about the vaccine for persons at risk for
contracting Lyme disease.
Discharge planning
H If the patient is in the late stages of the disease, refer
Lyme disease
499
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 500
Lymphocytic
choriomeningitis
Overview
Description
H A mild, biphasic, febrile illness lasting about 2 weeks
H Asymptomatic in one-third of individuals and re-
Pathophysiology
H Infected mice or other hosts excrete lymphocytic
Causes
H LCMV
H Arenavirus
Risk factors
H Handling infected animals or their excreta
Incidence
H Prevalence of LCM in humans: 2% to 10%, but im-
in young adults
H Cases reported in Europe, North America, South
America, Australia, and Japan, but most cases occurring in the northeast and eastern seaboard areas of
the United States
H More common during fall and winter
H Infection occurring equally in males and females
Common characteristics
H Early: fever, malaise, anorexia, weakness, muscle
500
Lymphocytic choriomeningitis
Complications
H Temporary or permanent neurologic damage possi-
infection associated with abortion, congenital hydrocephalus, chorioretinitis, and mental retardation)
H Myelitis presenting with muscle weakness, paralysis,
or changes in body sensation
H Guillain-Barrtype syndrome
H Orchitis (usually unilateral) or parotitis
H Cardiac involvement such as myocarditis
H Psychosis
H Joint pain and arthritis during convalescence, especially in the metacarpophalangeal and proximal interphalangeal joints
H Prolonged convalescence, with continuing dizziness,
somnolence, and fatigue
Assessment
History
H Exposure to rodents, hamsters, or their excreta 1 to
Physical findings
H Lymphadenopathy
H Maculopapular rash
H Fever
H Cough
H Possible bradycardia
Test results
Laboratory
PHASE I
H White blood cell (WBC) count is decreased (leuko-
penia).
H Platelet count is decreased (thrombocytopenia).
H Liver enzymes are mildly elevated.
PHASE II
H Protein levels are increased.
H WBC count is increased.
H Glucose levels in cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) are
decreased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay detects immunoglobulin M antibodies from serum or CSF (the
preferred diagnostic test).
H Lumbar puncture: In patients with meningeal signs,
CSF is typically abnormal, consisting of an increased
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 501
Prevention
Treatment
General
H Hospitalization and supportive treatment based on
severity
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
Preventing lymphocytic
choriomeningitis
Lymphocytic choriomeningitis can be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Use meticulous hand-washing techniques using soap
and water after handling pet rodents.
H Clean cages in a well-ventilated area.
H Use a liquid disinfectant, such as diluted household
bleach, to clean up rodent droppings.
H Avoid putting rodents near your face.
H Closely supervise children and make sure they follow
good hand-washing practices after touching rodents.
H No specific treatment
H Anti-inflammatory drugs possibly useful
H Ribavirin (effective against LCMV in vitro)
H Analgesics (for symptom relief)
Surgery
H Acute hydrocephalus possibly requiring surgical
trist.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report acute symptom relief
H use precautions in handling rodents in the future
H have a plan to manage potential complications during convalescence
H understand the importance of follow-up appointments.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage rest and fluids after lumbar puncture.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Administer total care if the patient is paralyzed or in
a coma.
H Encourage diet and activity, as tolerated.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Acute hydrocephalus
H Cardiac signs and symptoms
H Skin integrity
H If lumbar puncture, complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prevention techniques (see Preventing lymphocytic
choriomeningitis)
H use of a personal respirator.
Discharge planning
H Refer pregnant patients to an obstetrician for moni-
toring.
Lymphocytic choriomeningitis
501
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 502
Lymphoma,
non-Hodgkins
H Meningitis
H Anemia
H Liver, kidney, and lung problems (with tumor
growth)
H Central nervous system involvement possibly leading
Overview
Description
H Heterogeneous group of malignant diseases that orig-
Pathophysiology
H Non-Hodgkins lymphoma seems to be similar to
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
H History of autoimmune disease
Incidence
H Three times more common than Hodgkins disease
H Incidence increasing, especially in patients with au-
toimmune disorders and those receiving immunosuppressant treatment or those with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
Special populations
Males older than age 60 have the highest incidence
of non-Hodgkins lymphoma.
Assessment
History
H Symptoms mimicking those of Hodgkins disease
H Painless, swollen lymph glands (swelling that may
Physical findings
H Enlarged tonsils and adenoids
H Rubbery nodes in the cervical and supraclavicular
areas
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count shows anemia.
H Uric acid levels are normal or elevated.
H Calcium level is elevated due to bone lesions.
Imaging
H Miscellaneous scans (chest X-rays; lymphangiography; liver, bone, and spleen scans; a computed tomography scan of the abdomen; and excretory urography) show disease progression.
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsies of lymph nodes; of tonsils, bone marrow,
liver, bowel, or skin; or, as needed, of tissue removed
during exploratory laparotomy help to differentiate
non-Hodgkins lymphoma from Hodgkins disease.
H The same staging system used for Hodgkins disease
is used for non-Hodgkins lymphomas.
Treatment
General
H Radiation therapy mainly during the localized stage
of the disease
H Total nodal irradiation usually effective in nodular
Complications
Medications
H Hypercalcemia
H Hyperuricemia
H Lymphomatosis
H Chemotherapy in combinations
Common characteristics
502
Lymphoma, non-Hodgkins
9400L.qxd
8/2/12
4:37 PM
Page 503
Surgery
H Total or subtotal gastrectomy to treat perforation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no further weight loss
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide time for rest periods.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
Monitoring
H Adverse effects of treatment
H Vital signs
H Pain control
H Hydration and nutritional status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative and postoperative procedures
H dietary plan
H mouth care using a soft-bristled toothbrush and
avoidance of commercial mouthwashes
H relaxation and comfort measures
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H symptoms that require immediate attention.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resources and support
services.
Lymphoma, non-Hodgkins
503
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 504
Life-threatening disorder
Major depression
Overview
Description
Complications
H Profound alteration of social, family, and occupation-
al functioning
H Suicide
Assessment
History
threatening
H Unipolar depressive disorder with onset in early
adulthood and recurrences throughout life (at least
two more episodes in 50% to 60% of patients)
H Recurrences possible after protracted symptom-free
period or occurring sporadically, increasing in frequency, or occurring in clusters
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
Causes
H Psychological stress
H Genetic, familial, biochemical, physical, psychologi-
Risk factors
H Female sex
H Family history of major depression or bipolar disor-
der
H Chronic illness
H Chronic pain
H Substance abuse
H Adverse reaction to medication such as beta-
adrenergic blockers
Incidence
H Affects about 17.6 million Americans each year
H Affects 5% to 20% of general population at some
criteria
H Incidence increases with age
H Twice as common in females as in males, regardless
of age
Common characteristics
H Depressed mood daily for 2 weeks or longer
H History of personal loss or severe stress
H Patient expressing doubts about self-worth or ability
to cope
504
Major depression
DSM-IV-TR criteria
A diagnosis is confirmed when five or more of the following symptoms present during the same 2-week period and represent a change from previous functioning:
H Depressed mood (irritable mood in children and
adolescents) most of the day, nearly every day, as indicated by either subjective account or observation
by others
H Markedly diminished interest or pleasure in all, or
almost all, activities most of the day, nearly every day
H Significant weight loss or weight gain (greater than
5% of the patients body weight in a month) when not
dieting, or a change in appetite nearly every day
H Insomnia or hypersomnia nearly every day
H Psychomotor agitation or retardation nearly every
day
H Fatigue or loss of energy nearly every day
H Feelings of worthlessness and excessive or inappropriate guilt nearly every day
H Diminished ability to think or concentrate, or indecisiveness, nearly every day
H Recurrent thoughts of death, recurrent suicidal
ideation without a specific plan, or suicide attempt or
a specific plan for committing suicide (see Suicide
prevention guidelines)
H Symptoms not due to a mixed episode, a medical
condition, the effects of a medication or other substance, or bereavement
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 505
Test results
Laboratory
H Toxicology screening suggests a drug-induced
depression.
H Dexamethasone suppression test may show a failure
to suppress cortisol secretion.
Other
H Beck Depression Inventory shows the onset, severity,
duration, and progression of depressive symptoms.
Treatment
General
H Electroconvulsive therapy
H Short-term psychotherapy (a combination of individ-
Medications
H Selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors, such as flu-
desipramine
H Monoamine oxidase inhibitors such as phenelzine
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H voice feelings related to self-esteem
H make a verbal contract not to harm self
H engage in social interactions with others
H verbally and behaviorally demonstrate a positive selfevaluation.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage participation in individual and group
therapy.
H Encourage verbalization and expression of feelings.
H Listen attentively and respectfully.
H Provide a structured routine.
H Encourage interaction with others.
H Document observations and significant conversa-
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H depression and its effects on daily living
H need for adherence to medication regimen
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects and interactions with other substances.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available support services and
community assistance.
tions.
H Assume an active role in initiating communication.
H Plan activities for when the patients energy levels are
highest.
H Provide distraction from self-absorption.
Monitoring
H Adverse effects of medication
H Suicidal ideations
H Self-care
H Social interaction
H Functioning level
H Response to treatment
Major depression
505
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 506
Malabsorption
Overview
Description
H Defect in the GI tract in which the intestinal mucosa
possibly impaired
H Resulting inadequate movement of nutrients from the
Pathophysiology
H The mechanism of malabsorption depends on the
cause.
H In celiac sprue, dietary gluten a product of wheat,
barley, rye, and oats is toxic to the patient, causing injury to the mucosal villi. The mucosa appears
Causes of malabsorption
Many disorders from systemic to organ-specific diseases may lead to malabsorption.
Drug-induced malabsorption
H Calcium carbonate
H Neomycin
Hepatobiliary disease
H Biliary fistula
H Biliary tract obstruction
H Cirrhosis and hepatitis
Hereditary disorder
Pancreatic disorders
H Chronic pancreatitis
H Cystic fibrosis
H Pancreatic cancer
H Pancreatic resection
H Zollinger-Ellison syndrome
506
Malabsorption
flat and has lost absorptive surface. Symptoms generally disappear when gluten is removed from the diet.
H Lactase deficiency is a disaccharide deficiency syndrome. Lactase is an intestinal enzyme that splits
nonabsorbable lactose (a disaccharide) into the absorbable monosaccharides glucose and galactose.
Production may be deficient, or another intestinal
disease may inhibit the enzyme.
H After gastrectomy, poor mixing of chyme with gastric
secretions is the cause of postsurgical malabsorption.
H In Zollinger-Ellison syndrome, increased acidity in
the duodenum inhibits release of cholecystokinin,
which stimulates pancreatic enzyme secretion. Pancreatic enzyme deficiency leads to decreased breakdown of nutrients and malabsorption.
H Bacterial overgrowth in the duodenal stump (loop
created in the Billroth II procedure) causes malabsorption of vitamin B12.
Causes
H Prior gastric surgery
H Pancreatic disorders
H Hepatobiliary disease
H Disease of the small intestine
H Hereditary disorders
H Drug toxicity (see Causes of malabsorption)
Incidence
H Depends on cause of malabsorption
Common characteristics
H Weight loss and generalized malnutrition
H Diarrhea
H Steatorrhea
H Flatulence and abdominal distention
H Nocturia
H Weakness and fatigue
H Edema
H Amenorrhea
H Anemia
H Glossitis, cheilosis
H Peripheral neuropathy
H Bruising, bleeding tendency
H Bone pain, skeletal deformities, fractures
H Tetany, paresthesia
Complications
H Fractures
H Anemias
H Bleeding disorders
H Tetany
H Malnutrition
Assessment
History
H Fatigue
H Diarrhea
H Steatorrhea
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 507
Physical findings
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Signs of weight loss or muscle wasting
H Abdominal distention
H Hyperactive bowel sounds
H Pallor
H Ecchymosis
H Peripheral edema
Test results
Laboratory
H Stool specimen for fat reveals excretion of greater
than 6 g of fat per day.
H D-xylose absorption test shows less than 20% of 25 g
of D-xylose in the urine after 5 hours (reflects disorders of proximal bowel).
H Schilling test reveals deficiency of vitamin B12 absorption.
H Culture of duodenal and jejunal contents confirms
bacterial overgrowth in the proximal bowel.
Imaging
H GI barium studies show characteristic features of the
small intestine.
Diagnostic procedures
H Small intestine biopsy reveals the atrophy of mucosal
villi.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H following a gluten-free diet.
Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up visits, as ordered.
Treatment
General
H Identification of cause and appropriate correction
H Gluten-free diet to stop progression of celiac disease
and malabsorption
H Lactose-free diet to treat lactase deficiency
Medications
H Dietary supplementation
H Vitamin B12 injections
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have improved absorption of nutrients
H maintain or improve weight
H express understanding of cause of disorder.
Nursing interventions
H Watch for signs of dehydration, such as dry skin and
Monitoring
H Nutritional status
H Calorie intake
H Weight
Malabsorption
507
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 508
Malaria
Overview
Description
H An acute infectious disease: caused by protozoa of
Pathophysiology
H Plasmodium sporozoites are injected by the bite of a
mosquito vector.
H The infective sporozoites migrate by blood circulation to parenchymal cells of the liver; there they form
H Perform baseline and periodic ophthalmologic examinations, and report blurred vision, increased sensitivity
to light, and muscle weakness to the physician.
H Consult with the physician about altering therapy if
muscle weakness appears in a patient on long-term
therapy.
H Monitor the patient for tinnitus and other signs of ototoxicity, such as nerve deafness and vertigo.
H Caution the patient to avoid excessive exposure to the
sun to prevent exacerbating drug-induced dermatoses.
Primaquine
Pyrimethamine
Quinine
H Use with caution in patients with cardiovascular conditions, asthma, hemolytic anemia, and granulocytosis,
in a severe reaction.
H Monitor blood pressure frequently while administering
quinine I.V. infusion. Rapid administration causes
marked hypotension.
508
Malaria
Causes
H Bite of female Anopheles mosquitoes
Risk factors
H Resident of, or travel to, an endemic area
H Pregnancy
H Lack of immunity
H Poverty
H Lack of access to health care
Incidence
H 300 to 500 million cases annually (internationally)
H Since 1940, few cases of malaria contracted in the
Common characteristics
H Chills
H Fever
H Headache
H Myalgia
H Interspersed periods of well-being (the hallmark of
Complications
H Renal failure
H Liver failure
H Heart failure
H Pulmonary edema
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Circulatory collapse
H Severe normocytic anemia
H Seizures
H Hypoglycemia
H Splenic rupture
H Cerebral dysfunction
H Death
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 509
Assessment
Nursing considerations
History
Key outcomes
Physical findings
H Pale skin
H Urticaria
H Jaundice
H Petechial rash
H Hepatosplenomegaly (P. vivax and P. ovale)
Test results
Laboratory
H Peripheral blood smears identify parasites in RBCs.
H Hemoglobin levels are decreased.
H Leukocyte count may be decreased (as low as
3,000/l).
H Protein and leukocytes are present in urine sediment.
FALCIPARUM MALARIA
H Platelet numbers are reduced (20,000 to 50,000/l).
H Prothrombin time is prolonged (18 to 20 seconds).
H Partial thromboplastin time is prolonged (60 to
100 seconds).
Nursing interventions
systemic signs.
H Report all cases of malaria to local public health
authorities.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Response to treatment
H Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and potential for relapse
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Treatment
General
H Symptomatic
H Activity, as tolerated (bed rest during acute phase)
H Increased fluid intake
Medications
H Oral chloroquine (for all forms except chloroquine-
resistant P. falciparum)
H Oral quinine (for malaria caused by P. falciparum)
Malaria
509
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 510
Mastitis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the breast tissue
H Lactating breast infection
H Good prognosis
Pathophysiology
H A pathogen (typically originating in nursing infants
Causes
Common characteristics
H Red, swollen, warm, and tender breasts
H Nipple cracks or fissures
H Enlarged axillary lymph nodes
Complications
H Abscess
Assessment
History
H Fever
H Malaise
H Flulike symptoms
H Tenderness
Physical findings
Risk factors
H Fissure or abrasion of the nipple
H Blocked milk ducts
H Incomplete letdown reflex
H Tight bra
H Prolonged intervals between breast-feedings
Incidence
Test results
Laboratory
H Cultures of expressed milk confirm generalized
mastitis.
H Cultures of breast skin confirm localized mastitis.
Treatment
General
H Warm soaks
H Avoidance of tight bras and clothing
H Continuation of breast-feeding in both breasts to pre-
Preventing mastitis
To help your patient prevent mastitis from recurring, follow these guidelines:
H Stress to the patient the importance of emptying the
breasts completely because milk stasis can cause infection and mastitis.
H Teach the patient to alternate feeding positions and to
rotate pressure areas on the nipples.
H Remind the patient to position the infant properly on
the breast with the entire areola in his mouth.
H Advise the patient to expose sore nipples to the air as
often as possible.
H Teach the patient proper hand-washing technique and
personal hygiene.
H Instruct the patient to get plenty of rest and consume
sufficient fluids and a balanced diet to enhance
breast-feeding.
H Suggest that the patient apply a warm, wet towel to the
affected breast or take a warm shower to relax and improve breast-feeding.
510
Mastitis
Medications
H Antibiotics according to infecting organism
H Analgesics
Surgery
H Breast abscess incision and drainage
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit no signs or symptoms of infection
H resume breast-feeding without further complications
H maintain skin integrity.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide warm soaks.
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 511
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Abscess development
H Breast engorgement
H Skin integrity
H Breast-feeding
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H reassurance that breast-feeding wont harm the infant
because hes the source of the infection
H offering the infant the unaffected breast first to promote complete emptying and prevent clogged ducts
H need to stop breast-feeding with abscessed breast
H use of a breast pump until abscess heals
H continuation of breast-feeding on the unaffected side
H prevention of mastitis. (See Preventing mastitis.)
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a lactation specialist, if indicated.
Mastitis
511
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 512
Melanoma, malignant
Overview
Description
H Neoplasm that arises from melanocytes
H Potentially the most lethal of the skin cancers
H Common sites: head and neck in males, legs and
Pathophysiology
H Melanomas arise as a result of malignant degenera-
Causes
H Ultraviolet rays from the sun that damage the skin
Risk factors
H Excessive exposure to sunlight
H Skin type (blond or red hair, fair skin, and blue
Incidence
H Lifetime U.S. incidence: 1 in 60 people
H Most common cancer in females ages 25 to 29
H Unusual in children
512
Melanoma, malignant
Common characteristics
H Nonhealing sore
H Preexisting lesion or nevus that enlarges
H Signs of melanoma:
Asymmetrical lesion
Border irregularity
Color varied
Diameter larger than 6 mm
Complications
H Metastasis to the lungs, liver, or brain
Assessment
History
H A sore that doesnt heal, a persistent lump or
Physical findings
H Lesions on the ankles or the inside surfaces of the
knees
H Uniformly discolored nodule on knee or ankle
H Small, elevated tumor nodules that may ulcerate and
bleed
H Palpable polypoid nodules that resemble the surface
of a blackberry
H Pigmented lesions on the palms and soles or under
the nails
H Long-standing lesion that has ulcerated
H Flat nodule with smaller nodules scattered over the
surface
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count with differential shows
anemia.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated.
H Platelet count is abnormal if metastasis has occurred.
H Liver function studies are abnormal if metastasis has
occurred.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays and computed tomography scan help in
staging.
Diagnostic procedures
H Excisional biopsy and full-depth punch biopsy with
histologic examination can show tumor thickness
and disease stage.
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 513
Treatment
General
H Close long-term follow-up care to detect metastasis
and recurrences
H Radiation therapy (usually for metastatic disease)
H Well-balanced diet
H Avoidance of sun exposure
Medications
H Chemotherapy
H Biotherapy
H Immunotherapy such as interferon
Surgery
H Surgical resection to remove tumor and 3- to 5-cm
margin
H Regional lymphadenectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain weight
H express positive feelings about self
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H experience healing of wound without signs of
infection
H express feelings of increased comfort.
Prevention
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resources and support
services.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Provide appropriate wound care.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide a high-protein, high-calorie diet.
Monitoring
H Complications of treatment
H Pain control
H Wound site
H Postoperative complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative and postoperative care
H need for close follow-up care to detect recurrences
early
H signs and symptoms of recurrence
H detrimental effects of overexposure to solar radiation
and benefits of regular use of a sunblock or a sunscreen and protective clothing. (See Preventing malignant melanoma.)
Melanoma, malignant
513
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 514
Mnires disease
Overview
Description
H History of smoking
H Alcohol use
ALERT
In some females, premenstrual edema may precipitate outbreaks of Mnires disease.
dysfunction
H Causes severe vertigo, sensorineural hearing loss,
and tinnitus
H Usually, only one ear involved
H After multiple attacks over several years, possibly
incapacitating residual tinnitus and hearing loss
H Also known as endolymphatic hydrops
Pathophysiology
H Mnires disease may result from overproduction or
Causes
H Unknown, but possibly associated with:
Family history
Immune disorder
Migraine headaches
Middle ear infection
Head trauma
Autonomic nervous system dysfunction
Premenstrual edema
Risk factors
H Recent viral infection
H Stress
H Fatigue
H Allergies
514
Mnires disease
Incidence
H Usually affects adults between ages 30 and 60; rare in
children
H Slightly more common in males than in females
Common characteristics
H Sudden severe spinning, whirling vertigo, lasting
preceding an attack
H Severe nausea, vomiting, sweating, and pallor during
an acute attack
H Nystagmus
H Loss of balance and falling to the affected side
Complications
H Continued tinnitus
H Hearing loss
H Injury
Assessment
History
H Vertigo
H Nausea
H Tinnitus
H Falls
Physical findings
H Inability to maintain upright posture
H Unsteady gait
H Diplopia
H Hypotension
Test results
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging rule out acoustic neuroma as a cause of
symptoms.
Diagnostic procedures
H Audiometric testing shows a sensorineural hearing
loss and loss of discrimination and recruitment.
H Electronystagmography shows normal or reduced
vestibular response on the affected side.
H Cold caloric testing shows impairment of oculovestibular reflex.
H Electrocochleography shows increased ratio of summating potential to action potential.
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 515
Treatment
General
H Lying down to minimize head movement, and avoid-
Medications
H Promethazine or prochlorperazine
H Atropine
H Dimenhydrinate
H Central nervous system depressants, such as lo-
dramine
For long-term management
H Diuretics
H Betahistine dihydrochloride
H Vasodilators
H Antihistamines or mild sedatives
H Systemic streptomycin (chemical ablation)
Surgery
H Endolymphatic drainage and shunt procedures
H Vestibular nerve resection
H Labyrinthectomy
H Cochlear implantation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H remain safe from injury
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H seek appropriate support to assist with coping.
Nursing interventions
H Maintain a safe environment; provide assistance
when necessary.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Frequency of attacks
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of reading and exposure to glaring lights
to reduce dizziness
Mnires disease
515
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 516
Life-threatening disorder
Meningitis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of brain and spinal cord meninges
H May affect all three meningeal membranes (dura
Incidence
H Infants, children, and elderly people at highest risk
Common characteristics
H Nuchal rigidity
H Headache
H Fever
H Meningismus, typically with signs of cerebral
dysfunction
H Seizures
Complications
H Visual impairment; optic neuritis
H Cranial nerve palsies; deafness
H Paresis or paralysis
H Endocarditis
H Coma
H Vasculitis
H Cerebral infarction
H Seizures
Special populations
Prognosis is poor for infants and elderly people.
Pathophysiology
H Inflammation of pia-arachnoid and subarachnoid
dates.
H Results can include:
Causes
H Bacterial infection, usually from Neisseria meningi-
Risk factors
H I.V. drug abuse
H Crowded living conditions
H Age older than 60 or younger than 5
H Diabetes
H Alcoholism or cirrhosis
516
Meningitis
Assessment
History
H Headache
H Fever
H Nausea, vomiting
H Weakness
H Myalgia
H Photophobia
H Confusion, delirium
H Seizures
Physical findings
H Meningismus
H Rigors
H Profuse sweating
H Kernigs and Brudzinskis signs (elicited in only 50%
of adults)
H Declining level of consciousness (LOC)
H Cranial nerve palsies
H Rash (with meningococcemia)
H Focal neurologic deficits such as visual field defects
H Signs of increased ICP (in later stages)
Special populations
Meningismus and fever are commonly absent in
neonates and the only clinical clues may be nonspecific, such as refusal to feed, high-pitched cry,
and irritability.
Special populations
Elderly patients may experience an insidious onset,
exhibiting lethargy and variable signs of meningismus and no fever.
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 517
Test results
Monitoring
Laboratory
H White blood cell count shows leukocytosis.
H Blood cultures are positive in bacterial meningitis,
depending on the pathogen.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may reveal a coexisting pneumonia.
H Neuroimaging techniques, such as computed tomography scanning and magnetic resonance imaging,
may detect complications and a parameningeal
source of infection.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture and cerebrospinal fluid analysis
shows:
increased opening pressure
neutrophilic pleocytosis
elevated protein
hypoglycorrhachia
positive Gram stain
positive culture.
H Neurologic status
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of cranial nerve involvement
H Signs and symptoms of increased ICP
H LOC
H Seizures
H Respiratory status
H Arterial blood gas results
H Fluid balance
H Response to medications
H Complications
Treatment
General
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H contagion risks for close contacts
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H signs and symptoms of meningitis
H polysaccharide meningococcal vaccine, pneumococcal vaccine, and Hib vaccine.
H Hypothermia
H Fluid therapy
H Pain control
H Bed rest (in acute phase)
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as vancomycin and meropenem
H Antiarrhythmics
H Osmotic diuretics
H Anticonvulsants
H Aspirin or acetaminophen
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H have normal temperature
H express feelings of increased comfort and pain relief
H maintain normal fluid volume
H have intact skin.
Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Maintain respiratory isolation for first 24 hours (with
meningococcal meningitis).
H Administer prescribed oxygen.
H Position the patient in proper body alignment.
H Encourage active range-of-motion (ROM) exercises
when appropriate.
H Provide passive ROM exercises when appropriate.
H Maintain adequate nutrition.
H Administer prescribed laxatives or stool softeners.
H Provide meticulous skin and mouth care.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Meningitis
517
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 518
Metabolic syndrome
Overview
Description
H A cluster of symptoms triggered by insulin resistance:
Pathophysiology
H The body breaks down food into basic components,
Causes
H Genetic predisposition
H Acquired
Risk factors
H Obesity
H Improper diet
H Insufficient physical activity
H Aging
H Hyperinsulinemia/impaired glucose tolerance
H Previous myocardial infarction
Incidence
H Affects an estimated 47 million Americans
H Most common in Mexican Americans (highest rate at
32%)
H In Black and Mexican American populations, females
Common characteristics
H Waist size: more than 40
518
Metabolic syndrome
Complications
H Coronary artery disease
H Diabetes
H Hyperlipidemia
H Premature death
Assessment
History
H Familial history
H Hypertension
H High low-density lipoproteins (LDL) and triglyceride
levels
H Low high-density lipoproteins (HDL) levels
H Abdominal obesity
H Sedentary lifestyle
H Poor diet
Physical findings
H Abdominal obesity
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood glucose levels are high.
H LDL and triglyceride levels are high.
H HDL levels are low.
H Hyperinsulinemia is present.
H Serum uric acid level is elevated.
Other
H Blood pressure is greater than 130/85 mm/Hg.
Treatment
General
H Weight-reduction program
H Low alcohol intake
H Low-cholesterol diet
H Diet high in complex carbohydrates (grains, beans,
Medications
H Oral antidiabetic agents
H Antihypertensives
H Statins
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a healthy weight
H increase his level of activity
H consume a proper diet.
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 519
Nursing interventions
H Promote lifestyle changes and provide appropriate
support.
Monitoring
H Blood pressure
H Ordered laboratory tests
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H principles of healthy diet
H relationship of diet, inactivity, and obesity to metabolic syndrome
H benefits of increased physical activity
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a dietitian and an exercise
program, as appropriate.
H Stress the importance of follow-up.
Metabolic syndrome
519
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 520
Methicillin-resistant
Staphylococcus aureus
Overview
Description
H A mutation of a very common bacterium easily
Pathophysiology
H 90% of Staphylococcus aureus isolates or strains
are penicillin-resistant, and about 27% of all S. aureus isolates are resistant to methicillin, a penicillin
derivative. These strains may also resist cephalosporins, aminoglycosides, erythromycin, tetracycline,
and clindamycin.
H When natural defense systems break down (after invasive procedures, trauma, or chemotherapy), the
usually benign bacteria can invade tissue, proliferate,
and cause infection.
H The most frequent colonization site is the anterior
nares (40% of adults and most children become
transient nasal carriers). The groin, armpits, and intestines are less common colonization sites.
Assessment
History
H Possible risk factors for MRSA
H Carrier patient typically asymptomatic
Physical findings
H In symptomatic patients, signs and symptoms related
Test results
Laboratory
H Cultures from suspicious wounds, skin, urine, or
blood show MRSA.
Treatment
General
H Transmission precautions: contact isolation for
wound, skin, and urine infection; respiratory isolation for sputum infection
H No treatment needed for patient with colonization
only
H High-protein diet
H Rest periods, as needed
Causes
Medications
Risk factors
H Immunosuppression
H Prolonged facility stays
H Extended therapy with multiple or broad-spectrum
antibiotics
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain collateral circulation
H attain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H remain afebrile
H have an adequate fluid volume.
Nursing interventions
Incidence
Common characteristics
H Dependent on body system affected
Complications
H Sepsis
H Death
520
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Culture results
H Response to treatment
H Adverse drug reactions
H Complications
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 521
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H difference between MRSA and colonization
H prevention of MRSA spread
H proper hand-washing technique
H need for family and friends to wear protective garb
(and to dispose of it properly) when they visit the
patient
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H need to take antibiotics for the full prescription period, even if the patient begins to feel better.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an infectious disease specialist, if
indicated.
521
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 522
Complications
Mitral stenosis
Overview
Assessment
Description
H Narrowing of the mitral valve orifice, which is nor-
History
mally 3 to 6 cm
H Mild mitral stenosis: valve orifice of 2 cm
H Severe mitral stenosis: valve orifice of 1 cm
Pathophysiology
H Valve leaflets become diffusely thickened by fibrosis
and calcification.
H The mitral commissures and the chordae tendinae
Causes
H Rheumatic fever
H Congenital anomalies
H Atrial myxoma
H Endocarditis
H Systemic lupus erythematosus
H Rheumatoid arthritis
rhythm
Test results
Common characteristics
H Gradual decline in exercise tolerance
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Shortness of breath
H Chest pain, palpitations
522
H Hemoptysis
H Peripheral and facial cyanosis
H Malar rash
H Jugular vein distention
H Ascites
H Peripheral edema
H Hepatomegaly
H A loud S1 or opening snap
H A diastolic murmur at the apex (see Identifying the
H Crackles over lung fields
H Right ventricular lift
H Resting tachycardia; irregularly irregular heart
Incidence
S1
Physical findings
DIASTOLE
S2
Mitral stenosis
SYSTOLE
S1
S2
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show left atrial and ventricular enlargement (in severe mitral stenosis), straightening of the
left border of the cardiac silhouette, enlarged pulmonary arteries, dilation of the upper lobe pulmonary
veins, and mitral valve calcification.
H Echocardiography discloses thickened mitral valve
leaflets and left atrial enlargement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cardiac catheterization shows a diastolic pressure
gradient across the valve, elevated pulmonary artery
wedge pressure (greater than 15 mm Hg), and pulmonary artery pressure in the left atrium with severe
pulmonary hypertension.
H Electrocardiography reveals left atrial enlargement,
right ventricular hypertrophy, right axis deviation,
and (in 40% to 50% of cases) atrial fibrillation.
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 523
Treatment
Patient teaching
General
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need to plan for periodic rest in daily routine
H how to take the pulse
H dietary restrictions
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H signs and symptoms to report
H importance of consistent follow-up care
H when to notify the physician
H use of prophylactic antibiotics for procedures.
al fibrillation
H Sodium-restricted diet
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Digoxin
H Diuretics
H Oxygen
H Beta-adrenergic blockers such as metoprolol
H Calcium channel blockers such as diltiazem
H Anticoagulants such as warfarin
H Infective endocarditis antibiotic prophylaxis
H Nitrates
Surgery
H Commissurotomy or valve replacement
H Percutaneous balloon valvuloplasty
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
H maintain hemodynamic stability and adequate cardiac output
H have no complications due to fluid excess
H exhibit adequate coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
H Check for hypersensitivity reaction to antibiotics.
H If the patient needs bed rest, stress its importance.
H Provide a bedside commode to encourage energy
conservation.
H Allow the patient to express concerns over her inabil-
pnea, if needed.
H Provide a low-sodium diet.
Monitoring
H Vital signs and hemodynamics
H Intake and output
H Signs and symptoms of heart failure and pulmonary
edema
H Signs and symptoms of thromboembolism
H Adverse drug reactions
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Postoperatively: hypotension, arrhythmias, and
thrombus formation
Mitral stenosis
523
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 524
Mitral valve
insufficiency
disease
Incidence
H Can occur at any age
H Affects both sexes equally
Overview
Common characteristics
Description
H Valvular disease of the mitral valve that allows the
Pathophysiology
H Blood from the left ventricle flows back into the left
H Dyspnea
H Peripheral edema
H Tachycardia
Complications
H Heart failure
H Pulmonary edema
H Thromboembolism
H Endocarditis
H Arrhythmias
H Shock
Assessment
History
H Causal occurrence
H Orthopnea
H Dyspnea
H Fatigue
H Angina
H Palpitations
Causes
Physical findings
H Trauma
H Rheumatic fever
H Systemic lupus erythematosus
H Scleroderma
H Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
H Infective endocarditis
H Mitral valve prolapse
H Myocardial infarction
H Severe left-sided heart failure
H Ruptured chordae tendineae
H Associated with congenital anomalies such as trans-
H Tachycardia
H Crackles in the lungs
H Hepatomegaly (right-sided failure)
H Holosystolic murmur at the apex (see Identifying
524
DIASTOLE
S2
SYSTOLE
S1
S2
Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray reveals left atrial and ventricular enlargement and pulmonary congestion.
H Echocardiography shows abnormal valve leaflet motion and left atrial enlargement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cardiac catheterization reveals mitral insufficiency
with increased left ventricular end-diastolic volume
and pressure, increased atrial pressure and pulmonary artery wedge pressure, and decreased cardiac
output.
H Electrocardiography may show left atrial and ventricular hypertrophy, sinus tachycardia, or atrial fibrillation.
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 525
Treatment
General
H Treat underlying cause appropriately
H Low-sodium diet
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and spironolactone
H Inotropic agents, such as digoxin and milrinone
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors
H Oxygen
H Anticoagulants such as warfarin
H Prophylactic antibiotics before and after surgery or
Surgery
H Annuloplasty or valvuloplasty to reconstruct or repair
the valve
H Valve replacement with a prosthetic valve
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate ventilation.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed oxygen.
H Watch for signs of heart failure or pulmonary edema.
Monitoring
H Vital signs and pulse oximetry
H Cardiac rhythm
H Pulmonary artery catheter readings
H Intake and output
H Adverse effects of drug therapy
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary restrictions and medication
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
525
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 526
Pathophysiology
Test results
Imaging
H Echocardiography may reveal mitral valve prolapse
(MVP) with or without mitral insufficiency.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography is usually normal but may reveal
atrial or ventricular arrhythmia.
H Signal-averaged electrocardiography may show ventricular and supraventricular arrhythmias.
H Holter monitor worn for 24 hours may show an arrhythmia.
Causes
H Connective tissue disorders, such as systemic lupus
Incidence
H More prevalent in females than males
H Usually detected in young adulthood
H Affects 2.5% to 5% of the general population
Special populations
Mitral valve prolapse is most common in females
ages 20 to 40.
Common characteristics
H Palpitations
H Atypical chest pain
H Dyspnea
Complications
Treatment
General
H Usually requires no treatment; only regular monitor-
ing
H Decreased caffeine intake
H Fluid intake to maintain hydration
Medications
H Beta-adrenergic blockers, such as atenolol and
metoprolol
H Anticoagulants such as warfarin
H Antiarrhythmics as appropriate
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without fatigue or
decreased energy
H maintain adequate cardiac output, without arrhythmias
H exhibit adequate coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
H Provide reassurance and comfort if the patient expe-
riences anxiety.
H Arrhythmias
H Infective endocarditis
H Mitral insufficiency from chordal rupture
H Mitral regurgitation
Assessment
Monitoring
History
H Usually asymptomatic
H Possible fatigue, syncope, palpitations, chest pain, or
dyspnea on exertion
Physical findings
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Mid-to-late systolic click and late systolic murmur
526
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 527
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need to perform the most important activities of the
day when energy levels are highest
H need for antibiotic prophylaxis therapy before dental
or surgical procedures as indicated (not all patients
with MVP require antibiotic prophylaxis)
H avoidance of foods and beverages high in caffeine
H taking medications as prescribed
H using caution with over-the-counter medications that
contain stimulants.
Discharge planning
H If the patient is being discharged with a Holter moni-
527
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 528
Motion sickness
Overview
Assessment
History
Visual receptors
Vestibular receptors
Body proprioceptors
H Also induced when patterns of motion differ from
those previously experienced
H Nervous system affected
H Recent travel
H Exposure to smoke, carbon monoxide, or fumes
H Recent illness, such as cold or ear infection
H Anxiety
H Panic attack
H Malaise
H Fatigue
H Weakness
H Confusion
H Vision disturbances
H Vertigo
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Diaphoresis
H Pallor
H Hypersalivation
H Yawning
H Hyperventilation
Causes
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood tests rule out other disorders.
Imaging (with frequent episodes)
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging rule out other disorders.
Diagnostic procedures
H Possible EEG, if prolonged episode, rules out other
disorders.
Description
H Sensory conflict about body motion
H Involvement of:
Risk factors
H Motion (automobile, plane, boat, amusement rides)
H Travel
H Visual stimuli (such as a moving horizon)
H Poor ventilation (fumes, smoke, carbon monoxide)
H Emotions (fear, anxiety)
H Illness or poor health
Incidence
H Unknown
H Children ages 2 to 12 affected more commonly than
adults
Common characteristics
H Occurs during or after motion or visual stimuli
H GI disturbances
H Nervous system disturbances
Complications
H Hypotension
H Dehydration
H Depression
H Panic
H Syncope
528
Motion sickness
Treatment
General
H Removing triggers
H Minimizing exposure
H Improving ventilation
H Acupressure on point 2 cm proximal from transverse
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 529
Medications
Prevention
H Scopolamine
H Promethazine
H Cyclizine
H Dimenhydrinate
H Meclizine
H Ginger
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express reduced levels of anxiety
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and its treatment
H express improvement in symptoms
H maintain adequate hydration.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Remove triggers or noxious stimuli.
H Help the patient identify risk factors and make modi-
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse reactions to prescribed drugs
H Intake and output
H Risk-factor modification
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H use of acupressure to reduce symptoms
H prevention techniques. (See Preventing motion
sickness.)
Motion sickness
529
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 530
Multiple myeloma
infections, or sinusitis
H Pain on movement or weight bearing, especially in
Overview
Description
H Disseminated neoplasm of marrow plasma cells
H Prognosis usually poor because by diagnosis, the ver-
Pathophysiology
H Infiltration of the bone produces osteolytic lesions
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
H Genetic factors
H Occupational exposure to radiation
H Obesity
Incidence
H Most common in males older than age 50
H More common in blacks
Physical findings
H Noticeable thoracic deformities and reduction in
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count shows moderate or severe
anemia; the differential may show 40% to 50% lymphocytes but seldom more than 3% plasma cells;
Rouleau formation, commonly the first clue, is seen
on differential smear and results from elevation of
the erythrocyte sedimentation rate.
H Urine studies may show protein urea, Bence Jones
protein, and hypercalciuria; absence of Bence Jones
protein doesnt rule out multiple myeloma, but its
presence almost invariably confirms the disease.
H Serum electrophoresis shows an elevated globulin
spike thats electrophoretically and immunologically
abnormal.
H Serum calcium level is elevated.
Imaging
H X-rays during the early stages may reveal only diffuse
osteoporosis. Eventually, they show the characteristic
lesions of multiple myeloma: multiple, sharply circumscribed osteolytic, or punched out lesions, particularly on the skull, pelvis, and spine.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow aspiration reveals myelomatous cells
and abnormal number of immature plasma cells
(10% to 95% instead of the normal 3% to 5%).
Common characteristics
Treatment
General
Complications
Assessment
History
H History of neoplastic fractures
H Severe, constant back pain, which may increase with
exercise
H Arthritic symptoms
H Peripheral paresthesia
H Progressive weakness and fatigue
530
Multiple myeloma
Medications
H Bisphosphonates
H Analgesics
H Chemotherapeutics, such as melphalan, cyclophos-
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 531
Surgery
H Laminectomy if the patient develops vertebral com-
pression
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings regarding illness
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H demonstrate effective coping skills.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage fluid intake (3 to 4 qt [3 to 4 L] daily).
H Administer prescribed drugs.
After surgery
H Encourage mobilization.
Monitoring
H Complications of treatment
H Signs and symptoms of severe anemia and fractures
H Proper positioning (alignment)
H Pain control
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of deep breathing and changing position
every 2 hours after surgery
H appropriate dress for weather conditions (because
the patient may be sensitive to cold)
H avoidance of crowds and people with infections
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H safety precautions to prevent falls.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resources and support
services.
Multiple myeloma
531
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 532
Multiple sclerosis
Overview
Description
H Progressive demyelination of white matter of brain
Complications
H Injuries from falls
H Urinary tract infections
H Constipation
H Contractures
H Pressure ulcers
H Pneumonia
H Depression
Pathophysiology
H Sporadic patches of demyelination occur in the cen-
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Slow-acting viral infection
H An autoimmune response of the nervous system
H Allergic response
H Events that precede the onset:
emotional stress
overwork
fatigue
pregnancy
acute respiratory tract infections
H Genetic factors possibly also involved
Risk factors
H Trauma
H Anoxia
H Toxins
H Nutritional deficiencies
H Vascular lesions
H Anorexia nervosa
Incidence
H Highest in females
H Highest among people in northern urban areas
H Highest in higher socioeconomic groups
H Low incidence in Japan
H Family history increases incidence
H Increased incidence with living in a cold, damp cli-
mate
H Major cause of chronic disability in young adults
ages 20 to 40
Common characteristics
H Dependent on the extent and site of myelin destruc-
tion
H Sensory impairment
H Muscle dysfunction
H Bladder and bowel disturbances
H Speech problems
H Fatigue
532
Multiple sclerosis
Assessment
History
H Symptoms related to extent and site of myelin de-
Physical findings
H Poor articulation
H Muscle weakness of the involved area
H Spasticity; hyperreflexia
H Intention tremor
H Gait ataxia
H Paralysis, ranging from monoplegia to quadriplegia
H Nystagmus; scotoma
H Optic neuritis
H Ophthalmoplegia
Test results
H Years of testing and observation may be required for
diagnosis.
Laboratory
H Cerebrospinal fluid analysis shows mononuclear cell
pleocytosis, an elevation in the level of total immunoglobulin (Ig) G, and presence of oligoclonal Ig.
Imaging
H Magnetic resonance imaging is the most sensitive
method of detecting multiple sclerosis focal lesions.
Other
H EEG abnormalities occur in one-third of patients with
MS.
H Evoked potential studies show slowed conduction of
nerve impulses.
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 533
Treatment
General
H Symptomatic treatment for acute exacerbations and
tion
H Frequent rest periods
Medications
H Antineoplastics such as mitoxantrone
H Muscle relaxants, such as baclofen and tizandine
H I.V. steroids followed by oral steroids
H Immunosuppressants
H Biological response modifiers, such as glatiramer,
programs)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H disease process (see Describing multiple sclerosis)
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H avoidance of stress, infections, and fatigue
H maintaining independence
H avoiding exposure to bacterial and viral infections
H nutritional management
H adequate fluid intake and regular urination.
Nursing interventions
Discharge planning
Society.
H Refer the patient to physical and occupational reha-
Monitoring
H Response to medications
H Adverse drug reactions
H Sensory impairment
H Muscle dysfunction
H Energy level
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Speech
H Elimination patterns
H Vision changes
H Laboratory results
Multiple sclerosis
533
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 534
Mumps
Overview
Description
H An acute inflammation of one or both parotid glands,
Pathophysiology
H Virus replication occurs in the epithelium of the up-
Causes
H A paramyxovirus found in the saliva of an infected
person
H Transmitted by droplets or by direct contact with the
Risk factors
H Travel outside the United States
H Unvaccinated status
Incidence
Assessment
History
H Inadequate immunization and exposure to someone
Physical findings
H Swelling and tenderness of the parotid glands
H Simultaneous or subsequent swelling of one or more
Test results
H Glandular swelling confirms the diagnosis.
Laboratory
H Serologic testing shows mumps antibodies.
Treatment
General
H Rest
H Cold compresses for swollen glands
H Use of athletic supporter if testicles are tender
H Liquid to mechanical soft diet until able to swallow
H Increased fluid intake
H Bed rest until fever resolves
H Rest periods when fatigued
Medications
H Analgesics
H Antipyretics
Common characteristics
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
24 hours
H Myalgia, anorexia, malaise, headache, an earache aggravated by chewing, and pain when drinking sour or
acidic liquids; may have a fever of 101 to 104 F
(38.3 to 40 C)
Complications
H Epididymoorchitis
H Meningoencephalitis
H Sterility
H Pancreatitis
H Transient sensorineural hearing loss
H Arthritis
H Nephritis
H Spontaneous abortion (with contact during the first
trimester)
534
Mumps
Nursing interventions
H Apply warm or cool compresses to the neck area to
relieve pain.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide scrotal support, if needed.
H Report all cases of mumps to local public health au-
thorities.
H Disinfect articles soiled with nose and throat secre-
tions.
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 535
Parotid gland
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Signs of CNS involvement
H Auditory acuity
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need to stay away from school or work from days 12
through 25 after exposure
H importance of having children immunized with live
attenuated mumps vaccine at age 15 months or
older, if applicable
H if epididymoorchitis occurs, reassurance that it wont
cause impotence and sterility (occurs only with bilateral orchitis)
H need for bed rest during febrile period
H need to avoid spicy, irritating foods, and those that
require much chewing; advise a soft, bland diet
H need for family members to follow respiratory isolation precautions until symptoms subside.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a urologist for orchitis, if indi-
cated.
Mumps
535
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 536
Muscular dystrophy
Overview
Description
H Hereditary disorder characterized by progressive
Pathophysiology
H Muscle fibers necrotize and regenerate in various
states.
H Regeneration slows and degeneration dominates.
H Fat and connective tissue replace muscle fibers.
H Weakness results.
Causes
H Various genetic mechanisms (band Xp 21)
H Duchennes and Beckers X-linked recessive
H Landouzy-Dejerine autosomal dominant
H Erbs usually autosomal recessive
Duchennes
H Onset insidious
H Onset between ages 3 and 5
H Pelvic muscle weakness
H Interferes with childs ability to run, climb, and walk
Beckers
H Onset after age 5
H Symptoms the same as Duchennes, but slower progression
Landouzy-Dejerine
H Onset before age 10
H Weakness of eye, face, and shoulder muscles
H Inability to raise arms over head
H Inability to close eyes
H Inability to pucker lips or whistle
H Abnormal facial movements
H Absence of facial movements when laughing or crying
H Pelvic muscles weaken as disease progresses
Erbs
H Symptoms the same as in Landouzy-Dejerine but
slower progression
H Less of a disability than in Landouzy-Dejerine
H Onset between ages 6 and 10
H Muscle weakness of upper arm and pelvic muscles
Physical findings
Assessment
History
Test results
Laboratory
H Urine creatinine, serum creatine kinase, lactate dehydrogenase, alanine aminotransferase, and aspartate
aminotransferase levels are elevated.
Incidence
H Duchennes and Beckers: affect males almost exclu-
sively
H Landouzy-Dejerine and Erbs: affect both sexes about
equally
Common characteristics
H Waddling gait
H Toe walking
H Lumbar lordosis
H Frequent falls
H Dyspnea
H Dysphagia
Complications
H Crippling disability
H Contractures
H Pneumonia
H Arrhythmias
H Cardiac hypertrophy
H Dysphagia
536
Muscular dystrophy
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 537
Diagnostic procedures
H Muscle biopsy result confirms the diagnosis.
H Immunologic and biological results facilitate prenatal
and postnatal diagnosis.
H Electromyography shows abnormal muscle movements.
H Amniocentesis detects sex of fetus for high-risk
family.
Other
H Genetic testing may be used to detect the gene defect
that leads to muscular dystrophy in some families.
Treatment
General
H No known treatment to stop progression
H Orthopedic appliances
H Low-calorie, high-protein, high-fiber diet
H Tube feedings, as needed
H Exercise, as tolerated
H Physical therapy
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H maintenance of peer relationships
H how to maintain mobility and independence
H possible complications and prevention
H signs and symptoms of respiratory tract infections
H need for a low-calorie, high-protein, high-fiber diet
H need to avoid long periods of bed rest and inactivity.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for sexual counseling, if indicated.
H Refer the patient for physical therapy, vocational re-
tion.
H Refer the patient for genetic counseling.
Medications
H Stool softeners
H Possible steroids
Surgery
H Surgery to correct contractures
H Spinal fusion
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H perform activities of daily living without muscle
fatigue or intolerance
H maintain muscle strength, joint mobility, and range of
motion
H show no evidence of complications
H maintain respiratory rate within 5 breaths/minute of
baseline.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage coughing and deep-breathing exercises.
H Take steps to prevent muscle atrophy.
H Use splints, braces, grab bars, and overhead slings.
H Use a footboard or high-topped shoes and a foot
cradle.
H Provide a low-calorie, high-protein, high-fiber diet.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Joint mobility
H Muscle weakness
H Complications
Muscular dystrophy
537
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 538
Life-threatening disorder
Myasthenia gravis
progresses
H Short rest periods that temporarily restore muscle
Overview
Description
H An acquired autoimmune disorder characterized by
tive movement
H Initial symptoms related to cranial nerves
H With respiratory system involvement, may be life-
threatening
H Spontaneous remissions in about 25% of patients
Pathophysiology
H Blood cells and thymus gland produce antibodies
Causes
H Autoimmune disorder associated with the thymus
gland
H Accompanies other immune and thyroid disorders
Incidence
H Occurs at any age
H Three times more common in females than males
H Highest in females ages 18 to 25
H Highest in males ages 50 to 60
H Transient myasthenia in about 20% of infants born to
myasthenic mothers
Common characteristics
H Weak eye closure; ptosis
H Diplopia
H Skeletal muscle weakness; paralysis
Complications
H Respiratory distress
H Pneumonia
H Aspiration
Assessment
History
H Varying assessment findings
H Progressive muscle weakness
H Extreme muscle weakness and fatigue (cardinal
symptoms)
H Ptosis and diplopia (the most common sign and
symptom)
538
Myasthenia gravis
function
H Symptoms that become more intense during menses,
Physical findings
H Sleepy, masklike expression
H Drooping jaw
H Ptosis
H Decreased breath sounds
H Decreased tidal volume
H Respiratory distress and myasthenic crisis
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum acetylcholine receptor antibodies are
elevated.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays or computed tomography scan shows
thymoma.
Other
H Positive Tensilon test shows temporary improved
muscle function and confirms the diagnosis.
H Electrodiagnostic testing shows a rapid reduction
of more than 10% in the amplitude of evoked
responses.
Treatment
General
H Plasmapheresis
H Emergency airway and ventilation management
H Diet, as tolerated
H Activity, as tolerated (exercise possibly exacerbating
Medications
H Anticholinesterase drugs, such as neostigmine and
pyridostigmine
H Corticosteroids such as prednisone
H I.V. immune globulin
H Immunosuppressants such as cyclosporine
Surgery
H Thymectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 539
baseline
H perform activities of daily living
H maintain range of motion and joint mobility
H express positive feelings about self.
Nursing interventions
H Provide psychological support.
H Provide frequent rest periods.
H Maintain nutritional management program.
H Maintain social activity.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Neurologic and respiratory function
H Response to medications
ALERT
Monitor patient for signs of impending myasthenic
crisis, including increased muscle weakness, respiratory distress, and difficulty talking or chewing.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H surgery (preoperative and postoperative teaching)
H energy conservation techniques
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H avoidance of strenuous exercise, stress, infection,
needless exposure to the sun or cold weather
H nutritional management program
H swallowing therapy program.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the Myasthenia Gravis Founda-
tion.
Myasthenia gravis
539
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 540
Life-threatening disorder
Myocardial infarction
Overview
Description
H Reduced blood flow through one or more coronary
Complications
H Arrhythmias
H Cardiogenic shock
H Heart failure causing pulmonary edema
H Pericarditis
H Rupture of the atrial or ventricular septum, ventricu-
lar wall
H Ventricular aneurysm
H Cerebral or pulmonary emboli
H Extensions of the original infarction
H Mitral insufficiency
Assessment
Pathophysiology
History
Causes
H Atherosclerosis
H Thrombosis
H Platelet aggregation
H Coronary artery stenosis or spasm
Risk factors
H Increased age (40 to 70)
H Diabetes mellitus
H Elevated serum triglyceride, low-density lipoprotein,
Incidence
H Males more susceptible than premenopausal females
H Increasing among females who smoke and take hor-
monal contraceptives
H In postmenopausal females, similar to incidence in
males
Common characteristics
H Substernal chest pain or pressure with radiation
H Shoulder or jaw pain
H Dyspnea
H Atypical symptoms such as nausea
540
Myocardial infarction
severity, or duration
sternal pain or pressure possibly radiating to the left
arm, jaw, neck, and shoulder blades, and possibly
persisting for 12 or more hours
H In elderly patient or one with diabetes, pain possibly
absent; in others, pain possibly mild and confused
with indigestion
H A feeling of impending doom, fatigue, nausea, vomiting, and shortness of breath
H Sudden death (may be the first and only indication
of MI)
Physical findings
H Extreme anxiety and restlessness
H Dyspnea
H Diaphoresis
H Tachycardia
H Hypertension
H Bradycardia and hypotension, in inferior MI
H An S4, an S3, and paradoxical splitting of S2 with ven-
tricular dysfunction
carditis
H Low-grade fever during the next few days
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum creatine kinase (CK) level is elevated, especially the CK-MB isoenzyme.
H Serum lactate dehydrogenase (LD) level is elevated;
higher LD1 isoenzyme (found in cardiac tissue) than
LD2 (in serum).
H Elevated white blood cell count usually appears on
the second day and lasts 1 week.
H Myoglobin (the hemoprotein found in cardiac and
skeletal muscle) thats released with muscle damage
as soon as 2 hours after MI is detected.
H Troponin levels increase within 4 to 6 hours of myocardial injury and may remain elevated for 5 to 11
days.
H Complete blood count may show amenia.
H Serum C-reactive protein level is elevated.
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 541
levels.
Imaging
H Nuclear medicine scans can identify acutely damaged
muscle by picking up accumulations of radioactive
nucleotide, which appear as a hot spot on the film.
Myocardial perfusion imaging reveals a cold spot
in most patients during the first few hours after a
transmural MI.
H Echocardiography shows ventricular wall dyskinesia
with a transmural MI and helps to evaluate the ejection fraction.
Diagnostic procedures
H Serial 12-lead electrocardiography readings may be
normal or inconclusive during the first few hours after an MI. Characteristic abnormalities include serial
ST-segment depression in subendocardial MI and
ST-segment elevation and Q waves, representing scarring and necrosis, in transmural MI.
H Pulmonary artery catheterization may be performed
to detect left- or right-sided heart failure and to monitor response to treatment.
pain
H exhibit adequate coping skills.
Nursing interventions
H Assess pain and administer prescribed analgesics.
Treatment
General
Monitoring
H Serial electrocardiograms
H Vital signs and heart and breath sounds
dioversion
H Intra-aortic balloon pump for cardiogenic shock
H Low-fat, low-cholesterol diet
H Calorie restriction, if indicated
H Bed rest with bedside commode
H Gradual increase in activity, as tolerated
Medications
H I.V. thrombolytic therapy, such as streptokinase and
Surgery
H Surgical revascularization
H Percutaneous revascularization
ALERT
Watch for crackles, cough, tachypnea, and edema,
which may indicate impending left-sided heart
failure.
H Daily weight; intake and output
H Cardiac enzyme levels; coagulation studies
H Cardiac rhythm for reperfusion arrhythmias (treat
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H procedures
H medication administration, dosage, and psosible adverse reactions
H dietary restrictions
H progressive resumption of sexual activity
H appropriate responses to new or recurrent symptoms
H typical or atypical chest pain to report.
Discharge planning
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
needed.
needed.
Myocardial infarction
541
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 542
Myocarditis
Overview
Description
H Focal or diffuse inflammation of the myocardium typ-
defects
Pathophysiology
H An infectious organism triggers an autoimmune, cel-
Causes
H Viruses
H Bacteria
H Fungi
H Ricettsial
H Hypersensitive immune reactions such as acute
rheumatic fever
H Radiation therapy
H Chronic alcoholism
H Parasitic infections
H Helminthic infections such as trichinosis
Physical findings
H S3 and S4 gallops, muffled S1
H Pericardial friction rub
H Crackles
H Arrhythmia
Test results
Laboratory
H Cardiac enzyme levels, including creatine kinase
(CK), CK-MB, aspartate aminotransferase, and lactate
dehydrogenase are elevated.
H White blood cell count and erythrocyte sedimentation
rate are elevated.
H Antibody titers, such as antistreptolysin-O titer in
rheumatic fever, are elevated.
H Cultures of stool, throat, pharyngeal washings, or
other body fluids show the causative bacteria or
virus.
Diagnostic procedures
H Endomyocardial biopsy can be used to confirm diagnosis.
H Electrocardiography typically shows diffuse STsegment and T-wave abnormalities as in pericarditis,
conduction defects (prolonged PR interval), and ventricular and supraventricular ectopic arrhythmias.
Treatment
Risk factors
General
Common characteristics
Medications
H Anti-infectives as appropriate
H Antiarrhythmics
H Anticoagulants
H Anti-inflammatory agents, such as steroids and non-
Incidence
Complications
H Left-sided heart failure
H Cardiomyopathy
H Chronic valvulitis (when it results from rheumatic
fever)
captoril
H Arrhythmias
H Thromboembolism
Assessment
History
H Possible recent upper respiratory tract infection with
542
Myocarditis
H Diuretics
H Inotropic agents
Surgery
H Pacemaker implantation
H Ventricular assist device
H Heart transplantation
9400M.qxd
8/2/12
4:39 PM
Page 543
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without weakness
or fatigue
H maintain hemodynamic stability and adequate
cardiac output without arrhythmia
H maintain adequate ventilation.
Nursing interventions
H Stress the importance of bed rest. Provide a bedside
commode.
H Allow the patient to express his concerns about the
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Cardiovascular status
H Intake and output
H Signs and symptoms of heart failure
H Possible digoxin toxicity
H Cardiac rhythm
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Daily weight
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H prevention of myocarditis
H signs and symptoms of heart failure
H for a patient taking cardiac glycosides at home, how
to check the pulse for 1 full minute before taking the
dose, and the need to withhold the dose and notify
the physician if the heart rate falls below the predetermined rate (usually 60 beats/minute)
H when to notify the physician.
Myocarditis
543
9400N.qxd
8/2/12
4:41 PM
Page 544
Life-threatening disorder
Assessment
Near drowning
History
Overview
Physical findings
Description
obstruction or asphyxia
H Wet near drowning: fluid aspirated; asphyxia or
tory distress
Pathophysiology
H Immersion stimulates hyperventilation.
H Voluntary apnea occurs.
H Laryngospasm develops.
H Hypoxemia develops and can lead to brain damage
Causes
H Inability to swim
H Panic
H Boating accident
H Sudden acute illness
H Seizures
H Blow to the head while in the water
H Venomous stings from aquatic animals
H Excessive alcohol consumption before swimming
H Decompression sickness from deep-water diving
H Dangerous water conditions
H Suicide attempt
H Fever or hypothermia
H Rapid, slow, or absent pulse
H Shallow, gasping, or absent respirations
H Altered LOC
H Seizures
H Cyanosis or pink, frothy sputum or both
H Abdominal distention
H Crackles, rhonchi, wheezing, or apnea
H Tachycardia
H Irregular heartbeat
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) level shows degree of hypoxia, intrapulmonary shunt, and acid-base balance.
H Electrolyte levels are imbalanced.
H Complete blood count shows hemolysis.
H Blood urea nitrogen and creatinine levels reveal
impaired renal function.
H Urinalysis shows signs of impaired renal function.
Imaging
H Cervical spine X-ray may show evidence of fracture.
H Serial chest X-rays may show pulmonary edema.
Other
H Electrocardiography may show myocardial ischemia
or infarct or cardiac arrhythmias.
Treatment
General
H Stabilizing neck
H Establishing airway and providing ventilation
H Correcting abnormal laboratory values
H Warming measures, if hypothermic
H Nothing by mouth until swallowing ability has re-
Common characteristics
Incidence
H Most common cause of injury and death in children
Complications
H Neurologic impairment
H Seizure disorder
H Pulmonary edema
H Renal damage
H Bacterial aspiration
H Pulmonary complications
H Cardiac complications
544
Near drowning
turned
suscitation
Medications
H Bronchodilators such as albuterol
H Cardiac drug therapy if appropriate
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain adequate ventilation
H have a patent airway at all times
H maintain a normal body temperature
H develop effective coping mechanisms.
9400N.qxd
8/2/12
4:41 PM
Page 545
Nursing interventions
Prevention
Monitoring
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the injury, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to avoid using alcohol or drugs before
swimming
H water safety measures. (See Preventing near drowning.)
Discharge planning
H Recommend a water safety course given by the Red
seling if appropriate.
H Refer the patient or family to resource and support
services.
Near drowning
545
9400N.qxd
8/2/12
4:41 PM
Page 546
Life-threatening disorder
H Myonecrosis
H Amputation
Necrotizing fasciitis
Assessment
Overview
History
Description
H A progressive, rapidly spreading inflammatory infec-
Pathophysiology
H Infecting bacteria enter the host through a local
Causes
H Group A beta-hemolytic Streptococcus (GAS) and
Risk factors
H Advanced age
H Immunocompromised state
H Chronic illness such as diabetes
H Steroid use
Incidence
H Three times more likely in males than females
H Rarely occurs in children except in countries with
Common characteristics
H Pain out of proportion to the size of the wound or
injury
H Rapid deterioration in overall clinical status
Complications
H Renal failure
H Septic shock
H Scarring with cosmetic deformities
H Myositis
546
Necrotizing fasciitis
Physical findings
H Rapidly progressing erythema at the site of insult
H Fluid-filled blisters and bullae (indicate rapid pro-
neous tissue
H Fever
H Sepsis
H Hypovolemia
H Hypotension
H Respiratory insufficiency
H Deterioration in level of consciousness
H Signs of sepsis
Test results
Laboratory
H Tissue biopsy shows infiltration of the deep dermis,
fascia, and muscular planes with bacteria and polymorphonuclear cells, and necrosis of fatty and muscular tissue.
H Cultures of microorganisms from the periphery of
the spreading infection or from deeper tissues during
surgical debridement identify the causative organism.
H Gram stain and culture of biopsied tissue identify the
causative organism.
Imaging
H Radiographic studies may pinpoint the presence of
subcutaneous gases.
H Computed tomography scans may show the anatomic
site of involvement by locating necrosis.
H Magnetic resonance imaging shows areas of necrosis
and areas that require surgical debridement.
Treatment
General
H Wound care
H Hyperbaric oxygen therapy
H High-protein, high-calorie diet
H Increased fluid intake
H Bed rest until treatment effective
Medications
H Antimicrobials, such as penicillin, clindamycin, and
metronidazole
H Analgesics
9400N.qxd
8/2/12
4:41 PM
Page 547
Surgery
H Immediate surgical debridement, fasciectomy, or
amputation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain collateral circulation
H attain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H remain afebrile
H maintain adequate fluid volume.
Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide supportive care and supplemental oxygen,
as appropriate.
H Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of complications
H Vital signs
H Mental status
H Wound status
H Pain control
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of strict sterile technique and proper
hand-washing technique for wound care
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H importance of recognizing and reporting signs and
symptoms of complications.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for follow-up with an infectious dis-
cated.
H For education and support, refer the patient to orga-
Necrotizing fasciitis
547
9400N.qxd
8/2/12
4:41 PM
Page 548
Nephrotic syndrome
Incidence
Overview
Description
Common characteristics
H Fluid retention
H Anorexia
H Hypertension
H Decreased urine output
Pathophysiology
H Glomerular protein permeability increases.
H Urinary excretion of protein, especially albumin,
increases.
H Hypoalbuminemia develops and causes decreased
Complications
H Malnutrition
H Infection
H Coagulation disorders
H Thromboembolic vascular occlusion
H Accelerated atherosclerosis
H Acute renal failure
Assessment
History
generalized edema.
H Vascular volume loss leads to increased blood viscosity and coagulation disorders.
H The renin-angiotensin system is triggered, causing
tubular reabsorption of sodium and water and contributing to edema.
H Lethargy
H Depression
H Anorexia
H Underlying cause
H Presence of risk factor
H Decreased urination
Causes
Physical findings
H Periorbital edema
H Mild to severe dependent edema
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Ascites
H Swollen external genitalia
H Signs of pleural effusion
H Pallor
of cases)
H Lipid nephrosis (main cause in children younger
than age 8)
H Membranous glomerulonephritis (most common
lesion in adult idiopathic nephrotic syndrome)
H Focal glomerulosclerosis (can develop spontaneously at any age, occur after kidney transplantation, or
result from heroin injection; develops in about 10%
of childhood cases and up to 20% of adult cases)
H Membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis (may follow infection, particularly streptococcal infection;
occurs primarily in children and young adults)
H Metabolic diseases such as diabetes
H Collagen-vascular disorders
H Circulatory diseases
H Certain neoplastic diseases such as multiple myeloma
H Viral infections
H Drugs, such as nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
and penicillamine
H Certain allergies such as to bee stings
Risk factors
H Nephrotoxins
H Infection
H Allergic reactions
H Pregnancy
H Hereditary nephritis
H Chronic analgesic abuse
548
Nephrotic syndrome
Test results
Laboratory
H Urinalysis reveals an increased number of hyaline,
granular, waxy, fatty casts and oval fat bodies; consistent, heavy proteinuria (levels greater than 3.5 mg/dl
for 24 hours) strongly suggests nephrotic syndrome.
H Serum cholesterol, serum phospholipid, serum
triglyceride levels are increased; serum albumin
levels are decreased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Renal biopsy allows histologic identification of the
lesion.
Treatment
General
H Correction of the underlying cause if possible
H Diet consisting of 0.6 g of protein per kilogram of
body weight
9400N.qxd
8/2/12
4:41 PM
Page 549
Medications
H Diuretics
H Antibiotics for infection
H Glucocorticoids
H Possible alkylating agents
H Possible cytotoxic agents
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid or have minimal complications
H maintain fluid balance
H identify risk factors that worsen tissue perfusion, and
modify lifestyle appropriately
H maintain hemodynamic stability.
Nursing interventions
H Offer the patient reassurance and support, especially
Monitoring
H Urine for protein
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Plasma albumin and transferrin levels
H Edema
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of infection that should be reported
H adherence to diet
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services as needed.
Nephrotic syndrome
549
9400N.qxd
8/2/12
4:41 PM
Page 550
Assessment
History
H Maternal history revealing factors that cause defect
Description
Physical findings
Spina bifida
H Possibly a depression or dimple, tuft of hair, soft fatty
deposit, port wine nevi, or a combination of these
abnormalities on the skin over the spinal area
H Saclike protrusion over the spinal cord
H Flaccid or spastic paralysis
Anencephaly
H Part or entire top of skull missing
Encephalocele
H Saclike protrusion through a defective opening in the
skull
H Paralysis
Pathophysiology
H Spina bifida occulta, the least severe neural tube de-
Causes
H Exposure to a teratogen
H Part of a multiple malformation syndrome such as
trisomy 18 or 13 syndrome
H A combination of genetic and environmental factors;
Incidence
H Spina bifida occulta most common NTD
H At least twice the incidence in North Carolina and
Common characteristics
H
Complications
H Paralysis below the level of the defect
H Infection such as meningitis
H Hydrocephalus
H Death
H Urinary tract disorders
H Learning disabilities
H Latex allergy
550
Test results
Laboratory
H Elevated maternal alpha-fetoprotein (AFP), amniotic
fluid AFP, and amniotic fluid acetylcholinesterase
levels indicate further testing is needed.
H Fetal karyotype detects chromosomal abnormalities
(present in 5% to 7% of NTDs).
H Maternal serum AFP screening in combination with
other serum markers, such as human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG), free beta-hCG, or unconjugated
estriol (for patients with a lower risk of NTDs and
those who will be younger than age 3412 at the time
of delivery) estimates a fetus risk of NTD as well as
possible increased risk for perinatal complications,
such as premature rupture of membranes, abruptio
placentae, or fetal death.
Imaging
H Prenatal ultrasound reveals defect (performed when
an increased risk of open NTD exists, based on family history or abnormal serum screening results; not
conclusive for open NTDs or ventral wall defects).
H Spinal X-rays reveal spina bifida occulta.
H Myelography differentiates spina bifida occulta from
other spinal abnormalities, especially spinal cord tumors.
H Skull X-rays, cephalic measurements, and computed
tomography (CT) scan demonstrate associated hydrocephalus.
H X-rays show a basilar bony skull defect (CT scan and
ultrasonography further define the defect [with encephalocele]).
Other
H Transillumination of the protruding sac distinguishes
between myelomeningocele (typically doesnt transilluminate) and meningocele (typically transilluminates).
9400N.qxd
8/2/12
4:41 PM
Page 551
MYELOMENINGOCELE
Treatment
General
H Symptomatic according to neurologic effects of
defect
H Assessment of growth and development throughout
lifetime
H Diet, as tolerated
H Physical therapy
Medications
H Antibiotics, as indicated
Surgery
H Surgical closure of the protruding sac
H Shunt to relieve associated hydrocephalus
H Surgery during infancy to place protruding tissues
back in the skull, excise the sac, and correct associated craniofacial abnormalities (encephalocele)
MENINGOCELE
After surgery
H Change the dressing regularly, as ordered, and check
and report signs of drainage, wound rupture, and
infection.
H Place the infant in a prone position to protect and
assess the site.
H If leg casts have been applied, watch for signs that
the child is outgrowing the cast. Regularly check
distal pulses to ensure adequate circulation.
Monitoring
Before surgery
H Neurologic status
H Feeding ability
H Nutritional status
After surgery
H Signs of infection
H Signs of increased intracranial pressure
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
Nursing considerations
Patient teaching
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain intact skin
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H attain age-appropriate growth and development.
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to prevent contractures, pressure ulcers, and
urinary tract infections
H prevention; folic acid before and during pregnancy.
Nursing interventions
Discharge planning
Before surgery
H Clean the defect gently with sterile saline solution or
other solutions, as ordered.
H Handle the infant carefully, and dont apply pressure
to the defect.
H Provide adequate time for parent-child bonding, if
possible.
services.
551
9400N.qxd
8/2/12
4:41 PM
Page 552
Neurogenic bladder
Overview
Description
H All types of bladder dysfunction caused by an inter-
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
H Frequent UTIs
H Hyperactive autonomic reflexes (autonomic dysre-
Physical findings
Causes
H Cerebral disorders
H Spinal cord disease
H Trauma
H Metabolic disturbances
H Acute infectious diseases
H Heavy metal toxicity
H Chronic alcoholism
H Collagen diseases
H Vascular diseases
H Herpes zoster
H Sacral agenesis (absence of a completely formed
sacrum)
Incidence
H Based on type of neurogenic bladder disorder
Common characteristics
H Some degree of incontinence
H Changes in initiation or interruption of micturition
H Inability to completely empty the bladder
Complications
H Incontinence
H Residual urine retention
552
Neurogenic bladder
the lesion
H Spontaneous spasms (caused by voiding) of the arms
and legs
H Increased anal sphincter tone
H Greatly distended bladder without feeling of bladder
Test results
Laboratory
H Urine culture is positive for infection.
Imaging
H Retrograde urethrography shows strictures and
diverticula.
Diagnostic procedures
H Voiding cystourethrography evaluates bladder neck
function, vesicoureteral reflux, and continence.
H Urodynamic studies evaluate how urine is stored in
the bladder, how well the bladder empties urine, and
urines movement out of the bladder during voiding.
H Urine flow study (uroflow) shows diminished or impaired urine flow.
H Cystometry evaluates bladder nerve supply, detrusor
muscle tone, and intravesical pressures during bladder filling and contraction.
H Urethral pressure profile determines urethral function with respect to the urethras length and outlet
pressure resistance.
H Sphincter electromyelography correlates neuromuscular function of the external sphincter with bladder
muscle function during bladder filling and contraction; it also evaluates how well the bladder and urinary sphincter muscles work together.
H Videourodynamic studies correlate visual documentation of bladder function with pressure studies.
9400N.qxd
8/2/12
4:41 PM
Page 553
Type
Cause
Upper motor
Uninhibited
Reflex or automatic
Autonomous
Motor paralysis
Sensory paralysis
Lower motor
Treatment
General
H Absorbent products
H Urethral occlusive devices
H Catheterization of the bladder
H Avoidance of dietary stimulants, such as spicy foods,
Medications
H Anticholinergics such as darifenacin
H Alpha-adrenergic stimulators
H Antispasmodics such as oxybutynin
H Antibiotics as appropriate
Surgery
H External sphincterotomy, urethral dilation, urinary
Nursing interventions
H Catheterize the patient, as appropriate.
H Provide emotional support, as appropriate.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Signs of infection
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary adjustments
H pelvic exercises
H bladder evacuation techniques
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.
H Refer the patient to rehabilitation program as neces-
sary.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H regain normal voiding habits
H express positive feelings regarding self-image
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H follow bladder training program, as indicated.
Neurogenic bladder
553
9400N.qxd
8/2/12
4:41 PM
Page 554
Nocardiosis
Overview
Description
H Acute, subacute, or chronic bacterial infection
Pathophysiology
H Pericarditis
H Endocarditis
H Peritonitis
H Mediastinitis
H Septic arthritis
H Keratoconjunctivitis
H Purulent meningitis
H Seizures
Assessment
History
H Immunocompromising condition
H Chills
H Night sweats
H Anorexia
H Malaise
H Weight loss
H Dyspnea
H Pleural pain
H Puncture wound or abrasion
Causes
H Fever
H Cellulitis
H Productive cough
H Subcutaneous abscesses that lack induration
H Crackles
Risk factors
H Immunocompromised state
H Alcoholism
H Pulmonary alveolar proteinosis
H Male gender
Incidence
H About 500 to 1,000 cases annually in the United
States
H More common in males (3:1), especially those with a
Common characteristics
Cutaneous infection
H Cellulitis
H Erythematous nodule at site of inoculation
Pulmonary infection
H Cough producing thick, tenacious, purulent,
mucopurulent and, possibly, blood-tinged sputum
H Fever
Disseminated infection
H Confusion and disorientation
H Dizziness and nausea
H Headache
H Seizures
Complications
H Pleurisy
H Intrapleural effusions
H Empyema
H Tracheitis
H Bronchitis
554
Nocardiosis
Physical findings
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture of sputum or pleural fluid shows causative
organism.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays vary and may show fluffy or interstitial
infiltrates, nodules, or abscesses.
Diagnostic procedures
H In brain infection with meningitis, lumbar puncture
shows nonspecific changes such as increased opening pressure; cerebrospinal fluid shows increased
white blood cell count and protein levels and decreased glucose levels compared to serum glucose.
Treatment
General
H Diet, as tolerated
H Activity, as tolerated (during acute phase, bed rest)
H Safety measures
Medications
H Antimicrobial therapy for at least 6 to 12 months
H Combination drug therapy (sulfonamide, ceftri-
Surgery
H Drainage of abscesses and excision of necrotic tissue
9400N.qxd
8/2/12
4:41 PM
Page 555
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H show no signs of infection
H maintain adequate ventilation
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H cough effectively
H have normal breath sounds.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage coughing and deep-breathing exercises.
H Provide psychological support.
H Administer prescribed antibiotics.
H Provide adequate nourishment.
H Give tepid sponge bath to reduce fever.
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Assist with range-of-motion exercises.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status
H Sputum production and character
H Compliance with treatment
H Allergic reaction to antibiotics
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need for long-term antibiotic therapy
H signs of worsening infection
H allergic reaction to antibiotics.
Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up care, as indicated.
Nocardiosis
555
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 556
O
Obesity
Overview
Description
body weight
Pathophysiology
H Hypertension
H Cardiovascular disease
H Hyperlipidemia
H Stroke
H Breast cancer
H Colon cancer
H Degenerative joint disease
H Sleep apnea
H Diabetes mellitus
H Renal disease
H Gallbladder disease
H Psychosocial difficulties
H Premature death
Assessment
History
intake.
H When the cells can no longer expand, they increase
in number.
H With weight loss, the size of the fat cells decreases,
but the number of cells doesnt.
H Increasing weight
H Complications of obesity
Causes
Test results
Other
H Comparison of height and weight to a standard table
shows elevation.
H Measurement of the thickness of subcutaneous fat
folds with calipers approximates excess total body
fat. (See Taking anthropometric arm measurements.)
H BMI is 30 or greater.
H Waist to hip ratio: patient is overweight when ratio
for males is greater than 1 and females is greater
than 0.8.
energy expenditure
H Theories that explain obesity:
Hypothalamic dysfunction of hunger and satiety
centers
Genetic predisposition
Abnormal absorption of nutrients
Impaired action of GI and growth hormones and
of hormonal regulators such as insulin
Socioeconomic status
Environmental factors
Psychological factors
Physical findings
H Visible excess weight
Incidence
Treatment
General
Common characteristics
H BMI of 30 or greater
Complications
H Respiratory difficulties
BMI measurements
Use these steps to calculate body mass index (BMI):
H Multiply weight in pounds by 705.
H Divide this number by height in inches.
H Then divide this by height in inches again.
H Compare results to these standards:
18.5 to 24.9: normal
25.0 to 29.9: overweight
30 to 39.9: obese
40 or greater: morbidly obese.
Medications
H Appetite suppressants such as sibutramine
H Lipase inhibitors such as orlistat
Surgery
H Vertical banded gastroplasty
H Gastric bypass
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H reduce BMI to normal level
556
Obesity
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 557
Remember, a measurement
less than 90% of the standard indicates caloric deprivation. A measurement over
90% indicates adequate or
more-than-adequate energy
reserves.
Measurement
Standard
90%
Males: 12.5 mm
Females: 16.5 mm
Males: 11.3 mm
Females : 14.9 mm
Midarm circumference
Males: 29.3 cm
Females : 28.5 cm
Males: 26.4 cm
Females : 25.7 cm
Males: 25.3 cm
Females : 23.3 cm
Males: 22. 8 cm
Females : 20.9 cm
Nursing interventions
H Obtain an accurate diet history to identify the pa-
Monitoring
H Diet
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Weight and BMI
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H need for long-term maintenance after desired weight
is achieved
H dietary guidelines
H safe weight loss practices.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program.
H Refer the patient to a long-term cognitive behavior
modification program.
Obesity
557
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 558
Obsessive-compulsive
disorder
Overview
Description
H Obsessive thoughts and compulsive behaviors that
Pathophysiology
H This anatomic-physiologic disturbance is thought to
Causes
H Decrease in caudate nucleus volume
Risk factors
H Coexisting mental disorder
H Tic disorders
Incidence
H Affects 1 in 50 U.S. residents
H Can occur at any age
H More common in males and first-born children
Common characteristics
H Repetitive behaviors and activities for more than
Complications
H Impairment of occupational and social functioning
H Endangerment of health and safety
H Depression
Assessment
History
H Presence of obsessive thoughts, words, or mental im-
558
Obsessive-compulsive disorder
Physical findings
H Formal, reserved manner
H Patient is accurate and complete, carefully qualifying
DSM-IV-TR criteria
Diagnosis is confirmed when the patient meets these
criteria:
Obsessions
H Patient experiences recurrent and persistent ideas,
thoughts, impulses, or images as intrusive and senseless.
H Patient attempts to ignore or suppress such thoughts
or impulses or to neutralize them with some other
thought or action.
H Patient recognizes that the obsessions are products
of his mind, not externally imposed.
H Patients obsession is unrelated to another Axis I disorder.
Compulsions
H Patient performs repetitive, purposeful, and intentional behaviors in response to an obsession or according to certain rules or in a stereotypical manner.
H Behavior is intended to neutralize or prevent discomfort or some dreaded event or situation, but the behavior isnt connected in a realistic way with intended outcome, or is clearly excessive.
H Patient recognizes that the behavior is excessive or
unreasonable.
Test results
Imaging
H Positron-emission tomography shows abnormal
metabolism of frontal cortex and caudate nuclei.
Other
H Yale-Brown scale rates severity of obsessivecompulsive disorder.
H Maudsley Obsessive-Compulsive Inventory identifies
obsessive thoughts and behaviors.
Treatment
General
H Behavioral therapy
H Increasing exposure to stressful situations
H Keeping a diary of daily stressors
H Substituting new activities for compulsive behavior
Medications
H Selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors, such as flu-
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 559
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H reduce the amount of time spent each day on obsessing and ritualizing
H produce no harmful effects from ritualistic behavior
H express feelings of anxiety as they occur
H cope with stress without excessive obsessivecompulsive behavior.
Nursing interventions
H Provide an accepting patient atmosphere.
H Allow time for ritualistic behavior (unless its danger-
problems.
H Encourage active diversional resources.
H Assist with individualized problem-solving.
H Identify insight and improved behavior.
Monitoring
H Behavioral changes
H Disturbing topics of conversation
H Effective interventions
H Effects of pharmacologic therapy
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to identify progress
H importance of realistic expectations of self and
others
H stress relief by channeling emotional energy
H relaxation and breathing techniques.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services and support
services.
H Stress the importance of follow-up care.
Obsessive-compulsive disorder
559
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 560
Pathophysiology
H Damage to cell deoxyribonucleic acid causes rapid
Common characteristics
H A nonhealing sore in the mouth
H Unrelieved pain in the mouth
H A persistent lump or thickening in the cheek or neck
H A persistent white or red patch on the gums, tongue,
become uncomfortable
H Loosening of the teeth or pain around the teeth or
jaw
H Voice changes
H Weight loss
Complications
H Recurrence
H Metastasis to larynx, lymph nodes, and other organs
H Functional and cosmetic disabilities
H Persistent dysphagia secondary to surgery or radia-
tion therapy
H Persistent problems with articulation
Causes
H Tobacco, alcohol, ultraviolet (UV) light, virus, or oth-
er carcinogen
H Believed to be a combination of biologic, genetic,
Risk factors
H Use of any tobacco (cigarettes, cigars, pipes, snuff,
or chewing tobacco)
H Excessive alcohol consumption
H Exposure to UV light
H Long-term irritation to the lining of the mouth
H Plummer-Vinson syndrome
H Human papillomavirus infection
H Immune system suppression
H Betel nut or betel leaf chewing
Incidence
H Account for 4% of all cancers occurring in males and
2% in females
H About two-thirds of cases occurring in people older
chewing betel nut, fresh betel leaf, and habitual reverse smoking (lighted end held within the oral
cavity)
H Most common sites:
Tongue: 28%
Lip: 23%
Floor of the mouth: 16%
Minor salivary glands: 11%
560
Assessment
History
H One or more risk factors
H Complaints of difficulty or pain when swallowing
H Persistent sore throat
H Change in speech patterns
H Weight loss
Physical findings
H Mouth sores
H Lump or thickening in the cheek or neck, or any-
Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray rules out metastasis to the lungs.
H Bone scans if theres pain in the bones suggest bone
metastasis.
H Computed tomography scan or magnetic resonance
imaging identifies possible intracranial or liver
metastasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsy confirms diagnosis.
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 561
Treatment
General
H Varies depending on location of cancer
H Unresectable lesions usually treated with radiation
Medications
H Opioid analgesics for pain
H Chemotherapy if indicated
bacco
H importance of follow-up care.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to home care or social services as
appropriate.
H Refer the patient to a dietitian as needed.
Surgery
H Primary tumor resection
H Wide resection, with or without radiation therapy,
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H verbalize understanding of the disease process
H be free from mouth lesions
H be free from signs and symptoms of bleeding
H verbalize reduced or absent pain
H maintain or gain weight
H have clear breath sounds.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide care before and after chemotherapy, radia-
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of drugs
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding
H Breath sounds
H Vital signs
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs and symptoms that require prompt medical attention
H importance of adequate nutrition and fluids
H care of the mouth and skin after chemotherapy, radiation therapy, or surgery
561
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 562
Osgood-Schlatter
disease
Overview
Description
H Partial separation of the epiphysis of the tibial tuber-
Physical findings
H Soft-tissue swelling
H Localized heat and tenderness
H Decreased flexibility and restriction in the ham-
Pathophysiology
Test results
Imaging
H X-rays and ultrasound show epiphyseal closings, soft
tissue swelling, and bone fragmentation.
H Bone scan may reveal increased uptake in the area of
the tibial tuberosity.
Causes
Treatment
General
Risk factors
H Male gender
H Age 11 to 18 years
H Rapid skeletal growth
H Repetitive jumping sports
Incidence
H Most common in active adolescent boys after under-
Common characteristics
splint
H Reduction of sports activities or exercise
H Avoidance of exercises that demand quadriceps
contraction
H In severe cases, immobilization for 6 to 8 weeks
H Rehabilitation exercises
Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Analgesics
Surgery
H Removal or fixation of the epiphysis
H Frequent fractures
H Pain at inferior aspect of patella
Nursing considerations
Complications
Key outcomes
epiphysis
H Chronic pain
H Patellar tendon avulsion
H Degenerative arthritis
H Chrondromalacia
Assessment
History
H Intermittent aching, pain, swelling, and tenderness
562
Osgood-Schlatter disease
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed analgesics and assess re-
sponse.
H Ensure proper application of knee support or splint.
H Provide the patient with crutches if needed.
H Promote and allow adequate time for self-care.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 563
Monitoring
H Limitation of movement
H Muscle atrophy
H After surgery: circulation, sensation, and pain
H Excessive bleeding
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed exercise program
H use of crutches if needed
H protection of the injured knee
H avoidance of activities that require deep knee bending for 2 to 4 months.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for occupational and physical
therapy as appropriate.
Osgood-Schlatter disease
563
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 564
Osteoarthritis
Overview
Assessment
History
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
H Contractures
H Joint swelling
H Muscle atrophy
H Deformity of the involved areas
H Gait abnormalities
H Hard nodes that may be red, swollen, and tender on
Description
chondral areas.
H Breakdown of chondrocytes occurs.
H Cartilage flakes irritate synovial lining.
H The cartilage lining becomes fibrotic.
H Joint movement is limited.
H Synovial fluid leaks into bone defects, causing cysts.
Risk factors
Test results
H Advancing age
H Hereditary, possibly
H Muscle weakness
H Traumatic injury
H Congenital abnormality
H Endocrine disorders such as diabetes mellitus
H Metabolic disorders such as chondrocalcinosis
Laboratory
H Synovial fluid analysis rules out inflammatory
arthritis.
Imaging
H X-rays of the affected joint may show a narrowing of
the joint space or margin, cystlike bony deposits in
the joint space and margins, sclerosis of the subchondral space, joint deformity or articular damage,
bony growths at weight-bearing areas, and possible
joint fusion.
H Radionuclide bone scan may be used to rule out inflammatory arthritis by showing normal uptake of the
radionuclide.
H Magnetic resonance imaging shows affected joint, adjacent bones, and disease progression.
Diagnostic procedures
H Neuromuscular tests may show reduced muscle
strength.
Other
H Arthroscopy shows internal joint structures and identifies soft-tissue swelling.
Causes
Incidence
H Occurs equally in both sexes
H Occurs after age 40
Common characteristics
H Deep, aching joint pain
H Stiffness, especially in morning and after exercise
H Crepitus of the joint during motion
H Heberdens nodes (bony enlargements of distal inter-
phalangeal joints)
H Altered gait
H Decreased range of motion (ROM)
H Localized headaches
Complications
H Flexion contractures
H Subluxation
H Deformity
H Ankylosis
H Bony cysts
H Gross bony overgrowth
H Central cord syndrome
H Nerve root compression
H Cauda equina syndrome
564
Osteoarthritis
Treatment
General
H Relieve pain
H Improve mobility
H Minimize disability
H Activity, as tolerated
H Physical therapy
H Assistive mobility devices
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 565
Signs of osteoarthritis
Heberdens nodes appear on the dorsolateral aspect of the
distal interphalangeal joints. These bony and cartilaginous
enlargements are usually hard and painless. They typically
occur in middle-aged and elderly patients with osteoarthritis.
HEBERDENS NODES
Medications
H Analgesics
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Intra-articular injections with corticosteroids
Surgery
H Arthroplasty (partial or total)
H Arthrodesis
H Osteoplasty
H Osteotomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain joint mobility and ROM
H perform activities of daily living within confines of
the disease
H achieve the highest level of mobility
H express positive feelings about self.
Nursing interventions
H Allow adequate time for self-care.
H Adjust pain medications to allow maximum rest.
H Identify techniques that promote rest and relaxation.
H Administer prescribed anti-inflammatories.
H For affected hand joints, use hot soaks and paraffin
dips.
H For affected lumbosacral spinal joints, provide a firm
mattress.
H For affected cervical spinal joints, apply a cervical
collar.
BOUCHARDS NODES
minister antispasmodics.
H For an affected knee, help with ROM exercises.
H Apply elastic supports or braces.
H Check crutches, cane, braces, or walker for prop-
er fit.
Monitoring
H Pain pattern
H Response to analgesics
H ROM
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need for adequate rest during the day, after exertion,
and at night
H energy conservation methods
H need to take medications exactly as prescribed
H adverse reactions to drugs
H wearing support shoes that fit well and repairing
worn heels
H installation of safety devices at home
H ROM exercises, performing them as gently as
possible
H need to maintain proper body weight
H use of crutches or other orthopedic devices.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to occupational or physical thera-
pist as indicated.
Osteoarthritis
565
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 566
Osteogenesis imperfecta
Overview
Description
H Genetic disease in which bones are thin, poorly de-
Complications
H Deafness
H Stillbirth or death within the first year of life
(autosomal-recessive disorder)
H Hyperplastic callus formation
H Repeated respiratory infections
H Spinal cord compression
H Cerebral hemorrhage caused by birth trauma
Type I: mild
Type II: most severe with multiple fractures, hearing loss, and may be lethal at birth
Type III and IV: high survival rate and benefits
from treatment
Pathophysiology
H The pathogenesis begins when mutations in the genes
Causes
H Genetic disease, typically autosomal dominant (char-
Incidence
H Affects between 20,000 and 50,000 U.S. residents
H Affects males and females equally
Assessment
History
H Fractures early in life
H Hearing loss
H Easy bruising
Physical findings
H Blue sclerae, showing that mutation is expressed in
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum alkaline phosphatase levels are elevated during periods of rapid bone formation and cellular injury.
H Skin culture shows reduced quantity of fibroblasts.
Imaging
H Echocardiography may show mitral insufficiency or
floppy mitral valves.
H Prenatal ultrasound (during second trimester) reveals bowing of long bones, fractures, limb shortening, and decreased skull echogenicity.
H Skull, long bone, and pelvis X-rays reveal thin bones,
fractures with deformities, beaded ribs, and osteopenia.
Special populations
Age of onset of presentation ranges from in utero
to infancy.
Common characteristics
H Frequent fractures caused by falls as toddler begins
Treatment
General
H Prevention of fractures
H Nutritious, well-balanced diet
H Safety during periods of activity
H Physical therapy
H Pain management
Medications
ple fractures
H Thin skin and bluish sclera of the eyes; thin collagen
fibers of the sclera allowing the choroid layer to be
seen
H Abnormal tooth and enamel development due to improper deposition of dentin
H Middle ear deafness
and IV
Surgery
H Internal fixation of fractures to ensure stabilization
566
Osteogenesis imperfecta
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 567
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (and his family) will:
H follow safety measures to prevent fractures
H understand the disorder and its treatment
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
H Ensure a safe environment.
H Encourage activities based on ability.
H Provide psychological support.
Monitoring
H Environment
H Bone condition
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H safe handling of the infant
H how to recognize fractures and correctly splint them
H how to protect the child during diapering, dressing,
and other activities of daily living
H encouraging interests that dont require strenuous
physical activity
H the importance of good nutrition to heal bones and
promote growth
H use of shock-absorbing footwear
H importance of not letting infants younger than age 1
year sit upright.
Discharge planning
H Refer the child and his parents for genetic counseling
Osteogenesis imperfecta
567
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 568
Osteomalacia and
rickets
Overview
Description
H Vitamin D deficiency that doesnt allow bone to cal-
cify normally
H Also called rickets in infants and young children;
osteomalacia in adults
H Prognosis good with treatment
H Possible disappearance of bone deformities in adults;
Pathophysiology
H Vitamin D regulates the absorption of calcium ions
Causes
H Inadequate dietary intake of vitamin D
H Malabsorption of vitamin D
H Inadequate exposure to sunlight
H Inherited impairment of renal tubular reabsorption
Incidence
H Rare in the United States
H Does appear occasionally in breast-fed infants not re-
568
ALERT
Incidence of rickets is highest in children with
darkly pigmented skin who, because of their pigmentation, absorb less sunlight.
Common characteristics
H May be asymptomatic until a fracture occurs
H Leg and lower back pain due to vertebral collapse
H Bowed legs
H Knock-knees
H Rachitic rosary (beading of ends of ribs)
H Enlarged wrists and ankles
H Pigeon breast (protruding ribs and sternum)
H Delayed closing of fontanels
H Softening skull
H Bulging forehead
H Poorly developed muscles (pot belly)
H Difficulty walking and climbing stairs
H Kyphoscoliosis
Complications
H Spontaneous multiple fractures
H Tetany in infants
H Bone deformities
Assessment
History
H Poor diet
H Leg and lower back pain
Physical findings
H Bowed legs
H Knock-knees
H Rachitic rosary (beading of ends of ribs)
H Enlarged wrists and ankles
H Pigeon breast (protruding ribs and sternum)
H Bulging forehead
H Poorly developed muscles (pot belly)
H Kyphoscoliosis
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum calcium concentration is less than 7.5 mg/dl.
H Serum inorganic phosphorus concentration is less
than 3 mg/dl.
H Serum citrate level is less than 2.5 mg/dl.
H Alkaline phosphatase level is less than 4 Bodansky
units/dl.
Imaging
H X-rays show characteristic bone deformities and abnormalities such as Loosers transformation zones
(radiolucent bands perpendicular to the surface of
the bones indicating reduced bone ossification confirm the diagnosis).
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 569
Treatment
General
H Sufficient sun exposure
H Diet high in vitamin D (fortified milk, fish liver oils,
Medications
H Oral supplements of vitamin D, calcium, and phos-
Surgery
H Possible surgical intervention for intestinal disease
H Appropriate repair of bone fractures
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have increased vitamin D intake
H remain free from fractures
H express understanding of the disorder and its treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Obtain a dietary history to assess the patients vitamin
D intake.
H Administer prescribed supplements or medications.
Monitoring
H Dietary intake
H Bone integrity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H symptoms of vitamin D toxicity (headache, nausea,
constipation and, after prolonged use, renal calculi)
H safety and sun exposure.
Discharge planning
H If the patients vitamin D deficiency appears to be
569
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 570
Osteomyelitis
Common characteristics
Overview
Description
Complications
H Chronic infection
H Skeletal deformities
H Joint deformities
H Disturbed bone growth in children
H Differing leg lengths
H Impaired mobility
rect entry
H Chronic or acute
H Good prognosis for acute form (with prompt treat-
ment)
H Poor prognosis for chronic form
Pathophysiology
H Organisms settle in a hematoma or weakened area
medullary cavity.
H Pus is forced through the haversian canals.
H Subperiosteal abscess forms.
H Bone is deprived of its blood supply.
H Necrosis results and new bone formation is stimulated.
H Dead bone detaches and exits through an abscess or
the sinuses.
H Osteomyelitis becomes chronic.
Causes
H Traumatic injury
H Acute infection originating elsewhere in the body
H Staphylococcus aureus
H Streptococcus pyogenes
H Pseudomonas aeruginosa
H Escherichia coli
H Proteus vulgaris
H Fungi or viruses
H Salmonella
H Open bone injury
H Diminished blood supply to bone as with atheroscle-
rosis
Risk factors
H Diabetes
H Hemodialysis
H Immunocompromised state
H Sickle cell disease
H I.V. drug abuse
H Advanced age
Incidence
H Incidence of both types declining, except in drug
abusers
Special populations
The acute form affects rapidly growing children,
especially boys.
570
Osteomyelitis
Assessment
History
H Previous injury, surgery, or primary infection
H Sudden, severe pain in the affected bone
H Pain unrelieved by rest and worse with motion
H Related chills, nausea, and malaise
H Refusal to use the affected area
Physical findings
H Tachycardia and fever
H Swelling and restricted movement over the infection
site
H Tenderness and warmth over the infection site
H Persistent pus drainage from an old pocket in a sinus
tract
Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count shows leukocytosis.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is increased.
H Blood culture identifies the pathogen.
H Bone or soft tissue biopsy sample is cultured to identify the pathogen.
Imaging
H X-rays may show bone involvement.
H Bone scans may detect early infection.
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging can show extent of infection.
Treatment
General
H Decrease internal bone pressure
H Prevent bone necrosis
H Hyperbaric oxygen therapy
H Free tissue transfers
H I.V. fluids, as needed
H High-protein diet rich in vitamin C
H Bed rest
H Immobilization of involved bone and joint with a cast
or traction
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 571
Medications
H I.V. antibiotics
H Analgesics
H Intracavitary instillation of antibiotics for open
wounds
Surgery
H Surgical drainage
H Local muscle flaps
H Sequestrectomy
H Amputation for chronic and unrelieved symptoms
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience increased comfort and decreased pain
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H exhibit adequate fluid volume
H exhibit adequate tissue perfusion and pulses distally
H perform activities of daily living.
Nursing interventions
H Control infection.
H Protect the bone from injury.
H Provide emotional support.
H Promote and allow adequate time for self-care.
H Encourage activities that promote rest and relaxation.
H Use strict sterile technique.
H With skeletal traction, cover the pin insertion points
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Wound appearance and healing
H Pain control
H Drainage and suctioning equipment
H Sudden malpositioning of the limb
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H techniques for promoting rest and relaxation
H wound site care
H signs of recurring infection
H importance of follow-up examinations.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for occupational therapy, as appro-
priate.
H Refer the patient to home care for I.V. antibiotic ther-
apy as appropriate.
Osteomyelitis
571
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 572
Osteoporosis
Overview
Description
H Loss of calcium and phosphate from bones causing
Common characteristics
H Sudden pain associated with bending or lifting
H Back pain (if vertebral collapse occurs)
H Increasing deformity
H Kyphosis
H Loss of height
H Decreased exercise tolerance
H Spontaneous wedge fractures
Complications
H Bone fractures (vertebrae, femoral neck, and distal
Assessment
Pathophysiology
History
H Postmenopausal patient
H Condition known to cause secondary osteoporosis
H Snapping sound or sudden pain in lower back when
Causes
radius)
years)
seizure drugs
H Bone immobilization
H Alcoholism
H Malnutrition
H Rheumatoid arthritis
H Liver disease
H Malabsorption
H Scurvy
H Lactose intolerance
H Hyperthyroidism
H Osteogenesis imperfecta
H Sudecks atrophy (localized in hands and feet, with
recurring attacks)
H Low calcium intake
Risk factors
H Mild, prolonged negative calcium balance
H Declining gonadal adrenal function
H Female gender
H Increasing age
H Family history
H European descent
H Early menopause
H Cigarette smoking
H Alcoholism
H Breast cancer and chemotherapy
H Faulty protein metabolism (caused by estrogen defi-
Physical findings
H Humped back
H Markedly aged appearance
H Loss of height
H Muscle spasm
H Decreased spinal movement with flexion more limit-
ed than extension
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum calcium, phosphorus, and alkaline levels are
normal.
H Parathyroid hormone level is elevated.
Imaging
H X-ray studies show characteristic degeneration in the
lower thoracolumbar vertebrae.
H Computed tomography scan assesses spinal bone
loss.
H Bone scans show injured or diseased areas.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone biopsy shows thin, porous, but otherwise normal bone.
Other
H Dual or single photon absorptiometry (measurement
of bone mass) shows loss of bone mass.
ciency)
H Sedentary lifestyle
Incidence
H Idiopathic affects children and adults
H Type I (or postmenopausal): affects women ages 51
to 75
H Type II (or senile): most common between ages 70
and 85
572
Osteoporosis
Treatment
General
H Control bone loss
H Prevent additional fractures
H Control pain
H Reduction and immobilization of fractures
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 573
activity
H Supportive devices
Medications
H Estrogen
H Sodium fluoride
H Calcium and vitamin D supplements
H Biphosphates, such as alendronate, risedronate, and
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for physical and occupational thera-
py, as appropriate.
ibandronate
H Teriparatide
H Strontium ranelate
H Calcitonin
H Analgesics
Surgery
H Open reduction and internal fixation for femur
fractures
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM)
H experience increased comfort and decreased pain
H demonstrate measures to prevent injury
H perform activities of daily living.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage careful positioning, ambulation, and pre-
scribed exercises.
H Promote self-care while allowing adequate time.
H Encourage mild exercise.
H Assist with walking.
H Perform passive ROM exercises.
H Promote physical therapy sessions.
H Use safety precautions.
H Administer prescribed medications.
H Apply heat.
Monitoring
H Skin for redness, warmth, and new pain sites
H Response to analgesia
H Nutritional status
H Height
H Exercise tolerance
H Joint mobility
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H performing monthly breast self-examination while
on estrogen therapy
H need to report vaginal bleeding promptly
H need to report new pain sites immediately
Osteoporosis
573
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 574
Otitis externa
Overview
Description
H Acute or chronic inflammation of the external ear
canal
H With treatment, usually subsides within 7 days
H Tends to recur and may become chronic
H If severe and chronic, may reflect underlying dia-
Pathophysiology
H External ear canal inflammation results from inva-
Causes
H Traumatic injury or excessive moisture that predis-
orrhea or psoriasis
Risk factors
H Swimming in contaminated water
H Cleaning ear canal with cotton-tipped applicator,
Assessment
History
H Repeated exposure to ear trauma, water, use of ear-
Physical findings
H Swollen, inflamed ear canal
H Ear discharge that may be foul-smelling and yellow to
green in color
H Thick red epithelium in canal with chronic otitis
externa
H Increased pain or itching on palpation or manipula-
tion
Test results
Laboratory
H Microscopic examination shows the causative organism.
Diagnostic procedures
H Audiometric testing may reveal a partial hearing loss.
H Otoscopy reveals a swollen external ear canal, periauricular lymphadenopathy and, occasionally, regional cellulitis.
tants
H Regular use of earphones, earplugs, or earmuffs
H Chronic drainage from a perforated tympanic mem-
brane
Incidence
H Most common during summer, but can occur any
Treatment
General
H Cleaning of debris from canal under direct visualiza-
tion
H With mild, chronic otitis externa, use of specially
Common characteristics
Medications
H Analgesics
H Antibiotic drops
H Oral antibiotics if lymphadenopathy present, or if
Complications
Surgery
574
Otitis externa
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H show no signs or symptoms of infection
H express feelings of increased comfort
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
H regain hearing function or develop other ways to
communicate.
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 575
Prevention
Nursing interventions
H Clean and dry the ear gently and thoroughly.
H Use wet soaks on infected skin.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Vital signs, especially temperature
H Auditory acuity
H Type and amount of aural drainage
H Response to treatment
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand washing and daily ear cleaning
H administration of ear drops, ointment, and ear wash
H antibiotics, as prescribed
H recognizing and reporting adverse reactions
H preventing recurrence. (See Preventing otitis externa.)
Otitis externa
575
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 576
Otitis media
Common characteristics
Overview
Complications
Description
H Inflammation of the middle ear associated with fluid
accumulation
H Acute, chronic, suppurative, or secretory
Pathophysiology
H The disease process differs with otitis media type.
Suppurative form
H Nasopharyngeal flora reflux through the eustachian
tube and colonize the middle ear.
H Respiratory tract infections, allergic reactions, and
position changes allow reflux of nasopharyngeal flora
through the eustachian tube and colonization in the
middle ear.
Secretory form
H Obstruction of the eustachian tube promotes transudation of sterile serous fluid from blood vessels in
the middle ear membrane.
Causes
H Suppurative otitis media: bacterial infection with
Risk factors
H Young age
H Congenital abnormalities
H Immune deficiency
H Exposure to cigarette smoke
H Family history
H Recent upper respiratory infection
H Allergies
Incidence
H Most common in infants and children
Special populations
Acute otitis media is an emergency in an immunocompromised child.
H Peaks between ages 6 and 24 months
H Subsides after age 3 years
H Most common during winter months
H More common in boys
576
Otitis media
Assessment
History
H Upper respiratory tract infection
H Allergies
H Severe, deep, throbbing ear pain
H Dizziness
H Nausea, vomiting
Physical findings
H Sneezing and coughing with upper respiratory tract
infection
H Mild to high fever
H Painless, purulent discharge in chronic suppurative
otitis media
H Obscured or distorted bony landmarks of the tym-
otitis media
H Clear or amber fluid behind the tympanic membrane
H Blue-black tympanic membrane with hemorrhage
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture and sensitivity tests of exudate show the
causative organism.
H Complete blood count shows leukocytosis.
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 577
Imaging
H X-ray studies demonstrate mastoid involvement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Tympanometry detects hearing loss and evaluates the
condition of the middle ear.
H Audiometry shows degree of hearing loss.
H Pneumatic otoscopy may show decreased tympanic
membrane mobility.
ALERT
In adults, unilateral serous otitis media should
always be evaluated for a nasopharyngealobstructing lesion such as carcinoma.
Treatment
General
H In acute secretory otitis media, Valsalvas maneuver
Medications
H Antibiotic therapy such as amoxicillin
H Analgesics, such as aspirin or acetaminophen
H Sedatives (small children)
H Nasopharyngeal decongestant therapy
Surgery
H Myringotomy and aspiration of middle ear fluid, fol-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit no signs or symptoms of infection
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen
H regain hearing or develop compensatory mechanisms
H experience no injury or harm.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage discussion of concerns about hearing
loss.
With hearing loss
H Offer reassurance, when appropriate, that hearing
loss caused by serious otitis media is temporary.
H Face the patient when speaking and enunciate clearly
and slowly.
Prevention
After myringotomy
H Wash hands before and after ear care.
H Place sterile cotton loosely in the external ear to absorb drainage and prevent infection. Change the cotton when damp. Avoid placing cotton or plugs deep
in ear canal.
H Administer prescribed analgesics.
H Administer antiemetics after tympanoplasty and reinforce dressings.
Monitoring
H Pain level
H Excessive bleeding or discharge
H Auditory acuity
H Response to treatment
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper instillation of ointment, drops, and ear wash,
as ordered
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H importance of taking antibiotics
H adequate fluid intake
H correct instillation of nasopharyngeal decongestants
H use of fitted earplugs for swimming after myringotomy and tympanostomy tube insertion
H notification of the physician if tube falls out and for
ear pain, fever, or pus-filled discharge
H preventing recurrence. (See Preventing otitis
media.)
Otitis media
577
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 578
Otosclerosis
Overview
Description
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Rinne test result shows bone-conducted tone is
heard longer than air-conducted tone.
H Webers test result shows that sound lateralizes to the
more damaged ear.
H Audiometric testing reveals hearing loss.
Treatment
Pathophysiology
Medications
Causes
H Genetic factor transmitted as an autosomal dominant
trait
H Pregnancy (may trigger onset)
Incidence
H Occurs in at least 10% of whites
H Twice as common in females as in males
H Usually occurs between ages 15 and 50
Common characteristics
H Slow, progressive hearing loss in one ear, with pro-
Complications
H Bilateral conductive hearing loss
H Taste disturbance
Assessment
History
H Family history of hearing loss (excluding presbycu-
sis)
H Tinnitus
H Ability to hear a conversation better in a noisy envi-
Physical findings
H Tympanic membrane that appears normal
H Schwartzes sign (faint pink blush throughout the
578
Otosclerosis
General
H Hearing aids
H Avoidance of activities that provoke dizziness
hearing)
Surgery
H Stapedectomy
H Prosthesis insertion to restore partial or total hearing
H Fenestration
H Stapes mobilization
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H show no evidence of infection
H experience no injury or harm
H express needs and feelings
H regain hearing or develop other ways of communicating
H express understanding of illness and treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage discussion of concerns about hearing
loss.
H Offer reassurance with hearing loss, when appro-
priate.
H Provide clear, concise explanations.
H Face the patient when speaking.
H Enunciate clearly and slowly, in a normal tone.
H Allow adequate time to grasp what was said.
H Provide a pencil and paper to aid communication.
H Alert the staff to communication problem.
After surgery
H Position as ordered.
H Assist with ambulation when indicated.
H Administer prescribed drugs for pain.
H Reassure the patient that taste disturbance is common and usually subsides in a few weeks.
Monitoring
H For vertigo
H Response to medication
H Hearing loss
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 579
ALERT
Watch for and report postoperative facial drooping,
which may indicate swelling of or around the facial nerve.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative and postoperative teaching, if indicated
H slow movement to prevent vertigo
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H importance of protecting ears against the cold
H need to avoid activities that provoke dizziness
H avoidance of anyone with an upper respiratory tract
infection
H changing external ear dressing and incision care
H completion of prescribed drug regimen
H need for follow-up care
H how hearing may be masked by packing, dressing,
and postoperative edema
H why hearing may not be noticeably improved for 1 to
4 weeks after surgery
H avoidance of loud noises and sudden pressure
changes until healing is complete
H avoidance of blowing nose for at least 1 week to prevent contaminated air and bacteria from entering the
eustachian tube
H avoidance of sudden movements
H avoidance of wetting head in shower or swimming
for about 6 weeks
H avoidance of getting water in the ear for an additional
4 weeks
H prevention of constipation and avoidance of straining
while defecating.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an audiologist for hearing aids as
appropriate.
H Refer the patient to a speech and language therapist
as needed.
H Refer the patient for lip reading or sign language
instruction as appropriate.
Otosclerosis
579
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 580
Ovarian cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignancy arising from the ovary; a rapidly pro-
types
Assessment
History
H Symptoms of bloating, pelvic or abdominal pain, dif-
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
H Gaunt appearance
H Grossly distended abdomen accompanied by ascites
H Palpable abdominal mass with rocky hardness or
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
H Infertility problems or nulliparity
H Celibacy
H Exposure to asbestos and talc
H History of breast or uterine cancer
H Family history of ovarian cancer
H Diet high in saturated fat
H Gene mutation BRCA1 and BRCA2
Incidence
H After lung, breast, and colon cancer, primary ovarian
Common characteristics
H Bloating
H Pelvic or abdominal pain
H Difficulty eating or feeling full quickly
H Urinary urgency or frequency
Complications
H Fluid and electrolyte imbalance
H Leg edema
H Ascites
H Intestinal obstruction
H Profound cachexia
H Recurrent malignant effusions
Test results
Laboratory
H Deoxyribonucleic acid testing indicates an inherited
gene mutation.
H Laboratory tumor marker studies (such as ovarian
carcinoma antigen, carcinoembryonic antigen, and
human chorionic gonadotropin) show abnormalities
that may indicate complications.
Imaging
H Abdominal ultrasonography, computed tomography
scan, or X-rays delineate tumor size.
Diagnostic procedures
H Aspiration of ascitic fluid can reveal atypical cells.
Other
H Exploratory laparotomy, including lymph node evaluation and tumor resection, is required for accurate
diagnosis and staging.
Treatment
General
H Radiation therapy (not commonly used because it
Medications
H Chemotherapy after surgery
H Immunotherapy
H Hormone replacement therapy in prepubertal girls
Surgery
H Total abdominal hysterectomy and bilateral
580
Ovarian cancer
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 581
pelvic fluid
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H show no further evidence of weight loss
H express feelings about the potential loss
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H establish effective coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide abdominal support, and be alert for abdomi-
nal distention.
H Encourage coughing and deep breathing.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Wound site
H Pain control
H Effects of medication
H Hydration and nutrition status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary needs
H relaxation techniques
H importance of preventing infection, emphasizing
proper hand-washing technique
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.
Ovarian cancer
581
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 582
Ovarian cysts
Causes
Overview
H Theca-lutein cysts
H Hydatidiform mole
H Choriocarcinoma
H Hormone therapy
Description
H Non-neoplastic sacs on an ovary that contain fluid or
semisolid material
H Usually small and nonsymptomatic
H May be single or multiple (polycystic ovary syn-
drome)
H Include follicular cysts, theca-lutein cysts, and corpus luteum cysts
H Can develop any time between puberty and menopause, including during pregnancy
H Excellent prognosis for non-neoplastic ovarian cysts
(The risk for ovarian malignancy isnt increased with
a functional [physiologic] ovarian cyst.)
Pathophysiology
H Follicular cysts are generally very small and arise
Follicular cyst
A common type of ovarian cyst, a follicular cyst is usually
semitransparent and overdistended, with watery fluid visible through its thin walls.
Incidence
H Can occur at any age, but occurring more commonly
Common characteristics
H Possibly no symptoms (small ovarian cysts such as
follicular cysts)
H Mild pelvic discomfort, lower back pain, dyspareu-
Complications
H Torsion or rupture of cyst
H Infertility
H Amenorrhea
H Secondary dysmenorrhea
H Oligomenorrhea
Assessment
History
H Mild pelvic discomfort
H Urinary urgency
H Lower back pain
H Dyspareunia
H Irregular bleeding
Physical findings
H Abdominal tenderness
H Abdominal distention
H Rigid abdomen
H Enlarged ovaries
Test results
Laboratory
H Human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) titer is elevated (theca-lutein cyst).
H Urine 17-ketosteroid level is slightly elevated (polycystic ovary syndrome).
Imaging
H Ultrasound reveals cyst.
Other
H Laparoscopy (usually for another condition) reveals
cyst.
582
Ovarian cysts
9400O.qxd
8/2/12
4:42 PM
Page 583
Treatment
General
H Follicular cysts: no treatment because cysts common-
ly disappear spontaneously within one to two menstrual cycles (excision of persistent cysts to rule out
malignancy)
H Theca-lutein cysts: discontinuation of HCG or
clomiphene citrate therapy
H Ruptured cysts: culdocentesis to drain intraperitoneal fluid
H Activity, as tolerated
Medications
H Hormonal contraceptives
H Gonadotropin-releasing hormonal agonists, such as
Surgery
H Laparoscopy or exploratory laparotomy with possible
Nursing considerations
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
After surgery
H Encourage early ambulation.
Monitoring
H Signs of rupture
H Vital signs
H Vaginal bleeding
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H perioperative instructions
H importance of follow-up care
H need to report increased menstrual bleeding
H need to report abdominal mass.
Ovarian cysts
583
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:44 PM
Page 584
Pagets disease
Overview
Kyphosis
Asymmetrical bowing of the tibia and femur
Waddling gait
Pathologic fractures
Muscle weakness
Description
Complications
Fractures
Paraplegia
Blindness and hearing loss with tinnitus and vertigo
Osteoarthritis
Sarcoma
Hypertension
Renal calculi
Hypercalcemia
Gout
Heart failure
tion
Affects one or several skeletal areas (spine, pelvis,
femur, and skull)
Slow and progressive
Causes malignant bone changes in about 5% of
patients
Can be fatal, particularly when associated with heart
failure, bone sarcoma, or giant cell tumors
Also known as osteitis deformans
ALERT
Pagets disease of the breast, a form of breast cancer, is a different disorder than Pagets disease.
(See Pagets disease of the breast.)
Pathophysiology
In the initial phase (osteoclastic phase), excessive
Assessment
History
Severe, persistent pain
Impaired mobility
Pain that worsens with weight bearing
Increased hat size
Headaches
Physical findings
Causes
Test results
mumps)
Incidence
More common after age 40
More common in males
More common in people of European, Austrailian,
Common characteristics
Severe, persistent pain
Pain worsened by weight-bearing activities
Cranial enlargement
Barrel-shaped chest
Laboratory
Red blood cell count shows anemia.
Serum alkaline phosphatase level is elevated.
24-hour urine hydroxyproline level is elevated.
Imaging
X-ray studies show bone expansion and increased
bone density.
Bone scans clearly show early pagetic lesions.
Diagnostic procedures
Bone biopsy shows a characteristic mosaic pattern of
bone tissue.
Treatment
General
584
Pagets disease
Heat therapy
Massage
Well-balanced diet
Activity, as tolerated
Pacing of activities
Use of assistive devices
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:44 PM
Page 585
Medications
Calcitonin
Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
Biphosphonates, such as zoledronic acid,
Surgery
Reduction of pathologic fractures
Correction of secondary deformities
Relief of neurologic impairment
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
perform activities of daily living to the extent possible
maintain adequate skin integrity
demonstrate measures to prevent self-injury
maintain joint mobility and range of motion.
Nursing interventions
Take measures to prevent pressure ulcers.
Instruct the patient with footdrop to wear high-
Monitoring
Pain level, response to analgesic therapy
New areas of pain
New movement restrictions
Sensory and motor disturbances
Serum calcium and alkaline phosphatase levels
Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
pacing of activities
use of assistive devices
exercise program
use of a firm mattress or a bed board
home safety measures
how to take prescribed drugs
adverse reactions to report.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to community resource and support
sources, as appropriate.
Refer the patient to physical and occupational
therapy.
Pagets disease
585
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:44 PM
Page 586
Pancreatic cancer
Overview
Description
Proliferation of cancer cells in the pancreas
Fifth most lethal type of carcinoma
Poor prognosis (most patients die within 1 year of
diagnosis)
Pathophysiology
Pancreatic cancer is almost always adenocarcinoma.
Nearly two-thirds of tumors appear in the head of the
Causes
Possible link to inhalation or absorption of carcino-
gens (such as cigarette smoke, excessive fat and protein, food additives, and industrial chemicals), which
the pancreas then excretes
Risk factors
Chronic pancreatitis
Diabetes
Chronic alcohol abuse
Smoking
Occupational exposure to chemicals
Overweight
Incidence
Three to four times more common in smokers than
nonsmokers
Highest in black males ages 35 to 70
Highest in Israel, United States, Sweden, and Canada;
Common characteristics
Intermittent epigastric pain
Weight loss
Anorexia, nausea, and vomiting
Jaundice
Complications
Nutrient malabsorption
Type 1 diabetes
Liver and GI problems
Mental status changes
Hemorrhage
Pulmonary congestion
Assessment
History
Colicky, dull, or vague intermittent epigastric pain,
Physical findings
Jaundice
Large, palpable, well-defined mass in the subumbili-
Test results
Laboratory
Pancreatic enzymes are absent.
Serum bilirubin level is increased.
Serum lipase and amylase levels may be increased.
Thrombin time is prolonged.
Aspartate aminotransferase and alanine aminotransferase levels are elevated if liver cell necrosis is present.
Alkaline phosphatase level is markedly elevated in
biliary obstruction.
Serum insulin level is measureable if islet cell tumor
is present.
Hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia is present.
Specific tumor markers for pancreatic cancer,
including carcinoembryonic antigen, pancreatic
oncofetal antigen, alpha-fetoprotein, and serum
immunoreactive elastase I, are elevated.
Imaging
Barium swallow, retroperitoneal insufflation, cholangiography, and scintigraphy locate the neoplasm and
detect changes in the duodenum or stomach.
Ultrasonography and computed tomography scan
identify masses.
Magnetic resonance imaging discloses tumor location and size.
Angiography reveals tumor vascularity.
Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography
allows tumor visualization and specimen biopsy.
Diagnostic procedures
Percutaneous fine-needle aspiration biopsy may detect tumor cells.
Laparotomy with biopsy allows definitive diagnosis.
Treatment
General
Mainly palliative
May involve radiation therapy as adjunct to fluo-
rouracil chemotherapy
Well-balanced diet, as tolerated
Small, frequent meals
586
Pancreatic cancer
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:44 PM
Page 587
Medications
and erlotinib
Antibiotics
Anticholinergics
Antacids
Diuretics
Insulin
Analgesics
Pancreatic enzymes, such as pancreatin or pancrelipase
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to community resource and support
services.
Refer the patient to hospice care, if indicated.
Refer the patient to the American Cancer Society.
Surgery
Total pancreatectomy
Cholecystojejunostomy, choledochoduodenostomy,
and choledochojejunostomy
Gastrojejunostomy
Whipples operation or radical pancreatoduodenec-
tomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain an adequate weight
maintain normal fluid volume status
maintain skin integrity
verbalize increased comfort and pain relief
avoid injury.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs and blood transfusions.
Provide small, frequent meals.
Ensure adequate rest and sleep.
Assist with range-of-motion and isometric exercises,
as appropriate.
Perform meticulous skin care.
Apply antiembolism stockings.
Encourage verbalization and provide emotional
support.
Monitoring
Fluid balance and nutrition
Abdominal girth, metabolic state, and daily weight
Blood glucose levels
Complete blood count
Pain control
Bleeding
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
end-of-life issues
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
Pancreatic cancer
587
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:44 PM
Page 588
Pancreatitis
Overview
Description
Inflammation of the pancreas
Occurs in acute and chronic forms; 10% mortality in
acute form
Assessment
History
Pathophysiology
Enzymes normally excreted into the duodenum by
Causes
Biliary tract disease
Alcoholism
Abnormal organ structure
Metabolic or endocrine disorders
Pancreatic cysts or tumors
Penetrating peptic ulcers
Penetrating trauma
Viral or bacterial infection
Risk factors
Use of glucocorticoids, sulfonamides, thiazides, and
hormonal contraceptives
Renal failure and kidney transplantation
Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography
(ERCP)
Heredity
Emotional or neurogenic factors
Incidence
Acute form: 2 of every 10,000 people
Chronic form: 2 of every 25,000 people
Affects more males than females
Affects Blacks four times more than Whites
Common characteristics
Intense epigastric pain
History of predisposing factors
Foul-smelling foamy stools
Complications
Diabetes mellitus
Massive hemorrhage
Diabetic acidosis
Shock and coma
Acute respiratory distress syndrome
588
Pancreatitis
cus and radiating to the back, between the 10th thoracic and 6th lumbar vertebrae
Pain aggravated by fatty foods, alcohol consumption,
or recumbent position
Weight loss with nausea and vomiting
Predisposing factor
Physical findings
Hypotension
Tachycardia
Fever
Dyspnea, orthopnea
Generalized jaundice
Cullens sign (bluish periumbilical discoloration)
Turners sign (bluish flank discoloration)
Steatorrhea (with chronic pancreatitis)
Abdominal tenderness, rigidity, and guarding
Test results
Laboratory
Serum amylase and lipase levels are elevated.
White blood cell count is elevated.
Serum bilirubin level is elevated.
Transient hyperglycemia and glycosuria may occur.
Urinary amylase level is increased.
In chronic pancreatitis: serum alkaline phosphatase,
amylase, and bilirubin levels are elevated; serum glucose level shows transient elevation; and lipid and
trypsin level in stool is elevated.
Imaging
Abdominal and chest X-rays differentiate pancreatitis
from other diseases that cause similar symptoms;
they also detect pleural effusions.
Computed tomography scan and ultrasonography
show increased pancreatic diameter, pancreatic
cysts, and pseudocysts.
Diagnostic procedures
ERCP shows pancreatic anatomy, identifies ductal
system abnormalities, and differentiates pancreatitis
from other disorders.
Treatment
General
Emergency treatment of shock, as needed; vigorous
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:44 PM
Page 589
Nothing by mouth
Once crisis starts to resolve, oral low-fat, low-protein
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to social services, as needed.
Medications
Analgesics
Antacids
Histamine antagonists
Antibiotics as appropriate
Anticholinergics
Total parenteral nutrition
Pancreatic enzymes such as pancrelipase
Insulin
Albumin
Surgery
Not indicated in acute pancreatitis unless complica-
tions occur
For chronic pancreatitis: sphincterotomy
Pancreaticojejunostomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain normal fluid volume
maintain a patent airway
verbalize feelings of increased comfort
avoid complications
maintain skin integrity
initiate lifestyle changes.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs and I.V. therapy.
Encourage the patient to express his feelings.
Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Nasogastric tube function and drainage
Respiratory status
Acid-base balance
Serum glucose level
Fluid and electrolyte balance
Daily weight
Pain control
Nutritional status and metabolic requirements
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
identification and avoidance of acute pancreatitis
triggers, such as alcohol abuse and smoking
dietary needs
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Pancreatitis
589
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 590
Panic disorder
Overview
Description
Assessment
History
Repeated episodes of unexpected apprehension or
fear
Physical findings
Trembling
Digestive disturbances
Hyperventilation
Tachycardia
Profuse sweating
DSM-IV-TR criteria
Diagnosis of panic disorder is confirmed when the patient meets the following criteria:
recurrent, unexpected panic attacks with at least one
of the attacks having been followed by 1 month (or
more) of one (or more) of the following:
persistent concern about having additional attacks
worry about the attacks implications or consequences
significant change in behavior related to the attack
agoraphobia
attacks not due to the direct physiologic effects of a
substance or a general medical condition
attacks not better accounted for by another mental
disorder, such as social phobia, specific phobia,
obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress
disorder, or separation anxiety.
Risk factors
Test results
Laboratory
Urine and serum toxicology tests may reveal the presence of psychoactive substances that can precipitate
panic attacks, including barbiturates, caffeine, and
amphetamines.
Other
Various tests may be ordered to rule out an organic
basis for the symptoms.
Pathophysiology
Increased sensitivity to adrenergic central nervous
Causes
Combination of physiologic and psychological factors
Temporal lobe dysfunction
May develop as a persistent pattern of maladaptive
Incidence
Males and females affected equally
Panic disorder with agoraphobia about twice as com-
Common characteristics
Repeated episodes of unexpected apprehension, fear,
Complications
Psychoactive substance use disorder
590
Panic disorder
Treatment
General
Behavioral therapy
Supportive psychotherapy
Medications
Antianxiety agents, such as diazepam and lorazepam
Antidepressants such as paroxetine
Buspirone
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 591
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
experience reduced anxiety by identifying internal
precipitating situation
identify current stressors
set limits and compromises on behavior when ready
develop effective coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
Stay with the patient until the attack subsides.
Speak in short, simple sentences and slowly give one
Monitoring
Response to therapy
Vital signs during an attack
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
relaxation techniques such as focusing on slow, deep
breathing
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
the importance of follow-up care.
Discharge planning
Encourage the patient and his family to use commu-
Panic disorder
591
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 592
Parkinsons disease
Overview
Excessive sweating
Decreased GI motility
Orthostatic hypotension
Oily skin
Eyes fixed upward
Description
Complications
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
available dopamine.
Dopamine deficiency prevents affected brain cells
from performing their normal inhibitory function.
Excess excitatory acetylcholine occurs at synapses.
Nondopaminergic receptors are also involved.
Motor neurons are depressed. (See Understanding
Parkinsons disease.)
Muscle rigidity
Akinesia
Insidious (unilateral pill-roll) tremor, which increas-
Causes
Usually unknown
Exposure to such toxins as manganese dust and car-
bon monoxide
Type A encephalitis
Drug-induced (Haldol, methyldopa, reserpine)
Risk factors
Heredity
Expose to pesticides and herbicides
Reduced estrogen levels
Incidence
More common in males than females
Occurs in middle age or later
Rare in blacks
Common characteristics
Muscle rigidity
Tremor
Resistance to passive muscle stretching
Akinesia
High-pitched, monotonous voice
Drooling
Loss of posture control
Dysarthria
592
Parkinsons disease
es during stress or anxiety and decreases with purposeful movement and sleep
Dysphagia
Fatigue with activities of daily living (ADLs)
Muscle cramps of legs, neck, and trunk
Oily skin
Increased perspiration
Insomnia
Mood changes
Dysarthria
Physical findings
High-pitched, monotonous voice
Drooling
Masklike facial expression
Difficulty walking
Lack of parallel motion in gait
Loss of posture control with walking
Oculogyric crises (eyes fixed upward, with involun-
stretching
Difficulty pivoting
Loss of balance
Test results
Imaging
Computed tomography scan or magnetic resonance
imaging rules out other disorders such as intracranial tumors.
Treatment
General
Small, frequent meals
High-bulk foods
Physical therapy and occupational therapy
Assistive devices to aid ambulation
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 593
Medications
Levodopa and carbidopa
Anticholinergics such as trihexyphenidyl
Antihistamines such as diphenhydramine
Antiviral agents such as amantadine
Tricyclic antidepressants
Dopamine agonist, such as bromocriptine, apomor-
tions).
Discharge planning
Refer the patient for occupational and physical reha-
bilitation, as indicated.
Surgery
Used when drug therapy fails
Stereotaxic neurosurgery
Destruction of ventrolateral nucleus of thalamus
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
perform ADLs
avoid injury
maintain adequate caloric intake
express positive feelings about himself
develop adequate coping behaviors
seek support resources.
Nursing interventions
Take measures to prevent aspiration.
Protect the patient from injury.
Stress the importance of rest periods between
activities.
Ensure adequate nutrition.
Provide frequent warm baths and massage.
Encourage the patient to enroll in a physical therapy
program.
Provide emotional and psychological support.
Encourage the patient to be independent.
Assist with ambulation and range-of-motion
exercises.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Intake and output
Drug therapy
Adverse reactions to medications
Postoperatively: signs of hemorrhage and increased
intracranial pressure
Swallowing
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
measures to prevent pressure ulcers and contractures
Parkinsons disease
593
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 594
Pathophysiology
Respiratory distress
Assessment
History
Prematurity
Rubella
Difficulty breathing
Physical findings
Gibson murmur during systole and diastole
Thrill at the left sternal border
Prominent left ventricular impulse
Bounding peripheral arterial pulses (Corrigans
pulse)
Widened pulse pressure
Test results
Imaging
Chest X-rays may show increased pulmonary vascular
markings, prominent pulmonary arteries, and enlargement of the left ventricle and aorta.
Echocardiography detects and helps estimate the size
of a patent ductus arteriosus (PDA). It also reveals
an enlarged left atrium and left ventricle or right ventricular hypertrophy from pulmonary vascular disease.
Diagnostic procedures
Electrocardiogram may be normal or may indicate
left atrial or ventricular hypertrophy and, in pulmonary vascular disease, biventricular hypertrophy.
Cardiac catheterization shows pulmonary arterial
oxygen content higher than right ventricular content
due to the influx of aortic blood.
Causes
May be a combination of genetics and environmental
factors
Prematurity
Rubella syndrome
Associated with other congenital defects, such as
Risk factors
Poorly controlled maternal diabetes
Drug or alcohol use during pregnancy
Exposure to chemicals or radiation during pregnancy
Incidence
Twice as common in females than in males
The most common congenital heart defect found in
adults
Common characteristics
Infants
Respiratory distress
Signs and symptoms of heart failure
Heightened susceptibility to respiratory tract infections
Slow motor development
Failure to thrive
Adults
Pulmonary vascular disease
Fatigability and dyspnea on exertion
Complications
Chronic pulmonary hypertension
Intractable left-sided heart failure
594
Treatment
General
No immediate treatment (if asymptomatic)
Fluid restriction
Activity, as tolerated
Medications
Diuretics
Cardiac glycosides
Antibiotics (preoperatively)
Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs such as
Surgery
Ligation of the ductus
Special populations
If symptoms are mild, surgical correction is usually
delayed until at least age 1. Before surgery, children
with PDA require antibiotics to protect against infective endocarditis.
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 595
tus to stop shunting or for administration of indomethacin I.V. (a prostaglandin inhibitor that is an
alternative to surgery in premature neonates) to induce ductus spasm and closure
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain adequate ventilation
maintain hemodynamic stability
remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
utilize support groups to help cope effectively.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Provide emotional support to the patient and family.
Monitoring
Respiratory status
Vital signs
Cardiac rhythm
Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
activity restrictions based on the childs tolerance
and energy levels
importance of informing any physician who treats the
child about his history of surgery for PDA even if
the child is being treated for an unrelated medical
problem.
Discharge planning
Stress the need for regular medical follow-up exami-
nations.
Refer the patient to community resources and social
services.
595
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 596
Pediculosis
Overview
Description
Infestation of human parasitic lice, which feed exclu-
Pathophysiology
Common characteristics
Nits
Pruritus
Skin excoriation
Complications
Skin excoriation
Secondary bacterial infections
Hyperpigmentation or residual scarring
Assessment
History
Exposure to causative organism
Headache
Fever
Malaise
Pruritus
Cutaneous changes
Physical findings
Pediculosis capitis
Visible lice
Skin excoriation on the scalp and neck
Matted, lusterless hair (in severe cases)
Occipital and cervical lymphadenopathy
Oval, gray-white nits visible on hair shafts
Pediculosis corporis
Red papules or macules, usually on the shoulders,
trunk, or buttocks
Excoriations from scratching
Nits on clothing seams
Pediculosis pubis
Visible brownish-gray lice
Erythematous papules
Small macules on the thighs, buttocks, or lower abdomen
Coarse, grainy-feeling, white-gray nits attached to
pubic hairs
Causes
Pediculosis capitis
Pediculus humanus var. capitis, P. humanus var.
corporis
Spreads through shared clothing, hats, combs, and
hairbrushes
Pediculosis corporis
P. humanus var. corporis
Spreads through shared clothing and bedding, especially with environmental overcrowding, prolonged
wearing of same clothing, or poor personal hygiene
Pediculosis pubis
Phthirus pubis
Spreads through sexual intercourse or contact with
clothing, bedding, or towels harboring lice
Incidence
Pediculosis capitis
More common in children
More common in girls
More common in warmer months
More common in Whites and Asians, less common in
Blacks
Pediculosis pubis
More common in adults
More common in cooler months
596
Pediculosis
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
Direct inspection with hand lens shows visible lice or
nits.
Woods light examination shows fluorescence of live
nits (dead nits dont fluoresce).
Treatment
General
Use of fine-toothed comb dipped in vinegar
Hair-washing with ordinary shampoo
Laundering of potentially contaminated clothing and
bed linen
Bathing with soap and water
Petroleum jelly applied to eyebrows or eyelashes
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 597
Types of lice
Head louse
Body louse
Pubic louse
Medications
Monitoring
Pediculosis capitis
Permethrin or pyrethrins
Pediculosis corporis
Pediculicide cream (for severe infestation)
Pediculosis pubis
Pediculicide shampoo
Nursing considerations
Be sure to cover:
how to inspect for lice, eggs, and lesions
how to decontaminate infestation sources
how to apply insecticidal agents
removal of nits and lice
importance of not sharing personal articles
adverse reactions to treatment, including when to notify the physician
notification and treatment of sexual contacts within
previous 30 days.
Key outcomes
The patient will:
exhibit resolution of the infestation
report feelings of increased comfort
demonstrate understanding of the treatment regimen
verbalize feelings about changed body image.
Nursing interventions
Patient teaching
infestation.
Pediculosis
597
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 598
Pelvic inflammatory
disease
Overview
Description
Umbrella term referring to any acute, subacute, re-
Pathophysiology
Various conditions, procedures, or instrumentation
can alter or destroy the cervical mucus, which normally serves as a protective barrier.
As a result, bacteria enter the uterine cavity, causing
inflammation of various structures.
Causes
Aerobic or anaerobic organisms (commonly, over-
Risk factors
Multiple sex partners
Conditions or procedures that alter or destroy cervi-
cal mucus
Procedures that risk transfer of contaminated cervi-
Incidence
Primarily affects females ages 16 to 40
598
Special populations
Adolescents are at high risk for sexually transmitted diseases, including PID.
Common characteristics
Profuse, purulent vaginal discharge
Lower abdominal pain
Vaginal bleeding
Complications
Septicemia (potentially fatal)
Pulmonary embolism
Infertility
Peritonitis
Shock
Death
Ectopic pregnancy
Assessment
History
Profuse, purulent vaginal discharge
Low-grade fever
Malaise
Lower abdominal pain
Vaginal bleeding
Physical findings
Pain with cervical movement or adnexal palpation
Vaginal discharge
Unilaterally or bilaterally tender adnexal mass
Test results
Laboratory
Culture and sensitivity and Gram stain of endocervix
or cul-de-sac secretions show the causative agent.
Urethral and rectal secretions show the causative
agent.
C-reactive protein level is elevated.
Imaging
Transvaginal ultrasonography may show the presence
of thickened, fluid-filled fallopian tubes.
Computed tomography scan may show complex tuboovarian abscesses and is useful in diagnosing PID.
Magnetic resonance imaging provides images of soft
tissue; useful not only for establishing the diagnosis
of PID but also for detecting other processes responsible for symptoms.
Diagnostic procedures
Culdocentesis obtains peritoneal fluid or pus for culture and sensitivity testing.
Diagnostic laparoscopy identifies cul-de-sac fluid,
tubal distention, and masses in pelvic abscess.
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 599
Prevention
Treatment
General
Frequent perineal care if vaginal discharge occurs
Bed rest
Medications
Antibiotics
Analgesics
I.V. fluids, as needed
Surgery
Drainage of pelvic abscess
Preventing PID
Pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) can be prevented by
following these guidelines:
Use latex condoms.
Have yearly tests for Chlamydia done for sexually
active females with multiple sex partners.
Abstain from sexual intercourse.
Have partners tested and treated for sexually
transmitted diseases (STDs).
See a physician as soon as symptoms of PID or STD
appear.
Avoid multiple sex partners.
Avoid douching.
ALERT
A ruptured pelvic abscess is a life-threatening condition. The patient may need a total abdominal hysterectomy with bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy.
ity
signs and symptoms of infection after a minor gyne-
cologic procedure
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
express feelings of increased comfort
remain free from signs or symptoms of infection
exhibit stable vital signs
maintain fluid balance
express feelings about having PID.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed antibiotics and analgesics.
Provide frequent perineal care.
Use meticulous hand-washing technique.
Encourage the patient to discuss her feelings, and of-
ALERT
Tell the patient to immediately report fever, increased vaginal discharge, or pain especially
after a minor gynecologic procedure.
avoidance of douching or intercourse for at least 7
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to infertility counseling, if indicated.
Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Fluid intake and output
Signs and symptoms of dehydration
Vaginal discharge
Pain control
ALERT
Watch for and report abdominal rigidity and distention. These signs may indicate development of
peritonitis.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
ways to prevent a recurrence (see Preventing PID)
599
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 600
Peptic ulcer
Overview
Description
Circumscribed lesion in the mucosal membrane of
Pathophysiology
Helicobacter pylori releases a toxin that promotes
Complications
GI hemorrhage
Abdominal or intestinal infarction
Ulcer penetration into attached structures
Assessment
History
Periods of symptom exacerbation and remission,
Physical findings
Pallor
Epigastric tenderness
Hyperactive bowel sounds
Causes
Test results
H. pylori
Use of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
Laboratory
Complete blood count shows anemia.
Occult blood is present in stools.
Venous blood sample shows H. pylori antibodies.
White blood cell count is elevated.
Urea breath test shows low levels of exhaled carbon
13 (13C).
Fasting serum gastrin level rules out Zollinger-Ellison
syndrome.
Imaging
Barium swallow or upper GI and small-bowel series
may reveal the ulcer.
Upper GI tract X-rays reveal mucosal abnormalities.
Diagnostic procedures
Upper GI endoscopy or esophagogastroduodenoscopy confirm the ulcer and permit cytologic
studies and biopsy to rule out H. pylori or cancer.
Gastric secretory studies show hyperchlorhydria.
(NSAIDs) or glucocorticoids
Pathologic hypersecretory states
Risk factors
Type A blood (for gastric ulcer)
Type O blood (for duodenal ulcer)
Other genetic factors
Exposure to irritants
Cigarette smoking
Trauma
Psychogenic factors and stress
Normal aging
Excessive alcohol consumption
Incidence
Gastric ulcers: most common in middle-aged and el-
derly males, especially those who are poor and undernourished; prevalence higher in chronic users
of aspirin or alcohol
Duodenal ulcers: most common in males ages 20
to 50
Common characteristics
Left epigastric or abdominal pain with exacerbations
and remissions
History of predisposing factor
600
Peptic ulcer
Treatment
General
Symptomatic
Iced saline lavage, possibly containing norepineph-
rine
Laser or cautery during endoscopy
Stress reduction
Smoking cessation
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 601
Medications
For H. pylori
Amoxicillin and biaxin
Proton pump inhibitors, such as omeprazole and
lansoprazole
For gastric or duodenal ulcer
Proton pump inhibitors
Antacids
Histamine-receptor antagonists or gastric acid pump
inhibitor, such as cimetidine and famotidine
Coating agents (for duodenal ulcer) such as sucralfate
Sedatives and tranquilizers (for gastric ulcer)
Anticholinergics such as dicyclomine (for duodenal
ulcers; usually contraindicated in gastric ulcers)
Prostaglandin analogs such as misoprostol
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
warnings against over-the-counter medications, especially aspirin, aspirin-containing products, and
NSAIDs, unless the physician approves
warnings against caffeine and alcohol intake during
exacerbations
appropriate lifestyle changes
dietary modifications.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Surgery
Indicated for perforation, lack of response to conser-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain adequate fluid volume
express feelings of increased comfort
verbalize an understanding of the illness
comply with the treatment regimen.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Provide six small meals or small hourly meals, as
ordered.
Offer emotional support.
Monitoring
Medication effects
Vital signs
Signs and symptoms of bleeding
Pain control
Peptic ulcer
601
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 602
Perforated eardrum
Overview
Description
Rupture of the tympanic membrane
May cause hearing loss
Typically heals spontaneously
Pathophysiology
Pressure on the tympanic membrane causes a trau-
examination
Test results
Laboratory
Ear drainage culture identifies causative organism or
determines if an infection caused the rupture.
Imaging
Skull and temporal lobe X-rays may reveal an associated fracture, especially when a bad fall caused the
eardrum rupture.
Diagnostic procedures
Audiometric testing evaluates middle ear function.
age or infection.
Causes
Bacterial infection (acute or chronic suppurative
otitis media)
Treatment
General
May heal spontaneously
No dietary restrictions unless nausea occurs; in that
Trauma
Puncture
Skull fracture
Burns
Excessive change in pressure
Incidence
Surgery
Myringoplasty
Tympanoplasty
Common characteristics
Ear pain
Ear discharge
Vertigo (may be transient)
Tinnitus
Hearing loss
Fever or chills
Nausea or vomiting
Complications
Mastoiditis
Meningitis
Permanent hearing loss
Assessment
History
Mild or severe ear trauma
Recent airline flight during an upper respiratory in-
fection
Sudden onset of severe earache and bleeding
from ear
Hearing loss
Tinnitus
Vertigo
Physical findings
Signs of hearing loss
Outer ear drainage
602
Perforated eardrum
Medications
Analgesics such as acetaminophen
Antibiotics if perforation resulted from infection
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or parents) will:
express an understanding of hearing changes
demonstrate appropriate use of pain relief methods
express an understanding of the potential causes of
ear injury
remain free from infection.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Insert a sterile wick.
When talking, face the patient and speak distinctly
and slowly.
Monitoring
Hearing ability
Ear drainage
Safety
Signs of complications
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 603
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
importance of avoiding swimming or use of ear plugs
care during hair washing
the need to complete the course of antibiotic therapy
as prescribed.
use of safety equipment in the workplace and at
home to prevent injury to the ear
prevention techniques. (See Preventing a perforated
eardrum.)
Prevention
Perforated eardrum
603
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 604
Pericarditis
Overview
Description
Complications
Pericardial effusion
Cardiac tamponade
Assessment
History
Predisposing factor
Sharp, sudden pain, usually starting over the sternum
Pathophysiology
Pericardial tissue is damaged by bacteria or other
Causes
Bacterial, fungal, or viral infection (in infectious
pericarditis)
Neoplasms (primary or metastatic)
High-dose chest radiation
Uremia
Hypersensitivity or autoimmune disease
Drugs, such as hydralazine or procainamide
Idiopathic factors
Myocardial infarction (MI)
Chest trauma
Aortic aneurysm with pericardial leakage
Myxedema with cholesterol deposits in pericardium
Radiation
Rheumatologic conditions
Tuberculosis
Incidence
Affects males more than females
Most common in males ages 20 to 50
Common characteristics
Pericardial friction rub
Chest pain
Breathing difficulty in a supine position
Fatigue
Dry cough
Abdominal or leg swelling
604
Pericarditis
Physical findings
Pericardial friction rub
Diminished apical impulse
Fluid retention, ascites, hepatomegaly (resembling
Test results
Laboratory
White blood cell count is elevated, especially in infectious pericarditis.
Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated.
Serum CK-MB levels are slightly elevated with associated myocarditis.
Pericardial fluid culture may identify a causative organism in bacterial or fungal pericarditis.
Blood urea nitrogen level is elevated in uremia.
Elevated antistreptolysin-O titers may indicate
rheumatic fever.
Positive reaction in purified protein derivative skin
test indicates tuberculosis.
Imaging
Echocardiography showing an echo-free space between the ventricular wall and the pericardium indicates pericardial effusion.
High-resolution computed tomography scan and
magnetic resonance imaging reveals pericardial
thickness.
Diagnostic procedures
Electrocardiography shows initial ST-segment elevation across the precordium.
Treatment
General
Management of rheumatic fever, uremia, tuberculo-
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 605
Medications
Discharge planning
needed.
Surgery
Surgical drainage
Pericardiocentesis
Partial pericardectomy (for recurrent pericarditis)
Total pericardectomy (for constrictive pericarditis)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain hemodynamic stability and adequate cardiac output
avoid arrhythmias
maintain adequate ventilation
verbalize feelings of increased comfort and decreased pain.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed analgesics and oxygen.
Administer prescribed antibiotics on time.
Stress the importance of bed rest. Provide a bedside
commode.
Place the patient upright to relieve dyspnea and chest
pain.
ALERT
Keep a pericardiocentesis set readily available
whenever you suspect pericardial effusion.
Encourage the patient to express concerns about the
Monitoring
Vital signs
Heart rhythm
Heart sounds
Hemodynamic values
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatments
how to perform deep-breathing and coughing exercises
the need to resume daily activities slowly and to
schedule rest periods in daily routine, as instructed
by the physician.
Pericarditis
605
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 606
Peritonitis
Overview
Description
Inflammation of the peritoneum; may extend
Pathophysiology
Bacteria invade the peritoneum after inflammation
Causes
Bacterial or chemical inflammation
Risk factors
Peritoneal dialysis
History of peritonitis
GI tract perforation (from appendicitis, diverticulitis,
Incidence
With progression
Increasingly severe and constant abdominal pain that
increases with movement and respirations
Possible referral of pain to shoulder or thoracic area
Anorexia, nausea, and vomiting
Inability to pass stools and flatus
Hiccups
Physical findings
Fever
Tachycardia
Hypotension
Shallow breathing
Signs of dehydration
Positive bowel sounds (early); absent bowel sounds
(later)
Abdominal rigidity
General abdominal tenderness
Rebound tenderness
Typical patient positioning: lying very still with knees
flexed
Test results
Laboratory
Complete blood count shows leukocytosis.
Imaging
Abdominal X-rays show edematous and gaseous distention of the small and large bowel. With perforation of a visceral organ, X-rays show air in the abdominal cavity.
Chest X-rays may reveal elevation of the diaphragm.
Computed tomography scan reveals fluid and inflammation.
Diagnostic procedures
Paracentesis shows the exudates nature and permits
bacterial culture testing.
Common characteristics
Treatment
Abdominal pain
Fever
Rebound tenderness
General
Complications
Abscess
Septicemia
Respiratory compromise
Bowel obstruction
Shock
I.V. fluids
Nasogastric (NG) intubation
Nothing by mouth until bowel function returns
Gradual increase in diet
Parenteral nutrition, if necessary
Bed rest until condition improves
Semi-Fowlers position
Avoidance of lifting for at least 6 weeks postopera-
tively
Assessment
Medications
History
Early phase
Vague, generalized abdominal pain
If localized: pain over a specific area (usually the inflammation site)
If generalized: diffuse pain over the abdomen
606
Peritonitis
Surgery
Treatment of choice; procedure varies with the cause
of peritonitis
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 607
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
regain normal vital signs
express feelings of increased comfort
maintain normal fluid volume
show no signs or symptoms of infection.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Encourage early postoperative ambulation.
Encourage the patient to express his feelings.
Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
Fluid and nutritional status
Pain control
Vital signs
NG tube function and drainage
Bowel function
Wound site
Signs and symptoms of dehiscence
ALERT
Watch for signs and symptoms of abscess formation, including persistent abdominal tenderness
and fever.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
preoperatively, coughing and deep-breathing techniques
postoperative care procedures
signs and symptoms of infection
proper wound care
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
dietary and activity limitations (depending on type of
surgery).
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to home care services as needed.
Peritonitis
607
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 608
Pertussis
Overview
Risk factors
Incomplete immunization
Incidence
50% of cases seen in underimmunized children
Description
residential facilities
sonal variation
Common characteristics
Causes
Complications
Pathophysiology
The infecting organism adheres to ciliated epithelial
Bordetella pertussis
This microscopic enlargement shows Bordetella pertussis,
the nonmotile, gram-negative coccobacillus that
commonly causes whooping cough. After entering the tracheobronchial tree, pertussis causes mucus to become increasingly tenacious. The classic 6-week course of
whooping cough follows.
Assessment
History
Possible lack of immunization coupled with exposure
Physical findings
Low or normal body temperature
Mild conjunctivitis
Listlessness
Engorged neck veins
Epistaxis during paroxysmal coughing
Exhaustion and cyanosis after coughing spell
Diminished breath sounds, upper airway wheezing
Test results
Laboratory
White blood cell count and differential show lymphocytosis.
B. pertussis is found in nasopharyngeal swabs and
sputum culture in early disease stages.
Direct immunofluorescence shows antigen.
608
Pertussis
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 609
Treatment
General
Discharge planning
care, as indicated.
Medications
Antitussives
Antibiotics, such as erythromycin, azithromycin, and
clarithromycin
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
remain free from adventitious breath sounds
maintain a patent airway
regain normal arterial blood gas levels
show no evidence of pathogens in cultures.
Nursing interventions
Maintain respiratory isolation (mask only) for 5 to
assist respiration.
Suction secretions, as necessary. Elevate the head of
stimulation.
Assess for complications caused by excessive
coughing.
Provide emotional support to the patient and parents,
as appropriate.
Report pertussis cases to local public health authori-
ties.
Monitoring
Respiratory status
Acid-base balance
Fluid and electrolyte balance
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (with the patient or parents, as appropriate):
the disease process and medical procedures
need for the patients close contacts to get medical
care
when to notify the physician
Pertussis
609
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 610
Pharyngitis
Overview
Description
Acute or chronic inflammation of the pharynx
Most common throat disorder
Usually subsides in 3 to 10 days unless complications
occur
Physical findings
Mild fever
Fiery red appearance of the posterior pharyngeal
wall
Swollen, exudate-flecked tonsils
Lymphoid follicles
Bacterial pharyngitis
Acutely inflamed throat, with patches of white and
yellow follicles
Strawberry-red tongue
Enlarged, tender cervical lymph nodes
Pathophysiology
Test results
Laboratory
Throat culture identifies the causative organism.
Rapid strep test shows group A beta-hemolytic streptococcal infection.
White blood cell count and differential show atypical
lymphocytes.
Imaging
Computed tomography scan identifies abscesses.
an inflammatory response.
Hyperemia and fluid exudation result.
Causes
Viral or bacterial infection
Beta-hemolytic streptococci (15% to 20% of acute
pharyngitis cases)
Mononucleosis
In children
Streptococcal bacteria infections
Gonococcal pharyngitis
Release of a toxin produced by Corynebacterium
diphtheria
Fungal pharyngitis
Prolonged antibiotic use (in immunosuppressed
patients)
Incidence
Widespread among adults who:
live or work in dusty or dry environments
use their voices excessively
use tobacco or alcohol habitually
suffer from chronic sinusitis, persistent coughs, or
allergies
Treatment
General
Warm saline gargles
Hospitalization for dehydration
Elimination of the underlying cause
Adequate humidification
Adequate fluid intake
Avoidance of citrus juices
Bed rest while febrile
Medications
Common characteristics
Sore throat
Pharyngeal edema
Surgery
Complications
Otitis media
Sinusitis
Mastoiditis
Rheumatic fever
Nephritis
Assessment
History
Sore throat
Slight difficulty swallowing (swallowing saliva more
610
Pharyngitis
Abscess drainage
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain intact mucous membranes
maintain normal fluid volume
express feelings of increased comfort
achieve adequate daily calorie intake.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Obtain throat cultures, as ordered.
Instruct the patient to use warm saline gargles.
Encourage adequate oral fluid intake.
Perform meticulous mouth care.
Maintain a restful environment.
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 611
Monitoring
Intake and output
Signs and symptoms of dehydration
ALERT
Examine the patients skin twice per day for rashes
caused by drug sensitivity or rashes that could indicate a communicable disease.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
importance of completing prescribed antibiotic
therapy
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
preventive measures, such as hand washing and
avoiding close contact with people who are sick
avoidance of excessive exposure to air conditioning
smoking cessation
ways to minimize environmental sources of throat
irritation
importance of throat cultures for all family members
if the patient has a streptococcal infection.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Pharyngitis
611
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 612
Pheochromocytoma
Overview
Description
ALERT
Pheochromocytoma may occur during pregnancy
when uterine pressure on the tumor causes more
frequent hypertensive crises. These crises carry a
high risk for spontaneous abortion and can be fatal for both the mother and fetus.
secretion
Usually produces norepinephrine; large tumors secrete both epinephrine and norepinephrine
Potentially fatal, but with treatment carries a good
prognosis
Also known as chromaffin tumor
Assessment
History
Unpredictable episodes of hypertensive crisis
Paroxysmal symptoms suggesting a seizure disorder
or anxiety attack
Hypertension that responds poorly to conventional
treatment
Pathophysiology
procedures
During paroxysms or crises
Throbbing headache
Palpitations
Visual blurring
Nausea and vomiting
Severe diaphoresis
Feelings of impending doom
Precordial or abdominal pain
Moderate weight loss
Dizziness or light-headedness when moving to an
upright position
Causes
May be inherited as an autosomal dominant trait
Incidence
Rare; seen in about 0.5% of newly diagnosed hyper-
Physical findings
tensive patients
Seen in all races
Affects both sexes equally
Typically familial
Most common in patients ages 30 to 50
Common characteristics
Paroxysmal or sustained hypertension
Hypertensive crises triggered by conditions that dis-
Complications
Stroke
Retinopathy
Irreversible kidney damage
Acute pulmonary edema
Cholelithiasis
Cardiac arrhythmias
Heart failure
Test results
Laboratory
Vanillylmandelic acid and metanephrine levels in a
24-hour urine specimen are increased.
Total plasma catecholamine levels are 10 to 50 times
higher than normal on direct assay.
Imaging
Computed tomography (CT) scan or magnetic resonance imaging of adrenal glands may show intraadrenal lesions.
CT scan, chest X-rays, or abdominal aortography may
reveal extra-adrenal pheochromocytoma.
Treatment
General
High-protein diet with adequate calories
Rest during acute attacks
612
Pheochromocytoma
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 613
Medications
Alpha-adrenergic blockers such as phenoxybenza-
mine
Catecholamine-synthesis antagonists
Beta-adrenergic blockers such as atenolol
Calcium channel blockers
I.V. phentolamine or nitroprusside during paroxysms
After adrenalectomy
Vital signs
Bowel sounds
Wound dressings
Incision
Signs and symptoms of hemorrhage
Pain
or crises
ALERT
Because severe and occasionally fatal paroxysms
have been induced by opiates, histamines, and other drugs, all medications should be considered
carefully and administered cautiously in patients
with known or suspected pheochromocytoma.
Surgery
Removal of pheochromocytoma
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
when to notify the physician
way to prevent paroxysmal attacks
signs and symptoms of adrenal insufficiency
importance of wearing medical identification jewelry
how to monitor his own blood pressure.
Discharge planning
Refer family members for genetic counseling if auto-
Nursing interventions
Take orthostatic blood pressures.
Administer prescribed drugs.
Ensure the reliability of urine catecholamine mea-
surements.
Provide comfort measures.
Consult a dietitian, as needed.
Tell the patient to report symptoms of an acute
attack.
Encourage the patient to express his feelings.
Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.
After adrenalectomy
ALERT
Be aware that postoperative hypertension is common because the stress of surgery and adrenal
gland manipulation stimulate catecholamine secretion.
Monitoring
Vital signs, especially blood pressure
Serum glucose level
Daily weight
Neurologic status
Renal function
Cardiovascular status
Adverse reactions to medications
Pheochromocytoma
613
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 614
Pituitary tumors
Complications
Overview
Description
Nonmalignant intracranial tumor; accounts for 10%
Pathophysiology
As a pituitary adenoma grows, it replaces normal
Causes
Unknown
Risk factors
Autosomal dominant trait
Incidence
Affects adults of both sexes between ages 30 and 50
Twice as common in females as in males
Common characteristics
Headache, visual changes, double vision, and droop-
ing eyelids
Nipple discharge
Gynecomastia
Menses cessation
Decreased libido, male impotence
Cold intolerance
Nausea, vomiting, and constipation
Personality changes
Skin changes
Hair loss
Fatigue
Seizures
Hypotension
614
Pituitary tumors
hypothalamus
Assessment
History
Neurologic and endocrine abnormalities
Personality changes or dementia
Amenorrhea
Decreased libido
Impotence
Lethargy, weakness, increased fatigability
Sensitivity to cold
Constipation
Seizures
With cranial nerve involvement: diplopia and dizzi-
ness
Physical findings
Rhinorrhea
Head tilting during physical examination
Skin changes
Strabismus
Test results
Laboratory
Cerebrospinal fluid analysis shows an increased protein level.
Imaging
Skull X-rays with tomography may show an enlarged
sella turcica or erosion of its floor; if growth hormone secretion predominates, X-rays show enlargement of the paranasal sinuses and mandible, thickened cranial bones, and separated teeth.
Carotid angiography may identify displacement of the
anterior cerebral and internal carotid arteries from
tumor enlargement and may rule out intracerebral
aneurysm.
Computed tomography scan may confirm an adenoma and accurately depict its size.
Magnetic resonance imaging scan differentiates
healthy, benign, and malignant tissues and blood
vessels.
Treatment
General
Radiation therapy used for small, nonsecretory tu-
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 615
Medications
Corticosteroids or thyroid or sex hormones
Electrolyte replacement
Insulin
Bromocriptine and cabergoline for prolactin-
producing tumors
Octreotide acetate and pegvisomant for growth hormone producing tumors
verse effects
importance of immediately reporting persistent post-
Discharge planning
Encourage the patient to wear medical identification
Surgery
Transfrontal removal of a large tumor impinging on
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
remain free from injury
express positive feelings about himself
report an increased sense of well-being
exhibit increased energy
participate in care and prescribed therapies (along
with family members).
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Maintain patient safety.
Provide rest periods to avoid fatigue.
Establish a supportive, trusting relationship with the
patient.
Monitoring
After supratentorial or transsphenoidal
hypophysectomy
Proper positioning (head of the bed elevated 30 degrees)
Intake and output
Signs and symptoms of infection
Blood glucose level
After craniotomy
Vital signs
Neurologic status
Signs and symptoms of increased ICP
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
preoperative instructions on surgery, treatments, and
postoperative course
avoidance of coughing, sneezing, and bending
Pituitary tumors
615
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 616
Placenta previa
Overview
Description
Placental implantation in the lower uterine segment,
Pathophysiology
The placenta covers all or part of the internal cervi-
Assessment
History
Onset of painless, bright red, vaginal bleeding after
Physical findings
Soft, nontender uterus
Fetal malpresentation
Minimal descent of fetal presenting part
Good fetal heart tones
Test results
Laboratory
Maternal hemoglobin level is decreased.
Imaging
Transvaginal ultrasound scan determines placental
position.
Diagnostic procedures
Pelvic examination confirms diagnosis.
Causes
ALERT
Unknown
Risk factors
Defective vascularization of the decidua
Multiple pregnancy
Previous uterine surgery
Multiparity
Advanced maternal age
Endometriosis
Smoking
Incidence
About 1 in every 200 pregnancies
More common in multigravidas than primigravidas
Occurs more commonly after age 35
Common characteristics
Pelvic examination isnt commonly performed because it increases maternal bleeding and can dislodge more of the placenta.
Treatment
General
Control of blood loss, blood replacement
Delivery of viable neonate
Prevention of coagulation disorders
With premature fetus, careful observation to give fe-
Complications
Anemia
Hemorrhage
Disseminated intravascular coagulation
Shock
Renal damage
Cerebral ischemia
Maternal or fetal death
ALERT
Because of possible fetal blood loss through the placenta, a pediatric team should be on hand during
delivery to immediately assess and treat neonatal
shock, blood loss, and hypoxia.
Nothing by mouth initially, then as guided by clinical
status
Bed rest
Medications
I.V. fluids, using large-bore catheter
616
Placenta previa
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 617
The patient has the partial, or incomplete, form of the disorder if the placenta caps a larger part of the internal
os.
Surgery
Patient teaching
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain stable vital signs
maintain normal fluid volume
express feelings of increased comfort
verbalize her feelings about her condition
use available support systems to aid coping.
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
signs and symptoms of placenta previa
possibility of emergency cesarean delivery
possibility of the birth of a premature neonate
possibility of neonatal death
postpartum physical and emotional changes to
expect.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient for professional counseling if neces-
sary.
Nursing interventions
Obtain blood samples for complete blood count and
Monitoring
Vital signs
Vaginal bleeding, including character of blood loss
Central venous pressure
Intake and output
Fetal heart tones
Signs and symptoms of hemorrhage and shock
Placenta previa
617
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 618
Life-threatening disorder
Plague
Overview
Description
Acute, febrile, zoonotic infection caused by the gram-
Incidence
Becoming more prevalent in the United States
Most common between May and September; in
Common characteristics
Fever
Chills
Weakness
Headache
Bubonic plague
Characteristic buboes
History of exposure to rodents
Complications
Peritoneal or pleural effusions
Septicemia
Fulminant pneumonia
Pericarditis
Seizures
Diffuse interstitial myocarditis
Multifocal hepatic necrosis
Diffuse hemorrhagic splenic necrosis
Respiratory failure
Cardiovascular collapse
Disseminated intravascular coagulation
Meningitis
Death
Assessment
Pathophysiology
History
Causes
Y. pestis
Risk factors
Rural areas
Urban areas with overcrowding, poor sanitation, and
618
Plague
Physical findings
Milder form of bubonic plague
Fever
Pain or tenderness in regional lymph nodes
Painful, inflamed, and possibly suppurative buboes
(usually in the axillary, cervical, or inguinal areas)
Necrotization of hemorrhagic areas
Moribund state within hours after onset
Bubonic plague
Fever
Prostration
Restlessness, disorientation, delirium
Toxemia
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 619
Staggering gait
Skin mottling, petechiae
Circulatory collapse
Coma
Test results
Laboratory
Y. pestis is found in capsular antigen testing, Wayson
stain, or fluorescent antibody stain.
White blood cell count is greater than 20,000/l,
with increased polymorphonuclear leukocytes and
hemoagglutination reaction.
Y. pestis is present in culture and Gram stain of skinlesion needle aspirate or lymph node aspirate, blood,
or sputum.
Imaging
Chest X-rays show fulminating pneumonia in pneumonic plague.
Treatment
General
Supportive management to control fever, shock, and
quired
Supplemental I.V. fluids
Bed rest during the acute phase
Medications
Antibiotics, such as streptomycin and gentamicin
Oxygen
Corticosteroids
Benzodiazepines
Anticonvulsants
Antipyretics
Surgery
department.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Intake and output
Skin integrity
Pulmonary status
Cardiovascular status
Nutritional status
Seizures
Complications
Abnormal bleeding
Mentation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain acceptable tissue perfusion and cellular
oxygenation
maintain effective ventilation
maintain fluid balance
verbalize feelings of fear and anxiety
demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
Administer drugs, I.V. fluids, and oxygen, as pre-
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
isolation procedures
personal protective measures
avoidance of contact with sick or dead wild animals
and the need to wear gloves when handling animal
carcasses
importance of insect and rodent population control
use of repellents, insecticides, and protective clothing when at risk for exposure to rodents fleas
elimination of rodent food and habitats
insecticide control of fleas.
cautions.
Provide adequate nutrition.
Plague
619
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 620
Assessment
History
Underlying pulmonary disease
Shortness of breath
Chest pain
Malaise
Physical findings
Fever
Trachea deviated away from the affected side
Dullness and decreased tactile fremitus over the effu-
Pathophysiology
Causes
Transudative pleural effusion
Cardiovascular disease
Hepatic disease
Renal disease
Hypoproteinemia
Exudative pleural effusion
Pleural infection
Pleural inflammation
Pleural malignancy
Empyema
Pulmonary infection
Lung abscess
Infected wound
Intra-abdominal infection
Thoracic surgery
Incidence
sion
Test results
Laboratory
PLEURAL FLUID ANALYSIS FINDINGS
In transudative effusion: specific gravity is less than
to protein in serum is 0.5 or higher; lactate dehydrogenase (LD) level is 200 IU or higher; ratio of LD in
pleural fluid to LD in serum is 0.6 or higher.
In empyema: microorganisms are present, white
blood cell count is increased, and glucose level is
decreased.
In esophageal rupture or pancreatitis: pleural fluid
amylase levels exceede serum amylase levels.
Imaging
Chest X-rays may show pleural effusions; lateral decubitus films may show loculated pleural effusions or
small pleural effusions not visible on standard chest
X-rays.
Computed tomography scan of the thorax shows
small pleural effusions.
Diagnostic procedures
Thoracentesis obtains pleural fluid specimens for
analysis.
Other
Tuberculin skin test may be positive for tuberculosis.
Pleural biopsy may be positive for carcinoma.
Treatment
Common characteristics
General
Shortness of breath
Chest pain
Malaise
Nonproductive cough
Complications
Atelectasis
Infection
Hypoxemia
620
Medications
Antibiotics
Oxygen
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 621
Surgery
Removal of thick coating over lung (decortication)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain adequate ventilation
remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
consume the specified number of calories daily
express an understanding of the illness
demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs and oxygen.
Assist during thoracentesis.
Encourage the patient to use an incentive spirometer.
Encourage deep-breathing exercises.
Provide meticulous chest tube care.
Ensure chest tube patency.
Keep petroleum gauze at the bedside.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Intake and output
Respiratory status
Pulse oximetry
Signs and symptoms of pneumothorax
Chest tube drainage
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
how thoracentesis is performed
chest tube insertion and drainage
signs and symptoms of infection
signs and symptoms of pleural fluid reaccumulation
when to notify the physician.
Discharge planning
Provide a home health referral for follow-up care.
Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
621
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 622
Pleurisy
Physical findings
Overview
Description
Inflammation of the visceral and parietal pleurae that
Pathophysiology
The pleurae become swollen and congested.
As a result, pleural fluid transport is hampered, and
Causes
Pneumonia
Tuberculosis
Viruses
Systemic lupus erythematosus
Rheumatoid arthritis
Uremia
Dresslers syndrome
Cancer
Pulmonary infarction
Chest trauma
Pathologic rib fractures
Pneumothorax
Sickle cell disease
Radiation therapy
Human immunodeficiency virus
Certain drugs, such as methotrexate or penicillin
Incidence
Affects both sexes equally
Common characteristics
Test results
Imaging
Chest X-rays show absence of pneumonia.
Diagnostic procedures
Electrocardiography shows absence of ischemic
heart disease.
Treatment
General
Symptomatic
Possible intercostal nerve block
Diet, as tolerated
Bed rest
Medications
Anti-inflammatories
Analgesics
Surgery
Thoracentesis
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain a patent airway
maintain adequate ventilation
express feelings of increased comfort; relief of pain
demonstrate energy conservation techniques
demonstrate effective coping strategies.
Nursing interventions
worsens on inspiration
Limited movement on the affected side during
breathing
Shortness of breath
Fever and chills
Complications
Adhesions
Pleural effusion
Chronic pain or shortness of breath
Assessment
History
Sudden dull, aching, burning, or sharp pain that
worsens on inspiration
Predisposing factor
Cough
Shortness of breath
Fever
622
Pleurisy
support.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Intake and output
Response to treatment
Pain control
Complications
Breath sounds
Respiratory status
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 623
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
how to perform splinting and deep-breathing
exercises
importance of regular rest periods
signs and symptoms of possible complications
when to notify the physician.
Pleurisy
623
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 624
Life-threatening disorder
Pneumocystis carinii
pneumonia
Overview
Description
Communicable, opportunistic lung infection com-
Pathophysiology
The infecting organism invades the lungs bilaterally,
Causes
P. carinii; spreads mainly through the air (although
Physical findings
Low-grade, intermittent fever
Tachypnea
Dyspnea
Accessory muscle use for breathing
Cyanosis (with acute illness)
Dullness on percussion (with consolidation)
Crackles
Decreased breath sounds
Test results
Laboratory
P. carinii is found on histologic sputum specimen
studies.
Hypoxia and increased A-a gradient on arterial blood
gas (ABG) values are seen.
Imaging
Chest X-rays may show slowly progressing, fluffy infiltrates, occasional nodular lesions, or spontaneous
pneumothorax.
Gallium scan may show increased uptake over the
lungs.
Diagnostic procedures
Fiber-optic bronchoscopy
Transbronchial biopsy
Open lung biopsy
Treatment
General
HIV/AIDS
Immunosuppression
Immunodeficiency disorders
Oxygen therapy
Mechanical ventilation
High-calorie, high-protein diet
Nutritional supplements, as needed
Small, frequent meals
Increased fluid intake
Rest periods when fatigued
Incidence
Medications
Risk factors
children with primary immunodeficiency disease, patients receiving immunosuppressive therapy, and
those with HIV/AIDS
Common characteristics
Insidious onset, with increasing shortness of breath
Complications
Disseminated infection
Pulmonary insufficiency and death
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain normal vital signs
maintain adequate fluid volume
maintain normal breath sounds
regain normal ABG values
demonstrate correct bronchial hygiene techniques
verbalize fears, feelings, and concerns.
Assessment
Nursing interventions
History
624
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 625
concerns.
Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
Respiratory status
ABG values
Fluid and electrolyte status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
energy conservation techniques
importance of taking prophylactic drugs to prevent
recurrence (for HIV-infected patients and other
immunocompromised individuals)
home oxygen therapy, if indicated.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a pulmonologist or an infectious
625
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 626
Pneumonia
Overview
Special populations
Incidence and mortality are highest in elderly
patients.
Description
Common characteristics
exchange
May be classified by etiology, location, or type
Pathophysiology
A gel-like substance forms as microorganisms and
Complications
Septic shock
Hypoxemia
Respiratory failure
Empyema
Bacteremia
Endocarditis
Pericarditis
Meningitis
Lung abscess
Pleural effusion
Causes
Assessment
History
Risk factors
Bacterial and viral pneumonia
Chronic illness and debilitation
Cancer
Abdominal and thoracic surgery
Atelectasis
Bacterial or viral respiratory infections
Chronic respiratory disease
Influenza
Smoking
Malnutrition
Sickle cell disease
Tracheostomy
Poor oral hygiene
Immunosuppressive therapy
Endotracheal intubation or mechanical ventilation
Aspiration pneumonia
Alcoholism
Exposure to noxious gases
Caustic substance entering airway
Advanced age
Debilitation
Nasogastric (NG) tube feedings
Impaired gag reflex
Decreased level of consciousness
Incidence
Affects both sexes and all ages
More than four million cases annually in the United
States
626
Pneumonia
Bacterial pneumonia
Sudden onset of:
Pleuritic chest pain
Cough
Purulent sputum production
Chills
Viral pneumonia
Nonproductive cough
Constitutional symptoms
Fever
Aspiration pneumonia
Fever
Weight loss
Malaise
Physical findings
Fever
Sputum production
Dullness over the affected area
Crackles, wheezing, or rhonchi
Decreased breath sounds
Decreased fremitus
Tachypnea
Use of accessory muscles
Test results
Laboratory
Complete blood count shows leukocytosis.
Blood cultures are positive for causative organism.
Arterial blood gas (ABG) values show hypoxemia.
Fungal or acid-fast bacilli cultures identify the etiologic agent.
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 627
presence of antigen.
Sputum culture, Gram stain, and smear reveal the
infecting organism.
Imaging
Chest X-rays generally show patchy or lobar infiltrates.
Diagnostic procedures
Bronchoscopy or transtracheal aspiration specimens
identify the etiologic agent.
Other
Pulse oximetry may reveal decreased oxygen saturation.
Treatment
General
Mechanical ventilation (positive end-expiratory pres-
Medications
Antibiotics
Humidified oxygen
Antitussives
Analgesics
Bronchodilators
Surgery
Drainage of parapneumonic pleural effusion or lung
abscess
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain adequate ventilation
maintain fluid balance
maintain adequate caloric intake
express feelings of increased comfort
demonstrate effective coping strategies.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Administer prescribed I.V. fluids and electrolyte re-
placement.
Maintain a patent airway and adequate oxygenation.
Administer prescribed supplemental oxygen. Admin-
Prevention
Preventing pneumonia
Urge bedridden and postoperative patients to perform
deep-breathing and coughing exercises frequently. Position these patients properly to promote full aeration
and secretion drainage.
Advise the patient to avoid using antibiotics indiscriminately for minor infections. Doing so could produce
upper airway colonization with antibiotic-resistant bacteria. If pneumonia develops, the causative organisms
may require treatment with more toxic antibiotics.
Encourage the high-risk patient to ask the physician
about an annual influenza vaccination and pneumococcal pneumonia vaccination. A single dose of pneumococcal vaccine is recommended for most patients age
54 and older; certain patients may need one booster
dose after 5 years.
Discuss ways to avoid spreading the infection to others. Remind the patient to sneeze and cough into tissues and to dispose of tissues in a waxed or plastic
bag. Advise the patient to wash his hands thoroughly
after handling contaminated tissues.
periods.
Include the patient in care decisions whenever
possible.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Intake and output
Daily weight
Sputum production
Respiratory status
Breath sounds
Pulse oximetry
ABG values
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
need for adequate fluid intake
importance of adequate rest
deep-breathing and coughing exercises
chest physiotherapy
avoidance of irritants that stimulate secretions
when to notify the physician
home oxygen therapy, if required
ways to prevent pneumonia. (See Preventing pneumonia.)
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Pneumonia
627
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 628
Life-threatening disorder
Pneumothorax
Overview
Description
Risk factors
Male gender
Smoking
Lung disease
History of pneumothorax
Incidence
Pathophysiology
Common characteristics
Sudden, sharp, pleuritic pain
Pain exacerbated by chest movement
Shortness of breath
Complications
etal pleurae.
Negative pressure is eliminated, affecting elastic recoil forces.
The lung recoils and collapses toward the hilus.
In open pneumothorax, atmospheric air flows directly into the pleural cavity, collapsing the lung on the
affected side.
In closed pneumothorax, air enters the pleural space
from within the lung, increasing pleural pressure and
preventing lung expansion.
In tension pneumothorax, air in the pleural space is
under higher pressure than air in the adjacent lung.
Air enters the pleural space from a pleural rupture
only on inspiration. This air pressure exceeds barometric pressure, causing compression atelectasis. Increased pressure may displace the heart and great
vessels and cause mediastinal shift.
Causes
Open pneumothorax
Penetrating chest injury
Central venous catheter insertion
Chest surgery
Transbronchial biopsy
Thoracentesis
Percutaneous lung biopsy
Closed pneumothorax
Blunt chest trauma
Rib fracture
Clavicle fracture
Congenital bleb rupture
Emphysematous bullae rupture
Barotrauma
Erosive tubercular or cancerous lesions
Interstitial lung disease
Tension pneumothorax
Penetrating chest wound
Lung or airway puncture from positive-pressure ventilation
Mechanical ventilation after chest injury
628
Pneumothorax
Assessment
History
Possibly asymptomatic (with small pneumothorax)
Sudden, sharp, pleuritic pain
Pain that worsens with chest movement, breathing,
and coughing
Shortness of breath
Physical findings
Asymmetrical chest wall movement
Overexpansion and rigidity on the affected side
Possible cyanosis
Subcutaneous emphysema
Hyperresonance on the affected side
Decreased or absent breath sounds on the affected
side
Decreased tactile fremitus over the affected side
Tension pneumothorax
Distended jugular veins
Pallor
Anxiety
Tracheal deviation away from the affected side
Weak, rapid pulse
Hypotension
Tachypnea
Cyanosis
Test results
Laboratory
Arterial blood gas analysis may show hypoxemia.
Imaging
Chest X-rays may show air in the pleural space and,
possibly, a mediastinal shift.
Other
Pulse oximetry may show decreased oxygen saturation.
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 629
Treatment
General
Conservative treatment of spontaneous pneumotho-
Medications
Oxygen
Analgesics
Surgery
Thoracotomy, pleurectomy for recurring sponta-
neous pneumothorax
Repair of traumatic pneumothorax
Doxycycline or talc installation into pleural space
ALERT
Watch for signs and symptoms of tension pneumothorax, which can be fatal. These include
anxiety, hypotension, tachycardia, tachypnea,
and cyanosis.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
chest tube insertion
deep-breathing exercises
signs and symptoms of recurrent spontaneous pneumothorax and when to notify the physician.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
appropriate.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain adequate ventilation
remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
express feelings of increased comfort
demonstrate effective coping strategies.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Assist with chest tube insertion.
ALERT
If the chest tube dislodges, immediately place a petroleum gauze dressing over the opening.
Provide comfort measures.
Encourage deep-breathing and coughing exercises.
Offer reassurance, as appropriate.
Include the patient and his family in care decisions
whenever possible.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Intake and output
Respiratory status
Breath sounds
Chest tube system
Complications
Pneumothorax recurrence
Pneumothorax
629
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 630
Life-threatening disorder
Poisoning
Overview
Description
Contact with a harmful substance by inhalation, in-
sorbed, its toxicity, and the time lapse between poisoning and treatment
Pathophysiology
The disorder process varies with the type of poison.
Causes
Accidental ingestion of medication
Improper cooking, canning, or storage of food
Suicide attempt
Homicide attempt
Risk factors
Cardiac arrhythmias
Acute renal failure
Liver failure
Test results
Laboratory
Lactate level is either increased or decreased.
Serum calcium level is increased.
Serum magnesium level is increased.
Toxicology studies show poison levels in the patients
mouth, vomitus, urine, feces, or blood, or on the patients hands or clothing.
Arterial blood gas values identify hypoxemia or metabolic derangements.
Imbalanced serum electrolyte levels such as hypokalemia may show anion-gap metabolic acidosis.
Imaging
Chest X-rays may show pulmonary infiltrates or edema in inhalation poisoning; may show aspiration
pneumonia in petroleum distillate inhalation.
Abdominal X-rays may show the presence of iron
pills or other radiopaque substances.
Diagnostic procedures
Electrocardiography may show arrhythmias or
QRS- and QT-interval prolongation.
Treatment
Incidence
cases
Fourth most common cause of death in children
Common characteristics
Hypotension
Altered neurologic status
Changes in skin temperature and color
Cardiopulmonary arrest
Complications
Cardiac arrhythmias
Seizures
Neurogenic shock
Cardiovascular collapse
Coma and death
General
Medications
Specific antidote, if available
Activated charcoal, if appropriate
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
History
Poison exposure
Drug overdose
Nursing interventions
Physical findings
Assessment
630
Poisoning
ordered.
Provide supplemental oxygen as ordered and
needed.
Send vomitus and aspirate for analysis.
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 631
hemodialysis.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Level of consciousness
Respiratory status
Suicidal ideations, if indicated
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
prevention techniques (see Preventing poisoning)
importance of keeping poison control telephone
number readily available.
Prevention
Preventing poisoning
Poisoning can be prevented by following these guidelines:
Read all labels before taking medications or using
chemicals.
Store medication and chemicals away from children
and pets.
Dont take medication that has been prescribed for
someone else.
Dont transfer medications or chemicals from their
original container unless properly labeled.
Dont tell children that medication is candy.
Use childproof caps on medication containers.
Always close containers carefully.
Use well-marked pill-dispensing system to pre-pour
medications for elderly or visually impaired patients
who are unable to safely self-administer.
Discharge teaching
Refer the patient for psychological counseling in case
of suicide attempt.
Refer the patient to the proper authorities in case of
deliberate poisoning.
Poisoning
631
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 632
Poliomyelitis
Overview
Vomiting
Lethargy
Irritability
Pains in neck, back, arms, legs, and abdomen
Muscle tenderness, weakness, and spasms in the ex-
Description
virus
Ranges in severity from inapparent infection to fatal
paralytic illness (mortality 5% to 10%)
Prognosis excellent if central nervous system (CNS)
spared
Also called polio or infantile paralysis
Pathophysiology
The poliovirus has three antigenically distinct sero-
days on average).
The virus usually enters the body through the alimen-
tary tract, multiplies in the oropharynx and lower intestinal tract, and then spreads to regional lymph
nodes and the blood.
Factors that increase the risk of paralysis include
pregnancy; advanced age; localized trauma, such as a
recent tonsillectomy, tooth extraction, or inoculation;
and unusual physical exertion at or just before the
clinical onset of poliomyelitis.
Causes
Contraction of the virus from direct contact with in-
Risk factors
Travel to polio oubtreak area
Lack of immunization
Compromised immune system
Poor sanitation
Pregnancy
Incidence
PARALYTIC
Symptoms similar to those of nonparalytic polio-
myelitis
Asymmetrical weakness of various muscles
Loss of superficial and deep reflexes
Paresthesia
Hypersensitivity to touch
Urine retention
Constipation
Abdominal distention
BULBAR PARALYTIC
Respiratory paralysis
Symptoms of encephalitis
Facial weakness
Diplopia
Dysphasia
Difficulty chewing
Inability to swallow or expel saliva
Regurgitation of food through the nasal passages
Dyspnea
Complications
Hypertension
Urinary tract infection
Urolithiasis
Atelectasis
Pneumonia
Myocarditis
Cor pulmonale
Skeletal and soft-tissue deformities
Paralytic ileus
Assessment
History
nized groups
Onset during the summer and fall
Mostly occurs in people older than age 15
Adults and girls at greater risk for infection; boys, for
paralysis
Common characteristics
Abortive infection
Slight fever
Malaise
Headache
Sore throat
Inflamed pharynx
Vomiting
Major poliomyelitis
NONPARALYTIC
Moderate fever
Headache
632
Poliomyelitis
Physical findings
Muscle weakness
Resistance to neck flexion (nonparalytic and paralyt-
ic poliomyelitis)
Patient tripods (extends his arms behind him for
sition
Kernigs and Brudzinskis signs (paralytic polio-
myelitis)
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 633
Test results
Laboratory
Polio virus is isolated from throat washings early in
the disease, from stools throughout the disease, and
from cerebrospinal fluid cultures in CNS infection.
Convalescent serum antibody titers are four times
greater than acute titers.
Tests to rule out coxsackievirus and echovirus infections must be performed.
Treatment
General
Supportive
Moist heat applications
Well-balanced diet
Activity, as tolerated
Physical therapy
Assistive devices
Medications
Analgesics
Antipyretics
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
report feelings of increased comfort
maintain adequate ventilation
demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
use available support systems.
Nursing interventions
Provide emotional support.
Provide good skin care, reposition the patient often,
Monitoring
Signs of paralysis
Respiratory status
Vital signs
Nutritional status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
physical therapy
avoiding complications of limited mobility
proper hand-washing and contact isolation techniques
vaccination of unimmunized household members.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to support services as appropriate.
Poliomyelitis
633
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 634
Polycystic kidney
disease
Heart failure
Recurrent hematuria
Life-threatening retroperitoneal bleeding
Proteinuria
Overview
Assessment
Description
History
Pathophysiology
Cysts enlarge the kidneys, compressing and eventual-
Causes
Familial
Infantile form: inherited as an autosomal recessive
trait
Adult form: inherited as an autosomal dominant trait
Risk factors
If one parent has autosomal dominant PKD: 50%
Incidence
Affects both sexes equally
Infantile form: 1 in 6,000 to 40,000 infants
Adult form: 1 in 50 to 1,000 adults
Common characteristics
Enlarged kidneys
Signs and symptoms of renal failure
Abdominal or flank pain
Hypertension
Nocturia
Complications
Hepatic failure
Renal failure
Respiratory failure
634
Physical findings
Infantile form
Pronounced epicanthal folds
Pointed nose
Small chin
Floppy, low-set ears (Potter facies)
Huge, bilateral, symmetrical flank masses that are
tense and cant be transilluminated
Signs of respiratory distress, heart failure and, eventually, uremia and renal failure
Signs of portal hypertension (bleeding varices)
Adult form
Hypertension
Signs of an enlarging kidney mass
Grossly enlarged kidneys (in advanced stages)
Test results
Laboratory
Urinalysis may show hematuria or bacteria or protein.
Creatinine clearance test results may show renal insufficiency or failure.
Sodium loss or retention is possible.
Imaging
Excretory or retrograde urography reveals enlarged
kidneys, with pelvic elongation, flattening of the calyces, and indentations caused by cysts. In a neonate,
excretory urography shows poor excretion of contrast medium.
Ultrasonography, tomography, and radioisotopic
scans show kidney enlargement and cysts.
Tomography, computed tomography scan, and magnetic resonance imaging show multiple areas of cystic damage.
Treatment
General
Monitoring of renal function
Dialysis
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 635
Medications
Analgesics
Antibiotics for UTI
Antihypertensive agents
Surgery
Kidney transplantation
Surgical drainage for cystic abscess or retroperi-
toneal bleeding
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain fluid balance
maintain urine specific gravity within designated
limits
maintain hemodynamic stability
report feelings of increased comfort
identify risk factors that worsen decreased tissue perfusion, and modify lifestyle appropriately.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Provide supportive care to minimize symptoms.
Individualize patient care accordingly.
Monitoring
Urine (for blood, cloudiness, calculi, and granules)
Intake and output
Electrolyte levels
Vital signs
Access site for dialysis
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
follow-up with the physician for severe or recurring
headaches
signs and symptoms of UTI and prompt notification
of the physician
importance of blood pressure control
possible need for dialysis or transplantation.
Discharge planning
Refer a young adult patient or the parents of an infant
635
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 636
Polycystic ovary
syndrome
Overview
Description
Metabolic disorder characterized by multiple ovarian
cysts
Prognosis good for ovulation and fertility with appropriate treatment
Pathophysiology
A general feature of all anovulation syndromes is a
Causes
Exact cause unknown; possible theories:
Incidence
Common characteristics
Mild pelvic discomfort
Lower back pain
Dyspareunia
Abnormal uterine bleeding secondary to disturbed
ovulatory pattern
Hirsutism
Acne
Male-pattern hair loss
Infertility
Obesity
Impaired glucose tolerance (by age 40)
Complications
Malignancy
636
diabetes mellitus
Secondary amenorrhea
Oligomenorrhea
Infertility
Addisons disease
Ovarian atrophy
Assessment
History
Diabetes
Mild pelvic discomfort
Lower back pain
Dyspareunia
Abnormal uterine bleeding secondary to disturbed
ovulatory pattern
Physical findings
Obesity
Hirsutism
Acne
Male-pattern hair loss
Hyperpigmentation of the skin
Test results
Laboratory
Urinary 17-ketosteroid levels are slightly elevated.
Estrogen action is unopposed during menstrual cycle
due to anovulation.
Ratio of luteinizing hormone to follicle-stimulating
hormone is elevated (usually 3:1 or greater).
Testosterone and androstenedione levels are elevated.
Imaging
Ultrasound permits visualization of the ovary.
Surgery
Surgery may confirm the presence of ovarian cysts.
Direct visualization by laparoscopy confirms the
presence of cysts.
Treatment
General
Lifestyle modifications
Weight-loss diet
Daily exercise program
Hair removal
Medications
Clomiphene
Medroxyprogesterone
Low-dose hormonal contraceptives
Metformin
Antiandrogens (for hirsutism)
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 637
Surgery
Ovarian wedge resection
Laparoscopic surgery to create focal areas of damage
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
report feelings of increased comfort
express understanding of condition and treatment
demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
Postoperatively, encourage frequent movement in bed
Monitoring
Preoperatively
Signs of cyst rupture
Postoperatively
Vital signs
Signs of infection
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
diabetic diet, if appropriate
low-calorie diet
importance of regular follow-up care.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a reproductive endocrinologist.
Refer the patient to supportive services as appro-
priate.
637
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 638
Polycythemia, secondary
Overview
Description
Excessive production of circulating red blood cells
Pathophysiology
Secondary polycythemia may result from increased
Causes
Increased production of erythropoietin
Conditions that cause prolonged tissue hypoxia, such
Risk factors
Smoking
Severe heart or lung disease
Long periods of time at high altitudes
Occupations such as pilots or mountaineers
Incidence
Assessment
History
Emphysema
Headaches
Lethargy
Physical findings
Clubbed fingers
Ruddy skin
Cyanosis
Splenomegaly
Shortness of breath
Hypoxemia
Test results
Laboratory
RBC mass is increased.
Hematocrit and hemoglobin level are elevated.
Mean corpuscular volume and mean corpuscularhemoglobin level are elevated.
Urinary erythropoietin count is elevated.
Blood histamine level is elevated.
Arterial oxygen saturation level is normal to low.
Diagnostic procedures
Bone marrow biopsy reveals hyperplasia confined to
the erythroid series.
Treatment
General
Correction of underlying disease or environmental
condition
Therapeutic phlebotomy
Plasmapheresis
Smoking cessation
Low-sodium diet
Activity, as tolerated
Medications
Analgesics
Low-flow oxygen therapy
Nursing considerations
sea level
Greater incidence among those living at high altitude
Key outcomes
Common characteristics
Ruddy, cyanotic skin
Emphysema
Hypoxemia without hepatomegaly or hypertension
cardiovascular)
Complications
Hemorrhage
Thromboembolism secondary to hemoconcentration
638
Polycythemia, secondary
Nursing interventions
Promote optimal activity.
Before and after therapeutic phlebotomy, check the
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 639
24 oz (710 ml) of water or juice. To prevent syncope, have him sit up for about 5 minutes before
walking.
Encourage verbalization and provide support.
Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
Signs of thrombosis
Respiratory status
Vital signs
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
symptoms of recurring polycythemia and the importance of reporting them promptly
the importance of regular blood studies (every 2 to
3 months), even after the disease is controlled
the need for relocation if altitude is a contributing
factor
dietary restrictions
using an electric razor
maintaining a safe environment
alternating rest periods and activity.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to social services as appropriate.
Polycythemia, secondary
639
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 640
Polycythemia vera
Overview
Description
Night sweats
Epigastric and joint pain
Vision alterations, such as scotomas, double vision,
Physical findings
blood cell (RBC) mass, leukocytosis, thrombocytosis, and increased hemoglobin concentration
Also called primary polycythemia, erythema, polycythemia rubra vera, splenomegalic polycythemia,
and Vaquez-Osler disease
Pathophysiology
Uncontrolled and rapid cellular reproduction and
veins
Oral mucous membrane congestion
Hypertension
Ruddy cyanosis
Ecchymosis
Hepatosplenomegaly
Test results
Risk factors
Laboratory
Uric acid level is increased.
Increased RBC mass and normal arterial oxygen saturation confirm diagnosis with splenomegaly or two
of the following:
platelet count above 400,000/l (thrombocytopenia)
white blood cell count above 10,000/l in adults
elevated leukocyte alkaline phosphatase level
elevated serum vitamin B12 levels or unbound B12binding capacity.
Diagnostic procedures
Bone marrow biopsy shows panmyelosis.
Male gender
Older than age 60
Family member with the disorder
Treatment
Incidence
General
Therapeutic phlebotomy
Pheresis
Common characteristics
Causes
Hyperplasia of all bone marrow cells (panmyelosis)
Mutation to deoxyribonucleic acid in a single cell in
Joint pain
Hypertension
Complications
Hemorrhage
Vascular thromboses
Uric acid calculi
Myelofibrosis
Acute leukemia
Assessment
History
Vague feeling of fullness in the head or rushing in the
ears
Tinnitus
Headache
Dizziness, vertigo
Epistaxis
640
Polycythemia vera
Medications
anagrelide
Radioactive phosphorus
Chemotherapy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain strong peripheral pulses
maintain normal skin color and temperature
remain free from evidence of infection
express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.
Nursing interventions
Keep the patient active and ambulatory.
If bed rest is necessary, implement a daily program
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 641
ALERT
Report acute abdominal pain immediately. It may
signal splenic infarction, renal calculus formation,
or abdominal organ thrombosis.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to social services as needed.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Adverse reactions to drugs
CBC and platelet count before and during therapy
Complications
Signs and symptoms of impending stroke
Hypertension
Signs and symptoms of heart failure
Signs and symptoms of bleeding
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
importance of staying as active as possible
use of an electric razor to prevent accidental cuts
ways to minimize falls and contusions at home
avoidance of high altitudes
common bleeding sites, if the patient has thrombocytopenia
importance of reporting abnormal bleeding promptly
therapeutic phlebotomy procedure (if scheduled)
and its effects
symptoms of iron deficiency to report
possible adverse reactions to myelosuppressive
therapy
Polycythemia vera
641
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 642
Polyps, intestinal
Overview
Description
A small, tumorlike growth that projects from a mu-
Complications
Anemia
Bowel obstruction
Rectal bleeding
Intussusception
Colorectal cancer (villous adenomas and familial
polyps)
Electrolyte imbalance
Assessment
Pathophysiology
History
Diarrhea
Bloody stools
Painful defecation
Changes in bowel habits
growth in the upper epithelium rise above the mucosal membrane and protrude into the GI tract.
They may be described by their appearance:
pedunculated: attached by a stalk to the intestinal
wall
sessile: attached to the intestinal wall with a broad
base and no stalk.
Polyps are classified according to tissue type:
adenomatous polyps, such as tubular adenoma,
tubulovillous adenoma, and villous adenoma
nonadenomatous polyps, such as hyperplastic
polyps, inflammatory polyps, and juvenile polyps.
Most polyps are benign. However, villous and familial
polyps show a marked inclination to become malignant.
ALERT
Familial polyposis is commonly linked to rectosigmoid adenocarcinoma.
Causes
Unknown
Risk factors
Heredity
Age
High-fat, low-fiber diet
Incidence
Villous adenomas most prevalent in males older than
age 55
Common polypoid adenomas most prevalent in white
Common characteristics
Rectal bleeding
Painful defecation
Changes in bowel habits
Physical findings
Polyp felt during digital rectal examination
Test results
Laboratory
Occult blood is present in stools.
Hemoglobin level is low.
Hematocrit is low with anemia.
Serum electrolyte imbalances are evident with villous
adenomas.
Imaging
Barium enema identifies polyps that are located high
in the colon.
Diagnostic procedures
Sigmoidoscopy, colonoscopy, and rectal biopsy identify polyps.
Treatment
General
Activity, as tolerated
Diet, as tolerated
Medications
Analgesics
Surgery
Polypectomy, commonly by fulguration (destruction
ileostomy, colostomy
Biopsy
Snare removal during colonoscopy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
return to normal bowel habits
express increased comfort
maintain electrolyte balance.
642
Polyps, intestinal
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 643
Nursing interventions
Observe the amount and character of stools.
Prepare the patient with precancerous or familial le-
Monitoring
Electrolyte levels
Rectal bleeding
Vital signs
Intake and output
After surgery
Signs of bleeding
Wound condition
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
wound care, if appropriate
enterostomal therapy and care.
Discharge planning
If the patient has benign polyps, stress the need for
Polyps, intestinal
643
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 644
Porphyrias
Overview
Description
Umbrella term for a group of metabolic disorders
Pathophysiology
Various metabolic disorders affect heme biosyn-
thesis.
This leads to excessive production and excretion of
Causes
Inherited as an autosomal dominant trait, except
Gnthers disease (inherited as an autosomal recessive trait) and toxic-acquired porphyria (which results from lead ingestion or exposure)
Incidence
More common in Whites than Blacks or Asians
Common characteristics
phyria)
Test results
Laboratory
The ion-exchange chromatography test shows urine
aminolevulinic acid.
In acute intermittent porphyria: urine porphobilinogen (as shown by the Watson-Schwartz test), leukocytosis, elevated bilirubin and alkaline phosphatase
levels, and hyponatremia are present.
In variegate porphyria: protoporphyrin and coproporphyrin is present in stools.
In hereditary coproporphyria: abundant coproporphyrin is present in stools and, to a lesser extent, in
urine.
In porphyria cutanea tarda: uroporphyrin excretion
is increased with varying amounts of fecal porphyrins.
In Gnthers disease: urine porphyrins are present.
In erythropoietic protoporphyria: protoporphyrin is
present in red blood cells.
In toxic acquired porphyria: urine lead level is
0.2 mg/L or higher.
In porphyria cutanea tarda: serum iron levels are
increased.
symptoms
Precipitating factors
Certain medications
Hormonal changes
Infection
Malnutrition
Complications
Treatment
General
High-carbohydrate diet
Fluid restriction
Avoidance of direct sun exposure
Medications
function
With acute intermittent porphyria: flaccid paralysis,
respiratory paralysis, and death
With erythropoietic porphyria: hemolytic anemia
Beta-caotene supplements
Chlorpromazine I.V.
Analgesics
Hemin
Assessment
History
Mild or severe abdominal pain
Photosensitivity
Paresthesia
Neuritic pain
Physical findings
Wide variation, depending on the type of porphyria
Psychosis
Seizures
Skin lesions
644
Porphyrias
Surgery
In hemolytic anemia: splenectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain adequate ventilation
maintain intact skin integrity
avoid complications
regain normal bowel movements
express feelings of increased comfort.
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 645
Discharge planning
For toxic-acquired porphyria, refer the patient and
Nursing interventions
Check the patients history for use of medications that
Monitoring
Respiratory status
GI motility
Vital signs
Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
avoidance of excessive sun exposure and use of sun
screen
importance of wearing medical identification
lead sources (if the patient has toxic-acquired porphyria)
precipitating factors, including crash diets, fasting,
and use of alcohol, estrogens, and barbiturates
stress-management techniques
ways to prevent infection
value of a high-carbohydrate diet.
Porphyrias
645
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 646
Posttraumatic stress
disorder
Overview
Description
Development of psychological symptoms, such as in-
Pathophysiology
The alpha2-adrenergic receptor response that in-
Causes
An event that the patient views as traumatic (typically
Risk factors
History of psychopathology
Neurotic and extroverted characteristics
History of child abuse or neglect
Incidence
Affects 30% of trauma victims
Occurs in up to 15% of Unites States residents at
Common characteristics
Detachment and loss of emotional response
Feelings of depersonalization
Inability to recall specific aspects of the traumatic
event
Flashbacks within dreams or thoughts when cues to
Complications
Increased risk for other anxiety, mood, and sub-
stance-related disorders
Substance abuse
Feelings of detachment or estrangement, which may
Assessment
History
Difficulty falling or staying asleep
Aggressive outbursts on awakening
646
Panic attacks
Phobic avoidance of situations that arouse memories
Physical findings
Emotional numbing (diminished or constricted re-
sponse)
Memory impairment
Difficulty concentrating
Signs of substance abuse
Physiologic reactivity on exposure to internal or ex-
DSM-IV-TR criteria
Diagnosis is confirmed when the patient meets the following criteria:
Exposure to a traumatic event that included both of
the following:
actual or threatened death or serious injury or
threat to the physical integrity of self or others
a response of intense fear, helplessness, or horror.
Persistent reexperiencing of this traumatic event in at
least one of these ways:
recurrent and intrusive distressing recollections of
the event
recurrent distressing dreams of the event
flashbacks of the event
intense psychological distress at exposure to
events
physiologic reactivity on exposure to events.
Persistent avoidance of stimuli associated with the
trauma, or numbing of general responsiveness not
present before the trauma, as indicated by at least
three of these criteria:
efforts to avoid thoughts or feelings associated
with the traumatic event
efforts to avoid activities or situations that arouse
recollections of the traumatic event
inability to recall an important aspect of the event
sharply decreased interest in significant activities
feeling of detachment or estrangement from others
restricted range of effect
sense of a foreshortened future.
Persistent symptoms of increased arousal (not previously present) as indicated by two or more of these
criteria:
difficulty falling or staying asleep
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 647
worsen symptoms
problem-solving skills
relaxation and breathing techniques
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
Treatment
General
cupational areas
Treatment of alcohol or drug abuse, as needed
Active avoidance of stimuli that trigger memories of
Medications
Benzodiazepines (short-term use)
Tricyclic antidepressants
Monoamine oxidase inhibitors
Selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors
Sedating antidepressants
Anticonvulsants
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
express feelings and fears related to the traumatic
event
use available support systems
use effective coping mechanisms
maintain or reestablish adaptive social interactions
with family members.
Nursing interventions
Encourage the patient to express feelings of grief,
mental attitude.
Help the patient evaluate behavior.
Monitoring
Response to drug therapy
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
healing process
647
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 648
Precocious puberty
Overview
Description
Early sexual maturity
True precocious puberty: early maturation of the
Pathophysiology
Special populations
Males as young as 7 with true precocious puberty
have fathered children.
In females
Rapid growth spurt
Breast development at early age
Pubic hair
Early menarche
Complications
Testicular tumor (males)
Ovarian or adrenal malignancy (females)
Assessment
History
Causes
In males
TRUE PRECOCIOUS PUBERTY
Idiopathic
Genetically transmitted as a dominant gene
PSEUDOPRECOCIOUS PUBERTY
Testicular tumors
Congenital adrenogenital syndrome
In females
TRUE PRECOCIOUS PUBERTY
Idiopathic
Central nervous system (CNS) disorders
PSEUDOPRECOCIOUS PUBERTY
Ovarian and adrenocortical tumors
Estrogen or androgen ingestion
Increased end-organ sensitivity to low levels of circu-
Risk factors
Obesity
Exposure to sex hormones
McCune-Albright syndrome or congenital adrenal
hyperplasia
Incidence
Five times more common in females than in males
More common in blacks
Common characteristics
In males
Early bone development; initial growth spurt
Early muscle development
Stunted adult stature
Adult hair pattern
Penile growth
Bilateral enlarged testes
648
Precocious puberty
Physical findings
Enlarged penis or testicles (males)
Enlarged breasts (females)
Pubic hair
Test results
Laboratory
IN MALES WITH TRUE PRECOCIOUS PUBERTY
Plasma testosterone levels are elevated.
Ejaculate shows live spermatozoa.
Luteinizing and follicle-stimulating hormones and
are elevated.
Imaging
X-rays of the hands, wrists, knees, and hips determine bone age and possibly premature epiphyseal
closure.
Ultrasound verifies suspected abdominal lesion.
X-rays possibly show CNS tumors.
Treatment
General
Aimed at underlying cause
Supportive psychological counseling
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 649
Medications
Medroxyprogesterone (females)
Surgery
Removal of ovarian or adrenal tumors
Removal of thyroid gland
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
express understanding of condition and treatment
demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
avoid complications.
Nursing interventions
Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
the need to continue social and emotional support.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to psychological counseling, as nec-
essary.
Precocious puberty
649
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 650
Premenstrual syndrome
Overview
Description
Edema
Diarrhea or constipation
Appetite changes and food cravings
Fatigue
Exacerbations of skin, respiratory, or neurologic
problems
Physical findings
Possible edema
Pathophysiology
PMS may result from a progesterone deficiency dur-
Test results
Laboratory
Blood studies rule out anemia, thyroid disease, or
other hormonal imbalances.
Other
A daily symptom calendar aids diagnosis of PMS.
Psychological evaluation may be used to rule out or
detect an underlying psychiatric disorder.
Treatment
Causes
General
Symptom relief
Stress reduction
Relaxation techniques
Diet low in simple sugars, caffeine intake, animal fat,
Incidence
Special populations
Moderate to severe symptoms occur in 14% to 88%
of adolescent girls
Usually occurs between ages 25 and 45
Affects women in their 40s most severely
PMS resolving completely at menopause
Common characteristics
Anxiety
Irritability
Depression
Multiple somatic complaints
Complications
Psychosocial problems
Reduced self-esteem
Depression
Inability to function (in PMDD)
Assessment
History
Behavioral changes
Breast tenderness or swelling
Abdominal tenderness or bloating
Joint pain
Headache
650
Premenstrual syndrome
and sodium
Medications
Antidepressants such as selective serotonin-reuptake
inhibitors
Vitamins such as B complex
Progestins and estrogens, such as drospirenone and
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
identify effective and ineffective coping techniques
use available support systems, such as family, friends,
and groups, to develop and maintain effective coping
skills
express feelings of increased comfort
express positive feelings about herself.
Nursing interventions
Encourage adequate fluid intake.
Provide comfort measures.
Offer emotional support and reassurance.
Encourage the patient to express feelings.
Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.
Instruct the patient to chart symptoms daily for two
cycles.
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 651
Monitoring
Response to treatment
Coping skills
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
physiologic basis of PMS
beneficial lifestyle changes
relaxation and stress-reduction techniques
dietary management.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a self-help group for females with
PMS.
Refer the patient for psychological counseling, as in-
dicated.
Refer the patient to a dietitian as needed.
Premenstrual syndrome
651
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 652
Pressure ulcers
Overview
Assessment
History
One or more risk factors
Description
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
Impaired skin capillary pressure results in local tis-
sue anoxia.
Anoxia leads to edema and multiple capillary throm-
ficial erythema
Possible necrosis and ulceration with deeper ero-
Test results
Laboratory
Infecting organism is identified by wound culture and
sensitivity testing of exudate.
Total serum protein level is decreased.
Other
Diagnosis is typically made from inspection.
boses.
An inflammatory reaction results in ulceration and
Treatment
Causes
General
Risk factors
Poor nutrition
Diabetes mellitus
Immobility or paralysis
Cardiovascular disorders
Advanced age
Incontinence
Obesity
Edema
Anemia
Poor hygiene
Exposure to chemicals
Steroids
Incidence
Affect roughly 10% of hospitalized patients and 20%
traindicated)
Activity, as tolerated
Active and passive range-of-motion (ROM) exercises
Frequent turning and repositioning
Medications
Enzymatic ointments
Healing ointments
Antibiotics, if indicated
Surgery
Debridement of necrotic tissue
Skin grafting (in severe cases)
Common characteristics
Vary with the ulcer stage (see Stages of pressure ul-
cers)
Complications
Secondary bacterial infection
Septicemia
Gangrene
652
Pressure ulcers
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
maintain adequate daily caloric intake
maintain joint mobility and ROM
avoid infection and other complications.
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 653
Stage I
Stage III
The skin is red and intact and doesnt blanche with external
pressure. (A black persons skin may look purple.) The skin
feels warm and firm.
Stage IV
Stage II
Skin breaks appear and discoloration may occur. Penetrating to the subcutaneous fat layer, the sore is painful and visibly swollen. Thulcer may be characterized as an abrasion,
blister, or shallow crater.
The ulcer destroys tissue from the skin to the bone. Findings include slough or eschar and deep tunnels that extend
from the ulcer.
Unstageable
The ulcer destroys tissue from the skin to possibly the bone.
The base of the ulcer is covered by slough, eschar or both.
Until this is removed, the depth and stage cant be determined.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Apply dressings appropriate for the ulcer stage.
Encourage adequate food and fluid intake.
Reposition the bedridden patient at least every
2 hours.
Elevate the head of the bed 30 degrees or less.
Perform passive ROM exercises.
Encourage active ROM exercises, if possible.
Use pressure-relief aids on the bed.
Provide meticulous skin care.
Monitoring
Changes in skin color, turgor, temperature, sensa-
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
techniques for changing positions
active and passive ROM exercises
avoidance of skin-damaging agents
debridement procedures
skin graft surgery, if required
signs and stages of healing
importance of a well-balanced diet and adequate
fluid intake
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
importance of notifying the physician immediately of
signs and symptoms of infection.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a wound care specialist, if indi-
cated.
Pressure ulcers
653
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 654
Proctitis
Overview
Description
An acute or chronic inflammation of the rectal mu-
cosa
Good prognosis unless massive bleeding occurs
Pathophysiology
Mucosal cell loss occurs along with acute inflamma-
tion of the lamina propria, eosinophilic crypt abscess, and endothelial edema of the arterioles
Rectal tissue ischemia occurs
Mucosal friability, ulcers, bleeding, and fistulas result
Causes
Crohns disease
Amebiasis
Immunodeficiency disorders
Neisseria gonorrhoeae
Chlamydia trachomatis
Herpes simplex virus 1 and 2
Syphilis
Radiation therapy
Papillomavirus
Ischemia
Toxins
Vasculitis
Risk factors
High-risk sexual practices
Homosexuality
Autoimmune disorders
Incidence
Assessment
History
Tenesmus
Abdominal cramping
Loose stool with or without abdominal pain
Pruritus
Rectal and anal pain
Physical findings
Bloody or mucoid stools
Superficial ulcers
Mucosal erythema
Painless chancres
Mucosal friability
Test results
Laboratory
Complete blood count evaluates blood loss.
C-reactive protein may be elevated.
Rectal swab identifies gonorrhea or chlamydia.
Venereal disease research laboratory test diagnoses
syphilis.
Culture of vesicular fluid identifies herpes simplex
virus.
Diagnostic procedures
In acute proctitis, sigmoidoscopy shows edematous,
bright-red, or pink rectal mucosa thats thick, shiny,
friable and, possibly, ulcerated.
In chronic proctitis, sigmoidoscopy shows thickened
mucosa, loss of vascular pattern, and stricture of the
rectal lumen.
Biopsy rules out carcinoma.
Treatment
General
therapy
More common in Jewish people
More common in males than females
Occurs predominantly in adults
Common characteristics
Medications
Tenesmus
Constipation
Feeling of rectal fullness
Left-sided abdominal pain
Enemas
Steroid (hydrocortisone) suppositories
Tranquilizers
Antibiotics (based on cause)
Antivirals
Complications
Ulcerations
Crypt abscesses
Bleeding
Fissures
Fistulas
Ulcerative colitis
654
Proctitis
Surgery
Diverting colostomy may be necessary.
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 655
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
express feelings of increased comfort
understand the disease process and treatment
regimen
exhibit adequate coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
Offer emotional support.
Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
Response to treatment
Rectal bleeding
Amount and character of stools
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
importance of watching for and reporting bleeding
and other persistent symptoms.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a colorectal surgeon, if appro-
priate.
Proctitis
655
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 656
Prostate cancer
Overview
Description
Proliferation of cancer cells that usually take the
Assessment
History
Symptoms rare in early stages
Later, urinary problems, such as difficulty initiating a
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
Test results
Laboratory
Elevated serum prostate-specific antigen (PSA) level
may indicate cancer with or without metastasis.
Imaging
Transrectal prostatic ultrasonography shows prostate
size and presence of abnormal growths.
Bone scan and excretory urography determine the
diseases extent.
Magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography scan define the extent of the tumor.
Other
Standard screening test: digital rectal examination
and PSA test identify cancer (recommended yearly by
the American Cancer Society for males older than age
40).
Causes
sharp edge
In advanced disease: edema of the scrotum or leg; a
Unknown
Risk factors
Older than age 50
Family history
Heavy metal exposure (cadmium)
Exposure to androgens
High-fat diet
Treatment
General
Varies with cancer stage
Radiation therapy or internal beam radiation
Well-balanced diet
Incidence
Medications
Hormonal therapy
Chemotherapy
Asians
Unaffected by socioeconomic status or fertility
Most common neoplasm in males older than age 50
Common characteristics
Urinary problems
Complications
Spinal cord compression
Deep vein thrombosis
Pulmonary emboli
Myelophthisis
Death
Surgery
Prostatectomy
Orchiectomy
Radical prostatectomy
Transurethral resection of prostate
Cryosurgical ablation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
express feelings of increased comfort
discuss the diseases impact on self and family
members
demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.
656
Prostate cancer
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 657
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Encourage the patient to express his feelings.
Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
Pain level
Wound site
Postoperative complications
Medication effects
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
perineal exercises that decrease incontinence
follow-up care
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to appropriate resources and sup-
port services.
Prostate cancer
657
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 658
Prostatitis
Overview
Description
Inflammation of the prostate gland
Occurs in acute, chronic, and several other forms
Acute prostatitis
Easily recognized and treated
Chronic prostatitis
Most common cause of recurrent urinary tract infection in males
More difficult to recognize than acute prostatitis
Other prostatitis forms
Granulomatous prostatitis (also called tuberculous
prostatitis)
Nonbacterial prostatitis
Prostatodynia (painful prostate)
Pathophysiology
Infectious organism spreads to the prostate gland by
the hematogenous route, an ascending urethral infection, invasion of rectal bacteria via lymphatic vessels, or reflux of infected bladder urine into prostate
ducts.
Inflammation results.
Causes
Bacterial prostatitis: Escherichia coli (80% of cas-
Complications
Urinary tract infection
Prostatic abscess
Acute urinary retention
Pyelonephritis
Epididymitis
Assessment
History
Sudden fever, chills
Lower back pain
Perineal fullness
Arthralgia, myalgia
Urinary urgency and frequency
Dysuria, nocturia
Transient erectile dysfunction
Physical findings
Cloudy urine
Distended bladder
Prostatic tenderness, induration, swelling, firmness,
and warmth
Crepitation (if prostatic calculi present)
Risk factors
Test results
Laboratory
Urine culture identifies infectious organism.
In nonbacterial prostatitis: inflammatory cells are
found in smears of prostatic secretion.
In prostatodynia: urine cultures are negative and
theres an absence of inflammatory cells in smears of
prostatic secretions.
Diagnostic procedures
In granulomatous prostatitis: prostate tissue biopsy
shows M. tuberculosis.
Urodynamic evaluation reveals detrusor hyperreflexia
and pelvic floor myalgia (from chronic spasms).
Incidence
Chronic prostatitis
Affects up to 35% of males older than age 50
Seen in 5 of every 1,000 outpatient visits
Bacterial prostatitis
Seen in 2 of every 10,000 outpatient visits
Nonbacterial prostatitis
Seen in 5 of every 10,000 outpatient visits
Common characteristics
Urinary frequency and urgency
Fever
658
Prostatitis
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 659
Treatment
Patient teaching
General
After surgery
Avoidance of lifting, strenuous exercise, and long automobile rides
No sexual activity for several weeks after discharge
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
importance of increased fluid intake
benefits of regular sexual activity (with chronic prostatitis)
prescribed activity limits
importance of getting immediate medical attention
for fever, inability to void, or bloody urine.
Medications
Discharge planning
Analgesics
Antipyretics
Sitz baths
Regular, protected sexual intercourse
Prostatic massage
Increased oral fluids
Bed rest until the condition improves
needed.
Acute prostatitis
Systemic antibiotic therapy
Chronic prostatitis
Oral antibiotics
Granulomatous prostatitis
Antitubercular drug combinations
Nonbacterial prostatitis
Oral antibiotics
Anticholinergics
Prostatodynia
Muscle relaxants
Alpha-adrenergic blockers
Surgery
Transurethral resection of the prostate or total
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
express feelings of increased comfort
demonstrate skill in managing urinary elimination
problems
express his feelings about potential or actual changes
in sexual function
use available counseling, referrals, or support
groups.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Ensure bed rest and adequate hydration.
Give sitz baths.
Avoid rectal examinations.
Monitoring
After surgery
Intake and output
Catheter function and drainage
Signs of infection
Pain control
Prostatitis
659
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 660
Pseudomembranous
enterocolitis
Overview
Description
Acute inflammation and necrosis of the small and
large intestines
Usually affects the mucosa but may extend into the
Peritonitis
Toxic megacolon
Assessment
History
Current or recent antibiotic treatment
Sudden onset of copious, watery, or bloody diarrhea
Cramping abdominal pain
Low-grade fever
Nausea
Vomiting
Physical findings
Abdominal tenderness
Pathophysiology
Test results
Laboratory
White blood cell count is elevated.
Hypoalbuminemia occurs due to poor protein
absorption.
Stool culture identifies C. difficile.
Imaging
Abdominal X-ray reveals mucosal edema.
Computed tomography scan may show distention as
well as diffuse and focal thickening of the colon wall.
Diagnostic procedures
Rectal biopsy through sigmoidoscopy confirms
pseudomembranous enterocolitis.
Endoscopy reveals characteristic pseudomembranes.
antibiotic use.
Normal intestinal flora balance is altered, and overgrowth of certain organisms occurs.
Necrotic mucosa is replaced by a pseudomembrane
filled with staphylococci, leukocytes, mucus, fibrin,
and inflammatory cells.
Causes
Unknown
Possible role of Clostridium difficile
Risk factors
Antibiotic therapy
Recent abdominal surgery
Cancer chemotherapy
Compromised immune system
Advanced age
Bone-marrow transplantation
Intestinal ischemia
Uremia
Burns
Incidence
Affects both sexes equally
Most common in nursing home and hospital patients
Affects 6 of every 100,000 people treated with antibi-
otics
Treatment
General
Discontinuation of offending antibiotics
Avoidance of opioids and antidiarrheals
Supportive treatment
I.V. fluids (if the condition is severe)
Nothing by mouth until bowel recovery occurs (if the
condition is severe)
Bed rest until recovery begins
Enteric precautions
Medications
Common characteristics
Surgery
Complications
Severe dehydration
Electrolyte imbalance
Hemorrhage
Hypotension
Hypovolemia
Sepsis
Shock
Colonic perforation
660
Pseudomembranous enterocolitis
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
express feelings of increased comfort
maintain normal fluid volume
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 661
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs and I.V. fluids.
Keep the patient as comfortable as possible.
Maintain precautions to prevent the infection from
Monitoring
Vital signs
Fluid and nutritional status
Skin integrity
Bowel function
Electrolytes
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
signs and symptoms of a recurrence
importance of cautioning future prescribers (if the
disorder was antibiotic-related).
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to home care services as indicated.
Pseudomembranous enterocolitis
661
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 662
Psoriasis
Overview
Description
Physical findings
Erythematous, well-demarcated papules and plaques
as they migrate from the basal membrane to the surface or stratum corneum.
As a result, the stratum corneum develops thick,
scaly plaques (the cardinal manifestation of psoriasis).
Causes
Test results
Genetic predisposition
Possible autoimmune process
Physical trauma
Beta-hemolytic streptococci infection
Laboratory
Serum uric acid level is elevated.
In early-onset familial psoriasis: human leukocyte
antigens Cw6, B13, and Bw-57 are present.
Diagnostic procedures
Skin biopsy helps rule out other diseases.
mal proliferation
Causes lesions of erythematous papules and plaques
Pathophysiology
Psoriatic skin cells have a shortened maturation time
Risk factors
Pregnancy
Endocrine changes
Cold weather
Emotional stress
Treatment
Incidence
Common characteristics
Silvery scales on red plaques
Pruritus
Knee-elbow-scalp distribution
Complications
Infection
Altered self-image
Social isolation
Depression
Assessment
History
Family history of psoriasis
Risk factors
662
Psoriasis
General
the patients quality of life
Lesion management
Lukewarm baths
Ultraviolet B light or natural sunlight
Medications
Topical corticosteroid creams and ointments
Antihistamines
Analgesics
Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
Occlusive ointment bases
Urea or salicylic acid preparations
Coal tar preparations
Vitamin D analogs
Emollients
Kerolytic agents
Methotrexate for severe, unresponsive psoriasis
Potent retinoic acid derivative for resistant psoriasis
Cyclosporine for severe, widespread psoriasis
Immunomodulators (biologics), such as alefacept,
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 663
Erythrodermic psoriasis
Psoriasis vulgaris
Guttate psoriasis
Pustular psoriasis
Inverse psoriasis
Smooth, dry, bright red plaques characterize inverse psoriasis. Located in skin folds (armpits and groin, for example),
the plaques fissure easily.
Surgery
Surgical nail removal to treat severely disfigured or
adverse effects
how to apply prescribed ointments, creams, and lo-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
exhibit improved or healed lesions
report feelings of increased comfort
verbalize feelings about changed body image
demonstrate understanding of proper skin care
express an understanding of the condition and its
treatment.
Nursing interventions
tions
importance of avoiding scratching plaques
measures to relieve pruritus
importance of avoiding sun exposure
stress-reduction techniques
safety precautions
relationship between psoriasis and arthritis
when to notify the physician.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to the National Psoriasis Founda-
tion.
Monitoring
Response to treatment
Lipid profile results
Liver function tests
Renal function
Blood pressure
Signs and symptoms of hepatic or bone marrow
toxicity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
risk factors
incommunicability of psoriasis
Psoriasis
663
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 664
Ptosis
Overview
Assessment
History
Description
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
Ptosis is caused by dysfunction of one or both upper
Causes
Congenital ptosis
Transmitted as an autosomal dominant trait
Results from a congenital anomaly in which the levator muscles of the eyelids fail to develop
Acquired ptosis
Advanced age (involutional ptosis, the most common
form, usually seen in older patients following
cataract surgery)
Mechanical factors that make the eyelid heavy
Myogenic factors
Neurogenic (paralytic) factors
Nutritional factors
Trauma
Ocular surgery
Abnormal eyelid
Drooping eyelid (see Recognizing ptosis)
Elevated eyebrow
Wrinkled forehead
Fixed, dilated pupil
Test results
Imaging
Digital subtraction angiography and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) show aneurysm.
MRI reveals multiple sclerosis.
Diagnostic procedures
Glucose tolerance test detects diabetes.
Tensilon test detects myasthenia gravis (in acquired
ptosis with no history of trauma).
Other
Physical examination reveals upper lid retraction.
Examination with the Hertel exophthalmometer reveals the degree of proptosis.
Treatment
General
Incidence
affects adults
Affects both sexes equally
Common characteristics
Medications
Topical antibiotic ointment (after surgery)
Surgery
Complications
Disturbed vision
Amblyopia
Infection (after surgery)
Psychosocial effects
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
avoid injury
demonstrate improvement in eyelid function
express understanding of the disorder and its treatment.
Nursing interventions
Provide a safe environment.
Apply ointment to the sutures as prescribed.
Monitoring
Signs of bleeding (after surgery)
Visual acuity
664
Ptosis
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 665
Recognizing ptosis
A drooping upper eyelid typically apparent on visual
examination is the hallmark of ptosis. The disorder
may affect one or both eyelids.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the need to report postsurgery bleeding immediately
the need to prevent accidental trauma to the surgical
site until healing is complete.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a neurologist if myasthenia gravis
Ptosis
665
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 666
Life-threatening disorder
Pulmonary edema
Overview
Description
Accumulation of fluid in the extravascular spaces of
the lung
Common complication of cardiovascular disorders
May be chronic or acute
Can become fatal rapidly
Pathophysiology
Pulmonary edema results from either increased pul-
Orthopnea
Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea
Complications
Respiratory and metabolic acidosis
Cardiac or respiratory arrest
Death
Assessment
History
Predisposing factor
Persistent cough
Dyspnea on exertion
Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea
Orthopnea
Physical findings
Causes
Laboratory
Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis shows hypoxemia,
hypercapnia, or acidosis.
Imaging
Chest X-rays show diffuse haziness of the lung fields,
cardiomegaly, and pleural effusion.
Diagnostic procedures
Pulse oximetry may show decreased oxygen saturation.
Pulmonary artery catheterization may reveal increased pulmonary artery wedge pressures.
Electrocardiography may show valvular disease and
left ventricular hypokinesis or akinesis.
Incidence
More common in middle-aged and elderly people
Affects both sexes equally
Common characteristics
Persistent cough
Dyspnea on exertion
666
Pulmonary edema
Test results
Treatment
General
Fluid overload reduction
Improved gas exchange and myocardial function
Correction of underlying disease
Sodium-restricted diet
Fluid restriction
Activity, as tolerated
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 667
Medications
Supplemental oxygen
Diuretics
Antiarrhythmics
Morphine
ALERT
Be aware that morphine can further compromise
respirations in a patient with respiratory distress.
Keep resuscitation equipment at hand in case the
patient stops breathing.
adverse effects
fluid and sodium restrictions
daily weight
signs and symptoms of fluid overload
energy conservation strategies
avoidance of alcohol
when to notify the physician.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a cardiac rehabilitation program,
if indicated
Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
nitroglycerin
Afterload-reducing agents, such as nitroprusside and
enalapril
Bronchodilators
Positive inotropic agents
Vasopressors
Surgery
Valve repair or replacement or myocardial revascu-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain adequate ventilation
maintain fluid balance
maintain adequate cardiac output
verbalize decreased anxiety and fear
demonstrate adequate coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs and oxygen.
Place the patient in high Fowlers position.
Restrict fluids and sodium intake.
Promote rest and relaxation.
Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Intake and output
Daily weight
Respiratory status
Response to treatment
Complications
Heart rhythm
ABG values
Pulse oximetry values
Hemodynamic values
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
Pulmonary edema
667
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 668
Life-threatening disorder
Pulmonary embolism
Overview
Description
Obstruction of the pulmonary arterial bed occurring
Pathophysiology
Thrombus formation results from vascular wall dam-
Complications
Pulmonary infarction
Pulmonary hypertension
Embolic extension
Hepatic congestion and necrosis
Pulmonary abscess
Shock
Acute respiratory distress syndrome
Massive atelectasis
Right-sided heart failure
Ventilation-perfusion mismatch
Death
Assessment
History
Predisposing factor
Shortness of breath for no apparent reason
Pleuritic pain or angina
Physical findings
Tachycardia
Low-grade fever
Weak, rapid pulse
Hypotension
Productive cough, possibly with blood-tinged sputum
Warmth, tenderness, and edema of the lower leg
Restlessness
Transient pleural friction rub
Crackles
S3 and S4 with increased intensity of the pulmonic
Causes
Test results
Laboratory
Arterial blood gas (ABG) values show hypoxemia.
D-dimer level is elevated.
Imaging
Lung ventilation-perfusion scan shows a ventilationperfusion mismatch.
Pulmonary angiography shows a pulmonary vessel
filling defect or an abrupt vessel ending and reveals
the location and extent of pulmonary embolism.
Chest X-rays may show a small infiltrate or effusion.
Spiral chest computed tomography scan may show
central pulmonary emboli.
Diagnostic procedures
Electrocardiography may reveal right axis deviation
and right bundle-branch block; it also may show atrial fibrillation.
Risk factors
Various disorders and treatments (see Whos at risk
Incidence
600,000 to 700,000 cases annually
Affects both sexes equally
More common with advancing age
Common characteristics
Shortness of breath for no apparent reason
Tachycardia
Anxiety
Pleuritic or anginal pain
component of S2
neck veins
Treatment
General
Maintenance of adequate cardiovascular and pul-
monary function
Mechanical ventilation, if indicated
668
Pulmonary embolism
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 669
Predisposing disorders
Venous stasis
Venous injury
Cancer
Use of high-estrogen hormonal contraceptives
Medications
Oxygen therapy
Thrombolytics
Anticoagulation
Corticosteroids (controversial)
Diuretics
Antiarrhythmics
Vasopressors (for hypotension)
Antibiotics (for septic embolus)
Surgery
Vena caval interruption
Vena caval filter placement
Pulmonary embolectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain adequate ventilation
maintain adequate cardiac output
maintain a patent airway
verbalize feelings of increased comfort
demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs.
Avoid I.M. injections.
Encourage active and passive range-of-motion exer-
stable.
Encourage the use of an incentive spirometer.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Intake and output
Respiratory status
Pulse oximetry
ABG values
Signs of deep vein thrombosis
Complications
Coagulation study results
Abnormal bleeding
Stools for occult blood
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disease, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
ways to prevent deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary
embolism
signs and symptoms of abnormal bleeding
prevention of abnormal bleeding
how to monitor anticoagulant effects
dietary sources of vitamin K
when to notify the physician.
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a weight-management program, if
indicated.
Pulmonary embolism
669
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 670
Life-threatening disorder
Pulmonary
hypertension
Overview
Description
Pulmonary condition exhibiting increased pressure
Pathophysiology
In PPH, the intimal lining of the pulmonary arteries
Causes
Primary pulmonary hypertension
Unknown
Possible hereditary factors
Possible altered autoimmune mechanisms
Associated with portal hypertension
Secondary pulmonary hypertension
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
Sarcoidosis
Diffuse interstitial pneumonia
Malignant metastasis
Scleroderma
Use of some diet drugs
Obesity
Sleep apnea
Hypoventilation syndromes
Kyphoscoliosis
Pulmonary embolism
Vasculitis
Left atrial myxoma
Congenital cardiac defects
Mitral stenosis
Living at a high altitude
Incidence
Primary pulmonary hypertension
Most common in females ages 20 to 40
More prevalent in people with collagen disease
670
Pulmonary hypertension
Common characteristics
Dyspnea on exertion
Weakness, fatigue
Syncope
Complications
Cor pulmonale
Heart failure
Cardiac arrest
Death
Assessment
History
Shortness of breath with exertion
Weakness, fatigue
Pain during breathing
Near-syncope
Physical findings
Ascites
Jugular vein distention
Peripheral edema
Restlessness and agitation
Mental status changes
Decreased diaphragmatic excursion
Apical impulse displaced beyond mid-clavicular line
Right ventricular lift
Reduced carotid pulse
Hepatomegaly
Tachycardia
Systolic ejection murmur
Widely split S2
S3 and S4
Hypotension
Decreased breath sounds
Tubular breath sounds
Test results
Laboratory
Arterial blood gas (ABG) values show hypoxemia.
Imaging
Ventilation-perfusion lung scan may show a
ventilation-perfusion mismatch.
Pulmonary angiography may reveal filling defects in
the pulmonary vasculature.
Diagnostic procedures
Electrocardiography may reveal right-axis deviation.
Pulmonary artery catheterization shows increased
PAP, with systolic pressure above 30 mm Hg; increased pulmonary artery wedge pressure; decreased
cardiac output; and decreased cardiac index.
Pulmonary function tests may show decreased flow
rates and increased residual volume or reduced total
lung capacity.
Echocardiography may show valvular heart disease
or atrial myxoma.
Other
Lung biopsy may show tumor cells.
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 671
Treatment
General
Low-sodium diet
Fluid restriction (in right-sided heart failure)
Bed rest during acute phase
Discharge planning
Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Medications
Oxygen therapy
Cardiac glycosides
Diuretics
Vasodilators such as treprostinil
Calcium channel blockers such as amlodipine
Bronchodilators
Beta-adrenergic blockers
Iloprost
Prostacyclin
Endothelin receptor antagonists such as bosentan
Anticoagulants
Surgery
Heart-lung transplantation, if indicated
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
maintain adequate ventilation
maintain adequate cardiac output
express an understanding of the disorder
demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed drugs and oxygen.
Implement comfort measures.
Provide adequate rest periods.
Offer emotional support.
Monitoring
Vital signs
Intake and output
Daily weight
Respiratory status
Signs and symptoms of right-sided heart failure
Heart rhythm
ABG values
Hemodynamic values
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
dietary restrictions
Pulmonary hypertension
671
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 672
Pulmonic insufficiency
Overview
Description
Heart condition in which blood ejected into the pul-
Fatigue
Angina
Palpitations
Physical findings
Tachycardia
Crackles in the lungs
Hepatomegaly (right-sided failure)
Jugular vein distention
Palpable right ventricular systolic pulsation at left
Pathophysiology
Test results
Causes
Pulmonary hypertension
Infective endocarditis
Tetralogy of Fallot
Rheumatic heart disease
Carcinoid heart disease
Dilated cardiomyopathy
Incidence
Variable age of occurrence
Affects both males and females; frequency based on
specific cause
Common characteristics
Dyspnea on exertion
Peripheral edema
Tachycardia
Fatigue
Imaging
Chest X-rays reveal cardiomegaly, right-sided heart
enlargement, and pulmonary hypertension.
Echocardiography shows right ventricular hypertrophy and dilation.
Diagnostic procedures
Electrocardiography may show incomplete right
bundle-branch block and right axis deviation.
Cardiac catheterization may determine underlying
etiology.
Treatment
General
Treatment of underlying cause
Symptomatic treatment
Low-sodium diet
Activity, as tolerated
Medications
Diuretics
Inotropic agent
Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors
Oxygen
Possible prophylactic antibiotics before and after
Complications
Surgery
Heart failure
Pulmonary edema
Thromboembolism
Endocarditis
Arrhythmias
Assessment
Key outcomes
History
Pulmonary hypertension
Infective endocarditis
Tetralogy of Fallot
Rheumatic heart disease
Carcinoid heart disease
Orthopnea
Dyspnea
672
Pulmonic insufficiency
the valve
Valve replacement with a prosthetic valve
Nursing considerations
The patient will:
perform activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
maintain hemodynamic stability
maintain adequate ventilation.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed oxygen.
Watch for signs of heart failure or pulmonary edema.
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 673
Monitoring
Vital signs and pulse oximetry
Cardiac rhythm
Pulmonary artery catheter readings
Intake and output
Adverse effects of drug therapy
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
dietary restrictions
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
Encourage follow-up care with a cardiologist.
Pulmonic insufficiency
673
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 674
Pulmonic stenosis
Physical findings
Overview
Peripheral edema
Split S2
Systolic ejection click
Crackles in the lungs
Hepatomegaly (right-sided failure)
Jugular vein distention
Description
Heart condition in which obstructed right ventricular
Pathophysiology
Dynamic or fixed obstruction affects blood flow from
Causes
Congenital defect
Sinus of Valsalva aneurysm
Aortic graft aneurysm
Rheumatic heart disease
Carcinoid heart disease
Incidence
Test results
Imaging
Chest X-rays reveal prominence of the main, right, or
left pulmonary arteries.
Echocardiography shows thickening of the valves,
characteristic doming of nondysplastic valves, and
right ventricular hypertrophy.
Cardiac ultrasound reveals thickening of valves, characteristic doming of nondysplastic valves, and rightventricular hypertrophy.
Diagnostic procedures
Electrocardiography may show mild right axis
deviation.
Treatment
General
Common characteristics
Dyspnea on exertion
Peripheral edema
Cyanosis
Tachycardia
Fatigue
Complications
Heart failure
Pulmonary edema
Thromboembolism
Endocarditis
Arrhythmias
Assessment
History
Congenital defect
Sinus of Valsalva aneurysm
Aortic graft aneurysm
Rheumatic heart disease
Carcinoid heart disease
Orthopnea
Exertional dyspnea
Fatigue
Angina
Palpitations
Medications
Diuretics
Inotropic agents
Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors
Oxygen
Possible prophylactic antibiotics before and after
Surgery
Balloon valvoplasty
Pulmonary artery balloon angioplasty
Valvotomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
perform activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
maintain hemodynamic stability
maintain adequate ventilation
state understanding of disorder and treatment.
Nursing interventions
Administer prescribed oxygen.
Watch for signs of heart failure or pulmonary edema.
Encourage verbalization and provide support.
Administer prescribed drugs.
674
Pulmonic stenosis
9400P.qxd
8/2/12
4:45 PM
Page 675
Monitoring
Vital signs and pulse oximetry
Cardiac rhythm
Pulmonary artery catheter readings
Intake and output
Adverse effects of drug therapy
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
dietary restrictions
activity restrictions
medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
Encourage follow-up care with a cardiologist.
Pulmonic stenosis
675
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 676
Q
Q fever
Overview
Description
Assessment
History
H Exposure to cattle, sheep, or goats
H Headache
H Myalgia
H Chills, fever
Physical findings
transmission
H May be acute or chronic
H Crackles (pneumonia)
H Hepatomegaly and jaundice (hepatitis)
H Heart murmur, signs of heart failure (endocarditis)
Pathophysiology
H Coxiella burnetii is excreted in urine, milk, and
Test results
Laboratory
H Patients with the acute form may have an elevated
white blood cell count, transient thrombocytopenia,
and elevated transaminases and alkaline phosphatase
levels.
H Cerebrospinal fluid evaluation reveals lymphocytosis,
elevated protein level, and normal glucose level.
H Complement fixation reveals antephase II antibody
titers of 40 or more (acute disease) and antephase I
antibody titers of 200 of more (chronic disease).
H Microimmunofluorescence reveals immunoglobulin
(Ig) G antephase II antibody titers of 200 or more
and IgM antephase II antibody titers of 50 or more
(acute). (The presence of antephase I antibodies indicates chronic Q fever; the presence of IgG antephase I antibody titers of 800 or more is highly predictive of endocarditis.)
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show segmental or lobar opacities,
multiple round opacities, and pleural effusion.
H Echocardiography may show pericardial effusion
with pericarditis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows T-wave abnormalities
with myocarditis and pericarditis.
Causes
H Coxiella burnetii
Incidence
H Affects males more than females because males more
Common characteristics
H Self-limiting, febrile illness with headache, myalgia,
chills
H May have symptoms of pneumonia, hepatitis, or en-
docarditis (chronic)
H May be asymptomatic
Complications
H Chronic fatigue syndrome
H Heart failure
H Endocarditis (see Treating Q fever endocarditis)
676
Q fever
Treatment
General
H Symptomatic
H Diet as tolerated
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
H Antibiotics such as doxycycline
H Antimalarials such as hydroxychloroquine
Surgery
H Possible valve replacement
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 677
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of illness and treatment
regimen
H remain hemodynamically stable
H remain free from complications.
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Cardiac status
H Respiratory status
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of follow-up care and compliance
with long-term therapy
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Q fever
677
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 678
Life-threatening disorder
Rabies
Overview
Description
Pathophysiology
H The rabies virus is transmitted through the bite of an
Causes
H Bite from a rabid animal
H Occasionally transmitted by airborne droplets and in-
Incidence
H Can affect anyone at any age
H Annually, an estimated 35,000 to 50,000 deaths
worldwide
678
Rabies
Common characteristics
H Progressive signs and symptoms
H After incubation period, local or radiating pain or
Complications
H Paralysis
H Coma
H Death
Assessment
History
H Animal bite
H Fever
H Malaise
Physical findings
H Burning at wound site
H Tachycardia
H Excessive salivation
H Shallow respirations
H Dilated pupils and photophobia
Test results
Laboratory
H Virus is isolated from the patients saliva or throat;
examination of blood shows fluorescent rabies antibody (FRA).
H White blood cell count is elevated with increased
polymorphonuclear and large mononuclear cells.
H Urinary glucose, acetone, and protein levels are elevated.
Other
H Animal should be confined and observed for 10 days
by a veterinarian. (If the animal appears rabid, it
should be killed and its brain tissues tested for FRA
and Negri bodies.)
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 679
Treatment
General
H Immediate wound treatment (see First aid for ani-
mal bites)
Medications
H Tetanus-diphtheria prophylaxis, if needed
H Passive immunization with rabies immune globulin
and active immunization with human diploid cell vaccine as soon as possible (if not previously immunized)
H Vaccine booster (if already immunized)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain hemodynamically stable
H express understanding of the treatment regimen
H express concerns regarding infection.
Nursing interventions
H When injecting the rabies vaccine, rotate injection
Monitoring
H Injection site reactions
H Cardiac and pulmonary function
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need for vaccination of household pets that may
be exposed to rabid wild animals
H importance of not touching wild animals, especially if
they appear ill or overly docile (a possible sign of rabies)
H prophylactic rabies vaccine for high-risk people,
such as farm workers, forest rangers, spelunkers
(cave explorers), and veterinarians.
Rabies
679
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 680
Radiation exposure
Overview
Description
H Exposure to excessive radiation that causes tissue
damage
H Damage varies with amount of body area exposed,
Pathophysiology
H Ionization occurs in the molecules of living cells.
H Electrons are removed from atoms. Charged atoms
Causes
H Exposure to radiation through inhalation, ingestion,
or direct contact
Risk factors
H Cancer treatment
H Employment in a radiation facility
Incidence
H Unknown
Common characteristics
H Nausea
H Diarrhea
H General weakness
H Immunosuppression
H Infections
Complications
H Leukemia
H Thyroid cancer
H Fetal growth retardation or genetic defects in off-
680
Radiation exposure
Assessment
History
Acute hematopoietic radiation toxicity
H Bleeding from the skin, genitourinary tract, and GI
tract
H Nosebleeds
H Hemorrhage
H Increased susceptibility to infection
GI radiation toxicity
H Intractable nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea
Cerebral radiation toxicity
H Nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea
H Lethargy
Cardiovascular radiation toxicity
H Hypotension, shock, and cardiac arrhythmias
Physical findings
Acute hematopoietic radiation toxicity
H Petechiae
H Pallor
H Weakness
H Oropharyngeal abscesses
GI radiation toxicity
H Mouth and throat ulcers and infection
H Circulatory collapse and death
Cerebral radiation toxicity
H Tremors
H Seizures
H Confusion
H Coma and death
Generalized radiation exposure
H Signs of hypothyroidism
H Cataracts
H Skin dryness, erythema, atrophy, and malignant
lesions
H Alopecia
H Brittle nails
Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell, platelet, and lymphocyte counts are
decreased.
H Serum potassium and chloride levels are decreased.
Imaging
H X-rays may reveal bone necrosis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow studies may show blood dyscrasia.
Other
H Geiger counter helps determine if radioactive material was ingested or inhaled and evaluates the amount
of radiation in open wounds.
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 681
Treatment
Patient teaching
General
Be sure to cover:
H the injury process, diagnosis, and treatment
H effects of radiation exposure
H how to prevent a recurrence
H skin care
H wound care
H need for follow-up care.
Medications
H Chelating agents
H Potassium iodide
H Aluminum phosphate gel
H Barium sulfate
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services.
H If the patient was exposed to significant amounts of
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain an acceptable weight
H maintain normal fluid volume
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection.
Nursing interventions
H Implement appropriate respiratory and cardiac sup-
port measures.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids and electrolytes.
H For skin contamination, wash the patients body thor-
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Fluid and electrolyte balance
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of hemorrhage
H Nutritional status
Radiation exposure
681
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 682
Rape-trauma syndrome
Overview
Description
H Syndrome that occurs after rape (forced sexual inter-
course) or attempted rape and causes varying degrees of physical and psychological trauma
H Refers to the victims short- and long-term reactions
and the methods used to cope with trauma
H Carries a good prognosis if the victim receives physical and emotional support and counseling to help
deal with feelings
Pathophysiology
H Rape causes psychological and physiologic reactions.
H Early stage (short-term) and late stage (long-term)
Causes
H Late stage
Anxiety
Nightmares
Sleep disturbances
Flashbacks
Depression
Anger
Disinterest in sex
Anorgasmia
Suicidal ideation
H Rape or attempted rape
H Time the victim arrived at the facility
H Date and time of alleged rape
H Time the victim was examined
H Whether the victim was pregnant at the time of the attack
H Date of last menstrual period
H Details of obstetric and gynecologic history
H Victims statements (recorded in the first person, using quotation marks)
H Objective information provided by others
Incidence
H Affects all ages (reported victims from ages 2 months
ALERT
Be aware that your assessment notes may be used
as evidence if the rapist goes to trial.
to 97 years)
H Most common in females ages 16 to 19 (about 8%
Common characteristics
H Signs of physical trauma, depending on length of the
Physical findings
H Sore throat
H Difficulty swallowing
H Vaginal pain
H Rectal pain
H Pain from other injuries incurred during the assault
H Early stage:
Complications
Assessment
History
H Early stage
682
Disbelief
Panic
Severe anxiety
Anger
Self-blame
Humiliation
Depression
Rape-trauma syndrome
Test results
Laboratory
H STD screening tests may reveal positive results.
H Rapid plasma reagin card test may show positive for
syphilis.
H Urine pregnancy test may be positive 0 to 3 weeks after missed period.
H Serum human chorionic gonadotropin test becomes
positive 24 to 48 hours after implantation.
H Drug screen (if symptoms warrant) may be positive.
H Serum ethanol level (if symptoms warrant) may be
elevated.
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 683
ALERT
If the rape occurred within 7 days, the following
specimens may be obtained for legal purposes:
blood; samples for deoxyribonucleic acid testing
(should be collected within 48 hours); hairs of a
different color than the victims or that are obviously out of place; fibers; soiled or torn material;
body fluids, such as blood or semen, that dont belong to the victim; and specimens from the cervical
canal, throat, or rectum.
Treatment
General
H Treatment of physical injuries
H Crisis intervention and counseling
H Follow-up gynecologic examination after 7 to
Monitoring
H Mental status
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of shock
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H verbal and written instructions regarding treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Encourage the patient to get follow-up care.
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.
Medications
H Tetanus prophylaxis
H STD prophylaxis
H Emergency contraceptive pills
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
H express relief of pain
H report absence of or reduction in anxiety
H discuss feelings related to the rape and its effect on
self-esteem.
Nursing interventions
H Dont leave the patient alone unless requested.
H Place the patients clothing in paper, not plastic,
Rape-trauma syndrome
683
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 684
Raynauds phenomenon
Overview
Description
H Primary arteriospastic disorder
H Causes episodic vasospasms in the small peripheral
Pathophysiology
H Blood flow to digits decreases in response to stress
or cold.
H Proposed explanations for decreased digital blood
Causes
Primary causes
H Unknown
Secondary causes
H Collagen vascular disease
H Arterial occlusive disease
H Neurologic disorders
H Blood dyscrasias
H Trauma
H Drugs
H Pulmonary hypertension (see Causes of Raynauds
phenomenon)
Incidence
H More common in females, particularly between late
Common characteristics
H Occurs bilaterally
H Usually affects the hands or, less commonly, the feet;
Complications
H Ischemia
H Gangrene
H Amputation
Physical findings
H First stage marked pallor of affected skin areas
H Second stage cyanosis of affected skin areas
H Third stage red, warm skin
H Between attacks normal appearance of affected
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Arteriography and digital photoplethysmography may
aid diagnosis.
Treatment
General
H Smoking cessation
H Biofeedback therapy
H Avoidance of activities involving exposure to cold and
Medications
H Phenoxybenzamine
H Nifedipine
H Reserpine
H Guanethidine combined with prazosin
Surgery
H Sympathectomy, if conservative treatment fails to pre-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H describe feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain adequate skin temperature in affected areas
H maintain adequate collateral circulation
H maintain skin integrity
H perform normal activities to the extent possible
H demonstrate effective coping skills.
Nursing interventions
H Evaluate the patients occupation and its effect on
symptom occurrence.
H Help the patient identify stress triggers and use effec-
Assessment
Monitoring
History
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of skin breakdown
H Signs and symptoms of infection
684
Raynauds phenomenon
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 685
H Dermatomyositis
H Polymyositis
H Rheumatoid arthritis
H Scleroderma
H Systemic lupus erythematosus
Neurologic disorders
H Myeloproliferative disorders
H Waldenstrms disease
Trauma
H Cold injury
H Electric shock
H Hammering
H Keyboarding
H Piano playing
H Vibration injury
Drugs
H Beta-adrenergic blockers
H Bleomycin
H Cisplatin
H Ergot derivatives such as ergotamine
H Methysergide
H Vinblastine
Other
H Pulmonary hypertension
Blood dyscrasias
H Cold agglutinins
H Cryofibrinogenemia
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H prevention of attacks (see Preventing a Raynauds
phenomenon attack)
H need to inspect skin frequently and to seek immediate care for evidence of skin breakdown or infection
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of follow-up care.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program or
Preventing a Raynauds
phenomenon attack
A Raynauds phenomenon attack can be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Avoid exposure to cold.
H Dress warmly in cold weather, including wearing a hat
to reduce heat loss.
H Wear mittens, gloves, or oven mitts when handling
cold items in the kitchen.
H Use insulated drinking glasses.
H Wear mittens and socks to bed during cold weather.
H Warm up the car for a few minutes before driving during winter.
H Decrease air conditioner temperature during hot
weather.
H Avoid stress.
H Avoid cigarette smoking.
Raynauds phenomenon
685
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 686
Reiters syndrome
Overview
Description
H Self-limiting syndrome associated with polyarthritis,
Pathophysiology
H Infection is thought to trigger an aberrant and hyper-
Causes
H Unknown
H Typically follows venereal or enteric infection, espe-
Incidence
H Most common in males ages 20 to 40, especially
Common characteristics
H Polyarthritis (dominant feature)
Complications
H Ankylosing spondylitis
H Persistent joint pain and swelling
H Anterior uveitis, glaucoma, blindness
H Prostatitis and hemorrhagic cystitis
H Cardiomyopathy, pericarditis
H Pulmonary edema
H Vertebral inflammation
H Foot deformity and chronic heel pain
trunk
Test results
Laboratory
H Human leukocyte antigen (HLA) test is positive for
HLA B27.
H White blood cell (WBC) count and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are elevated.
H Complete blood count and anemia panel show mild
anemia.
H Many WBCs (mostly polymorphonuclear leukocytes)
appear in urethral discharge and synovial fluid.
H Synovial fluid is grossly purulent with high complement and protein levels.
H Cultures of urethral discharge and synovial fluid are
used to rule out other possible causes of symptoms.
Imaging
H During the first few weeks of the syndrome, X-rays
are normal. Later they may show osteoporosis in inflamed areas. If inflammation persists, X-rays may
show small joint erosion, periosteal proliferation
(new bone formation) of involved joints, and calcaneal spurs.
Treatment
General
H Physical therapy
H Padded or supportive shoes
H High-calorie, high-protein diet
H During acute stages, weight-bearing restrictions or
Medications
Assessment
History
Surgery
Nursing considerations
Physical findings
Key outcomes
686
Reiters syndrome
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 687
Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide a high-calorie, high-protein diet.
H Provide frequent rest periods.
H Develop an exercise program with the physical
therapist.
H Maintain a nonjudgmental attitude.
Monitoring
H Response to medications
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of using condoms and avoiding multiple
sex partners (bacteria that leads to Reiters can be
passed from person to person but Reiters syndrome
cant be passed from person to person)
H how to avoid exposure to enteric pathogens (such as
via anal intercourse)
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of taking NSAIDs with meals or milk
H maintaining normal daily activities and moderate exercise
H good posture and body mechanics
H use of a firm mattress.
Discharge planning
H If the patient has severe or chronic joint impairment,
Reiters syndrome
687
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 688
Life-threatening disorder
Relapsing fever
Common characteristics
Overview
Description
H An acute infectious disease caused by Borrelia spiro-
chetes
H Transmitted to humans by lice or ticks and charac-
wild animals
H Secondary reservoir possible in people, requiring no
Pathophysiology
H Inoculation occurs when the victim crushes the
louse, causing its infected blood or body fluid to enter the victims bitten or abraded skin or mucous
membranes.
H Because tick bites are virtually painless and most Ornithodoros ticks feed at night but dont embed themselves in the victims skin, many people are bitten unknowingly.
Causes
H Bite from body louse (Pediculus humanus
Incidence
H Most common in indigent victims already suffering
tral Africa, Europe, Asia, and South America; no cases in the United States since 1900
H Tickborne disease in the United States most prevalent
in Texas and other western states, usually during the
688
Relapsing fever
Complications
H Nephritis
H Bronchitis
H Pneumonia
H Endocarditis
H Seizures
H Cranial nerve lesions
H Paralysis
H Coma
H Death
Assessment
History
H Recent travel to an epidemic or louse-infested area
H Recent exposure to tick-infested area
H Fever
H Headache
H Malaise
H Arthralgia
H Attacks that subside and recur
Physical findings
H Splenomegaly
H Hepatomegaly
H Lymphadenopathy
H Transient petechial rash over torso during febrile pe-
riods
Test results
Laboratory
H During febrile periods, spirochetes may appear in
blood smears using Wrights or Giemsa stain.
H In severe infection, spirochetes appear in urine and
cerebrospinal fluid.
H White blood cell (WBC) count may reach 25,000/l;
lymphocytes and erythrocyte sedimentation rate may
increase.
H Syphilis test may show a false-positive result.
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 689
Treatment
General
H Supportive therapy
H Activity, as tolerated
H Diet, as tolerated
Medications
H Antipyretics
H Doxycycline or erythromycin
Prevention
ALERT
Antibiotics shouldnt be given at the height of a severe febrile attack because they may cause JarischHerxheimer reaction, resulting in malaise, rigors,
leukopenia, flushing, fever, tachycardia, rising respiratory rate, and hypotension. This reaction,
which is caused by toxic by-products from massive
spirochete destruction, can mimic septic shock and
may prove fatal. Antibiotics should be postponed
until the fever subsides.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a normal body temperature
H verbalize accurate information about the disease
H express increased comfort and decreased pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible.
Nursing interventions
H Give tepid sponge baths and antipyretics.
H Encourage fluid intake.
H Administer antibiotics carefully. Document and re-
port any hypersensitive reactions (rash, fever, anaphylaxis), especially a Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction.
H Report all cases of louseborne or tickborne relapsing
fever to the local public health department as required by law.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Level of consciousness
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H symptoms of relapsing fever in family members and
in others who may have been exposed to ticks or lice
along with the victim
H prevention techniques. (See Preventing relapsing
fever.)
Relapsing fever
689
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 690
Renal calculi
its peak
Overview
H Nausea, vomiting
H Fever, chills
H Anuria (rare)
Description
Physical findings
H Hematuria
H Abdominal distention
nary tract
H Most common in the renal pelvis or calyces
H Vary in size; may be single or multiple (see Variations in renal calculi)
H Necessitate hospitalization in roughly 1 of every
1,000 United States residents
Pathophysiology
H Calculi form when substances normally dissolved in
Causes
Test results
Laboratory
H 24-hour urine collection shows calcium oxalate,
phosphorus, and uric acid excretion levels.
H Urinalysis shows increased urine specific gravity,
hematuria, crystals, casts, and pyuria.
Imaging
H Kidney-ureter-bladder (KUB) radiography reveals
most renal calculi.
H Excretory urography helps confirm the diagnosis and
determines calculi size and location.
H Kidney ultrasonography can detect obstructive
changes and radiolucent calculi not seen on KUB.
H Unknown
Treatment
Risk factors
General
H Dehydration
H Infection
H Urine pH changes
H Urinary tract obstruction
H Immobilization
H Metabolic factors
Medications
Common characteristics
H Antibiotics as appropriate
H Analgesics
H Diuretics
H Methenamine mandelate
H Allopurinol (for uric acid calculi)
H Ascorbic acid
H Flank pain
H Nausea, vomiting
Surgery
Complications
Nursing considerations
Incidence
H Affect more males than females
H Rare in blacks and children
Assessment
History
H Classic renal colic pain severe pain that travels
690
Renal calculi
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain fluid balance
H report increased comfort
H identify risk factors that increase calculus formation
and modify lifestyle accordingly
H demonstrate the ability to manage urinary elimination problems.
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 691
Staghorn
calculus
Multiple
small calculi
Nursing interventions
H Provide I.V. fluids, as ordered; encourage fluids as
needed.
H Strain all urine and save solid material for analysis.
H Encourage ambulation to aid spontaneous calculus
passage.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Pain control
H Catheter function and drainage
H Signs and symptoms of infection
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed diet and importance of compliance (see
Preventing renal calculi)
H drug therapy
H ways to prevent recurrences
H how to strain urine for calculi
H immediate return visit to hospital for fever, uncontrolled pain, or vomiting.
Discharge planning
H Patients who dont meet admission criteria should
Prevention
Renal calculi
691
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 692
Pathophysiology
Prerenal failure
H Prerenal failure is caused by impaired blood flow.
H Decrease in filtration pressure causes a decline in
glomerular filtration rate (GFR).
H Failure to restore blood volume or blood pressure
may cause acute tubular necrosis (ATN) or acute
cortical necrosis.
Intrarenal failure
H A severe episode of hypotension, commonly associated with hypovolemia, is commonly a significant contributing event.
H Cell swelling, injury, and necrosis a form of reperfusion injury that may also be caused by nephrotoxins results from ischemia-generated toxic oxygenfree radicals and anti-inflammatory mediators.
Postrenal failure
H Postrenal failure usually occurs with urinary tract obstruction that affects the kidneys bilaterally such as
prostatic hyperplasia.
692
Causes
Prerenal failure
H Hypovolemia
H Hemorrhagic blood loss
H Loss of plasma volume
H Water and electrolyte losses
H Hypotension or hypoperfusion
Intrarenal failure
H ATN
H Glomerulopathies
H Malignant hypertension
H Coagulation defects
Postrenal failure
H Obstructive uropathies, usually bilateral
H Ureteral destruction
H Bladder neck obstruction
Incidence
H Seen in 5% of hospitalized patients
Common characteristics
H Vary with renal failure phase
Complications
H Renal shutdown
H Electrolyte imbalance
H Metabolic acidosis
H Acute pulmonary edema
H Hypertensive crisis
H Infection
Assessment
History
H Predisposing disorder
H Recent fever, chills, or central nervous system prob-
lem
H Recent GI problem
Physical findings
H Oliguria or anuria, depending on renal failure phase
H Tachycardia
H Bibasilar crackles
H Irritability, drowsiness, or confusion
H Altered level of consciousness
H Bleeding abnormalities
H Dry, pruritic skin
H Dry mucous membranes
H Uremic breath odor
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood urea nitrogen, serum creatinine, and potassium levels are elevated.
H Hematocrit, blood pH, bicarbonate, and hemoglobin
levels are decreased.
H Urine casts and cellular debris are present, and specific gravity is decreased.
H In glomerular disease, proteinuria and urine osmolality are close to serum osmolality level.
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 693
Treatment
General
H Hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis (if appropriate)
H High-calorie, low-protein, low-sodium, and low-
potassium diet
H Fluid restriction
H Rest periods when fatigued
Medications
H Supplemental vitamins
H Diuretics
H In hyperkalemia, hypertonic glucose-and-insulin in-
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Renal function studies
H Vital signs
H Effects of excess fluid volume
H Dialysis access site
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H recommended fluid allowance
H compliance with diet and drug regimen
H daily weight and importance of immediately reporting changes of 3 lb (1.4 kg) or more
H signs and symptoms of edema and importance of
reporting them to the physician.
Surgery
Discharge planning
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid complications
H maintain fluid balance
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H verbalize risk factors for decreased tissue perfusion
and modify lifestyle appropriately
H demonstrate the ability to manage urinary elimination problems.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage the patient to express feelings.
H Provide emotional support.
H Identify patients at risk for and take steps to prevent
693
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 694
function
H Symptoms sparse until more than 75% of glomerular
Pathophysiology
H Nephron destruction eventually causes irreversible
renal damage.
H Disease may progress through the following stages:
reduced renal reserve, renal insufficiency, renal failure, and end-stage renal disease.
Causes
H Chronic glomerular disease
H Chronic infections such as chronic pyelonephritis
H Congenital anomalies such as polycystic kidney
disease
H Vascular diseases
H Obstructive processes such as calculi
H Collagen diseases such as systemic lupus erythema-
tosus
H Nephrotoxic agents
H Endocrine disease
Incidence
H Affects about 2 of every 100,000 people
H Can occur at all ages but more common in adults
H Affects more males than females
H Affects more Blacks than Whites
Common characteristics
H Fatigue
H Decreasing urine output
H Increasing edema
H Electrolyte imbalance
H Fluid overload
Complications
H Anemia
H Peripheral neuropathy
H Lipid disorders
H Platelet dysfunction
H Pulmonary edema
H Electrolyte imbalances
H Sexual dysfunction
694
Assessment
History
H Predisposing factor
H Dry mouth
H Fatigue
H Nausea
H Hiccups
H Muscle cramps
H Fasciculations, twitching
H Infertility, decreased libido
H Amenorrhea
H Impotence
H Pathologic fractures
Physical findings
H Decreased urine output
H Hypotension or hypertension
H Altered level of consciousness
H Peripheral edema
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Bibasilar crackles
H Pleural friction rub
H Gum ulceration and bleeding
H Uremic fetor
H Abdominal pain on palpation
H Poor skin turgor
H Pale, yellowish bronze skin color
H Thin, brittle fingernails and dry, brittle hair
H Growth retardation (in children)
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood urea nitrogen, serum creatinine, sodium, and
potassium levels are elevated.
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis shows decreased
arterial pH and bicarbonate levels.
H Hematocrit and hemoglobin level are low; red blood
cell (RBC) survival time decreases.
H Mild thrombocytopenia and platelet defects appear.
H Aldosterone secretion is increased.
H Hyperglycemia and hypertriglyceridemia occur.
H High-density lipoprotein levels are decreased.
H ABG analysis shows metabolic acidosis.
H Urine specific gravity is fixed at 1.010.
H Patient has proteinuria, glycosuria, and urinary
RBCs, leukocytes, casts, and crystals.
Imaging
H Kidney-ureter-bladder radiography, excretory urography, nephrotomography, renal scan, and renal
arteriography show reduced kidney size.
Diagnostic procedures
H Renal biopsy allows histologic identification of the
underlying disease process.
H EEG shows changes suggesting metabolic encephalopathy.
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 695
Treatment
General
H Hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis
H Low-protein (with peritoneal dialysis, high-protein),
H fluid restrictions
H dialysis site care, as appropriate
H importance of wearing or carrying medical identifi-
cation.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services.
Medications
H Loop diuretics
H Cardiac glycosides
H Antihypertensives
H Antiemetics
H Iron and folate supplements
H Erythropoietin
H Antipruritics
H Supplementary vitamins and essential amino acids
Surgery
H Creation of vascular access for dialysis
H Possible kidney transplant
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid complications
H maintain fluid balance
H report feelings of increased comfort
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H demonstrate the ability to manage urinary elimination problems
H perform activities of daily living within confines of
the disease.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Perform meticulous skin care.
H Encourage the patient to express feelings.
H Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
H Renal function studies
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Signs and symptoms of fluid overload
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary changes
695
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 696
Life-threatening disorder
Respiratory acidosis
Overview
Description
H Acid-base disturbance characterized by reduced alve-
Pathophysiology
H Depressed ventilation causes compromised carbon
dioxide elimination.
H Carbon dioxide is then retained and combines with
water molecules increasing hydrogen ion concentration.
H Respiratory acidosis results.
Causes
H Central nervous system (CNS) trauma
H CNS-depressant drugs
H Chronic metabolic alkalosis
H Neuromuscular disease
H Airway obstruction
H Parenchymal lung disease
H Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
H Asthma
H Severe acute respiratory distress syndrome
H Chronic bronchitis
H Large pneumothorax
H Extensive pneumonia
H Pulmonary edema
Incidence
H Affects males and females equally
Common characteristics
H Headache
H Shortness of breath
H Nausea and vomiting
Complications
H Shock
H Respiratory arrest
H Cardiac arrest
H Shortness of breath
H Nausea and vomiting
Physical findings
H Diaphoresis
H Bounding pulses
H Rapid, shallow respirations
H Tachycardia
H Hypotension
H Papilledema
H Mental status changes
H Asterixis (tremor)
H Depressed deep tendon reflexes
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood pH is below 7.35, and PaCO2 is above
45 mm Hg (hypercapnia)
Treatment
General
H Correction of the condition causing alveolar hypo-
ventilation
H Possible mechanical ventilation
H Possible dialysis
H I.V. fluid administration
H Possible need for parenteral nutrition
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
H Oxygen
H Bronchodilators
H Antibiotics
H Sodium bicarbonate
H Drug therapy for the underlying condition
Surgery
H Bronchoscopy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain fluid balance
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H demonstrate effective coping strategies.
Nursing interventions
Assessment
History
Monitoring
H Predisposing factor
H Headache
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
696
Respiratory acidosis
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 697
H Neurologic status
H Respiratory status
H Arterial blood gas values
H Serum electrolyte values
H Mechanical ventilator settings
ALERT
Be aware that pulse oximetry, used to monitor oxygen saturation, wont reveal increasing carbon
dioxide levels.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H supplemental oxygen
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H how to perform coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H signs and symptoms of acid-base imbalance and
when to notify the physician.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for home oxygen therapy if
indicated.
Respiratory acidosis
697
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 698
Life-threatening disorder
Respiratory distress
syndrome
Overview
Description
H Respiratory disorder that involves widespread alveo-
lar collapse
H Most common cause of neonatal death
H If mild, subsides slowly after about 3 days
H Also called RDS or hyaline membrane disease
Pathophysiology
H In neonates born before the 27th week of gestation,
Causes
H Surfactant deficiency stemming from preterm birth
rhage
Physical findings
H Rapid, shallow respirations
H Intercostal, subcostal, or sternal retractions
H Nasal flaring
H Audible expiratory grunting
H Pallor
H Frothy sputum
H Low body temperature
H Diminished air entry and crackles
H Possible hypotension, peripheral edema, and oliguria
H Possible apnea, bradycardia, and cyanosis
Test results
Laboratory
H Partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) is decreased; partial pressure of arterial carbon dioxide
may be normal, decreased, or increased; and arterial
pH is decreased.
H Lecithin-sphingomyelin ratio shows prenatal lung
development and RDS risk.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show a fine reticulonodular pattern
and dark streaks, indicating air-filled, dilated bronchioles.
Treatment
General
H Aggressive management, assisted by mechanical ven-
tilation with PEEP or continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) administered by a tight-fitting face mask
or, when necessary, an endotracheal tube
H For a neonate who cant maintain adequate gas exchange, high-frequency oscillation ventilation
H Radiant warmer or Isolette
H Warm, humidified, oxygen-enriched gases given by
oxygen hood or mechanical ventilation
H Tube feedings or total parenteral nutrition
Common characteristics
Medications
H Preterm birth
H Labored breathing within minutes to hours after birth
Incidence
H Almost exclusively affects neonates born before the
Complications
H Respiratory insufficiency
H Shock
H Bronchopulmonary dysplasia
H Death
Assessment
History
H Preterm birth
H Cesarean birth
698
Surgery
H Possible tracheostomy
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 699
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain a patent airway
H remain free from infection
H maintain intact skin integrity.
The patients family will:
H identify factors that increase the risk of neonatal
injury.
ALERT
Watch for evidence of complications from oxygen
therapy: lung capillary damage, decreased mucus
flow, impaired ciliary functioning, and widespread
atelectasis. Also be alert for signs of patent ductus
arteriosus, heart failure, retinopathy, pulmonary
hypertension, necrotizing enterocolitis, and neurologic abnormalities.
Patient teaching
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Check the umbilical catheter for arterial or venous
hypotension, as appropriate.
H Suction, as necessary.
H Change the transcutaneous PaO2 monitor lead place-
Discharge planning
H Refer the parents to counselors and social worker, as
indicated.
H Refer the patient for follow-up care with a neonatal
ophthalmologist, as indicated.
ALERT
In a neonate on a mechanical ventilator, watch
carefully for signs of barotrauma and accidental
disconnection from the ventilator. Check ventilator
settings frequently. Be alert for signs of complications of PEEP or CPAP therapy, such as decreased
cardiac output, pneumothorax, and pneumomediastinum.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H ABG values
H Intake and output
H Central venous pressure
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Thrombosis
H Decreased peripheral circulation
H Pulse oximetry
H Daily weight
H Skin color
H Respiratory status
H Skin integrity
699
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 700
Respiratory syncytial
virus infection
Overview
Description
H Virus thats the leading cause of lower respiratory
tract infection in infants and young children and upper respiratory infections in adults
H Suspected cause of fatal respiratory diseases in infants
H Can cause serious illness in immunocompromised
adults, institutionalized elderly people, and patients
with underlying cardiopulmonary disease
H Also known as RSV
Pathophysiology
H The virus attaches to cells, eventually resulting in
necrosis of the bronchiolar epithelium; in severe infection, peribronchiolar infiltrate of lymphocytes and
mononuclear cells occurs.
H Intra-alveolar thickening and filling of the alveolar
spaces with fluid results.
H Narrowing of the airway passages on expiration prevents air from leaving the lungs, causing progressive
overinflation.
Causes
H Respiratory syncytial virus, a subgroup of myxovirus-
es resembling paramyxovirus
Assessment
History
H Nasal congestion
H Coughing
H Wheezing
H Malaise
H Sore throat
H Earache
H Dyspnea
H Fever
Physical findings
H Nasal and pharyngeal inflammation
H Otitis media
H Severe respiratory distress (nasal flaring, retraction,
Test results
Laboratory
H Cultures of nasal and pharyngeal secretions show
respiratory syncytial virus.
H Serum respiratory syncytial virus antibody titers are
elevated.
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows hypoxemia and
respiratory acidosis.
H In dehydration, blood urea nitrogen levels are elevated.
cretions
H Probably spread to infants and young children by
Incidence
H Almost exclusively affects infants and young children,
Common characteristics
Treatment
General
H Respiratory support
H Adequate nutrition
H Avoidance of overhydration
H Rest periods when fatigued
Medications
H Ribavirin
H Bronchodilator such as albuterol
Surgery
H Possible tracheostomy
Complications
H Pneumonia and progressive pneumonia
H Bronchiolitis
H Croup
H Otitis media
H Respiratory failure
700
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a respiratory rate within 5 breaths/minute
of baseline
H express or indicate feelings of increased comfort
while maintaining adequate air exchange
H cough effectively
H maintain adequate fluid volume.
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 701
Nursing interventions
H Institute contact isolation.
H Perform percussion, drainage, and suction when
necessary.
H Administer prescribed oxygen.
H Use a croup tent, as needed.
H Place the patient in semi-Fowlers position.
H Observe for signs and symptoms of dehydration, and
Monitoring
H Respiratory status
H Fluid and electrolyte status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (with the parents):
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how the infection spreads
H preventive measures (RSV immune globulin)
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of a nonsmoking environment in the
home
H importance of keeping follow-up appointments.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to home care services, as necessary.
701
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 702
Retinal detachment
Incidence
Overview
Common characteristics
Description
Pathophysiology
H A hole or tear in the retina allows the liquid vitreous
Causes
H Intraocular inflammation
H Trauma
H Age-related degenerative changes
H Tumors
H Systemic disease
H Traction placed on the retina by vitreous bands or
membranes
H Hereditary factors, usually related to myopia
Special populations
In a child, retinal detachment can result from
retinopathy of prematurity, tumors (retinoblastomas), or trauma.
Risk factors
H Myopia
H Cataract surgery
H Trauma
curtain, or cobweb
Complications
H Severe vision impairment
H Blindness
Assessment
History
H Sensation of seeing floaters and flashes
H Painless vision loss, described as sensation of look-
Physical findings
H Visual field loss
Test results
Imaging
H Ocular ultrasonography may be used to examine the
retina if the lens is opaque and shows intraocular
and intraorbital pathology. It also commonly detects
retinal detachments, characteristically producing a
dense, sheetlike echo on a B-mode scan.
Diagnostic procedures
H Direct ophthalmoscopy shows folds or discoloration
in the usually transparent retina.
H Indirect ophthalmoscopy shows retinal tears.
Treatment
General
H Varies with location and severity of detachment
H Nothing by mouth before surgery
H Bed rest before surgery
H Restriction of eye movements before surgery by
702
Retinal detachment
Medications
H Antiemetics
H Analgesics
H Mydriatics
H Cycloplegics
H Steroidal eyedrops
H Antibiotic eyedrops
Surgery
H Cryothermy
H Laser therapy
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 703
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid harm or injury
H express feelings and concerns
H regain the previous level of visual functioning.
Nursing interventions
H Prepare the patient for surgery.
H Administer prescribed antibiotics and cycloplegic or
mydriatic eyedrops.
H In macular involvement, maintain bed rest to prevent
pressure.
H With retrobulbar injection, apply a protective eye
patch.
H Apply cold compresses.
H Avoid putting pressure on the eye.
H Provide encouragement and emotional support.
Monitoring
H Localized corneal edema and perilimbal congestion
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H leg and deep-breathing exercises
H possible persistence of blurred vision for several
days after laser therapy
H importance of avoiding driving, bending, heavy lifting, and other activities that affect intraocular pressure for several days after surgery
H avoidance of activities that could cause eye trauma
H how to instill eyedrops
H importance of wearing sunglasses
H applying cold compresses
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H signs and symptoms of increasing ocular pressure
and infection
H early symptoms of retinal detachment.
Retinal detachment
703
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 704
Reyes syndrome
Overview
Description
H An acute childhood illness that causes fatty infiltra-
Pathophysiology
H Damaged hepatic mitochondria disrupt the urea cy-
cle, which normally changes ammonia to urea for excretion from the body.
H This results in hyperammonemia, hypoglycemia, and
an increase in serum short-chain fatty acids, leading
to encephalopathy.
H Simultaneously, fatty infiltration is found in renal
tubular cells, neuronal tissue, and muscle tissue, including the heart.
Causes
H Viral infection
H Associated with aspirin use
Incidence
H Linked to aspirin use
H Usually increased during influenza outbreaks
Special populations
Reyes syndrome is most common in children ages
4 to 12, with peak incidence at age 6.
Common characteristics
Assessment
History
H Viral infection
H Aspirin use
H Vomiting
H Change in mental status
Physical findings
H Hyperactive reflexes
H Increased blood pressure
H Tachycardia
H Lethargy
Test results
Laboratory
H Low or absent serum salicylate level rules out aspirin
overdose.
H Liver-function studies show aspartate aminotransferase and alanine aminotransferase levels elevated
to twice normal; bilirubin level is usually normal.
H Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) analysis reveals a white
blood cell count of less than 10; with coma, CSF
pressure increases.
H Coagulation studies result in prolonged prothrombin
and partial thromboplastin times.
H Blood values show elevated serum ammonia levels;
normal or, in 15% of cases, low serum glucose levels; and increased serum fatty acid and lactate levels.
Diagnostic procedures
H Liver biopsy reveals fatty droplets uniformly distributed throughout cells.
Other
H History of a recent viral disorder with typical signs
and symptoms strongly suggests Reyes syndrome.
Treatment
H Dictated by stage of the syndrome (see Stages of
Nursing considerations
Complications
H Increased ICP
H Coma
H Seizures
H Respiratory failure
704
Reyes syndrome
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM)
H maintain skin integrity
H remain hemodynamically stable.
Nursing interventions
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 705
Treatment
Stage I
Vomiting, lethargy, hepatic dysfunction
Stage II
Hyperventilation, delirium, hepatic
dysfunction, hyperactive reflexes
Stage III
Coma, hyperventilation, decorticate
rigidity, hepatic dysfunction
Stage IV
Deepening coma; decerebrate rigidity;
large, fixed pupils; minimal hepatic
dysfunction
Stage V
Seizures, loss of deep tendon reflexes,
flaccidity, respiratory arrest, ammonia
level greater than 300 mg/dl
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H ICP
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status
H Level of consciousness
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis and treatment
H using a nonsalicylate analgesic and an antipyretic
such as acetaminophen for children.
Discharge planning
H Refer parents to the National Reyes Syndrome Foun-
vices, as needed.
Reyes syndrome
705
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 706
Rhabdomyolysis
Overview
Description
H Breakdown of muscle tissue, causing myoglobinuria
H Usually follows major muscle trauma, especially a
Pathophysiology
H Muscle trauma that compresses tissue causes ische-
Incidence
H Greater occurrence in males than females
H May occur at any age
Common characteristics
H Tenderness, swelling, and muscle weakness caused
Complications
H Renal failure
H Amputation
Assessment
Causes
History
Risk factors
H Traumatic injury
H Prescription and nonprescription drugs (see Drugs
Physical findings
706
Rhabdomyolysis
syndrome)
Test results
Laboratory
H Urine myoglobin level exceeds 0.5 mg/dl (evident
with only 200 g of muscle damage).
H Creatinine kinase level is elevated (0.5 to 0.95 mg/dl)
due to muscle damage.
H Serum potassium, phosphate, creatinine, and creatine levels are elevated.
H Hypocalcemia occurs in early stages, hypercalcemia
in later stages.
H Intracompartmental venous pressure measurements
(using a wick catheter, needle, or slit catheter inserted into the muscle) are elevated.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan, magnetic resonance
imaging, and bone scintigraphy are used to detect
muscle necrosis.
Treatment
General
H For underlying disorder
H Prevention of renal failure
H Bed rest
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 707
Medications
H Anti-inflammatory drugs
H Corticosteroids (in extreme cases)
H Analgesics
Surgery
H Immediate fasciotomy and debridement if compart-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain normal renal function
H express increased comfort and decreased pain
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids and drugs.
H Measure intake and output accurately.
H Promote comfort measures.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Urine myoglobins
H Renal studies
H Pain control
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need for prolonged, low-intensity training as opposed to short bursts of intense exercise
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Rhabdomyolysis
707
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 708
Special populations
In children, mitral insufficiency is the major consequence of rheumatic heart disease.
Overview
Assessment
Description
History
Pathophysiology
H Rheumatic fever appears to be a hypersensitivity re-
Causes
H Group A beta-hemolytic streptococcal pharyngitis
H Familial tendency
Incidence
H In the United States, most common in northern states
H Worldwide, 15 to 20 million new cases each year
H Most common during cool, damp weather in winter
Common characteristics
H Fever
H Joint pain
H Rash and skin nodules
H Sydenhams chorea
H Nose bleeds
H Cardiac effects
Complications
H Destruction of mitral and aortic valves
H Severe pancarditis
H Pericardial effusion
H Heart failure
H Systemic emboli
708
100.4 F (38 C) in late afternoon, along with unexplained epistaxis and abdominal pain
H Migratory joint pain (polyarthritis)
Physical findings
H Swelling, redness, and signs of effusion, most com-
Test results
Laboratory
H During acute phase, white blood cell count and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are elevated.
H During inflammation, complete blood count shows
slight anemia.
H C-reactive protein test is positive, especially during
acute phase.
H In severe carditis, cardiac enzyme levels are increased.
H Antistreptolysin-O titer is elevated in 95% of patients
within 2 months of onset.
H Throat cultures show group A beta-hemolytic streptococci.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show normal heart size (except with
myocarditis, heart failure, and pericardial effusion).
H Echocardiography helps evaluate valvular damage,
chamber size, and ventricular function and detects
pericardial effusion.
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 709
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography reveals no diagnostic changes,
but 20% of patients show a prolonged PR interval.
H Cardiac catheterization evaluates valvular damage
and left ventricular function in severe cardiac dysfunction.
Treatment
General
H Dietary sodium restriction, if indicated
H Bed rest during acute phase
H Gradual activity increase, as tolerated
Medications
H Antibiotics such as penicillin
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Corticosteroids such as prednisone
Surgery
H Commissurotomy, valvuloplasty, or heart valve
replacement
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of resuming activities of daily living
slowly and scheduling frequent rest periods as instructed by the physician
H what to do if signs of an allergic reaction to penicillin
occur
H the importance of reporting early signs and symptoms of left-sided heart failure, such as dyspnea and
a hacking, nonproductive cough, and immediately
reporting signs of recurrent streptococcal infection
H keeping the child away from people with respiratory
tract infections
H transient nature of chorea
H compliance with prolonged antibiotic therapy and
follow-up care
H the possible need for prophylactic antibiotics before
any dental work or invasive procedures
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H avoid arrhythmias
H carry out activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
H express feelings about diminished capacity to perform usual roles.
Nursing interventions
H Find out if the patient has ever had a hypersensitivity
reaction to penicillin. Warn the parents (if appropriate) that such a reaction is possible.
H Administer prescribed antibiotics on time.
H Stress the importance of bed rest. Provide a bedside
commode.
H Position the patient upright.
H Provide analgesics and oxygen, as needed.
H Allow the patient to express feelings and concerns.
H Help the parents overcome any guilt feelings they
may have about their childs illness.
H Encourage the parents and child to vent their frustrations during the long recovery. If the child has severe
carditis, help them prepare for permanent changes
in the childs lifestyle.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Heart rhythm
H Heart and breath sounds
709
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 710
Rheumatoid arthritis
Overview
Description
H Chronic, systemic, symmetrical inflammatory disease
H Primarily attacking peripheral joints and surround-
dictable exacerbations
H Potentially crippling
Pathophysiology
H Pain on inspiration
H Shortness of breath
Physical findings
H Joint deformities and contractures
H Painful, red, swollen arms
H Foreshortened hands
H Boggy wrists
H Rheumatoid nodules
H Leg ulcers
H Eye redness
H Joints that are warm to the touch
H Pericardial friction rub
H Positive Babinskis sign
Test results
Laboratory
H Rheumatoid factor test is positive in 75% to 80% of
patients, as indicated by a titer of 1:160 or higher.
H Synovial fluid analysis shows increased volume and
turbidity but decreased viscosity and complement
(C3 and C4) levels, with white blood cell count possibly exceeding 10,000/l.
H Serum globulin levels are elevated.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated.
H Complete blood count shows moderate anemia and
slight leukocytosis. (See Classifying rheumatoid
arthritis.)
Imaging
H In early stages, X-rays show bone demineralization
and soft-tissue swelling. Later, they help determine
the extent of cartilage and bone destruction, erosion,
subluxations, and deformities and show the characteristic pattern of these abnormalities.
H Magnetic resonance imaging, computed tomography
scan may provide information about damage extent.
Other
H Synovial tissue biopsy shows inflammation.
Causes
H Unknown
H Possible influence of infection (viral or bacterial),
Incidence
H Strikes three times as many females as males
H Can occur at any age; peak onset, ages 35 and 50
Common characteristics
H Stiff, swollen joints
Complications
H Fibrous or bony ankylosis
H Soft-tissue contractures
H Joint deformities
H Sjgrens syndrome
H Spinal cord compression
H Carpal tunnel syndrome
H Osteoporosis
H Recurrent infections
H Hip joint necrosis
Assessment
History
H Insidious onset of nonspecific symptoms, including
Treatment
General
H Adequate sleep (8 to 10 hours every night)
H Splinting
H Range-of-motion (ROM) exercises and carefully indi-
Medications
H Salicylates
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as
710
Rheumatoid arthritis
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 711
Surgery
H Metatarsal head and distal ulnar resectional arthro-
plasty; insertion of silastic prosthesis between metacarpophalangeal and proximal interphalangeal joints
H Arthrodesis (joint fusion)
H Synovectomy
H Osteotomy
H Repair of ruptured tendon
H In advanced disease, joint reconstruction or total
joint arthroplasty
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible
H maintain skin integrity
H verbalize feelings about limitations
H express an increased sense of well-being.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed analgesics; watch for adverse
reactions.
H Perform meticulous skin care.
H Supply adaptive devices, such as a zipper-pull, easyto-open beverage cartons, and lightweight cups.
After total knee or hip arthroplasty
H Administer prescribed blood replacement products,
antibiotics, and pain medication.
H Have the patient perform active dorsiflexion; immediately report inability to do so.
H Supervise isometric exercises every 2 hours.
H After total hip arthroplasty, check traction for pressure
areas; keep head of bed raised 30 to 45 degrees.
H Change or reinforce dressings, as needed.
H Have the patient turn, cough, and breathe deeply
every 2 hours.
H After total knee arthroplasty, keep the leg extended
and slightly elevated.
H After total hip arthroplasty, keep the hip in abduction. Watch for and immediately report inability to
rotate the hip or bear weight on it, increased pain, or
a leg that appears shorter.
H Assist patient in activities, keeping the weight on the
unaffected side.
Monitoring
H Joint mobility and pain level
H Skin integrity
H Vital signs and daily weight
H Sensory disturbances
tocrit
H Activity tolerance
H Complications of corticosteroid therapy
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H chronic nature of rheumatoid arthritis and possible
need for major lifestyle changes
H importance of a balanced diet and weight control
H sexual concerns.
If the patient requires total knee or hip arthroplasty,
be sure to cover:
H preoperative and surgical procedures
H postoperative exercises, with supervision
H deep-breathing and coughing exercises to perform
after surgery
H performing frequent ROM leg exercises after surgery
H use of a constant-passive-motion device after total
knee arthroplasty, or placement of an abduction pillow between the legs after total hip arthroplasty
H how to use a trapeze to move about in bed
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for physical and occupational therapy.
H Refer the patient to the Arthritis Foundation.
Rheumatoid arthritis
711
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 712
Rocky Mountain
spotted fever
Assessment
History
H Recent exposure to ticks or tick-infested areas, or a
Overview
Description
H Acute infectious, febrile, rash-producing illness asso-
Pathophysiology
H Infecting organism multiplies in endothelial cells and
Causes
H Rickettsia rickettsii, transmitted by the wood tick
Incidence
H Endemic throughout the continental United States,
Common characteristics
H Fever, headache, mental confusion, and myalgia
H Macular papular rash on palms and soles in about
90% of patients
H Rash, evident in about 15% of patients on day 1 and
Complications
H Lobar pneumonia
H Otitis media
H Parotitis
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Renal failure
H Meningoencephalitis
H Hepatic injury
H Enterocolitis
H Death
Physical findings
H Erythematous macules, 1 to 5 mm in diameter, be-
Test results
Laboratory
H Serologic tests may be negative in initial stages.
H Indirect immunofluorescence assay has diagnostic
titer of 64 or greater, detectable between days 7 and
14 of the illness.
H Latex agglutination diagnostic titer is 128 or greater
1 week after onset.
H Platelet count, white blood cell (WBC) count, and
fibrinogen levels are decreased.
H Prothrombin time and partial thromboplastin time
are prolonged.
H Serum protein levels (especially albumin) are decreased.
H Hyponatremia and hypochloremia occur, related to
increased aldosterone excretion.
H Serum creatinine, blood urea nitrogen, and potassium levels are elevated.
H Hepatic function is abnormal.
H Cerebrospinal fluid analysis shows mild mononuclear pleocytosis with slightly elevated protein content.
H Immunohistologic examination of cutaneous biopsy
of a rash lesion shows R. rickettsii.
Treatment
General
H Careful tick removal
H Careful fluid administration
H Intubation and mechanical ventilation, if needed
H Hemodialysis, if needed
H Treatment of hemorrhage and thrombocytopenia, if
needed
712
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 713
intake
H Bed rest until condition improves
Medications
H Doxycycline (drug of choice), tetracycline, or chlo-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H remain afebrile
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain normal WBC count and differential
H report increased comfort and decreased pain.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide oxygen therapy and assisted ventilation for
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Respiratory status
H Neurologic status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of reporting recurrent symptoms immediately
H importance of completing antibiotic course
H preventive strategies, including avoiding tick-infested
areas, whole-body inspection (including scalp) every
3 to 4 hours for attached ticks, protective clothing,
and insect repellent
H correct tick removal technique using tweezers or forceps and steady traction.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an infectious disease specialist if
needed.
713
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 714
Rosacea
Overview
Description
H Chronic adult skin disorder that affects the skin and
eyes
H Produces flushing and dilation of small blood vessels
in the face, especially the nose and cheeks
H May cause papules and pustules, but without the
characteristic comedones of acne vulgaris
H Usually spreads slowly; rarely subsides spontaneously
H Commonly more severe in males and usually associated with rhinophyma (dilated follicles and thickened, bulbous skin on the nose)
Pathophysiology
H Vascular reactivity leads to varying degrees of pap-
Causes
H Unknown
H Factors that cause flushing:
Incidence
H Most common in white females ages 30 to 50
Common characteristics
Assessment
History
H Facial flushing
H Gritty feeling in eyes
H Facial edema
H Predisposing or aggravating factors
H Complaints of burning or stinging of face
Physical findings
H Flushed areas on the cheeks, nose, forehead, and
Test results
H Rosacea is confirmed by observation of typical vascu-
Treatment
Complications
General
H Decreased self-esteem
H Rosacea fulminans
714
Rosacea
H Facial massage
Medications
H Topical azelaic acid
H Topical sodium sulfacetamide
H Topical metronidazole
H Oral doxycycline (for ocular involvement)
H Corticosteroids
H Isotretinoin for severe cases
Surgery
H Electrosurgery
H Laser therapy
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 715
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit improved or healed wounds or lesions
H report feelings of increased comfort
H demonstrate an appropriate skin care regimen
H report feelings of improved self-image.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage patient to express feelings.
H Offer emotional support and reassurance.
H Assist with identification of triggers.
Monitoring
H Adverse reactions to prescribed drugs
H Complications
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Prevention
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H aggravating factors
H prevention of rosacea flare-ups (see Preventing
rosacea flare-up)
H stress-reduction techniques
H meticulous hand washing and personal hygiene
H ways to prevent infection
H signs and symptoms of infection
H when to notify the physician.
Rosacea
715
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 716
Roseola infantum
Assessment
History
Overview
Description
H Common acute, benign, presumably viral illness
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
H When temperature drops abruptly, maculopapular,
Causes
H HHV-6B
H May be transmitted by saliva and possibly by genital
secretions
Incidence
H Affects infants and young children, typically from age
6 months to 3 years
H Affects both sexes equally
H Occurs year-round, but most common in spring and
fall
uvula)
H Periorbital edema
Test results
observation.
Laboratory
H Causative organism is present in saliva.
H HHV-6 is isolated in peripheral blood.
H Complete blood count shows leukopenia and relative
lymphocytosis as temperature increases.
H Immunofluorescence or enzyme immunoassays may
show seroconversion during the convalescent phase.
Treatment
Common characteristics
H Incubation period of 10 to 15 days
H High fever with rash appearing after the fever breaks
Complications
H Encephalopathy
H Thrombocytopenic purpura
H Febrile seizures
H Meningitis
H Hepatitis
General
H Supportive and symptomatic
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest until fever subsides
Medications
H Antipyretics
H Anticonvulsants
Nursing considerations
Incubation and duration of common
rash-producing infections
Key outcomes
Infection
Incubation
(days)
Duration
(days)
Roseola
5 to 15
3 to 6
Varicella
10 to 14
7 to 14
Nursing interventions
Rubeola
13 to 17
Rubella
14 to 21
716
Roseola infantum
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 717
Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Vital signs, especially temperature
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H methods to reduce fever:
tepid sponge baths
dressing the child in lightweight clothing
keeping a comfortable room temperature
use of antipyretics
H importance of adequate fluid intake
H no need for isolation
H reassurance that brief febrile seizures wont cause
brain damage and will stop as the fever subsides
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Roseola infantum
717
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 718
Rotavirus
Overview
Assessment
History
H Fever, nausea, and vomiting followed by diarrhea
Description
Physical findings
H Diarrhea
H Signs of dehydration, such as:
Pathophysiology
H Rotavirus invades and damages the cells of the in-
testinal mucosa.
H Damage decreases viable absorptive surface, causing
Tachycardia
Hypotension
Dry mucous membranes
Concentrated urine
Poor tear production
Poor skin turgor
Oliguria
Sunken eyeballs
Sunken anterior fontanel
H Rectal excoriation
Causes
Test results
Laboratory
H Rapid antigen detection shows rotavirus in stool.
family
H Transmitted primarily by the fecal-oral route through
ingestion of contaminated water or food or through
contact with contaminated surfaces (see Spreading
rotavirus infection)
Incidence
H Highest among infants and young children; affects
Common characteristics
Treatment
General
H Small, frequent meals
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest periods when fatigued
H Skin care
Medications
H None (antibiotics and antimotility drugs contraindi-
cated)
Nursing considerations
Complications
Key outcomes
718
Rotavirus
Nursing interventions
H Institute enteric precautions.
H Enforce strict hand washing and careful cleaning of
skin breakdown.
H Be aware that breast-fed infants can continue to
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 719
Monitoring
H Intake and output (including stools)
H Skin integrity
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (with the parents):
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H instructions on diaper changing and thorough
cleaning of the perineum and all affected surfaces
H the importance of notifying the physician of
increased diarrhea or signs of dehydration
H oral vaccine available for infants only.
Rotavirus
719
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 720
Rubella
Overview
Description
H Acute, mildly contagious viral disease that causes a
Common characteristics
H Rash covering the trunk and body; begins to fade in
Complications
Pathophysiology
Assessment
H Arthritis
H Postinfectious encephalitis
H Thrombocytopenic purpura
H Congenital rubella
History
duration of 3 days.
H The rash is thought to result from virus dissemination to the skin.
Causes
H Rubella virus (a togavirus) spread by direct contact
Incidence
H Occurs worldwide
H Most common among children ages 5 to 9, adoles-
720
Rubella
Physical findings
H Rash accompanied by low-grade fever (99
to 101 F
[37.2 to 38.3 C]) that may reach 104 F (40 C)
H Exanthematous, maculopapular, mildly pruritic rash;
typically beginning on the face, and spreading rapidly, covering the trunk and limbs within hours
H Small, red, petechial macules on the soft palate
(Forschheimer spots) preceding or accompanying
the rash
H Coryza
H Conjunctivitis
H Suboccipital, postauricular, and postcervical lymph
node enlargement
Test results
H Usually, the diagnosis is made from clinical observa-
tion.
Laboratory
H Cultures of throat, blood, urine, and cerebrospinal
fluid isolate the rubella virus; convalescent serum
shows a fourfold increase in antibody titers.
H Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for immunoglobulin (Ig) M antibodies reveals rubella-specific
IgM antibody.
H In congenital rubella, rubella-specific IgM antibody
is present in umbilical cord blood.
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 721
Treatment
General
H Isolation precautions
H Small, frequent meals
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest until fever subsides
H Skin care
Medications
H Antipyretics
H Analgesics
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
H exhibit improvement or healing of lesions or wounds
H express or demonstrate feelings of increased comfort
and decreased pain.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Institute isolation precautions until 5 days after the
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Skin for signs of exanthem
H Auditory impairment in congenital rubella
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (with the parents):
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H ways to reduce fever
H devastating effects of rubella on an unborn neonate
H importance of people with rubella avoiding pregnant
females
H avoidance of aspirin in a child receiving rubella
vaccine.
Rubella
721
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 722
Rubeola
Overview
Description
H Acute, highly contagious infection causing a charac-
teristic rash
H In the United States, a usually excellent prognosis
H Can be severe or fatal in patients with impaired cell-
mediated immunity
H Mortality highest in children younger than age 2 and
in adults
H Also called measles or morbilli
Pathophysiology
H Virus invades the respiratory epithelium and spreads
Causes
H Rubeola virus
H Spread by direct contact or by contaminated air-
Incidence
H Affects mostly preschool children
H In temperate zones, most commonly seen in late win-
Common characteristics
H Fever, Kopliks spots, and characteristic red, blotchy,
Complications
H Coryza
H Hoarseness
H Hacking cough
Physical findings
H Temperature peaking at 103
to 105 F (39.4 C to
40.5 C)
H Periorbital edema
H Conjunctivitis
H Kopliks spots (tiny, bluish gray specks, surrounded
by red halo) on oral mucosa opposite the molars,
which may bleed
H Pruritic rash starting as faint macules behind the ears
and on the neck and cheeks, becoming papular and
erythematous, and rapidly spreading over the face,
neck, eyelids, arms, chest, back, abdomen, and
thighs
H Fading of rash when it reaches the feet 2 to 3 days
later, occurring in the same sequence it appeared,
leaving brown discoloration that disappears in 7 to
10 days
H Severe cough
H Rhinorrhea
H Lymphadenopathy
Test results
Laboratory
H The measles virus appears in blood, nasopharyngeal
secretions, and urine during the febrile period.
H Serum antibodies appear within 3 days after rash onset and reach peak titers 2 to 4 weeks later.
Treatment
General
H Respiratory isolation precautions
H Use of vaporizer
H Warm environment
H Small, frequent meals
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest until symptoms improve
H Skin care
Medications
Assessment
History
H Inadequate immunization and exposure to someone
722
Rubeola
H Antipyretics
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
9400Q-R.qxd
8/2/12
4:46 PM
Page 723
Nursing interventions
H Institute respiratory isolation measures for 4 days af-
sunglasses.
H To prevent disease spread, administer measles
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Skin for signs of exanthem
H Eyes for conjunctivitis
H Mental status
H Signs and symptoms of pneumonia
H Ears for otitis media
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (with the parents):
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H supportive measures, isolation, bed rest, and increased fluids
H instructions on cleaning a vaporizer (if used) and the
importance of changing the water every 8 hours
H early signs and symptoms of complications that
should be reported.
Rubeola
723
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 724
Life-threatening disorder
Pathophysiology
H The virus is found in common birds, such as spar-
Causes
H Transmitted by the bite of an infected mosquito
H Laboratory-acquired infections possible through in-
Risk factors
H Human immunodeficiency virus infection
H Age older than 70 (tenfold increased risk of clinical
illness)
H Travel to endemic areas
H Participation in outdoor activities
H Low socioeconomic status
H Crowded living conditions
H Outdoor occupations
Incidence
H Occurs in North, South, and Central America and the
724
Common characteristics
H Symptoms usually mild
H In severe infections
Complications
H Acute encephalitis
H Movement disorders and motor deficits
H Seizures and coma
H Cranial nerve palsies
H Death
ALERT
Patients with atherosclerosis, heart disease, and
hypertension have an increased risk of death from
this infection.
Assessment
History
H Exposure to infected insect
H Onset of encephalitis characterized by:
Malaise
Fever
Cough and sore throat, followed by common
symptoms of headache, nausea, vomiting, confusion, disorientation, irritability, tremors, and possible seizures
Physical findings
H Temperature elevation
H Normal neurologic examination
H 5% of patients present in a deep coma
H Cranial nerve palsies in about 25% of patients
H Possibly ataxia
H Possibly seizures (infrequent, but more common in
children)
Test results
Laboratory
H One of the following will be present: A fourfold increase in the antivirus antibody titer between the
acute and the convalescent periods; virus isolation
from tissue, blood, or CSF; or specific immunoglobulin M antibody.
H Pyuria or proteinuria occurs.
H Sodium level is decreased.
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 725
Treatment
General
H Supportive
H Management of seizures or neurologic symptoms
H Diet as tolerated
H Bed rest
Medications
H Antipyretics
H Analgesics
Nursing considerations
Prevention
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain safe from falls caused by ataxia or seizures
H accept comfort measures
H maintain adequate nutrition and fluid intake.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage nutritional intake.
H Encourage fluids and lying flat after lumbar punc-
ture.
H Assist with ambulation, as needed.
H Frequently reposition the unconscious patient.
H Encourage range-of-motion (ROM) exercises (pas-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Level of consciousness
H Skin breakdown
H Seizure activity
H Complications of lumbar puncture, if performed
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H mosquito bite prevention. (See Preventing mosquito
bites.)
Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up appointments, as needed.
725
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 726
Salmonella infection
Overview
Description
H One of the most common intestinal infections in the
United States
and those already weakened by other infections, especially human immunodeficiency virus infection
Complications
H Dehydration
H Hypovolemic shock
H Abscess formation
H Sepsis
H Toxic megacolon
Pathophysiology
H Invasion occurs across the small intestinal mucosa,
Causes
H Gram-negative bacilli of the genus Salmonella
Special populations
Salmonella infection in children younger than age
5 is usually from fecal-oral spread.
H Typhoid fever usually, drinking water contaminat-
ed by excretions of a carrier
Incidence
H Increasing in the United States due to travel to en-
Assessment
History
H With enterocolitis, possible report of contaminated
Physical findings
H Fever
H Abdominal pain
H With enterocolitis, severe diarrhea
H With typhoidal infection, headache, increasing fever,
and constipation
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood culture in typhoid or paratyphoid fever and
bacteremia shows causative organism in most cases.
H Stool culture in typhoid or paratyphoid fever and enterocolitis shows causative organism.
H Other culture specimens (urine, bone marrow, pus,
and vomitus) show causative organism.
H Presence of S. typhi in stools 1 or more years after
treatment indicates that the patient is a carrier
(about 3% of patients).
H Widals test, an agglutination reaction against somatic
and flagellar antigens, suggests typhoid fever with a
fourfold increase in titer.
H Complete blood count (CBC) shows transient leukocytosis during the first week of typhoidal salmonella
infection.
H CBC shows leukopenia during the third week of typhoidal salmonella infection.
H CBC shows leukocytosis with local infection.
Treatment
Common characteristics
General
H Supportive therapy
H Possible hospitalization for severe diarrhea
H Fluid and electrolyte replacement
H High-calorie fluids
H Activity as tolerated
726
Salmonella infection
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 727
Medications
H Antimicrobials
H Antidiarrheals
ALERT
Dont give antipyretics. They may mask fever and
lead to hypothermia. Instead, promote heat loss by
applying tepid, wet towels to the patients groin
and axillae.
Surgery
H Surgical drainage of localized abscesses
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H regain and maintain fluid and electrolyte balance
H return to a normal elimination pattern
H conserve energy while carrying out daily activities
H report adequate pain relief
H experience no further weight loss.
Prevention
Preventing recurrence of
salmonella infection
To prevent salmonella infection from recurring, follow
these teaching guidelines:
H Explain the causes of salmonella infection.
H Show the patient how to wash his hands by wetting
them under running water, lathering with soap and
scrubbing, rinsing under running water with his fingers
pointing down, and drying with a clean towel or paper
towel.
H Tell the patient to wash his hands after using the bathroom and before eating.
H Tell him to cook foods thoroughly especially eggs
and chicken and to refrigerate them at once.
H Teach him how to avoid cross-contaminating foods by
cleaning preparation surfaces with hot, soapy water
and drying them thoroughly after use; cleaning surfaces between foods when preparing more than one
food; and washing his hands before and after handling
each food.
H Tell the patient with a positive stool culture to avoid
handling food and to use a separate bathroom or clean
the bathroom after each use.
H Tell the patient to report dehydration, bleeding, or recurrence of signs of salmonella infection.
Nursing interventions
H Follow enteric precautions until three consecutive
Discharge planning
Monitoring
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Vital signs
H Daily weight
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need for close contacts to obtain a medical examination and treatment if cultures are positive
H how to prevent salmonella infections (see Preventing recurrence of salmonella infection)
H the need to be vaccinated (for those at high risk for
contracting typhoid fever, such as laboratory workers
and travelers)
H the importance of proper hand washing
H the need to avoid preparing food or pouring water
for others until salmonella infection is eliminated.
Salmonella infection
727
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 728
Sarcoidosis
Overview
Description
H A multisystemic, granulomatous disorder that char-
Pathophysiology
H An excessive inflammatory process begins in the alve-
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Possible causes:
Incidence
H Most common in people ages 20 to 40
H In the United States, predominant occurrence among
blacks
H Affects twice as many females as males
H Incidence slightly higher in families, suggesting
Assessment
History
H Pain in the wrists, ankles, and elbows
H General fatigue and malaise
H Unexplained weight loss
H Breathlessness and dyspnea
H Nonproductive cough
H Substernal pain
Physical findings
H Erythema nodosum
H Punched out lesions on the fingers and toes
H Cranial or peripheral nerve palsies
H Extensive nasal mucosal lesions
H Anterior uveitis
H Glaucoma and blindness occasionally in advanced
disease
H Bilateral hilar and paratracheal lymphadenopathy
H Splenomegaly
H Arrhythmias
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis shows a decreased
partial pressure of arterial oxygen and increased carbon dioxide levels.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show bilateral hilar and right paratracheal adenopathy, with or without diffuse interstitial
infiltrates.
Diagnostic procedures
H Kveim-Siltzbach skin test shows granuloma development at the injection site in 2 to 4 weeks when positive.
H Lymph node, skin, or lung biopsy shows noncaseating granulomas with negative cultures for mycobacteria and fungi.
H Pulmonary function tests show decreased total lung
capacity and compliance and reduced diffusing capacity.
genetic predisposition
Common characteristics
H Pain in the wrists, ankles, and elbows
H Malaise
H Unexplained weight loss
H Shortness of breath on exertion
H Substernal pain
Complications
H Pulmonary fibrosis
H Pulmonary hypertension
H Cor pulmonale
Treatment
General
H None needed for asymptomatic sarcoidosis
H Protection from sunlight
H Low-calcium diet for hypercalcemia
H Reduced-sodium, high-calorie diet
H Adequate fluids
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
H Corticosteroids such as prednisone
728
Sarcoidosis
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 729
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
Discharge planning
H Refer a patient with failing vision to community sup-
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Administer supplemental oxygen.
H Provide a nutritious, high-calorie diet.
H Encourage oral fluid intake.
H Provide a low-calcium diet for hypercalcemia.
H Provide emotional support.
H Provide comfort measures.
H Include the patient in care decisions whenever
possible.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Respiratory status
H Chest X-ray results
H Sputum production
H ABG results
H Cardiac rhythm
ALERT
Because corticosteroids may induce or worsen diabetes mellitus, test the patients blood by fingersticks for glucose and acetone at least every
12 hours at the beginning of corticosteroid therapy.
Also, watch for other adverse effects, such as fluid
retention, electrolyte imbalance (especially hypokalemia), moon face, hypertension, and personality changes.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H steroid therapy
H the need for regular follow-up examinations
H the importance of wearing medical identification
jewelry
H infection prevention.
Sarcoidosis
729
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 730
Scabies
Overview
Description
H Transmissible skin infestation with Sarcoptes scabiei
riations
Pathophysiology
H Mites burrow into the skin on contact, progressing
2 to 3 mm per day.
H Females live about 4 to 6 weeks and lay about 40 to
develops. With initial infestation, sensitization requires several weeks. With reinfestation, sensitization
develops within 24 hours.
H Dead mites, eggs, larvae, and their excrement trigger
an inflammatory eruption of the skin in infested
areas.
Causes
H Occurs worldwide
H Can be endemic
Common characteristics
H Burrows
H Severe pruritus
H Excoriations
Complications
H Secondary bacterial infection
H Abscess formation
H Septicemia
Assessment
History
H Predisposing factors
H May be asymptomatic initially
H Intense pruritus being more severe at night
Physical findings
H Characteristic gray-brown, threadlike burrows (0.5
Risk factors
H Overcrowded living conditions
H Poor hygiene
H Multiple sex partners
H Day-care or institutional settings
Incidence
H Common in children and young adults
H Common in elderly and debilitated patients
Special populations
In infants, the burrows may appear on the head
and neck.
H Papules, vesicles, crusting, abscess formation, and
Test results
Laboratory
H Wound culture demonstrates secondary bacterial infection.
Diagnostic procedures
H Mineral oil burrow-scraping reveals mites, nits, or
eggs, and feces or scybala.
H Punch biopsy may help confirm the diagnosis.
Other
H Resolution of infestation with therapeutic trial of a
pediculicide confirms the diagnosis.
Treatment
General
H Bathing with soap and water
Medications
H Topical scabicides
H Topical 6% to 10% sulfur solution
H Systemic antibiotics
H Antipruritics
730
Scabies
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 731
ALERT
Avoid the use of topical steroids, which may potentiate the infection.
Special populations
When treating infants, include the head in treatment.
Nursing considerations
Prevention
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit resolution of infestation
H report relief of pruritus
H avoid complications
H demonstrate understanding of proper skin care
regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Trim patients fingernails short.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Isolate the patient until treatment is completed.
H Practice meticulous hand washing.
H Sterilize blood pressure cuffs in a gas autoclave
articles.
H Disinfect the patients room after discharge.
H If the patient is a child, notify his school of the infes-
tation.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Observe wound and skin precautions for 24 hours
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Neurologic status
ALERT
Prolonged use of scabicides may lead to excessive
central nervous system stimulation and seizures.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H identification of characteristic lesions
H modes of transmission
H mite resistance to scabicides
H assessment of close personal contacts for infestation
H successful treatment for infestation with good hygiene and scabicides
Scabies
731
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 732
Scarlet fever
H Malaise
H Likely high temperature (100 to 103 F [37.8 to
Overview
39.4 C])
Description
H A hypersensitivity reaction that usually follows strep-
tococcal pharyngitis
H May follow other streptococcal infections, such as
wound infections, urosepsis, and puerperal sepsis
H Also known as scarlatina
Pathophysiology
H After infection, an erythrogenic toxin is produced,
Causes
H Group A beta-hemolytic streptococci transmitted by
Incidence
Physical findings
H Inflamed and heavily coated tongue, progressing to
strawberry-like tongue
H Tongue that peels and becomes beefy red, returning
Test results
Laboratory
H Pharyngeal culture is positive for group A betahemolytic streptococci.
H Complete blood count reveals increased white blood
cell count and eosinophilia during the second week.
dence ages 4 to 8
H Infection rate increased in overcrowded situations
H Males and females affected equally
Common characteristics
H Incubation period typically lasting 2 to 4 days, may
last 1 to 7 days
H High fever
H Pharyngitis
H Rash
Complications
H Severe disseminated toxic illness
H Septicemia
H Rheumatic heart disease
H Liver damage
H Otitis media
H Peritonsillar and retropharyngeal abscess
H Sinusitus
H Glomerulonephritis
H Meningitis
H Brain abscess
Assessment
History
H Possible contact with person with a sore throat
H Sore throat
H Headache
H Chills
H Anorexia
H Abdominal pain
732
Scarlet fever
Treatment
General
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest periods when fatigued
H Appropriate skin care
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as penicillin and erythromycin
H Antipyretics
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have moist, pink mucous membranes without lesions
H chew and swallow without discomfort
H have no signs or symptoms of infection
H express feelings of increased comfort or absence of
pain at rest.
Nursing interventions
H Implement respiratory secretion precautions for
rash.
H Provide warm liquids or cold foods to ease sore
throat pain.
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 733
Monitoring
H Adverse drug reactions
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Body temperature
H Rash
H Nutritional status
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to take oral antibiotics for the prescribed
length of time to prevent serious complications
H proper disposal of purulent discharge
H follow-up care
H when to notify the physician
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H prevention of scarlet fever and strep throat by washing hands and avoiding others with the disease.
Scarlet fever
733
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 734
Schistosomiasis
Incidence
Overview
Common characteristics
Description
H A slowly progressive disease caused by blood flukes
japonicum that infect intestinal tract; S. haematobium that infects urinary tract (see Types of schistosomes)
H Degree of infection determines intensity of illness
H Also known as bilharziasis
Pathophysiology
H Larvae penetrate the skin or mucous membranes and
Complications
H Portal hypertension
H Pulmonary hypertension
H Heart failure
H Ascites
H Hematemesis from ruptured esophageal varices
H Renal failure
H Flaccid paralysis
H Seizures
H Skin abscesses
Assessment
History
H Recent travel to endemic areas
H Fever
H Myalgia
H Cough
Causes
Physical findings
Types of schistosomes
Species and
incidence
Signs and
symptoms
Schistosoma mansoni
Western hemisphere,
particularly Puerto Rico,
Lesser Antilles, Brazil,
and Venezuela; also Nile
delta, Sudan, and central
Africa
Schistosoma japonicum
Affects males more than
females; particularly
prevalent among farmers
in Japan, China, and the
Philippines.
Schistosoma
haematobium
Africa, Cyprus, Greece,
and India
734
Schistosomiasis
Test results
Laboratory
H Ova appear in the urine or stool.
H White blood cell count shows eosinophilia.
Diagnostic procedures
H Mucosal lesion biopsy confirms infection.
Treatment
General
H Supportive
H Fluid replacement
H Diet as tolerated
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
H Praziquantel
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 735
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain hemodynamically stable
H avoid complications
H express an understanding of the disorder and
treatment.
Nursing interventions
Schistosomal dermatitis
Schistosomal dermatitis, also known as swimmers itch or
clam diggers itch, affects those who bathe in and camp
along freshwater lakes in the eastern and western United
States. Its caused by schistosomal cercariae that are harbored by migratory birds and penetrate the skin, causing
a pruritus papular rash. Initially mild, the reaction grows
more severe with repeated exposure. Treatment consists
of 5% copper sulfate solution as an antipruritic and 2%
methylene blue as an antibacterial agent.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Comfort level
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H avoiding possibly contaminated water or, if the patient must enter the water, the need to wear protective clothing and dry off thoroughly after leaving the
water. (See Schistosomal dermatitis.)
Discharge planning
H Before discharge, tell the patient to schedule a
follow-up visit between 3 and 6 months after treatment. (If this checkup reveals any living eggs, treatment may be resumed.)
Schistosomiasis
735
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 736
Schizophrenia
Overview
Special populations
The onset of schizophrenia usually occurs during
late adolescence.
Description
Common characteristics
tion, affect, language, social activity, sense of self, volition, interpersonal relationships, and psychomotor
behavior
H Five types recognized by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition,
Text Revision (DSM-IV-TR): catatonic, paranoid,
disorganized, residual, and undifferentiated
H Insidious onset and poor outcome
H Can progress to social withdrawal, perceptual distortions, chronic delusions, and hallucinations
H Up to one-third of patients having only one psychotic
episode
H Some patients having no disability between periods of
exacerbation; others needing continuous institutional
care
H Worsening prognosis with each acute episode
Complications
H Suicide (about 10%)
H Impairment of health
H Impairment of social functioning
Assessment
History
H Possible long-standing psychiatric illness with repeat-
ed episodes
H Decreased social functioning
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H May result from a combination of genetic, biological,
Risk factors
H Familial history
H Gestational and birth complications
H Prenatal nutritional deficiencies
H In utero exposure to viruses or malnutrition
H Stressful environment
DSM-IV-TR criteria
Diagnosis depends on identifying two or more of the
following signs and symptoms for a significant portion
of time during a 1-month period (or only one symptom
if delusions are bizarre, hallucinations consist of a
voice issuing a running commentary, or hallucinations
consist of two or more voices conversing with each
other):
H delusions
H prominent hallucinations
H disorganized speech
H grossly disorganized or catatonic behavior
H negative symptoms (flat affect or inability to make
decisions or speak).
In addition, one or more major areas of functioning
(work, relationships, and self-care) are markedly below previous level, and the disturbance isnt due to a
substance, medical condition, or schizoaffective or
mood disorder.
Incidence
Treatment
General
H Psychotherapy
H Social skills training
H Family therapy
H Vocational counseling
736
Schizophrenia
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 737
Medications
H Antipsychotic drugs (neuroleptic drugs), such as
risperidone
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H identify internal and external factors that trigger
delusional episodes
H identify and perform activities that decrease delusions
H remain free from injury
H participate with his family in care and prescribed
therapies
H demonstrate effective social interaction skills.
Nursing interventions
H Evaluate the patients ability to carry out activities of
daily living.
H Maintain a safe environment, minimizing stimuli.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Adopt an accepting and consistent approach.
H Avoid promoting dependence.
H Reward positive behavior.
H Provide reality-based explanations for distorted body
Monitoring
H Suicidal ideation
H Homicidal ideation
H Effects of drug regimen
H Weight
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H how family members can recognize an impending
relapse, and ways to manage symptoms.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to appropriate community re-
Schizophrenia
737
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 738
Scleroderma
Overview
Description
H Connective tissue disease characterized by inflamma-
Pathophysiology
H The skin atrophies, and infiltrates containing CD4+
Causes
H Unknown
H Possible causes:
Incidence
H Rarely occurs in children or males younger than
age 35
H Affects females three to four times more commonly
Common characteristics
H Skin thickening in face and fingers
Complications
H Related to thickening of tissues:
738
Scleroderma
Malignant hypertension
Respiratory failure
Renal failure
Esophageal or intestinal obstruction or perforation
H Raynauds phenomenon
H Pulmonary fibrosis
Assessment
History
H Pain, stiffness, and swelling of fingers and joints (lat-
er symptoms)
H Frequent reflux, heartburn, dysphagia, and bloating
stool
Physical findings
H Skin thickening, commonly limited to the distal ex-
Test results
Laboratory
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is slightly elevated,
rheumatoid factor is positive in 25% to 35% of patients, and antinuclear antibody is positive.
H Urinalysis shows proteinuria, microscopic hematuria, and casts.
Imaging
H Hand X-rays show terminal phalangeal tuft resorption, subcutaneous calcification, and joint space narrowing and erosion.
H Chest X-rays show bilateral basilar pulmonary fibrosis.
H GI X-rays show distal esophageal hypomotility and
stricture, duodenal loop dilation, small-bowel malabsorption pattern, and large diverticula.
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 739
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary function studies show decreased diffusion
and vital capacity.
H Electrocardiography shows nonspecific abnormalities related to myocardial fibrosis and possible
arrhythmias.
H Skin biopsy shows changes consistent with disease
progression, such as marked thickening of the dermis and occlusive vessel changes.
Treatment
General
H Physical therapy
H Heat therapy
H Hemodialysis
H Lanolin emollients
H Soft, bland foods
H Possible enteral feedings
H Regular exercise, as tolerated
H Frequent rest periods
Medications
H Immunosuppressants
H Vasodilators
H Antihypertensives
H Antacids
H Histamine-2 receptor antagonist or proton pump in-
hibitor
H Broad-spectrum antibiotics
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor
Surgery
H Digital sympathectomy or, rarely, cervical sympathet-
ic blockade
H Digital plaster cast
H Possible surgical debridement
H Kidney transplant
plications.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Possible adverse reactions to prescribed drugs
H Daily weight
H End organ damage such as renal failure
H Skin integrity
H Nutritional status
H Vital signs, especially blood pressure
H Renal function
H Electrocardiograms
H Pulmonary function
H Abdominal distention
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to assess skin for changes
H avoiding cold weather and cigarette smoking
H reporting abnormal bleeding or bruising and any
nonhealing abrasions
H the importance of staying as active as possible, with
frequent rest periods
H follow-up care
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical therapy and occupation-
al therapy as needed.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
needed.
H Refer the patient to the Scleroderma Foundation.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible within
the confines of disease
H state feelings about limitations
H express an increased sense of well-being
H regain and maintain skin integrity.
Nursing interventions
H Avoid using fingersticks for blood tests.
H Provide heat therapy to relieve joint stiffness.
H Elevate the head of the bed to help relieve GI symp-
toms.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Encourage oral fluid intake.
H Provide a soft, bland diet with frequent small meals.
Scleroderma
739
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 740
Scoliosis
Overview
Description
Common characteristics
H Fatigue
H Backache
H Dyspnea
H Change in appearance
H Kyphosis
Complications
Pathophysiology
H The vertebrae rotate, forming the convex part of the
curve.
Assessment
History
H Familial history
H Detected during community or school scoliosis
Causes
H Nonstructural scoliosis:
Leg-length discrepancies
Poor posture
Paraspinal inflammation
Acute disk disease
H Structural scoliosis: no known cause
H Neuromuscular scoliosis: may be caused by muscular dystrophy, polio, cerebral palsy, or spinal muscular atrophy
H Neurofibromatosis (Recklinghausens disease)
H Traumatic scoliosis: may result from vertebral fractures or disk disease
H Local inflammation and infection
Special populations
Degenerative scoliosis may develop in older patients with osteoporosis and degenerative joint
disease of the spine.
Risk factors
H Congenital or neuromuscular problem
Incidence
H Idiopathic
H Less than 1% of school-age children affected
H Seen at growth spurts between ages 10 and 13
H Affects females seven times more than males
H Infantile scoliosis: most common in boys ages 1 to 3
H Juvenile scoliosis: affects boys and girls ages 3 to 10
about equally
H Adolescent scoliosis: occurs after age 10 and during
adolescence
740
Scoliosis
screening
H Hemlines look uneven
H Pant legs appear unequal in length
H One hip higher than the other
H Backache, fatigue, and dyspnea
Physical findings
H Signs of scoliosis (see Testing for scoliosis)
Test results
Imaging
H Spinal X-ray studies confirm scoliosis and determine
the degree of curvature and flexibility of the spine;
they also determine skeletal maturity, predict remaining bone growth, and differentiate nonstructural
from structural scoliosis.
Other
H Bone growth studies may help determine skeletal
maturity.
Treatment
General
H Close observation
H Brace
H Spinal orthoses
H Functional strengthening program
H Gradually increased activity
H No vigorous sports
H Prescribed exercise regimen
H Swimming, but no diving
Surgery
H Posterior spinal fusion and internal stabilization
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 741
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience feelings of increased comfort and decreased pain
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM)
H achieve the highest level of mobility possible
H express positive feelings about self
H demonstrate measures to prevent injury to self.
Nursing interventions
Rib hump
Asymmetrical
thoracic spine
Asymmetrical
waistline
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H brace care
H skin care
H safe body mechanics
H cast care, if needed
H signs of cast syndrome
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H relaxation techniques.
Monitoring
H Response to analgesia
H Skin around the cast edge daily
H Sensation, movement, color, and pulses
H Intake and output
H Urine specific gravity
H Abdominal distention and bowel sounds
H Skin breakdown
ALERT
Watch for signs of cast syndrome (nausea, abdominal pressure, and vague abdominal pain), which
may result from hyperextension of the spine.
Scoliosis
741
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 742
Septic arthritis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of a synovial membrane
H Usually caused by bacteria
H Usually affects a single joint
H May have sudden onset
H Also known as infectious arthritis
Complications
H Osteomyelitis
H Loss of joint cartilage
H Ankylosis
H Fatal septicemia
Assessment
History
H Abrupt onset of intense pain in the affected joint
H Fever and chills
Pathophysiology
Physical findings
Causes
H Bacteria spread from a primary site of infection
H Gram-positive cocci
H Staphylococcus aureus
H Streptococcus pyogenes
H Streptococcus pneumoniae
H Streptococcus viridans
H Gram-negative cocci
H Neisseria gonorrhoeae
H Haemophilus influenzae
H Gram-negative bacilli
H Escherichia coli
H Salmonella
H Pseudomonas
H Fungi or mycobacteria (rare cause)
Risk factors
H Concurrent bacterial infection
H Serious chronic illness
H Alcoholism
H Advanced age
H Immune system depression
H History of immunosuppressive therapy
H I.V. drug abuse
H Recent articular trauma
H Arthroscopy and joint surgery
H Intra-articular injections
H Local joint abnormalities
Incidence
joint
H Chills
Test results
Laboratory
H Synovial fluid analysis shows pus or watery, cloudy
fluid of decreased viscosity, typically with 50,000/l
or more white blood cells (WBCs) containing primarily neutrophils; also a low glucose level.
H Gram stain or culture of the fluid identifies the
causative organism.
H Countercurrent immunoelectrophoresis measures
bacterial antigens in body fluids and guides treatment.
H Positive blood cultures confirm the diagnosis even
with negative synovial culture.
H WBC count is elevated with many polymorphonuclear
cells.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is increased.
H C-reactive protein level is elevated.
H Lactic assay distinguishes septic from nonseptic
arthritis.
Imaging
H X-rays may show distention of the joint capsule, narrowing of the joint space, and erosion of bone.
H Radioisotope joint scan may show infection or inflammation, especially in less accessible joints.
Diagnostic procedures
H Arthrocentesis allows collection of a synovial fluid
specimen for analysis.
H Biopsy of the synovial membrane confirms the diagnosis and identifies the causative organism.
than age 2
Common characteristics
H Joint inflammation
H Severe pain
H Pseudoparalysis of affected area
H Warmth and erythema of affected area
742
Septic arthritis
Treatment
General
H Based on antimicrobial susceptibilities and the pa-
tients age
H Drainage by repeated closed-needle aspiration,
arthroscopy, or arthrotomy
H Exercise, as tolerated
H Joint immobilization
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 743
Medications
H Analgesics
H Appropriate parenteral antibiotic for 3 to 4 weeks
Surgery
H Reconstructive surgery for severe joint damage
H Possible open surgical drainage
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain joint mobility and ROM
H perform activities of daily living within confines of
the disorder.
Nursing interventions
H Practice strict sterile technique.
H Check splints or traction regularly.
H Maintain proper alignment.
H Assist with ROM exercises.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Allow adequate time for and promote self-care.
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of joint inflammation
H Vital signs and fever pattern
H Pain levels
H Response to pain medications
H Condition after joint aspiration
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the etiology of the disease
H the role of I.V. drug use
H the prevention of recurrence
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H the exercise regimen
H rest periods
H home I.V. therapy, if required
H avoiding aggravating factors.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to drug counseling, if appropriate.
H Refer the patient to Alcoholics Anonymous, if appro-
priate.
Septic arthritis
743
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 744
Life-threatening disorder
Complications
H Respiratory difficulties
H Severe thrombocytopenia (low platelet count)
H Death
Assessment
History
H Contact with a person known to have SARS
H Travel to an endemic area
Physical findings
monia
H Believed to be less infectious than influenza
H Incubation period estimated to range from 2 to
7 days (average, 3 to 5 days)
H Not highly contagious when protective measures are
used
H Also known as SARS
H Nonproductive cough
H Rash
H High fever
H Diarrhea
H Respiratory distress in later stages
Pathophysiology
H Coronaviruses cause diseases in pigs, birds, and oth-
er animals.
H A theory suggests that a coronavirus may have mutat-
Causes
H A new type of coronavirus known as SARS-
Risk factors
H Close contact with an infected person
H Contact with aerosolized (exhaled) droplets and
Incidence
H More common in adults than children
H Outbreaks in China, Hong Kong, Toronto, Singapore,
Taiwan, and Vietnam, with many other countries reporting smaller numbers of cases
H Affects all races
H Affects both sexes equally
Common characteristics
H Fever greater than 100.4 F (38 C)
H Dry cough
H Shortness of breath or other respiratory difficulties
H Headache
H Muscle stiffness
H Loss of appetite
H Malaise
H Confusion
H Rash
H Diarrhea
H Sore throat
744
Test results
Laboratory
H SARS-specific polymerase chain reaction test detects
SARS-CoV ribonucleic acid.
H Antibodies to coronavirus are detected by enzymelinked immunosorbent assay.
H Sputum Grams stain and culture isolates coronavirus.
H Platelet count may be low.
Imaging
H Changes in chest X-rays indicate pneumonia (infiltrates).
Treatment
General
H Symptomatic treatment
H Isolation for hospitalized patients
H Strict respiratory and mucosal barrier precautions
H Quarantine of exposed people to prevent spread
H Diet as tolerated
H Activity as tolerated
H Global surveillance and reporting of suspected cases
Medications
The following medications may be beneficial:
H Lopinavir-ritanavir with ribavirin
H Combination of steroids and antimicrobials
H Antipyretics
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain in isolation as recommended
H practice good hygiene to prevent further transmission
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 745
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage adequate nutritional intake.
H Observe, record, and report nature of rash.
H Maintain proper isolation technique.
H Collect laboratory specimens, as needed.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Nutritional status
H Respiratory status
H Complications
Patient teaching
Prevention
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and treatment
H prevention of transmission (see Preventing transmission of SARS)
H good nutrition, hydration, and rest during recovery
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for follow-up, as needed.
745
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 746
Life-threatening disorder
Severe combined
immunodeficiency
disease
Assessment
History
H Extreme susceptibility to infection within the first few
months after birth, but probably no sign of gramnegative infection until about age 6 months because
of protection by maternal immunoglobulin G
Physical findings
Overview
Description
H Disorder that involves deficient or absent cell-
Pathophysiology
H Three types of SCID have been identified:
of infection
H Signs of chronic otitis media and sepsis
H Signs of the usual childhood diseases such as chick-
enpox
Test results
H Defective humoral immunity is difficult to detect
Treatment
Causes
General
X-linked
H Possible enzyme deficiency
H Failure of thymus or bursa equivalent to develop normally or possible defect in thymus and bone marrow
(responsible for T- and B-cell development)
Medications
H Immunoglobulin
H Antibiotic therapy as appropriate
Incidence
Surgery
Common characteristics
H Frequent infections in the first few months after birth
Nursing considerations
Complications
Key outcomes
causes death
H Pneumonia
H Oral ulcers
H Failure to thrive
H Dermatitis
746
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 747
Nursing interventions
H If infection develops, provide prompt and aggressive
Special populations
Although SCID infants must remain in strict protective isolation, try to provide a stimulating atmosphere to promote growth and development.
H Encourage parents to visit their child often, to hold
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Growth and development
H Skin integrity
H Respiratory status
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Signs and symptoms of transplant rejection
H Social interaction
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the proper technique for strict protective isolation
H the signs and symptoms of infection and the need to
notify a physician promptly
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Encourage the parents to seek genetic counseling.
747
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 748
Shigellosis
Overview
Description
H An acute intestinal infection caused by the bacteria
Assessment
History
H Crowded living conditions
H Close contact with someone who has acute diarrhea
H Fever
H Diarrhea
H Tenesmus
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
Laboratory
H Microscopic examination of stools reveals mucus,
red blood cells, and polymorphonuclear leukocytes.
H Direct immunofluorescence with specific antisera
may reveal Shigella.
Diagnostic procedures
H Sigmoidoscopy or proctoscopy may reveal typical superficial ulcerations.
Causes
H Pus in stools
H Signs of dehydration
H Decreased blood pressure
H Hyperactive bowel sounds
H Abdominal tenderness
H Abdominal distention
H Rapid, thready pulse
Test results
oral route, by direct contact with contaminated objects, or through ingestion of contaminated food or
water
H Occasional transmission by housefly vector
Incidence
H Most common in children ages 1 to 4; many adults
Common characteristics
H High fever (especially in children)
H Acute self-limiting diarrhea with tenesmus (ineffectu-
al straining at stool)
H Electrolyte imbalance and dehydration
Complications
H Electrolyte imbalance (especially hypokalemia)
H Metabolic acidosis
H Shock
748
Shigellosis
Treatment
General
H Enteric precautions
H Low-residue diet
H Replacement of fluids and electrolytes with I.V. infu-
Medications
H Antibiotics (questionable value, but may be used)
ALERT
Antidiarrheals that slow intestinal motility are
contraindicated in shigellosis because they delay
fecal excretion of Shigella and prolong fever and
diarrhea.
ALERT
A vaccine to help prevent shigellosis is currently
under development.
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 749
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H regain and maintain normal fluid and electrolyte
balance
H experience no further weight loss.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.
H Maintain enteric precautions until microscopic bac-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Comfort level
H Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prevention of infecting others, through proper hand
washing after using the toilet and before preparing
food.
Shigellosis
749
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 750
Life-threatening disorder
Assessment
Shock, cardiogenic
History
Overview
H Anginal pain
Description
H A condition of diminished cardiac output that severe-
Pathophysiology
H Left ventricular dysfunction initiates a series of com-
Causes
H Myocardial infarction (MI) (most common)
H Myocardial ischemia
H Papillary muscle dysfunction
H End-stage cardiomyopathy
H Myocarditis
H Acute mitral or aortic insufficiency
H Ventricular septal defect
H Ventricular aneurysm
Incidence
H Typically affects patients in whom area of MI involves
Common characteristics
H Previous disorder that decreases left ventricular
function
Complications
H Multiple organ dysfunction
H Death
Physical findings
H Urine output less than 20 ml/hour
H Pale, cold, clammy skin
H Decreased sensorium
H Rapid, shallow respirations
H Rapid, thready pulse
H Mean arterial pressure of less than 60 mm Hg in
adults
H Gallop rhythm, faint heart sounds and, possibly, a
holosystolic murmur
H Jugular vein distention
H Severe anxiety
H Decreased level of consciousness (LOC)
H Pulmonary crackles
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum enzyme measurements show elevated levels of
creatine kinase, lactate dehydrogenase, aspartate
aminotransferase, and alanine aminotransferase.
H Troponin levels are elevated.
Imaging
H Cardiac catheterization and echocardiography may
reveal other conditions that can lead to pump dysfunction and failure, such as cardiac tamponade,
papillary muscle infarct or rupture, ventricular septal
rupture, pulmonary emboli, venous pooling, and hypovolemia.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary artery pressure monitoring reveals increased pulmonary artery pressure and pulmonary
artery wedge pressure, reflecting an increase in left
ventricular end-diastolic pressure (preload) and
heightened resistance to left ventricular emptying (afterload) caused by ineffective pumping and increased peripheral vascular resistance.
H Invasive arterial pressure monitoring shows systolic
arterial pressure less than 80 mm Hg caused by impaired ventricular ejection.
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis may show metabolic and respiratory acidosis and hypoxia.
H Electrocardiography demonstrates possible evidence
of acute MI, ischemia, or ventricular aneurysm.
Treatment
General
H Intra-aortic balloon pump (IABP)
H Possible parenteral nutrition or tube feedings
H Bed rest
750
Shock, cardiogenic
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 751
Medications
H Vasopressors such as dopamine
H Inotropics such as milrinone
H Vasoconstrictors
H Analgesics; sedatives
H Osmotic diuretics
H Vasodilators such as nitroglycerin to treat cause
H Oxygen
Surgery
H Possible ventricular assist device
H Possible heart transplant
H Possible catheter-based procedure such as angio-
H Cardiac status
H Hemodynamics
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H LOC
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H explanations and reassurance for patient and his
family
H the possibly fatal outcome.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output and hemodynamic
stability
H develop no complications of fluid volume excess
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings and develop adequate coping mechanisms.
Nursing interventions
H Administer oxygen therapy.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Follow IABP protocols and policies.
ALERT
When a patient is on an IABP, move him as little as
possible. Never place the patient in a sitting position higher than 45 degrees (including for chest
X-rays) because the balloon may tear through the
aorta and cause immediate death. Assess pedal
pulses and skin temperature and color. Check the
dressing on the insertion site frequently for bleeding, and change it according to facility protocol.
Also check the site for hematoma or signs of infection, and culture any drainage.
H Monitor the patient for cardiac arrhythmias.
H Plan your care to allow frequent rest periods, and
provide as much privacy as possible. Allow the patients family to visit and comfort him as much as
possible.
H Provide explanations and reassurance for the patient
and his family as appropriate.
H Prepare the patient and his family for a possibly fatal
outcome, and help them find effective coping strategies.
Monitoring
H ABG levels (acid-base balance) and pulse oximetry
H Complete blood count and electrolyte levels
H Vital signs and peripheral pulses
Shock, cardiogenic
751
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 752
Life-threatening disorder
Shock, hypovolemic
Overview
Description
H Reduced intravascular blood volume causing circula-
tory dysfunction and inadequate tissue perfusion resulting from loss of blood, plasma, or fluids
H Potentially life-threatening
Pathophysiology
Incidence
H Depends on cause
H Affects all ages
H More frequent and less tolerated in elderly patients
H Affects males and females equally
Common characteristics
H Pallor, tachycardia, hypotension
H Cool skin
H Altered level of consciousness
Complications
H Acute respiratory distress syndrome
H Acute tubular necrosis and renal failure
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Multiple organ dysfunction
Causes
Assessment
History
H Disorders or conditions that reduce blood volume,
Physical findings
(in chronic hypotension, mean pressure may fall below 50 mm Hg before signs of shock)
H Orthostatic vital signs and tilt test results consistent
with hypovolemic shock (see Checking for early hypovolemic shock)
Test results
Checking for early hypovolemic shock
Orthostatic vital signs and tilt test results can help in assessing for the possibility of impending hypovolemic
shock.
Tilt test
With the patient lying in a supine position, raise his legs
above heart level. If his blood pressure increases significantly, the test is positive, indicating volume depletion and
impending hypovolemic shock.
752
Shock, hypovolemic
Laboratory
H Hematocrit is low, and hemoglobin levels and red
blood cell and platelet counts are decreased.
H Serum potassium, sodium, lactate dehydrogenase,
creatinine, and blood urea nitrogen levels are elevated.
H Urine specific gravity (greater than 1.020) and urine
osmolality are increased.
H The pH and partial pressure of arterial oxygen are
decreased, and partial pressure of arterial carbon
dioxide is increased.
H Aspiration of gastric contents through a nasogastric
tube identifies internal bleeding.
H Occult blood tests are positive.
H Coagulation studies show coagulopathy due to disseminated intravascular coagulation.
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 753
Imaging
H X-rays (chest or abdominal) help to identify internal
bleeding sites.
Diagnostic procedures
H Gastroscopy helps identify internal bleeding sites.
H Invasive hemodynamic monitoring shows reduced
central venous pressure, right atrial pressure, pulmonary artery pressure, pulmonary artery wedge
pressure, and cardiac output.
Treatment
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H all procedures and their purpose
H the risks associated with blood transfusions
H the purpose of all equipment such as mechanical
ventilation
H dietary restrictions
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.
General
H In severe cases, an intra-aortic balloon pump, ven-
lopathy
H Complete blood count and electrolyte measurements
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Intake and output
H Hemodynamics
Patient teaching
Medications
H Positive inotropes
H Possibly diuretics
Surgery
H Possibly, to correct underlying problem
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings and develop adequate coping mechanisms
H regain adequate fluid volume.
Nursing interventions
H Check for a patent airway and adequate circulation.
If blood pressure and heart rate are absent, start cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
H Obtain type and crossmatch, as ordered.
H Administer prescribed I.V. solutions or blood
products.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Insert an indwelling urinary catheter.
H Administer prescribed oxygen.
H Provide emotional support to the patient and family.
Monitoring
H Vital signs and peripheral pulses
H Cardiac rhythm
Shock, hypovolemic
753
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 754
Life-threatening disorder
Assessment
Shock, septic
History
Overview
pression
Description
H Low systemic vascular resistance and an elevated car-
Pathophysiology
H Initially, the bodys defenses activate chemical media-
Causes
H Any pathogenic organism
H Gram-negative bacteria, such as Escherichia coli,
Incidence
H Possible in any person with impaired immunity
Special populations
Neonates and elderly people are at greatest risk for
septic shock.
H About two-thirds of cases in hospitalized patients
Common characteristics
H Hyperdynamic or warm phase
H Hypodynamic or cold phase
Complications
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Renal failure
H Heart failure
H GI ulcers
H Abnormal liver function
H Death
754
Shock, septic
trauma
H Fever and chills (although 20% of patients possibly
hypothermic)
Physical findings
Hyperdynamic or warm phase
H Peripheral vasodilation
H Skin possibly pink and flushed or warm and dry
H Altered level of consciousness (LOC) reflected in agitation, anxiety, irritability, and shortened attention
span
H Respirations rapid and shallow
H Urine output below normal
H Rapid, full, bounding pulse
H Blood pressure normal or slightly elevated
Hypodynamic or cold phase
H Peripheral vasoconstriction and inadequate tissue
perfusion
H Pale skin and possible cyanosis
H Decreased LOC; possible obtundation and coma
H Respirations possibly rapid and shallow
H Urine output possibly less than 25 ml/hour or absent
H Rapid, weak, thready pulse
H Irregular pulse if arrhythmias present
H Cold, clammy skin
H Hypotension
H Crackles or rhonchi if pulmonary congestion present
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood cultures are positive for the causative organism.
H Complete blood count shows the presence or absence of anemia and leukopenia, severe or absent
neutropenia, and usually the presence of thrombocytopenia.
H Blood urea nitrogen and creatinine levels are increased, and creatinine clearance is decreased.
H Prothrombin time and partial thromboplastin time
are abnormal.
H Serum lactate dehydrogenase levels are elevated, with
metabolic acidosis.
H Urine studies show increased specific gravity (more
than 1.02), increased osmolality, and decreased
sodium levels.
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis demonstrates increased blood pH and partial pressure of arterial
oxygen and decreased partial pressure of arterial
carbon dioxide with respiratory alkalosis in early
stages.
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 755
Diagnostic procedures
H Invasive hemodynamic monitoring shows:
increased cardiac output and decreased systemic
vascular resistance in warm phase
decreased cardiac output and increased systemic
vascular resistance in cold phase.
Treatment
General
H Removal of I.V., intra-arterial, or urinary drainage
family.
H Document the occurrence of a nosocomial infection,
Monitoring
Medications
H Antimicrobial
H Granulocyte transfusions
H Colloid or crystalloid infusions
H Oxygen
H Diuretics
H Vasopressors
H Antipyretics
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H all procedures and their purpose (to ease the patients anxiety)
H risks associated with blood transfusions
H all equipment and its purpose
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H possible complications.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate ventilation
H show no signs of infection
H express feelings and develop adequate coping mechanisms
H maintain adequate fluid volume.
Nursing interventions
H Remove any I.V., intra-arterial, or urinary drainage
ALERT
A progressive drop in blood pressure accompanied
by a thready pulse generally signals inadequate
cardiac output from reduced intravascular volume.
Notify the physician immediately and increase the
infusion rate.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Notify the physician if urine output is less than
30 ml/hour.
Shock, septic
755
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 756
Silicosis
Overview
Description
Complications
H Pulmonary fibrosis
H Cor pulmonale
H Cardiac or respiratory failure
H Pulmonary tuberculosis
H Lung infection
H Pneumothorax
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
H Long-term exposure to silica dust
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Dry cough, especially in the morning
Physical findings
Causes
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows:
normal partial pressure of oxygen in simple silicosis (may be significantly decreased in late stages
or complicated disease)
normal partial pressure of carbon dioxide in early
stages of the disease. (Hyperventilation may cause
it to decrease; partial pressure of carbon dioxide
may increase if restrictive lung disease develops.)
Imaging
H Chest X-rays in simple silicosis show small, discrete,
nodular lesions distributed throughout both lung
fields, although they typically concentrate in the upper lobes.
H Lung nodes may appear enlarged and show eggshell
calcification.
H Chest X-rays in complicated silicosis show one or
more conglomerate masses of dense tissue.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary function tests show:
reduced forced vital capacity (FVC) in complicated
silicosis
reduced forced expiratory volume in 1 second
(FEV1) with obstructive disease
reduced FEV1 with a normal or high ratio of FEV1
to FVC in complicated silicosis
Incidence
H Highest incidence in those who work around silica
Common characteristics
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Dry cough, especially in the morning
756
Silicosis
ALERT
Assess patient for the presence of an intensified
ventricular gallop on inspiration, which is a hallmark of cor pulmonale.
H Hemoptysis
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 757
Treatment
H Changes in mentation
H Sputum production
H Breath sounds
Patient teaching
H Bronchodilators
H Oxygen
H Antibiotics
H Anti-inflammatory drugs
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H when to notify a physician
H the need to avoid crowds and people with known
infections
H home oxygen therapy, if needed
H transtracheal catheter care, if needed
H postural drainage and chest percussion
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H the need to consume a high-calorie, high-protein diet
H adequate hydration
H the risk of tuberculosis
H energy conservation techniques.
Surgery
Discharge planning
H Possible tracheostomy
H Possible lung transplantation
H Whole lung lavage
Nursing considerations
General
H Relief of respiratory symptoms
H Management of hypoxia and cor pulmonale
H Prevention of respiratory tract infections
H Steam inhalation and chest physiotherapy
H Increased fluid intake
H High-calorie, high-protein diet
H Regular exercise program, as tolerated
Medications
immunizations, as needed.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
indicated.
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H use energy conservation techniques
H express an understanding of the illness
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H maintain adequate caloric intake.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs and oxygen
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Provide a high-calorie, high-protein diet.
H Provide small, frequent meals.
H Provide frequent mouth care.
H Ensure adequate hydration.
H Encourage daily exercise as tolerated.
H Provide diversional activities as appropriate.
H Provide frequent rest periods.
H Help with adjustment to the lifestyle changes associ-
whenever possible.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Respiratory status
H Activity tolerance
H Complications
Silicosis
757
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 758
Sinusitis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the paranasal sinuses
H Usually follows upper respiratory infections
H May be acute, subacute, chronic, allergic, or hyper-
plastic
H In hyperplastic sinusitis, a combination of purulent
Pathophysiology
H Impairment in drainage of sinuses and retention of
Causes
H Bacterial infections (common)
H Viral infections
H Fungal infections (uncommon)
H Any condition that interferes with sinus drainage and
ventilation
H Swimming in contaminated conditions
H Immunocompromised states
H Diabetes
H Blood dyscrasias
H Allergic rhinitis
H Orofacial trauma
H Endotracheal intubation
Risk factors
H Anatomic abnormalities
H Viral upper respiratory infection
H Allergies
H Overuse of topical decongestants
H Asthma
Assessment
History
H Nasal congestion
H Nasal discharge, clear turning purulent
H Sore throat
H Localized headache
H Generalized malaise; fatigue
H Pain specific to the affected sinus (see Locating the
paranasal sinuses)
H Vague facial discomfort
H Nonproductive cough
Physical findings
H Edematous nasal mucosa
H Low-grade fever
H Edema over sinuses
H Enlarged turbinates
H Mucosal lining thickening
H Mucosal polyps (hyperplastic sinusitis)
H Pain and pressure over affected sinus areas with pal-
pation
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture and sensitivity testing of purulent nasal
drainage shows the causative bacterial organism.
Imaging
H Sinus X-rays show cloudiness in affected sinus, airfluid levels, or thickened mucosal lining.
H Ultrasonography and computed tomography scan
show recurrent or chronic sinusitis, unresolved sinusitis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Transillumination of sinuses may be diminished.
H Sinus endoscopy shows purulent nasal drainage,
nasal edema, and obstruction of ostia.
Incidence
Treatment
General
Common characteristics
H Nasal congestion
H Purulent nasal discharge
H Facial pain specific to affected sinus
H Fever
Complications
H Meningitis
H Cavernous and sinus thrombosis
H Bacteremia or septicemia
H Brain abscess
H Osteomyelitis
H Mucocele
H Orbital cellulitis or abscess
758
Sinusitis
Medications
H Antibiotics
H Analgesics
H Vasoconstrictors
H Nasal corticosteroids
H Antihistamines
Surgery
H Antral puncture to remove purulent material
H Sinus irrigation
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 759
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit an adequate breathing pattern
H show no signs of infection
H express understanding of condition and treatment
H develop no complications.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage oral fluid intake.
H Elevate the head of the bed no more than 30 degrees.
H Encourage expression of concerns.
H Apply warm compresses.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage use of a humidifier.
Frontal
sinuses
Ethmoid
sinuses
Maxillary
sinuses
ALERT
Watch for and report vomiting, chills, fever, edema
of the forehead or eyelids, blurred or double vision,
and personality changes.
After surgery
H Place the patient in semi-Fowlers position.
H Apply ice compresses over the nose and iced saline
gauze over the eyes for 24 hours.
H Frequently change the mustache dressing or
drip pad.
H Provide meticulous and frequent mouth care.
Monitoring
Discharge planning
H Complications
H Response to treatment
H Pain control
H Nasal discharge
phase
H avoidance of contact with an infected person.
After surgery
H Excessive drainage or bleeding
H Consistency, amount, and color of drainage
H Vital signs
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H cautions against driving a motor vehicle or consuming alcohol while taking antihistamines or analgesics
H the need to complete the full course of prescribed
antibiotics
H the need to leave nasal packing in place for 12 to
24 hours after surgery
H the need to breathe through the mouth and refrain
from blowing the nose and sneezing
H the need to refrain from smoking for at least 2 or
3 days after surgery
H signs and symptoms of complications
Sinusitis
759
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 760
Sjgrens syndrome
Description
tive cough, recurrent otitis media, and frequent respiratory tract infections
H Possible dyspareunia
H Generalized itching, fatigue, recurrent low-grade
fever, and arthralgia or myalgia
Physical findings
Overview
Pathophysiology
H Lymphocytic infiltration of exocrine glands causes
Causes
H Unknown
H Possible genetic and environmental factors
H Immunologic activation
Incidence
H Affects more females (about 90%) than males
H Mean age of occurrence: 50
Common characteristics
H Dry eyes and mouth
Complications
H Corneal ulceration or perforation
H Epistaxis
H Deafness
H Otitis media
H Splenomegaly
H Renal tubular necrosis
Assessment
History
H Xerophthalmia or xerostomia
H Gritty, sandy eye along with redness, burning, photo-
salivary glands
H Palpable purpura
H Palpable lymph node enlargement
H Dry, sticky, erythematous oral mucosa
Test results
Laboratory
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated in more
than 90% of patients.
H Complete blood count shows mild anemia and
leukopenia in about 30% of patients.
H Serum protein electrophoresis shows hypergammaglobulinemia in about 50% of patients.
H Typically, 75% to 90% of patients test positive for
rheumatoid factor, and between 50% and 80% of patients test positive for antinuclear antibodies.
Diagnostic procedures
H For a diagnosis of Sjgrens syndrome, symptoms
must meet specific criteria. (See Diagnosing Sjgrens syndrome.)
H Tests supporting the diagnosis include measuring eye
involvement with the Schirmers test and a slit-lamp
examination with rose bengal dye.
H Labial salivary gland biopsy (to detect lymphoid foci)
is the only specific diagnostic technique.
H Salivary gland involvement may be evaluated by measuring the volume of parotid saliva, by secretory
sialography, and by salivary scintigraphy.
H Salivary gland biopsy results typically show lymphocytic infiltration in Sjgrens syndrome; lower lip
biopsy findings show salivary gland infiltration by
lymphocytes.
Treatment
General
H Meticulous oral hygiene
H Humidifier
H Unscented skin lotions
H Frequent dental care
H Avoidance of sugar, tobacco, alcohol, and spicy, salty,
760
Sjgrens syndrome
Medications
H Pilocarpine and cevimeline
H Preservative-free artificial tears and sustained-release
cellulose capsules
H Artificial salivas
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 761
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H have pink, moist oral mucosa
H demonstrate thorough oral hygiene practices
H acknowledge problems in sexual function.
Nursing interventions
H Instill artificial tears as often as every 30 minutes to
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Extraglandular manifestations
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the instillation of eye drops and ointments
H the need to wear sunglasses to protect the eyes
H the need to keep the face clean and to avoid rubbing
the eyes
H avoidance of saliva-decreasing drugs, such as atropine derivatives, antihistamines, anticholinergics,
and antidepressants
H meticulous oral hygiene and regular dental visits
H high-calorie, protein-rich liquid supplements to
prevent malnutrition if mouth lesions make eating
painful
H the need to consume a nutritious diet
H avoidance of sugar, tobacco, alcohol, and spicy, salty,
or highly acidic foods
H the need to humidify the home and work environments
H use of normal saline solution, in drop or spray form,
to relieve nasal dryness
H avoidance of prolonged hot showers and baths and
the use of moisturizing lotions on dry skin. (Suggest
use of a water-soluble gel such as a vaginal lubricant.)
Sjgrens syndrome
761
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 762
Skull fracture
Overview
Description
H Break in the integrity of the skull bone
H May be simple (closed) or compound (open)
H May displace bone fragments
H May be linear (common hairline break, without dis-
ALERT
Because possible damage to the brain is the first
concern, rather than the fracture itself, a skull
fracture is considered a neurosurgical condition.
H Classified according to location, such as cranial vault
ALERT
Because of the danger of grave cranial complications and meningitis, basilar fractures are usually
far more serious than vault fractures.
Pathophysiology
H Trauma to the head causes a fracture at certain
Causes
H Head trauma
Incidence
Complications
H Epilepsy
H Hydrocephalus
H Organic brain syndrome
H Headaches, giddiness, fatigability, neuroses, and be-
havior disorders
Assessment
History
H Head trauma
H Headache
H Loss of consciousness
Physical findings
H Decreased pulse and respirations
H Altered level of consciousness (LOC)
H Scalp wound
H Bleeding in the periorbital area, nose, pharynx, ears,
Test results
Laboratory
H Reagent strips turn blue if CSF is present.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging show fracture, intracranial hemorrhage
from ruptured blood vessels, and swelling.
Treatment
General
Common characteristics
H Limited activity
or avulsions
H Signs of brain injury agitation and irritability, loss
762
Skull fracture
essary
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 763
Medications
H Mild analgesics
H Prophylactic antibiotics
H Dexamethasone (basilar and vault fractures)
ALERT
Dont give the patient opioids or sedatives because
they may depress respirations, increase carbon
dioxide levels, lead to increased intracranial pressure, and mask changes in neurologic status.
Surgery
H Craniotomy to elevate or remove fragments that have
been driven into the brain and to extract foreign bodies and necrotic tissue, thereby reducing the risk of
infection and further brain damage (severe injury)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain neurologically and hemodynamically stable
H express increased comfort and decreased pain
H relate fears and feelings related to traumatic event.
Nursing interventions
H Establish and maintain a patent airway.
ALERT
Nasal airways are contraindicated in patients with
possible basilar skull fractures. Intubation may be
necessary.
H Suction through the mouth, not the nose, to prevent
cretion drainage. Elevate the head of the bed 30 degrees if intracerebral injury is suspected.
H Apply appropriate dressings; control bleeding as necessary.
H Institute seizure precautions.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Comfort level
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the injury, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative and postoperative care, if appropriate
H need to watch closely for changes in mental status,
LOC, or respirations
H use of mild analgesics as opposed to opioids
H wound care.
Skull fracture
763
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 764
Sleep apnea
Overview
Description
Incidence
sound
H Repetitive apneas that produce sleep disruption,
Pathophysiology
H Obstructive
Causes
H Upper airway narrowing possibly caused by:
Obesity
Enlarged tonsils or uvula
Low soft palate
Redundant tissue in soft palate or tonsillar pillars
Large or posteriorly located tongue
Craniofacial abnormalities
Alcohol or sedative use before bedtime
H Central form: primarily caused by heart disease,
sleeping at high altitudes, and neurologic conditions,
such as stroke and brain tumors
Risk factors
H Obstructive
Obesity
Male gender
Postmenopausal female
Older than age 40
Nasal obstruction (such as polyps, rhinitis, or deviated septum)
Anatomic narrowing (such as tonsillar hypertrophy, macroglossia, craniofacial abnormalities)
Hypothyroidism
Neurologic syndromes (such as muscular dystrophy, cerebral palsy)
764
Sleep apnea
Common characteristics
H Obstructive
Complications
H Respiratory arrest
H Increases risk of hypertension, stroke, myocardial
Assessment
History
H One or more risk factors for either type
H Witnessed apneic episodes at night
H Progression of daytime sleepiness from mild (occur-
ring during quiet activities) to severe (occurring during dynamic activities, such as work or driving)
H Complaints of poor concentration, memory problems, irritability, and mood changes
H Morning headaches
Physical findings
H Most patients have a normal physical examination
H May have hypertension, obesity, or appear sleepy
H Possible findings with obstructive type:
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 765
Test results
Laboratory
H Thyroid studies, such as triiodothyronine, thyroidstimulating hormone, or free thyroxine rule out hypothyroidism.
H Elevated hematocrit shows polycythemia, which can
occur in nocturnal hypoxemia.
H Arterial blood gas analysis evaluates daytime hypercapnia.
Imaging
H Head measurements and neck X-rays are used as
aids during surgical treatments.
Diagnostic procedures
H Polysomnogram, or PSG, records brain activity, eye
movement, muscle activity, breathing, and heart rate;
how much air moves in and out of the lungs during
sleep; and percentage of oxygen in the blood.
H Multiple sleep latency testing provides an objective
measurement of daytime sleepiness.
Other
H Apnea-hypopnea index determines severity and is defined as the total number of apneas and hypopneas
divided by the total sleep time.
Mild: apnea-hypopnea index 5 to 15
Moderate: apnea-hypopnea index 15 to 30
Severe: apnea-hypopnea index greater than 30
Treatment
General
H Continuous positive airway pressure, also known as
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H regulate sleep patterns
H maintain a patent airway
H demonstrate effective breathing pattern while sleeping.
Nursing interventions
H Place the patient in semi-Fowlers position for sleep.
H Maintain pulse oximetry while patient sleeps.
H Provide emotional support.
H Administer oxygen via appropriate method, as or-
dered.
Monitoring
H Breathing pattern
H Pulse oximetry (during sleep)
H Sleep patterns
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the use of CPAP, BiPAP, or ASV if indicated
H positioning for sleep for optimum oxygenation
H diet modification for weight control (if appropriate)
H avoidance of driving or operating equipment when
drowsy
H avoidance of alcohol intake
H necessity of follow-up appointments.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for home respiratory supplies and
support.
Medications
H Generally not effective in treating this disorder
Surgery
H Surgical correction of the upper airway may be indi-
Sleep apnea
765
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 766
Life-threatening disorder
Smallpox
Common characteristics
Overview
Complications
Description
H Acute, highly contagious infectious disease caused by
Pathophysiology
H Poxviruses are characterized by a large double-
H Fever
H Maculopapular rash
Assessment
History
H Influenza-type symptoms
H High fever, chills
H Rash
H Malaise
H Headache, backache
H Abdominal pain
H Nausea, vomiting
Physical findings
H After average incubation period of 12 days:
Fever
Macular rash
Progression to typical vesicular and pustular lesions, and then crusted scabs
Centrifugal distribution to rash; starts on the face
and extremities; moves to the trunk
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture of aspirate from vesicles and pustules shows
presence of variola.
H Electron microscopy of vesicular scrapings shows
presence of variola.
Treatment
General
H Poxvirus variolae
Incidence
Medications
1949
H Last case of endemic smallpox reported in Africa in
1977
H Affected people of all ages
Causes
766
Smallpox
sure
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 767
H Antihistamines
H Analgesics
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate nutrition
H verbalize feelings of fear and anxiety
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H maintain tissue perfusion and cellular oxygenation
H maintain balanced fluid status
H maintain skin integrity.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Report any case of smallpox to the appropriate pub-
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Complications
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Signs and symptoms of secondary bacterial infection
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H isolation precautions
H hydration
H skin lesion care.
Discharge planning
H Refer those in direct contact with an infected person
Smallpox
767
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 768
Spinal injury
Physical findings
Overview
by neurologic assessment
Description
H Fractures, contusions, or compressions of the spine
H Most common sites: C5, C6, C7, T12, and L1 verte-
brae
Pathophysiology
H Injury causes microscopic hemorrhages.
H All of the gray matter is filled with blood.
H Necrosis results.
H Edema causes spinal cord compression.
H Blood supply is further decreased.
H Long-term scarring and meningeal thickening occur.
H Nerves are blocked or tangled.
H Sensory and motor deficits occur.
Causes
Serious injury
H Motor vehicle accident
H Fall
H Diving into shallow water
H Gunshot and related wound
Less serious injury
H Improper lifting of heavy object
H Minor fall
H Neoplastic lesion
H Osteoporosis
Incidence
H Most common between ages 15 and 35
Common characteristics
H Based on severity and location of injury:
Complications
H Paralysis
H Death
H Autonomic dysreflexia
H Spinal shock
H Neurogenic shock
Assessment
History
H Muscle spasm
H Back or neck pain
H In cervical fractures, point tenderness
768
Spinal injury
Test results
Imaging
H Spinal X-rays, myelography, computed tomography
scan, and magnetic resonance imaging can indicate
the location of the fracture and the site of the compression.
Treatment
General
H Stabilization of spine and prevention of cord damage
H Hemodynamic support
H Application of a hard cervical collar
H Wound care (if appropriate)
H Chemotherapy and radiation for neoplastic lesion
H Aspiration precautions
H Skeletal traction with skull tongs
H Bed rest on a firm surface
H Rotation bed with cervical traction (if appropriate)
H Splinting: thoracic lumbar sacral orthotics
Medications
H Corticosteroids
H Analgesics
H Muscle relaxants
H Chemotherapy for neoplastic lesion
Surgery
H Decompression of spinal cord
H Stabilization of spinal column
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H develop effective coping mechanisms
H attain the highest degree of mobility
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H show no signs of aspiration.
Nursing interventions
H Apply a hard cervical collar.
H Immobilize the patient.
H Comfort and reassure the patient.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide wound care, if appropriate.
H Provide diversionary activities.
H Provide proper skin care.
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 769
Monitoring
H Neurologic changes
H Respiratory status
H Changes in skin sensation and loss of muscle
strength
H Skin integrity
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Pain control
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H traction methods used
H exercises to maintain physical mobility
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H the prescribed home care regimen
H the importance of follow-up examinations.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the appropriate rehabilitation
center.
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.
Spinal injury
769
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 770
Incidence
Overview
letes)
Description
H Sprain complete or incomplete tear in supporting
tendinous attachment
H Classified as mild, moderate, or severe (see Classify-
Pathophysiology
Sprain
H A ligament tear causes bleeding.
H A hematoma forms.
H Inflammatory exudates follow.
H Granulation tissue develops.
H Collagen forms.
H Swelling or stretching of nerves or vessels occurs.
H Persistent laxity and chronic joint instability result.
Strain
H Strains result from the same process as sprains.
H New tendon or muscle eventually becomes strong
enough to withstand normal muscle strain.
Common characteristics
Sprain
H Localized pain
H Swelling and warmth
H Progressive loss of motion
H Ecchymosis
Strain
H Pain
H Inflammation
H Erythema
H Ecchymosis
H Elevated skin temperature
Complications
Sprain
H Avulsion fracture
Strain
H Complete rupture of muscle tendon unit
H Deep vein thrombosis
Assessment
Causes
History
H Fall
H Motor vehicle accident
H Trauma
H Excessive or new exercise
H Sports injury
H Physical activity
H Similar past injury
H Systemic disease with high risk factors
H Local pain that worsens during joint movement
H Loss of mobility
H Sharp, transient pain and rapid swelling
H Stiffness, soreness, and generalized tenderness
Risk factors
H Participation in sports
Sprains
H Grade 1 (mild): minor or partial ligament tear with normal joint stability and function
H Grade 2 (moderate): partial tear with mild joint laxity
and some function loss
H Grade 3 (severe): complete tear or incomplete separation of ligament from bone, causing total joint laxity
and function loss
Strains
770
Physical findings
H Ecchymosis
H Swelling
H Point tenderness
Test results
Imaging
H X-ray results are used to rule out fractures and confirm damage to ligaments.
Treatment
General
H RICE rest, ice, compression (wrapping in an elas-
for 48 to 72 hours
H Range-of-motion (ROM) exercises
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 771
Medications
H Vitamin C supplements
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Analgesics
H Cox-2 inhibitors
Surgery
H Based on extent of injury
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H attain the highest possible level of mobility
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H identify factors that increase the potential for injury.
Nursing interventions
H Apply ice intermittently.
H Apply an elastic bandage or air cast.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Elevate the extremity.
Monitoring
H Edema
H Response to treatment
H Pain control
H Complications
H Adverse effects of drugs
H ROM
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to apply ice intermittently for the first 12 to
48 hours
H how to reapply elastic bandage or air cast
H crutch-gait training
H avoidance of further injury to the joint
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
771
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 772
Spurious polycythemia
Overview
Description
H Blood disorder characterized by increased hemat-
Pathophysiology
H Conditions that promote severe fluid loss decrease
Causes
Assessment
History
H Headaches
H Dizziness
H Cardiac or pulmonary disease
H Fatigue
H Diaphoresis
H Dyspnea
H Claudication
Physical findings
H Ruddy appearance
H Short neck
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Slight hypertension
H Hypoventilation when recumbent
Test results
Laboratory
H Hemoglobin level and hematocrit are increased.
H RBC count is increased.
H RBC mass is normal or decreased
H Arterial oxygen saturation is normal.
H Bone marrow is normal.
H Plasma volume is decreased or normal.
H Hyperlipidemia may be present.
H Uricosuria may be present.
Treatment
H Dehydration
H Hemoconcentration from stress
H High-normal RBC mass and low-normal plasma
General
volume
H Hypertension
H Thromboembolic disease
H Elevated serum cholesterol and uric acid
H Familial tendency
H Pregnancy
Incidence
dration
Medications
H Antidiarrheals, if needed
Nursing considerations
Common characteristics
Key outcomes
H Headaches or dizziness
H Ruddy appearance
H Slight hypertension
H Tendency to hyperventilate when recumbent
H Cardiac or pulmonary disease
Complications
Nursing interventions
H Thromboemboli
772
Spurious polycythemia
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 773
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Blood studies
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H changing the patients work habits, if appropriate
H the need for proper relaxation
H dietary restrictions
H importance of proper hydration
H recognizing and reporting of signs and symptoms of
increasing polycythemia and thromboembolism.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
necessary.
H Emphasize the need for follow-up examinations every
Spurious polycythemia
773
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 774
Squamous cell
carcinoma
Overview
Description
H Invasive tumor arising from keratinizing epidermal
cells
Pathophysiology
H Transformation from a premalignant lesion to squa-
Causes
H Unknown
H Actinic damage from solar ultraviolet radiation
H Ionizing radiation
H Chemical carcinogens
H Burns, scars
H Ulcerations
Risk factors
H Overexposure to the suns ultraviolet rays
H Radiation therapy
H Ingestion of herbicides containing arsenic
H Chronic skin irritation and inflammation
H Exposure to local carcinogens (such as tar and oil)
H Hereditary diseases (such as xeroderma pigmento-
Incidence
H Most common in fair-skinned, light-eyed, and light-
haired people
H Risk greatly increased by outdoor employment and
Common characteristics
H Chronic skin ulceration
Complications
H Lymph node involvement
H Visceral metastasis
Assessment
History
H Areas of chronic ulceration, especially on
sun-damaged skin
H Pain, malaise, anorexia, fatigue, and weakness
Physical findings
H Lesions on the face, ears, or dorsa of the hands and
forearms, and on other sun-damaged skin areas (lesions possibly scaly and keratotic with raised, irregular borders; in late disease, lesions growing outward
or exophytic and friable and tending toward chronic
crusting)
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Excisional biopsy allows a definitive diagnosis.
Treatment
Squamous cell carcinoma nodule
An ulcerated nodule with an indurated base and a raised,
irregular border is a typical lesion in squamous cell carcinoma.
General
H Determined by size, shape, location, and invasiveness
Medications
H Chemotherapy
H Topical corticosteroids
Surgery
H Wide surgical excision, curettage, and electrodesic-
cation
H Cryosurgery
H Mohs micrographic surgery
774
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 775
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express positive feelings about self
H experience feelings of increased energy
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H express feelings of increased comfort.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide emotional sup-
port.
H Provide appropriate wound care.
H Provide periods of rest between procedures if the
high-calorie diet.
Monitoring
H Wound site
H Adverse effects of radiation therapy, such as nausea,
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H information about skin examination
H the importance of follow-up skin surveillance
H avoidance of excessive sun exposure to prevent recurrence; the need to use strong sunscreen.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.
775
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 776
Stomatitis
Incidence
Overview
Description
Common characteristics
H Painful gums
H Ulcers on gum papillae
Pathophysiology
H Stomatitis is an inflammatory reaction that may cause
Causes
Acute herpetic stomatitis
H Herpes simplex virus
Aphthous stomatitis
H Unknown (autoimmune and psychosomatic causes
under investigation)
Risk factors
H Smoking
H Poor oral hygiene
H Stress
H Poor nutrition
H Chemotherapy
H Immunosuppression
Complications
H Dysphagia
H Sepsis (in immunocompromised patient)
H Ocular or central nervous system involvement (her-
petic stomatitis)
Assessment
History
H Burning mouth pain
H Malaise
H Lethargy
H Anorexia
H Irritability
H Fever
H Extreme tenderness of the oral mucosa
Physical findings
Herpetic stomatitis
H Bleeding and swollen gums
H Papulovesicular ulcers in the mouth and throat
H Submaxillary lymphadenitis
Aphthous stomatitis
H Slight swelling of the mucous membrane
H Single or multiple shallow ulcers with whitish centers
and red borders, about 2 to 5 mm in diameter (see
Looking at aphthous stomatitis)
Test results
Laboratory
H Smear of ulcer exudate identifies the causative organism in Vincents angina (painful pseudomembranous
ulceration of gums, oral mucous membranes, pharynx, and tonsils).
H Viral cultures performed on fluid and herpetic vesicles in acute herpetic stomatitis identify the virus.
Treatment
General
H Symptom relief
H Nonantiseptic warm-water mouth rinses
H Ice
H Soft-bristled toothbrush
H Smoking cessation
H Soft, pureed, or liquid diet, as tolerated; avoidance of
776
Stomatitis
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 777
Medications
H I.V. fluids (severe cases)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H show improvement or complete healing of lesions or
wounds
H avoid complications
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H demonstrate good oral hygiene practices.
Nursing interventions
H Advise using a sponge instead of a toothbrush for
brushing teeth.
H Suggest rinsing with hydrogen peroxide or normal
saline mouthwash.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Develop a meal plan based on soft, liquid, or pureed
foods.
H Offer iced drinks.
Monitoring
H Lesion state
H Response to treatment
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the infection and expected course
H the importance of good oral hygiene
H the proper application of topical drugs
H recommended dietary changes
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H (with aphthous stomatitis) the need to avoid such
precipitating factors as stress and fatigue.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if
appropriate.
Stomatitis
777
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 778
Life-threatening disorder
Streptococcus
pneumoniae infection,
drug-resistant
Overview
Incidence
H 3% to 35% of pneumococcal illness due to drug-
resistant strains
Common characteristics
H DRSP possibly causing:
Bacteremia
Meningitis
Otitis media
Peritonitis
Pneumonia
Sinusitis
Description
Complications
Pathophysiology
H DRSP can affect people by colonization or infection.
H People who carry S. pneumoniae as part of their
normal flora but remain asymptomatic may unknowingly spread the infection.
H Disease results when bacteria multiply locally (otitis
media), multiply after aspiration (pneumonia), or
invade a sterile site (central nervous system or
blood).
Causes
H Abuse of antimicrobial agents
H Increasing prevalence of strains resistant to multiple
drug classes
Risk factors
H Contact with infected respiratory droplets or direct
Special populations
The Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices recommends the S. pneumoniae vaccine be
given to people age 2 and older with certain medical conditions and to all people age 65 and older.
778
media
Assessment
History
H Member of high-risk population
H Recent exposure to respiratory secretions of infected
person
H Recent antimicrobial use
Physical findings
In meningitis
H Fever
H Stiff neck
H Drowsiness
H Rash
H Seizures
H Increased white blood cells in cerebrospinal fluid
(CSF)
In otitis media
H High fever (101.3 F [38.5 C])
H Irritability
H Possibly effusion
H Bulging tympanic membrane thats red, opaque,
white, yellow, or purple and immobile on pneumatic
otoscope
In pneumonia
H Fluid-filled tissue and lobes
H Shaking chills
H Cough
H Rust- or green-colored mucus
H High fever
H Diaphoresis
H Elevated pulse and respirations
H Bluish lips and nailbeds
H Confusion or delirium
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 779
Test results
Discharge planning
Laboratory
H Bacteria are isolated from a fluid sample (blood, CSF,
sputum, respiratory drops, ear).
Imaging
H Chest X-rays display pneumonia.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture is performed for suspected meningitis.
Treatment
General
H Supportive, symptomatic care
H Activity as tolerated
H Diet as tolerated
Medications
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics (type depending on resistance patterns in
community)
H Vancomycin (meningitis)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report resolution of symptoms
H have normal vital signs
H have adequate oxygen levels
H have normal laboratory values.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide rest periods as needed.
H Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
H Seizures
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Complications after lumbar puncture
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of covering the mouth and nose when
sneezing or coughing
H regular hand washing
H taking the entire prescription of antibiotic for any
infection
H never giving a prescribed antibiotic to anyone else
H importance of reporting a change in symptoms to the
physician.
779
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 780
Life-threatening disorder
Stroke
Overview
Description
H Sudden impairment of blood circulation to the brain
H Third most common cause of death in the United
States
H Affects 500,000 people each year, causing death in
half
H Most common cause of neurologic disability
H About 50% of stroke survivors permanently disabled
H Recurrences possible within weeks, months, or years
H Also known as cerebrovascular accident or brain
attack
Pathophysiology
H The oxygen supply to the brain is interrupted or di-
minished.
H In thrombotic or embolic stroke, neurons die from
lack of oxygen.
H In hemorrhagic stroke, impaired cerebral perfusion
causes infarction.
Causes
Cerebral thrombosis
H Most common cause of stroke
H Obstruction of a blood vessel in the extracerebral
vessels
H Site possibly intracerebral
Cerebral embolism
H Second most common cause of stroke
H History of rheumatic heart disease
H Endocarditis
H Posttraumatic valvular disease
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Post open-heart surgery
Cerebral hemorrhage
H Third most common cause of stroke
H Chronic hypertension
H Cerebral aneurysms
H Arteriovenous malformation
Risk factors
H History of transient ischemic attack
H Heart disease
H Smoking
H Familial history of cerebrovascular disease
H Obesity
H Alcohol use
H High red blood cell count
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Diabetes mellitus
H Gout
H High serum triglyceride levels
780
Stroke
Incidence
H Mostly affects older adults but can strike at any age
H More common in males than in females
H Affects Blacks and Hispanics more commonly than
other groups
Common characteristics
H Sudden unilateral weakness or numbness in limb
H Sudden speech difficulties
H Sudden vision disturbances
H Sudden ataxia, gait disturbance
H Sudden altered level of consciousness (LOC)
H Sudden severe headache
Complications
H Unstable blood pressure from loss of vasomotor con-
trol
H Fluid and electrolyte imbalances
H Malnutrition
H Infections
H Sensory impairment
H Altered LOC
H Aspiration
H Contractures
H Skin breakdown
H Deep vein thrombosis
H Pulmonary emboli
H Depression
Assessment
History
H Varying clinical features, depending on:
artery affected
severity of damage
extent of collateral circulation
H One or more risk factors present
H Sudden onset of hemiparesis or hemiplegia
H Gradual onset of dizziness, mental disturbances, or
seizures
H Loss of consciousness or sudden aphasia
Physical findings
H With stroke in left hemisphere, signs and symptoms
on right side
H With stroke in right hemisphere, signs and symptoms
on left side
H With stroke that causes cranial nerve damage, signs
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 781
tial relations
H Sensory losses
Test results
Laboratory
H Laboratory tests including anticardiolipin antibodies, antiphospholipid, factor V (Leiden) mutation,
antithrombin III, protein S, and protein C may
show increased thrombotic risk.
Imaging
H Magnetic resonance imaging and magnetic resonance angiography allow for evaluation of the location and size of the lesion.
H Cerebral angiography details the disruption of cerebral circulation and is the test of choice for examining the entire cerebral blood flow.
H Computed tomography scan detects structural abnormalities.
H Positron-emission tomography provides data on
cerebral metabolism and on cerebral blood flow
changes.
Other
H Transcranial Doppler studies evaluate the velocity of
blood flow.
H Carotid Doppler measures flow through the carotid
arteries.
H Two-dimensional echocardiogram evaluates the heart
for dysfunction.
H Cerebral blood flow studies measure blood flow to
the brain.
H Electrocardiography evaluates electrical activity in an
area of cortical infarction.
Treatment
General
H Careful blood pressure management
H Pureed dysphagia diet or tube feedings, if indicated
H Physical, speech, and occupational rehabilitation
H Helping patient adapt to specific deficits
Medications
H Tissue plasminogen activator when the cause isnt he-
Surgery
H Craniotomy
H Endarterectomy
H Extracranial-intracranial bypass
H Ventricular shunts
Prevention
Preventing stroke
Risk of stroke may be reduced by following these guidelines:
H Stop smoking through a smoking-cessation program.
H Maintain ideal body weight.
H Control diabetes and hypertension.
H Follow a low-cholesterol, low-sodium diet.
H Take prescribed medications as ordered, especially anticoagulants or platelet aggregation inhibitors.
H Perform physical exercise regularly.
H Avoid prolonged bedrest.
H Minimize stress.
H Seek prompt treatment if experiencing signs and
symptoms of stroke.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H remain free from injury
H achieve maximal independence
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion.
Nursing interventions
H Maintain a patent airway and oxygenation.
H Offer the urinal or bedpan every 2 hours.
H Insert an indwelling urinary catheter, if necessary.
H Ensure adequate nutrition.
H Provide careful mouth and eye care.
H Follow the physical therapy program.
H Establish and maintain patient communication.
H Provide psychological support.
H Protect the patient from injury and complications.
H Position to prevent aspiration and contractures.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Neurologic, GI, and respiratory status
H Vital signs
H Fluid, electrolyte, and nutritional intake
H Development of deep vein thrombosis and pul-
monary embolus
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the dietary regimens
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H stroke prevention. (See Preventing stroke.)
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to home care services, outpatient
Stroke
781
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 782
Strongyloidiasis
Overview
Description
H A parasitic intestinal infection caused by the helminth
Strongyloides stercoralis
H Doesnt confer immunity; in people with autoimmune
Pathophysiology
H Larvae develop from noninfective rhabdoid larvae in
human feces.
H The filariform larvae penetrate the human skin, usu-
ally at the feet, and then migrate by way of the lymphatic system to the bloodstream and the lungs.
H Once they enter into pulmonary circulation, the filariform larvae break through the alveoli and migrate
upward to the pharynx, where they are swallowed.
H Larvae then lodge in the small intestine, where they
deposit eggs that mature into noninfectious rhabdoid
larvae.
H These larvae migrate into the large intestine and are
excreted in feces, starting the cycle again.
H In autoinfection, rhabdoid larvae mature in the intestine to become infective filariform larvae.
Causes
H Contact with soil that contains infective S. stercoralis
filariform larvae
Incidence
Assessment
History
H Institutionalization
H Autoimmune susceptibility
H Cough
H Abdominal pain and diarrhea
H Recent travel to endemic area
Physical findings
H Erythematous, pruritic rash at entrance site
H Normal or hyperactive bowel sounds
H Crackles
Test results
Laboratory
H S. stercoralis larvae can be observed in a fresh stool
specimen (2 hours after excretion, look like hookworm larvae).
H Eosinophils and larvae may appear in sputum, with
marked eosinophilia in disseminated strongyloidiasis
(pulmonary phase).
H Hemoglobin level is decreased.
H In white blood cell count with differential, eosinophil
count is 450 to 700/l.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show alveolar or interstitial infiltrates or
pulmonary effusions (pulmonary phase).
Treatment
General
H High-protein diet
H I.V. fluids
H Blood transfusion
Medications
H Thiabendazole
Nursing considerations
Common characteristics
Key outcomes
Complications
H Malnutrition
H Anemia
H Secondary bacterial infection
H Perforated intestine
H Septicemia
782
Strongyloidiasis
Nursing interventions
H Encourage high-protein diet.
H Wear gloves when handling bedpans or giving per-
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 783
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Response to treatment
H Respiratory status
H Amount and character of stools
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the possibility that thiabendazole may cause mild
nausea, vomiting, drowsiness, and giddiness
H proper hand-washing technique, stressing the importance of washing hands before eating and after defecating
H the need to wear shoes when in endemic areas.
Discharge planning
H Check the patients family and close contacts for
signs of infection.
H Emphasize the need for follow-up stool examination,
Strongyloidiasis
783
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 784
Subarachnoid
hemorrhage
Overview
Description
H Bleeding into subarachnoid space
Pathophysiology
H Bleeding occurs into the subarachnoid space.
H Blood spreads through the CSF, across the surface of
Causes
H Head trauma
H Rupture of intracranial saccular aneurysm
H Intracranial arteriovenous malformation (AVM)
H Hypertension
H Rarely, tumors and blood dyscrasias
H Arterial dissection
H Extension from intracerebral hemorrhage
H Iatrogenic during surgery or intervention
H Meningitis
Risk factors
H Congenital weakness in arterial wall
H Degenerative weakening in the arterial wall from ath-
erosclerosis
H Cerebral aneurysms (associated with genetic abnor-
784
Subarachnoid hemorrhage
Incidence
H About 30,000 people a year in the United States have
injury
Common characteristics
H Vary with location, duration and amount of va-
blood leakage, also called sentinel headaches: occur in 30% to 50% of cases with aneurysm as the
cause; may occur a few hours to a few months before
the rupture
Complications
H Rebleeding
H Hyponatremia
H Severe neurologic damage
H Paralysis
H Coma
H Death
Assessment
History
H Traumatic head injury
H Headaches
H Recent onset of seizures
H Symptoms of meningeal irritation
H Photophobia and visual changes
H Loss of consciousness
Physical findings
All or none of these findings may be present:
H Global or focal neurologic abnormalities
H Symptoms of cranial nerve compression
H Vision loss
H Motor deficits
H Retinal hemorrhage
H Papilledema
H Mild-to-moderate blood pressure elevation
H Tachycardia
H Weakness, paralysis, or numbness on one side of
body
H Difficulty speaking
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 785
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count may show decreased hemoglobin level and hematocrit.
H Prothrombin time and partial thromboplastin time
may be increased.
H Blood typing and crossmatching is done for possible
transfusion.
Imaging
H Computed tomography (CT) scan, initially without
contrast, establishes diagnosis.
H Cerebral angiography assesses vascular anatomy and
bleeding site also assists in surgical planning.
H Magnetic resonance imaging is done if other testing
is negative.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture, only if contrast CT scan shows
negative results and there are no signs of increased
ICP; may detect blood in CSF; contraindicated with
increased ICP because brain stem herniation may result.
H Electrocardiography detects myocardial ischemia
caused by the increased circulation of catecholamines.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express relief from or decrease in pain
H achieve optimum functioning
H demonstrate improvement in orientation
H maintain optimal gas exchange and ventilation
H maintain adequate cerebral perfusion
H verbalize decrease in or relief from nausea
H remain free from injury.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed medications.
H Establish and maintain a patent airway.
H Provide supplemental oxygen and mechanical venti-
lation, as needed.
H Evaluate fluid and electrolyte status.
H Avoid overhydration with I.V. fluids to prevent in-
Treatment
General
H Establishing and maintaining airway, breathing, and
antiembolism stockings.
H Institute measures to prevent skin breakdown.
H Institute seizure precautions, as indicated.
H Prepare the patient for surgery, as appropriate.
Monitoring
Medications
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of preventing Valsalvas maneuver
(straining at stool, coughing)
H medication regimen
H tests, neurologic examinations, treatments, and procedures
H avoidance of unnecessary physical activity for patients receiving conservative treatment
H need to report adverse reactions to prescribed medications
H need to report signs of rebleeding
H importance of follow-up care.
Surgery
Patient teaching
Discharge planning
Subarachnoid hemorrhage
785
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 786
Life-threatening disorder
Subdural hematoma
Overview
Description
H Meningeal hemorrhage resulting from accumulation
Pathophysiology
Acute
H Blunt impact to the skull may cause a tear in connecting veins (rarely, arteries) in the cerebral cortex.
Chronic
H Chronic subdural hematoma begins as a separation
in the dura-arachnoid interface, which is then filled
by cerebrospinal fluid (CSF).
H Dural border cells proliferate around this CSF collection to produce a neomembrane.
H Fragile new vessels grow into the membrane and
hemorrhage.
Causes
H Head trauma
Risk factors
hematoma
H Hemiparesis contralateral to the hematoma
Complications
H Neurologic impairment
H Coma
H Death
Assessment
History
H Head trauma
H Headache
H Change in level of consciousness (LOC)
Physical findings
H Dilated, nonreactive pupil ipsilateral to the
hematoma
H Hemiparesis contralateral to the hematoma
H Balance problems
H Altered LOC
Test results
Laboratory
H CSF is yellow with relatively low protein (chronic
subdural hematoma).
H Coagulation studies may be abnormal.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan, X-rays, and arteriography reveal mass and altered blood flow in the area.
Acute
H Anticoagulant therapy
H Age
Chronic
H Alcoholism
H Epilepsy
H Coagulopathy
H Arachnoid cysts
H Anticoagulant therapy (including aspirin)
H Cardiovascular disease (hypertension, arteriosclerosis)
H Thrombocytopenia
H Diabetes
Treatment
Incidence
Common characteristics
H Headache
H Deteriorating mental status
786
Subdural hematoma
General
H Supportive treatment
H Wound care
H Fresh frozen plasma (to correct coagulation)
H Adequate hydration
H Diet based on extent of injury
H Nothing by mouth if surgery necessary
H Bed rest initially, then activity as tolerated
H Flat bed after evacuation of hematoma
Medications
products (if coagulation studies are abnormal)
H Analgesics (after extent of injury is determined)
H Osmotic diuretics
H Anticonvulsants
H Prophylactic antibiotics (with surgery)
Surgery
H Burr holes
H Craniotomy
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 787
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain neurologically stable
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H express an understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Provide appropriate wound care.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.
H Institute seizure precautions.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Wound healing
H Seizure activity
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, anad treatment
H importance of reporting changes in neurologic status
H avoiding aspirin as a pain treatment
H observing for CSF drainage and signs of infection.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical therapy, occupational
Subdural hematoma
787
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 788
Pathophysiology
H Tolerance develops when a drug is administered
Causes
H Combination of low self-esteem, peer pressure, inad-
H Hepatitis
H Cirrhosis
H Vasculitis
H Septicemia
H Thrombophlebitis
H Pulmonary emboli
H Gangrene
H Malnutrition and GI disturbances
H Respiratory infections
H Musculoskeletal dysfunction
H Trauma
H Depression and increased risk of suicide
H Psychosis
H Toxic or allergic reactions
H Impaired social and occupational functioning
Assessment
History
H Abdominal pain, nausea, or vomiting
H Painful injury or chronic illness
H Feigned illnesses
H Overdose
H High tolerance to potentially addictive drugs
H Amenorrhea
H Suggestive behavior patterns or the presence of
physical pain
Risk factors
H Male gender
H History of depression
H History of other substance abuse disorders
H Familial history
H Peer pressure
H Low socioeconomic status
Incidence
H Can occur at any age
H Experimentation common beginning in adolescence
and preadolescence
H Affects more than 18 million United States residents
who use alcohol and 5 million who use illicit drugs
(fewer than one-fourth treated)
Common characteristics
Physical findings
H Lacrimation (with opiate withdrawal)
H Nystagmus (with CNS depressants and phencyclidine
intoxication)
H Drooping eyelids (with opiate or CNS depressant
use)
H Constricted pupils (with opiate use or withdrawal)
H Dilated pupils (with hallucinogens or ampheta-
mines)
H Rhinorrhea (with opiate withdrawal or cocaine
abuse)
H Inflammation, atrophy, or perforation of the nasal
withdrawal)
H Nutritional deficiency
H Mood swings, anxiety, impaired memory, sleep dis-
H Excoriated skin
H Needle marks or tracks
H Cellulitis or abscesses
H Thrombophlebitis
H Fascial infection
H Bilateral crackles and rhonchi (with smoking and in-
Complications
H Cardiac and respiratory arrest
H Intracranial hemorrhage
H Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
H Subacute bacterial endocarditis
788
withdrawal)
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 789
H Hemorrhoids
H Tremors, hyperreflexia, hyporeflexia, and seizures
H Uncooperative, disruptive, or violent behavior
DSM-IV-TR criteria
H Diagnosis is confirmed with at least three of the fol-
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum or urine drug screen reveals the substance.
H Serum protein electrophoresis shows elevated serum
globulin levels.
H Serum glucose measurement shows hypoglycemia.
H Complete blood count (CBC) shows leukocytosis.
H Liver function is abnormal.
H CBC shows elevated mean corpuscular hemoglobin
levels.
H Uric acid levels are elevated.
H Blood urea nitrogen levels are decreased.
Medications
H Detoxification with the same drug or a pharmacolog-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express his feelings related to self-esteem
H join gradually in self-care and the decision-making
process
H engage in social interactions with others
H participate with his family to identify and use support
systems.
Nursing interventions
H Maintain a quiet, safe environment.
H Institute seizure precautions.
H Set limits for dealing with demanding, manipulative
behavior.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Suicide ideation
H Visitors
H Signs of complications
H Nutrition
H Effects of pharmacologic therapy
Patient teaching
Treatment
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H detoxification and rehabilitation, as appropriate
H measures for preventing human immunodeficiency
virus infection and hepatitis
H measures for safer sex and birth control.
General
Discharge planning
self-help group.
H Refer the patient to support services.
789
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 790
Life-threatening disorder
Pathophysiology
Hypotheses
H The infant may have damage to the respiratory control center in the brain from chronic hypoxemia.
H The infant may not respond to increasing carbon
dioxide levels. During an episode of apnea, carbon
dioxide levels increase, but the child isnt stimulated
to breathe. As apnea continues, high levels of carbon
dioxide further suppress the ventilatory effort until
the infant stops breathing.
H The infant may have periods of sleep apnea and eventually die during one of these episodes.
Causes
H Possibly viral
H Hypoxia theory
H Apnea theory
H Possible Clostridium botulinum toxin
H Possibly associated with diphtheria, tetanus, and per-
tussis vaccines
Incidence
H About 7,000 SIDS deaths annually in United States
H 2 in every 1,000 live births; about 60% male
Special populations
SIDS occurs mostly between ages 1 and 4 months.
Incidence declines rapidly between ages 4 and
12 months.
H Increased incidence in nonbreast-fed infants
H Occurs most commonly in fall and winter
H Slightly higher incidence in:
Preterm neonates
Inuit neonates
Disadvantaged black neonates
Neonates of mothers younger than age 20
Neonates of multiple births
Common characteristics
H Respiratory tract infections
H Apnea
790
Complications
H Always fatal
Assessment
History
H Occasionally, respiratory tract infection
H Possible abnormal hepatic or pancreatic function
H Previous near-miss respiratory event in 60% of cases
H With infant wedged in a crib corner or with blankets
wrapped around head, suffocation ruled out by autopsy as the cause of death
H With frothy, blood-tinged sputum found around infants mouth or on crib sheets revealing a patent airway, aspiration of vomitus ruled out by autopsy as
cause of death
H No crying or signs of disturbed sleep by infant
Physical findings
H Postmortem examination possibly showing:
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Autopsy may show:
small or normal adrenal glands
enlarged thymus
petechiae over the visceral surfaces of the pleura,
within the thymus, and in the epicardium
well-preserved lymphoid structures
signs of chronic hypoxemia
increased pulmonary artery smooth muscle
edematous, congestive, and fully expanded lungs
liquid blood in the heart
stomach curd inside the trachea.
Treatment
General
H Emotional support for the family
H Prevention for any surviving infant found apneic and
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The family will:
H use available support systems to assist in coping
H share feelings about the event
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 791
rent situation
H use effective coping strategies to ease spiritual dis-
comfort.
Nursing interventions
H Ensure that both parents are present when the childs
death is confirmed.
H Stay calm and allow the parents to express their feel-
ings.
H Reassure the parents that they arent to blame.
H Allow the parents to see the infant in a private room
Monitoring
H Parents reactions and coping mechanisms
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need for an autopsy to confirm the diagnosis
H basic facts about SIDS
H information to help parents cope with pregnancy and
the first year of a new infants life, if they decide to
have another child.
Discharge planning
H Refer the parents and family to community and
(1-800-221-SIDS).
H Refer the parents to cardiopulmonary resuscitation
classes, if appropriate.
H Refer the family to a home health nurse for contin-
791
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 792
Life-threatening disorder
Syndrome of
inappropriate
antidiuretic hormone
H Cerebrovascular disease
H Cancer
H Pulmonary disease
H Recent head injury
H Anorexia, nausea, vomiting
H Weight gain
H Lethargy, headaches, emotional and behavioral
changes
Physical findings
Overview
Description
H Disease of the posterior pituitary marked by exces-
Pathophysiology
H Tachycardia
H Disorientation
H Seizures and coma
H Sluggish deep tendon reflexes
H Muscle weakness
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum osmolality levels are less than 280 mOsm/kg.
H Serum sodium levels are less than 123 mEq/L.
H Urine sodium levels are greater than 20 mEq/L without diuretics.
H Renal function tests are normal.
luted tubule and collecting ducts results in hyponatremia and normal to slightly increased extracellular
fluid volume. (See Understanding SIADH.)
Causes
H Oat cell carcinoma of the lung
H Neoplastic diseases
H Central nervous system disorders
H Pulmonary disorders
H Drugs
H Miscellaneous conditions, such as myxedema and
psychosis
Incidence
Treatment
General
H Based primarily on symptoms
H Correction of the underlying cause
H Restricted water intake (500 to 1,000 ml/day)
H High-sodium, high-protein diet or urea supplements
Medications
H Demeclocycline or lithium for long-term treatment
H Loop diuretics if fluid overload, history of heart fail-
Common characteristics
Surgery
Complications
H Water intoxication
H Cerebral edema
H Severe hyponatremia
H Heart failure
H Seizures
H Coma
H Death
Assessment
History
H Possible clue to the cause
792
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H develop no complications
H remain alert and oriented to the environment
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen
H maintain adequate fluid balance.
Nursing interventions
H Restrict fluids.
H Provide comfort measures for thirst.
H Reduce unnecessary environmental stimuli.
H Orient as needed.
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 793
Understanding SIADH
The events that produce the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone (SIADH) secretion are depicted in this
flowchart.
Reduced plasma
osmolality
Dilutional
hyponatremia
Diminished
aldosterone secretion
Elevated glomerular
filtration rate
Decreased sodium
reabsorption in
proximal tubule
Intracellular
fluid shift
Increased sodium
excretion
Cerebral edema
Hyponatremia
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H fluid restriction
H methods to decrease discomfort from thirst
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H self-monitoring techniques for fluid retention such as
daily weight
H signs and symptoms that require immediate medical
intervention.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Daily weight
H Serum electrolytes, especially sodium
H Response to treatment
H Breath sounds
H Heart sounds
H Neurologic checks
H Changes in level of consciousness
ALERT
Watch closely for signs and symptoms of heart failure, which may occur due to fluid overload.
793
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 794
Syphilis
Overview
Description
H Chronic, infectious, sexually transmitted disease
H Untreated, progresses in four stages: primary, sec-
Pathophysiology
H The infecting organism penetrates intact mucous
Causes
H The spirochete Treponema pallidum
H Transmission primarily through sexual contact dur-
Incidence
H In the United States, incidence highest in urban pop-
Complications
H Cardiovascular disease
H Irreversible neurologic disease
H Irreversible organ damage
H Membranous glomerulonephritis
H With fetal infection:
Spontaneous abortion
Stillbirth
Low birth weight
Deafness
Assessment
History
H Unprotected sexual contact with an infected person
Physical findings
Primary syphilis
H One or more chancres (small, fluid-filled lesions) on
the genitalia; others on the anus, fingers, lips,
tongue, nipples, tonsils, or eyelids
H In female patient, possible chancres on cervix or
vaginal wall
H Unilateral or bilateral adenopathy
794
Syphilis
Secondary syphilis
H Headache, malaise
H Nausea, vomiting
H Anorexia, weight loss
H Sore throat, slight fever
H Symmetrical mucocutaneous lesions
H Rash possibly macular, papular, pustular, or nodular
H Lesions uniform, well defined, and generalized
H Macules typically erupting between rolls of fat on the
trunk and proximally on the arms, palms, soles, face,
and scalp
H In warm, moist body areas, lesions enlarged and
eroding, producing highly contagious, pink or grayish white lesions (condylomata lata)
H Alopecia
H Brittle and pitted nails
H Generalized lymphadenopathy
Latent syphilis
H Physical signs and symptoms absent except for possible recurrence of mucocutaneous lesions that resemble those of secondary syphilis
Late syphilis
H Findings that vary with the involved organ
H Three subtypes:
Neurosyphilis affecting meningovascular tissues:
headache, vertigo, insomnia, hemiplegia, seizures,
and psychological difficulties; if parenchymal tissue affected: paresis, alteration in intellect, paranoia, illusions, and hallucinations; in addition, Argyll Robertson pupil (a small, irregular pupil
thats nonreactive to light but accommodates for
vision), ataxia, slurred speech, trophic joint
changes, positive Rombergs sign, and a facial
tremor
Late benign: gummas (lesions that develop between 1 and 10 years after infection and may be a
chronic, superficial nodule or a deep, granulomatous lesion thats solitary, asymmetrical, painless,
indurated, and large or small) visible on the skin
and mucocutaneous tissues; commonly affect
bones and can develop in any organ
Cardiovascular: decreased cardiac output that may
cause decreased urine output and decreased sensorium related to hypoxia, pulmonary congestion
Test results
Laboratory
H Dark-field microscopy identifies T. pallidum from lesion exudate to provide an immediate syphilis diagnosis. (See Identifying syphilis by dark-field microscopy.)
H Non-treponemal serologic tests include the Venereal
Disease Research Laboratory (VDRL) slide test, the
rapid plasma reagin (RPR) test, and the automated
reagin test, detecting nonspecific antibodies.
H Treponemal serologic studies include the fluorescent
treponemal antibody absorption test, the T. pallidum
hemagglutination assay, and the microhemagglutination assay, detecting the specific antitreponemal antibody and confirming positive screening results.
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 795
Treatment
General
H Immediate examination of all sexual contacts
H Avoidance of pregnancy until a good response to
therapy is demonstrated
H Hospitalization for symptomatic late syphilis
H No sexual activity until cured
Medications
H Antibiotics (penicillin being the treatment of choice)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
nancy
Nursing interventions
Discharge planning
H As needed, obtain a physical or occupational therapy
consultation.
H Refer the patient for contact tracing.
H Refer the patient to a specialist if congenital syphilis
is suspected.
needs.
thorities.
Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Cardiovascular status
H Complications
H Response to treatment
H Compliance with treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of completing the prescribed course
of therapy even after symptoms subside
H the importance of informing, testing, and treating
sexual partners
H the need to refrain from sexual activity until treatment is completed and follow-up VDRL/RPR test results are normal
H information for patient and sexual partners about
HIV infection
Syphilis
795
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 796
Systemic lupus
erythematosus
Assessment
History
H Onset acute or insidious; no characteristic clinical
Overview
Description
H A chronic inflammatory autoimmune disorder that
Pathophysiology
H The body produces antibodies, such as antinuclear
Causes
H Unknown
H Predisposing factors:
Stress
Streptococcal or viral infections
Exposure to sunlight or ultraviolet (UV) light
Injury
Surgery
Exhaustion
Emotional upsets
Immunization, pregnancy
Abnormal estrogen metabolism
Incidence
H Affects females eight times more commonly than
Common characteristics
H Recurrent seasonal remissions and exacerbations,
Complications
H Pleurisy
H Pleural effusions
H Pericarditis, myocarditis, endocarditis
H Coronary atherosclerosis
H Renal failure
H Seizures and mental dysfunction
796
pattern
H Possible fever, anorexia, weight loss, malaise, fatigue,
Physical findings
H Joint involvement that resembles rheumatoid arthritis
H Raynauds phenomenon
H Skin eruptions provoked or aggravated by sunlight or
UV light
H Tachycardia, central cyanosis, and hypotension
H Altered level of consciousness, weakness of the ex-
tender)
H Pericardial friction rub
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count with differential shows anemia
and a reduced white blood cell (WBC) count, decreased platelet count, and elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate; serum electrophoresis shows hypergammaglobulinemia.
H ANA, anti-deoxyribonucleic acid, and lupus erythematosus cell test findings are positive in most patients with active SLE, but these are only slightly useful in diagnosing the disease. (ANA test is sensitive
but not specific for SLE.)
H Urine studies show RBCs, WBCs, urine casts, sediment, and significant protein loss (more than 3.5 g
in 24 hours).
H Blood studies demonstrate decreased serum complement (C3 and C4) levels, indicating active disease.
(Leukopenia, mild thrombocytopenia, and anemia
are also seen during active disease.)
H C-reactive protein level is increased during flare-ups.
H Rheumatoid factor is positive in 30% to 40% of patients.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may disclose pleurisy or lupus pneumonitis.
9400S.qxd
8/2/12
4:48 PM
Page 797
Diagnostic procedures
H Central nervous system (CNS) involvement may account for abnormal EEG results in about 70% of patients, but brain scans and magnetic resonance imaging may be normal in patients with SLE despite CNS
disease.
H Electrocardiography may show a conduction defect
with cardiac involvement or pericarditis.
H Renal biopsy shows progression of SLE and the extent of renal involvement.
H Skin biopsy shows immunoglobulin and complement
deposition in the dermal-epidermal junction in 90%
of patients.
Treatment
General
H Use of sunscreen with sun protection factor of at
least 15
H No dietary restrictions unless renal failure occurs
H Regular exercise program
Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Topical corticosteroid creams
H Fluorinated steroids
H Antimalarials
H Corticosteroids
H Cytotoxic drugs
H Antihypertensives
H Immunosuppressants, such as azathioprine and
cyclophosphamide
Surgery
H Possible joint replacement
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H express feelings of increased energy
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM)
H maintain skin integrity
H maintain fluid balance.
volvement.
H Warm and protect the patients hands and feet if she
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of organ involvement
H Urine, stools, and GI secretions for blood
H Scalp for hair loss and skin and mucous membranes
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H ROM exercises and body alignment and postural
techniques
H ways to avoid infection, such as avoiding crowds and
people with known infections
H the need to notify the physician if fever, cough, or
rash occurs or if chest, abdominal, muscle, or joint
pain worsens
H the importance of eating a balanced diet
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H the importance of good skin care
H the benefits of exercise
H the importance of keeping regular follow-up appointments and contacting the physician if flare-ups occur
H the need to wear protective clothing and use a sunscreen
H how to perform meticulous mouth care.
Discharge planning
H Arrange for a physical therapy and occupational ther-
Nursing interventions
H Provide a balanced diet.
H Provide bland, cool foods if the patient has a sore
mouth.
H Provide a mouth rinse of normal saline solution after
797
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 798
Taeniasis
Overview
Common characteristics
Description
worm), T. solium (pork tapeworm), Diphyllobothrium latum (fish tapeworm), or Hymenolepis nana
(dwarf tapeworm)
H Although usually a chronic, benign intestinal disease,
dangerous systemic and central nervous system
(CNS) symptoms possible if T. solium larvae invade
the brain or striated muscle of vital organs
H Also called tapeworm disease and cestodiasis
Pathophysiology
H Gastric acid activates larvae, allowing them to ma-
Causes
T. saginata
H Uncooked or undercooked beef
T. solium
H Uncooked or undercooked pork
D. latum
H Uncooked or undercooked freshwater fish, such as
pike, trout, salmon, and turbot
H. nana
H No intermediate host
H Person-to-person transmission via ova passed in
stool
T. saginata
H Crawling sensation in the perianal area caused by
worm segments that have passed rectally
T. solium
H Seizures
H Headaches
H Personality changes
D. latum
H Anemia
H. nana
H Dependent on patients nutritional status and number
of parasites
H Commonly no symptoms with mild infestation
H With severe infestation, anorexia, diarrhea, restlessness, dizziness, and apathy
Complications
H Appendicitis
H Obstruction of bile ducts and pancreatic duct
Assessment
History
H Ingestion of raw or undercooked beef or pork
H Occasionally, worm segments exiting through the
eating
H Pruritus ani
Risk factors
Physical findings
H Weight loss
H Intraocular larvae
Incidence
T. saginata
H Worldwide, but most prevalent in Europe and East
Africa
T. solium
H Incidence highest in Mexico and Latin America
H Lowest incidence among Muslims and Jews
D. latum
H Most prevalent in Finland, parts of Russia, Japan,
Alaska, Australia, the Great Lakes region of the United States, Switzerland, Chile, and Argentina
H. nana
H Most common tapeworm in humans
798
Taeniasis
Test results
Laboratory
H Tapeworm ova or body segments are seen in feces
(may require multiple specimens).
Treatment
General
H Diet as tolerated
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
H Anthelmintics
H High-dose glucocorticosteroids
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 799
ALERT
During treatment for T. solium, other health-related
measures, such as laxative use and induced vomiting, are contraindicated because of the danger of
autoinfection and systemic disease.
Surgery
H Possible if complications develop
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of illness
H exhibit no signs of infection
H regain or maintain optimal weight.
Nursing interventions
H Dispose of the patients excretions carefully. Wear
Monitoring
H Stool specimens
H Daily weight
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H expected response to treatment
H preventing reinfection by washing hands thoroughly
and cooking meat and fish thoroughly.
Discharge planning
H After drug treatment, all types of tapeworm infesta-
Taeniasis
799
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 800
Life-threatening disorder
Tay-Sachs disease
Overview
Description
H Lipid storage disease that results from a congenital
enzyme deficiency
H Leads to progressive mental and motor deterioration
H Always fatal, usually before age 5
H Rare form occurs in patients between ages 20 and 30
H No known cure
Pathophysiology
H In this autosomal recessive disorder, the enzyme hex-
Causes
H Autosomal recessive disorder
Incidence
H Affects fewer than 100 infants born yearly in the Unit-
ed States
H About 100 times more common (about 1 in 3,600
Common characteristics
H Progressive mental and motor deterioration
H Blindness
H Deafness
H Inability to swallow
H Cherry-red spot on the retina
Complications
H Recurrent bronchopneumonia
H Dementia
H Blindness
H Seizures
H Paralysis
H Death, usually before age 5
800
Tay-Sachs disease
Assessment
History
H Familial history of Tay-Sachs disease
H Normal appearance at birth (but with possible exag-
and 6 months
H Progressive deterioration
H Psychomotor retardation
H Blindness
H Dementia
Physical findings
H In 3- to 6-month-old infant:
Apathetic appearance
Augmented response to loud sounds
Progressive weakness of the neck, trunk, arm, and
leg muscles that prevents child from sitting up or
lifting head
Difficulty turning over
Inability to grasp objects
Progressive vision loss
H By age 18 months:
Possible seizures
Generalized paralysis
Spasticity
Blindness
Holding eyes wide open and rolling eyeballs
Pupils always dilated
Decerebrate rigidity
Complete vegetative state
Head circumference possibly showing enlargement
Pupils nonreactive to light
Ophthalmoscopic examination possibly showing
optic nerve atrophy and a distinctive cherry-red
spot on the retina
H In a child who survives bouts of recurrent bronchopneumonia: possible ataxia and progressive motor
retardation between ages 2 and 8 years
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum analysis shows deficient hexosaminidase A.
H Amniocentesis or chorionic villus sampling allows
prenatal diagnosis of hexosaminidase A deficiency.
Treatment
General
H Supportive care
H Suctioning
H Postural drainage to remove secretions
H Meticulous skin care
H Tube feedings with nutritional supplements
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 801
H Activity as tolerated
H Active and passive range-of-motion exercises
Medications
H Mild laxatives
H Anticonvulsants
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or family, if appropriate) will:
H avoid complications
H maintain a patent airway
H express understanding of the disease process and
treatment regimen
H seek outside sources to assist with coping and adjusting to the patients situation.
Nursing interventions
H Help the patients family deal with progressive illness
and death.
H Prevent skin breakdown.
H Provide adequate nutrition.
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Implement seizure precautions.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Stress the importance of amniocentesis in future
pregnancies.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Nutritional status
H Neurologic status
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to perform suctioning when needed
H how to perform postural drainage
H how to give tube feedings
H need for proper skin care to prevent breakdown.
Discharge planning
H Refer the parents for genetic counseling.
H Refer the parents to the National Tay-Sachs and Allied
Diseases Association.
H Refer the parents for psychological counseling if in-
dicated.
H Refer the siblings for screening to determine whether
theyre carriers.
H If the siblings are adult carriers, refer them for ge-
netic counseling; stress that the disease isnt transmitted to offspring unless both parents are carriers.
Tay-Sachs disease
801
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 802
Temporomandibular
joint disease
Overview
Description
Common characteristics
H Pain, stiffness, and tenderness in jaw muscles, face,
or neck
H Headache
H Earache
H Painful clicking or popping over the TMJ
H Limitation of mandibular movement or locking of jaw
H Malalignment of upper and lower teeth
Complications
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
Causes
H Synovitis
H Disc derangement
H Hypermobile TMJ
H Bruxism
H Muscle spasm
H Trauma
H Poorly fitting dentures
H Poor posture of the head, neck and shoulders
H Hereditary conditions affecting the structures of the
Physical findings
H Pain or tenderness without jaw movement; worsens
Test results
Imaging
H Videoarthrography shows abnormal jaw motion.
H Panoramic dental X-rays show abnormal wear.
H Computed tomography scan shows altered bone
structure.
H Magnetic resonance imaging aids in treatment options.
joint
Risk factors
H Chronic oral habits, such as clenching or grinding
the teeth
H Osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis
H Dental malocclusion
H Fibrositis
H Psychosocial stress
Treatment
General
H Jaw rest
H Heat therapy
H Correction of malocclusion with orthodontic appli-
ance
Incidence
H Stress reduction
H Behavior modification to eliminate tension-relieving
802
oral habits
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 803
Medications
H Anti-inflammatories
H Muscle relaxants
H Analgesics
H Botulinum toxin
Surgery
H Possibly, a procedure to correct disc displacement or
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience relief or decrease in pain
H verbalize an understanding of the condition
H express understanding of measures for relief of
symptoms
H comply with the treatment plan.
Nursing interventions
H Help identify the underlying cause.
H Help the patient identify risk factors.
H Assist the patient with the proper use of malocclusion
orthodontic appliances.
H Help the patient identify triggers for stress.
H Refer the patient to a behavior-modification program
for stress.
H Incorporate stress-reduction techniques.
H Encourage the patient to frequently rest the jaw.
H Apply heat to affected area.
Monitoring
H Compliance with therapeutic plan
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H use of orthodontic appliances
H stress management
H avoidance of clenching or grinding teeth
H diagnostic studies
H consumption of a soft diet to reduce chewing
H avoidance of wide yawning.
803
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 804
Pathophysiology
Tendinitis
H Inflammation causes localized pain around the
affected area.
H Joint movement is restricted.
H Swelling results from fluid accumulation.
H Calcium deposits form in and around the tendon.
H Further swelling and immobility result.
Bursitis
H Bursae sacs hold lubricating synovial fluid.
H Inflammation causes gradual pain and limits joint
motion.
Causes
Tendinitis
H Trauma (such as a strain during sports activity)
H Musculoskeletal disorders (rheumatic diseases and
congenital defects)
H Postural malalignment
H Abnormal body development
H Hypermobility in calcific tendinitis
Bursitis
H Recurring trauma from an inflammatory joint disease
H Common stressors:
Repetitive kneeling
Jogging in worn-out shoes on hard asphalt surfaces
Prolonged sitting with crossed legs on hard surfaces
H Septic bursitis: wound infection or bacterial invasion
(see Anatomy of tendons and bursae)
804
Incidence
H More common in elderly people
H Common in those performing activities that over-
Common characteristics
H Localized pain
H Interrupted sleep
H Limited movement
H Crepitus over involved area
H Swelling over involved area
Complications
H Scar tissue with subsequent disability
Assessment
History
Tendinitis
H Traumatic injury or strain from athletic activity
H Concurrent musculoskeletal disorder
H Palpable tenderness over the affected site
H Referred tenderness in the related segment
H Shoulder:
Localized pain; most severe at night
Pain usually interfering with sleep
Pain aggravated by heat
H Elbow: pain when grasping objects or twisting the
elbow
H Hamstring: pain in the posterolateral aspect of the
knee
H Foot: pain over the Achilles tendon and on dorsiflexion
Bursitis
H Unusual strain or injury 2 to 3 days before pain
began
H Pain that develops suddenly or gradually
H Pain that may limit movement
H Work or leisure activity that may involve repetitive
action
Physical findings
Tendinitis
H Shoulder: restricted shoulder movement (especially
abduction)
H Elbow: tenderness over the lateral epicondyle
H Hamstring: palpable tenderness when knee flexed at
a 90-degree angle
H Foot: crepitus when the patient moves his foot
Bursitis
H Tenderness over the affected site
H Swelling with severe bursitis
Test results
Laboratory
H Various serum and urine test results rule out other
disorders.
Imaging
H X-rays in tendinitis may show bony fragments, osteophyte sclerosis, or calcium deposits.
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 805
Clavicle
Acromioclavicular joint
Subacromial bursa
Humerus
Subscapularis muscle
Biceps tendons
Nursing interventions
in the joint.
H Arthrography is usually normal in tendinitis with minor irregularities on the tendon under the surface.
Diagnostic procedures
H Arthrocentesis may identify causative microorganisms and other causes of inflammation.
Treatment
General
H Cold, heat, or ultrasound applications
H No dietary restrictions
H Resting the affected joint
H Range-of-motion (ROM) exercises
Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)
H Local anesthetics
H Corticosteroids
H Oral anti-inflammatories
H Short-term analgesics
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have increased comfort and decreased pain
H maintain joint mobility and ROM
H perform activities of daily living
H express understanding of the treatment regimen and
disease process.
Monitoring
H Severity and pattern of pain
H Response to treatment
H ROM
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to minimize GI distress caused by NSAIDs
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H activities that promote rest and relaxation
H strengthening exercises
H the prescribed exercise regimen
H need for proper sports equipment, shoes, and playing surfaces
H use of cushioned shoes
H application of cold packs
H proper body mechanics.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a weight-management program,
as appropriate.
805
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 806
Testicular cancer
H Metastasis
H Ureteral obstruction
Overview
Assessment
Description
History
becoming seminomas
H Prognosis dependent on cancer cell type and stage
Pathophysiology
H Testicular cancer spreads through the lymphatic sys-
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
H Cryptorchidism (see Cryptorchidism and testicular
cancer)
H Mumps orchitis
H Inguinal hernia in childhood
H Maternal use of diethylstilbestrol (DES) or other
Incidence
H Most common in males ages 20 to 40
H Rare in nonwhite males
H Accounts for less than 1% of all male cancer deaths
H Rare in children
Common characteristics
H Fullness of testes
H Lump in testes
Complications
H Back or abdominal pain from retroperitoneal
adenopathy
806
Testicular cancer
scrotum
H Weight loss (late sign)
H Fatigue and weakness (late sign)
Physical findings
H Enlarged testes
H Gynecomastia
H Lethargic, thin, and pallid appearance (later stages)
H Palpable firm, smooth testicular mass
H Enlarged lymph nodes in surrounding areas
Test results
Laboratory
H Elevated levels of the proteins (tumor markers)
human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) and alphafetoprotein (AFP) suggest testicular cancer and
can differentiate a seminoma from a nonseminoma.
H Elevated HCG and AFP levels indicate a nonseminoma.
H Elevated HCG and normal AFP levels indicate a seminoma.
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsy confirms the diagnosis and can be used to
stage the disease.
H Scrotal ultrasound shows the tumor.
Treatment
General
H Varies with tumor cell type and stage
H Radiation therapy
H Autologous bone marrow transplantation for patients
Medications
H Chemotherapy
H Hormonal therapy
Surgery
H Orchiectomy and retroperitoneal node dissection
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 807
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express positive feelings about himself
H report feeling less tension or pain
H avoid or minimize complications
H voice understanding of treatment
H express feelings and perceptions about change in
sexual performance.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Administer drug therapy.
H Apply an ice pack to the scrotum.
Monitoring
H Wound site
H Vital signs
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Pain control
H Effects of medication
H Postoperative complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H reassurance that infertility and impotence usually
dont follow unilateral orchiectomy
H sperm-banking procedures before the patient begins
treatment, especially if infertility and impotence may
result from surgery
H testicular self-examination.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resource and support
services.
Testicular cancer
807
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 808
Testicular torsion
Incidence
Overview
Description
H An abnormal twisting of the spermatic cord caused
Pathophysiology
H Normally, the tunica vaginalis envelops the testis and
Causes
H Congenital anomaly
H Trauma
H Sexual activity
H Undescended testicle
H Exercise
Extravaginal torsion
In extravaginal torsion, rotation of the spermatic cord
above the testis causes strangulation and, eventually,
infarction of the testis.
Common characteristics
H Excruciating pain in the affected testis or iliac fossa
Complications
H Loss of testicle
H Infarction of testicle
H Infection
H Infertility
Assessment
History
H Previous episodes of intermittent testicular pain that
resolved spontaneously
H Sudden scrotal pain
H Nausea and vomiting
H Abdominal pain
H Fever
Physical findings
H Scrotal swelling
H Painful testicle
H Horizontal lie of the testicle
H Scrotal erythema
H Ipsilateral loss of the cremasteric reflex
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Doppler ultrasonography helps distinguish testicular
torsion from strangulated hernia, undescended
testes, or epididymitis.
Treatment
General
H Manual detorsion
H Nothing by mouth before surgery; diet as tolerated
after surgery
H Activity as tolerated after surgery
Spermatic
cord rotation
Medications
H Analgesics
Surgery
H Immediate surgical repair by orchiopexy (fixation of
Mesorchium
Testis
808
Testicular torsion
a viable testis to the scrotum) or orchiectomy (excision of a nonviable testis); as with ovarian torsion in
the female, preservation of the organ preferred
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 809
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased comfort and decreased pain
H express understanding of condition and treatment
H develop no complications.
Nursing interventions
H Promote the patients comfort before and after
surgery.
H After surgery, administer drugs for pain.
H Apply an ice bag with a cover to reduce edema.
H Protect the wound from contamination.
Monitoring
H Voiding
H Scrotal swelling
H Pain control
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H wound care.
Testicular torsion
809
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 810
Life-threatening disorder
Tetanus
Overview
Description
H An acute exotoxin-mediated infection
H Usually systemic, but possibly localized
H Up to 60% fatal in unimmunized patients
H Also known as lockjaw
Pathophysiology
H After the organism enters the body, local infection
Causes
H Anaerobic, spore-forming, gram-positive bacillus
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Rhabdomyolysis
H Death
Assessment
History
H Inadequate immunization
H Recent wound or burn
H Pain or paresthesia at the site of injury
H Complaints of difficulty chewing or swallowing food,
drooling
Physical findings
H Spasm and increased muscle tone near the wound
(local infection)
H Irregular heartbeat and tachycardia
H Marked muscle hypertonicity
H Hyperactive deep tendon reflexes
H Profuse sweating, low-grade fever
H Painful, involuntary muscle contractions
H Rigid neck and facial muscles, resulting in lockjaw
Clostridium tetani
H Transmission through puncture wounds, burns, or
minor wounds contaminated by soil, dust, or animal
excreta containing C. tetani
Risk factors
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood cultures and tetanus antibody tests are negative.
H Wound culture is positive in one-third of patients.
H Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) pressure is increased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture (spinal tap) may show elevated CSF
pressure.
Incidence
H Occurs worldwide, but more prevalent in agricultural
Common characteristics
H Usually, a normal body temperature or a slight fever
Complications
H Pneumonia
H Airway obstruction
H Respiratory arrest
H Heart failure
H Fractures
810
Tetanus
Treatment
General
H Airway maintenance
H Enteral or parenteral feeding
H Bed rest until recovery
Medications
H Tetanus immune globulin
H Tetanus antitoxin
H Tetanus toxoid immunization
H Muscle relaxants
H Neuromuscular blockers
H Antibiotics
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 811
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain tissue perfusion and cellular oxygenation
H have a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H show no signs of neurologic compromise.
Nursing interventions
H Debride and clean the injury site.
H Check the immunization history.
H Maintain an adequate airway and ventilation.
H Keep emergency airway equipment on standby.
H Administer I.V. therapy as prescribed.
H Minimize stimulation.
H Perform range-of-motion exercises.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status
H Injury site
H Complications
H Deep tendon reflexes
H Muscle tone
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of getting a booster dose of tetanus
toxoid every 10 years
H the need for tetanus prophylaxis in case of a skin
injury or burn
H the need to avoid external stimulation (evokes
muscle spasms) and to keep the room dark and
quiet.
Tetanus
811
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 812
Tetralogy of Fallot
Overview
Description
H A combination of four cardiac defects: ventricular
Assessment
History
H Blue spells
H Diminished exercise tolerance
H Increasing dyspnea on exertion
H Growth retardation
H Eating difficulties
Physical findings
H Clubbing
H Cyanosis
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Loud systolic heart murmur (best heard along the
Causes
Test results
H Unknown
H Associated with fetal alcohol syndrome and thalido-
Laboratory
H Arterial oxygen saturation is diminished.
H Polycythemia is present. (Hematocrit may be more
than 60%.)
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may demonstrate decreased pulmonary
vascular marking, depending on the severity of the
pulmonary obstruction, and a boot-shaped cardiac
silhouette.
H Echocardiography identifies septal overriding of the
aorta, the VSD, and pulmonary stenosis, and detects
the hypertrophied walls of the right ventricle.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows right ventricular hypertrophy, right axis deviation and, possibly, right atrial
hypertrophy.
H Cardiac catheterization confirms the diagnosis by
showing pulmonary stenosis, the VSD, and the overriding aorta and ruling out other cyanotic heart
defects.
Pathophysiology
Risk factors
H Maternal viral illness during pregnancy
H Poor prenatal nutrition
H Maternal age older than 40
H History of tetralogy of Fallot in parent
H Down syndrome
Incidence
H Accounts for about 10% of all congenital heart
diseases
H Occurs equally in males and females
Common characteristics
H Cyanosis
H Blue spells, which are characterized by dyspnea;
Treatment
Complications
General
H Cerebral abscesses
H Pulmonary thrombosis
H Venous thrombosis
H Cerebral embolism
H Infective endocarditis
H In females with tetralogy of Fallot living to childbear-
ing age, increased risk of spontaneous abortion, premature births, and low birth weight
812
Tetralogy of Fallot
Medications
H Beta-adrenergic blockers
H Prophylactic antibiotics
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 813
Surgery
H Palliative surgery: performed on infants with poten-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient and family will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H foster improved cardiac blood flow
H express understanding of condition and treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Provide postoperative care.
H Administer drug therapy.
H Explain the disorder and its treatment to the patients
parents. Inform them that their child will set his own
exercise limits and will know when to rest.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Blue spells
H Oxygenation levels
H Intake and output
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to recognize serious hypoxic spells, which can
cause dramatically increased cyanosis; deep, sighing
respirations; and loss of consciousness
H preventing infective endocarditis and other infections, and keeping the child away from people with
infections
H following good dental hygiene, and watching for ear,
nose, and throat infections and dental caries, all of
which require immediate treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and family to support and social
services.
H Refer parents to genetic counseling as needed.
Tetralogy of Fallot
813
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 814
Thalassemia
Overview
Description
H A group of genetic disorders characterized by defec-
Pathophysiology
In beta-thalassemia
H The fundamental defect is the uncoupling of alphaand beta-chain synthesis.
H Beta-chain production is depressed moderately in
beta-thalassemia minor and severely in betathalassemia major (also called Cooleys anemia).
H Depression of beta-chain synthesis results in erythrocytes with reduced hemoglobin and accumulations of
free-alpha chains.
H The free-alpha chains are unstable and easily precipitate in the cell; most erythroblasts that contain precipitates are destroyed by mononuclear phagocytes
in the marrow, resulting in ineffective erythropoiesis
and anemia.
H Some precipitate-carrying cells mature and enter the
bloodstream but are destroyed prematurely in the
spleen, resulting in mild hemolytic anemia.
In alpha-thalassemia
H Four forms exist:
Alpha trait (the carrier trait), in which a single
alpha-chain-forming gene is defective
Alpha-thalassemia minor, in which two genes are
defective
Hemoglobin H disease, in which three genes are
defective
Alpha-thalassemia major, in which all four alphachain-forming genes are defective; death is inevitable because alpha chains are absent and
oxygen cant be released to the tissues
Causes
H Inherited autosomal recessive disorder
Incidence
H Second most common cause of microcytic anemia
H Alpha-thalassemia more common in Blacks and
Asians
H Beta-thalassemia more common in Mediterranean
populations
Common characteristics
H Anemia
Complications
H Iron overload from RBC transfusions
H Pathologic fractures
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Liver failure
H Heart failure
H Death
Assessment
Skull changes in thalassemia major
This illustration of an X-ray shows a characteristic skull
abnormality in thalassemia major: diploetic fibers extending from internal lamina and resembling hair standing on
end.
History
H Severity of anemia and symptoms range from mild to
severe:
Fatigue
Shortness of breath
Headache
Angina
Physical findings
H Pallor or bronze appearance
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Splenomegaly
H Hepatomegaly
H Tachycardia
H Systolic murmur (in moderate or severe anemia)
Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count shows decreased hemoglobin,
hematocrit, and mean corpuscular volume.
H Serum iron level is normal or increased.
H Serum ferritin level is normal or increased.
H Total iron-binding capacity is normal.
814
Thalassemia
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 815
or beta-hemoglobulin chains.
Imaging
H In thalassemia major, X-rays of the skull and long
bones show thinning and widening of the marrow
space because of overactive bone marrow. Long
bones may show areas of osteoporosis. The phalanges may also be deformed (rectangular or biconvex). The bones of the skull and vertebrae may appear granular. (See Skull changes in thalassemia
major.)
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of good nutrition
H signs and symptoms of iron overload
H follow-up care
H with the parents of a young patient, various options
for healthy physical and creative outlets. Such a child
must avoid strenuous athletic activity. Reassure the
parents that the child may be allowed to participate
in less stressful activities.
Treatment
Discharge planning
General
Medications
H Transfusions of packed RBCs
H Chelation therapy, such as desferal and exjade
Surgery
H Splenectomy
H Bone marrow transplantation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H develop no arrhythmias
H remain hemodynamically stable
H demonstrate age-appropriate skills and behaviors to
the extent possible.
Nursing interventions
H Administer blood transfusions, and watch for adverse
reactions.
H Provide an adequate diet, and encourage oral fluid
intake.
H Provide emotional support to help the patient and
Monitoring
H Transfusion reaction
H Signs and symptoms of iron overload
H Complications
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Anemia symptom severity
H Response to treatment
Thalassemia
815
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 816
Thrombocytopenia
Physical findings
Overview
Description
H A deficient number of circulating platelets
H The most common cause of hemorrhagic disorders
Pathophysiology
H Lack of platelets can cause inadequate hemostasis.
H Four mechanisms are responsible: decreased platelet
Test results
Laboratory
H Platelet count is diminished to less than 100,000/l
in adults.
H Bleeding time is prolonged.
H Prothrombin and partial thromboplastin times are
normal.
Diagnostic procedures
H In severe thrombocytopenia, a bone marrow study
shows the number, size, and cytoplasmic maturity of
the megakaryocytes (bone marrow cells that release
mature platelets); study may show ineffective platelet
production as the cause of thrombocytopenia and be
used to rule out a malignant disease process.
Causes
Treatment
General
bone marrow
H Increased platelet destruction outside the marrow
caused by an underlying disorder (such as cirrhosis
of the liver, disseminated intravascular coagulation,
or severe infection)
H Sequestration (hypersplenism, hypothermia) or
platelet loss
H Transient occurrence after a viral infection (such as
Epstein-Barr virus) or infectious mononucleosis
Incidence
H Acquired form more common
thrombocytopenia
H Well-balanced diet
H Rest periods between activities
H During active bleeding, strict bed rest
Medications
H Platelet transfusions
H Corticosteroids
H Immune globulin
H Immunosuppressants, such as cyclophosphamide
and azathioprine
Common characteristics
Surgery
H Splenectomy
Complications
Nursing considerations
In severe thrombocytopenia
H Hemorrhage
H Death
Key outcomes
Assessment
History
H Sudden onset of petechiae and ecchymoses or bleed-
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Provide rest periods between activities.
H Provide a stool softener if necessary.
H Protect all areas of ecchymosis and petechiae from
further injury.
H Take precautions against bleeding; protect the patient
from trauma.
816
Thrombocytopenia
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 817
Monitoring
H Daily platelet count
H Bleeding
H Ecchymoses and petechiae
H Occult blood in stool, urine, and emesis
H During corticosteroid therapy, fluid and electrolyte
balance and signs and symptoms of infection, pathologic fractures, and mood changes
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to recognize and report signs of intracranial
bleeding and other signs of bleeding
H avoidance of straining with stools and coughing, both
of which can lead to increased intracranial pressure
H the function of platelets
H in severe thrombocytopenia, an understanding that
even minor bumps or scrapes may result in bleeding
H how to control local bleeding
H if thrombocytopenia is drug-induced, the importance
of avoiding the offending drug
H if the patient must receive long-term corticosteroid
therapy, the need to watch for and report cushingoid
symptoms and to discontinue corticosteroids gradually
H avoidance of aspirin in any form as well as other
drugs that impair coagulation
H if the patient experiences frequent nosebleeds, using
a humidifier at night
H how to examine the skin for ecchymoses and petechiae
H how to test stools for occult blood
H the importance of wearing medical identification
jewelry.
Thrombocytopenia
817
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 818
Causes
Thrombophlebitis
Risk factors
Overview
Description
H Development of a thrombus that may cause vessel oc-
clusion or embolization
H An acute condition characterized by inflammation
H May be idiopathic
H Prolonged bed rest
H Trauma
H Surgery
H Pregnancy and childbirth
H Hormonal contraceptives or replacement therapy
such as estrogens
Pathophysiology
H Alteration in epithelial lining causes platelet aggrega-
H Neoplasms
H Fracture of the spine, pelvis, femur, or tibia
H Venous stasis
H Venulitis
H Family history of clotting disorder
H Smoking
H Obesity
Incidence
H Increasing with the use of subclavian vein catheters
H Risk for developing deep vein thrombophlebitis dra-
Common characteristics
H Tenderness, erythema, and warmth over affected area
H Swelling of affected leg
Complications
H Pulmonary embolism
H Chronic venous insufficiency
Assessment
External iliac
Common femoral
History
Internal iliac
Greater saphenous
Physical findings
Popliteal
Lesser saphenous
or arm
Communicating
(perforator)
Posterior tibial
Anterior tibial
818
Thrombophlebitis
thrombophlebitis
Deep femoral
Superficial femoral
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Doppler ultrasonography shows reduced blood flow
to a specific area and any obstruction to venous flow,
particularly in iliofemoral deep vein thrombophlebitis.
H Plethysmography shows decreased circulation distal
to the affected area and is more sensitive than ultrasonography in detecting deep vein thrombophlebitis.
H Phlebography confirms the diagnosis and shows filling defects and diverted blood flow.
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 819
Treatment
Patient teaching
General
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of follow-up blood studies to monitor
anticoagulant therapy
H how to give injections (if the patient is being discharged on subcutaneous anticoagulation therapy)
H the need to avoid prolonged sitting or standing to
help prevent a recurrence
H proper application and use of antiembolism stockings
H the importance of adequate hydration
H use of an electric razor and avoidance of products
that contain aspirin.
ed area
H Antiembolism stockings
H Bed rest, with elevation of the affected extremity
Medications
H Anticoagulants
H Thrombolytics
H Analgesics
Surgery
H Simple ligation to vein plication, or clipping
H Embolectomy
H Caval interruption with transvenous placement of a
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain collateral circulation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain tissue perfusion and cellular oxygenation
H develop no signs or symptoms of infection.
Nursing interventions
H Enforce bed rest and elevate the patients affected
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding
H Vital signs
H Partial thromboplastin time for patient on heparin
therapy
H Prothrombin time for patient on warfarin
H Signs and symptoms of heparin-induced thrombocy-
topenia
H Signs and symptoms of pulmonary embolism
H Response to treatment
Thrombophlebitis
819
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 820
Thyroid cancer
Overview
Description
H Proliferation of cancer cells in the thyroid gland
H The most common endocrine malignancy
H Papillary carcinomas: nearly 70% of all cases
H Medullary cancer: may be associated with pheochro-
Pathophysiology
H Papillary cancer is usually multifocal and bilateral. It
Causes
H Previous exposure to radiation treatment in the neck
area
H Prolonged secretion of thyroid-stimulating hormone
(radiation or heredity)
Risk factors
H Familial predisposition (possibly inherited as an au-
Incidence
H 1.2 to 2.6 per 100,000 cases in males
H 2.0 to 3.8 per 100,000 cases in females
H Nearly two times the number of cases in Iceland and
ipino females
H Rare in children
Common characteristics
H Painless nodule; hard nodule in an enlarged thyroid
gland
820
Thyroid cancer
Complications
H Dysphagia
H Stridor
H Hormone alterations
H Distant metastasis
Assessment
History
H Sensitivity to cold and mental apathy (hypothy-
roidism)
H Sensitivity to heat, restlessness, and overactivity
(hyperthyroidism)
H Diarrhea
H Dysphagia
H Anorexia
H Irritability
H Ear pain
Physical findings
H Hard, painless nodule in an enlarged thyroid gland
Test results
Laboratory
H Calcitonin assay identifies silent medullary carcinoma. Measuring calcitonin level in a resting state and
during calcium infusion (15 mg/kg over 4 hours)
shows an elevated fasting calcitonin level and an abnormal response to calcium stimulation a higher
release of calcitonin from the node than from the
rest of the gland indicating medullary cancer.
Imaging
H Thyroid scan differentiates functional nodes, which
are rarely malignant, from hypofunctional nodes,
which are commonly malignant.
H Ultrasonography shows changes in the size of thyroid
nodules after thyroxine suppression therapy and is
used to guide fine-needle aspiration and to detect recurrent disease.
H Magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography scans provide a basis for treatment planning because they show the extent of disease in the thyroid
and surrounding structures.
Diagnostic procedures
H Fine-needle aspiration biopsy differentiates benign
from malignant thyroid nodules.
H Histologic analysis stages the disease and thereby
guides treatment plans.
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 821
Treatment
General
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
services.
Medications
H Suppressive thyroid hormone therapy
H Chemotherapy
Surgery
H Total or subtotal thyroidectomy with modified node
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain current weight without further loss
H express positive feelings about self
H not aspirate
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
Before surgery
H Prepare the patient for scheduled surgery.
H Establish a way to communicate postoperatively.
After surgery
H Keep the patient in semi-Fowlers position, with adequate neck support.
H Keep a tracheotomy set and oxygen equipment nearby in case of respiratory obstruction.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Wound site
H Pain control
H Serum calcium levels (if the parathyroid glands were
removed)
H Postoperative complications
H Hydration and nutritional status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H (before surgery) the operation and postoperative
procedures and positioning
Thyroid cancer
821
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 822
Thyroiditis
Overview
Assessment
Description
History
thyroid gland
H Autoimmune (Hashimotos) thyroiditis: the most
common chronic inflammatory disease of the thyroid
gland
H Postpartum thyroiditis: a form of autoimmune thyroiditis that occurs within 1 year of delivery
H Subacute thyroiditis: a transient inflammation of the
thyroid gland thats probably viral in origin
H Riedels thyroiditis: a rare condition with unknown
etiology possibly a variant of Hashimotos thyroiditis
H Supportive thyroiditis: an uncommon bacterial or
fungal infection of the thyroid thats potentially very
serious
H Silent thyroiditis: a transient hyperthyroid condition
characterized by a small painless goiter and may be
autoimmune in origin
Pathophysiology
H The inflammatory process has varying effects on thy-
Causes
H Mumps
H Influenza, coxsackievirus, or adenovirus infections
H Tuberculosis
H Syphilis
H Actinomycosis
H Bacterial infection
H Sarcoidosis and amyloidosis
Incidence
H More common in females than in males
H Autoimmune thyroiditis most common in middle-age
Common characteristics
H Signs and symptoms of hyperthyroidism or hypothy-
roidism
Complications
H Depending on type of inflammation:
822
Thyroiditis
Physical findings
H Enlargement of the thyroid gland (goiter)
H Reddened skin over the thyroid gland
H Indurated neck tissues
H Small, firm, and finely nodular thyroid gland with a
surrounding structures
H Stridor
Test results
Laboratory
H In autoimmune processes, serum thyroglobulin and
microsomal antibody levels are increased.
HASHIMOTOS THYROIDITIS
H Thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) level is in-
creased.
H Triiodothyronine and thyroxine levels are normal or
decreased.
H Antimicrosomal and antithyroglobulin antibodies are
increased.
SUBACUTE THYROIDITIS
H Thyroid hormone levels may be elevated, suppressed,
Imaging
H Thyroid scan may show isolated areas of function or
total failure to visualize the gland.
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 823
Diagnostic procedures
H Fine-needle thyroid gland biopsy offers histologic
confirmation.
Monitoring
Treatment
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Respiratory status
H Signs and symptoms of hyperthyroidism or hypothy-
General
H Neck circumference
Medications
H Thyroid hormone
H Analgesics
H Anti-inflammatories
H Beta-adrenergic blockers
H Corticosteroids
H Antibiotics
roidism
Patient teaching
Nursing considerations
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H signs and symptoms of respiratory distress
H signs and symptoms of hyperthyroidism and hypothyroidism
H long-term hormone replacement therapy after
thyroidectomy
H the importance of wearing or carrying medical
identification.
Key outcomes
Discharge planning
Surgery
H Partial thyroidectomy
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Elevate the head of the bed 90 degrees during meal-
ALERT
After thyroidectomy, watch for signs of tetany secondary to accidental parathyroid injury during
surgery. Keep 10% calcium gluconate available for
I.V. use if needed. Check dressings frequently for
excessive bleeding. Watch for signs of airway obstruction, such as difficulty talking or increased
swallowing, and keep tracheotomy equipment
handy.
Thyroiditis
823
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 824
Tobacco abuse
Overview
Description
H Addiction to nicotine, the drug in tobacco
H Effects on the brain similar to heroin, morphine, and
cocaine
H Includes cigarettes, cigars, pipe tobacco, snuff, and
chewing tobacco
H Results in withdrawal symptoms when a person tries
to stop using tobacco
H Harmful effects of tobacco products dose-dependent
Pathophysiology
H Rapid absorption of nicotine through the lungs of
Common characteristics
H Female smokers: generally have earlier menopause
H Important events given up because of restrictions of
tobacco use
H Continued tobacco use despite negative conse-
quences
H Cravings of tobacco
H Large amounts of time spent using tobacco
H Tolerance to nicotine effects
H Withdrawal symptoms: increased anger, hostility, and
aggression; disturbed emotional equilibrium following stress; impairment across a wide range of psychomotor and cognitive functions such as difficulty
with concentration
Complications
H Cardiovascular diseases: coronary artery disease, pe-
Causes
Assessment
Risk factors
H Addictive personality
H A friend who was a substance abuser
H Family members who smoke or with other addictions
H In adolescents, average to below average school per-
Incidence
H 25% to 33% of adult males and females smoking
H Numbers expected to diminish to 15% to 20% over
History
H Use of tobacco products
H Inability to successfully stop using tobacco
Physical findings
H Elevated blood pressure
H Increased pulse rate
H Cough
Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray shows chronic changes related to smoking.
Other
H Nicotine dependence assessment tool, such as the
Nicotine Dependence Syndrome Scale, shows the
level of addiction.
since 1987
H About 5 million smokers in the United States: be-
824
Tobacco abuse
Treatment
General
H Motivation to stop using tobacco
H Behavioral counseling
H Skills training to overcome high-risk situations
H Psychological support
H Alternative rewards and reinforcers
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 825
Medications
H Nicotine replacement therapy in the form of nicotine
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express a desire to stop abusing tobacco
H identify risks associated with tobacco abuse
H demonstrate improved physical health and function
H verbalize an improved sense of well-being and mental health
H develop a plan to stop abusing tobacco.
Nursing interventions
H Assess the patients attitude toward tobacco abuse.
H Be supportive and remain nonjudgmental.
H Advise the patient about health risks and effective
cessation methods.
H Assist the patient in developing a plan to quit.
H Suggest motivational strategies for quitting.
H Help the patient identify ways to avoid weight gain af-
groups.
H Arrange for follow-up care.
Monitoring
H Prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H Vital signs
H Psychological and emotional response
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H the risks of second-hand smoke
H withdrawal symptoms and ways to reduce their effects
H strategies to improve chance of successful quitting
H where to obtain support.
Tobacco abuse
825
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 826
Tonsillitis
Overview
Description
H Headache
H Pain, commonly referred to the ears
H Constant urge to swallow
H Constricted feeling in the back of the throat
Physical findings
H Fever
H Swollen, tender submandibular lymph nodes
H Generalized inflammation of pharyngeal wall
H Swollen tonsils projecting from between the pillars
Pathophysiology
Causes
Test results
Laboratory
H Throat culture reveals the infecting organism.
H Serum white blood cell count usually reveals leukocytosis.
cocci)
H Viral infection
Risk factors
H Close contact with others in school or child care
facility
Incidence
Special populations
Commonly affects children between ages 5 and 10
H Tonsils tending to hypertrophy during childhood and
Treatment
General
H Symptom relief
H Adequate fluid intake
H Rest periods as needed
Medications
H Aspirin or acetaminophen
H Antibiotics
Common characteristics
Surgery
H Sore throat
H Enlarged tonsils
H Possible tonsillectomy
Complications
Nursing considerations
Assessment
History
H Mild to severe sore throat
H Young child possibly stops eating
H Muscle and joint pain
H Chills
H Malaise
826
Tonsillitis
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H show no signs of aspiration
H maintain effective breathing pattern
H have balanced intake and output.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage oral fluids.
H Offer a child ice cream and flavored drinks and ices.
H Provide humidification.
H Encourage gargling to soothe the throat and remove
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 827
Monitoring
H Hydration status
H Effect of pain medication
Before surgery
H Bleeding abnormalities
After surgery
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding
H Respiratory status
ALERT
Immediately report excessive bleeding, increased
pulse rate, or decreasing blood pressure.
ALERT
The greatest risk of bleeding is 7 to 10 days after
surgery.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of completing the entire course of
antibiotics
H avoidance of irritants
H the need for soft foods for about 3 weeks after
surgery to decrease risk of rebleeding
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H the possibility of throat discomfort and some bleeding after surgery
H expectation of a white scab to form in the throat 5 to
10 days after surgery
H the need to report bleeding, ear discomfort, or a
fever that lasts 3 days or more.
Tonsillitis
827
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 828
Life-threatening disorder
Common characteristics
Overview
Description
Complications
H Septic abortion
H Musculoskeletal and respiratory infections
H Staphylococcal bacteremia
H Renal and myocardial dysfunction
H Acute respiratory distress syndrome
H Desquamation of the skin
H Peripheral gangrene
H Muscle weakness
H Neuropsychiatric dysfunction
rial infections
H An acute and life-threatening condition
H Also called TSS
Pathophysiology
H Toxic exoproteins are produced by infecting organ-
isms.
H TSST-1 is the most common toxin; staphylococcal
Causes
H Penicillin-resistant S. aureus
Risk factors
H Tampon use
H Varicella infection
H Streptococcal pharyngitis
Incidence
H Affects 1 in 100,000
H Primarily affects young people
828
Assessment
History
H Possible recent streptococcal infection
H Possible tampon use or menstruation
H Intense myalgia, headache
H Nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea
H Sore throat
H Dizziness
Physical findings
H Fever (104 F [40 C] or higher)
H Pharyngeal infection, strawberry tongue
H Hypotension
H Altered mental status
H Macular erythroderma (generalized or local)
H Peripheral edema
H Vaginal hyperemia, purulent vaginal discharge
Test results
Laboratory
H Isolation of S. aureus from vaginal discharge or infection site supports the diagnosis. (See Guidelines
for diagnosing toxic shock syndrome.)
H Blood urea nitrogen examination shows azotemia.
H Urinalysis shows pyuria.
H Serum albumin levels reveal hypoalbuminemia.
H Serum calcium levels reveal hypocalcemia.
H Serum phosphorus levels reveal hypophosphatemia.
H Complete blood count shows leukocytosis or
leukopenia.
H Platelet count shows thrombocytopenia.
H Serum creatinine level is increased.
Treatment
General
H Aggressive fluid resuscitation
H Correction of electrolyte imbalances
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 829
support
H Identification and decontamination of toxin produc-
tion site
H Bed rest until acute phase resolved
Medications
H Antibiotics
H Inotropics
H Vasopressors
H I.V. immunoglobulin
Prevention
Preventing TSS
Toxic shock syndrome (TSS) may be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Wash your hands before inserting a tampon.
H Change tampons every 4 to 8 hours.
H Use the lowest absorbency tampon necessary for your
menstrual flow.
H Alternate between tampons and sanitary napkins.
H Dont use tampons if you have had TSS because of the
risk of recurrence.
Surgery
H Examination and irrigation of recent surgical wounds
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain collateral circulation
H attain and maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H remain afebrile
H have an adequate fluid volume.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Assess fluid balance and replace fluids I.V., as
needed.
H Reorient as needed.
H Use appropriate safety measures to prevent injury.
H Use standard precautions for any vaginal discharge
Monitoring
H Cardiovascular status
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Neurologic status
H Vital signs
H Pulmonary status
H Response to treatment
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H TSS prevention. (See Preventing TSS.)
829
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 830
Toxoplasmosis
H Chemotherapy
H Steroid use
H Pregnancy
Overview
Incidence
Description
eases
H Usually causes localized infection
H May produce significant generalized infection, especially in an immunodeficient patient
H Once infected, organism carried for life and acute infection can reactivate
H Congenital type characterized by lesions in the central nervous system (CNS); may result in stillbirth or
serious birth defects
Pathophysiology
H After ingestion, parasites are released from latent
Causes
H The protozoan Toxoplasma gondii, which exists in
Risk factors
H Human immunodeficiency virus and acquired
immunodeficiency syndrome
H Immunosuppression
Common characteristics
H Fever
H Rash
H Constitutional symptoms
Complications
H Seizure disorder
H Vision loss (see Ocular toxoplasmosis)
H Mental retardation
H Deafness
H Generalized infection
H Stillbirth
H Congenital toxoplasmosis
H Death
Assessment
History
H Possible immunocompromised state, exposure to cat
Physical findings
H Fever (if generalized, possibly 106 F [41.1 C])
H Cough
H Dyspnea
H Cyanosis
H Coarse crackles
H Delirium, seizures
H Diffuse maculopapular rash (except on the palms,
Ocular toxoplasmosis
Ocular toxoplasmosis (active chorioretinitis) is characterized by focal necrotizing retinitis. It accounts for about
25% of all cases of granulomatous uveitis. Although usually the result of a congenital infection, it may not appear
until adolescence or young adulthood, when infection is
reactivated.
Symptoms include blurred vision, scotoma, pain, photophobia, and impairment or loss of central vision. Vision
improves as inflammation subsides but usually without
recovery of lost visual acuity. Ocular toxoplasmosis may
subside after treatment with prednisone.
830
Toxoplasmosis
Hydrocephalus or microcephalus
Jaundice, purpura, rash
Strabismus, blindness
Epilepsy, mental retardation
Lymphadenopathy, splenomegaly, and hepatomegaly
Test results
Laboratory
H Specimens (such as bronchoalveolar lavage material
from immunocompromised patients or lymph node
biopsy) contain parasites.
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 831
Treatment
General
H No treatment in otherwise healthy patient who isnt
pregnant
H Rest periods when fatigued
H Seizure precautions
Medications
H Pyrimethamine plus sulfadiazine with leucovorin
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
Prevention
Preventing toxoplasmosis
Toxoplasmosis may be prevented by following these
guidelines:
H Wash your hands after working with soil or uncooked
meat.
H Cook meat thoroughly before eating.
H Freeze uncooked meat if not using promptly.
H Protect childrens play areas from cat and dog feces.
H Cover childrens sandboxes.
H Keep flies away from food because flies transport
oocysts.
H Pregnant women should avoid cleaning and handling
cat litter boxes or wear gloves.
Preventing toxoplasmosis.)
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for follow-up with a neurologist or
Nursing interventions
H Give tepid sponge baths to reduce fever.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide chest physiotherapy, and administer oxygen,
ALERT
Dont palpate the patients abdomen vigorously;
this could lead to a ruptured spleen. For the same
reason, discourage vigorous activity.
H Report all cases of toxoplasmosis to the local public
health department.
Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Response to treatment
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H necessary drugs, including the need for frequent
blood tests
H the importance of regularly scheduled follow-up care
Toxoplasmosis
831
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 832
Genitourinary abnormalities
Intestinal atresia
Life-threatening disorder
Tracheoesophageal
fistula and
esophageal atresia
Overview
Description
H Tracheoesophageal fistula: a developmental anomaly
Pathophysiology
H Tracheoesophageal fistula and esophageal atresia re-
sult from failure of the embryonic esophagus and trachea to develop and separate correctly.
H Respiratory system development begins at about day
26 of gestation.
H Abnormal development of the septum during this
time can lead to tracheoesophageal fistula.
H The most common abnormality is type C tracheoesophageal fistula with esophageal atresia, in which
the upper section of the esophagus terminates in a
blind pouch, and the lower section ascends from the
stomach and connects with the trachea by a short
fistulous tract.
H In type A atresia, both esophageal segments are blind
pouches, and neither is connected to the airway.
H In types B and D, the upper portion of the esophagus opens into the trachea; infants with this anomaly
may experience life-threatening aspiration of saliva
or food.
H In type E (or H-type) tracheoesophageal fistula without atresia, the fistula may occur anywhere between
the level of the cricoid cartilage and the midesophagus but is usually higher in the trachea than in the
esophagus. Such a fistula may be as small as a pinpoint.
Causes
H Congenital anomalies
Risk factors
H Commonly found in infants with other anomalies,
such as:
Congenital heart disease
Imperforate anus
832
Incidence
H Esophageal atresia in about 1 of 4,000 live births;
Common characteristics
Tracheoesophageal fistula
H Type B (proximal fistula) and Type D (fistula to both
segments): immediate aspiration of saliva into the
airway and bacterial pneumonitis
H Type E (or H-type): suspected with repeated episodes
of pneumonitis, pulmonary infection, and abdominal
infection; choking followed by cyanosis
Esophageal atresia
H Type A: normal swallowing, excessive drooling, possible respiratory distress
H Type C: seemingly normal swallowing followed shortly afterward by coughing, struggling, cyanosis, lack of
breathing
Complications
H Aspiration of secretions into the lungs leading to res-
Assessment
History
H Coughing and choking after eating
Physical findings
H Respiratory distress
H Drooling
Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-rays demonstrate the position of the catheter
and can also show a dilated, air-filled upper esophageal pouch, pneumonia in the right upper lobe, or
bilateral pneumonitis. Both pneumonia and pneumonitis suggest aspiration.
H Abdominal X-rays show gas in the bowel in a distal
fistula (type C) but none in a proximal fistula (type
B) or in atresia without fistula (type A).
H Cinefluorography allows visualization on a fluoroscopic screen. After a size 10 or 12 French catheter
is passed through the patients nostril into the esophagus, a small amount of contrast medium is instilled
to define the tip of the upper pouch and to differentiate between overflow aspiration from a blind end
(atresia) and aspiration from passage of liquids
through a tracheoesophageal fistula.
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 833
Other
H A size 6 or 8 French catheter passed through the
nose meets an obstruction (esophageal atresia)
about 4 to 5 (10 to 12.5 cm) distal to the nostrils.
Aspirate of gastric contents is less acidic than normal.
Monitoring
Treatment
H Respiratory status
H Intake and output
General
After surgery
H Chest tubes
H Signs of complications
H I.V. fluids
H Supine position with the head low to facilitate
Medications
H Antibiotics for superimposed infection
Surgery
Tracheoesophageal fistula and esophageal atresia require surgical correction and are usually surgical emergencies. The type and timing of the surgical procedure
depend on the nature of the anomaly, the patients general condition, and the presence of coexisting congenital defects.
H In premature neonates (nearly 33% of infants with
this anomaly) who are poor surgical risks: correction of combined tracheoesophageal fistula and
esophageal atresia done in two stages: first, gastrostomy (for gastric decompression, prevention of reflux, and feeding) and closure of the fistula; then, 1
to 2 months later, anastomosis of the esophagus
H Correction of esophageal atresia alone requiring
anastomosis of the proximal and distal esophageal
segments in one or two stages; end-to-end anastomosis commonly producing postoperative stricture;
end-to-side anastomosis less likely to do so
H If the esophageal ends widely separated: treatment
possibly including a colonic interposition (grafting a
piece of the colon) or elongation of the proximal
segment of the esophagus by bougienage
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H feeding procedures
H recognizing and reporting complications
H proper positioning.
Discharge planning
H Instruct the parents that X-rays are required about 10
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H develop no respiratory complications
H remain hemodynamically stable.
The parents or family will:
H express understanding of disorder and treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Administer oxygen as needed.
H Perform pulmonary physiotherapy and suctioning, as
needed.
H Provide a humid environment.
833
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 834
Transient ischemic
attack
Overview
Description
H Sudden onset of focal and transient neurologic deficit
H Headaches
H Confusion
H Vertigo
H Ataxia
H Facial paresis
H Nausea or vomiting
Complications
H Stroke
H Seizure
H Bleeding as a result of anticoagulants
H Trauma (if patient experiences a sudden fall)
Assessment
History
Pathophysiology
H Cerebral blood flow is temporarily reduced or
stopped.
H This affects neuronal function in cortical, subcorti-
Causes
H Carotid and vertebral artery atherosclerosis
H Hypertension
H Embolism
H Arterial dissection
H Arteritis
H Mitral valve disease
H Acute anterior myocardial infarction
H Congestive cardiomyopathy
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Hypercoagulable states
H Sympathomimetic drugs such as cocaine
Risk factors
H Hypertension
H Cardiac disease
H Smoking
H Diabetes
H Obesity
H Family history
H Hypercholesterolemia
H Atrial fibrillation
H Hormonal contraceptives
H Pregnancy and parturition
Incidence
H From 83 to 200 cases per 100,000
H Significantly higher in Blacks than in Whites
H Affects males at higher rates than females
H Uncommon in people younger than age 60
Common characteristics
H Vision changes
H Hemiplegia
H Hemianesthesia
H Aphasia
834
Physical findings
H Low-grade fever
H Elevated blood pressure
H Decreased peripheral pulses compared to the apical
pulse
H Carotid bruit
H Possibly poor language and memory skills
H Unequal pupil reaction to direct and consensual light
exposure
H Diminished cranial nerve response
H Decreased somatic motor strength
H Forehead wrinkling asymmetry
H Incomplete eyelid closure
H Asymmetrical mouth retraction
H Swallowing difficulty
H Lateral tongue movement
H Weak shoulder shrugging
H Visual field deficits
Test results
Laboratory
H Partial thromboplastin time may be decreased.
H Antiphospholipid antibodies are elevated.
H Platelet count may be elevated.
H Cholesterol levels are elevated.
H Elevated D-dimer shows hypercoagulability.
H Drug screens show illicit drug use.
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 835
Imaging
H Duplex carotid ultrasonography shows narrowed arteries.
H Angiography shows cerebral or carotid artery stenosis.
H Transthoracic echocardiogram shows thrombus or
structural defect.
H Computed tomography scan of head identifies cause
of TIA.
H Brain magnetic resonance imaging identifies cause of
TIA.
H Magnetic resonance angiography of the brain or
blood vessels shows cause of TIA.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography identifies underlying arrhythmia.
H Ophthalmoscopic examination shows retinal cholesterol emboli.
Treatment
General
H Maintaining patent airway and providing supplemen-
tal oxygen
Medications
H Aspirin or other antithrombotic therapy, such as
uids.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Adverse reaction to medication
H Coagulation studies
H Hemodynamic status
H Signs and symptoms of complications
H Neurologic status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects, and the need to report them
H antiplatelet therapy, if indicated
H control of risk factors (see Preventing TIAs)
H dietary modification
H measures to maintain a safe environment
H importance of reporting a change in neurologic status.
Surgery
H Carotid endarterectomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H verbalize understanding of the condition, diagnostic
studies, treatment, and risk factors
H demonstrate effective ways to cope with sensory limitations
H achieve the maximum visual ability possible
H maintain optimum cerebral tissue perfusion
H remain free from injury and falls
H remain free from peripheral neurovascular impairment.
Nursing interventions
H Evaluate using a stroke scale such as National Insti-
nition.
H Assess speech, facial symmetry, and sensory function.
H If speech is affected, provide alternative methods for
communication.
Prevention
Preventing TIAs
Transient ischemic attack (TIA) risk factors may be reduced by following these guidelines:
H Stop smoking.
H Avoid cholesterol and fat.
H Eat fruits and vegetables that contain potassium, folate
and antioxidants, which may protect against TIA.
H Avoid salt if you have hypertension.
H Exercise regularly.
H Drink alcohol moderately or not at all.
H Maintain a healthy weight.
H Manage diabetes and hypertension.
H Dont use cocaine or other illicit drugs that will increase your risk of TIA.
835
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 836
Transposition of the
great arteries
Complications
Overview
H Heart failure
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Eisenmengers syndrome (irreversible and progres-
Description
H Congenital heart defect in which the great arteries
Pathophysiology
H In transposition, oxygenated blood returning to the
Causes
H Faulty embryonic development
Risk factors
H Maternal rubella or other viral illness during preg-
nancy
H Parent with transposition of the great arteries or oth-
Incidence
H Accounts for about 5% of all congenital heart defects
H Affects males two to three times more than females
Common characteristics
H Within the first few hours after birth, neonates with
836
many cases, however, no murmur can be heard during the first few days of life.
Assessment
History
H Diminished exercise tolerance
H Fatigability
H Coughing
Physical findings
H Cyanosis
H Clubbing of nailbeds
H Pronounced murmurs if ASD, VSD, PDA, or PS
present
Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) values indicate hypoxia and
secondary metabolic acidosis.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays are normal in the first days of life. Within days to weeks, right atrial and right ventricular enlargement characteristically cause the heart to appear oblong. X-rays also show increased pulmonary
vascular markings, except when pulmonary stenosis
coexists.
H Echocardiography demonstrates the reversed position of the aorta and pulmonary artery and records
echoes from both semilunar valves simultaneously,
due to aortic valve displacement. It also detects other
cardiac defects.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography typically reveals right axis deviation and right ventricular hypertrophy; it may be normal in a neonate.
H Cardiac catheterization reveals decreased oxygen saturation in left ventricular blood and aortic blood; increased right atrial, right ventricular, and pulmonary
artery oxygen saturation; and right ventricular systolic pressure equal to systemic pressure. Dye injection reveals the transposed vessels and the presence
of any other cardiac defects.
Treatment
General
H Atrial balloon septostomy (Rashkind procedure)
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 837
Medications
Discharge planning
H Inotropic agents
H Loop diuretics
H Prostaglandin E1
H Prophylactic antibiotics
services as needed.
Surgery
One of three surgical procedures can correct transposition, depending on the defects physiology:
H Mustard procedure: replaces the atrial septum with a
Dacron or pericardial partition that allows systemic
venous blood to be channeled to the pulmonary
artery, which carries the blood to the lungs for oxygenation and oxygenated blood returning to the heart
to be channeled from the pulmonary veins into the
aorta
H Senning procedure: accomplishes the same result using the atrial septum to create partitions to redirect
blood flow
H Arterial switch, or Jatene procedure: transposed arteries surgically anastomosed to the correct ventricle;
for this procedure to be successful, the left ventricle
must be used to pump at systemic pressure, as it
does in neonates or in children with a left ventricular
outflow obstruction or large VSD; surgery also correcting other heart defects
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H improve oxygenation
H have no signs of heart failure.
Nursing interventions
H Offer emotional support.
H Give digoxin and I.V. fluids, being careful to avoid
fluid overload.
H After Mustard or Senning procedures, watch for signs
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H ABG values
H Intake and output
H Central venous pressure
H Signs of heart failure
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (with the parents):
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to recognize signs of heart failure and digoxin
toxicity (poor feeding and vomiting)
H the importance of regular checkups to monitor cardiovascular status
H protecting the infant from infection and giving antibiotics.
837
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 838
Trichinosis
Overview
Description
H An infection caused by larvae of the intestinal round-
Pathophysiology
H T. spiralis cysts are found primarily in swine, less
Causes
H Ingestion of uncooked or undercooked meat that
Risk factors
H Residing in a rural area
H Eating wild or noncommercial meats
H Improper food preparation
Incidence
H Occurs worldwide, especially in populations that eat
Common characteristics
H Usually mild and seldom produces symptoms; when
838
Trichinosis
Stage 2 (dissemination)
H Occurs 7 to 10 days after ingestion
H Penetrates the intestinal mucosa and begins to migrate to striated muscle
H Signs and symptoms:
Edema, especially of the eyelids or face
Muscle pain, particularly in limbs
Occasionally, itching and burning skin, sweating,
skin lesions, a temperature of 102 to 104 F
(38.9 to 40 C), and delirium
In severe respiratory, cardiovascular, or CNS infections, palpitations and lethargy
Stage 3 (encystment)
H Occurs during convalescence, generally 1 week later
H Invades muscle fiber and becomes encysted
Complications
H Meningitis
H Subcortical infarcts
H Encephalitis
H Myocarditis with heart failure
H Nephritis
H Glomerulonephritis
H Sinusitis
H Pneumonia
Assessment
History
H Ingestion of raw or improperly cooked pork or pork
products
H Myalgia
H Abdominal discomfort
H Diarrhea
H Constipation
H Anorexia
H Nausea
Physical findings
H Diffuse weakness
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Hoarseness
H Cough
H Abdominal distention
H Macular or petechial rash
H Periorbital edema
Test results
Laboratory
H Stools contain mature worms and larvae during the
invasion stage.
H Diagnosis is confirmed by elevated acute and convalescent antibody titers (determined by flocculation
tests 3 to 4 weeks after infection).
H Aspartate aminotransferase, alanine aminotransferase, creatine kinase, and lactate dehydrogenase
levels are increased during the acute stages, and
eosinophil count is increased (up to 15,000/l).
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 839
is normal or increased, and protein levels are increased, indicating CNS involvement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Skeletal muscle biopsies can show encysted larvae 10
days after ingestion; if available, analyses of contaminated meat also show larvae.
H Skin testing may show a positive histamine-like reactivity 15 minutes after intradermal injection of the
antigen (within 17 to 20 days after ingestion); however, such a result may remain positive for up to 5
years after exposure.
United States, the importance of avoiding pork consumption; swine in these areas are commonly fed
raw garbage.
Treatment
General
H Supportive care as indicated
H Diet as tolerated
H Initially, bed rest with increased activity as tolerated
Medications
H Antipyretics
H Anthelmintics, such as albendazole and mebendazole
H Glucocorticoids
H Analgesics
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased comfort and decreased pain
H express an understanding of the disorder and its
treatment
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain hemodynamic stability.
Nursing interventions
H Reduce fever with alcohol rubs, tepid baths, hypo-
authorities.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper cooking (cooking to an internal temperature
of 150 F) and storing methods for all meat from
carnivores
Trichinosis
839
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 840
Trichomoniasis
Overview
Description
H A protozoal infection of the lower genitourinary tract
H May be acute or chronic in females
H Risk of recurrence minimized when sexual partners
treated concurrently
Pathophysiology
H Trichomonas vaginalis a tetraflagellated, motile
protozoan causes trichomoniasis in females by infecting the vagina, the urethra and, possibly, the endocervix, bladder, Bartholins glands, or Skenes
glands; in males, it infects the lower urethra and,
possibly, the prostate gland, seminal vesicles, or epididymis.
H T. vaginalis grows best when the vaginal mucosa is
more alkaline than normal (pH about 5.5 to 5.8).
Causes
H Usually transmitted by sexual intercourse; less com-
Risk factors
H Factors that raise the vaginal pH, such as the follow-
ing:
Use of hormonal contraceptives
Pregnancy
Bacterial overgrowth
Exudative cervical or vaginal lesions
Frequent douching, which disturbs lactobacilli that
normally live in the vagina and maintain acidity
Incidence
H Affects about 15% of sexually active females and 10%
Common characteristics
H About 70% of females and most males asymptomatic
H In females: gray or greenish yellow and possibly pro-
Complications
Assessment
History
H Severe itching
H Dyspareunia
H Dysuria
H Urinary frequency
H Postcoital spotting, menorrhagia, or dysmenorrhea
Physical findings
H Vaginal erythema, edema, and frank excoriation
H Frothy, malodorous, greenish yellow vaginal dis-
charge
H Rarely, a thin, gray pseudomembrane over the vagina
Test results
Laboratory
H Direct microscopic examination of vaginal or seminal discharge is decisive when it reveals T. vaginalis,
a motile, pear-shaped organism. Examination of
clear urine specimens may also reveal T. vaginalis.
Other
H Cervical examination demonstrates punctate cervical
hemorrhages, giving the cervix a strawberry appearance thats almost pathognomonic for this disorder.
Treatment
General
H Abstinence from sexual intercourse until cured
H Sitz baths to help relieve symptoms
Medications
H Single 2-g dose of oral metronidazole given to both
sex partners
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H express understanding of the condition and treatment
H discuss the impact of the disorder on self and significant others.
Nursing interventions
infant
H Prostatitis
H Epididymitis
H Urethral stricture disease
H Infertility
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
840
Trichomoniasis
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 841
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to refer sex partners for treatment
H the need to avoid alcohol while taking metronidazole
because alcohol may provoke a disulfiram-type reaction (confusion, headache, cramps, vomiting, and
seizures)
H the possibility that metronidazole may turn urine
dark brown
H the need to avoid over-the-counter douches and vaginal sprays because they can alter vaginal pH
H the benefits of wearing loose-fitting, cotton underwear, which reduce the risk of genitourinary bacterial growth by allowing ventilation; bacteria flourish in
a warm, dark, moist environment
H prevention of a sexually transmitted disease by using
a condom.
Trichomoniasis
841
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 842
Tricuspid insufficiency
Assessment
History
Overview
Description
H Heart condition in which the tricuspid valve doesnt
function properly
H Also called tricuspid regurgitation
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
H Tachycardia
H Crackles in the lungs
H Hepatomegaly (right-sided failure)
H Jugular vein distention
H S3
H Diminished peripheral pulses
H Ascites
H Atrial fibrillation
H Peripheral edema
H Pansystolic murmur (see Identifying the murmur
Causes
H Rheumatic heart disease
H Endocarditis
H Epsteins anomaly
H Prolapse
H Carcinoid heart disease
H Papillary muscle dysfunction
H Trauma
H Connective tissue disease
of tricuspid insufficiency)
Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show right atrial and ventricular enlargement.
H Echocardiography shows right ventricular dilation
and prolapse or flailing of the tricuspid leaflets.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows right atrial hypertrophy,
right or left ventricular hypertrophy, atrial fibrillation, and incomplete right bundle-branch block.
H Right-sided heart catheterization shows high atrial
pressure, tricuspid insufficiency, and decreased or
normal output.
Incidence
H Affects both sexes equally
H Usually occurs in childhood
Common characteristics
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Peripheral edema
H Tachycardia
H Fatigue
Treatment
Complications
General
H Heart failure
H Pulmonary edema
H Thromboembolism
H Endocarditis
H Arrhythmias
H Underlying cause
H Low-sodium diet
H Fluid restriction
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
Identifying the murmur of tricuspid
insufficiency
A high-pitched, blowing pansystolic murmur in the tricuspid area characterizes tricuspid insufficiency.
SYSTOLE
S1
DIASTOLE
S2
SYSTOLE
S1
S2
H Diuretics
H Cardiac glycoside
H Anticoagulants
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors
H Oxygen
H Prophylactic antibiotics in some patients before and
Surgery
H Annuloplasty or valvuloplasty to reconstruct or repair
the valve
H Valve replacement with a prosthetic valve
842
Tricuspid insufficiency
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 843
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without weakness
or fatigue
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate ventilation.
Nursing interventions
H Administer oxygen.
H Watch for signs of heart failure or pulmonary edema.
H Alternate periods of activity and rest.
H Keep patients legs elevated to improve venous return
to the heart.
Monitoring
H Vital signs and pulse oximetry
H Cardiac rhythm
H Pulmonary artery catheter readings
H Intake and output
H Adverse effects of drug therapy
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary restrictions and medications
H signs and symptoms that should be reported
H the importance of consistent follow-up care
H the need to elevate his legs when sitting.
Tricuspid insufficiency
843
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 844
Tricuspid stenosis
Assessment
History
Overview
Description
H Heart condition in which the tricuspid valve improp-
Pathophysiology
H Orthopnea
H Dyspnea
H Fatigue
H Angina
H Palpitations
Physical findings
H Diastolic murmur (see Identifying the murmur of
tricuspid stenosis)
H Split S1
H Crackles in the lungs
H Hepatomegaly (with right-sided failure)
H Ascites
Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray reveals cardiomegaly.
H Echocardiography shows structure of the valves.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show atrial fibrillation.
Causes
H Mitral and aortic valve disorders
H Rheumatic heart disease
H Carcinoid heart disease
H Infective endocarditis
H Endomyocardial fibrosis
H Systemic lupus erythematosus
H Tricuspid atresia
Treatment
General
Incidence
H Affects females slightly more commonly than males
Common characteristics
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Peripheral edema
H Fatigue
H Ascites
H Underlying cause
H Low-sodium diet
H Fluid restriction
H Activity as tolerated
Medications
H Diuretics
H Inotropic agent
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors
H Oxygen
H Antibiotics before and after dental procedures or
Complications
H Heart failure
H Pulmonary edema
H Thromboembolism
H Endocarditis
H Arrhythmias
Surgery
H Balloon valvoplasty
H Pulmonary artery balloon angioplasty
H Valvotomy
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
SYSTOLE
S1
DIASTOLE
S2
SYSTOLE
S1
S2
Nursing interventions
H Administer oxygen.
H Watch for signs of heart failure or pulmonary edema.
H Alternate periods of activity and rest.
844
Tricuspid stenosis
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 845
Monitoring
H Vital signs and pulse oximetry
H Cardiac rhythm
H Pulmonary artery catheter readings
H Intake and output
H Adverse effects of drug therapy
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary restrictions
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H signs and symptoms that should be reported
H avoidance of triggers.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services as needed.
Tricuspid stenosis
845
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 846
Trigeminal neuralgia
Incidence
Overview
Common characteristics
Description
Pathophysiology
H The trigeminal nerve has multiple branches. This
Causes
H Afferent reflex phenomenon
H Compression of the nerve root by:
Distribution
I ophthalmic
II maxillary
III mandibular
Complications
H Excessive weight loss
H Depression
H Social isolation
Assessment
History
H Searing or burning facial pain occurring in lightning-
like jabs
Lasts from 1 to 15 minutes (usually 1 or 2 minutes)
Localized in an area innervated by the trigeminal
nerve
Initiated by a light touch to a hypersensitive area
H Attacks possibly following:
Draft of air
Exposure to heat or cold
Eating, smiling, and talking
Drinking hot or cold beverages
A pain-free period
Physical findings
H Favoring (splinting) of affected area
H Affected side of the face unwashed and unshaven
H Patient never touches affected area
H No impairment of sensory or motor function
Test results
Imaging
H Skull X-rays, computed tomography scan, and magnetic resonance imaging results rule out sinus or
tooth infections and tumors.
Treatment
I
General
H No dietary restrictions
H No activity restrictions
Medications
H Anticonvulsants, such as carbamazepine, gabapentin,
II
and phenytoin
H Antidepressants such as nortriptyline
H Baclofen
III
Surgery
H Microvascular decompression
H Radiosurgery with stereotactic technique
H Partial sensory rhizotomy to sever the nerve
846
Trigeminal neuralgia
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 847
nerve
H Alcohol or glycerol injection
Other
H Radiation therapy
H Acupuncture
H Biofeedback
H Electrical stimulation of nerves
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H perform activities of daily living within confines of
the disorder
H consume required caloric intake daily
H express feelings of increased energy and decreased
fatigue
H perform routine roles.
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Provide nutritional management.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H After microsurgery, provide postcraniotomy care.
Monitoring
H Characteristics of each attack
H Precipitating factors of each attack
H Response to medications
H Postoperatively, neurologic function and vital signs
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative teaching if indicated
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H nutritional management
H avoidance of triggers.
Trigeminal neuralgia
847
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 848
Trisomy 13 syndrome
Overview
Description
H Third most common multiple malformation syn-
Complications
H Congenital heart defects (common), especially hy-
drome
H In most affected infants, full trisomy 13 at birth;
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
H Failure to thrive
H Seizures
H Apnea
H Feeding difficulties
Physical findings
nondisjunction.
H About 20% of cases result from chromosomal
translocation, involving a rearrangement of chromosomes 13 and 14.
H About 5% of cases are estimated to be mosaics; the
clinical effects in these cases may be less severe.
Causes
H Chromosomal abnormality
Risk factors
H Advanced maternal age (mean maternal age
about 31)
Incidence
H Many trisomic zygotes spontaneously aborted (50%
Common characteristics
H Microcephaly
H Varying degrees of holoprosencephaly
H Sloping forehead with wide sutures and fontanel
H Scalp defect at the vertex
H Bilateral cleft lip with associated cleft palate
H Flat, broad nose
H Low-set ears and inner ear abnormalities
H Polydactyl hands and feet
H Club feet
H Omphaloceles
H Neural tube defects
H Cystic hygroma
H Genital abnormalities
H Cystic kidneys
H Hydronephrosis
848
Trisomy 13 syndrome
Test results
Laboratory
H Karyotype, done either prenatally or on peripheral
blood lymphocytes or skin fibroblasts in a neonate or
an aborted fetus, is diagnostic.
H Results are abnormal (but not diagnostic) in
multiple-marker maternal serum screening tests involving different combinations of alpha-fetoprotein,
human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) or free betaHCG in some laboratories, and unconjugated estriol.
Imaging
H Ultrasonography usually reveals multiple abnormalities in the fetus.
Treatment
General
H Supportive care
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H function at the highest level possible
H appear comfortable.
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 849
Nursing interventions
H Maintain the infants fluid balance.
H Position the infant comfortably.
H Allow adequate time for the parents to bond with and
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Safety
H Growth
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H activities that can be carried out with the child
H safety factors.
Discharge planning
H Refer the parents of an affected infant for genetic
Trisomy 13 syndrome
849
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 850
Life-threatening disorder
Trisomy 18 syndrome
Overview
Description
Complications
H Congenital heart defects, such as ventricular septal
drome
H In most affected infants, full trisomy 18, involving an
Pathophysiology
H Most cases of trisomy 18 result from spontaneous
Causes
H Chromosomal abnormality
Risk factors
H Typically increases with maternal age (mean mater-
Incidence
H Incidence ranges from 1 in 3,000 to 8,000 neonates;
Common characteristics
Assessment
History
H Growth retardation, which begins in utero and re-
Physical findings
H Short, narrow nose with upturned nares
H Unilateral or bilateral cleft lip and palate
H Low-set, slightly pointed ears
H Short neck
H Conspicuous clenched hand with overlapping fingers
fants)
Test results
Laboratory
H Karyotype, done either prenatally or on peripheral
blood lymphocytes or skin fibroblasts in a neonate or
an aborted fetus, is diagnostic.
H Results are abnormal (but not diagnostic) in
multiple-marker maternal serum screening tests involving different combinations of alpha-fetoprotein,
human chorionic gonadotropin, and unconjugated
estriol.
Imaging
H Ultrasonography commonly reveals variable abnormalities in the fetus.
tonia
H Microcephaly and dolichocephaly
H Micrognathia
H Short, narrow nose with upturned nares
H Unilateral or bilateral cleft lip and palate
H Low-set, slightly pointed ears
H Short neck
H Conspicuous clenched hand with overlapping fingers
(commonly seen on ultrasound)
H Cystic hygroma
H Choroid plexus cysts (also seen in some normal infants)
850
Trisomy 18 syndrome
Treatment
General
H Emotional support for the family
H Nutrition maintenance using gavage feedings
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H function at the highest level possible
H appear comfortable.
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 851
Nursing interventions
H Allow adequate time for the parents to bond with and
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Growth
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H home care and feeding techniques.
Discharge planning
H Refer the parents of a child affected with trisomy 18
Trisomy 18 syndrome
851
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 852
Tuberculosis
Common characteristics
Overview
Description
Complications
Pathophysiology
H Multiplication of the bacillus Mycobacterium tuber-
Causes
H Exposure to M. tuberculosis
H Sometimes, exposure to other strains of mycobac-
teria
Risk factors
H Close contact with newly diagnosed TB patient
H History of prior TB exposure
H Multiple sexual partners
H Recent immigration from Africa, Asia, Mexico, or
South America
H Gastrectomy
H History of silicosis, diabetes, malnutrition, cancer,
prison
H Immunosuppression and use of corticosteroids
H Homelessness
Incidence
H Overall decrease in TB but greater among high-risk
populations
H Twice as common in males as in females
H Four times as common in nonwhites as in whites
H Higher incidence in Black and Hispanic males
852
Tuberculosis
al foci
H Liver disease involvement secondary to drug therapy
Assessment
History
In primary infection
H May be asymptomatic after a 4- to 8-week incubation
period
H Weakness and fatigue
H Anorexia, weight loss
H Low-grade fever
H Night sweats
In reactivated infection
H Chest pain
H Productive cough for blood, or mucopurulent or
blood-tinged sputum
H Low-grade fever
Physical findings
H Dullness over the affected area
H Crepitant crackles
H Bronchial breath sounds
H Wheezes
H Whispered pectoriloquy
Test results
Laboratory
H Tuberculin skin test is positive in both active and inactive TB.
H Stains and cultures of sputum, cerebrospinal fluid,
urine, abscess drainage, or pleural fluid show
heat-sensitive, nonmotile, aerobic, acid-fast bacilli.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show nodular lesions, patchy infiltrates,
cavity formation, scar tissue, and calcium deposits.
H Computed tomography scan or magnetic resonance
imaging shows presence and extent of lung damage.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bronchoscopy specimens show heat-sensitive, nonmotile, aerobic, acid-fast bacilli in specimens.
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 853
Treatment
General
H After 2 to 4 weeks, when disease is no longer infec-
Medications
H Antitubercular therapy for at least 6 months with dai-
Surgery
H For some complications
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H use support systems to assist with coping
H identify measures to prevent or reduce fatigue
H express an understanding of the illness
H comply with treatment regimen.
Prevention
Preventing tuberculosis
The spread of tuberculosis (TB) can be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Hospitalized patients should follow respiratory and
standard precautions.
H A discharged patient should wear a mask around others until hes no longer contagious.
H Tell all health care providers, including dentists and optometrists about TB diagnosis so they can use infection control precautions.
H Cough and sneeze into a tissue and dispose of properly.
H Practice thorough hand washing with hot soapy water
after handling secretions.
H Wash eating utensils separately in hot, soapy water.
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H need for isolation
H postural drainage and chest percussion
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H regular follow-up examinations
H signs and symptoms of recurring TB
H possible decreased hormonal contraceptive effectiveness while taking rifampin
H need for a high-calorie, high-protein, balanced diet
H TB prevention. (See Preventing tuberculosis.)
Discharge planning
H Refer anyone exposed to an infected patient for test-
Nursing interventions
needed.
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Provide supportive care.
H Include the patient in care decisions.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Complications
H Adverse reactions
H Visual acuity if taking ethambutol
H Liver and kidney function tests
Tuberculosis
853
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 854
Tularemia
Overview
Description
H Francisella tularensis organism, a gram-negative
Pathophysiology
H The organism gains access to the host by skin or mu-
Causes
H Bites of ticks and deerflies
H Eating or drinking contaminated food or water
H Contact with the blood of an infected animal, espe-
cially rabbits
H Breathing in the bacteria F. tularensis
Risk factors
H Participating in hunting and trapping
H Gardening
H Participating in outdoor sports or occupations
Incidence
H About 200 cases in humans annually
H Occurs more commonly in the south-central and
Common characteristics
H Ulcer and fever
Complications
H Pneumonia
H Lung abscess
H Respiratory failure
H Rhabdomyolysis
H Meningitis
H Pericarditis
H Osteomyelitis
Assessment
History
H Tick bite
H Exposure to contaminated food or water
H Exposure to contaminated blood
H Abrupt onset of fever, chills, headache, and malaise
H Contact with an infected carcass
Physical findings
Ulceroglandular
H Ulcers at the site of inoculation
H Swollen regional lymph nodes
Glandular
H Swollen regional lymph nodes
Oculoglandular
H Painful
H Red eye
H Purulent exudates
H Swollen submandibular, preauricular, or cervical
lymph nodes
Oropharyngeal
H Sore throat
H Abdominal pain
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Diarrhea
H Occasionally, GI bleeding
Pneumonic
H Dry cough
H Dyspnea
H Pleuritic chest pain
Septicemic
H Fever, chills, myalgia, malaise, and weight loss
H Absence of ulcer
Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count is normal or elevated.
H Blood or sputum cultures are positive for F. tularensis.
H Serology is positive for antibodies to tularemia.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray shows pneumonia.
Treatment
General
H Proper skin care
H Increased fluid intake
Medications
H Antibiotics, such as streptomycin, gentamicin, and
tetracycline
H Antipyretics
854
Tularemia
9400T.qxd
8/2/12
4:50 PM
Page 855
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H regain normal temperature
H regain or maintain normal fluid balance.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Replace lost fluids through diet or I.V. fluids.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Signs of dehydration
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administratiion, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H complications and when to notify the physician
H preventive measures, such as using insect repellent
containing DEET on skin, or treating clothing with
repellent containing permethrin.
Tularemia
855
9400U.qxd
8/2/12
4:52 PM
Page 856
Ulcerative colitis
Overview
Description
H Coagulation defects
H Erythema nodosum on the face and arms
H Pyoderma gangrenosum on the legs and ankles
H Uveitis
H Pericholangitis, sclerosing cholangitis
H Cirrhosis
H Cholangiocarcinoma
H Ankylosing spondylitis
H Strictures
H Pseudopolyps, stenosis, and perforated colon leading
minal ileum
H Produces congestion, edema (leading to mucosal
Pathophysiology
H The disorder primarily involves the mucosa and the
Causes
H Cause unknown
H May be related to an abnormal immune response in
Risk factors
H Stress (may increase severity of an attack)
H Family history
H Jewish ancestry
Incidence
H Primarily young adults, especially females
H More prevalent among Jews and higher socioeco-
nomic groups
H About 1 in 1,000 persons affected
H Onset of symptoms commonly peaking between ages
Common characteristics
H Crampy lower abdominal pain
H Recurrent bloody diarrhea
Complications
H Nutritional deficiencies
H Perineal sepsis
H Anal fissure, anal fistula
H Perirectal abscess
H Perforation of the colon
H Hemorrhage, anemia
H Toxic megacolon
H Cancer
856
Ulcerative colitis
Assessment
History
H Remission and exacerbation of symptoms
H Mild cramping and lower abdominal pain
H Recurrent bloody diarrhea as often as 10 to 25 times
daily
H Nocturnal diarrhea
H Fatigue and weakness
H Anorexia and weight loss
H Nausea and vomiting
Physical findings
H Liquid stools with visible pus, mucus, and blood
H Possible abdominal distention
H Abdominal tenderness
H Perianal irritation, hemorrhoids, and fissures
H Jaundice
H Joint pain
Test results
Laboratory
H Stool specimen analysis reveals blood, pus, and mucus, but no pathogenic organisms.
H Other supportive laboratory tests show decreased
serum levels of potassium, magnesium, hemoglobin,
and albumin as well as leukocytosis and increased
prothrombin time; an elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate correlates with the severity of the attack.
Imaging
H Barium enema discloses the extent of disease and
complications, such as strictures and carcinoma.
This study isnt performed in a patient with active
signs and symptoms.
Diagnostic procedures
H Sigmoidoscopy confirms rectal involvement in most
cases by showing increased mucosal friability, decreased mucosal detail, and thick inflammatory exudates, edema, and erosions.
H Colonoscopy may be used to determine the extent of
the disease and to evaluate the areas of stricture and
pseudopolyps. This test isnt performed when the patient has active signs and symptoms.
H Biopsy, performed during colonoscopy, helps to confirm the diagnosis.
9400U.qxd
8/2/12
4:52 PM
Page 857
Treatment
Patient teaching
General
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed dietary changes
H need to avoid GI stimulants, such as caffeine, alcohol, and smoking
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H after a proctocolectomy and ileostomy, stoma care
H after a pouch ileostomy, procedures to insert the
catheter and care for the stoma
H the need for regular physical examinations because
of the increased risk of colorectal cancer.
Medications
H Corticotropin and adrenal corticosteroids
H Sulfasalazine
H Mesalamine
H Antispasmodics and antidiarrheals
H Fiber supplements
H Immune modifiers, such as azathioprine, 6-MP and
methotrexate
H Antibiotics
Surgery
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program if
indicated.
H Refer the patient to an enterostomal therapist if
appropriate.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H have normal fluid volume
H have intact skin
H exhibit no evidence of infection
H avoid or have only minimal complications
H maintain adequate caloric intake.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Provide diet therapy.
H Administer drug therapy.
H Administer blood transfusions.
H Schedule care to allow for frequent rest periods.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Hemoglobin level and hematocrit
H Complications
After surgery
H Vital signs
H Wound site
H Pain level
H Bowel function
H Nasogastric tube function and drainage
H Skin integrity
Ulcerative colitis
857
9400U.qxd
8/2/12
4:52 PM
Page 858
Incidence
Overview
Common characteristics
Description
H Bacterial infection of the lower urinary tract system
H Two forms:
Complications
H Damage to the urinary tract lining
H Infection of adjacent organs and structures
H Kidney infections and damage
Special populations
Special populations
In adult males and children, lower UTIs are typically associated with anatomic or physiologic abnormalities and require close evaluation.
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
down.
H Bacteria invade the bladder mucosa and multiply.
H Bacteria cant be readily eliminated by normal urination.
H The pathogens resistance to prescribed antimicrobial therapy usually causes bacterial flare-up during
treatment.
H Recurrent lower UTIs result from reinfection by the
same organism or a new pathogen.
Causes
Physical findings
Risk factors
Test results
Laboratory
H Microscopic urinalysis shows red blood cell and
white blood cell counts greater than 10 per highpower field, suggesting lower UTI.
H Urinalysis shows bacterial count of more than
100,000/ml, confirming UTI.
H Sensitivity testing determines appropriate antimicrobial drug.
H If the patient history and physical examination warrant, a blood test or a stained smear of urethral discharge rules out sexually transmitted disease.
Imaging
H Voiding cystourethrography or excretory urography
may demonstrate congenital anomalies, predisposing
the patient to recurrent UTIs.
858
9400U.qxd
8/2/12
4:52 PM
Page 859
Treatment
General
H Increased fruit juice intake, especially cranberry
H Increased fluid intake
Medications
H Antimicrobials
Surgery
H In case of recurrent infections from infected renal
Prevention
Preventing UTIs
Urinary tract infections (UTIs) can be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Practice proper cleaning after toileting by wiping from
front to back.
H Empty your bladder after intercourse and drink a full
glass of water.
H Drink plenty of water each day.
H Urinate when you feel the urge, dont hold it in.
H Avoid irritating feminine products with deodorants,
such as douches and powders.
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased comfort
H identify risk factors that worsen the condition, and
modify her lifestyle accordingly
H demonstrate skill in managing the urinary elimination problem
H complete the prescribed course of treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Collect all urine specimens appropriately.
H Administer drug therapy.
H Encourage oral fluid intake unless contraindicated.
H Apply warm compresses to lower abdomen for com-
fort as needed.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Urine characteristics
H Voiding patterns
H Vital signs
H Adverse effects of antimicrobial therapy
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H completing the prescribed course of antibiotic
therapy
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H prevention. (See Preventing UTIs.)
859
9400U.qxd
8/2/12
4:52 PM
Page 860
Urticaria
and angioedema
Assessment
History
H Drug history, including nonprescription prepara-
Overview
Description
mental factors
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
ed by a reddened flare
self-limiting skin reaction. It involves only the superficial portion of the dermis, which erupts with local
wheals surrounded by an erythematous flare.
H Angioedema involves additional skin layers and produces deeper, larger wheals (usually on the hands,
feet, lips, genitalia, and eyelids). It causes diffuse
swelling of loose subcutaneous tissue and may affect
the upper respiratory and GI tracts.
H Several mechanisms and disorders may provoke urticaria and angioedema. They include immunoglobulin (Ig) E-induced release of mediators from cutaneous mast cells and binding of IgG or IgM to
antigen, resulting in complement activation.
Causes
H Unknown
H Drug allergy
H Food allergy
H Insect bite
H Occupational skin exposure
H Inhalant allergens (animal dander, cosmetics)
H Viral infection
H Hormones
H Thyroid abnormality
H Rheumatological disease
H Cholinergic trigger (heat, exercise, stress)
Incidence
H Affect about 20% of general population at some time
H More common after adolescence, with highest inci-
Test results
Laboratory
H Decreased serum levels of C1, C2, and C4 inhibitors
confirm the diagnosis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Diagnosis can be confirmed through careful skin
testing with the suspected offending substance to see
if a local wheal and flare result.
Treatment
General
H Emergency measures if signs of anaphylaxis
H Limited contact with triggering factors
H Desensitization to the triggering antigen
H Avoidance of food allergens
Medications
H Antihistamines
H Systemic glucocorticoids
Nursing considerations
Common characteristics
Key outcomes
Complications
H Skin abrasion and secondary infection
H Laryngeal edema
H Respiratory arrest
H Severe abdominal colic
860
9400U.qxd
8/2/12
4:52 PM
Page 861
Nursing interventions
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Reduce or minimize environmental exposure to
Monitoring
H Vital signs, with attention to respiratory status
H Skin, for signs of secondary infection caused by
scratching
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to identify the cause by keeping a diary to
record exposure to suspected offending substances
and signs and symptoms that appear after exposure
H how to monitor nutritional status and food replacements for nutrients lost by excluding allergyprovoking foods and beverages
H the need to keep fingernails short to avoid abrading
the skin when scratching
H signs and symptoms that indicate a skin infection
H use of an epinephrine emergency kit if anaphylaxis
occurs
H use of medical identification jewelry.
861
9400U.qxd
8/2/12
4:52 PM
Page 862
Uterine bleeding,
dysfunctional
Overview
Description
H Abnormal endometrial bleeding without recognizable
organic lesions
Common characteristics
H Metrorrhagia (episodes of vaginal bleeding between
menses)
H Hypermenorrhea (heavy or prolonged menses,
Complications
cal procedures
H Prognosis varies with cause, but good prognosis with
correction of hormonal imbalance or structural
abnormality
H Also known as DUB
Pathophysiology
H Irregular bleeding is associated with hormonal im-
Causes
stimulation
Assessment
History
H Abnormal uterine bleeding
H Fatigue
H Infertility
H Bleeding in response to a brief course of proges-
terone
H Absence of body temperature changes during ovula-
tory cycle
Physical findings
H Pallor
H Signs of underlying disorder
H Pelvic examination revealing uterine abnormality
Test results
Laboratory
H Hemoglobin levels and hematocrit determine the
need for blood transfusion or iron supplementation.
H Serum progesterone levels are decreased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Dilatation and curettage (D&C) or office endometrial
biopsy rules out endometrial hyperplasia and cancer
in females older than age 35.
Incidence
H About 10% of females with normal ovulatory cycles
H More episodes of abnormal bleeding among black
862
Treatment
General
H Monitoring of bleeding episodes
H Emotional support
H Balanced diet
H Rest periods when fatigued
Medications
H High-dose estrogen-progestogen combination thera-
9400U.qxd
8/2/12
4:52 PM
Page 863
H Progestogen therapy
H I.V. estrogen followed by progesterone or combina-
Surgery
H Endometrial biopsy to rule out endometrial adeno-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H have normal menstrual cycles
H express understanding of the disorder and its treatment.
Nursing interventions
H Tell the patient to record the dates of the bleeding
and the number of pads she saturates per day. Instruct the patient not to use tampons.
H Offer reassurance and support.
H Suggest to the patient that she minimize blood flow
by avoiding strenuous activity and by lying down with
her feet elevated.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Amount of bleeding
H Hemoglobin levels
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the importance of following the prescribed hormonal
therapy
H the purpose and procedures of D&C or endometrial
biopsy procedure if ordered
H the need for regular checkups to assess the effectiveness of treatment
H the importance of reporting abnormal bleeding immediately to help rule out major hemorrhagic disorders such as those that occur in abnormal pregnancy
H having a Papanicolaou test and a pelvic examination
annually.
863
9400U.qxd
8/2/12
4:52 PM
Page 864
Uterine cancer
Overview
Description
H Proliferation of cancer cells in the endometrium
H Most common gynecologic cancer
H Also known as endometrial cancer
Pathophysiology
H Uterine cancer is usually adenocarcinoma.
H Metastasis occurs late (usually from the endometri-
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
H Low fertility index and anovulation
H History of infertility or failure of ovulation
H Abnormal uterine bleeding
H Obesity
H Hypertension
H Diabetes
H Nulliparity
H Familial tendency
H History of uterine polyps or endometrial hyperplasia
H Prolonged estrogen therapy with exposure unop-
posed by progesterone
Assessment
History
H Presence of risk factors
H Spotting and protracted, heavy menses (in younger
patient)
H In postmenopausal woman, possible bleeding begin-
blood streaked
Physical findings
H Palpable enlarged uterus (advanced disease)
H Abdominal tenderness
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Endometrial, cervical, or endocervical biopsy confirms the presence of cancer cells.
H Fractional dilatation and curettage are used to identify the problem when the disease is suspected but the
endometrial biopsy result is negative.
H Multiple cervical biopsies and endocervical curettage
pinpoint cervical involvement.
H Papanicolaou test result may be normal or show
abnormal cells.
Other
H Schillers test involves staining the cervix and vagina
with an iodine solution that turns healthy tissues
brown. (Cancerous tissues resist the stain.)
Treatment
General
H Radiation therapy
H Well-balanced diet
H Tamoxifen therapy
Medications
Incidence
Common characteristics
H Abnormal vaginal bleeding
H Lower abdominal bleeding
Complications
H Anemia
H Intestinal obstruction
H Ascites
H Increasing pain
H Hemorrhage
864
Uterine cancer
Surgery
H Total abdominal hysterectomy, bilateral salpingo-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express positive feelings about self
H report feeling increased comfort and decreased pain
H (with partner) express feelings and perceptions
about change in sexual performance
H experience no signs or symptoms of infection.
9400U.qxd
8/2/12
4:52 PM
Page 865
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Administer drug therapy.
H Encourage the patient to breathe deeply and cough.
Monitoring
After surgery
H Wound site and drainage system
H Vital signs
H Postoperative complications
H Pain control
Internal radiation therapy
H Safety precautions (time, distance, and shielding)
H Movement (limited while source is in place)
H Vital signs
H Complications from radiation therapy, such as skin
reaction, vaginal bleeding, abdominal discomfort,
and dehydration
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative and postoperative care
H (if the patient is premenopausal) that removal of her
ovaries will induce menopause
H safety measures involved in internal radiation therapy
H dietary modifications
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H importance of follow-up examinations with a gynecologist.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resource and support
services.
Uterine cancer
865
9400U.qxd
8/2/12
4:52 PM
Page 866
Uterine leiomyomas
Overview
Description
H Most common benign uterine tumors in females
H Tumors composed of smooth muscle that usually oc-
Pathophysiology
opening)
H Secondary infertility (rare)
H Bowel obstruction
Assessment
History
H Abnormal menstrual bleeding
H Urinary frequency, urgency, or incontinence
H Abdominal cramping during menstruation
Physical findings
cated within the uterine wall (intramural) or protrude into the endometrial cavity (submucous) or
from the serosal surface of the uterus (subserous).
H Size varies greatly.
H Tumors are usually firm and surrounded by a pseudocapsule composed of compressed but otherwise
normal uterine myometrium.
H The uterine cavity may become larger, increasing the
endometrial surface area. This can cause increased
uterine bleeding.
H Pelvic pressure
H Abdominal distention
Causes
H
Risk factors
H Females of reproductive age
H Family member with uterine leiomyomas
Incidence
H May affect three times as many Blacks as Whites; true
Test results
Laboratory
H Blood studies show anemia caused by abnormal
bleeding (may support diagnosis).
Imaging
H Ultrasonography allows accurate assessment of the
dimension, number, and location of tumors.
H Magnetic resonance imaging reveals calcified
fibroids.
Diagnostic procedures
H Hysterosalpingography detects myomas.
Other
H Patient history reveals evidence.
H Bimanual examination shows enlarged, firm, nontender, and irregularly contoured uterus (also seen
with adenomyosis and other pelvic abnormalities).
H Endometrial biopsy rules out endometrial cancer
in patients older than age 35 with abnormal uterine
bleeding.
H Laparoscopy corroborates other testing.
Treatment
General
H Blood transfusions
H Activity as tolerated
Common characteristics
Medications
Complications
H Recurrent spontaneous abortion
H Preterm labor
866
Uterine leiomyomas
Surgery
H Abdominal, laparoscopic, or hysteroscopic myomec-
tomy
H Myolysis
H Uterine artery embolization (radiologic procedure)
9400U.qxd
8/2/12
4:52 PM
Page 867
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased comfort and decreased pain
H relate understanding of the disorder and treatment
and state feelings
H return to normal menstrual periods.
Nursing interventions
H Reassure the patient that she wont experience pre-
concerns related to the disease process and its effects on her lifestyle.
Monitoring
H Comfort level
H Amount of bleeding
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of reporting abnormal bleeding or
pelvic pain immediately
H the importance of regular gynecologic examinations.
Uterine leiomyomas
867
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 868
Vaginal cancer
Overview
Description
Pathophysiology
H Because the vagina is a thin-walled structure with
Causes
H Exact cause unknown
Risk factors
H Advanced age (most likely risk factor) combined
Incidence
H Usually occurs in females in their early to middle 50s
H Rarely, rhabdomyosarcoma in children
Common characteristics
H Bloody vaginal drainage
H Urine retention
Complications
H Metastasis possibly affecting the cervix, uterus, and
rectum
Assessment
History
H Presence of risk factors
H Bloody vaginal discharge
H Irregular or postmenopausal bleeding
H Urine retention or urinary frequency (if the lesion is
868
Vaginal cancer
Physical findings
H Ulcerated lesion in any area of the vagina
Test results
Laboratory
H Papanicolaou test shows abnormal cells.
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsy identifies cancerous cells. Biopsy of the cervix
and vulva may also be performed to rule out these
areas as primary cancer sites.
H Colposcopy is used to locate lesions that may have
been missed during the pelvic examination.
Other
H Lugols solution painted on the suspected area helps
to identify malignant areas by staining glycogencontaining normal tissue. (Abnormal tissue resists
staining.)
Treatment
General
H Radiation therapy (preferred treatment for all stages
of vaginal cancer)
H Well-balanced diet
H Limited activity with internal radiation therapy
Medications
H Topical chemotherapy with fluorouracil and laser
surgery
Surgery
H May be recommended when tumor is so extensive
that vaginas close proximity to the bladder and rectum allows only minimal tissue margins around resected vaginal tissue
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express positive feelings about self
H experience feelings of increased comfort and decreased pain
H express feelings and perceptions about change in
sexual performance (with partner)
H exhibit no signs or symptoms of infection.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Vaginal discharge
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 869
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H safety measures (for internal radiation therapy)
H importance of follow-up care
H importance of regular gynecologic check-ups
H potential adverse reactions to chemotherapy and
ways to manage them
H signs and symptoms of infection and the need to report them to a physician immediately
H ways to avoid infection.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient (and family) to American Cancer
Vaginal cancer
869
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 870
Vancomycin
intermediate-resistant
Staphylococcus aureus
Complications
Overview
History
Description
H Staphylococci infection that has decreased suscepti-
bility to vancomycin
H Common in chronically ill patients; most likely devel-
Pathophysiology
H Genes encode resistance and are carried on plasmids
Causes
H Colonized patient: more than 10 times as likely to be-
come infected with the organism as uncolonized patient such as through a breach in the immune system
H VISA that enters a health care facility through an infected or colonized patient or a colonized health care
worker
H Spread during direct contact between the patient and
caregiver or patient and patient; possibly being
spread through patient contact with a contaminated
surface such as an overbed table
Risk factors
H Diabetes
H Kidney disease
H Previous MRSA infection
H Recent hospitalization
H Recent antimicrobial therapy
Incidence
H First discovered in mid-1996
H Incidence rare, about 16 cases reported in the Unit-
ed States
H Noted in patients receiving multiple courses of van-
Common characteristics
H Causative organism possibly living for weeks on such
H Sepsis
H Multisystem organ involvement
H Death in the immunocompromised patient
Assessment
H Possible breach in the immune system, surgery, or
Physical findings
H The carrier patient commonly asymptomatic but pos-
Test results
Laboratory
H Culture shows staphylococci with decreased susceptibility to vancomycin after 24-hour incubation.
Treatment
General
H With an infection, possibly no treatment (Stop all an-
tibiotics and simply wait for normal bacteria to repopulate and replace the strain.)
H Colonized patient in contact isolation until culturenegative or discharged
H Antimicrobial drugs (VISA isolates not susceptible to
vancomycin generally are susceptible to other
drugs.)
H No dietary restrictions
H Rest periods when fatigued
Medications
H Antimicrobials
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain collateral circulation
H attain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H remain afebrile
H have an adequate fluid volume.
Nursing interventions
H Consider grouping infected patients together and
870
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 871
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Response to treatment
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H how to prevent the spread of VISA. (See Preventing
the transmission of VISA.)
Prevention
871
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 872
Vancomycin-resistant
enterococcus
Assessment
History
H Possible breach in the immune system, surgery, or
Overview
Description
Physical findings
Pathophysiology
Test results
Laboratory
H VRE is isolated from stool or a rectal swab.
Causes
H Enters health care facility through infected or colo-
Risk factors
H Immunocompromised condition
H Advanced age
H Indwelling catheter
H Major surgery
H Open wounds
H History of taking vancomycin or a third-generation
cephalosporin
H History of enterococcal bacteremia, commonly
linked to endocarditis
H Organ transplantation
H Prolonged or repeated hospital admissions
H Chronic renal failure
H Exposure to contaminated equipment or a VREpositive patient.
Incidence
H Reported in facilities in more than 40 states
H Rates as high as 14% in oncology units
Treatment
General
H With an infection, possibly no treatment
H Colonized patient placed in contact isolation until
culture-negative or discharged
H Rest periods when fatigued
Medications
H Antimicrobials (VRE isolates not susceptible to van-
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain afebrile
H have adequate fluid volume.
Nursing interventions
H Consider grouping infected patients together and
Common characteristics
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Response to treatment
H Complications
the organism
Complications
H Sepsis
872
Vancomycin-resistant enterococcus
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 873
Prevention
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment (see Preventing the spread of VRE at home)
H the need for family and friends to wear personal protective equipment when visiting the patient
H how to dispose of protective equipment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and family to support and social
services.
Vancomycin-resistant enterococcus
873
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 874
Varicella
Complications
Overview
H Reyes syndrome
H Pneumonia
H Myocarditis
H Bleeding disorders
H Arthritis
H Nephritis
H Hepatitis
H Acute myositis
H Congenital varicella-caused hypoplastic deformity,
Description
H An acute, highly contagious viral infection
H The same virus that causes chickenpox, thought to
Pathophysiology
H Localized replication of the virus occurs (probably in
the nasopharynx), leading to seeding of the reticuloendothelial system and development of viremia.
H Diffuse and scattered skin lesions result with vesicles
involving the corium and dermis with degenerative
changes (ballooning) and infection of localized
blood vessels.
H Necrosis and epidermal hemorrhage result; vesicles
eventually rupture and release fluid or are reabsorbed.
H Incubation period lasts 13 to 17 days.
H Infection is communicable from 48 hours before lesions erupt until after vesicles are crusted over.
Assessment
History
H Recent exposure to someone with chickenpox
H Malaise
H Headache
H Anorexia
Physical findings
H Temperature 101 to 103 F (38.3 to 39.4 C)
H Crops of small, erythematous macules on the trunk
or scalp
H Macules progressing to papules and then clear vesi-
H Lack of immunization
Incidence
Test results
Laboratory
H Virus can be isolated from vesicular fluid within the
first 3 to 4 days of the rash.
H Giemsa stain distinguishes the varicella-zoster virus
from the vaccinia-variola virus.
H Serum samples contain antibodies 7 days after onset
of symptoms.
H Serologic testing differentiates rickettsial pox from
varicella.
Causes
H Varicella-zoster herpesvirus
Risk factors
H Close contact with others at home, school, or child
care facility
at any age
H Congenital varicella possibly in infants whose mothers had acute infections in first or early second
trimester
H Neonatal infection rare, probably because of transient maternal immunity
H Occurs worldwide; endemic in large cities with outbreaks occurring sporadically
H Equally affects all races and both sexes
H Seasonal distribution varies; in temperate areas, incidence higher during late winter and spring
Treatment
Common characteristics
General
H Malaise
H Crops of macules progressing to vesicles
H Pruritus
874
Varicella
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 875
Medications
H Antipruritics
H Antibiotics
H Analgesic and antipyretic
H Acyclovir
H Varicella-zoster immune globulin
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report or demonstrate an increased energy level
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H interact with family and peers to decrease feelings of
isolation
H express or demonstrate increased comfort.
Nursing interventions
H Observe an immunocompromised patient for mani-
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Skin integrity
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Adverse drug reactions
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H how to correctly apply topical antipruritic medications
H the importance of good hygiene and keeping the
childs fingernails trimmed
H the need for the child to avoid scratching the lesions
H the parents need to watch for and immediately report signs of complications (severe skin pain and
burning that may indicate a serious secondary infection and require prompt medical attention)
H the need for parents to refrain from giving the child
aspirin because of its association with Reyes syndrome
H signs and symptoms of Reyes syndrome and the need
to immediately report them to a physician.
Varicella
875
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 876
Varicocele
Overview
Description
H A mass of dilated and tortuous varicose veins in the
spermatic cord
H Commonly described as a bag of worms (see Tak-
Pathophysiology
Incidence
H Present in 30% of all males diagnosed with infertility
H Occurs in the left spermatic cord 95% of the time
H Highest in males between ages 15 and 25
Common characteristics
H Asymptomatic
H Feeling of heaviness on the affected side
H Testicular pain and tenderness on palpation
Complications
H Infertility
H Hydrocele
Causes
H Incompetent or congenitally absent valves in the
spermatic veins
H Tumor or thrombus obstructing the inferior vena
Assessment
History
H Infertility
H Feeling of heaviness on affected side
Physical findings
H Palpation of bag of worms when patient upright
H Drained, cant be felt when patient recumbent
H Testicular tenderness
Test results
Other
H Physical examination confirms varicocele.
Treatment
Taking a close look at a varicocele
Varicocele, an abnormal dilation of the veins of the spermatic cord, is asymptomatic, but its important to identify
and correct this condition in adolescent boys because it
causes infertility.
General
H Scrotal support to relieve discomfort
Surgery
H Surgical repair or removal involving ligation of the
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of the disorder and its treatment
H express feelings regarding effect on fertility
H express feelings of increased comfort.
Nursing interventions
H Promote the patients comfort before and after
surgery.
H After surgery, administer prescribed drugs.
H Apply an ice bag with a cover to reduce edema.
H Protect the wound from contamination.
876
Varicocele
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 877
activities as possible.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Comfort level
H Wound healing
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H wound care.
From Pillitte
Philadelphia
Varicocele
877
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 878
Varicose veins
Overview
Description
H Dilated, tortuous veins, engorged with blood result-
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
H May be asymptomatic
H Feeling of heaviness in the legs that worsens in the
ing or walking
H Aching legs during menses
H Fatigue
H Exercise possibly relieving symptoms because venous
return improves
Physical findings
Causes
H Congenital weakness of the valves or venous wall
H Pregnancy
H Tight clothing
H Occupations that necessitate standing for an extend-
ed period
H Deep vein thrombosis
H Trauma
Risk factors
H Polonged standing or time on feet
H Obesity
H Heavy lifting
H Pregnancy
Incidence
H Common in middle adulthood
H Primary varicose veins: Family tendency, affect both
calf
H Orthostatic edema and stasis of the calves and ankles
H Nodules along affected veins and valve incompetence
H In chronic condition, venous stasis ulcers, which
Test results
Imaging
H Ascending and descending venography demonstrate
venous occlusion and patterns of collateral flow.
Diagnostic procedures
H Photoplethysmography, a noninvasive test, characterizes venous blood flow by showing changes in the
skins circulation.
H Doppler ultrasonography quickly and accurately
shows the presence or absence of venous backflow
in deep or superficial veins.
H Venous outflow and reflux plethysmography can be
used to detect deep venous occlusion.
Treatment
General
H Wearing elastic stockings
H Avoiding tight clothing
H For moderate varicose veins: wearing antiembolism
Common characteristics
Complications
H Venous insufficiency
H Venous stasis ulcers
Medications
H Sclerotherapy
Surgery
H Stripping and ligation
H Laser surgery
878
Varicose veins
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 879
H Catheter-assisted procedures
H Phlebectomy
H Endoscopic vein surgery
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of disorder and treatment
H maintain adequate distal and collateral circulation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H carry out activities of daily living without excess
fatigue or discomfort.
Prevention
Nursing interventions
H After stripping and ligation or after injection of a
Monitoring
ALERT
Watch for signs and symptoms of complications,
such as sensory loss in the leg, calf pain, and fever.
H Response to treatment
H Skin integrity
H Pain control
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to avoid wearing constrictive clothing
H elevating the legs above heart level when possible
and avoiding prolonged standing or sitting
H how to put on the elastic, antiembolism, or compression stockings before getting out of bed in the morning (or lying with the legs raised for 1 minute before
putting on the stockings)
H how to avoid injury to the lower legs, ankles, and feet
and the need to observe for altered skin integrity of
those areas and to report any problems to the physician as soon as possible.
Varicose veins
879
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 880
Vascular retinopathies
Overview
Description
Pathophysiology
H When one of the arteries maintaining blood circula-
tion in the retina becomes obstructed, the diminished blood flow causes visual deficits.
Causes
Central retinal artery occlusion
H Idiopathic
H Embolism
H Atherosclerosis
H Infection
H Conditions that retard blood flow, such as carotid
occlusion and heart valve vegetations
Central retinal vein occlusion
H External compression of the retinal vein
H Trauma
H Diabetes
H Thrombosis
H Granulomatous diseases
H Generalized and localized infections
H Glaucoma
H Atherosclerosis
Diabetic retinopathy
H Juvenile or adult diabetes
Hypertensive retinopathy
H Prolonged hypertensive disease
Sickle cell retinopathy
H Impaired ability of the sickled cell to pass through
the microvasculature, producing vasocclusion
Incidence
Central retinal vein occlusion
H Most prevalent in elderly patients
Diabetic retinopathy
H About 75% of patients with juvenile diabetes developing retinopathy within 20 years of onset of diabetes
H In adults with diabetes, incidence increasing with the
duration of diabetes; 80% of patients who have had
diabetes for 20 to 25 years developing retinopathy, a
leading cause of acquired adult blindness
Sickle cell retinopathy
H Occurs in 1% to 6% of sickle-cell patients
Complications
Central retinal artery occlusion
H Permanent vision loss
Central retinal vein occlusion
H Secondary glaucoma
Diabetic retinopathy
PROLIFERATIVE DIABETIC RETINOPATHY
H Vitreous hemorrhage with corresponding sudden
vision loss
H Macular distortion
H Retinal detachment
Hypertensive retinopathy
H Blindness
H Mild, prolonged disease
H Visual defects
Sickle cell retinopathy
H Optic nerve neovascularization
H Sickling crisis
H Optic nerve and macular infarction
Assessment
History
H Changes in visual acuity
H Causative factors
Physical findings
H Decreased visual acuity
H Abnormal opthalmic examination
Common characteristics
Test results
880
Vascular retinopathies
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 881
Treatment
General
H Immediate ocular massage
H Anterior chamber paracentesis
Medications
H Heparin (if the cause of the occlusion is the heart)
Diabetic retinopathy
General
H Careful control of blood glucose levels
H Eye examinations 3 to 4 times per year; annually for
children with diabetes
H Laser photocoagulation (proliferative diabetic
retinopathy)
H Diabetic diet
H Regular exercise
Medications
H Antidiabetic drugs or insulin as appropriate
Surgery
H Vitrectomy for vitreous hemorrhage to restore vision
Hypertensive retinopathy
General
H Control of blood pressure with appropriate drugs
H Low-sodium, low-cholesterol diet
H Regular exercise
Nursing considerations
H Ophthalmoscopy (direct or indirect): shows flameshaped hemorrhages, retinal vein engorgement, white
patches among hemorrhages, edema around the disk.
H Color Doppler tests: confirm or rule out occlusion of
blood vessels.
Diabetic retinopathy
Hypertensive retinopathy
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain current health status
H regain visual function
H express understanding of condition and its treatment.
Monitoring
Nursing interventions
Patient teaching
H Vital signs
H Visual acuity
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H complying with therapy for underlying condition
H obtaining recommended follow-up care.
Vascular retinopathies
881
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 882
Vasculitis
Overview
Description
H Autoimmune condition that includes a broad spec-
Pathophysiology
H The process is initiated by excessive circulating anti-
gen, which triggers the formation of soluble antigenantibody complexes. The reticuloendothelial system
cant effectively clear these complexes, which are deposited in blood vessel walls.
H Increased vascular permeability (associated with the
release of vasoactive amines by platelets and basophils) enhances this deposition. The deposited complexes activate the complement cascade and result in
chemotaxis of neutrophils, which release lysosomal
enzymes.
H Vessel damage and necrosis result.
Causes
H Several theories:
Follows serious infectious disease and may be related to high doses of antibiotics
Formation of autoantibodies directed at the bodys
own cellular and extracellular proteins, which can
lead to the activation of inflammatory cells or cytotoxicity
Cell-mediated (T-cell) immune response
In atopic individuals, exposure to allergens
Assessment
History
H Varied findings, depending on blood vessels involved
Polyarteritis nodosa
H Fever
H Weight loss
H Malaise
H Headache
H Abdominal pain
H Myalgias
Physical findings
Polyarteritis nodosa (depends on body
system)
H Hypertension (renal)
H Arthritic changes (musculoskeletal)
H Rash, purpura, nodules, and cutaneous infarcts
(skin)
H Altered mental status and seizures (central nervous
system)
H Respiratory distress, peripheral edema, hepatomegaly, peripheral vasoconstriction (cardiovascular)
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Not all vasculitis disorders can be diagnosed definitively through specific tests. The most useful general
diagnostic procedure is biopsy of the affected vessel.
Treatment
General
H Avoidance of antigenic drugs
H Avoidance of antigenic foods
H Avoidance of offending environmental substances
Risk factors
Medications
H Hepatitis B or C
H Rheumatoid arthritis
H Sjgrens syndrome
H Other immune system disorders
H Drug allergy
H Corticosteroids
H Antihypertensives
H Analgesics
H Immunosuppressive agents
H Antineoplastics
Incidence
H Can affect a person at any age (except mucocuta-
Common characteristics
H Based on affected blood vessel
Complications
H Renal failure, renal hypertension, glomerulitis
H Fibrous scarring of the lung tissue
H Stroke
H GI bleeding, intestinal obstruction
H Myocardial infarction and pericarditis
H Rupture of mesenteric aneurysms
882
Vasculitis
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H express positive feelings about self
H attain hemodynamic stability
H demonstrate adequate ventilation
H avoid complications.
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 883
Nursing interventions
H Assess for dry nasal mucosa. Instill nose drops to lu-
Monitoring
H Vital signs and neurologic status
H Signs and symptoms of organ involvement
H Laboratory values
H GI disturbances and renal function tests
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H watch for signs of bleeding and report adverse effects
to the physician
H the importance of wearing warm clothes and gloves
when going outside in cold weather.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program if
appropriate.
Vasculitis
883
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 884
Pathophysiology
H The ventricular septum fails to close completely by
Assessment
History
H Dyspnea
H Cyanosis
H Slow weight gain
H Feeding difficulties
H Rapid grunting respirations
Physical findings
H Prominent anterior chest wall
H Clubbing
H Cyanosis
H With a large VSD, audible murmurs (at least a grade
Risk factors
Test results
Causes
H Congenital
Down syndrome and other autosomal trisomies, renal anomalies, and cardiac defects, such as patent
ductus arteriosus and coarctation of the aorta
Incidence
H Affects 2% to 7% of live births
H Slightly more common in females
Common characteristics
H Clinical features of VSD varying with the size of the
Complications
H Heart failure
H Pneumonia
884
Imaging
H Chest X-rays are normal in small defects; in large
VSDs, they show cardiomegaly, left atrial and left ventricular enlargement, and prominent pulmonary vascular markings.
H Echocardiography may detect a large VSD and its location in the septum, estimate the size of a left-toright shunt, suggest pulmonary hypertension, and
identify associated lesions and complications.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiogram is normal in children with small
VSDs; in large VSDs, it shows left and right ventricular hypertrophy, suggesting pulmonary hypertension.
H Cardiac catheterization determines the size and exact
location of the VSD, calculates the degree of shunting
by comparing the blood oxygen saturation in each
ventricle, determines the extent of pulmonary hypertension, and detects associated defects.
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 885
Treatment
General
H If the child has other defects and will benefit from
delaying surgery, pulmonary artery banding to normalize pressures and flow distal to the band and prevent pulmonary vascular disease
H Low-sodium diet
H Fluid restriction
H Activity as tolerated
adverse effects
H letting the child engage in normal activities
H the importance of prophylactic antibiotics before
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and family to support and social
services.
Medications
H Digoxin
H Diuretics
H Antibiotics
After surgery
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics
H Vasopressors
Surgery
H For small defects, simple suture closure
H For moderate to large defects, insertion of a patch
catheterization (investigational)
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection.
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Adminster prescribed drugs.
Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Signs of heart failure
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
After surgery
H Hemodynamics
H Cardiac rhythm
H Oxygenation
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preventing complications until the child is scheduled
for surgery or the defect closes
885
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 886
Vesicoureteral reflux
Overview
Description
Complications
H Renal impairment
H UTIs
Assessment
History
Pathophysiology
H Incompetence of the ureterovesical junction and
Causes
H Congenital anomalies of the ureters or bladder
H Inadequate detrusor muscle buttress in the bladder,
Incidence
Special populations
Most common during infancy in boys and during
early childhood (ages 3 to 7) in girls
H Primary vesicoureteral reflux resulting from congeni-
Common characteristics
H Signs and symptoms of UTI
H Dark, concentrated urine
H With upper urinary tract involvement: high fever,
ALERT
In children, fever, nonspecific abdominal pain, and
diarrhea may be the only clinical effects. Rarely,
children with minimal symptoms remain undiagnosed until puberty or later, when they begin to exhibit clear signs of renal impairment (anemia, hypertension, and lethargy).
886
Vesicoureteral reflux
Physical findings
H In infants, hematuria or strong-smelling urine
H Hard, thickened bladder (hard mass deep in the
Test results
Laboratory
H Clean-catch urinalysis shows a bacterial count
greater than 100,000/l.
H Microscopic examination may reveal white blood
cells, red blood cells, and an increased urine pH in
the presence of infection. Specific gravity less than
1.010 demonstrates inability to concentrate urine.
H Elevated creatinine levels (more than 1.2 mg/dl) and
elevated blood urea nitrogen levels (more than
18 mg/dl) indicate advanced renal dysfunction.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cystoscopy, with instillation of a solution containing
methylene blue or indigo carmine dye, may confirm
the diagnosis.
H Excretory urography may show dilated lower ureter,
ureter visible for its entire length, hydronephrosis,
calyceal distortion, and renal scarring.
H Voiding cystourethrography (either fluoroscopic or
radionuclide) identifies and determines the degree of
reflux and shows when reflux occurs. It may also
pinpoint the causative anomaly.
H Nuclear cystography and renal ultrasound may detect
reflux.
Other
H Catheterization of the bladder after the patient voids
determines the amount of residual urine.
Treatment
General
H Increased fluid intake
Medications
H Antibiotics
Surgery
H Vesicoureteral reimplantation (if UTI recurs despite
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 887
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H return to normal urinary function
H remain free from infection
H develop no complications of the disorder.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage one of the parents to stay with the patient
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Comfort level
H Vital signs
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H utilizing the vesicoureteral reflux to double void
(void once and then try to void again in a few
minutes)
H voiding every 2 to 3 hours whether or not the urge
exists
H recognizing and reporting recurring signs of UTI
(painful, frequent, burning urination; foul-smelling
urine)
H the importance of completing the prescribed therapy
or maintaining low-dose antibiotic prophylaxis.
Discharge planning
H After surgery, close medical follow-up is necessary
Vesicoureteral reflux
887
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 888
Vitamin A deficiency
Overview
Description
H Deficiency of vitamin A in the body possibly resulting
in night blindness, decreased color adjustment, keratinization of epithelial tissue, and poor bone growth
H With therapy, excellent chance of reversing symptoms
of night blindness and milder conjunctival changes;
with corneal damage, emergency treatment necessary
Pathophysiology
H A fat-soluble vitamin absorbed in the GI tract, vitamin
Causes
H Inadequate dietary intake of foods high in vitamin A
Common characteristics
H Night blindness (nyctalopia)
H Dry, scaly skin
H Follicular hyperkeratosis
H Shrinking and hardening of the mucous membranes
H Failure to thrive and apathy
H Corneal changes, which can lead to ulceration and
Complications
H Blindness
H Infections of the eyes and the respiratory or geni-
tourinary tract
Assessment
History
H Night blindness (nyctalopia)
H Failure to thrive
H Apathy
(liver, kidney, butter, milk, cream, cheese, and fortified margarine) or carotene, a precursor of vitamin
A found in dark green, leafy vegetables, and yellow or
orange fruits and vegetables
H Malabsorption caused by:
Celiac disease
Sprue
Obstructive jaundice
Cystic fibrosis
Giardiasis
Habitual use of mineral oil as a laxative
H Massive urinary excretion caused by:
Cancer
Tuberculosis
Pneumonia
Nephritis
Urinary tract infection
H Decreased storage and transport of vitamin A from
hepatic disease
Physical findings
Incidence
General
888
Vitamin A deficiency
Test results
Laboratory
H Carotene levels below 40 mcg/dl suggest vitamin A
deficiency, but vary with seasonal ingestion of fruits
and vegetables.
H Serum levels of vitamin A below 20 mcg/dl are diagnostic.
Other
H Dietary history and typical ocular lesions suggest vitamin A deficiency.
Treatment
skin
H Control of underlying condition
Medications
H Vitamin A replacement
H Bile salts with biliary obstruction
H Pancreatin with pancreatic insufficiency
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 889
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H improve vitamin levels
H express understanding of dietary changes needed to
improve nutritional status
H express understanding of diet high in vitamin A.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed oral vitamin A supplements
Monitoring
Rash
Hair loss
Anorexia
Transient hydrocephalus
Vomiting
H Signs of hypervitaminosis A (adults):
Bone pain
Hepatosplenomegaly
Diplopia
Irritability
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of hypercarotenemia and hypervitaminosis
H dietary counseling on foods high in vitamin A.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for nutritional counseling and, if
Vitamin A deficiency
889
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 890
Vitamin B deficiency
Overview
Pyridoxine deficiency
H Can occur at any age
H Rare
Cobalamin deficiency
H Most common in people older than age 40
Description
Common characteristics
Thiamine deficiency
H Polyneuritis
H Wernickes encephalopathy
H Korsakoffs psychosis
H Palpitations
H Tachycardia
H Dyspnea
H Constipation and indigestion
Riboflavin deficiency
H Cheilosis (cracking of the lips and corners of the
mouth)
H Sore throat
H Glossitis
H Dermatitis
H Eye disturbances
Niacin deficiency
H Fatigue
H Anorexia
H Muscle weakness
H Headache
H Indigestion
H Mild skin eruptions
H Weight loss
H Dermatitis
Pyridoxine deficiency
H Dermatitis
H Occasional cheilosis or glossitis unresponsive to
riboflavin therapy
H Abdominal pain
H Vomiting
H Ataxia
H Seizures
Cobalamin deficiency
H Pernicious anemia, anorexia, weight loss, abdominal
discomfort, constipation, diarrhea, and glossitis
H Peripheral neuropathy
H Ataxia, spasticity, and hyperreflexia
Pathophysiology
H Vitamin B complex is a group of water-soluble vita-
Causes
Thiamine deficiency
H Malabsorption
H Inadequate dietary intake of vitamin B1
Riboflavin deficiency
H Diet deficient in milk, meat, fish, green leafy vegetables, and legumes
Niacin deficiency
H Corn as a dominant staple food
H Carcinoid syndrome
H Hartnup disease
Pyridoxine deficiency
H Destruction of pyridoxine in infant formulas by autoclaving
H Pyridoxine antagonists, such as isoniazid and penicillamine
Cobalamin deficiency
H Absence of intrinsic factor in gastric secretions
H Absence of receptor sites after ileal resection
H Malabsorption syndromes associated with sprue, intestinal worm infestation, regional ileitis, and gluten
enteropathy
H Diet low in animal protein
H Pernicious anemia
H Medication
Risk factors
H Chronic alcoholism
H Prolonged diarrhea
H Exposure of milk to sunlight
H Treatment of legumes with baking soda
Incidence
Thiamine deficiency
H Affects males and females equally
H Can occur at any age
Riboflavin deficiency
H Most common nutrient deficiency in the United States
Niacin deficiency
H Usually affects adults
Complications
H Cardiomegaly
H Circulatory collapse
H Beriberi
H Pellagra
ALERT
Because of a triad of symptoms, pellagra is sometimes called a 3-D syndrome dementia, dermatitis, and diarrhea. If not reversed by therapeutic doses of niacin, pellagra can be fatal.
H Central nervous system disturbances
890
Vitamin B deficiency
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 891
Men
(23 to 50)
Women
(23 to 50)
Infants
Children
(1 to 10)
B1*
1.4 mg
1.4 mg
0.4 mg
0.7 to 12 mg
B2*
1.6 mg
1.6 mg
0.5 mg
0.8 to 1.4 mg
Niacin*
18 mg
18 mg
5 to 8 mg
9 to 16 mg
B6
2.2 mg
2.2 mg
0.4 mg
0.9 to 1.6 mg
B12
3 mcg
3 mcg
0.3 mcg
2 to 3 mcg
Assessment
History
Thiamine deficiency
H Palpitations
H Dyspnea
H Constipation and indigestion
Riboflavin deficiency
H Burning, itching, light sensitivity, and tearing of the
eyes
H Neuropathy
H Signs of mild anemia
H Growth retardation
Niacin deficiency
H Backache
H Sore mouth, tongue, and lips
H Nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea
H Confusion, disorientation, and neuritis may become severe enough to induce hallucinations and
paranoia
Pyridoxine deficiency
H Presence of risk factors
H Fatigue
H Distal limb numbness
H Depression
Cobalamin deficiency
H Pernicious anemia
H Anorexia
H Weight loss
H Constipation, diarrhea
H Glossitis
H Peripheral neuropathy
Physical findings
Thiamine deficiency
H Tachycardia
H Ataxia, nystagmus, and ophthalmoplegia
Riboflavin deficiency
H Seborrheic dermatitis in the nasolabial folds, scrotum, and vulva and, possibly, generalized dermatitis
involving the arms, legs, and trunk
Niacin deficiency
H Dark, scaly dermatitis, especially on exposed parts of
the body, that makes the patient appear to be severely
sunburned
H Red mouth, tongue, and lips
Pyridoxine deficiency
H Weakness
H Confusion
H Glossitis
H Seborrheic dermatitis
Cobalamin deficiency
H Abdominal discomfort
H Peripheral neuropathy
H Ataxia, spasticity, and hyperreflexia
Test results
Laboratory
THIAMINE DEFICIENCY
H 24-hour urine collection (commonly measured as
micrograms per deciliter [mcg/dl]) shows the following age-related deficiency levels.
Special populations
results show:
less than 23 mcg/dl (second trimester)
less than 21 mcg/dl (third trimester).
RIBOFLAVIN DEFICIENCY
H 24-hour urine collection (measured as micrograms
Vitamin B deficiency
891
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 892
Special populations
results show:
less than 39 mcg/g (second trimester)
less than 30 mcg/g (third trimester).
NIACIN DEFICIENCY
H Deficiency is measured by N-methyl nicotinamide in
causation.
Treatment
Thiamine deficiency
General
H High-protein diet, with adequate calorie intake and
thiamine rich foods (pork, peas, wheat bran, oatmeal, and liver)
Medications
H B-complex vitamins
H Thiamine supplements or thiamine hydrochloride as
part of a B-complex concentrate (with alcoholic
beriberi)
Riboflavin deficiency
General
H Diet high in riboflavin foods (meats; enriched flour;
milk and dairy products; green, leafy vegetables;
eggs; and cereal)
Medications
H Supplemental riboflavin
Niacin deficiency
General
H Dietary enrichment (meats, fish, peanuts, brewers
yeast, enriched breads, and cereals rich in niacin;
milk and eggs, in tryptophan)
Medications
H Supplemental B-complex vitamins
H Niacinamide
Pyridoxine deficiency
General
H Symptomatic
H Dietary adjustments
H Increased carbohydrate intake before vigorous exercise
Medications
H Prophylactic pyridoxine therapy in infants and in
children with seizure disorder
H Supplemental B-complex vitamins
Cobalamin deficiency
General
H Blood transfusion if severe
H Diet high in folate
Medications
H Parenteral cyanocobalamin in patients with reduced
gastric secretion of hydrochloric acid, lack of intrinsic factor, some malabsorption syndromes, or ileum
resections
H Folate
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H improve vitamin levels
H express understanding of dietary adjustments needed
to improve nutritional status.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed supplements.
H Explain all tests and procedures.
892
Vitamin B deficiency
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 893
Monitoring
H Adverse effects from large doses of niacinamide, in
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H keeping an accurate dietary history
H that prognosis is good with treatment
H importance of adhering strictly to their prescribed
treatment for the rest of their lives
H dietary adjustments.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to appropriate assistance agencies if
Vitamin B deficiency
893
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 894
Vitamin C deficiency
Overview
Pathophysiology
Description
H Deficiency of vitamin C in the body
H Historically common among sailors and others de-
quate production of collagen, an extracellular substance that binds the cells of the teeth, bones, and
capillaries.
H Because the body cant store this water-soluble vitamin in large amounts, the supply needs to be replenished daily.
Causes
Scurvys effect on gums and legs
In adults, scurvy causes swollen or bleeding gums and
loose teeth.
Risk factors
H Hyperthyroidism
H Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
H Cancer
H Smoking
H Hemodialysis
H Alcoholism
H Economic hardship
Incidence
It also causes follicular hyperkeratosis, usually on the
legs.
Common characteristics
H Petechiae
H Ecchymoses
H Follicular hyperkeratosis (especially on the buttocks
and legs)
H Signs of anemia
H Anorexia
H Limb and joint pain (especially in the knees)
H Swollen or bleeding gums (see Scurvys effect on
894
Vitamin C deficiency
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 895
Complications
H Sudden death
Assessment
History
H Anorexia
H Limb and joint pain (especially in the knees)
H Insomnia
H Poor wound healing
H Irritability
H Depression
H Hysteria
H Hypochondriasis
H Fatigue
Physical findings
H Pallor
H Petechiae
H Ecchymoses
H Follicular hyperkeratosis (especially on the buttocks
and legs)
H Swollen or bleeding gums
H Loose teeth
H Ocular hemorrhages in the bulbar conjunctivae
H Beading, fractures of the costochondral junctions of
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum ascorbic acid levels are less than 0.2 mg/dl.
H White blood cell ascorbic acid levels are less than
30 mg/dl.
Other
H Dietary history revealing an inadequate intake of
ascorbic acid suggests vitamin C deficiency.
Monitoring
H Dietary intake
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of supplemental ascorbic acid
H good dietary sources of vitamin C
H not taking too much vitamin C because excessive
doses of ascorbic acid may cause nausea, diarrhea,
and renal calculi formation and may also interfere
with anticoagulant therapy.
Treatment
General
H Diet high in foods rich in vitamin C
Medications
H Vitamin C supplements
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H improve vitamin levels
H express understanding of dietary adjustments needed
to improve nutritional status.
Nursing interventions
H Adminster prescribed ascorbic acid orally or by slow
I.V. infusion.
Vitamin C deficiency
895
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 896
Vitamin D deficiency
Incidence
Overview
United States
Description
H Deficiency of vitamin D in the body
H Also known as rickets
Pathophysiology
H Deficiency of vitamin D causes failure of normal
Causes
H Inadequate dietary intake of preformed vitamin D
H Malabsorption of vitamin D
H Too little exposure to sunlight
H Vitamin D-resistant rickets (refractory rickets, famil-
Recognizing bowlegs
This infant with rickets shows characteristic bowing of the
legs.
ing vitamin D supplementation and in infants receiving a formula with a nonfortified milk base
H May also occur in overcrowded, urban areas where
smog limits sunlight penetration
H Highest incidence in black children who, because of
their skin color, absorb less sunlight (solar ultraviolet rays irradiate 7-dehydrocholesterol, a precursor
of vitamin D, to form calciferol)
Common characteristics
H Profuse sweating
H Restlessness
H Irritability
H Numerous bone malformations
Complications
H Spontaneous fractures
H Abnormal gait
H Short stature
Assessment
History
H Spontaneous multiple fractures
H Pain in the legs and lower back
Physical findings
H Bowlegs (see Recognizing bowlegs)
H Knock-knees
H Rachitic rosary (beading of ends of ribs)
H Enlargement of wrists and ankles
H Pigeon breast
H Delayed closing of the fontanels
H Softening of the skull
H Bulging of the forehead
Test results
Laboratory
H Plasma calcium serum levels are less than 7.5 mg/dl.
H Serum inorganic phosphorus levels are less than
3 mg/dl.
H Serum citrate levels are less than 2.5 mg/dl.
H Alkaline phosphatase levels are less than 4 Bodansky
units/dl.
Imaging
H X-rays show characteristic bone deformities and abnormalities such as Loosers zones (pseudofractures).
896
Vitamin D deficiency
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 897
Treatment
General
H Sunlight exposure
Medications
H For osteomalacia and rickets (except when caused
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H improve vitamin levels
H express understanding of dietary adjustments needed
to improve nutritional status.
Nursing interventions
H Obtain a dietary history to assess the patients current
vitamin D intake.
H Administer supplementary aqueous preparations of
vitamin D for chronic fat malabsorption, hydroxylated cholecalciferol for refractory rickets, and supplemental vitamin D for breast-fed infants.
Monitoring
H Dietary intake
H Comfort level
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H watching for signs of vitamin D toxicity (headache,
nausea, constipation and, after prolonged use, renal
calculi).
Discharge planning
H If deficiency is due to socioeconomic conditions, re-
Vitamin D deficiency
897
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 898
Vitamin E deficiency
Overview
Description
Common characteristics
Infants
H Edema
H Skin lesions
Adults
H Intermittent claudication
Complications
Pathophysiology
H Disorders of reproduction
H Abnormalities of muscle, liver, bone marrow, and
brain function
H Hemolysis of RBC
H Skeletal muscle dystrophy
Causes
History
H Intermittent claudication
Incidence
H Uncommon in adults but possible in people whose
898
Vitamin E deficiency
Assessment
Physical findings
H Edema
H Skin lesions
Test results
Laboratory
H Serum alpha-tocopherol levels are below 0.5 mg/dl
in adults and below 0.2 mg/dl in infants.
H Creatinuria, increased creatine kinase levels, hemolytic anemia, and an elevated platelet count support
the diagnosis.
Other
H Dietary and medical histories suggest vitamin E deficiency.
Treatment
General
H Diet high in foods rich in vitamin E, such as vegetable
Medications
H Vitamin E supplementation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H improve vitamin levels
H express understanding of dietary adjustments needed
to improve nutritional status.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage patient to consume foods high in vitamin
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 899
Monitoring
H Dietary intake
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preventing deficiency by providing vitamin E supplements for low-birth-weight infants receiving formulas
not fortified with vitamin E and for adults with vitamin E malabsorption
H dietary changes
H that food manufacturers fortify many products
with vitamins and minerals (Read the nutrition facts
panel of food labels to find out if a food contains
vitamin E.)
H that most adults in the United States get enough vitamin E from their normal diets to meet current recommendations. (Caution those on low-fat diets that
low-fat intake can substantially decrease vitamin E
intake if appropriate food choices arent made.)
Discharge planning
H If vitamin E deficiency is related to socioeconomic
Vitamin E deficiency
899
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 900
Vitamin K deficiency
Overview
Incidence
H Vitamin K deficiency is common among neonates in
Description
Common characteristics
Pathophysiology
Complications
H Bleeding
Assessment
History
H Prolonged or easy bleeding
Causes
Physical findings
H Ecchymosis
H Petechiae
Test results
Laboratory
H Prothrombin time (PT) 25% longer than the normal
range of 10 to 20 seconds confirms the diagnosis of
vitamin K deficiency after other causes of prolonged
PT (such as anticoagulant therapy or hepatic disease) have been ruled out.
Treatment
General
H Oats
H Wheat bran
H Whole wheat flour
Fruits
H Avocados
Vegetables
H Broccoli
H Cabbage
H Cauliflower
H Endive
H Kale
H Lentils (dry)
H Lettuce (iceberg)
H Soybeans
H Spinach
H Swiss chard
H Turnip greens
H Watercress
Organ meats
H Beef liver
H Chicken liver
H Pork liver
leafy vegetables, cereals, soybeans, and other vegetables. (See Foods that contain vitamin K.)
Medications
H Vitamin K
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H improve vitamin levels
H show less tendency to bleed easily
H show improved laboratory values.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage the patient to consume foods high in vita-
min K.
H Administer vitamin K to neonates and patients with fat
Monitoring
H PT
H Signs of bleeding
900
Vitamin K deficiency
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 901
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H warning against self-medication with or overuse of
antibiotics, which destroy the intestinal bacteria necessary to generate significant amounts of vitamin K
H dietary counseling
H warning the patient to take safety precautions because vitamin K deficiency can cause an increased
risk of bruising and bleeding.
Vitamin K deficiency
901
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 902
Vitiligo
Overview
30
H No racial predilection
H Males and females about equally affected (Females
Description
Common characteristics
H Loss of pigment
H Locally increased sunburn
Pathophysiology
Causes
H Unknown; may have both genetic and environmental
components
Risk factors
H In about 30% of patients, first-degree relative with
Complications
to dyes or cosmetics used to camouflage lesions
Assessment
History
H Familial history of vitiligo
Physical findings
H Depigmented or stark-white skin patches; almost im-
Incidence
Test results
Recognizing vitiligo
This illustration shows characteristic depigmented skin
patches in vitiligo. These patches are usually bilaterally
symmetrical, with distinct borders.
Diagnostic procedures
H Woods light examination in a darkened room shows
vitiliginous patches in fair-skinned patients.
H Skin biopsy result confirms the diagnosis.
Treatment
General
H Sunscreens
H Cosmetics and skin dyes as cover-ups
Medications
H Repigmentation compounds, such as topical corti-
costeroids or calcipotriene
H Depigmentation creams
H Oral psoralen photochemical therapy
Surgery
H Skin grafting
H Tattooing (micropigmentation)
Other
H Narrow-band ultraviolent B therapy
902
Vitiligo
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 903
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and treatment
H verbalize feelings about changed body image
H avoid complications.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage expression of feelings about appearance.
H Offer emotional support and reassurance.
H Reinforce treatment goals.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Complications
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H that exposure to sunlight also darkens normal skin in
patients undergoing repigmentation therapy
H the use of sunscreen, sunglasses, and protective
clothing
H that results of depigmentation are permanent
H adverse effects of sunlight.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the National Vitiligo Foundation.
Vitiligo
903
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 904
Volvulus
Overview
Description
H Twisting of the intestine at least 180 degrees on itself
H Marked by sudden onset of severe abdominal pain
H Results in blood vessel compression
H Causes obstruction both proximal and distal to the
twisted loop
H Occurs in a bowel segment long enough to twist,
most commonly the sigmoid colon (small bowel a
common site in children)
H Other common sites: the stomach and cecum
Pathophysiology
H The colon twists on its mesentery.
H A closed loop obstruction occurs, affecting venous
Risk factors
H Straining at stool
H Pregnancy
H Intestinal malignancy
H Hernia
H High-bulk diet
H History of previous attacks
H Use of chronic neuropsychotropic drugs
H Chronic constipation and laxative abuse
Incidence
H Varies worldwide in cases of volvulus of the large
bowel
H Accounts for 1% to 5% of all large-bowel obstruc-
Causes
Common characteristics
Sigmoid colon
VOLVULUS
Edematous intestine
Counterclockwise
twist
904
Volvulus
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 905
Complications
H Strangulation of the twisted bowel loop
H Bowel ischemia and infarction
H Bowel perforation
Assessment
History
H Severe abdominal pain
H Bilious vomiting
H Constipation
Physical findings
H Abdominal distention
H Palpable abdominal mass
Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count, in strangulation, is greater
than 15,000/ml; in bowel infarction, its greater than
20,000/ml.
Imaging
H Abdominal X-rays may show multiple distended bowel loops and a large bowel without gas. In midgut
volvulus, abdominal X-rays may be normal.
H Barium enema, in cecal volvulus, shows barium filling the colon distal to the affected section of cecum;
in sigmoid volvulus, barium may twist to a point and,
in adults, take on an ace of spades configuration.
ment regimen.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Adminster prescribed drugs.
H Adminster prescribed I.V. fluids.
Monitoring
H Pain control
H Bowel function
H Vital signs
H Fluid and electrolyte balance
H Nasogastric tube function and drainage
H Wound site
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative teaching
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H the signs and symptoms of infection
H the importance of follow-up care.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services.
Treatment
General
H For adults with sigmoid volvulus, nonsurgical treat-
ment: proctoscopy to check for infarction and reduction by careful insertion of a flexible sigmoidoscope
to deflate the bowel
H I.V. therapy
H Nothing by mouth until condition resolves
H Bed rest until condition resolves
Medications
H Antibiotics
H Analgesics
Surgery
H For children with midgut volvulus
H Detorsion (untwisting)
H Resection and anastomosis
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H have stable vital signs
H avoid complications
Volvulus
905
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 906
von Willebrands
disease
Overview
Description
H Hereditary bleeding disorder characterized by pro-
Test results
Laboratory
H Bleeding time is prolonged to more than 6 minutes.
H Partial thromboplastin time is slightly prolonged to
more than 45 seconds.
H Factor VIII-related antigen levels are absent or reduced, and factor VIII activity level is low.
H In vitro platelet aggregation is defective using the ristocetin coagulation factor assay test.
H Platelet count and clot retraction are normal.
H Urinalysis is positive for blood cells.
H Stool sample is heme-positive.
Treatment
Pathophysiology
General
Causes
H Inherited as an autosomal dominant trait
H Acquired form identified in patients with cancer and
immune disorders
Incidence
H Affects males and females; tends to be more common
in males
Common characteristics
H Bleeding from the skin or mucosal surfaces
H In females, excessive uterine bleeding
Complications
H Hemorrhage
Assessment
History
H Possible familial history of the disease
H Easy bruising and frequent bleeding from the nose or
Physical findings
H Bruises
H Abnormal bleeding
H Rash
906
disease
H Decreasing bleeding time by local measures and re-
H Avoidance of aspirin
H Alternation of activities and rest periods (if patient is
Medications
H Cryoprecipitate (cryoprecipitated antihemophilic fac-
tor)
H Vasopressin analogue such as desmopressin
H Factor VIII concentrates
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience hemodynamic stability
H have palpable peripheral pulses
H maintain normal fluid volume
H incur no injury
H exhibit adequate coping skills.
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support as necessary.
H During a bleeding episode, elevate the area if possi-
Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of decreased tissue perfusion
H Vital signs
H Frequently, for bleeding from the skin, mucous mem-
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 907
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to notify a physician after even minor trauma and before all surgery, including dental procedures, to determine whether replacement of blood
components is necessary
H warnings against using aspirin and other drugs that
impair platelet function (how to recognize overthe-counter medications that contain aspirin)
H special precautions to prevent bleeding episodes
H the importance of wearing or carrying medical identification
H measures to control bleeding and how to prevent
bleeding, unnecessary trauma, and complications.
Discharge planning
H Refer parents of an affected child for genetic coun-
seling.
907
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 908
Vulvovaginitis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the vulva (vulvitis) and vagina
(vaginitis)
H Prognosis good with treatment
Pathophysiology
H Because of the proximity of the vulva and vagina, in-
Causes
Vaginitis
H Protozoan infection (Trichomonas vaginalis)
H Fungal infection (Candida albicans)
H Bacterial infection (bacterial vaginosis)
H Venereal infection (Neisseria gonorrhoeae)
H Viral infection with venereal warts or herpes simplex
virus Type 2
Vulvitis
H Parasitic infection (Phthirus pubis, crab louse)
H Traumatic injury
H Poor personal hygiene
H Chemical irritations
H Allergic reactions, such as to douches or toilet paper
H Retention of a foreign body such as a tampon
Risk factors
H Pregnancy
H Hormonal contraceptives
H Diabetes mellitus
H Systemic broad-spectrum antibiotics
H Vaginal mucosa and vulval atrophy in menopausal
women
Incidence
H Occurs at any age
H Affects most females at some time
Common characteristics
H Vaginal itching in most cases
H Vaginal discharge in many cases
Complications
H Inflammation of the perineum
H Skin breakdown
H Secondary infection
H Dyspareunia
H Dysuria
908
Vulvovaginitis
Assessment
History
Trichomonal vaginitis
H Vaginal irritation and itching
H Urinary symptoms, such as burning and frequency
Candidal vaginitis
H Intense vaginal itching
H Thick, white, cottage cheese-like discharge
Bacterial vaginosis
H Fishy-smelling discharge
H May be asymptomatic
Gonorrhea
H Possibly no symptoms
H Dysuria
Acute vulvitis
H Vulvar burning, pruritus
H Severe dysuria
H Dyspareunia
Physical findings
Trichomonal vaginitis
H Thin, bubbly, green-tinged, and malodorous vaginal
discharge
Candidal vaginitis
H Thick, white, cottage cheese-like discharge
H Red, edematous mucous membranes with white
flecks on vaginal wall
Bacterial vaginosis
H Gray, foul, fishy-smelling discharge
Gonorrhea
H Profuse and purulent discharge
Acute vulvitis
H Vulvar edema and erythema
Herpesvirus infection
H Ulceration or vesicle formation on the perineum (active phase)
H Severe edema that may involve entire perineum
(chronic infection)
Test results
Laboratory
H Wet slide preparation and microscopic examination
of vaginal exudates are used in obtaining various test
results:
Vaginitis diagnosis requires identification of the infectious organism.
In trichomonal infections, the presence of motile,
flagellated trichomonads confirms the diagnosis.
In monilial vaginitis, 10% potassium hydroxide is
added to the slide; diagnosis requires identification of C. albicans fungus.
In bacterial vaginosis, saline wet mount shows the
presence of clue cells, giving it a stippled appearance.
Gonorrhea requires a culture of vaginal exudate to
confirm the diagnosis.
H Diagnosis of vulvitis or a suspected sexually transmitted disease (STD) may require a complete blood
9400V.qxd
8/2/12
4:53 PM
Page 909
tories
H the need for meticulous hand washing before and af-
Treatment
General
H Cold compresses or cool sitz baths to relieve pruritus
H Warm compresses for severe inflammation
H Avoidance of drying soaps
H Loose clothing to promote air circulation
H For chronic vulvitis, changing problematic environ-
zole therapy
H that metronidazole therapy may turn the urine dark
brown.
mental factors
Medications
H Antibacterials
H Antiprotozoal agents
H Topical corticosteroids
H Antipruritics
H Topical estrogen ointments
H Antivirals
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit no signs of infection
H express concerns about self-concept, self-esteem,
and body image
H use available counseling or a support group.
Nursing interventions
H Encourage expression of feelings.
H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.
H Provide comfort measures.
H Use meticulous hand-washing technique.
H Report cases of STDs to the public health authorities.
H Administer drug therapy.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Vaginal discharge
H Signs and symptoms of secondary infection
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the correlation between sexual contact and spread of
vaginal infections
H using condoms to prevent or decrease the spread of
sexually transmitted infections
H notifying sexual partners of the need for treatment
H abstaining from sexual intercourse until the infection
resolves
H completing prescribed drugs, even if symptoms subside
Vulvovaginitis
909
9400WXYZ.qxd
8/2/12
4:54 PM
Page 910
W
Warts
Overview
Description
Pathophysiology
H Warts are small harmless tumors of the skin caused
by a virus.
H Most are well-defined.
H Mode of transmission is probably through direct
Plantar
H Slightly elevated or flat
H Occur singly or in large clusters (mosaic warts), primarily at pressure points of the feet
Digitate
H Fingerlike, horny projection arising from a peashaped base
H On scalp or near hairline
Condyloma acuminatum (moist wart)
H Usually small, pink to red, moist, and soft
H Single or in large cauliflower-like clusters on the
penis, scrotum, vulva, or anus
H May be transmitted through sexual contact; not
always venereal in origin
Complications
H Scarring
H Recurrence of wart
H Formation of keloid
Causes
H Infection with the human papillomavirus, a group of
Risk factors
H Breaks in skin
H Nail biting
Incidence
H Highest in children and young adults, but may occur
at any age
Common characteristics
H Clinical manifestations dependent on the type of wart
910
Warts
Assessment
History
H Based on type and location
H Contact with someone having warts
Physical findings
H Small, hard, flat-to-raised lump or lesion on the skin
H Small, flat lesion on forehead, cheeks, arms, or legs
H Rough, round, painful lesion on sole
H Rough growth around fingernails or toenails
Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Recurrent anal warts require sigmoidoscopy to rule
out internal involvement, which may necessitate
surgery.
H Skin biopsy may confirm diagnosis in some cases.
Other
H Visual examination usually confirms the diagnosis.
Treatment
General
H Cryotherapy
Medications
H Acid therapy (primary or adjunctive)
H 25% podophyllin in compound benzoin tincture (for
venereal warts)
H Imiquimod cream
H Bleomycin injection
Surgery
H Electrodesiccation and curettage (see Removing
warts by electrosurgery)
H Carbon dioxide laser therapy
9400WXYZ.qxd
8/2/12
4:54 PM
Page 911
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of disorder and treatment
H express feelings about change in body image
H exhibit improved or healed lesions.
Nursing interventions
H During acid or podophyllin therapy, protect the sur-
H Bleeding
H Lesion healing
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H that conscientious adherence to prescribed therapy
is essential
H that the patients sex partner may also need treatment
H need to avoid direct contact with warts.
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
Warts
911
9400WXYZ.qxd
8/2/12
4:54 PM
Page 912
Pathophysiology
H Virus has an incubation period of 5 to 15 days after
exposure.
H Mosquitoes become infected by feeding on birds
Assessment
History
H Headache
H Myalgia
H Neck stiffness
H Possible recent exposure to bodies of water, dead
Physical findings
H Fever
H Rash
H Swollen lymph glands
H Stupor and disorientation
H Stiff neck
H Change in mental status
Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell (WBC) count is normal or increased.
H Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), the
MAC-ELISA, allows a rapid and definitive diagnosis.
H Accurate diagnosis is possible only when serum or
cerebrospinal fluid specimens are obtained while the
patient is still hospitalized with acute illness and they
show an elevated WBC count and protein levels.
Imaging
H Magnetic resonance imaging may show inflammation.
Causes
H A flavivirus commonly found in humans, birds, and
Risk factors
H Recent chemotherapy
H Recent organ transplantation
H Immunocompromised state
H Pregnancy
H Advanced age
H Breast-feeding
Incidence
H In temperate areas, occurs mainly in late summer or
early fall
H In milder climates, can occur year-round
H Risk greater in areas with active cases
H Greatest risk in those older than age 50 and those
Common characteristics
H Incubation period 5 to 15 days after exposure
H No symptoms in most patients bitten by infected mos-
Complications
H Neurologic impairment
H Seizures
H Death
912
Treatment
General
H No specific treatment
H Respiratory support
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest periods when fatigued
Medications
H Antipyretics
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain collateral circulation
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H have adequate cardiac output
H remain afebrile
H have an adequate fluid volume.
9400WXYZ.qxd
8/2/12
4:54 PM
Page 913
Nursing interventions
Prevention
Monitoring
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Neurologic status
H Vital signs
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the proper use of insect repellants, which can irritate
the eyes and mouth, and to avoid applying repellant
to the hands of children (shouldnt be applied to
children younger than age 3) (see Preventing West
Nile encephalitis)
H the expected course and outcomes of the illness
H the need to drink fluids to avoid dehydration
H how to stop mosquitoes from breeding by:
cleaning out birdbaths and wading pools at least
once per week
cleaning roof gutters and downspout screens
eliminating any standing water
not allowing water to collect in trash cans
turning over or removing containers in yards
where rainwater collects, such as toys and old
tires.
Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an infectious disease specialist.
913
9400WXYZ.qxd
8/2/12
4:54 PM
Page 914
X-linked
infantile hypogammaglobulinemia
Overview
Description
lins (Ig) IgM, IgG, IgA, IgD, and IgE and circulating B cells absent or deficient but T cells intact
H Good prognosis with early treatment, except in infants developing polio or persistent viral infection;
usually causing some permanent damage, especially
in the neurologic or respiratory system
H Also called Brutons agammaglobulinemia or XLA
Pathophysiology
H B cells and B-cell precursors may be present in the
Physical findings
H Retarded growth
H Lymphadenopathy and splenomegaly usually absent,
Test results
Laboratory
H Immunoelectrophoresis confirms decreased levels or
a total absence of IgM, IgA, and IgG in the serum;
however, diagnosis by this method usually isnt possible until the infant is age 9 months.
H Antigenic stimulation confirms an inability to produce specific antibodies, although cellular immunity
remains intact.
Treatment
General
H Prevention or control of infections
H Fresh frozen plasma
H Well-balanced diet
Causes
Medications
H Congenital
H Immune globulin
H Antibiotics
Incidence
H Affects males almost exclusively
H Occurs in 1 in 50,000 to 100,000 births
Nursing considerations
Common characteristics
Key outcomes
Complications
Nursing interventions
H Hepatitis
H Enteroviral infections
H Poliovirus
Assessment
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
History
H Recurrent infections:
914
Otitis media
Pneumonia
Dermatitis
Bronchitis
Meningitis
Conjunctivitis
Monitoring
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H recognizing early signs of infection and reporting
them promptly
H cleaning cuts and scrapes immediately
9400WXYZ.qxd
8/2/12
4:54 PM
Page 915
tions
H how to meet nutritional and fluid needs during acute
infection.
Discharge planning
H Suggest genetic counseling if parents have questions
915
9400WXYZ.qxd
8/2/12
4:54 PM
Page 916
Zinc deficiency
Overview
Description
Complications
H Hypogonadism
H Dwarfism
H Hyperpigmentation
Pathophysiology
Assessment
History
H Weight loss
H Poor appetite
H Growth retardation
H Short stature
H Mental lethargy
H Diarrhea
H Intercurrent infections
Causes
H Excessive intake of foods (containing iron, calcium,
Risk factors
H Alcohol consumption
H Corticosteroids
H Celiac disease
Incidence
H Most common in people from underdeveloped coun-
Common characteristics
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Sparse hair growth
H Soft, misshapen nails
H Poor wound healing
H Anorexia
H Hypogeusesthesia (decreased taste acuity)
Physical findings
H Sparse hair growth
H Rough skin
H Poor wound healing
H Striae
H White spots on fingernails
H Acne
Test results
Laboratory
H Fasting serum zinc levels are below 70 mcg/dl.
Treatment
General
H Correction of the underlying cause
H Diet high in zinc
Medications
H Zinc supplementation
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
916
Zinc deficiency
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide information about dietary sources of zinc.
9400WXYZ.qxd
8/2/12
4:54 PM
Page 917
Monitoring
H Response to treatment
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H taking zinc supplements with milk or meals to prevent gastric distress and vomiting
H following a balanced diet that includes foods high
in zinc
H correct use of calcium and iron supplements.
Zinc deficiency
917
9400WXYZ.qxd
8/2/12
4:54 PM
Page 918
Zollinger-Ellison
syndrome
H GI bleeding
H Steatorrhea
H Duodenal ulceration
Overview
H Metastatic disease
H Hemorrhage
H Perforation
H Obstruction
H Production of other substances, such as corti-
Description
H Rare disease characterized by:
Pathophysiology
H Tumors that produce excess gastrin form in the pan-
Causes
H Unknown
H May be hereditary or associated with some cancers
H May be associated with multiple endocrine neoplasia,
type I (MEN I); about 25% of people having gastrinomas have them as part of MEN I
Risk factors
H MEN I
H Family history of ulcer disease
Incidence
Complications
ication effects
Assessment
History
H Numerous ulcers resistant to treatment
H Presence of peptic ulcer disease without evidence of
bacterial etiology
H Signs and symptoms of disorder
H Anemia
Physical findings
H Weight loss
H Abdominal pain
H Hematemesis
Test results
Laboratory
H Gastrin secretion studies are elevated.
H Fasting serum gastrin level is elevated.
H Basal gastric acid output is elevated.
H Decreased gastric pH shows high acidity.
H Serum calcium, phosphorus, cortisol, and prolactin
levels rule out MEN I.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scans locate tumors.
H Magnetic resonance imaging locates tumors.
H Upper GI endoscopy shows ulcers.
H Endoscopic ultrasound locates tumors and allows a
biopsy to be obtained.
H Somatostatin receptor scintigraphy determines tumor
metastasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Portal vein sampling
Common characteristics
H Gnawing, burning abdominal pain
H Reflux esophagitis
H Diarrhea
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Fatigue and weakness
H Weight loss
918
Zollinger-Ellison syndrome
Treatment
General
H Blood transfusions, if necessary
H Surgical removal of tumors generally unsuccessful
Medications
H Proton pump inhibitors to suppress acid production
9400WXYZ.qxd
8/2/12
4:54 PM
Page 919
Surgery
H To stop hemorrhaging from bleeding ulcers, relieve
Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience increased comfort and decreased pain
H maintain balanced fluid volume
H verbalize understanding of disorder and treatment
H return to normal bowel elimination
H maintain appropriate weight.
Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Assist with dietary choices.
H Provide preoperative and postoperative care, as ap-
propriate.
H Provide emotional support.
Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Pain control
H Wound healing (if surgery is performed)
Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H diet modifications
H importance of follow-up care.
Zollinger-Ellison syndrome
919
9400 FM.qxd
8/2/12
4:16 PM
Page vii
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 921
921
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 922
Description
Treatment
Achilles tendon
contracture
Actinomycosis
(lumpy jaw)
Adenovirus
infection
Alpha1-antitrypsin
deficiency
Autosomal recessive inherited disorder resulting in emphysema and liver dysfunction problems
Alports syndrome
Hereditary nephritis characterized by recurrent gross or microscopic hematuria; associated with deafness, eye defects, albuminuria,
and progressive azotemia
American
trypanosomiasis
(Chagas disease)
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 923
Names
Description
Treatment
Amyloidosis
Kidney transplantation is used for renal failure, although the new organ may also develop amyloidosis.
If the heart is affected, diuretics, digoxin,
antiarrhythmics, pacemakers, or heart
transplantation may be necessary.
In end-stage GI involvement, total parenteral nutrition is used as needed for malnutrition.
Anal stricture
(anal stenosis or
contracture)
Develops when the lumen of the anus decreases and stenosis prevents dilation of the
sphincter and defecation; can result from
scarring after surgery, inflammation, laxative
abuse, surgical trauma, or congenital abnormality
Angiofibroma,
juvenile
Barometer-makers
disease
(chronic mercury
poisoning)
Berylliosis
Beryllium ulcer requires excision or curettage. Acute berylliosis requires corticosteroid therapy.
Hypoxia may require oxygen; respiratory
failure, mechanical ventilation. Other respiratory symptoms may be treated with bronchodilators and chest physiotherapy.
Chronic forms are treated with corticosteroids and immunosuppressants.
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 924
Names
Description
Treatment
Blastocystis hominis
infection
(blastocystosis)
Bouillauds syndrome
(rheumatic endocarditis)
Budd-Chiari
syndrome
Cat-scratch fever
(cat-scratch disease)
Celiac disease
(sprue, nontropical
sprue, gluten
intolerance)
Gluten (wheat, rye, barley, and oat products, vegetable protein, malt, soy sauce,
grain vinegar) should be excluded from the
patients diet for life.
Supplements may be given to correct deficiencies.
Corticosteroids may be required.
Choriocarcinoma
Rapidly metastasizing malignant tumor of placental tissue that typically causes profuse
vaginal and intra-abdominal bleeding
Chemotherapy is initiated.
Uterine contents are evacuated.
A hysterectomy is rarely needed.
B-hCG levels are monitored to detect progressively decreasing levels.
Chronic
granulomatous
disease
An inherited disorder in which abnormal neutrophil metabolism impairs phagocytosis, resulting in increased susceptibility to low virulent or nonpathogenic organisms; infections
of the skin, lymph nodes, lungs, liver, and
bone occur
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 925
Names
Description
Treatment
Chronic
mucocutaneous
candidiasis
Inherited defect in cell-mediated (T-cell) immune responses leading to recurrent infections with Candida albicans and potential for
autoimmune-mediated endocrinopathies;
usually begins in early childhood with chronic
candidal infections; endocrinopathies include
hypoparathyroidism (and severe hypocalcemia), hypothyroidism, Addisons disease, diabetes, pernicious anemia; hepatitis
Conversion disorder
(hysterical neurosis)
Cryptosporidiosis
Cystinuria
Depersonalization
disorder
Dientamoeba fragilis
infection
DiGeorges syndrome
(congenital thymic
hypoplasia or
aplasia)
Fetal thymus fails to develop, leading to partial or total absence of T lymphocytes and
cell-mediated immunity; may be linked with
maternal alcoholism and fetal alcohol syndrome; increased susceptibility to infections;
hypoparathyroidism and cardiac anomalies
may also occur
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 926
Names
Description
Treatment
Dissociative amnesia
Psychotherapy is necessary.
Hypnosis may be beneficial.
Antianxiety drugs may be ordered.
Dissociative fugue
Wandering or traveling while mentally blocking out a traumatic event; a different personality may be assumed and later cant recall
what happened; may be related to dissociative identity disorder, narcissistic personality
disorder, and sleepwalking
Psychotherapy is necessary.
Hypnosis may be beneficial.
Antianxiety drugs may be ordered.
Dissociative identity
disorder (multiple
personality disorder)
Existence of two or more distinct, fully integrated personalities in the same person;
cause unknown but some type of abuse may
have been experienced
Duhrings disease
(dermatitis herpetiformis)
Epidermolysis
bullosa (EB)
Blisters occur in response to normally harmless heat and friction and may result in scarring with disfigurement; prognosis depends
on severity; may be inherited as an autosomal dominant or recessive disorder and
cause multiple complications because skin
and mucous membranes are affected
Epstein-Barr virus
(mononucleosis)
Fanconis syndrome
(de Toni-Fanconi
syndrome)
Hereditary renal disorder producing malfunctions of the proximal renal tubules, leading to
electrolyte losses and, eventually, retarded
growth and development and rickets
Fever, relapsing
(tick, fowl-nest,
cabin, or vagabond
fever or bilious
typhoid)
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 927
Names
Description
Treatment
Gauchers disease
(glucosylceramide
storage disease,
GSDI)
Long-term therapy includes I.V. replacement of the missing enzyme every 2 weeks.
Gene therapy is an experimental approach,
as well as N-butyldeoxynojirimycin
(OGT918) to inhibit production of glucocerebroside.
Gender identity
disorder (transsexualism)
Hallux valgus
Herpangina
Symptomatic treatment emphasizes measures to prevent seizures (such as antipyretics and and tepid sponge baths), fluids
to prevent dehydration, and bed rest.
Provide topical anesthetics for the mouth
(benzocaine and xylocaine) as needed.
Provide a non-irritating diet.
Increase fluid intake.
Hydatidiform mole
Hypochondriasis
(Hypochondria)
The unrealistic misinterpretation of the severity and significance of physical signs or sensations as abnormal and preoccupation with
the fear of having a serious disease, which
persists despite medical reassurance to the
contrary; unlinked to cause, although stress
increases the risk; frequently develops in
people who have experienced an organic disease or have a relative who has experienced
one
The goal is to help the patient lead a productive life, despite distressing symptoms
and fears. Outpatient psychotherapy with
behavior modification is the first line of
treatment.
Symptoms must be evaluated to rule out
medical causes first.
Routine psychiatric appointments, regardless of new symptoms, help as part of psychotherapy.
Iodine deficiency
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 928
Names
Description
Treatment
Lassa fever
Leprosy
(Hansens disease)
Leptospirosis
Infectious disease that causes meningitis, hepatitis, nephritis, or febrile disease; may be
mild (anicteric) or severe (icteric or Weils
disease)
Lichen planus
Benign, pruritic skin eruption producing scaling, purple papules with white lines or spots;
cause unknown
Marfan syndrome
Rare inherited, degenerative generalized disease of the connective tissue that causes ocular, skeletal, and cardiovascular anomalies
Mastoiditis
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 929
Names
Description
Treatment
Medullary sponge
kidney
Monkeypox
Multiple endocrine
neoplasia
Neurofibromatosis
Nocardiosis
Orbital cellulitis
Acute infection of the orbital tissues and eyelids that can spread to the cavernous sinus or
meninges; produces unilateral eyelid edema,
hyperemia, reddened eyelids, and matted
lashes
Hospitalization is required.
Appropriate antibiotics are given.
Supportive therapy includes administration
of fluids, application of warm moist compresses, and bed rest.
Surgical drainage may be necessary.
Parainfluenza
Treatment regimen includes bed rest, antipyretics for fever, analgesics for pain, and
antitussives for cough.
Specific treatments are available for croup
and bronchiolitis.
Paroxysmal
nocturnal
hemoglobinuria
Red cell breakdown with release of hemoglobin in the urine, resulting in dark-colored
urine in the morning; symptoms include hemolytic anemia, thrombosis of large vessels,
and a deficiency of hematopoiesis resulting in
anemia (pancytopenia)
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 930
Names
Description
Treatment
Penile cancer
Pilonidal disease
Abscesses are incised and drained, protruding hairs are extracted, and sitz baths
are ordered.
Entire affected area is excised if infections
persist.
Polymyalgia
rheumatica
Puerperal infection
Rectal polyps
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 931
Names
Description
Treatment
Rectal prolapse
Retinitis pigmentosa
No cure exists.
Vitamin A supplementation may be given to
slow degeneration.
Advise the use of sunglasses to protect
from ultraviolet light.
Throat abscess
Tinea versicolor
(pityriasis versicolor)
Toxocariasis
(ocular larva
migrans, visceral
larva migrans)
Trachoma (granular
conjunctivitis,
Egyptian ophthalmia)
Infection by Chlamydia trachomatis that affects the eye but can also localize in the urethra; may cause permanent damage to the
cornea and conjunctiva
Uveitis (iritis)
Vaginismus
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 932
Names
Description
Treatment
Whipples disease
(intestinal lipodystrophy, lipophagia
granulomatosis)
Wilsons disease
(hepatolenticular
degeneration)
Wiskott-Aldrich
syndrome
(immunodeficiency
with eczema and
thrombocytopenia)
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 933
Selected references
American Psychiatric Association: Diagnostic and
Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth
Edition, Text Revision. Washington, D.C.: American
Psychiatric Association, 2000.
Atallah, E. and Cortes, J. Optimal Initial Therapy for
Patients with Newly Diagnosed Chronic Myeloid
Leukemia in the Chronic Phase, Current Opinion in
Internal Medicine 6(3):268-74, June 2007.
Atlas of Pathophysiology, 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. 2006.
Barron, M.A., and Fishel, R.S. Talk to Your Patient about
Breast Disease, Nurse Practitioner 32(10):22-32,
October 2007.
Beattie, S. Bedside Emergency: Hemorrhage, RN 70(8):
30-34, August 2007.
Berra, K., et al. Cardiovascular Disease Prevention and
Disease Management: A Critical Role for Nursing,
Journal of Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation 26(4):
197-206, July-August 2006.
Bhoola, S., and Hoskins, W.J. Diagnosis and Management of Epithelial Ovarian Cancer, Obstetrics &
Gynecology 107(6):1399-410, June 2006.
Bickley, L.S., and Szilagyi, P.G. Bates Guide to Physical
Examination and History Taking, 9th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2006.
Black, M.M., et al. Early Intervention and Recovery
among Children with Failure to Thrive: Follow-up at
age 8, Pediatrics 120(1):59-67, July 2007.
Campos-Outcalt, D. Immunization Update: Latest
Recommendations from the CDC, The Journal of
Family Practice 56(5):377-80, May 2007.
Cole, C., and Gazewood, J. Diagnosis and Treatment of
Impetigo, American Family Physician 75(6):859-64,
March 2007.
Davies, D. Reflection on Practice: An Intubated Patient
Suffering Panic Attacks, Nursing in Critical Care
12(4):198-201, July-August 2007.
Dennis, K.E. Postmenopausal Women and the Health
Consequences of Obesity, Journal of Obstetric,
Gynecologic and Neonatal Nursing 36(5):511-17,
September-October 2007.
End of Life: A Nurses Guide to Compassionate Care.
Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2007.
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 934
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 935
Web resources
Aetna Intelihealth
www.intelihealth.com
Alateen
www.al-anon.alateen.org
Alcoholics Anonymous
www.alcoholics-anonymous.org
Al-Anon
www.al-anon.org
ALS Association
www.alsa.org
American Academy of Allergy, Asthma, and Immunology
www.aaaai.org
American Academy of Dermatology
www.aad.org
American Academy of Neurology
www.aan.com
American Academy of Ophthalmology
www.aao.org
American Academy of Pediatrics
www.aap.org
American Association of Kidney Patients
www.aakp.org
American Burn Association
www.ameriburn.org
American Cancer Society
www.cancer.org
American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists
www.acog.org
American Heart Association
www.americanheart.com
American Lung Association
www.lungusa.org
American Psychological Association Help Center
www.apahelpcenter.org
American Society for Reproductive Medicine
www.asrm.org
American Sudden Infant Death Syndrome Institute
www.sids.org
Arthritis Foundation
www.arthritis.org
Arthritis Society
www.arthritis.ca
Asthma and Allergy Foundation of America
www.aafa.org
9400_BM.qxd
8/2/12
4:17 PM
Page 936
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Page 937
Index
A
Abdominal aortic aneurysm, 58-59
endovascular grafting for, 59i
Abdominal obesity, 519
ABO incompatibility, 276-277
Abortion, spontaneous, 2-3
Abruptio placentae, 4-5
degrees of separation in, 5i
Acceleration-deceleration injuries, 6-7
cervical collar for, 7i
Achilles tendon contracture, 922t
Acidosis
metabolic, 394
respiratory, 696-697
Acne vulgaris, 8-9
Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, 10-11
Acromegaly, 408
Actinomycosis, 922t
Acute infective tubulointerstitial nephritis, 14-15
Acute leukemia, 482-483
Acute poststreptococcal glomerulonephritis, 12-13,
316-317
Acute pyelonephritis, 14-15
Acute respiratory distress syndrome, 16-17
Acute respiratory failure, 18-19
Acute tubular necrosis, 20-21, 693
Addisons anemia, 52-53
Addisons disease, 22-23
Adenovirus infection, 922t
Adrenal (addisonian) crisis, 22-23
Adrenal hypofunction, 22-23
Adrenogenital syndrome, 24-25
Adult chorea, 380-381
Adult respiratory distress syndrome, 16-17
Age-related macular degeneration, 26-27
central vision in, 26i
Airway crisis in epiglottiditis, 270
Alcoholism, 28-29
Allens test, 139i
Index 937
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Page 938
Anthrax, 72-73
Anthropometric arm measurements, 557i
Antimalarial drugs, 508, 509
Anxiety disorder, generalized, 304-305
Aorta, coarctation of, 190-191, 191i
Aortic aneurysm
abdominal, 58-59, 59i
thoracic, 64-65
Aortic insufficiency, 74-75
murmur of, 75i
Aortic stenosis, 76-77
murmur of, 77i
muscular, 151t, 152-153, 152i
Aphthous stomatitis, 776-777
lesions of, 776i
Aplastic anemia, 46-47
Apnea, sleep, 764-765
Appalachian Mountain disease, 372-373
Appendicitis, 78-79
Arbovirus, 724-725
Arterial occlusive disease, 80-81
Arteries of leg, 61i
Arteriovenous malformations, 82-83
Arthritis
juvenile rheumatoid, 454-455
osteo-, 564-565, 565i
reactive, 686-687
rheumatoid, 710-711
septic, 742-743
Asbestosis, 84-85
Ascariasis, 86-87
Aspergillosis, 88-89
Asphyxia, 90-91
Aspiration pneumonia, 626
Asthma, 92-93
Atelectasis, 94-95
Atopic dermatitis, 96-97
signs of, 97i
Atopy, factors contributing to, 96
Atrial fibrillation, 98-99
recognizing, 98i
Atrial septal defect, 100-101
Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, 102-103
Autistic disorder, 104-105
Autotransfusion for chest wounds, 351i
Avian influenza, 106-107
B
Bacillary dysentery, 748-749
Bangs disease, 136-137
Barometer-makers disease, 923t
Basal cell carcinoma, 108-109
identifying, 108i
i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.
938 Index
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Bursae, 805i
Bursitis, 804-805
C
Cabin fever, 688-689, 926t
Calculi
gallbladder, 176-177
renal, 690-691, 691i
Campylobacteriosis, 144-145
Cancer. See also Tumors; specific type.
basal cell, 108-109, 108i
bladder, 116-117
breast, 130-131, 131i, 584
cervical, 168-169
colorectal, 194-195
esophageal, 278-279
fallopian tube, 926t
gastric, 296-297
laryngeal, 470-471
liver, 490-491
lung, 494-495
oral and pharyngeal, 560-561
ovarian, 580-581
pancreatic, 586-587
penile, 930t
prostatic, 656-657
renal, 462-463, 462i
squamous cell, 774-775, 774i
testicular, 806-807
thyroid, 820-821
uterine, 864-865
vaginal, 868-869
Cancer drugs causing alopecia, 35t
Candidiasis, 146-147
chronic mucocutaneous, 925t
oropharyngeal, 146i
Carbunculosis, 288-289
hair follicles in, 288i
Cardiac tamponade, 148-149
pathophysiology of, 149i
Cardiogenic shock, 750-751
Cardiomyopathies
assessment findings in, 151t
dilated, 150-151, 150i
hypertrophic, 152-153, 152i
restrictive, 154-155, 154i
Carpal tunnel, 156i
Carpal tunnel syndrome, 156-157
Cataract, 158-159
removal methods for, 159i
Cat-scratch fever, 924t
Causalgia, 198-199, 199t
Celiac disease, 160-161, 506, 924t
Page 939
Cellulitis, 162-163
orbital, 929t
synergistic necrotizing, 546-547
Central Mississippi Valley disease, 372-373
Central retinal artery or vein occlusion, 880-881
Cerebral contusion, 164-165
intracranial pressure in, 165i
Cerebral palsy, 166-167
Cerebrovascular accident. See Stroke.
Cervical cancer, 168-169
preventing, 168
testing for, 169
Cervical collar, applying, 7i
Cestodiasis, 798-799
Chagas disease, 922t
Chalazion, 170-171
eye patch for, 171i
recognizing, 170i
Chancroid, 172-173
lesion in, 172i
Chest wounds, autotransfusion for, 351i
Chickenpox, 716t, 874-875
Chlamydial infections, 174-175, 175i
Chlamydia trachomatis, 175i
Chloride, dietary sources of, 418
Chloroquine, 508, 509
Cholangitis, 176
Cholecystitis, 176-177
Choledocholithiasis, 176
Cholelithiasis, 176-177
Cholera, 178-179
Chondrosarcoma, 125t
Chordoma, 125t
Chorea, Huntingtons, 380-381
Choriocarcinoma, 924t
Choriomeningitis, lymphocytic, 500-501
Chorioretinitis, active, 830
Chromaffin tumor, 612-613
Chronic bronchitis, 134-135, 135i
Chronic dermatitis, 230t
Chronic fatigue and immune dysfunction syndrome,
180-181
Chronic granulomatous disease, 924t
Chronic leukemia
granulocytic (myelogenous), 484-485
lymphocytic, 486-487
Chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis, 925t
Chronic progressive chorea, 380-381
Chvosteks sign, 417i
Cirrhosis, 182-183
Clam diggers itch, 735
Cleft lip and cleft palate, 184-185
types of, 185i
Index 939
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Page 940
940 Index
D
Dacryocystitis, 226-227
Da Nang lung, 16-17
Dark-field microscopy for syphilis, 795i
Darlings disease, 372-373
Decubitus ulcers. See Pressure ulcers.
Defibrination syndrome, 242-243
Depersonalization disorder, 925t
Depression, major, 504-505
Dermal gangrene, acute, 546-547
Dermatitis, 228-229
atopic, 96-97, 97i
schistosomal, 735
types of, 230-231t
Dermatitis herpetiformis, 926t
de Toni-Fanconi syndrome, 926t
Developmental dysplasia of hip, 232-233
degrees of, 232i
signs of, 233
Diabetes insipidus, 234-235
Diabetes mellitus, 236-237
Diabetic retinopathy, 880-881
Dientamoeba fragilis infection, 925t
DiGeorges syndrome, 925t
Dilated cardiomyopathy, 150-151
assessment findings in, 151t
pathophysiology of, 150i
Diphtheria, 238-239
Discoid lupus erythematosus, 496, 796
Dislocations, 240-241
elbow, 240i
hip, 232i
Disseminated intravascular coagulation, 242-243
Dissociative amnesia, 926t
Dissociative fugue, 926t
Dissociative identity disorder, 926t
Diverticular disease, 244-245
Down syndrome, 246-247
Droplet precautions, 238
Drowning, near, 544-545
Drugs
causing alopecia, 35t
causing gynecomastia, 332
causing hypercalcemia, 392
causing hyperchloremia, 394
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Page 941
Drugs (continued)
causing hyperkalemia, 396
causing hypermagnesemia, 400
causing hypernatremia, 402
causing hyperphosphatemia, 406
causing hypochloremia, 418
causing hypokalemia, 420
causing hypomagnesemia, 422
causing hyponatremia, 424
causing hypophosphatemia, 428
aggravating porphyria, 645
causing rhabdomyolysis, 706
3-D syndrome, 890
Duchennes muscular dystrophy, 536
Duhrings disease, 926t
Duodenal ulcer, 600-601
Dysentery
amebic, 38-39
bacillary, 748-749
Dysfunctional uterine bleeding, 862-863
Dysmenorrhea, 248-249
Dysmetabolic syndrome, 518-519
E
Ear, hardening of, 578-579
Eardrum, perforated, 576, 602-603
Ebola virus infection, 250-251
Eclampsia, 310-311
Ecthyma versus impetigo, 439
Ectopic pregnancy, 252-253
implantation sites of, 252i
Eczema, immunodeficiency with, 932t
Edwards syndrome, 850-851
Egyptian ophthalmia, 931t
Elbow dislocation, 240i
Electric shock, 254-255
Electrosurgery for warts, 911i
Emphysema, 256-257
pathophysiology of, 257i
Empyema, 620-621
Encephalitis, 258-259
St. Louis, 724-725
West Nile, 912-913
Encephalocele, 550
Encephalopathy, hepatic, 352-353, 492
Endocarditis, 260-261
degenerative changes in, 261i
Q fever, treating, 676
rheumatic, 924t
Endolymphatic hydrops, 514-515
Endometrial cancer, 864-865
Endometriosis, 262-263
Endovascular grafting for abdominal aortic aneurysm, 59i
F
Facial paralysis in Bells palsy, 110i
Failure to thrive, 282-283
Fallopian tube cancer, 926t
Fanconis syndrome, 926t
Fasciitis, necrotizing, 546-547
Femoral aneurysm, 60-61
Femoral hernia, 445i
Fibrocystic breast disease, 284-285
Fibroids, uterine, 866-867
Fibromyalgia syndrome, 286-287
tender points in, 287i
Fibromyomas, uterine, 866-867
Fibrosarcoma, 125t
Fire ant sting, 446-447
Flesh-eating bacteria, 546-547
Flu. See Influenza.
Folic acid, foods high in, 49t
Index 941
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Page 942
G
Gaisbcks disease, 772-773
Gallstone ileus, 176
Gallstones, 176-177
Gangrene
gas, 294-295, 294i
hemolytic streptococcal, 546-547
Gas gangrene, 294-295
pathophysiology of, 294i
Gastric cancer, 296-297
Gastric ulcer, 600-601
Gastritis, 298-299
Gastroenteritis, 300-301
Gastroesophageal reflux disease, 302-303
Gauchers disease, 927t
Gender identity disorder, 927t
Generalized anxiety disorder, 304-305
Generalized salivary gland disease, 224-225
Genital herpes, 306-307
cycle in, 306i, 365i
primary, 364
Genital warts, 308-309
recognizing, 308i
German measles, 716t, 720-721
Gestational hypertension, 310-311
Giant cell tumor, malignant, 125t
Giardiasis, 312-313
Gigantism, 408
Gilchrists disease, 118-119
Glaucoma, 314-315
optic disk changes in, 314i
Glomerulonephritis, 316-317
acute poststreptococcal, 12-13
Glucosylceramide storage disease, 927t
Gluten intolerance, 160-161, 506, 924t
Glycopeptide intermediate-resistant Staphylococcus
aureus, 870-871
i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.
942 Index
Goiter, 318-319
simple, 318
toxic diffuse, 414-415
Gonadotropin deficiency, 320-321, 430-431
Gonorrhea, 322-323
Goodpastures syndrome, 316, 324-325
Gout, 326-327
tophi in, 327i
Graft rejection syndrome, 328-329
Granular conjunctivitis, 931t
Granulomatous disease, chronic, 924t
Granulomatous rosacea, 714
Graves disease, 414-415
Grawitzs tumor, 462-463, 462i
Grippe. See Influenza.
Ground itch, 376-377
Growth hormone excess, 408-409
Guillain-Barr syndrome, 330-331
Guttate psoriasis, 663
Gynecomastia, 332-333
H
Habitual abortion, 3
Haemophilus influenzae infection, 334-335
Hair follicles, bacterial infection of, 288i
Hair loss, 34-35, 35t
Hallux valgus, 927t
Hand, foot, and mouth disease, 927t
Hansens disease, 928t
Hantavirus pulmonary syndrome, 336-337
Sin Nombre virus in, 336i
Hashimotos thyroiditis, 822
Headache, 338-339
Head lice, 596, 597i
Hearing loss, 340-341
Heart attack, 540-541
Heartburn, 302-303
Heart failure, 342-343
right-sided, 208-209, 208i
Heat syndrome, 344-345
Heberdens nodes, 565i
HELLP syndrome, 310
Hematoma
epidural, 268-269
subdural, 786-787
Hemoglobinuria, paroxysmal nocturnal, 929t
Hemolytic disease of newborn, 276-277, 276i
Hemolytic streptococcal gangrene, 546-547
Hemophilia, 346-347
vascular, 906-907
Hemorrhoids, 348-349
types of, 348i
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Page 943
Hemothorax, 350-351
autotransfusion for, 351i
Hepatic encephalopathy, 352-353, 492
Hepatitis
nonviral, 354-355
viral, 356-357
Hepatolenticular degeneration, 932t
Hepatorenal syndrome, 492
Hereditary chorea, 380-381
Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, 358-359
lesions of, 358i
Hernias
hiatal, 360-361
identifying, 444
inguinal, 444-445
sites of, 445i
Herniated intervertebral disk, 362-363
Herpangina, 927t
Herpes simplex, 364-365
genital, 306-307, 306i, 365i
Herpes zoster, 366-367
lesions in, 366i
Herpetic stomatitis, acute, 776-777
Hiatal hernia, 360-361
Hip dysplasia, 232-233
degrees of, 232i
Hip fracture, 368-369
Hirschsprungs disease, 370-371
Histoplasmosis, 372-373
Hives, 860-861
Hodgkins disease, 374-375
Hookworm disease, 376-377
Human immunodeficiency virus, 10-11
Human papillomavirus, 378-379
Huntingtons disease, 380-381
Hyaline membrane disease, 698-699
Hydatidiform mole, 927t
Hydrocele, 382-383
Hydrocephalus, 384-385
Hydronephrosis, 386-387
Hyperaldosteronism, 388-389
Hyperbilirubinemia, unconjugated, 390-391
Hypercalcemia, 392-393
clinical effects of, 392t
Hyperchloremia, 394-395
Hyperkalemia, 396-397
clinical effects of, 396t
false test results in, 397
Hyperlipoproteinemia, 398-399
Hypermagnesemia, 400-401
clinical effects of, 400t
patellar reflex test for, 401i
Hypernatremia, 402-403
clinical effects of, 402t
Hypernephroma, 462-463, 462i
Hyperparathyroidism, 404-405
Hyperphosphatemia, 406-407
Hyperpituitarism, 408-409
Hypersplenism, 410-411
Hypertension, 412-413
gestational, 310-311
pulmonary, 670-671
Hypertensive retinopathy, 880-881
Hyperthyroidism, 414-415
Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, 152-153
assessment findings in, 151t
pathophysiology of, 152i
Hypocalcemia, 416-417
clinical effects of, 416t
signs of, 417i
Hypochloremia, 418-419
Hypochondriasis, 927t
Hypogammaglobulinemia, X-linked infantile, 914-915
Hypokalemia, 420-421
clinical effects of, 420t
Hypomagnesemia, 422-423
clinical effects of, 422t
Hyponatremia, 424-425
clinical effects of, 424t
Hypoparathyroidism, 426-427
Hypophosphatemia, 428-429
Hypopituitarism, 430-431
Hypothermia, 432-433
Hypothyroidism, 434-435
Hypovolemic shock, 752-753
Hysterical neurosis, 925t
I
Idiopathic hypertrophic subaortic stenosis, 151t,
152-153, 152i
Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, 436-437
Immunodeficiency with eczema and thrombocytopenia, 932t
Impetigo, 438-439
ecthyma versus, 439
recognizing, 438i
Impotence, 274-275
Incisional hernia, 445i
Incomplete abortion, 3
Inevitable abortion, 3
Infant botulism, 126
Infantile paralysis, 632-633
Infantile polyarteritis, 458-459
Infectious arthritis, 742-743
Infectious mononucleosis, 440-441
Index 943
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Influenza, 442-443
avian, 106-107
preventing spread of, 443
Inguinal hernia, 444-445
identifying, 444
site of, 445i
Insect bites and stings, 446-447
Insulin resistance syndrome, 518-519
Intervertebral disk, herniated, 362-363
Intestinal lipodystrophy, 932t
Intestinal obstruction, 448-449
Intestinal polyps, 642-643
Intracapsular cataract extraction, 159i
Intracranial aneurysm, 62-63
Intracranial pressure, increased, 165i
Intussusception, 450-451
bowel in, 450i
Inverse psoriasis, 663
Iodine deficiency, 927t
Iritis, 931t
Iron
absorption and storage of, 50
overdose of, 51
Iron deficiency anemia, 50-51
Irritable bowel syndrome, 452-453
J
Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction, 689
Jaundice, neonatal, 390-391
Juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, 454-455
K
Kanners autism, 104-105
Kaposis sarcoma, 456-457
Kawasaki syndrome, 458-459
Keratitis, 460-461
Kidney cancer, 462-463
unilateral, 462i
Kidney stones, 690-691, 691i
Klinefelter syndrome, 464-465
L
Labyrinthitis, 466-467
Lactase insufficiency, 468i, 506
Lactose intolerance, 468-469
pathophysiology of, 468i
Lambliasis, 312-313
Landouzy-Dejerine muscular dystrophy, 536
Laryngeal cancer, 470-471
Laryngitis, 214-215, 215i, 472-473
Laryngotracheobronchitis, 214-215, 215i
Lassa fever, 928t
Latex, products containing, 474
i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.
944 Index
Page 944
M
Macular degeneration, age-related, 26-27, 26i
Major depression, 504-505
Malabsorption, 506-507
Malaria, 508-509
Malignant giant cell tumor, 125t
Malignant hypertension, 412
Malignant lymphoma, 502-503
Malignant melanoma, 512-513
Malignant plasmacytoma, 530-531
Malta fever, 136-137
Mantle zone lymphoma, 502
Maple syrup urine disease, 928t
Marfan syndrome, 928t
Marginal zone lymphoma, 502
Marie-Strmpell disease, 68-69
Mastitis, 510-511
Mastoiditis, 928t
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Page 945
Measles, 722-723
German, 720-721
incubation and duration of, 716t
Medullary sponge kidney, 929t
Megacolon, congenital, 370-371
Melanoma, malignant, 512-513
Mnires disease, 514-515
Meningitis, 516-517
Haemophilus influenzae, 334
lymphocytic, 500-501
Meningocele, 551i
Mercury poisoning, chronic, 923t
Mesothelioma, 84-85
Metabolic acidosis, 394
Metabolic syndrome, 518-519
Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus, 520-521
Midarm circumference, 557i
Migraine, 338-339
Miscarriage, 2-3
Missed abortion, 3
Mitral stenosis, 522-523
murmur of, 522i
Mitral valve insufficiency, 524-525
murmur of, 524i
Mitral valve prolapse, 526-527
Mongolism, 246-247
Moniliasis, 146-147, 146i
Monkeypox, 929t
Mononucleosis, infectious, 440-441, 926t
Morbilli, 716t, 722-723
Mosquito bites, preventing, 725, 913
Mosquito-borne encephalitis, 724-725
Motion sickness, 528-529
Mountain (tick) fever, 925t
Mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome, 458-459
Mucous colitis, 452-453
Multiple endocrine neoplasia, 929t
Multiple metabolic syndrome, 518-519
Multiple myeloma, 530-531
Multiple personality disorder, 926t
Multiple sclerosis, 532-533
Mumps, 534-535
parotid inflammation in, 535i
Murmurs
of aortic insufficiency, 75i
of aortic stenosis, 77i
of mitral insufficiency, 524i
of mitral stenosis, 522i
of tricuspid insufficiency, 842i
of tricuspid stenosis, 844i
Muscular aortic stenosis, 151t, 152-153, 152i
Muscular dystrophy, 536-537
Myalgic encephalomyelitis, 180-181
N
Near drowning, 544-545
Necrotizing fasciitis, 546-547
Neonatal jaundice, 390-391
Nephritis
acute infective tubulointerstitial, 14-15
acute tubulointerstitial, 20-21, 693
Nephrocarcinoma, 462-463, 462i
Nephrotic syndrome, 548-549
Neural tube defects, 550-551
spinal, 551i
Neurodermatitis, localized, 230t
Neurofibromatosis, 929t
Neurogenic bladder, 552-553
types of, 553t
Niacin, recommended daily allowance of, 891t
Niacin deficiency, 890-893
Nocardiosis, 554-555, 929t
Non-Hodgkins lymphoma, 502-503
Nucleus pulposus, herniated, 362-363
Nummular dermatitis, 231t
O
Obesity, 556-557
abdominal, 519
anthropometric measurements in, 557i
body mass index in, 556
Obsessive-compulsive disorder, 558-559
Ocular larva migrans, 931t
Ocular toxoplasmosis, 830
Ohio Valley disease, 372-373
Ophthalmic ointment, applying, 121
Optic disk in glaucoma, 314i
Oral cancer, 560-561
Orbital cellulitis, 929t
Orchiopexy, 806
Orchitis, 267
Orthostatic vital signs, 752
Ortolanis sign, 233
Osgood-Schlatter disease, 562-563
Osler-Weber-Rendu disease, 358-359, 358i
Osteitis deformans, 584-585
Osteoarthritis, 564-565
signs of, 565i
Osteoblastoma, 124-125, 125t
Index 945
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Page 946
Osteochondrosis, 562-563
Osteogenesis imperfecta, 566-567
Osteogenic sarcoma, 124, 125t
Osteomalacia, 568-569
Osteomyelitis, 570-571
Osteoporosis, 572-573
Osteosarcoma, 124-125, 125t
Otitis externa, 574-575
Otitis media, 576-577
Otosclerosis (otospongiosis), 578-579
Ovarian cancer, 580-581
Ovarian cysts, 582-583
follicular, 582i
multiple, 636-637
P
Pagets disease, 584-585
Pain syndrome, complex regional, 198-199, 199t
Pancreatic cancer, 586-587
Pancreatitis, 588-589
Panhypopituitarism, 430, 431
Panic disorder, 590-591
Paraesophageal hernia, 360
Parainfluenza, 929t
Paralysis, infantile, 632-633
Paranasal sinuses, 759i
Parkinsons disease, 592-593
Parosteal osteogenic sarcoma, 125t
Parotid inflammation, 535i
Parotitis, epidemic or infectious, 534-535
Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, 929t
Pataus syndrome, 848-849
Patellar reflex, testing, 401i
Patent ductus arteriosus, 594-595
Pediculosis, 596-597
types of, 597i
Pellagra, 890
Pelvic inflammatory disease, 598-599
Pelvic pain, causes of, 248
Penile cancer, 930t
Peptic ulcer, 600-601
Perforated eardrum, 576, 602-603
Pericarditis, 604-605
Peritonitis, 606-607
Pernicious anemia, 52-53
Pertussis, 608-609
pathogen in, 608i
Pharyngeal cancer, 560-561
Pharyngitis, 610-611
Pheochromocytoma, 612-613
Phosphorus, foods high in, 407
Pilonidal disease, 930t
Pituitary tumors, 614-615
i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.
946 Index
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Page 947
Q
Q fever, 676-677
Quinine, 508, 509
R
Rabies, 678-679
Radiation exposure, 680-681
Rape-trauma syndrome, 682-683
Rash-producing infections, incubation and duration of, 716t
Raynauds phenomenon, 684-685
Reactive arthritis, 686-687
Reactive polycythemia, 638-639
Rectal polyps, 930t
Rectal prolapse, 931t
Reflex sympathetic dystrophy, 198-199, 199t
Reiters syndrome, 686-687
Relapsing fever, 688-689, 926t
Relative polycythemia, 772-773
Renal calculi, 690-691
preventing, 691
variations in, 691i
Renal carcinoma, 462-463, 462i
Renal failure
acute, 692-693
chronic, 694-695
Respiratory acidosis, 696-697
S
Salmonella infection, 726-727
San Joaquin Valley fever, 192-193
Sarcoidosis, 728-729
Scabies, 730-731
cause and effect of, 730i
preventing, 731
Index 947
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Page 948
948 Index
T
Taeniasis (tapeworm disease), 798-799
Talipes, 188-189, 188i
Tay-Sachs disease, 800-801
Tears, drainage of, 226i
Telangiectasia, hereditary hemorrhagic, 358-359, 358i
Temporomandibular joint disease, 802-803
Tendinitis, 804-805
Tendons, 805i
Testicular cancer, 806-807
Testicular torsion, 808-809, 808i
Tetanus, 810-811
Tetralogy of Fallot, 812-813
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Page 949
Thalassemia, 814-815
skull changes in, 814i
Thiamine, recommended daily allowance of, 891t
Thiamine deficiency, 890-892
Thoracic aortic aneurysm, 64-65
Threadworm infection, 782-783
Threatened abortion, 3
Throat abscess, 931t
Thromboangiitis obliterans, 138-139, 139i
Thrombocytopenia, 816-817
immunodeficiency with, 932t
Thrombocytopenic purpura, idiopathic, 436-437
Thrombophlebitis, 818-819
sites of, 818i
Thrush, 146i
Thymic hypoplasia or aplasia, congenital, 925t
Thyroid cancer, 820-821
Thyroiditis, 822-823
Thyroid-stimulating hormone deficiency, 430, 431
Thyrotoxicosis, 414-415
Tic douloureux, 846-847
Tick bite, 446-447
Tick fever, 688-689, 926t
Tilt test, 752
Tinea versicolor, 931t
Tobacco abuse, 824-825
Tonsillitis, 826-827
Tophi, gouty, 327i
Torulosis, 216-217
Toxic diffuse goiter, 414-415
Toxic shock syndrome, 828-829
Toxocariasis, 931t
Toxoplasmosis, 830-831
Tracheoesophageal fistula, 832-833
Trachoma, 931t
Transient ischemic attack, 834-835
Transposition of great arteries, 836-837
Transsexualism, 927t
Travelers diarrhea, preventing, 300
Trendelenburgs sign, 233
Triceps skinfold thickness, 557i
Trichinosis, 838-839
Trichomoniasis, 840-841
Tricuspid insufficiency, 842-843
murmur of, 842i
Tricuspid stenosis, 844-845
murmur of, 844i
Trigeminal nerve, 846i
Trigeminal neuralgia, 846-847
Trisomy 13 syndrome, 848-849
Trisomy 18 syndrome, 850-851
Trisomy 21 syndrome, 246-247
Trousseaus sign, 417i
U
Ulcerative colitis, 856-857
Ulcers
peptic, 600-601
pressure, 652-653, 653i
Umbilical hernia, 445i
Uncinariasis, 376-377
Undulant fever, 136-137
Urinary tract, neuromuscular dysfunction of lower,
552-553, 553t
Urinary tract infection, lower, 858-859
Urticaria, 860-861
Uterine bleeding dysfunctional, 862-863
Uterine cancer, 864-865
Uterine leiomyomas, 866-867
Uveitis, 931t
V
Vagabond fever, 688-689, 926t
Vaginal cancer, 868-869
Vaginismus, 931t
Vaginitis, 908-909
Vagus nerve stimulation for epilepsy, 273
Valley fever, 192-193
Vancomycin intermediate-resistant Staphylococcus aureus,
870-871
Vancomycin-resistant enterococcus, 872-873
Vaquez-Osler disease, 640-641
Varicella, 874-875
incubation and duration of, 716t
Varicocele, 876-877
identifying, 876i
Varicose veins, 878-879
Variola, 766-767
Vascular hemophilia, 906-907
Vascular retinopathies, 880-881
diagnostic tests for, 881
Vasculitis, 882-883
Vasospastic arterial disease, 684-685
Venereal warts, 308-309, 308i
Index 949
9400_INDEX.qxd
8/2/12
4:19 PM
Page 950
W
Warts, 910-911
genital, 308-309, 308i
removing, 911i
Wasp sting, 446-447
West Nile encephalitis, 912-913
Wet or white lung, 16-17
Whiplash, 6-7, 7i
Whipples disease, 932t
Whooping cough, 608-609, 608i
Wilsons disease, 932t
Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome, 932t
X
X-linked infantile hypogammaglobulinemia, 914-915
Y
Yellow jacket sting, 446-447
Yuppie flu, 180-181
950 Index
Z
Zinc, foods containing, 916
Zinc deficiency, 916-917
Zollinger-Ellison syndrome, 506, 918-919